99-28981. Ergonomics Program  

  • [Federal Register Volume 64, Number 225 (Tuesday, November 23, 1999)]
    [Proposed Rules]
    [Pages 65767-66078]
    From the Federal Register Online via the Government Publishing Office [www.gpo.gov]
    [FR Doc No: 99-28981]
    
    
    
    [[Page 65767]]
    
    _______________________________________________________________________
    
    Part II
    
    
    
    
    
    Department of Labor
    
    
    
    
    
    _______________________________________________________________________
    
    
    
    Occupational Safety and Health Administration
    
    
    
    _______________________________________________________________________
    
    
    
    29 CFR Part 1910
    
    
    
    Ergonomics Program; Proposed Rule
    
      Federal Register / Vol. 64, No. 225 / Tuesday, November 23, 1999 / 
                                 Proposed Rules
    
    [[Page 65768]]
    
    DEPARTMENT OF LABOR
    
    
    
    Occupational Safety and Health Administration
    
    
    
    29 CFR Part 1910
    
    
    
    [Docket No. S-777]
    
    RIN No. 1218-AB36
    
    
    
    
    Ergonomics Program
    
    
    
    AGENCY: Occupational Safety and Health 
    Administration (OSHA), Department of Labor.
    
    ACTION: Proposed rule; request for comments; 
    scheduling of informal public hearing.
    
    ---------------------------------------------
    
    
    SUMMARY: The Occupational Safety and Health 
    Administration is proposing an ergonomics 
    program standard to address the significant 
    risk of work-related musculoskeletal 
    disorders (MSDs) confronting employees in 
    various jobs in general industry workplaces. 
    General industry employers covered by the 
    standard would be required to establish an 
    ergonomics program containing some or all of 
    the elements typical of successful ergonomics 
    programs: management leadership and employee 
    participation, job hazard analysis and 
    control, hazard information and reporting, 
    training, MSD management, and program 
    evaluation, depending on the types of jobs in 
    their workplace and whether a musculoskeletal 
    disorder covered by the standard has 
    occurred. The proposed standard would require 
    all general industry employers whose 
    employees perform manufacturing or manual 
    handling jobs to implement a basic ergonomics 
    program in those jobs. The basic program 
    includes the following elements: management 
    leadership and employee participation, and 
    hazard information and reporting. If an 
    employee in a manufacturing or manual 
    handling job experiences an OSHA-recordable 
    MSD that is additionally determined by the 
    employer to be covered by the proposed 
    standard, the employer would be required to 
    implement the full ergonomics program for 
    that job and all other jobs in the 
    establishment involving the same physical 
    work activities. The full program includes, 
    in addition to the elements in the basic 
    program, a hazard analysis of the job; the 
    implementation of engineering, work practice, 
    or administrative controls to eliminate or 
    substantially reduce the hazards identified 
    in that job; training the employees in that 
    job and their supervisors; and the provision 
    of MSD management, including, where 
    appropriate, temporary work restrictions and 
    access to a health care provider or other 
    professional if a covered MSD occurs. General 
    industry employers whose employees work in 
    jobs other than manual handling or 
    manufacturing and experience an MSD that is 
    determined by the employer to be covered by 
    the standard would also be required by the 
    proposed rule to implement an ergonomics 
    program for those jobs.
       The proposed standard would affect 
    approximately 1.9 million employers and 27.3 
    million employees in general industry 
    workplaces, and employers in these workplaces 
    would be required in the first year after 
    promulgation of the standard to control 
    approximately 7.7 million jobs with the 
    potential to cause or contribute to covered 
    MSDs. OSHA estimates that the proposed 
    standard would prevent about 3 million work-
    related MSDs over the next 10 years, have 
    annual benefits of approximately $9.1 
    billion, and impose annual compliance costs 
    of approximately $900 per covered 
    establishment and annual costs of $150 per 
    problem job fixed.
       OSHA is scheduling informal public 
    hearings to provide interested parties the 
    opportunity to orally present information and 
    data related to the proposed rule.
    
    DATES: Written comments. Written comments, 
    including materials such as studies and 
    journal articles, must be postmarked by 
    February 1, 2000. If you submit comments by 
    facsimile or electronically through OSHA's 
    internet site, you must transmit those 
    comments by February 1, 2000.
       Notice of intention to appear at the 
    informal public hearing. Notices of intention 
    to appear at the informal public hearing must 
    be postmarked by January 24, 2000. If you 
    submit your notice to intention to appear by 
    facsimile or electronically through OSHA's 
    Internet site, you must transmit the notice 
    by January 24, 2000.
       Hearing testimony and documentary 
    evidence: If you will be requesting more than 
    10 minutes for your presentation, or if you 
    will be submitting documentary evidence at 
    the hearing, you must submit the full 
    testimony and all documentary evidence you 
    intend to present at the hearing, postmarked 
    by February 1, 2000.
       Informal pubic hearing. The hearing in 
    Washington, DC, is scheduled to begin at 9:30 
    a.m., February 22, 2000 at the Frances 
    Perkins Building, U.S. Department of Labor. 
    The hearing in Washington, DC, is scheduled 
    to run for 4 weeks. It will be followed by a 
    hearing March 21-31, 2000, in Portland OR, 
    and April 11-21, 2000, in Chicago, IL. Time 
    and location for the regional hearings will 
    be announced later in the Federal Register.
    
    ADDRESSES: Written comments: Mail: Submit 
    duplicate copies of written comments to: OSHA 
    Docket Office, Docket No. S-777, U.S. 
    Department of Labor, 200 Constitution Avenue, 
    N.W., Room N-2625, Washington, DC 20210, 
    telephone (202) 693-2350.
    
       Facsimile: If your written comments are 10 
    pages or less, you may fax them to the Docket 
    Office. The OSHA Docket Office fax number is 
    (202) 693-1648.
       Electronic: You may also submit comments 
    electronically through OSHA's Homepage at 
    www.osha.gov. Please note that you may not 
    attach materials such as studies or journal 
    articles to your electronic comments. If you 
    wish to include such materials, you must 
    submit them separately in duplicate to the 
    OSHA Docket Office at the address listed 
    above. When submitting such materials to the 
    OSHA Docket Office, you must clearly identify 
    your electronic comments by name, date, and 
    subject, so that we can attach them to your 
    electronic comments.
       Notice of intention to appear: Mail: 
    Notices of intention to appear at the 
    informal public hearing may be submitted by 
    mail in quadruplicate to: Ms. Veneta Chatman, 
    OSHA Office of Public Affairs, Docket No. S-
    777, U.S. Department of Labor, 200 
    Constitution Avenue, N.W., Room N-3647, 
    Washington, DC 20210, Telephone: (202) 693-
    2119.
       Facsimile: You may fax your notice of 
    intention to appear to Ms. Chatmon at (202) 
    693-1634.
       Electronic: You may also submit your 
    notice of intention to appear electronically 
    through OSHA's Homepage at www.osha.gov.
       Hearing testimony and documentary 
    evidence: You must submit in quadruplicate 
    your hearing testimony and the documentary 
    evidence you intend to present at the 
    informal public hearing to Ms. Chatmon at the 
    address above. You may also submit your 
    hearing testimony and documentary evidence on 
    disk (3\1/2\ inch) in WP 5.1, 6.0, 6.1, 8.0 
    or ASCII,
    
    [[Page 65769]]
    
    provided you also send the original hardcopy 
    at the same time.
       Informal public hearing: The informal 
    public hearing to be held in Washington DC 
    will be located in the Frances Perkins 
    Building, U.S. Department of Labor, 200 
    Constitution Avenue, N.W., Washington, DC 
    20210. The locations of regional hearings in 
    Portland, OR, and Chicago, IL, will be 
    announced in a later Federal Register notice.
    
    FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: OSHA's 
    Ergonomics Team at (202) 693-2116, or visit 
    the OSHA Homepage at www.osha.gov.
    
    SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:
    
    
    Table of Contents
    
       The preamble and proposed standard are 
    organized as follows:
    
    I. Introduction
    II. Events Leading to the Proposed Standard
    III. Pertinent Legal Authority
    IV. Summary and Explanation
    V. Health Effects
    VI. Risk Assessment
    VII. Significance of Risk
    VIII. Summary of the Preliminary Economic 
        Analysis and Initial Regulatory 
        Flexibility Analysis
    IX. Unfunded Mandates
    X. Environmental Impacts
    XI. Additional Statutory Issues
    XII. Federalism
    XIII. State Plan States
    XIV. Issues
    XV. Public Participation
    XVI. OMB Review under the Paperwork Reduction 
        Act of 1995
    XVII. List of Subjects in 29 CFR Part 1910
    XVIII. The Proposed Standard
    
       References to the rulemaking record are in 
    the text of the preamble. References are 
    given as ``Ex.'' followed by a number to 
    designate the reference in the docket. For 
    example, ``Ex. 26-1'' means exhibit 26-1 in 
    Docket S-777. A list of the exhibits and 
    copies of the exhibit are available in the 
    OSHA Docket Office.
    
    
    I. Introduction
    
    
    A. Overview
    
       The preamble to this proposed ergonomics 
    program standard discusses the data and 
    events leading OSHA to propose the standard, 
    the Agency's legal authority for proposing 
    this rule, requests for information on a 
    number of issues, and a section describing 
    the significance of the ergonomic-related 
    risks confronting workers in manufacturing, 
    manual handling, and other general industry 
    jobs. The preamble also contains a summary of 
    the Preliminary Economic and Initial 
    Regulatory Flexibility Analysis, a summary of 
    the responses OSHA has made to the findings 
    and recommendations of the Small Business 
    Regulatory Fairness Enforcement Act Panel 
    convened for this rule, a description of the 
    information collections associated with the 
    standard, and a detailed explanation of the 
    Agency's rationale for proposing each 
    provision of the proposed standard.
    
    
    B. The Need for an Ergonomics Standard
    
       Work-related musculoskeletal disorders 
    (MSDs) currently account for one-third of all 
    occupational injuries and illnesses reported 
    to the Bureau of Labor Statistics (BLS) by 
    employers every year. These disorders thus 
    constitute the largest job-related injury and 
    illness problem in the United States today. 
    In 1997, employers reported a total of 
    626,000 lost workday MSDs to the BLS, and 
    these disorders accounted for $1 of every $3 
    spent for workers' compensation in that year. 
    Employers pay more than $15-$20 billion in 
    workers' compensation costs for these 
    disorders every year, and other expenses 
    associated with MSDs may increase this total 
    to $45-$54 billion a year. Workers with 
    severe MSDs can face permanent disability 
    that prevents them from returning to their 
    jobs or handling simple, everyday tasks like 
    combing their hair, picking up a baby, or 
    pushing a shopping cart.
       Thousands of companies have taken action 
    to address and prevent these problems. OSHA 
    estimates that 50 percent of all employees 
    but only 28 percent of all workplaces in 
    general industry are already protected by an 
    ergonomics program, because their employers 
    have voluntarily elected to implement an 
    ergonomics program. (The disparity in these 
    estimates shows that most large companies, 
    who employ the majority of the workforce, 
    already have these programs, and that smaller 
    employers have not yet implemented them.) 
    OSHA believes that the proposed standard is 
    needed to bring this protection to the 
    remaining employees in general industry 
    workplaces who are at significant risk of 
    incurring a work-related musculoskeletal 
    disorder but are currently without ergonomics 
    programs.
    
    
    C. The Science Supporting the Standard
    
       A substantial body of scientific evidence 
    supports OSHA's effort to provide workers 
    with ergonomic protection (see the Health 
    Effects, Preliminary Risk Assessment, and 
    Significance of Risk sections of this 
    preamble, below). This evidence strongly 
    supports two basic conclusions: (1) There is 
    a positive relationship between work-related 
    musculoskeletal disorders and workplace risk 
    factors, and (2) ergonomics programs and 
    specific ergonomic interventions can reduce 
    these injuries.
       For example, the National Research 
    Council/National Academy of Sciences found a 
    clear relationship between musculoskeletal 
    disorders and work and between ergonomic 
    interventions and a decrease in such 
    disorders. According to the Academy, 
    ``Research clearly demonstrates that specific 
    interventions can reduce the reported rate of 
    musculoskeletal disorders for workers who 
    perform high-risk tasks'' (Work-Related 
    Musculoskeletal Disorders: The Research Base, 
    ISBN 0-309-06327-2 (1998)). A scientific 
    review of hundreds of peer-reviewed studies 
    involving workers with MSDs by the National 
    Institute for Occupational Safety and Health 
    (NIOSH) also supports this conclusion.
       The evidence, which is comprised of peer-
    reviewed epidemiological, biomechanical and 
    pathophysiological studies as well as other 
    published evidence, includes:
        More than 2,000 articles on work-
    related MSDs and workplace risk factors;
        A 1998 study by the National 
    Research Council/National Academy of Sciences 
    on work-related MSDs;
        A critical review by NIOSH of 
    more than 600 epidemiological studies (1997);
        A 1997 General Accounting Office 
    report of companies with ergonomics programs; 
    and
        Hundreds of published ``success 
    stories'' from companies with ergonomics 
    programs;
       Taken together, this evidence indicates 
    that:
        High levels of exposure to 
    ergonomic risk factors on the job lead to an 
    increased incidence of work-related MSDs;
    
    [[Page 65770]]
    
        Reducing these exposures reduces 
    the incidence and severity of work-related 
    MSDs;
        Work-related MSDs are 
    preventable; and
        Ergonomics programs have 
    demonstrated effectiveness in reducing risk, 
    decreasing exposure and protecting workers 
    against work-related MSDs.
       As with any scientific field, research in 
    ergonomics is ongoing. The National Academy 
    of Sciences is undertaking another review of 
    the science in order to expand on its 1998 
    study. OSHA will examine this and all 
    research results that become available during 
    the rulemaking process, to ensure that the 
    Agency's ergonomics program standard is based 
    on the best available and most current 
    evidence. However, more than enough evidence 
    already exists to proceed with a proposed 
    standard. In the words of the American 
    College of Occupational and Environmental 
    Medicine, the world's largest occupational 
    medical society, ``there is an adequate 
    scientific foundation for OSHA to proceed 
    with a proposal and, therefore, no reason for 
    OSHA to delay the rulemaking process * * *.''
    
    
    D. Employer Experience Supporting the 
    Standard
    
       Employers with companies of all sizes have 
    had great success in using ergonomics 
    programs as a cost-effective way to prevent 
    or reduce work-related MSDs, keeping workers 
    on the job, and boosting productivity and 
    workplace morale. A recent General Accounting 
    Office (GAO) study of several companies with 
    ergonomics programs found that their programs 
    reduced work-related MSDs and associated 
    costs (GAO/HEHS-97-163). The GAO also found 
    that the programs and controls selected by 
    employers to address ergonomic hazards in the 
    workplace were not necessarily costly or 
    complex. As a result, the GAO recommended 
    that OSHA use a flexible regulatory approach 
    in its ergonomics standard that would enable 
    employers to develop their own effective 
    programs. The standard being proposed today 
    reflects this recommendation and builds on 
    the successful programs that thousands of 
    proactive employers have found successful in 
    dealing with their ergonomic problems.
    
    
    E. Information OSHA is Providing to Help 
    Employers Address Ergonomic Hazards
    
       Much literature and technical expertise 
    already exists and is available to employers, 
    both through OSHA and a variety of other 
    sources. For example:
        Information is available from 
    OSHA's ergonomics Web page, which can be 
    accessed from OSHA's World Wide Web site at 
    http://www.osha.gov by scrolling down and 
    clicking on ``Ergonomics'';
        Many publications, informational 
    materials and training courses are available 
    from OSHA through Regional Offices, OSHA-
    sponsored educational centers, OSHA's state 
    consultation programs for small businesses, 
    and through the Web page;
        Publications on ergonomics 
    programs are available from NIOSH at 1-800-
    35-NIOSH. NIOSH is also a ``link'' on the 
    OSHA ergonomics Web page;
        OSHA's state consultation 
    programs will provide free on-site 
    consultation services to employers requesting 
    help in implementing their ergonomics 
    programs; and
        OSHA is developing a series of 
    compliance assistance materials and will make 
    them available before a final ergonomics 
    standard becomes effective.
    
    
    II. Events Leading to the Proposed Standard
    
       In proposing this standard, OSHA has 
    relied upon its own substantial experience 
    with ergonomics programs, the experience of 
    private firms and insurance companies, and 
    the results of research studies conducted 
    during the last 30 years. Those experiences 
    clearly show that: (1) Ergonomics programs 
    are an effective way to reduce occupational 
    MSDs; (2) ergonomics programs have 
    consistently achieved that objective; (3) 
    OSHA's proposal is consistent with these 
    programs; and (4) the proposal is firmly 
    grounded in the OSH Act and OSHA policies and 
    experience. The primary lesson to be learned 
    is that employers with effective, well-
    managed ergonomics programs achieve 
    significant reductions in the severity and 
    number of work-related MSDs their employees 
    experience. These programs also generally 
    improve productivity and employee morale and 
    reduce employee turnover and absenteeism (see 
    Section VIII of this preamble and Chapters IV 
    (Benefits) and V (Costs of Compliance) of 
    OSHA's Preliminary Economic Analysis (Ex. 28-
    1).
       OSHA's long experience with ergonomics is 
    apparent from the chronology below. As this 
    table shows, the Agency has been actively 
    involved in ergonomics for more than 20 
    years.
    
                           OSHA Ergonomics Chronology
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
     
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Early 1980s                   OSHA begins discussing ergonomic
                                   interventions with labor, trade
                                   associations and professional
                                   organizations. OSHA issues citations to
                                   Hanes Knitwear and Samsonite for
                                   ergonomic hazards.
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    August 1983                   The OSHA Training Institute offers its
                                   first course in ergonomics.
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    May 1986                      OSHA begins a pilot program to reduce back
                                   injuries through review of injury records
                                   during inspections and recommendations
                                   for job redesign using NIOSH's Work
                                   Practices Guide for Manual Lifting.
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    October 1986                  The Agency publishes a Request for
                                   Information on approaches to reduce back
                                   injuries resulting from manual lifting.
                                   (57 FR 34192)
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    July 1990                     OSHA/UAW/Ford corporate-wide settlement
                                   agreement commits Ford to reduce
                                   ergonomic hazards in 96 percent of its
                                   plants through a model ergonomics
                                   program.
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    August 1990                   The Agency publishes ``Ergonomics Program
                                   Management Guidelines for Meatpacking
                                   Plants.''
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    [[Page 65771]]
    
     
    Fall 1990                     OSHA creates the Office of Ergonomics
                                   Support and hires more ergonomists.
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    November 1990                 OSHA/UAW/GM sign agreement bringing
                                   ergonomics programs to 138 GM plants
                                   employing more than 300,000 workers.
                                   Throughout the early 90s, OSHA signed 13
                                   more corporate-wide settlement agreements
                                   to bring ergonomics programs to nearly
                                   half a million more workers.
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    July 1991                     OSHA publishes ``Ergonomics: The Study of
                                   Work,'' as part of a nationwide education
                                   and outreach program to raise awareness
                                   about ways to reduce musculoskeletal
                                   disorders.
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    July 1991                     More than 30 labor organizations petition
                                   Secretary of Labor to issue an Emergency
                                   Temporary Standard.
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    January 1992                  OSHA begins a special emphasis inspection
                                   program on ergonomic hazards in the
                                   meatpacking industry.
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    April 1992                    Secretary of Labor denies petition.
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    August 1992                   OSHA publishes an Advance Notice of
                                   Proposed Rulemaking on ergonomics.
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    1993                          OSHA conducts a survey of general industry
                                   and construction employers to obtain
                                   information on the extent of ergonomics
                                   programs in industry and other issues.
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    March 1995                    OSHA begins a series of meetings with
                                   stakeholders to discuss approaches to a
                                   draft ergonomics standard.
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    January 1997                  OSHA/NIOSH conference on successful
                                   ergonomic programs held in Chicago.
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    April 1997                    OSHA introduces the ergonomics web page on
                                   the Internet.
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    February 1998                 OSHA begins a series of national
                                   stakeholder meetings about the draft
                                   ergonomics standard under development.
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    March 1998                    OSHA releases a video entitled ``Ergonomic
                                   Programs That Work.''
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    February 1999                 OSHA begins small business (Small Business
                                   Regulatory Enforcement Fairness Act
                                   (SBREFA)) review of its draft ergonomics
                                   rule, and makes draft regulatory text
                                   available to the public.
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    April 1999                    OSHA's Assistant Secretary receives the
                                   SBREFA report on the draft ergonomics
                                   program proposal, and the Agency begins
                                   to address the concerns raised in that
                                   report.
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    November 1999                 OSHA publishes proposed ergonomics program
                                   standard.
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    A. Regulatory and Voluntary Guidelines 
    Activities
    
       In 1989, OSHA issued the Safety and Health 
    Program Management Guidelines (54 FR 3904, 
    Jan. 26, 1989), which are voluntary program 
    management guidelines to assist employers in 
    developing effective safety and health 
    programs. These program management 
    guidelines, which are based on the widely 
    accepted industrial hygiene principles of 
    management commitment and employee 
    involvement, worksite hazard analysis, hazard 
    prevention and control, and employee 
    training, also serve as the foundation for 
    effective ergonomics programs. In August 
    1990, OSHA issued the Ergonomics Program 
    Management Guidelines for Meatpacking Plants 
    (Ex. 2-13), which utilized the four program 
    components from the safety and health 
    management guidelines, supplemented by other 
    ergonomics-specific program elements (e.g., 
    medical management). The ergonomic guidelines 
    were based on the best available scientific 
    evidence, the best practices of successful 
    companies with these programs, advice from 
    the National Institute for Occupational 
    Safety and Health (NIOSH), the scientific 
    literature, and OSHA's experience with 
    enforcement actions. Many commenters in 
    various industries have said that they have 
    implemented their ergonomics programs 
    primarily on the basis of the OSHA ergonomics 
    guidelines (Exs. 3-50, 3-61, 3-95, 3-97, 3-
    113, 3-121, 3-125), and there has been 
    general agreement among stakeholders that 
    these program elements should be included in 
    any OSHA ergonomics standard (Exs. 3-27, 3-
    46, 3-51, 3-61, 3-89, 3-95, 3-113, 3-119, 3-
    160, 3-184).
       OSHA has also encouraged other efforts to 
    address the prevention of work-related 
    musculoskeletal disorders. For example, OSHA 
    has actively participated in the work of the 
    ANSI Z-365 Committee, which was tasked with 
    the development of a consensus standard for 
    the control of cumulative trauma disorders.
    
    
    1. Petition for Emergency Temporary Standard
    
       On July 31, 1991, the United Food and 
    Commercial Workers Union (UCFW), along with 
    the AFL-CIO and 29 other labor organizations, 
    petitioned OSHA to take immediate action to 
    reduce the risk to employees from exposure to 
    ergonomic hazards (Ex. 2-16). The petition
    
    [[Page 65772]]
    
    requested that OSHA issue an emergency 
    temporary standard (ETS) on ``Ergonomic 
    Hazards to Protect Workers from Work-Related 
    Musculoskeletal Disorders (Cumulative Trauma 
    Disorders)'' under section 6(c) of the Act. 
    The petitioners also requested, consistent 
    with section 6(c), that OSHA promulgate, 
    within 6 months of issuance of the ETS, a 
    permanent standard to protect workers from 
    cumulative trauma disorders in both general 
    industry and construction.
       OSHA concluded that, based on the 
    statutory constraints and legal requirements 
    governing issuance of an ETS, there was not a 
    sufficient basis to support issuance of an 
    ETS. Accordingly, on April 17, 1992, OSHA 
    decided not to issue an ETS on ergonomic 
    hazards (Ex. 2-29). OSHA agreed with the 
    petitioners, however, that available 
    information, including the Agency's 
    experience and information in the ETS 
    petition and supporting documents, supported 
    the initiation of a rulemaking, under section 
    6(b)(5) of the Act, to address ergonomic 
    hazards.
    
    
    2. Advance Notice of Proposed Rulemaking
    
       At the time OSHA issued the Ergonomic 
    Program Management Guidelines for Meatpacking 
    Plants, (Ex. 2-13), the Agency also indicated 
    its intention to begin the rulemaking process 
    by asking the public for information about 
    musculoskeletal disorders (MSDs). The Agency 
    indicated that this could be accomplished 
    through a Request for Information (RFI) or an 
    Advance Notice of Proposed Rulemaking (ANPR) 
    consistent with the Administration's 
    Regulatory Program. Subsequently, OSHA 
    formally placed ergonomics rulemaking on the 
    regulatory agenda (Ex. 2-17) and decided to 
    issue an ANPR on this topic.
       In June 1991, OSHA sent a draft copy of 
    the proposed ANPR questions for comment to 
    232 parties, including OSHA's advisory 
    committees, labor organizations (including 
    the petitioners), trade associations, 
    occupational groups, and members of the 
    ergonomics community (Ex. 2-18). OSHA 
    requested comments on what questions should 
    be presented in the ANPR. OSHA received 47 
    comments from those parties. In addition, 
    OSHA met with the Chemical Manufacturers 
    Association, Organization Resources 
    Counselors, Inc., and the AFL-CIO and several 
    of its member organizations. OSHA reviewed 
    the comments and submissions received and 
    incorporated relevant suggestions and 
    comments into the ANPR.
       On August 3, 1992, OSHA published the ANPR 
    in the Federal Register (57 FR 34192), 
    requesting information for consideration in 
    the development of an ergonomics standard. 
    OSHA received 290 comments in response to the 
    ANPR. Those comments have been carefully 
    considered by the Agency in developing the 
    proposed ergonomics program standard.
    
    
    3. Outreach to Stakeholders
    
       In conjunction with the process of 
    developing the proposed ergonomics rule, OSHA 
    has established various communication and 
    outreach efforts since publication of the 
    ANPR. These efforts were initiated in 
    response to requests by individuals who would 
    be affected by the rule (stakeholders) that 
    they be provided with the opportunity to 
    present their concerns about an ergonomics 
    rule and that they be kept apprised of the 
    efforts OSHA was making in developing a 
    proposed rule. For example, in March and 
    April 1994, OSHA held meetings with industry, 
    labor, professional and research 
    organizations covering general industry, 
    construction, agriculture, healthcare, and 
    the office environment. A list of those 
    attending the meetings and a record of the 
    meetings has been placed in the public record 
    of this rulemaking (Ex. 26-1370).
       In March, 1995, OSHA provided a copy of 
    the draft proposed ergonomics rule and 
    preamble to these same organizations. 
    Thereafter, during April 1995, OSHA met again 
    with these groups to discuss whether the 
    draft proposed rule had accurately responded 
    to the concerns raised earlier. A summary of 
    the comments has been placed in the public 
    record (Ex. 26-1370).
       During 1998, OSHA met with nearly 400 
    stakeholders to discuss ideas for a proposed 
    standard. The meetings were held in February, 
    July and September of 1998. The first series 
    of meetings was held in Washington, DC and 
    focused on general issues, such as the scope 
    of the standard and what elements of an 
    ergonomics program should be included in a 
    standard. The second series of meetings was 
    held in Kansas City and Atlanta and focused 
    on what elements and activities should be 
    included in an ergonomics program standard. 
    The third set of meetings was held in 
    Washington, DC and emphasized revisions to 
    the elements of the proposal based on 
    previous stakeholder input. A summary of 
    those meetings has been placed on the OSHA 
    web site and in the public docket (Ex. 26-
    1370). After OSHA released a working draft of 
    the proposed ergonomics standard to members 
    of the Small Business Regulatory Enforcement 
    Fairness Act Panel for review under that 
    Act., the draft was posted on the OSHA web 
    site (February 9, 1999).
    
    
    4. Small Business Regulatory Enforcement 
    Fairness Act (SBREFA) Panel
    
       In accordance with SBREFA and to gain 
    insight from employers with small businesses, 
    OSHA, the Office of Management and Budget 
    (OMB), and the Small Business Administration 
    (SBA) created a Panel to review and comment 
    on a working draft of the ergonomics program 
    standard. As required by SBREFA, the Panel 
    sought the advice and recommendations of 
    potentially affected Small Entity 
    Representatives (SERs). A total of 21 SERs 
    from a variety of industries participated in 
    the effort. The working draft, supporting 
    materials (a brief summary of a preliminary 
    economic analysis and risk assessment and 
    other materials) were sent to the SERs for 
    their review. On March 24-26, 1999, 
    representatives from OSHA, SBA, and OMB 
    participated in a series of discussions with 
    the SERs to answer questions and receive 
    comments from the SERs. The SERs also 
    provided written comments, which served as 
    the basis of the Panel's final report (Ex. 
    23). The final SBREFA Panel Report was 
    submitted to the Assistant Secretary on April 
    30, 1999. The findings and recommendations 
    made by the Panel are addressed in the 
    proposed rule, preamble, and economic 
    analysis (see the discussion in Section VIII, 
    Summary of the Preliminary Economic Analysis 
    and Initial Regulatory Flexibility Analysis).
    
    
    B. Other OSHA Efforts in Ergonomics
    
       In 1996, OSHA developed a strategy to 
    address ergonomics through a four-pronged 
    program including training, education, and 
    outreach activities; study and analysis of 
    the work-related hazards that lead to MSDs; 
    enforcement; and rulemaking.
    
    
    1. Training, Education, and Outreach
    
       a. Training. The OSHA ergonomics web page 
    has been an important part of the Agency's 
    education and outreach effort. Other OSHA 
    efforts in training, education and outreach 
    include the following:
        Grants to train workers and 
    employees about hazards and hazard abatement;
        Training courses in ergonomics;
    
    [[Page 65773]]
    
        One day training for nursing home 
    operators in each of five targeted states;
        Booklets on ergonomics, 
    ergonomics programs, and computer 
    workstations; and
        Videotapes on ergonomics programs 
    in general industry and specifically in 
    nursing homes.
       OSHA has awarded almost $3 million for 25 
    grants addressing ergonomics, including 
    lifting hazards in healthcare facilities and 
    hazards in the red meat and poultry 
    industries. These grants have enabled workers 
    and employers to identify ergonomic hazards 
    and implement workplace changes to abate the 
    hazards.
       Some grant program highlights follow.
    
       The United Food and Commercial 
    Workers International Union (UFCW) conducted 
    joint labor-management ergonomics training at 
    a meatpacking plant that resulted in a major 
    effort at the plant to combat cumulative 
    trauma disorders. The program was so 
    successful that management asked the UFCW to 
    conduct the ergonomics training and work with 
    management at some of its other facilities.
       The University of California at 
    Los Angeles (UCLA) and the Service Employees 
    International Union (SEIU) both had grants 
    for preventing lifting injuries in nursing 
    homes. SEIU developed a training program that 
    was used by UCLA to train nursing home 
    workers in California. UCLA also worked with 
    some national back injury prevention 
    programs. At least one of the nursing home 
    chains has replicated the program in other 
    states.
       Mercy Hospital in Des Moines, 
    Iowa, had a grant to prevent lifting injuries 
    in hospitals. It trained over 3,000 hospital 
    workers in Des Moines and surrounding 
    counties. It had a goal of reducing lost work 
    days by 15 percent. The goal was surpassed, 
    and, six months after the training, none of 
    those trained had had a lost workday due to 
    back injury.
       Hunter College in New York City is 
    training ergonomics trainers for the United 
    Paperworkers International Union. The 
    trainers then return to their locals and 
    conduct ergonomics training for union 
    members. As a result of this training, 
    changes are being made at some workplaces. 
    Examples include purchasing new equipment 
    that eliminates or reduces workers' need to 
    bend or twist at the workstation, rotating 
    workers every two hours with a ten-minute 
    break before each rotation, and modifying 
    workstations to reduce worker strain.
    
       b. Education and Outreach. To provide a 
    forum to discuss ergonomic programs and to 
    augment information in the literature with 
    the experience of companies of different 
    sizes and from a variety of industries, OSHA 
    and NIOSH sponsored the first in a series of 
    conferences that brought industry, labor, 
    researchers, and consultants together to 
    discuss what works in reducing MSDs. The 1997 
    OSHA and NIOSH conference was followed by 11 
    more regional conferences across the country. 
    OSHA and NIOSH held the second national 
    conference on ergonomics in March of 1999. 
    More than 200 presentations were given at the 
    conferences on how companies have 
    successfully reduced MSDs. Presentations were 
    made by personnel from large and small 
    companies in many different industries.
       Other examples of successful ergonomics 
    programs have come from OSHA's Voluntary 
    Protection Program (VPP). The VPP program was 
    established by OSHA to recognize employers 
    whose organizations have exemplary workplace 
    safety health programs. Several sites that 
    have been accepted into VPP have excellent 
    ergonomics programs.
    
    
    2. Ergonomics Best Practices Conferences
    
       During the period from Sept. 17, 1997 
    through Sept. 29, 1999, OSHA and its Regional 
    Education Centers co-sponsored 11 Ergonomics 
    Best Practices conferences. These Conferences 
    were designed to provide good examples of 
    practical and inexpensive ergonomics 
    interventions implemented by local companies. 
    The concept was that if OSHA and its Regional 
    partners could initiate the development of a 
    network of local employers, contractors, and 
    educators to provide practical information to 
    solve ergonomics problems, it would be 
    assisting employers in providing a workplace 
    for employees that would be ``free of 
    recognized health and safety hazards.'' To 
    date, attendance has exceeded 2,400 
    participants, including employers, 
    contractors, and employees. Finally, OSHA has 
    made numerous outreach presentations to 
    labor, trade, industry and professional 
    organizations during the development of the 
    proposed rule.
    
    
    3. Studies and Analyses
    
       Throughout the 1990s and continuing to the 
    present, OSHA staff have monitored the 
    ergonomics literature, developed analyses, 
    and reviewed the work of other Federal and 
    non-Federal agencies and organizations 
    related to ergonomics issues. In some cases, 
    OSHA staff have conducted site visits to 
    observe ergonomics programs at first hand. 
    Much of the information learned through these 
    activities is reflected in the material in 
    this preamble.
       The most important reports and studies to 
    appear in the last few years are listed 
    below. OSHA has reviewed each of these 
    documents in detail, and findings from them 
    that are relevant to the discussions in this 
    preamble are referenced in the text. 
    Important recent studies that have supported 
    the conclusion that ergonomic interventions 
    and programs are a successful way to reduce 
    MSDs:
        Elements of Ergonomics Programs, 
    NIOSH, 1998 (Ex. 26-2);
        Musculoskeletal Disorders and 
    Workplace Factors, NIOSH, 1997 (Ex. 26-1);
        Worker Protection: Private Sector 
    Ergonomics Programs Yield Positive Results, 
    GAO 1997 (Ex. 26-5); and
        Work-related Musculoskeletal 
    Disorders, NRC 1998 (Ex. 26-37).
       Other reports that support the use of 
    ergonomic interventions in the context of an 
    ergonomics program include:
        ASC Z-365 draft, Control of 
    Cumulative Trauma Disorders, June 1997; and
        Applied Ergonomics, case studies, 
    Volume 2 (case studies from the OSHA/NIOSH 
    conference 1999).
       In addition, in 1994, OSHA conducted eight 
    site visits to companies that have 
    implemented ergonomic controls. These site 
    visits were at the invitation of companies in 
    industries including meatpacking, 
    manufacturing, and automotive manufacturing. 
    In conjunction with three of these site 
    visits, OSHA also held ``town meetings'' with 
    other industry, labor and professional 
    representatives in the geographical area. 
    These meetings allowed OSHA to learn about 
    other ergonomic programs that have been 
    implemented by companies in the same area as 
    well as issues regarding an OSHA ergonomics 
    rule.
    
    
    4. Enforcement
    
       In the absence of a federal OSHA 
    ergonomics standard, OSHA has addressed 
    ergonomics in the workplace under the 
    authority of section 5(a)(1) of the OSHAct. 
    This section is referred to as the General 
    Duty Clause and requires employers to provide 
    work and a work environment free from 
    recognized hazards that are causing or are 
    likely to cause death or serious physical 
    harm.
    
    [[Page 65774]]
    
       OSHA has successfully issued over 550 
    ergonomics citations under the General Duty 
    Clause. Only one case has been decided by the 
    Occupational Safety and Health Review 
    Commission. In the majority of these cases, 
    employers have realized that the 
    implementation of ergonomics programs is in 
    their best interest for the reduction of 
    injuries and illnesses. Examples of companies 
    cited under the General Duty Clause for 
    ergonomics hazards and which then realized a 
    substantial reduction in injuries and 
    illnesses after implementing ergonomics 
    programs include: the Ford Motor Company, 
    Empire Kosher, Sysco Foods, and Kennebec 
    Nursing Home.
       When serious physical harm cannot be 
    documented in the work environment but 
    hazards have been identified by OSHA, 
    Compliance Officers both discuss the hazards 
    with the employer during the closing 
    conference of an inspection and write a 
    letter to the employer. These letters are 
    called ``ergonomic hazard alert letters.'' As 
    of June 1, 1999, approximately 260 letters 
    had been sent to employers. Ergonomic hazard 
    alert letters have been sent to employers in 
    approximately 50% of OSHA ergonomic 
    inspections.
       Since ergonomic solutions vary from one 
    industry to another, OSHA has provided both 
    general and industry-specific training to 
    compliance officers. There are currently 
    three main ergonomic courses offered to OSHA 
    compliance staff: Introduction to Ergonomics, 
    Ergonomics in Nursing Homes, and Ergonomics 
    Compliance (an advanced ergonomics course). 
    Over 600 compliance staff have been trained 
    in just the past three years. These courses 
    cover three weeks of material.
       In addition, OSHA has appointed one Area 
    Office Ergonomic Coordinator and a Regional 
    Ergonomic Coordinator in every region. These 
    coordinators meet monthly to discuss recent 
    case developments and the scientific 
    literature on ergonomics, share knowledge of 
    ergonomic solutions, and ensure that 
    enforcement resources are provided to 
    compliance staff for enforcement. A PhD 
    level, professionally certified ergonomist 
    serves as the National Ergonomics Enforcement 
    Coordinator in OSHA's Directorate of 
    Compliance Programs.
    
    
    5. Corporate Wide Settlement Agreements
    
       Among the companies that were cited for 
    MSD hazards, 13 companies covering 198 
    facilities agreed to enter into corporate-
    wide settlement agreements with OSHA. These 
    agreements were primarily in the meat 
    processing and auto assembly industries, but 
    there were also agreements with 
    telecommunications, textile, warehousing 
    grocery, and paper companies. As part of 
    these settlement agreements, the companies 
    agreed to develop ergonomics programs based 
    on OSHA's Meatpacking Guidelines (Ex. 2-13) 
    and to submit information on the progress of 
    their program.
       OSHA held a workshop in March 1999, in 
    which 10 companies described their experience 
    under their settlement agreement and with 
    their ergonomics programs. All the companies 
    that reported results to OSHA showed a 
    substantially lower severity rate for MSDs 
    since implementing their programs (Ex. 26-
    1420). In addition, most companies reported 
    lower workers' compensation costs, as well as 
    higher productivity and product quality. A 
    report from the March 1999 workshop on 
    corporate wide settlement agreements 
    summarizing the results from 13 companies 
    involved in the agreements has been placed in 
    the docket (Ex. 26-1420). Only 5 of the 13 
    companies consistently reported the number of 
    MSD cases or MSD case rates. All five 
    companies that reported data on MSD-related 
    lost workdays showed a significant decline in 
    the number of lost workdays. None of the 
    companies that reported severity statistics 
    showed an increase in lost workdays as a 
    result of the ergonomics program.
    
    
    C. Summary
    
       As this review of OSHA's activities in the 
    last 20 years shows, the Agency has 
    considerable experience in addressing 
    ergonomics issues. OSHA has also used all of 
    the tools authorized by the Act--enforcement, 
    consultation, training and education, 
    compliance assistance, the Voluntary 
    Protection Programs, and issuance of 
    voluntary guidelines--to encourage employers 
    to address musculoskeletal disorders, the 
    single largest occupational safety and health 
    problem in the United States today. These 
    efforts, and the voluntary efforts of 
    employers and employees, have led to a recent 
    5-year decline in the number of reported lost 
    workday ergonomics injuries. However, in 
    1997, more than 626,000 such injuries and 
    illnesses were still reported. Promulgation 
    of an ergonomics program standard will add 
    the only tool the Agency has so far not 
    deployed against this hazard--a mandatory 
    standard--to these other OSHA and employer-
    driven initiatives. Over the first 10 years 
    of the standard's implementation, OSHA 
    predicts that more than 3 million lost 
    workday musculoskeletal disorders will be 
    prevented in general industry. Ergonomics 
    programs can lead directly to improved 
    product quality by reducing errors and 
    rejection rates. In an OSHA survey of more 
    than 3,000 employers, 17 percent of employers 
    with ergonomics programs reported that their 
    programs had improved product quality. In 
    addition, a large number of case studies 
    reported in the literature describe quality 
    improvements. Thus, in addition to better 
    saftey and health for workers, the standard 
    will save employers money, improve product 
    quality, and reduce employee turnover and 
    absenteeism.
    
    
    III. Pertinent Legal Authority
    
       The purpose of the Occupational Safety and 
    Health Act (``OSH Act''), 29 U.S.C. 651 et 
    seq., is ``to assure so far as possible every 
    working man and woman in the nation safe and 
    healthful working conditions and to preserve 
    our human resources.'' 29 U.S.C. 651(b). To 
    achieve this goal Congress authorized the 
    Secretary of Labor to promulgate and enforce 
    occupational safety and health standards. 29 
    U.S.C. 655(b) (authorizing promulgation of 
    standards pursuant to notice and comment), 
    654(b) (requiring employers to comply with 
    OSHA standards).
       A safety or health standard is a standard 
    ``which requires conditions, or the adoption 
    or use of one or more practices, means, 
    methods, operations, or processes, reasonably 
    necessary or appropriate to provide safe or 
    healthful employment or places of 
    employment.'' 29 U.S.C. 652(8).
       A standard is reasonably necessary or 
    appropriate within the meaning of Section 
    652(8) if:
        A significant risk of material 
    harm exists in the workplace and the proposed 
    standard would substantially reduce or 
    eliminate that workplace risk;
        It is technologically and 
    economically feasible;
        It is cost effective;
        It is consistent with prior 
    Agency action or supported by a reasoned 
    justification for departing from prior Agency 
    action;
        It is supported by substantial 
    evidence; and
        If this standard is preceded by a 
    national consensus standard, it is better 
    able to effectuate the purposes of the OSH 
    Act than the standard it supersedes.
    
    
    [[Page 65775]]
    
    
    International Union, UAW v. OSHA (LOTO II), 
    37 F.3d 665 (D.C. Cir. 1994); 58 FR 16612--
    16616 (March 30, 1993).
       OSHA has generally considered an excess 
    risk of 1 death per 1000 workers over a 45-
    year working lifetime as clearly representing 
    a significant risk. Industrial Union Dept. v. 
    American Petroleum Institute (Benzene), 448 
    U.S. 607, 646 (1980); International Union v. 
    Pendergrass (Formaldehyde), 878 F.2d 389, 393 
    (D.C. Cir. 1989); Building and Construction 
    Trades Dept., AFL-CIO v. Brock (Asbestos), 
    838 F.2d 1258, 1264-65 (D.C. Cir. 1988).
       A standard is technologically feasible if 
    the protective measures it requires already 
    exist, can be brought into existence with 
    available technology, or can be created with 
    technology that can reasonably be expected to 
    be developed. American Textile Mfrs. 
    Institute v. OSHA (Cotton Dust), 452 U.S. 
    490, 513 (1981), American Iron and Steel 
    Institute v. OSHA (Lead II), 939 F.2d 975, 
    980 (D.C. Cir. 1991).
       A standard is economically feasible if 
    industry can absorb or pass on the costs of 
    compliance without threatening the industry's 
    long-term profitability or competitive 
    structure. See Cotton Dust, 452 U.S. at 530 
    n. 55; Lead II, 939 F.2d at 980.
       A standard is cost effective if the 
    protective measures it requires are the least 
    costly of the available alternatives that 
    achieve the same level of protection. Cotton 
    Dust, 453 U.S. at 514 n. 32; International 
    Union, UAW v. OSHA (LOTO III), 37 F.3d 665, 
    668 (D.C. Cir. 1994).
       All standards must be highly protective. 
    See 58 FR 16612, 16614-15 (March 30, 1993); 
    LOTO III, 37 F.3d at 669. However, health 
    standards must also meet the ``feasibility 
    mandate'' of section 6(b)(5) of the OSH Act, 
    29 U.S.C. 655(b)(5). Section 6(b)(5) requires 
    OSHA to select ``the most protective standard 
    consistent with feasibility'' that is needed 
    to reduce significant risk when regulating 
    health hazards. Cotton Dust, 452 U.S. at 509.
       Section 6(b)(5) also directs OSHA to base 
    health standards on ``the best available 
    evidence,'' including research, 
    demonstrations, and experiments. 29 U.S.C. 
    655(b)(5). OSHA shall consider ``in addition 
    to the attainment of the highest degree of 
    health and safety protection * * * the latest 
    scientific data * * * feasibility and 
    experience gained under this and other health 
    and safety laws.'' Id.
       Section 6(b)(7) authorizes OSHA to include 
    among a standard's requirements labeling, 
    monitoring, medical testing and other 
    information gathering and transmittal 
    provisions, as appropriate. 29 U.S.C. 
    655(b)(7).
       Finally, whenever practical, standards 
    shall ``be expressed in terms of objective 
    criteria and of the performance desired.'' 
    Id.
    
    
    IV. Summary and Explanation
    
       Based on the best currently available 
    evidence, OSHA has preliminarily concluded 
    that the requirements of the proposed 
    Ergonomics Program Standard are reasonably 
    necessary and appropriate to provide adequate 
    protection from hazards that are reasonably 
    likely to cause or contribute to work-related 
    musculoskeletal disorders.
       In developing this proposed rule, OSHA has 
    carefully considered the large body of 
    scientific articles and studies, as well as 
    other data that OSHA has collected since the 
    initiation of the Agency's ergonomic efforts 
    more than a decade ago. In particular, OSHA 
    has carefully considered the large number of 
    pathophysiological, biomechanical and 
    epidemiologic studies on MSD hazards, 
    including those that were reviewed by NIOSH 
    and NRC/NAS in their comprehensive studies in 
    1997 and 1998, respectively. Examples of 
    other data OSHA has carefully considered in 
    developing the proposed rule include case 
    studies, papers, and ``best practices'' about 
    ergonomics programs and controls that have 
    been successfully implemented by a number of 
    establishments.
       OSHA also met with more than 400 
    stakeholders in several informal meetings 
    during the development of the proposed rule, 
    and considered the major points raised by the 
    stakeholders during these meetings. In 
    addition, the proposed rule has undergone the 
    Panel review process required by the Small 
    Business Regulatory Enforcement Fairness Act 
    (SBREFA) 5 U.S.C. Chapter 8. All of the 
    information developed to assist the small 
    entity representatives (SERs) involved in the 
    SBREFA process, the comments of the 
    representatives, and the Panel's report and 
    recommendations to OSHA have been placed in 
    the rulemaking record (Ex. 23). Moreover, in 
    conjunction with the SBREFA process, OSHA 
    released a draft, on the OSHA web page, of 
    the proposed rule and carefully considered 
    stakeholder comments on that draft.
       When a final standard is published, OSHA 
    will undertake a number of outreach and 
    compliance assistance activities. These will 
    be particularly beneficial to small 
    businesses. Outreach and compliance 
    assistance activities OSHA intends to make 
    available include:
        Publication of booklets 
    summarizing the standard and providing 
    specific information about different ways in 
    which employers can comply with the standard;
        Development of computer-based 
    materials to help small businesses identify 
    and respond to MSDs and MSD hazards;
        Development of a Small Entity 
    Compliance Guide, as required by SBREFA; and
        Development of a compliance 
    directive that answers compliance-related 
    questions about the standard.
       In this summary and explanation for the 
    proposed rule, OSHA has provided a number of 
    examples of practices and controls that the 
    Agency believes will work to reduce MSDs and 
    exposure to MSD hazards. Although these 
    certainly are not the only ways employers 
    could comply with the proposed rule, the 
    discussion provides information that 
    employers can use or adapt for their 
    workplaces. OSHA has used a variety of 
    methods to help stakeholders understand the 
    proposed requirements. For example, the 
    summary and explanation includes a number of 
    tables, exhibits and figures to show data, 
    examples, requirements and ways to comply 
    with the requirements. To make the preamble 
    easier to use, the discussion of each 
    provision of the proposed rule begins with a 
    reprint of that provision from the proposed 
    rule. In addition, the summary and 
    explanation is included at the beginning of 
    the preamble so stakeholders understand what 
    the proposed rule would require when they 
    examine other sections of the preamble, such 
    as the information on the costs and impacts 
    of the proposed rule.
       OSHA believes that this proposed 
    ergonomics program standard fulfills a 
    promise President Clinton and Vice-President 
    Gore made in the 1995 National Performance 
    Reveiw document, ``The New OSHA: Reinventing 
    Worker Safety and Health.'' That document 
    promised that OSHA would address the issue of 
    ergonomics by working with business and labor 
    to develop a flexible, plain-language 
    ergonomics standard. The standard being 
    proposed today reflects OSHA's commitment to 
    common-sense rulemaking.
    
    [[Page 65776]]
    
    Does This Standard Apply to Me? 
    (Secs. 1910.901-1910.904)
    
       The discussion of ``Does this standard 
    apply to me?'' (i.e., Scope of the proposed 
    ergonomics program rule) is divided into 
    three parts. Part A explains what employers 
    and jobs the proposed standard covers. Part B 
    discusses the definitions of the covered jobs 
    and the other sections related to the Scope 
    of the standard. Part C addresses OSHA's 
    authority to limit the scope of the 
    ergonomics program standard.
    
    
    A. Industries, Employers and Jobs This 
    Standard Covers
    
    
    1. How Serious Is the Problem of Work-Related 
    MSDs?
    
       The problem of occupational 
    musculoskeletal disorders (MSDs) is serious 
    and widespread, and the scope of the proposed 
    standard is also broad, so that it will 
    capture a substantial portion of these MSDs. 
    Lost workday MSDs constitute one-third of all 
    job-related injuries and illnesses reported 
    to BLS every year.
       a. MSD cases. Since 1993, the first year 
    BLS began reporting data on musculoskeletal 
    disorders, private industry employers have 
    reported more than 620,000 MSDs every year 
    that have been serious enough to result in 
    days away from work for the employee, 
    according to the Bureau of Labor Statistics 
    (BLS). (These MSDs are referred to in this 
    preamble as ``lost-workday MSDs'' or ``LWD 
    MSDs.'') MSDs now account for one-third of 
    all reported LWD injuries and illnesses. The 
    total number of reported MSDs, lost-time and 
    non-lost-time MSDs combined, is much higher. 
    The combined total is estimated to be almost 
    three times higher than the number of LWD 
    MSDs. (BLS data indicate that about two-
    thirds of all injuries and illnesses do not 
    involve days away from work.)
       b. Annual MSD rates. In addition, BLS data 
    shows that annual incidence rates for LWD 
    MSDs are high. In 1996, LWD MSD rates were as 
    high as 36.58 per 1,000 full-time employees 
    (FTE) (SIC 45--Transportation by Air). For a 
    number of 2-digit industry sectors, LWD MSD 
    rates exceeded 10 per 1,000 FTE. And only 
    three industry sectors had an annual rate of 
    less than 1 LWD MSD per 1,000 FTE. (A 
    detailed discussion of LWD MSD cases and 
    rates by industry and occupation are 
    presented in the Preliminary Risk Assessment 
    Section VI.)
       c. Lifetime MSD rates. The lifetime rates 
    for LWD MSDs are substantially higher. The 
    estimated probability that a worker will 
    experience at least 1 work-related MSD during 
    a working lifetime (45 years) ranges from 24 
    to 813 per 1,000 FTE, depending on the 
    industry sector. In addition, it is possible 
    for a worker to experience more than one MSD 
    in a working lifetime. There is evidence in 
    the record indicating that many employees 
    working in establishments without an 
    ergonomics program have suffered more than 
    one serious MSD (Exs. 26-23, 26-24, 26-25, 
    26-26, 26-1263, 26-1370). For example, a 
    number of employees have had multiple 
    surgeries for carpal tunnel syndrome (CTS). 
    The expected number of MSDs that will occur 
    during a working lifetime among 1,000 FTE 
    workers who begin working in an industry at 
    the same time ranges from 24 to 1,646, for 
    various general industry sectors (see Section 
    VII, Significance of Risk).
       d. MSD costs. Each year MSDs alone account 
    for about $15-20 billion in workers' 
    compensation costs, which is roughly $1 of 
    every $3 spent for workers' compensation. The 
    average costs for MSD cases are higher than 
    those for other injuries. For example, the 
    average per case costs for carpal tunnel 
    syndrome cases are $8,070, which is more than 
    double the $4,000 average per case costs for 
    all other injuries and illnesses (Exs. 26-43, 
    26-1286). According to Liberty Mutual 
    Insurance Company, low-back pain is the most 
    prevalent and costly work-related MSD in the 
    nation. Low-back pain MSDs account for 15% of 
    all Liberty Mutual workers' compensation 
    claims and 23% of the costs of these claims 
    (Ex. 26-54).
       e. MSDs widespread. Data and other 
    evidence show that the problem of work-
    related MSDs is widespread. Stakeholders have 
    told OSHA that MSDs and MSD hazards are found 
    in every industry in the nation (Ex. 3-59, 3-
    183, 3-184, 3-217). And each year employers 
    in every industry report substantial numbers 
    of LWD MSDs. In 1997, more than 626,000 LWD 
    MSDs were reported in private industry, about 
    567,000 of which were in general industry. 
    (See Section VI, Preliminary Risk Assessment, 
    for a more detailed discussion of the number 
    and rates of MSDs reported to the Bureau of 
    Labor Statistics.)
    
    
    2. Why and How Is OSHA Limiting the Scope of 
    the Proposed Ergonomics Program Standard?
    
       Although these and other data indicate 
    that the problem of MSDs is serious and 
    widespread, for several reasons OSHA believes 
    it is prudent to proceed with the ergonomics 
    rulemaking in phases. Regulating workplace 
    exposure to MSD hazards presents special 
    problems. In particular, the analysis and 
    control of MSD hazards involves complex 
    issues, because most often several ergonomic 
    risk factors combine to create an MSD hazard, 
    and these risk factors occur in many 
    different combinations. The multi-factoral 
    nature of MSD hazards also makes the 
    development of a rule to address these 
    hazards more complex, because it requires 
    more Agency resources for the rulemaking, for 
    additional analyses, and for materials for 
    effective outreach and training.
       OSHA applied two general principles in 
    determining the scope of the first phase of 
    the Ergonomics Program Standard. OSHA decided 
    to focus on those areas where: (1) The 
    problems are severe, and (2) the solutions 
    are well-understood.
       These principles are consistent with 
    statutory factors governing OSHA rulemakings, 
    including the criteria in section 6(g) of the 
    OSH Act that OSHA must consider when setting 
    rulemaking priorities. 29 U.S.C. 655(g). They 
    are also consistent with the feasibility and 
    substantial evidence requirements in the OSH 
    Act. 29 U.S.C. 655(b)(5).
       Applying these principles, OSHA made two 
    basic decisions on the scope of the first 
    phase of the Ergonomics Program Standard. 
    OSHA first decided to limit the proposed 
    standard to general industry because that is 
    where the Agency has the most data and 
    evidence on ergonomics solutions. And OSHA 
    decided to focus on three areas within 
    general industry where the problem is likely 
    to be severe.
       a. General industry. The vast majority of 
    the large body of evidence and data showing 
    that ergonomics programs and control 
    interventions are successful in reducing MSDs 
    pertains to general industry. (Exs. 26-1, 26-
    37). For example, the vast majority of 
    studies reviewed in the NIOSH and NRC/NAS 
    reports pertain to general industry. Almost 
    all of the studies on the effectiveness of 
    ergonomics programs and control interventions 
    focused on general industry (see Section VI, 
    Preliminary Risk Assessment). The vast 
    majority of the success stories OSHA has 
    gathered on the accomplishments of employers 
    with ergonomics programs pertain to general 
    industry employers. (See discussion of Job 
    Hazard Analysis and Control below in this 
    section, and the Preliminary Economic 
    Analysis, for control scenarios and success 
    stories.)
    
    [[Page 65777]]
    
       Evidence on ergonomic solutions from 
    OSHA's own experience dealing with MSD 
    hazards is also primarily derived from 
    general industry. For example, all of OSHA's 
    ergonomics enforcement experience under the 
    General Duty Clause is in general industry. 
    This includes more than 550 uncontested cases 
    and 13 corporate settlement agreements 
    covering 198 facilities.
       Information about ergonomic solutions that 
    OSHA has derived from the hundreds of 
    ergonomics consultations the Agency pertains 
    primarily to general industry. OSHA's 
    ergonomics guidance and outreach efforts have 
    been directed to general industry because 
    most of the data and information are there. 
    For example, the ergonomics program 
    management guidelines OSHA published in 1990 
    focused on the red meat industry (Ex. 26-3). 
    OSHA's other major ergonomics initiative 
    targeted the nursing homes industry, a 
    service industry within the general industry 
    sector.
       OSHA recognizes that MSD problems are also 
    serious in the construction, maritime and 
    agricultural industries. In 1996 alone, 
    employers in these industries reported more 
    than 60,000 LWD MSD. In the Construction--
    Special Trades industry sector (SIC 17), more 
    than 35,000 LWD MSDs were reported, and the 
    incidence rate was 11.57 per 1,000 FTE. OSHA 
    intends to conduct rulemaking for those 
    sectors at a later date. However, at this 
    time the Agency has less well-developed data 
    on ergonomics solutions in the construction, 
    maritime and agriculture industries, and 
    these industries have unique characteristics 
    that warrant separate rulemakings. (Part C 
    discusses the characteristics in those 
    industries.)
       b. Covered jobs. Within general industry, 
    OSHA is applying the proposed rule to the 
    following three areas where the problem is 
    especially likely to be severe:
        Manufacturing production jobs;
        Manual handling jobs requiring 
    forceful exertions; and
        Jobs where ``OSHA recordable'' 
    MSDs meeting the screening criteria are 
    reported.
       Manufacturing and manual handling jobs. 
    Data and other evidence in the record 
    indicate that in these jobs MSD hazards are 
    especially likely to be present. (In the 
    proposed rule MSD hazards are defined as 
    ``physical work activities and/or physical 
    work conditions in which risk factors are 
    present, that are reasonably likely to cause 
    or contribute to a covered MSD.''). BLS data 
    and evidence in the record indicate that 
    there is a heavy concentration of reported 
    MSDs and MSD hazards in manual handling and 
    manufacturing jobs. These jobs account for 
    about 60% of all reported MSDs that are 
    severe enough to have resulted in days away 
    from work, even though manufacturing and 
    manual handling jobs employ less than 28% of 
    the general industry workforce, according to 
    BLS.
       For many occupations involving 
    manufacturing or manual handling, MSD rates 
    are high. In 1996, LWD MSD rates for 
    occupations involving manufacturing and 
    manual handling were as high as 30.4 and 42.4 
    per 1,000 FTE, respectively. For example, 
    among nursing aides, orderlies and 
    attendants, the LWD MSD rate was 31.6 per 
    1,000, and about 58,400 cases were reported. 
    (For the entire health services industry 
    sector, which involves a variety of patient 
    handling tasks, more than 103,000 LWD MSDs 
    were reported, or almost 15% of all private 
    industry cases.)
       The fact that manufacturing production and 
    manual handling jobs account for the largest 
    share of workers' compensation costs is 
    another indication that there is likely to be 
    a high concentration of MSD hazards in those 
    jobs. MSDs of the back are one of the most 
    costly workplace injuries and account for a 
    very large percentage of permanent 
    occupational disability cases and costs. As 
    mentioned above, according to Liberty Mutual 
    Insurance Company (1988, Ex. 26-54), MSDs of 
    the back are the most prevalent and costly 
    work-related MSD in the nation.
       Other general industry jobs in which 
    covered MSDs occur. In general industry jobs 
    other than manufacturing and manual handling, 
    exposure to MSD hazards is more variable, 
    depending on particular work activities and 
    conditions. There are, however, a very large 
    number of MSDs reported outside manufacturing 
    and manual handling jobs. An employer's 
    report of a work-related MSD that is serious 
    enough to result in work restrictions, days 
    away from work or medical treatment, is a 
    logical indicator that MSD hazards are likely 
    to be present in a job. OSHA is therefore 
    extending coverage to jobs in which covered 
    MSDs occur. This scope of coverage will reach 
    jobs in which MSD hazards are likely to be 
    present while excluding other jobs unless and 
    until a covered MSD occurs in them.
       Evidence of the severity of the MSD 
    problem outside of manufacturing and manual 
    handling includes the following. In 1996, 
    about 230,000 LWD MSDs were reported in jobs 
    other than manufacturing and manual handling. 
    The annual LWD MSD rates that year exceeded 1 
    per 1,000 in all but three general industry 
    sectors that typically do not involve 
    manufacturing or manual handling jobs.
       A significant percentage of carpal tunnel 
    syndrome (CTS) cases, the type of MSD 
    generally requiring the most extensive 
    recovery time, is found in jobs other than 
    manufacturing or manual handling. In 1996, 
    CTS cases resulted in the highest median 
    number of days away from work for any injury 
    or illness: 25 days for CTS compared to 5 
    days for all injuries and illnesses combined. 
    That year, more than 57% of lost-workday CTS 
    cases involved more than 20 days away from 
    work, and more than 42% of all lost-workday 
    CTS cases involved more than 30 days away 
    from work. For amputations and fractures, 32% 
    and 36% of cases, respectively, involved more 
    than 30 days away from work.
       In conclusion, although the proposed rule 
    applies to only three categories within 
    general industry, it will capture those jobs 
    in which 90% of LWD MSDs have been reported 
    in recent years in private industry. And 
    because there are so many well-recognized 
    ergonomic solutions to MSD problems in 
    general industry, OSHA believes the proposed 
    standard should substantially reduce MSD 
    hazards as well as the number and severity of 
    work-related MSDs in covered industries. OSHA 
    requests comment on the scope of the proposed 
    rule, particularly on whether and to what 
    extent the scope of the rule should be 
    expanded or reduced.
    
    
    B. Definitions of Manufacturing Jobs, Manual 
    Handling Jobs and Jobs With MSDs and 
    Explanation of Other Scope Sections
    
       Part B discusses the Scope sections of the 
    proposed rule. The first section explains the 
    definitions of the jobs the proposed rule 
    covers: manufacturing jobs, manual handling 
    jobs, and jobs with covered MSDs. The second 
    section discusses the other sections of the 
    Scope of the proposed rule (Secs. 1910.901-
    1910.904).
       1. Definitions of Covered Jobs
       The proposed rule is job-based, and the 
    scope of the proposed rule is defined in 
    terms of jobs: manufacturing jobs, manual 
    handling jobs, and jobs in which an employee 
    has experienced a covered MSD. The proposed 
    rule applies
    
    [[Page 65778]]
    
    to employers who have any of these jobs, but 
    only to the extent that their workplaces have 
    such jobs. Where employers do not have manual 
    handling or manufacturing jobs that have 
    given rise to a covered MSD, the Ergonomics 
    Program Standard would not apply at all.
       a. Why is OSHA using a job-based approach 
    for defining the scope of the proposed rule? 
    OSHA is proposing a job-based approach for 
    defining the scope and application of the 
    ergonomics standard because this approach 
    focuses on areas where MSD hazards are likely 
    to be present, is relatively easy to apply, 
    and appears to be more cost-effective than 
    other approaches. OSHA believes employers 
    should be able to determine whether the 
    standard applies to them without having to do 
    a job hazard analysis for all jobs in their 
    workplace. In addition, the three job 
    categories addressed by the scope should 
    include most jobs in which MSD hazards are 
    present.
       Easy to apply. The three job categories 
    OSHA is proposing to cover should help 
    employers quickly focus on the areas where 
    they need to be looking for ergonomic 
    problems. Employers should know whether they 
    have manufacturing production jobs or jobs 
    where employees are regularly handling heavy 
    loads. In addition, it should not be 
    difficult for employers to determine whether 
    they have OSHA recordable MSDs, since most of 
    them are already familiar with recording 
    work-related illnesses and injuries in order 
    to comply with the OSHA recordkeeping rule, 
    29 CFR Part 1904. Even employers who do not 
    keep OSHA 200 logs should not have difficulty 
    identifying whether any of their employees 
    has been injured to the extent that they 
    require medical treatment, restricted work, 
    transfer to an alternative duty job, or time 
    away from work to recuperate.
       ``Proxy'' for MSD hazards. These three job 
    categories are appropriate because each is an 
    accurate and reasonable proxy for an 
    increased risk of exposure to ergonomic 
    hazards that are reasonably likely to cause 
    or contribute to serious physical harm, that 
    is, to a covered MSD. For example, 
    manufacturing production jobs frequently 
    involve repetition of the same task 
    throughout the workday, without much 
    variation. A large body of evidence, which is 
    discussed in greater detail in the Health 
    Effects section (Section V), shows that 
    employees who have frequent and/or prolonged 
    exposure to highly repetitive motions 
    (particularly when they are carried out in 
    combination with high force and/or awkward 
    postures) have a much higher risk of 
    developing an MSD as compared to employees 
    with lower levels of exposure (See e.g., 
    NIOSH, 1997, Ex. 26-1; Bernard, 1993, Ex. 26-
    439; Higgs et al. 1992, Ex. 26-1232; Burt et 
    al. 1990, Ex. 26-698; deKrom et al. 1990, Ex. 
    26-41; Silverstein et al. 1987, Ex. 26-34; 
    Armstrong et al. 1987, Ex. 26-48). The high 
    incidence rates in manufacturing production 
    occupations confirm this. OSHA is not saying 
    that all manufacturing jobs present MSD 
    hazards. OSHA is saying that manufacturing 
    jobs present an increased risk of such 
    hazards, and it is therefore logical to cover 
    them in the proposed standard.
       The same is true for manual handling jobs. 
    Manual handling jobs typically involve 
    regular lifting of heavy loads. A large body 
    of evidence shows that doing forceful 
    exertions repeatedly or for a prolonged 
    period of time significantly increases the 
    risk of developing an MSD of the back (See 
    e.g., NIOSH, 1997, Ex. 26-1; Holmstrom et 
    al., 1992, Ex. 26-36; Punnett et al., 1991, 
    Ex. 26-36; Liles et al., 1984, Ex. 26-33). 
    Occupations and industries where these 
    hazards are present have very high LWD MSD 
    rates and a large number of cases. As 
    mentioned above, in 1996, nurses aides, 
    orderlies and health care attendants, who 
    spend much of their time doing patient 
    lifting tasks, had an annual LWD MSD rate of 
    31.6 per 1,000 FTE, and the health services 
    industry alone accounted for almost 15% of 
    all LWD MSD cases. Finally, the report of an 
    MSD that is serious enough to warrant 
    recording on the OSHA 200 log is a logical 
    indicator that MSD hazards may be present, 
    especially since assessing the work-
    relatedness of the MSD for the purposes of 
    this standard involves a determination by the 
    employer about whether the MSD has a 
    connection to the activities and conditions 
    of the job.
       More practical and less-burdensome. 
    Although not a perfect indicator of the 
    presence of MSD hazards, reliance on the 
    these job categories to determine the scope 
    of the proposed standard is more practical 
    than other approaches. Using this approach, 
    employers do not have to do a job hazard 
    analysis of their facility or use a checklist 
    to screen all of their jobs, and do not have 
    to measure the total weights lifted by an 
    employee or the number of repetitions made, 
    to determine whether the standard applies to 
    them. Thus, the job-based approach does not 
    require employers to spend much time and 
    resources reviewing the standard to determine 
    whether they are covered or reviewing jobs 
    where no hazard exists. OSHA believes that 
    determining in the first instance whether the 
    standard applies should require nothing more 
    of employers than a common sense 
    determination as to whether they have 
    manufacturing productions jobs, forceful 
    manual handling jobs, or jobs with OSHA 
    recordable MSDs. OSHA anticipates that 
    employers should be able to make this 
    determination based on existing knowledge 
    rather than on formal job analysis.
       OSHA agrees with stakeholder and SBREFA 
    Panel comments to the effect that the scope 
    should be easy to understand. Accordingly, to 
    help employers understand the scope of the 
    rulemaking, the definitions of manufacturing 
    and manual handling jobs include examples of 
    jobs that would typically be included in and 
    excluded from the definition (see 
    Sec. 1910.945).
       b. What about other methods for defining 
    scope? OSHA believes the job-based approach 
    is superior to other ways of defining 
    coverage, because, on balance, it is the most 
    accurate of the cost-effective approaches to 
    reducing MSD hazards. OSHA presents 
    alternative approaches below and requests 
    comment on this issue.
       Preliminary job hazard analysis. OSHA 
    considered requiring all general industry 
    employers to do an initial job hazard 
    analysis for all jobs in the workplace to 
    identify those jobs where MSD hazards are 
    present. That approach is similar to the 
    approach OSHA uses in other health standards. 
    In those standards, employers make an initial 
    assessment about the presence of hazardous 
    substances in the workplace (i.e., ``Do I 
    have operations that involve formaldehyde in 
    my workplace?''). Requiring a preliminary job 
    hazard analysis to screen for ergonomic 
    hazards is analogous to this initial 
    assessment for toxic substances. Although 
    conducting a preliminary analysis is the most 
    thorough and accurate way to initially 
    determine whether MSD hazards are present, it 
    is more resource-intensive for employers. To 
    the extent that doing an initial job hazard 
    analysis would require employers to expend 
    considerable resources and efforts where no 
    MSD hazards are present, it would not be 
    cost-effective. In contrast, the practical 
    design of the proposed job-based approach 
    allows employers to make common sense 
    determinations about whether the proposed 
    rule applies, rather than requiring that the 
    determination be based on a formal job hazard 
    analysis. At the same time, since evidence in 
    the record shows that MSD hazards are likely 
    to be present in these jobs and that these 
    three categories account for such a large 
    proportion of all
    
    [[Page 65779]]
    
    reported MSDs, using the three job categories 
    is a reasonably accurate approach.
       Specification. OSHA also could have used a 
    specification approach in the proposed rule, 
    defining coverage by specific measurements 
    such as weight limits, number of repetitions, 
    or number of hours performing a certain job 
    or task demand. A number of studies have 
    identified exposure-response relationships in 
    particular circumstances (Holmstrom et al. 
    1992, Ex. 26-36 ; Punnett et al. 1991, Ex. 
    26-39; de Krom et al. 1990, Ex. 26-41; Liles 
    et. al. 1984, Ex. 26-33), and a number of 
    models exist for equating safe levels of 
    exposure (e.g., NIOSH Lifting Index, Ex. 26-
    572; Snook ``Push-Pull'' tables, Ex. 26-
    1008).
       Specification approaches, however, are 
    more likely to be overinclusive or 
    underinclusive. See International Union, UAW 
    v. OSHA (LOTO II), 37 F.3d 665 (D.C. Cir. 
    1994). For example, if the proposed rule were 
    to cover any task that required lifting a 
    certain weight (e.g., more than 40 pounds), 
    the proposed rule might not cover a number of 
    very hazardous lifting tasks in which MSDs 
    are reasonably likely to occur. This is 
    because the weight limit might not adequately 
    consider the impact of other factors on the 
    force required to complete a lift. To 
    illustrate, a task requiring an employee to 
    lift 40 pounds may be safe if twisting, 
    bending or reaching is not involved, but it 
    could be unsafe if long horizontal reaches or 
    bending is required.
       On the other hand, a proposed rule that 
    defined coverage in terms of a weight limit 
    that takes other ergonomic risk factors into 
    account could be overinclusive because the 
    recommended lift weight could vary greatly 
    with each lifting task. For example, a 
    lifting task that does not involve any risk 
    factors other than force would be treated the 
    same as a lift involving many risk factors. 
    However, to expand a specification approach 
    to make it more precise (i.e., so that it was 
    not underinclusive or overinclusive) would 
    necessarily make the approach more complex. 
    It would require employers to determine what 
    risk factors are present in order to 
    determine their impact on the weight limit, 
    and thus would essentially require a basic 
    job hazard analysis simply to make a decision 
    about whether they are subject to the rule.
       Checklist. OSHA could also have used a 
    checklist approach for defining coverage 
    under the proposed ergonomics standard. A 
    simple checklist has advantages: it can be 
    administered by a person with limited 
    training and is simple and fast to 
    administer. However, some checklists are not 
    designed to capture complex situations and 
    thus might be underinclusive. For example, a 
    simple checklist that omits questions that 
    are important to a particular job might 
    erroneously exclude a hazardous job or treat 
    it as no more hazardous than another job. On 
    the other hand, making a checklist more 
    thorough and accurate would make it harder to 
    use and more costly and complex.
       Industry. Finally, OSHA could have defined 
    the coverage of the standard purely by 
    industry (i.e., industries with the highest 
    MSD rates), as some stakeholders have 
    recommended. For several reasons, however, 
    OSHA believes that this approach would not be 
    as accurate as the proposed approach in 
    focusing the standard on areas where the 
    problem is severe. Regardless of the industry 
    in which employees work, they face a 
    significant risk of material harm when they 
    are exposed to physical work activities and 
    conditions that are reasonably likely to 
    cause or contribute to a covered MSD. For 
    example, in an industry where manual handling 
    is rarely performed or is restricted to a 
    small group of employees, the overall 
    incidence rate for the industry is likely to 
    be low. But even if the overall industry 
    incidence rate is low, those employees who do 
    perform manual handling and are exposed to 
    MSD hazards are at significant risk of 
    material health impairment. Conversely, an 
    industry-based approach would result in low-
    hazard jobs in a covered industry being 
    included, while employees performing 
    identical jobs in other industries would be 
    excluded. Defining coverage by industry, 
    therefore, would make the standard both 
    underinclusive and overinclusive.
       In addition, using industry incidence 
    rates is not necessarily an accurate measure 
    of the prevalence of MSD hazards. For 
    example, even where large numbers of MSDs are 
    reported in an industry, the rate may still 
    be low because the industry employs so many 
    workers, some of whom are not exposed to the 
    same degree to MSD hazards. In part, this is 
    due to the fact that available industry 
    classifications were established for purposes 
    other than occupational safety and health 
    analysis. Therefore, the courts recognized 
    that such classifications ``appear 
    essentially irrelevant'' to the task of 
    regulating hazards. LOTO II, 37 F.3rd at 670.
       In the remainder of this discussion, OSHA 
    will describe the specific provisions of the 
    proposed standard that deal with Scope.
       c. Manufacturing jobs. Section 1910.901  
    Does this standard apply to me?
    
      This standard applies to employers in 
    general industry whose employees work in 
    manufacturing jobs or manual handling jobs, 
    or report musculoskeletal disorders 
    (``MSDs'') that meet the criteria of this 
    standard. This standard applies to the 
    following jobs:
      (a) Manufacturing jobs. Manufacturing jobs 
    are production jobs in which employees 
    perform the physical work activities of 
    producing a product and in which these 
    activities make up a significant amount of 
    their worktime;
    
       There are many kinds of jobs in 
    manufacturing firms (e.g., production, 
    professional and technical, maintenance, 
    repair, sales, etc.), some of which do not 
    have exposure to MSD hazards. The proposed 
    rule focuses on manufacturing jobs involving 
    the physical work activities of production 
    because these jobs present an increased risk 
    of MSD hazards.
       Production jobs. The manufacturing jobs 
    the proposed rule covers are production jobs 
    in manufacturing, those that directly involve 
    production work tasks; they are the hands on 
    jobs of processing, assembling, or 
    fabricating finished or semi-finished 
    products (durable and non-durable). 
    Production work involves the range of tasks 
    from handling raw materials or components 
    through packaging the final product to leave 
    the production facility. Manufacturing 
    production jobs are frequently referred to as 
    assembly line, production line, paced work, 
    piecework, or factory jobs.
       Evidence in the record indicates that MSDs 
    reported in manufacturing are heavily 
    concentrated in production jobs. All of the 
    manufacturing occupations, as defined by the 
    BLS, with high LWD MSD rates are production 
    jobs. In 1996, for instance, the 
    manufacturing jobs with the highest LWD MSD 
    rates were the following production 
    occupations:
    
     
     Machine feeders     34.6 per 1,000 FTE
     and offbearers
     Punching and        30.4 per 1,000 FTE
     stamping machine operators
     Sawing machine      18.9 per 1,000 FTE
     operators
     Furnace, kiln,      18.0 per 1,000 FTE
     oven operators (except
     food)
     Grinding,           17.9 per 1,000 FTE
     abrading, polishing
     machine operators
     Assemblers          16.2 per 1,000 FTE
     
    
    
    [[Page 65780]]
    
       The rate for each of these manufacturing 
    production occupations substantially exceeded 
    and in some cases was 5 times as high as the 
    rate for all manufacturing injuries and 
    illnesses combined (10.3 per 1,000 FTE). 
    These rates were also more than 4 times 
    higher than the LWD rate for all injuries and 
    illnesses combined (2.5 per 1,000 FTE).
       MSDs reported in manufacturing are heavily 
    concentrated in production jobs because these 
    are the jobs that are likely to involve 
    significant exposure to the combinations of 
    ergonomic risk factors that are associated 
    with significantly elevated risks of harm. 
    Studies show that production work tasks, 
    which frequently involve highly repetitive 
    tasks and are often combined with high force 
    and awkward postures, are the jobs in 
    manufacturing that are most closely 
    associated with significantly-elevated risks 
    of harm (See e.g., NIOSH, 1997, Ex. 26-1; 
    Bernard et al. 1993, Ex. 26-439; Higgs et al. 
    1992, Ex. 26-1232; Silverstein et al. 1987, 
    Ex. 26-34; Armstrong et al. 1987, Ex. 26-48).
       Duration. The manufacturing production 
    jobs that the proposed standard covers are 
    those in which employees perform production 
    tasks for a ``significant amount'' of their 
    worktime. In general, significant amount 
    means that performing production tasks is a 
    key or characteristic element of the 
    employee's job. It will probably be obvious 
    that employees are performing production 
    tasks for a significant amount of their 
    worktime. The purpose of the significant 
    amount of the worktime aspect of the 
    definition of manufacturing jobs is to 
    reinforce that the definition is intended to 
    include jobs in which production work is 
    characteristic of the job, while excluding 
    jobs in which an employer might, on rare 
    occasions, perform production tasks. This is 
    illustrated by the examples of jobs that are 
    and are not typically included in the 
    definition (see discussion of Sec. 1910.945).
       Evidence in the record, including that 
    discussed in the Health Effects section 
    (Section V), indicates that MSD hazards may 
    be present where production work is performed 
    for a significant amount of time. Job tasks 
    that require the use of the same muscles or 
    motions for long periods of time increase the 
    likelihood of both localized and general 
    fatigue. In general, the longer the period of 
    continuous exertion, the longer the recovery 
    or rest time required (NIOSH , 1997, Ex. 26-
    1). Studies show that one of the biggest 
    contributors to the occurrence of MSDs in 
    manufacturing production jobs is lack of 
    adequate recovery time (Exs. 26-1, 26-1275). 
    Inadequate recovery time may be the result of 
    the length of time work tasks are performed 
    (deKrom et al. 1990, Ex. 26-102), or the 
    frequency with which job cycles are 
    performed.
       For example, the risk of developing carpal 
    tunnel syndrome (CTS) increases steadily with 
    increases in daily exposure to flexed or 
    extended wrist postures (deKrom et al. 1990. 
    Ex. 26-102). The odds ratio for wrist 
    disorders for a group of employees exposed to 
    flexed wrist postures between 8-19 hours a 
    week (i.e., an average of 1 to <4 hours="" per="" day)="" was="" 3,="" while="" that="" for="" employees="" exposed="" to="" these="" postures="" for="" between="" 20-40="" hours="" a="" week="" (i.e.,="" an="" average="" of="" 4="" to="" 10="" hours="" per="" day)="" was="" 9="" (dekrom="" et="" al.="" 1990,="" ex.="" 26-102).="" other="" studies="" reach="" the="" same="" general="" conclusions.="" researchers="" who="" reviewed="" the="" literature="" found="" that="" exposure="" to="" a="" combination="" of="" repetitive="" motions="" and="" either="" high="" forces,="" awkward="" postures="" or="" vibrating="" tools,="" or="" to="" various="" combinations="" of="" risk="" factors,="" for="" more="" than="" 4="" hours="" a="" day="" puts="" workers="" at="" high="" risk="" of="" developing="" msds="" (exs.="" 26-1163,="" 26-1352).="" (the="" relationship="" between="" duration="" of="" exposure="" to="" repetitive="" tasks="" and="" the="" occurrence="" of="" msds="" is="" discussed="" in="" greater="" detail="" in="" the="" section="" v,="" health="" effects,="" of="" this="" preamble.)="" although="" adverse="" effects="" have="" been="" reported="" following="" extremely="" high="" levels="" of="" exposure="" for="" very="" short="" durations="" (hagberg,="" 1981,="" ex.="" 26-955),="" studies="" show="" that="" exposure="" to="" workplace="" risk="" factors="" for="" less="" than="" 2="" hours="" normally="" permits="" sufficient="" recovery="" time="" for="" the="" muscles,="" nerves="" and="" tendons="" in="" most="" workers="" to="" prevent="" chronic="" adverse="" health="" effects="" (punnett="" et="" al.,="" 1991,="" ex.="" 26-39;="" punnet,="" 1998,="" ex.="" 26-38)).="" to="" clarify="" further="" the="" definition="" of="" manufacturing="" job,="" the="" proposed="" rule="" includes="" a="" list="" of="" examples="" of="" jobs="" that="" typically="" are="" included="" in="" and="" excluded="" from="" the="" proposed="" definition.="" this="" list="" is="" intended="" to="" be="" a="" practical="" guide="" about="" the="" kinds="" of="" jobs="" that="" osha="" intends="" to="" include="" as="" manufacturing="" production="" jobs.="" table="" iv-1="" includes="" this="" list:="" [[page="" 65781]]="" table="" iv-1="" ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------="" examples="" of="" jobs="" that="" typically="" are="" not="" examples="" of="" jobs="" that="" typically="" are="" manufacturing="" jobs="" manufacturing="" jobs="" ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------=""> Assembly line jobs producing:                              Administrative jobs
       Products (durable and non-durable)                       Clerical jobs
       Subassemblies                                            Supervisory/managerial jobs that do
       Components and parts                                     not involve production work
     Paced assembly jobs (assembling and disassembling)         Warehouse jobs in manufacturing
     Piecework assembly jobs (assembling and disassembling)     facilities
     and other time critical assembly jobs                              Technical and professional jobs
     Product inspection jobs (e.g., testers, weighers)          Analysts and programmers
     Meat, poultry, and fish cutting and packing                Sales and marketing
     Machine operation                                          Procurement/purchasing jobs
     Machine loading/unloading                                  Customer service jobs
     Apparel manufacturing jobs                                 Mail room jobs
     Food preparation assembly line jobs                        Security guards
     Commercial baking jobs                                     Cafeteria jobs
     Cabinetmaking                                              Grounds keeping jobs (e.g.,
     Tire building                                              gardeners)
                                                                        Jobs in power plant in manufacturing
                                                                        facility
                                                                        Janitorial
                                                                        Maintenance
                                                                        Logging jobs
                                                                        Production of food products (e.g.,
                                                                        bakery, candy and other confectionary
                                                                        products) primarily for direct sale on the
                                                                        premises to household customers
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
       d. Manual handling jobs.
    
      (b) Manual handling jobs. Manual handling 
    jobs are jobs in which employees perform 
    forceful lifting/lowering, pushing/pulling, 
    or carrying. Manual handling jobs include 
    only those jobs in which forceful manual 
    handling is a core element of the employee's 
    job;
    
      Note: Although each manufacturing and 
    manual handling job must be considered on the 
    basis of its actual physical work activities 
    and conditions, the definitions section of 
    this standard (Sec. 1910.945) includes a list 
    of jobs that are typically included in and 
    excluded from these definitions.
    
       The second group of jobs OSHA is proposing 
    to cover are manual handling jobs. Manual 
    handling is the forceful movement (i.e., 
    lifting, lowering, pushing, pulling, 
    carrying) of materials, equipment, objects, 
    people or animals. The movement may be done 
    by hand, as in lifting an object or pushing 
    hand carts or pallets. The movement can also 
    be done with the help of automated equipment 
    or aids, such as forklift trucks, storage and 
    retrieval systems, conveyors, and mechanical 
    lift devices; such assisted handling would be 
    considered manual handling as long as the 
    movement still required forceful exertions by 
    the employee.
       The vast majority of MSDs reported in 
    manual handling jobs are back disorders 
    (i.e., overexertions). For example, the jobs 
    with the highest rate of time-loss injuries 
    due to overexertion are those in nursing and 
    personal care facilities, where employees are 
    required to do frequent patient handling and 
    lifting. Manual handling tasks are also 
    associated with back pain in 25-70% of all 
    worker's compensation claims (Snook and 
    Ciriello, 1991, Ex. 26-1008; Cust et al., 
    1972, Ex. 26-1194). There is also strong and 
    consistent evidence that MSDs of the lower 
    back are associated with work-related lifting 
    and forceful exertions (see Section V below).
       Most employees handle and move objects 
    occasionally at the workplace. A number of 
    stakeholders have expressed concern that the 
    ergonomics standard would apply to any 
    lifting, lowering, pushing, pulling or 
    carrying tasks (collectively referred to as 
    lifting) that employees do. That is not 
    OSHA's intention, and the proposed definition 
    of manual handling jobs clarifies that. Table 
    IV-2 contains the examples of jobs from the 
    definition that typically would be included 
    in and excluded from the proposed rule:
       Forceful lifting. Manual handling jobs are 
    defined to include only those jobs that 
    require forceful manual handling tasks. Force 
    is the mechanical effort required to carry 
    out a specific movement (NIOSH Elements of 
    Ergonomics Programs, 1997, Ex. 26-2). 
    Forceful exertions place higher loads on the 
    muscles, tendons, ligaments, and joints 
    (NIOSH 1997, Ex. 26-1; see also section V, 
    Health Effects, of this preamble. Increasing 
    the force required to lift a load also means 
    increasing body demands (i.e., greater muscle 
    exertion is necessary to sustain the 
    increased effort), and imposing greater 
    compressive forces on the spine (Marras et 
    al. 1995). As force increases, muscles 
    fatigue more quickly. Prolonged or recurrent 
    exertions of this type can also lead to MSDs 
    where there is not adequate time for rest or 
    recovery (NIOSH 1997, Ex. 26-1).
       Studies indicate employees who perform 
    forceful manual handling tasks face a 
    significant risk of developing an MSD (See 
    Health Effects, Chapter V). The majority of 
    epidemiologic studies (13 of 18 studies) in 
    the 1997 NIOSH review show that odds ratios 
    are higher--in the range of 5.2 to 11--for 
    employees who have high exposure to force and 
    lifting. (These results are consistent with 
    biomechanical and other laboratory evidence 
    regarding the effects of lifting and dynamic 
    motion on back tissues.) NIOSH also found 
    that the high odds ratios for employees with 
    high exposure were ``unlikely to be caused by 
    confounding or other effects of lifestyle 
    covariates'' (NIOSH 1997, Ex. 26-1).
    
    [[Page 65782]]
    
    
    
                                                       Table IV-2
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                       EXAMPLES OF JOBS/TASKS THAT TYPICALLY ARE NOT
         EXAMPLES OF JOBS THAT TYPICALLY ARE MANUAL HANDLING JOBS                   MANUAL HANDLING JOBS
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     Patient handling jobs (e.g., nurses aides, orderlies,      Administrative jobs
     nurse assistants)                                                  Clerical jobs
     Package sorting, handling and delivering                   Supervisory/managerial jobs that do
     Hand packing and packaging                                 not involve manual handling tasks or work
     Baggage handling (e.g., porters, airline baggage           Technical and professional jobs
     handlers, airline check-in)                                        Jobs involving unexpected manual
     Warehouse manual picking and placing                       handling
     Beverage delivering and handling                           Lifting object or person in
     Stock handling and bagging                                 emergency situation (e.g., lifting or
     Grocery store bagging                                      carrying injured co-worker)
     Grocery store stocking                                     Jobs involving manual handling that
     Garbage collecting                                         is so infrequent it does not occur on any
                                                                        predictable basis (e.g., filling in on a job
                                                                        due to unexpected circumstances, replacing
                                                                        empty water bottle, lifting of box of copier
                                                                        paper)
                                                                        Jobs involving manual handling that
                                                                        is done only on an infrequent ``as needed''
                                                                        basis (e.g., assisting with delivery of
                                                                        large or heavy package, filling in once for
                                                                        an absent employee)
                                                                        Jobs involving minor manual handling
                                                                        that is incidental to the job (e.g.,
                                                                        carrying briefcase to meeting, carrying
                                                                        baggage on work travel)
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
       Core element. Manual handling jobs are 
    jobs in which manual handling tasks are a 
    core element of the employee's job. A core 
    element of a job refers to the tasks or 
    physical work activities that are a key 
    function of a job. Manual handling tasks may 
    be a core element because they are a basic or 
    essential function of a job. They may be a 
    core element because they are frequently 
    repeated or performed for a period of time. 
    The following are examples of jobs in which 
    manual handling would typically be considered 
    a core element:
        Jobs where the basic purpose is 
    to lift loads. These types of jobs include 
    furniture moving, package and product 
    delivery, and airline baggage handling;
        Jobs where lifting or pushing/
    pulling is an essential function of the job. 
    Patient lifting, for example, is an essential 
    element of nurse aide or health aide jobs and 
    pushing is an essential element for 
    orderlies;
        Jobs where manual handling is a 
    regular element of the job cycle. These types 
    of jobs typically include bringing supplies 
    to a production workstation, loading machines 
    for processing, and moving partially 
    assembled products to the next workstation or 
    onto or off a conveyor;
        Jobs where forceful exertions 
    comprise a significant amount of the 
    employee's work time. These jobs typically 
    include warehousing, stocking and garbage 
    collection;
        Jobs where employees end up doing 
    manual handling on a routine or regular basis 
    even if manual handing is not included in 
    their job description. These jobs typically 
    include unloading supplies or products that 
    are delivered on a regular basis.
       Including the concept of core element in 
    the definition of covered manual handling 
    jobs serves several purposes. First, it helps 
    to ensure that employer attention is focused 
    on those manual handling jobs for which data 
    indicate that MSD hazards are most likely to 
    be present: manual handling jobs with high 
    MSD rates and numbers of cases. Studies 
    indicate that manual handling jobs in which 
    employees do forceful exertions repeatedly or 
    for an appreciable period of time are 
    associated with elevated risks of harm. For 
    example, studies show a positive association 
    between duration of exposure to workplace 
    risk factors during manual handling and back 
    pain (Wild 1995, Exs. 26-1104, 26-1105, 26-
    1106; Liles et al. 1984, Ex. 26-33). Studies 
    also show that odds ratios for back MSDs 
    increase significantly as daily duration of 
    exposure to forceful manual handling 
    increases (Holmstrom et al. 1992, Ex. 26-36; 
    Punnett et al. 1991, Ex. 26-39; Liles et al. 
    1984, Ex. 26-33). Other studies indicate that 
    the rate and duration of continuous lifting 
    significantly reduces the worker's lifting 
    capacity, making the worker more susceptible 
    to MSDs associated with lifting (Snook and 
    Ciriello, 1991, Ex. 26-1008).
       Second, OSHA used core element rather than 
    a duration component because, while duration 
    and frequency play a role in determining 
    whether the manual handling job imposes a 
    risk of harm, studies show that employees can 
    be at risk of developing an MSD at relatively 
    short durations of lifting if the tasks 
    involve extreme force (Hagberg 1981, Ex. 26-
    955) (see Section V of the preamble).
       Finally, core element is a reasonable, 
    shorthand way to inform employers that OSHA 
    does not intend to cover manual handling that 
    is so isolated or so incidental to the job 
    that it is not reasonably likely to lead to 
    an MSD. These types of jobs are not 
    associated with high numbers or rates of 
    MSDs.
       OSHA requests information and comments 
    about whether the Ergonomics Program Standard 
    should include manual handling jobs. If so, 
    how should manual handling jobs be defined? 
    Should the definition use a flexible approach 
    or be based on quantitative methods such as 
    the NIOSH Lifting Equation?
       c. Jobs with MSDs.
    
      (c) Jobs with a musculoskeletal disorder. 
    Jobs with an MSD are those jobs in which an 
    employee reports an MSD that meets all of 
    these criteria:
      (1) The MSD is reported after [the 
    effective date];
      (2) The MSD is an OSHA recordable MSD, or 
    one that would be recordable if you were 
    required to keep OSHA injury and illness 
    records; and
      (3) The MSD also meets the screening 
    criteria in Sec. 1910.902.
    
    
    [[Page 65783]]
    
    
      Note to Sec. 1910.901(c): In this standard, 
    the term covered MSD refers to a 
    musculoskeletal disorder that meets the 
    requirements of this section.
    
       The final group of jobs this standard 
    proposes to cover are those in which an 
    employee reports a musculoskeletal disorder 
    (MSD).
       What is an MSD? Musculoskeletal disorders 
    are injuries or disorders of the:
    
        Muscles
        Tendons
        Joints
        Spinal discs
        Nerves
        Ligaments
        Cartilage
    
       MSDs develop as a result of repeated 
    exposure to ergonomic risk factors. The 
    proposed rule covers the following ergonomics 
    risk factors:
    
        Force (including dynamic motions)
        Repetition
        Awkward or static postures
        Contact stress
        Vibration
        Cold temperatures
    
    MSDs covered by the proposed standard do not 
    include injuries to muscles, nerves, tendons, 
    ligaments, or other musculoskeletal tissues 
    that are caused by accidents such as slips, 
    trips, falls, being struck by objects, or 
    other similar accidents.
       Table IV-3 contains examples of MSDs that 
    may develop as a result of exposure to the 
    ergonomic risk factors the proposed rule 
    covers:
    
                                   Table IV-3
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
      EXAMPLES OF MUSCULOSKELETAL DISORDERS THE ERGONOMICS PROGRAM STANDARD
                WOULD COVER IF CONDITIONS OF THE STANDARD ARE MET
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------
     Carpal tunnel syndrome
     Epicondylitis
     Herniated spinal discs
     Tarsal tunnel syndrome
     Raynaud's phenomenon
     Sciatica
     Ganglion cyst
     Tendinitis
     Rotator cuff tendinitis
     DeQuervain's disease
     Carpet layers knee
     Trigger finger
     Low back pain
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
       The presence of MSD signs and/or symptoms 
    is usually the first indication that an 
    employee may be developing an MSD. The 
    proposed rule defines both terms.
       MSD signs are objective physical findings 
    that an employee may be developing an MSD.
       MSD symptoms, on the other hand, are 
    physical indications that an employee may be 
    developing an MSD. Symptoms can vary in 
    severity, depending on the amount of exposure 
    to MSD hazards. Often symptoms appear 
    gradually, for example, as muscle fatigue or 
    pain at work that disappears during rest. 
    Usually symptoms become more severe as 
    exposure continues. For example, tingling in 
    the fingers that formerly occurred only when 
    the employee was doing a repetitive task 
    subsequently continues even when the employee 
    is off work or at rest. If the employee 
    continues to be exposed, symptoms may 
    increase to the point that they interfere 
    with performing the job. For example, as 
    exposure continues the employee's grip 
    strength (e.g., ability to hold or grip an 
    object or exert pressure with the hand) may 
    decrease to the point where the employee has 
    difficulty holding tools or gripping objects. 
    Finally, pain may become so severe that the 
    employee is unable to perform physical work 
    activities). Table IV-4 includes examples of 
    MSD signs and symptoms that OSHA is proposing 
    to cover in this standard:
    
                                   Table IV-4
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
                       EXAMPLES OF MSD SIGNS AND SYMPTOMS
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------
                   MSD SIGNS                           MSD SYMPTOMS
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
     Deformity                        Numbness
     Decreased grip strength          Tingling
     Decreased range of motion        Pain
     Loss of function                 Burning
                                              Stiffness
                                              Cramping
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
       What MSDs does this standard cover? The 
    proposed rule does not cover all MSDs, and 
    thus a report of an MSD would not 
    automatically require the employer to set up 
    an ergonomics program or to provide MSD 
    management. The proposed rule only covers 
    those MSDs that meet all of the following 
    requirements:
    
        They are ``OSHA recordable'' 
    MSDs, and
        They are reported after the 
    effective date of the standard, and
        They meet the screening criteria 
    in Sec. 1910.902 (i.e., physical work 
    activities and/or conditions are reasonably 
    likely to cause the type of MSD reported and 
    are a core element of the job and/or make up 
    a significant amount of the employee's 
    worktime).
    
       OSHA recordable MSDs are those that meet 
    the recording criteria of the OSHA 
    recordkeeping rule, 29 CFR Part 1904. These 
    MSDs must be recorded on the OSHA injury and 
    illness logs, or are MSDs that would have to 
    be recorded if the employer were obligated to 
    keep such logs.
       The OSHA recordkeeping rule does not 
    require that every MSD be recorded.
       The OSHA Meatpacking Guidelines explain 
    what MSDs employers must record under the 
    recordkeeping rule. A recordable MSD is a 
    work-related MSD that results in one or more 
    of the following:
    
     A diagnosis of an MSD by a HCP; or
     At least one positive physical 
        finding, or
     An MSD symptom plus:
           Medical treatment,
           Restricted duty,
           One or more lost work days, or
           Transfer/rotation to another 
    job.
    
       Positive physical finding. A positive 
    physical finding is a report of any of the 
    MSD signs listed above that is observable
    
    [[Page 65784]]
    
    by the employer and/or HCP. It is also a 
    positive result on a medical test (i.e., 
    Finkelstein's, Phalen's or Tinel's test) 
    conducted by an HCP. Because a positive 
    physical finding is able to be observed by 
    others, unlike a symptom, OSHA considers 
    positive physical findings to be a recordable 
    MSD, even if the employee has not missed 
    work, been placed on work restrictions, or 
    received medical treatment for the problem.
       MSD symptom plus other action. Under 
    OSHA's recordkeeping rule, MSD symptoms are 
    recordable if they have resulted in medical 
    treatment beyond first aid, restricted duty, 
    one or more days away from work or transfer/
    rotation to another job. For example, where 
    an employer responds to an employee report of 
    symptoms (e.g., numbness in the fingers or 
    pain in the wrist) by putting the employee in 
    a light duty job or by directing the employee 
    to stay at home to rest the injured area, the 
    event must be recorded.
       When an employee requires medical 
    treatment to obtain relief from and resolve 
    MSD signs or symptoms, the condition is a 
    recordable MSD. Conservative medical 
    treatment of MSDs, for example, may include 
    prescription anti-inflammatories, splints or 
    braces to immobilize movement of the injured 
    area while at rest or sleeping, and/or 
    physical therapy.
       There are several reasons why OSHA is 
    proposing to use an OSHA recordable MSD as an 
    initial trigger, rather than other incident 
    triggers (e.g., MSD rates, any report of MSD 
    signs or symptoms, accepted workers' 
    compensation claims) to determine coverage. 
    First, using an OSHA recordable should not be 
    difficult or burdensome for most employers 
    because they are familiar with this 
    definition from their OSHA injury and illness 
    logs. This is why many stakeholders said they 
    supported using an OSHA recordable MSD in the 
    ergonomics rule. Using the same definition 
    for both rules (the recordkeeping and 
    ergonomics rules) would reduce employer 
    burdens in complying with the ergonomics rule 
    because employers would not have to develop 
    or learn a new recordkeeping system. In 
    addition, it would reduce paperwork burdens 
    because the OSHA logs would satisfy both the 
    ergonomics rule and also the OSHA 
    recordkeeping requirement.
       Second, a number of stakeholders support 
    using an OSHA recordable MSD because they 
    believe it is a reasonable, objective 
    definition. For example, a number of 
    stakeholders oppose using any report of MSD 
    symptoms because they are concerned that such 
    reports may be subjective, and, unless the 
    symptoms are persistent, may not really mean 
    that an injury is present. These stakeholders 
    also said that an OSHA recordable is more 
    objective than other measures, such as the 
    results of discomfort surveys.
       Third, limiting coverage to jobs with a 
    high incidence rate would have limited value. 
    The typical job has between 1 to 10 
    employees, i.e., between 1 and 10 employees 
    in a given establishment perform the same 
    job. Even if one of these employees has an 
    MSD, the annual rate would be an unacceptably 
    high incidence rate of 10%. For all except 
    rare situations in which there are more than 
    100 employees with the same job, defining the 
    trigger in terms of a rate is not 
    fundamentally different from a one-incident 
    trigger (see the discussion in Chapter VII of 
    the Preliminary Economic Analysis, Ex. 28-1).
       Defining coverage in terms of a job with a 
    workers' compensation award would result in 
    unequal treatment of employees and employers 
    covered by the ergonomics standard. State 
    workers' compensation laws vary significantly 
    and the same MSD may not be compensable in 
    all States. For example, some States 
    compensate an injured employee only if MSD 
    hazards are the predominant cause of the MSD 
    or if there is clear and convincing evidence 
    that the MSD hazard caused the MSD. In 
    Virginia, a number of MSDs are not 
    compensable (e.g., rotator cuff syndrome). 
    Moreover, defining an MSD in terms of 
    workers' compensation claims puts employers 
    who willingly acknowledge the work-
    relatedness of an MSD at a disadvantage 
    compared to those employers who discourage 
    claims and challenge compensation awards.
       Finally, using an OSHA recordable MSD as 
    the initial trigger would make the ergonomics 
    rule more protective than using a number of 
    the other MSD measures. Using an OSHA 
    recordable MSD would require employers to 
    respond to every MSD that is sufficiently 
    important to warrant recording. In contrast, 
    using multiple MSDs or incidence rates would 
    mean that the ergonomics rule would not 
    require some employers to provide protection 
    or MSD management for the first employee who 
    reports an MSD, even if the MSD is clearly 
    work related or has resulted in severe 
    permanent damage. (See OSHA's Initial 
    Regulatory Flexibility Analysis in Chapter 
    VII of the Preliminary Economic Analysis, Ex. 
    28-1, for an analysis of the potential 
    impacts of alternative triggers.)
       OSHA requests information and comment on 
    its proposal to base coverage on the 
    occurrence of an OSHA recordable MSD and an 
    employer determination that the recordable 
    also meets the screening criteria, as well as 
    on alternative definitions of the term MSD 
    that would be as protective as the proposed 
    definition.
       Reported after effective date. OSHA is 
    also proposing to limit the MSDs that the 
    standard would cover to those that are 
    reported after the standard becomes 
    effective, which is 60 days after the final 
    Ergonomics Program Standard is published in 
    the Federal Register. Coverage of the 
    standard would not be triggered for MSDs that 
    occurred before that date.
       f. Screening criteria. The last 
    requirement is that MSDs meet the criteria in 
    Sec. 1910.902. If the criteria are not met, 
    the employer has no further obligation under 
    the proposed rule.
       Section 1910.902  Does this standard allow 
    me to rule out some MSDs?
    
      Yes. The standard only covers those OSHA 
    recordable MSDs that also meet these 
    screening criteria:
      (a) The physical work activities and 
    conditions in the job are reasonably likely 
    to cause or contribute to the type of MSD 
    reported; and
      (b) These activities and conditions are a 
    core element of the job and/or make up a 
    significant amount of the employee's 
    worktime.
    
       The screening criteria limit coverage of 
    the proposed standard to jobs where exposure 
    to MSD hazards is reasonably likely to cause 
    or contribute to the type of MSD reported, 
    and the job activities are a core element of 
    the job and/or make up a significant amount 
    of the employee's worktime. Because MSD 
    hazards are physical work activities or 
    conditions that are reasonably likely to 
    cause MSDs, normally the occurrence of a 
    recordable MSD is a good indicator that an 
    MSD hazard is present. However, there are 
    occasions in which MSDs result from 
    idiosyncratic or unusual work circumstances. 
    While work-related, such an MSD may not 
    evince underlying hazards of the type an 
    ergonomics program is designed to address. 
    For example, if an employee who routinely 
    does heavy lifting incurs work-
    
    [[Page 65785]]
    
    related low back pain, that is precisely the 
    type of MSD the work activities of the job 
    are reasonably likely to have contributed to 
    and would be the type of MSD hazard the 
    ergonomics program is designed to control. If 
    the same employee reports carpal tunnel 
    syndrome, however, the situation is 
    different. Of course, the condition may not 
    be work-related. Even if it is, however, it 
    is likely to be related to physical work 
    circumstances or reactions that would not 
    normally be taken into account in designing 
    ergonomic controls. Because the occurrence of 
    a recordable MSD is not a good proxy for an 
    underlying hazard in this circumstance, the 
    MSD would not be a covered MSD for purposes 
    of this standard. For the reasons described 
    in the explanation of manufacturing and 
    manual handling jobs above, covered MSDs are 
    limited to those that have a good nexus with 
    the physical work activities and conditions 
    of the job; that is, the physical work 
    activities and conditions that are reasonably 
    likely to result in the occurrence of an MSD 
    are (1) a core element of the job, and/or (2) 
    make up a significant amount of the 
    employee's worktime.
    
    
    2. Other Sections on Scope
    
       Section 1910.903  Does this standard apply 
    to the entire workplace or to other 
    workplaces in the company?
    
      No. This standard is job-based. It only 
    applies to jobs specified in Sec. 1910.901 
    not to your entire workplace or to other 
    workplaces in your company.
    
       Section 1910.903 specifies that the 
    ergonomics rule would apply only to those 
    jobs OSHA explicitly identified as covered 
    jobs and ensures that the presence of a 
    covered job does not bring the rest of the 
    workplace under the ergonomics standard. This 
    means that employers would not have to 
    develop an ergonomics program that covers all 
    jobs and employees in the workplace merely 
    because one job in the workplace is covered 
    by the ergonomics standard. Other jobs in the 
    workplace would only be included under the 
    standard if they meet the definition of a 
    covered job or if they involve the same 
    physical work activities and conditions as 
    the job in which the employee experienced the 
    covered MSD.
       Some stakeholders recommended that if an 
    ergonomics program is required in a 
    workplace, it should cover the entire 
    workplace. They said that a whole-workplace 
    approach would be easier because it would 
    eliminate the need to determine whether 
    certain jobs are covered by the ergonomics 
    rule or involve the same physical work 
    activities and MSD hazards as the covered job 
    (Ex. 26-1370). Some said that a facility-wide 
    program achieves greater employee buy in and 
    support for the ergonomics program. It would 
    also create employee goodwill because all 
    employees would be part of the program and 
    would be provided protection, as opposed to a 
    situation in which employees working side-by-
    side would not necessarily both be covered by 
    the ergonomics program. Finally, stakeholders 
    said they found that developing a facility-
    wide program was as a more efficient use of 
    resources, because it eliminated duplication 
    of efforts such as training. For these 
    reasons, they said, many employers have taken 
    this approach in their own workplaces.
       OSHA agrees with stakeholders that there 
    are advantages to facility-wide ergonomic 
    programs and OSHA encourages employers to 
    consider a facility-wide approach. However, 
    OSHA is not proposing to require a workplace-
    wide approach because the risk factors are 
    not present in every job to the extent that 
    an MSD is reasonably likely to occur. The 
    job-based coverage of the proposed rule 
    ensures that employers focus first on the 
    jobs where intervention is needed the most; 
    that is, jobs in which the employees' 
    exposure to the risk factors is significant 
    enough that MSDs are occurring or reasonably 
    likely to occur if exposure continues 
    unabated. In any event, if other jobs in the 
    workplace are or become problem jobs, those 
    employees would also be included in the 
    program required by the standard and would 
    thus be provided protection from MSD hazards. 
    Job-based coverage assures that employers are 
    not required to expend resources on jobs in 
    which there is little likelihood that MSD 
    hazards are present.
       The remaining half of section 1910.903 
    informs employers that their program for 
    addressing problem jobs does not have to be 
    applied corporate-wide. That is, the 
    existence of a problem job in one workplace 
    does not mean that employers have to set up 
    an ergonomics program in every facility owned 
    by the company in which that job is 
    performed. OSHA is proposing to limit 
    employer obligations to the facility in which 
    the problem job is identified. At the same 
    time, OSHA recognizes that a number of 
    employers have developed corporate-wide 
    ergonomics programs. OSHA notes that while 
    the general program and protocols of such 
    corporate programs are applied to all 
    workplaces, job hazard analyses and 
    determinations about whether and what actions 
    are needed in specific jobs are usually made 
    at the workplace level.
       OSHA notes that, although the ergonomics 
    rule would not apply corporate-wide, the 
    employer will need to take action in other 
    company-owned facilities if they have any of 
    the problem jobs this standard covers (e.g., 
    if a covered MSD occurs there).
       Section 1910.904  Are there areas this 
    standard does not cover?
    
      Yes. This standard does not apply to 
    agriculture, construction or maritime 
    operations.
    
       OSHA is proposing to exclude firms engaged 
    in agriculture, construction and maritime 
    operations from the scope of the first phase 
    of this ergonomics rulemaking. OSHA 
    acknowledges that LWD MSD rates are also high 
    in firms engaged in agriculture, construction 
    and maritime operations. However, the unique 
    problems (e.g., jobs of very short duration, 
    no fixed workstations) and the more limited 
    information available on effective ergonomic 
    controls in these workplaces have convinced 
    OSHA that it must, for resource and priority-
    setting reasons, limit this first phase to 
    general industry. OSHA has preliminarily 
    decided to address the MSD hazards in firms 
    engaged in these operations in a separate 
    rulemaking. (OSHA's reasoning is discussed in 
    detail in Part C below.)
       OSHA intends to develop a separate 
    ergonomics rule that can be tailored to the 
    conditions that are unique to firms in these 
    industries. In addition, OSHA believes that 
    the experience it gains from the first phase 
    will provide valuable assistance in 
    developing an effective ergonomics rule for 
    agriculture, construction and maritime.
       OSHA requests comments and information 
    about whether firms engaged in agriculture, 
    construction and maritime operations should 
    be included in this ergonomics standard at 
    this time. In particular, OSHA requests 
    comments and information about whether, for 
    example, manual handling operations in 
    agriculture, construction and maritime should 
    be included in this first phase of the 
    ergonomics rulemaking.
    
    [[Page 65786]]
    
    C. Authority and Reasons for Limiting 
    Coverage of the Proposed Ergonomics Standard.
    
       This section discusses OSHA's authority 
    under the OSH Act to promulgate the 
    ergonomics standard sequentially, and its 
    reasons for limiting the proposed ergonomics 
    standard at this time to the three types of 
    jobs discussed above. This discussion focuses 
    on the following questions:
        What authority and reasons 
    support promulgating the Ergonomics Program 
    Standard sequentially, and limiting the first 
    phase to manufacturing jobs, manual handling 
    jobs, and other jobs where an OSHA recordable 
    MSD is reported?
        What authority and reasons 
    support exclusion of the agriculture, 
    construction and maritime industries from the 
    proposed ergonomics standard?
    
    
    1. Section 6(g)--OSHA Authority to Limit the 
    Scope of Rulemakings
    
       The OSH Act authorizes OSHA to use a 
    phased approach to rulemaking, including 
    focusing first on areas where the problem is 
    severe and solutions are well-known. Section 
    6(g) of the OSH Act, 29 U.S.C. 655, permits 
    OSHA to set priorities in establishing 
    standards, including limiting the scope of 
    particular standards and promulgating 
    standards in phases. Section 6(g) provides:
    
      In determining the priority for 
    establishing standards under this section, 
    the Secretary shall give due regard to the 
    urgency of the need for mandatory safety and 
    health standards for particular industries, 
    trades, crafts, occupations, businesses, 
    workplaces or work environments. The 
    Secretary shall also give due regard to the 
    recommendations of the Secretary of Health, 
    Education, and Welfare regarding the need for 
    mandatory standards in determining the 
    priority for establishing such standards.
    
       In proposing the addition of section 6(g) 
    to the OSH Act, Senator Jacob Javits 
    explained that its purpose was ``to relieve 
    the Secretary of the necessity of waiting to 
    promulgate whatever standards he wishes 
    across the board [by] allowing him to yield 
    to more urgent demands before he tries to 
    meet others. *  *  *'' Legislative History, 
    505.
       The courts have broadly interpreted 
    section 6(g) as ``clearly permit[ting] the 
    Secretary to set priorities for the use of 
    the agency's resources.'' United Steelworkers 
    of America v. Auchter (Hazard Communication), 
    763 F.2d 728, 738 (3rd Cir. 1985); Forging 
    Industry Association v. OSHA (Noise), 773 
    F.2d 1436, 1455 (4th Cir. 1985); United 
    States Steelworkers v. Marshall (Lead), 647 
    F.2d 1189, 1309-1310 (D.C. Cir. 1980), cert. 
    denied, 453 U.S. 913 (1981); National 
    Congress of Hispanic American Citizens v. 
    Usery (Hispanic II), 626 F.2d 882 (D.C. Cir. 
    1979); National Congress of Hispanic American 
    Citizens v. Usery (Hispanic I), 554 F.2d 
    1196, 1199 (D.C. Cir. 1977). Section 6(g) 
    authorizes OSHA to ``alter priorities and 
    defer action due to legitimate statutory 
    considerations,'' Hispanic II, 626 F.2d at 
    888 n. 30. In the PELs rulemaking, for 
    example, the court upheld OSHA's decision to 
    exclude exposure monitoring and medical 
    surveillance provisions from the rule as 
    being ``purely a matter of regulatory 
    priority.'' AFL-CIO v. OSHA (PELs), 965 F.2d 
    962, 985 (11th Cir. 1992).
       Section 6(g) also permits OSHA ``to 
    promulgate standards sequentially.'' Hazard 
    Communication, 763 F.2d at 738. See, PELs, 
    965 F.2d at 985 . For example, the courts 
    have upheld OSHA's decisions to issue 
    standards for general industry first and 
    thereafter to develop separate rules for 
    those other industries that may have unique 
    problems requiring special consideration 
    (e.g., mobile jobs of very short duration in 
    the construction industry). Lead, 647 F.2d at 
    1309-10. (See Confined Spaces standard, 29 
    CFR 1910.146.) Section 6(g) also authorizes 
    OSHA to ``act in its legislative capacity `to 
    focus on only one aspect of a larger 
    problem.' '' Lead, 647 F.2d at 1310 (citing 
    Chief Justice Burger concurring in Benzene, 
    448 U.S. at 663 (1980)) (emphasis added). In 
    the PELs rulemaking, OSHA limited the 
    standard solely to revising exposure limits 
    and excluded ancillary provisions designed to 
    provide further protection even though most 
    other health standards included such 
    provisions. See, PELs, 965 F.2d at 985.
       Although OSHA's discretionary authority 
    under section 6(g) is quite broad, it is not 
    absolute:
    
      The scope of an agency's discretion is 
    bounded by law; an agency cannot justify a 
    decision by reference to its discretionary 
    authority, if the decision lies beyond the 
    scope of agency's discretion. (citations 
    omitted) A statute may define as off-limits 
    to an agency a particular basis for a 
    decision, just as it may foreclose a 
    particular result altogether. Farmworkers 
    Justice Fund, Inc. v. Brock (Field 
    Sanitation), 811 F.2d 613, 620 (D.C. Cir.), 
    vacated as moot, 811 F.2d 890 (1987).
       The Supreme Court has made clear that an 
    agency's decision will be set aside if it 
    relied on factors which the Congress did not 
    intend it to consider. Motor Vehicle 
    Manufacturers Assn. v State Farm Mutual 
    Automobile Insurance Co., 463 U.S. 29, 43 
    (1983). In section 6(g), Congress established 
    factors OSHA must consider in setting its 
    priorities: OSHA must give ``due regard to 
    the urgency of the need'' for a standard in, 
    among others, particular industries, 
    occupations, workplaces, or work 
    environments.1 The court in Hazard 
    Communication said that this language 
    suggests a statutory standard by which to 
    measure the exercise of OSHA's discretion. 
    Hazard Communication, 763 F.2d at 738. 
    Authorizing rulemaking priority for the most 
    severe hazards also comports with the 
    criteria of section 6(c), which authorizes 
    OSHA to pursue expedited rulemaking (i.e., 
    emergency temporary standard) but only where 
    employees are exposed to ``grave dangers.'' 
    Hispanic II, 626 F.2d at 889 n.36.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
      \1\ See also, Hispanic I, 554 F.2d at 1199 
    (``The Act has built in flexibilities that 
    the Secretary may use, such as *  *  * the 
    priorities between the various occupations 
    that require standards. *  *  *'').
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
       The Third Circuit has held that there is 
    another limit on OSHA's 6(g) authority 
    depending on where OSHA is in the rulemaking 
    process. Hazard Communication, 763 F.2d at 
    738. The court said that, in situations where 
    OSHA is setting priorities for future 
    rulemaking, the agency has great latitude 
    under section 6(g) to address greater hazards 
    first. Id. However, the court held that where 
    OSHA has decided to promulgate a standard to 
    address an issue it is not enough for the 
    agency to declare that it has selected 
    certain industries or jobs for coverage 
    because they present greater hazards. Id. 
    Where significant risk exists in other 
    industries and a standard is feasible there 
    as well, OSHA may exclude those industries 
    only if covering them would ``seriously 
    impede the rulemaking process.'' Id.
       The standard in question, Hazard 
    Communication (29 CFR 1910.1200), only 
    required employers to provide employees with 
    information and training about hazardous 
    chemicals in the workplace, based on analyses 
    generally conducted by the chemical 
    manufacturer or importer. The standard did 
    not require employers to analyze jobs, 
    implement controls, or provide medical 
    management. The court apparently believed 
    that there was no substantial question about 
    the feasibility of the rule, and therefore no 
    question about whether the rule could be 
    expanded without impeding the rulemaking 
    process. It is not clear the court would have 
    reached the same result or announced the same 
    principle if the standard
    
    [[Page 65787]]
    
    in question had posed more complex scientific 
    and feasibility issues. In any event, OSHA's 
    decision to limit the proposed standard is 
    consistent with the Hazard Communication 
    decision because, as discussed below, 
    expansion of the rule at this time to include 
    construction, maritime and agriculture would 
    seriously impede the rulemaking process.
    
    
    2. Focus on Jobs Where Problems Are Severe 
    and Solutions Are Well-Understood
    
       OSHA has developed a general principle, 
    based on the underlying legislative intent 
    and the case law interpreting section 6(g), 
    that it proposes to follow in determining 
    what jobs should be covered in the first 
    phase of this rulemaking. As mentioned above, 
    that principle is: Focus on areas where 
    problems are severe and solutions are well-
    understood. OSHA's decision, based on this 
    guiding principle, to cover manufacturing, 
    manual handling and general industry jobs 
    where there are MSDs is consistent with the 
    language and legislative intent of section 
    6(g).
    
    
    3. Reasons for Excluding Agriculture, 
    Construction and Maritime Industries From the 
    Proposed Standard
    
       Some stakeholders recommended that the 
    proposed rule be expanded to include all 
    industries. They said that the number and 
    rates of MSDs in the construction industry 
    are very high. They added that incidence 
    rates for some construction industries are 
    higher than for some manufacturing industries 
    that are to be covered in the first phase. 
    However, for the reasons set forth below, 
    OSHA is not proposing that the first phase of 
    the Ergonomics Program Standard cover these 
    other industries.
       a. Unique problems. OSHA acknowledges that 
    employees in the agriculture, construction 
    and maritime industries face significant risk 
    of harm due to exposure to MSD hazards. In 
    1996, for example, almost 65,000 employees in 
    these industries reported MSDs that were 
    serious enough to result in days away from 
    work, according to OSHA's analysis of BLS 
    data (Ex. 1413). This means that 10% of all 
    reported lost-workday MSDs occurred in just 
    three industry sectors. Nonetheless, 
    consistent with its discretion under section 
    6(g), OSHA proposes to exclude these 
    industries from this proposal and to give 
    them special consideration in subsequent 
    rulemaking. Lead, 647 F.2d at 1310.
       First, work conditions and factors present 
    in agricultural, construction and maritime 
    activities often are quite different from 
    those of general industry. To illustrate, 
    much of construction work involves or is 
    affected by an interaction among several 
    factors. These factors include the following 
    aspects or conditions of work:
        Consisting primarily of jobs of 
    short duration;
        Under a variety of adverse 
    environmental and workplace conditions (e.g., 
    cold, heat, confined spaces, heights);
        At non-fixed workstations or non-
    fixed work sites;
        On multi-employer work sites;
        Involving the use of ``day 
    laborers'' and other short-term ``temporary 
    workers,'';
        Involving situations in which 
    employees provide their own tools and 
    equipment; and
        Involving employees who may be 
    trained by unions or other outside certifying 
    organizations.
       While some of these factors may be present 
    at times in other industries, they are 
    continuously present in construction. OSHA 
    may need to develop an ergonomics standard 
    that takes this range of special conditions 
    into account. For example, OSHA may also need 
    to revise job hazard analysis and hazard 
    control provisions in the current proposal so 
    they are effective for industries where jobs 
    are of such short duration that they may be 
    completed before analysis and control can be 
    implemented. These and other unique work 
    conditions also are present in agricultural 
    and maritime activities. For example, in 
    longshoring, quite often workers are obtained 
    from union hiring halls where they have been 
    trained and certified in the use of certain 
    machinery.
       In addition, as compared to the very large 
    body of evidence that exists for general 
    industry, OSHA's experience with and 
    information about ergonomic solutions in the 
    agriculture, construction and maritime 
    industries are relatively limited. OSHA 
    believes that the information it does have 
    will support the promulgation of an 
    ergonomics standard in these industries in 
    the second phase of this rulemaking. However, 
    the Agency needs more time to gather and 
    analyze this evidence to develop an effective 
    ergonomics standard for agriculture, 
    construction and maritime. For example, OSHA 
    must gather and examine information on the 
    types of ergonomic controls that would work 
    in an industry with a high number of non-
    fixed workstations.
       Because of the unique problems in these 
    industries, it could take considerably more 
    time to gather the needed information. And 
    after waiting until an equivalent body of 
    evidence is gathered and analyzed for these 
    industries, the evidence might still show 
    that separate ergonomics rules are warranted 
    for construction, agriculture and maritime in 
    any event.
       b. Substantially impede the rulemaking. 
    Implicit in setting rulemaking priorities 
    based on the urgency of the need for action 
    is whether a standard can be issued in a time 
    frame that is responsive to the urgent need. 
    Another reason OSHA is proposing to limit the 
    ergonomics rule to general industry is that 
    OSHA believes that expanding the rule to 
    cover agriculture, construction and maritime 
    would seriously delay addressing the urgent 
    need for protection in the covered jobs. This 
    is because information and experience on 
    ergonomics in these industries is more 
    limited than is the case in general industry. 
    Expanding the scope could place substantial 
    additional burdens on an already complex 
    rulemaking. For example, if OSHA must first 
    gather and analyze evidence for every 
    industry before it may propose an ergonomics 
    standard, 90% of the employees who already 
    have been injured and for whom a standard can 
    be promulgated now may be forced to wait for 
    their urgently needed protection until OSHA 
    is also able to provide it to the remaining 
    employees exposed to MSD hazards. Also, 
    expanding the scope of this proposed standard 
    could strain OSHA's limited resources to the 
    detriment not only of the ergonomics 
    rulemaking but to other OSHA priorities as 
    well, including other priorities for the 
    construction, maritime and agricultural 
    industries.
       On the other hand, focusing on areas where 
    a large body of evidence of effective 
    ergonomics programs and control interventions 
    exists should help OSHA to respond quickly to 
    urgent situations where worker protection is 
    needed now. Limiting the scope of the 
    proposed rule at this time is thus fully 
    consistent with OSHA's obligations under 
    section 6(g).
       By contrast, in agriculture, construction 
    and maritime, the information on ergonomics 
    programs and interventions is more limited. 
    Only now is NIOSH conducting a study on 
    ergonomic problems and interventions in the 
    shipyard
    
    [[Page 65788]]
    
    industry, and the results of that study are 
    not expected for more than a year.
    
    
    How Does This Standard Apply to Me? 
    (Secs. 1910.905-1910.910)
    
       OSHA's proposed ergonomics program 
    standard has several unique features. First, 
    it is a job-based standard. As the preamble 
    sections for 1910.901 through 1910.904 of the 
    proposed standard make clear, the standard 
    applies to general industry employers whose 
    employees: (1) Work in manual handling jobs; 
    (2) work in manufacturing jobs; and (3) work 
    in other general industry jobs and experience 
    a musculoskeletal disorder (MSD) that is 
    covered by this standard. Second, employers 
    within the scope of the standard are required 
    only to implement the ergonomics program 
    required by the standard for those jobs 
    specifically listed above; they are not 
    required to have a program for all of the 
    jobs in their workplace. Third, the 
    requirements of the standard apply 
    differently to different general industry 
    employers, because the standard is also risk 
    based. That is, for employers whose employees 
    perform manual handling or manufacturing 
    jobs--jobs which together account for a 
    disproportionate share (60%) of all reported 
    work-related MSDs--employers are required to 
    implement only those elements of the proposed 
    standard that will prepare them to deal with 
    a covered MSD should one occur. Thus, 
    employers whose employees work in these high-
    risk jobs must put several of the required 
    program elements in place even before their 
    employees experience a covered MSD, because 
    the likelihood that they will do so is great. 
    If an employee in a manual handling or 
    manufacturing job subsequently experiences a 
    covered MSD, the employer would then be 
    required to implement the remaining elements 
    of the ergonomics program required by the 
    standard, including job hazard analysis and 
    control, MSD management, training, and 
    program evaluation.
       For general industry employers without 
    manual handling or manufacturing jobs in 
    their workplace, however, the proposed 
    standard would not require action until an 
    employee actually experiences such an MSD. In 
    other words, for general industry employers 
    with other types of jobs, the event that 
    ``triggers'' coverage by the standard is the 
    occurrence of an MSD that the employer 
    determines to be covered. As explained above 
    in the summary and explanation for sections 
    1910.901 through 1910.904, such an MSD could 
    occur in any general industry job, e.g., 
    grocery store cashier, newspaper reporter, 
    secretary, cafeteria worker, restaurant 
    server, computer programmer, mail sorter, 
    janitor, etc. Relying on the occurrence of a 
    covered MSD to trigger the standard's 
    coverage for non-manual handling, non-
    manufacturing jobs is consistent with the 
    risk-based design of the standard: The 
    occurrence of an MSD that is determined by 
    the employer to be, first, an OSHA-recordable 
    MSD, second, an MSD that has occurred in a 
    job in which the physical work activities are 
    reasonably likely to cause or contribute to 
    the type of MSDs reported, and third, an MSD 
    that has occurred in a job where the physical 
    work activities and conditions are a core 
    element of the job and/or make up a 
    significant amount of the employee's 
    worktime. The scope provisions of the 
    standard (sections 1910.901 through 1910.904) 
    also indicate that employers whose employees 
    engage in construction, agricultural, or 
    maritime operations are not covered by the 
    scope of the rule.
       Sections 1910.905 through 1910.910 of the 
    proposed standard, titled ``How does this 
    standard apply to me?,'' determine how 
    various elements of the proposal would apply 
    to these three different groups of general 
    industry employers, depending on the jobs 
    their employees perform and/or whether their 
    employees experience a musculoskeletal 
    disorder that is covered by the standard. 
    These sections of the proposal thus contain 
    the internal ``action levels'' or 
    ``triggers'' that OSHA has built into the 
    standard to tailor its requirements to the 
    extent of the ergonomics problem present in a 
    given workplace.
       Specifically, these sections of the 
    proposal contain the following requirements:
        Section 1910.905 describes the 
    elements of a complete ergonomics program;
        Section 1910.906 establishes the 
    requirements of the program that apply to all 
    general industry employers that have manual 
    handling or manufacturing production jobs in 
    their workplaces;
        Section 1910.907 sets forth the 
    requirements of the rule applying to general 
    industry employers whose employees experience 
    a covered MSD in jobs other than manual 
    handling or manufacturing;
        Section 1910.908 establishes the 
    criteria general industry employers wishing 
    to avail themselves of the proposed 
    standard's ``grandfather'' clause must meet 
    in order to qualify for grandfather status;
        Section 1910.909 provides general 
    industry employers with a Quick Fix option, 
    which would allow them to avoid setting up an 
    ergonomics program for any problem job that 
    they can fix completely within a short period 
    of time, provided that they also meet the 
    other requirements delineated in this 
    section; and
        Section 1910.910 specifies the 
    requirements applying to employers whose 
    Quick Fix controls have not eliminated MSD 
    hazards in the problem jobs they tried to 
    address through the Quick Fix option.
       The following paragraphs explain OSHA's 
    rationale for each of these sections of the 
    proposed rule.
       Section 1910.905  What are the elements of 
    a complete ergonomics program?
    
      In this standard, a full ergonomics program 
    consists of these six program elements:
       Management Leadership and Employee 
    Participation;
       Hazard Information and Reporting;
       Job Hazard Analysis and Control;
       Training;
       MSD Management; and
       Program Evaluation.
    
       OSHA is proposing in this standard that 
    employers implement an ergonomics program 
    that contains well-recognized program 
    elements. OSHA is not alone in believing that 
    all of these core elements are essential to 
    the effective functioning of ergonomics 
    programs. Many private sector companies, OSHA 
    stakeholders, insurers, employee and employer 
    associations, safety and health 
    professionals, and other Federal agencies 
    (e.g., NIOSH, GAO) have endorsed these 
    elements as key to ergonomic program 
    effectiveness. Evidence of the widespread 
    acceptance of these program elements and 
    their effectiveness is reflected in the 
    following documents, regulatory actions, and 
    sources of expert opinion: 1
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
      \1\ There is no provision for WRP in the 
    OSHA safety and health program guidelines, 
    state safety and health programs, nor the 
    ASSE program; of these, the OSHA guidelines 
    and ASSE program are voluntary.
    
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    [[Page 65789]]
    
        They track OSHA's 1989 voluntary 
    Safety and Health Program Management 
    Guidelines (54 FR 3904), which were well 
    received and widely adopted by employers and 
    other stakeholders;
        State safety and health program 
    regulations, most of which address ergonomic 
    issues. Of the 32 states that encourage or 
    mandate workplace safety and health programs, 
    21 have provisions corresponding to the core 
    elements in this proposal;
        OSHA's Ergonomics Program 
    Management Guidelines for Meatpacking Plants 
    (Ex. 2-13 ), which includes all of these core 
    elements. Facilities that have developed 
    programs based on the meatpacking guidelines 
    have experienced dramatic reductions in the 
    severity and number of MSDs (Ex. 26-1420);
        Consensus among occupational 
    safety and health professionals that these 
    are the elements needed in an effective 
    safety and health program. (see, e.g., the 
    American Society of Safety Engineers Safety 
    and Health Program Manual). The core elements 
    in this proposal are also similar to the 
    components in the approach used by the 
    Accredited Standards Committee in developing 
    the draft consensus standard, ``Control of 
    Cumulative Trauma Disorders'' for the 
    American National Standards Institute (Z-
    365);
        A study by the General Accounting 
    Office of ergonomics programs, which found 
    that effective programs include the same set 
    of core elements as OSHA has proposed; and
        The 1997 NIOSH document titled 
    ``Element of Ergonomics Programs,'' which 
    outlines the ``approach most commonly 
    recommended for identifying and correcting 
    ergonomic problems.'' Thus, OSHA finds that 
    these elements are the ones needed for an 
    effective ergonomics program and represent 
    the tried and true mainstream approach to 
    ergonomic programs.
       The core elements in this proposal will 
    allow employers to manage all aspects of the 
    process of protecting workers from MSDs and 
    are a way of organizing that process into 
    parts that can be meaningfully understood and 
    implemented. All of the elements are 
    important, although many safety and health 
    professionals believe that management 
    leadership and employee participation are the 
    keystone of an effective ergonomics program 
    (OSHA/NIOSH conference 1997). OSHA believes 
    that all of the elements are necessary to 
    achieve the overall goal of managing MSDs and 
    ensuring that MSD hazards are systematically 
    and routinely prevented, eliminated, or 
    controlled.
       Many OSHA stakeholders and respondents to 
    the ergonomics ANPR published in 1992 (57 FR 
    34192) have endorsed the program approach. 
    For example, the M & M Protection Center (Ex. 
    3-51) stated: ``Generic components described 
    in the ANPR and in the Meat Packing 
    Guidelines are feasible and necessary 
    elements of an ergonomic hazards control 
    strategy. These form a practical foundation 
    from which to build a more industry-specific 
    program.''
       Another commenter, Arvin Industries, Inc. 
    (Ex. 3-46) emphasized the value of the 
    program approach to companies engaged in 
    different businesses:
    
      The use of the * * * [program] approach has 
    been shown to provide effective solutions and 
    a significant reduction in ergonomics hazards 
    in jobs in many different industries.
    
       Employees, represented by the AFL-CIO (Ex. 
    3-184), urged OSHA to include all of the 
    program elements in the Meatpacking 
    Guidelines in any future ergonomics standard:
    
      The AFL-CIO strongly supports the inclusion 
    of the listed elements in OSHA's proposed 
    ergonomics standard.
    
       OSHA has been responsive to these 
    commenters by including the six core elements 
    listed above in the ergonomics program 
    required by the proposed standard for jobs 
    where the hazards present are such as to pose 
    a reasonable likelihood of lending to a 
    covered MSD, or have already caused or 
    contributed to such an MSD.
       The summary and explanation sections of 
    the preamble for each program element 
    describe OSHA's reasoning for including each 
    element in the proposed program.
       Section 1910.906  How does this standard 
    apply to manufacturing and manual handling 
    jobs?
      You must:
      a. Implement the first two elements of the 
    ergonomics program (Management Leadership and 
    Employee Participation, and Hazard 
    Information and Reporting) even if no MSD has 
    occurred in those jobs.
      b. Implement the other program elements 
    when either of the following occurs in those 
    jobs (unless you eliminate MSD hazards using 
    the Quick Fix option in section 1910.909):
      1. A covered MSD is reported; or
      2. Persistent MSD symptoms are reported 
    plus:
      i. You have knowledge that an MSD hazard 
    exists in the job;
      ii. Physical work activities and conditions 
    in the job are reasonably likely to cause or 
    contribute to the type of MSD symptoms 
    reported; and
      iii. These activities and conditions are a 
    core element of the job and/or make up a 
    significant amount of the employer's 
    worktime.
      Note To Sec. 1910.906: ``Covered MSD'' 
    refers to MSDs that meet the criteria in 
    Sec. 1910.901(c). As it applies to 
    manufacturing and manual handling jobs, 
    ``covered MSDs'' also refers to persistent 
    symptoms that meet the criteria of this 
    section.
    
       This section of the rule sets out the 
    requirements applying to general industry 
    employers whose employees perform the high-
    risk jobs of manual handling or product 
    manufacturing. As discussed in the Risk 
    Assessment and Benefits chapter of the 
    preamble and Preliminary Economic Analysis, 
    respectively, these two jobs account for 60% 
    of all reported general industry MSDs but 
    employ only 28% of all general industry 
    employees. Section 1910.901(a) defines 
    manufacturing jobs as production jobs in 
    which employees perform the physical work 
    activities of producing a product and in 
    which these activities make up a significant 
    amount of their worktime, and section 
    1910.902(b) defines manual handling jobs as 
    those in which employees perform forceful 
    lifting/lowering, pushing/pulling, or 
    carrying and in which such forceful manual 
    handling is a core element of the employee's 
    job.
       Examples of jobs that are typically 
    manufacturing jobs include assembly line 
    jobs, product inspection jobs, and jobs 
    involving machine operation, meat packing, 
    and tire building, among others. Examples of 
    manual handling jobs are those involving 
    patient handling, baggage handling, grocery 
    store stocking, garbage collecting, and 
    janitorial work, among others. Examples of 
    other jobs that would typically be considered 
    manual handling or manufacturing jobs, and 
    examples of those that would not be so 
    classified, can be found in proposed section 
    1910.945, Definitions.
       Paragraphs (a) and (b) of section 1910.906 
    mandate that employers whose operations 
    involve manual handling or manufacturing 
    jobs, as defined by the proposed standard, 
    implement the first two elements of the 
    ergonomics program required by the standard 
    in these jobs. These elements are:
    
    [[Page 65790]]
    
    (1) Management leadership and employee 
    participation, and (2) hazard information and 
    reporting. Each general industry employer 
    whose operations involve either or both of 
    these types of jobs would be required to 
    implement these two program elements in these 
    jobs within one year of the standard's 
    effective date (see proposed section 
    1910.942). Compliance with these two elements 
    is required even if no employee in these jobs 
    has experienced a covered MSD. As discussed 
    above, OSHA is requiring that these basic 
    elements of an ergonomics program be in place 
    in these jobs because of the high-risk nature 
    of the physical work activities associated 
    with these jobs. Having these elements in 
    place ensures that employers and employees 
    are informed and aware of MSD hazards and the 
    signs and symptoms of MSDs and have 
    established the management structure and 
    employee participation mechanisms necessary 
    to respond quickly if the need arises.
       This section of the proposal also requires 
    employers with manual handling or 
    manufacturing jobs to comply with the other 
    elements of an ergonomics program, including 
    MSD management, job hazard analysis and 
    control, training, and program evaluation, if 
    an employee in a manual handling or 
    manufacturing job experiences an MSD that the 
    employer determines, in accordance with 
    proposed sections 1910.901 (c) and 1910.902, 
    to be covered by the proposed standard. As 
    explained in the summary and explanation for 
    those sections, a covered MSD, as defined by 
    this standard, is one that occurs after the 
    effective date of the standard, is an OSHA-
    recordable MSD (as defined by OSHA's 
    recordkeeping rule, 29 CFR part 1904), and is 
    determined by the employer to have occurred 
    in a job in which the physical work 
    activities and conditions are reasonably 
    likely to have caused or contributed to the 
    type of MSD reported, or to have aggravated a 
    pre-existing MSD. For manufacturing or manual 
    handling jobs, it is important to note that 
    covered MSDs also include: (1) Reports by 
    employees of persistent symptoms of MSDs 
    (persistent is defined as lasting for 7 
    consecutive days), (2) where the employer has 
    knowledge that such jobs pose MSD hazards to 
    employees, (3) where the job is one in which 
    the physical work activities and conditions 
    of the job are reasonably likely to cause or 
    contribute to the type of MSD reported, and 
    (4) where the activities and conditions are a 
    core element of the job and/or make up a 
    significant amount of the employee's 
    worktime. By ``have knowledge,'' OSHA means 
    that the employer has been provided with 
    information that MSD hazards exist in that 
    job by personnel from an insurance company, 
    or by a consultant, a health care 
    professional, or a person working for the 
    employer who has the requisite training to 
    identify and analyze MSD hazards. Inclusion 
    of this action trigger in the proposed 
    standard is consistent with OSHA's risk-based 
    approach, because the occurrence of 
    persistent symptoms, such as constant pain, 
    tingling, or numbness, coupled with 
    information from a knowledgeable source that 
    the employee's job is one that poses an 
    ergonomic hazard, is strong evidence that the 
    job is one that is reasonably likely to cause 
    or contribute to a covered MSD. OSHA believes 
    that employers generally accept and rely on 
    information from these sources because they 
    are perceived of as unbiased, knowledgeable, 
    and aware of conditions in the employer's 
    specific workplace.
       Section 1910.906 of the proposal would 
    allow employers whose work involves 
    manufacturing or manual handling operations 
    to limit their ergonomics program for those 
    jobs to two elements, management commitment/
    employee participation, and hazard 
    information and reporting, until a problem 
    job (i.e., one held by an employee who has 
    experienced a covered MSD, or a job in the 
    workplace that has the same physical 
    activities and conditions as the job held by 
    such an employee) has been identified. If no 
    covered MSD occurs in the manufacturing or 
    manual handling job, the employer is not 
    required to implement the other elements of 
    the program.
       By requiring employers whose employees 
    work in manual handling or manufacturing jobs 
    to implement the first two elements of an 
    ergonomics program even before a covered MSD 
    occurs among the employees in that job, OSHA 
    is requiring these employers to establish a 
    basic surveillance system for MSDs. This 
    basic system consists, under the management 
    leadership element, of assigning 
    responsibilities for the ergonomics program 
    to managers, supervisors, and employees so 
    that these individuals know what their role 
    in the program is, providing these 
    individuals with the information, resources, 
    information and training they need to carry 
    out these responsibilities effectively, and 
    communicating with employers on a regular 
    basis about the program and their concerns 
    about ergonomics issues. In addition, the 
    employer must, as part of management 
    leadership, make sure that its existing 
    policies and procedures do not discourage 
    employee reporting of MSDs or participation 
    in the program. By following these 
    requirements, employers will have established 
    the management process necessary to a 
    functioning ergonomics program: management at 
    the workplace will have a basic system in 
    place to ensure that employee concerns about 
    MSDs are being expressed and responded to, 
    program responsibilities are understood, 
    resources have been made available to the 
    program, and no barriers stand in the way of 
    early and full employee reporting.
       The employee participation component of 
    this first program element is the other side 
    of the basic surveillance system the standard 
    requires employers with these two kinds of 
    high-risk jobs to implement. To comply with 
    the employee participation provisions of the 
    standard, employers must set up a way for 
    employees and their designated 
    representatives to report MSD signs and 
    symptoms to the employer, receive prompt 
    responses to these reports, have access to a 
    copy of the ergonomics standard (either 
    through posting or by providing hand copies 
    to employees) and to information about the 
    employer's ergonomics program, and ways to 
    participate in the development, 
    implementation, and evaluation of the 
    ergonomics program.
       By implementing these provisions, the 
    second half of the first program element will 
    be put in place: employees will know how to 
    report MSDs and their signs and symptoms, 
    they will expect to receive responses to 
    those reports from management, they will 
    understand their employers' ergonomics 
    program, and they will know how they can 
    participate effectively in making the program 
    a success.
       Section 1910.906 also requires, at 
    paragraph (b), that employers with these jobs 
    comply with all of the other elements of an 
    ergonomics program--job hazard analysis and 
    control, MSD management, training, and 
    program evaluation--if a covered MSD occurs 
    in a manual handling or manufacturing job. 
    (As discussed above, for these jobs, 
    persistent MSD symptoms are considered 
    covered MSDs if they also meet the criteria 
    specified in paragraph (b)(2) of this 
    section.) There is one exception to 
    compliance with paragraph (b) of this 
    section: employers who choose the proposed 
    rule's Quick Fix option (described below) do 
    not have to implement the other program 
    elements.
       Section 1910.907  How does this standard 
    apply to other jobs in general industry?
    
    
    [[Page 65791]]
    
    
      In other jobs in general industry, you must 
    comply with all of the program elements in 
    the standard when a covered MSD is reported 
    (unless you eliminate the MSD hazards using 
    the Quick Fix option).
    
       As discussed earlier in this section of 
    the preamble, employers with other jobs 
    (i.e., jobs that do not involve either 
    manufacturing or manual handling) are not 
    required by the proposed rule to take any 
    action until and unless a covered MSD occurs 
    in such a job. Thus, for most employers in 
    general industry in a given year, no action 
    is required by the standard. However, if a 
    covered MSD occurs in one of these ``other'' 
    jobs, it becomes a ``problem job,'' as 
    defined in the standard, and the full 
    ergonomics program must be implemented for 
    that job and all jobs in the workplace that 
    involve the same physical work activities.
       OSHA has included section 1910.907 in the 
    proposed standard to provide employees who 
    have experienced a covered MSD in these other 
    jobs with the same program protections 
    afforded to manual handling and manufacturing 
    employees who have suffered a covered MSD.
       Section 1910.908  How does this standard 
    apply if I already have an ergonomics 
    program?
    
      If you already have an ergonomics program 
    for the jobs this standard covers, you may 
    continue that program, even if it differs 
    from the one this standard requires, provided 
    you show that:
      a. Your program satisfies the basic 
    obligation section of each program element in 
    this standard, and you are in compliance with 
    the recordkeeping requirements of this 
    standard (Secs. 1910.939 and 1910.940);
      b. You have implemented and evaluated your 
    program and controls before [the effective 
    date]; and
      c. The evaluation indicates that the 
    elements are functioning properly and that 
    you are in compliance with the control 
    requirements in Sec. 1910.921.
    
       This section of the proposed standard is a 
    limited grandfather clause that is designed 
    to permit employers who have already 
    implemented and evaluated an ergonomics 
    program in those jobs covered by the standard 
    to continue their program, if: it has been 
    shown to eliminate or materially reduce MSD 
    hazards according to Sec. 1910.921, it has 
    the core elements of the program OSHA is 
    requiring, and it meets the basic obligation 
    of each of the core elements in the proposed 
    rule.
       By requiring that grandfathered programs 
    meet the conditions set out in paragraphs (a) 
    through (c) of section 1910.908, OSHA is 
    affirming the importance of each of the core 
    elements, as well as recordkeeping, to the 
    proper functioning of an effective ergonomics 
    program. OSHA is also emphasizing the 
    importance the Agency places on the basic 
    obligation sections of the proposed standard 
    (sections 1910.911, 1910.914, 1910.917, 
    1910.923, 1910.929, and 1910.936). These 
    sections establish the basic requirements 
    employers must follow to implement each core 
    element but do so in less detail than the 
    implementing requirements that follow the 
    basic obligation section for each core 
    element. OSHA believes that the requirements 
    identified in the basic obligations sections 
    of the proposal are the minimum requirements 
    needed to effectively implement the core 
    element to which they pertain. In other 
    words, although OSHA is proposing to grant 
    grandfather status to effective ergonomics 
    programs, it believes that the requirements 
    set forth in each basic obligation section 
    must be present in an ergonomics program for 
    that element to be effective. Thus, employers 
    whose existing programs meet the conditions 
    of the limited grandfather clause in section 
    1910.908 are free not to implement the more 
    detailed provisions that follow the basic 
    obligation section, provided that they comply 
    fully with the basic obligation section's 
    provisions.
       OSHA has several reasons for including the 
    standard's core elements in any ergonomics 
    program that is grandfathered in under the 
    standard. OSHA's reasoning is discussed 
    below.
       First, except for WRP, the core elements 
    (management leadership and employee 
    participation, hazard identification and 
    assessment, hazard prevention and control, 
    MSD management, training, and evaluation) are 
    included in the safety and health programs 
    recommended or used by many different 
    organizations (the ergonomics standard uses 
    slightly different terminology for some of 
    these elements):
        OSHA's VPP, SHARP, and 
    consultation programs;
        The safety and health programs 
    mandated by 18 states;
        The safety and health programs 
    recommended by insurance companies for their 
    insureds (many of which give premium 
    discounts for companies that implement these 
    programs or impose surcharges on those that 
    do not);
        The safety and health programs 
    recommended by the National Federation of 
    Independent Business, the Synthetic Organic 
    Chemical Manufacturers Association, the 
    Chemical Manufacturers Association, the 
    American Society of Safety Engineers, and 
    many others;
        The strong recommendations of 
    OSHA's Advisory Committees (NACOSH, ACCSH, 
    and MACOSH), which consider these program 
    elements essential to effective worker 
    protection programs.
       Second, OSHA believes, and most 
    stakeholders agree, that enforcement of the 
    standard will be more consistent and more 
    equitable, as well as less time-consuming, 
    for employers and compliance officers alike, 
    if the test of an employer's program is 
    whether the program contains the core 
    elements, rather than whether it is 
    effective. The term effectiveness is subject 
    to many different interpretations. 
    Effectiveness can be measured in many 
    different ways (e.g., decreases in the number 
    of MSDs, decreases in the severity of MSDs, 
    increases in product quality, decreases in 
    insurance premiums, decreases in the number 
    of claims, decreases in turnover, decreases 
    in absenteeism, increases in productivity, 
    increases in the number of MSDs reported 
    early, etc.), several of which have built-in 
    incentives to discourage reporting of MSDs 
    (as discussed in the Significance of Risk 
    (Section VII) section of the preamble, 
    underreporting of MSDs is already extensive. 
    In addition, there are no data that would 
    allow OSHA to evaluate or to choose among 
    these various effectiveness measures. OSHA 
    solicits comments on measures of program 
    effectiveness that are not susceptible to 
    underreporting and that can be used reliably 
    and simply by establishments of all sizes. 
    For example, are there measures of 
    effectiveness that OSHA could use as a 
    measure of effectiveness when determining 
    whether to allow a program to be 
    grandfathered in?
       In addition, evaluating programs using the 
    core elements test is administratively 
    simpler, both for OSHA personnel and 
    employers. The Agency is in the process of 
    validating a measurement tool for compliance 
    officers and employers to use in assessing 
    the effectiveness of ergonomics programs. 
    This tool, which is based on the consultation 
    program's Form 33, has been tested for face 
    validity and is being tested for construct 
    validity at the present time; OSHA intends to 
    disseminate it to employers, so that both 
    OSHA personnel and employers will be 
    operating from the same ``sheet of music.'' 
    OSHA believes that use of a tool based on the 
    core
    
    [[Page 65792]]
    
    elements rather than on unproven measures of 
    effectiveness will thus benefit OSHA, 
    workers, and their employers.
       OSHA is including WRP, or equivalent 
    protections against wage loss, as a 
    requirement for all programs because, without 
    it, OSHA believes that there will be 
    increased pressure on employees not to report 
    once an enforceable standard is in place. 
    There is strong evidence that such 
    underreporting is currently taking place (see 
    the table summarizing the many articles on 
    this topic in Section VII of the preamble), 
    as well as evidence that protecting workers 
    from wage loss increases reporting (the 
    Krueger studies). OSHA's purpose in proposing 
    a WRP provision in this standard is to ensure 
    employee participation and free and full 
    reporting of MSDs and MSD hazards. The 
    ergonomics standard depends, more heavily 
    than any OSHA health standard promulgated to 
    date, on employee reporting for its 
    effectiveness. Absent such reporting, the 
    standard will not achieve its worker 
    protection goals. The success of the 
    standard, like that of the many effective 
    ergonomics programs our stakeholders have 
    told us about, depends on it.
       The proposed grandfather clause is also 
    limited in its applicability to programs that 
    are in place and have been evaluated and 
    found to be working properly by the effective 
    date of the standard. OSHA believes that this 
    provision is appropriate because it will 
    encourage employers to be proactive and 
    establish programs to protect their employees 
    before the effective date. It will require 
    these programs to have been evaluated before 
    they qualify for grandfather status, which 
    will avoid a last minute rush to implement 
    programs before the effective date and ensure 
    that those programs allowed under the 
    grandfather clause are mature, fully 
    functioning programs. It will also avoid the 
    administrative and compliance problems that 
    would arise if OSHA permitted employers to 
    establish ergonomics programs that differ 
    from the one in the standard even after the 
    effective date.
       OSHA seeks comment on all aspects of the 
    grandfather clause provisions, particularly 
    on the protectiveness and appropriateness of 
    including such a provision in a final 
    standard.
       Section 1910.909  May I do a Quick Fix 
    instead of setting up a full ergonomics 
    program?
    
      Yes. A Quick Fix is a way to fix a problem 
    job quickly and completely. If you eliminate 
    MSD hazards using a Quick Fix, you do not 
    have to set up the full ergonomics program 
    this standard requires. You must do the 
    following when you Quick Fix a problem job:
      (a) Promptly make available the MSD 
    management this standard requires;
      (b) Consult with employee(s) in the problem 
    job about the physical work activities or 
    conditions of the job they associate with the 
    difficulties, observe the employee(s) 
    performing the job to identify whether any 
    risk factors are present, and ask employee(s) 
    for recommendations for eliminating the MSD 
    hazard;
      (c) Put in Quick Fix controls within 90 
    days after the covered MSD is identified, and 
    check the job within the next 30 days to 
    determine whether the controls have 
    eliminated the hazard;
      (d) Keep a record of the Quick Fix 
    controls; and
      (e) Provide the hazard information this 
    standard requires to employee(s) in the 
    problem job within the 90-day period.
    
      Note to Sec. 1910.909: If you show that the 
    MSD hazards only pose a risk to the employee 
    with the covered MSD, you may limit the Quick 
    Fix to that individual employee's job.
    
       OSHA is permitting employers who meet all 
    the requirements of this section to refrain 
    from setting up the full ergonomics program 
    otherwise required. For example, employers 
    can avoid the training and program 
    requirements of the standard if they can 
    eliminate the MSD hazard in the problem job 
    (including other jobs meeting the ``same 
    job'' definition in the standard) quickly.
       The Quick Fix option is designed for those 
    problem jobs where the hazard can be readily 
    identified, the solution is obvious, and the 
    solution can be implemented within 90 days 
    after the covered MSD is identified. OSHA has 
    heard repeatedly from stakeholders and others 
    that a large number of jobs will fall into 
    this category. The proposed Quick Fix process 
    differs from the job hazard analysis and 
    control process described in sections 
    1910.917 through 1910.922, which is 
    appropriate for MSD hazards and jobs 
    requiring iterative changes or extensive 
    analysis to resolve.
       The proposed rule requires that employees 
    in problem jobs receive MSD management, 
    including work restriction protection, for 
    their injuries without regard to whether the 
    job is controlled using the Quick Fix option 
    or the full job hazard analysis and control 
    approach. In addition, employee(s) in problem 
    jobs that are fixed through the Quick Fix 
    process must be involved in the Quick Fix 
    process, just as they are involved in the 
    full job hazard analysis and control process. 
    In other words, employers choosing the Quick 
    Fix option must demonstrate management 
    leadership and implement employee 
    participation for the problem job, but would 
    not have to continue these elements after the 
    job is fixed (unless they are employers with 
    manual handling or manufacturing jobs).
       The Quick Fix controls must be implemented 
    within 90 days to qualify for this option. 
    OSHA believes that this period is sufficient 
    for employers to identify appropriate 
    engineering controls, to eliminate the MSD 
    hazards entirely, and to order and implement 
    those controls. Again, this time period is 
    consistent with the principal concept behind 
    Quick Fix: that the problem job be fixed 
    quickly, simply and completely. Examples of 
    Quick Fixes include purchasing an adjustable 
    VDT workstation, placing a box under the work 
    surface of an employee who must bend down to 
    see the work, and tilting the work surface 
    toward the employee to prevent long reaches.
       As stated in paragraph (b) of this 
    section, if the employer can demonstrate that 
    the MSD hazard that caused or contributed to 
    the MSD only poses a risk to the particular 
    employee with the MSD, the employer may limit 
    the Quick Fix to that individual employee's 
    job. In other words, in this limited case, 
    the employer would not be required to fix the 
    jobs of others in the problem job, because 
    the hazard is one unique to the employee 
    rather than the job. For example, a very tall 
    employee might only need to have the work 
    surface raised, and a very small employee 
    might only need to have the work surface 
    repositioned closer to his or her body.
       Paragraph (c) of section 1910.109 requires 
    employers using the Quick Fix option to 
    evaluate the controls within 30 days to be 
    sure that they have eliminated the hazard. 
    One of the best ways to determine whether the 
    Quick Fix has worked is to ask the injured 
    employee. Employers typically can tell almost 
    immediately that the MSD hazard has been 
    eliminated; however, it may take a week or 
    two for the symptoms to resolve.
       NIOSH recommends that employers wait a 
    minimum of two weeks before evaluating 
    control effectiveness, because employees need 
    time to acclimate to the changes. NIOSH
    
    [[Page 65793]]
    
    also recommends, and the proposed standard 
    would require, that employers not wait longer 
    than 30 days to evaluate controls, to enable 
    changes to be made if they are not working.
       Paragraph (d) of section 1910.909 requires 
    employers who avail themselves of this option 
    to keep records of the Quick Fix controls 
    they implement. This means that employers 
    must document the controls they have 
    implemented, when they are implemented, and 
    the results of the 30-day evaluation. These 
    records are essential to document the 
    employer's choice of this option and to 
    support the employer's decision not to 
    implement the other components of the 
    ergonomics program.
       Section 1910.910  What must I do if the 
    Quick Fix does not work?
    
      You must set up the complete ergonomics 
    program if either of these occurs:
      (a) The Quick Fix controls do not eliminate 
    the MSD hazards within the Quick Fix deadline 
    (within 120 days after the covered MSD is 
    identified); or
      (b) Another covered MSD is reported in that 
    job within 36 months.
      Exception: If a second covered MSD occurs 
    in that job resulting from different physical 
    work activities and conditions, you may use 
    the Quick Fix a second time.
    
       This section requires employers who have 
    chosen the Quick Fix option but have not been 
    successful in eliminating the MSD hazards in 
    the job to implement the full ergonomics 
    program. The employer must implement the full 
    ergonomics program for a job either where the 
    Quick Fix fails to eliminate MSD hazards 
    within 120 days, or if another covered MSD 
    occurs in that job within 36 months after 
    implementing the Quick Fix.
       This paragraph of the proposed standard 
    contains an exception: where an employer has 
    implemented a Quick Fix in a job and another 
    covered MSD occurs in that job, the employer 
    may may use the Quick Fix approach a second 
    time if the second covered MSD is one caused 
    or contributed to by work activities that are 
    different from those that caused or 
    contributed to the first covered MSD in that 
    job. The exception to section 1910.910 would 
    apply when, for example, a particular job 
    requires the employee to perform a 
    manufacturing assembly or data entry job for 
    a significant amount of their worktime and 
    also to perform forceful lifting as a core 
    element of the job. In such a situation, an 
    employee in that job could experience a case 
    of carpal tunnel syndrome, and the employer 
    could use a Quick Fix to control the MSD 
    hazard. If any employee in the same job 
    subsequently (e.g., 2 years later) develops a 
    lower back injury, the exception to section 
    1910.910 would permit the employer to use a 
    Quick Fix to address the manual handling 
    hazard. However, the proposed standard would 
    only permit the Quick Fix option to be used 
    twice in the same job because, if covered 
    MSDs continue to occur in the same job, job 
    hazard analysis and control, as well as the 
    other provisions of the full program, must be 
    implemented.
       Evidence of the failure of the Quick Fix 
    approach could take two forms: the evaluation 
    performed within 30 days of the 
    implementation of the Quick Fix reveals that 
    the control has not eliminated the hazard 
    (e.g., the employee reports that his/her 
    signs or symptoms have worsened) or an 
    employee in that job suffers a covered MSD to 
    which the exception does not apply. Where the 
    Quick Fix option has failed, the employer 
    would be required to move into the full 
    program, i.e., job hazard analysis and 
    control, training, and program evaluation.
    
    
    Management Leadership and Employee 
    Participation (Secs. 1910.911-1910.913)
    
       Sections 1910.911-913 of the proposed 
    standard describe and explain the proposed 
    requirements for the management leadership 
    and employee participation element of the 
    Ergonomics Program standard. These two 
    program components are critical to the 
    successful implementation of an ergonomics 
    program in any workplace. The importance of 
    management leadership is well-recognized 
    (Exs. 26-17; 26-10; 26-27; 26-22; 26-18; 26-
    13; 26-14). Likewise, the importance of 
    employee participation in ergonomics program 
    success is also well-documented (Exs. 26-30; 
    26-17; 26-4; 26-21; 26-19; 26-10; 26-15; 26-
    16; 26-20; 26-27; 26-22; 26-11; 26-12; 26-18; 
    26-13; 26-14).
       Management leadership and employee 
    participation are complementary (Exs. 2-12; 
    2-13). Management leadership and commitment 
    provides the motivating force and the 
    resources for organizing and controlling 
    activities within an organization (Ex. 2-12). 
    In effective ergonomics programs, management 
    regards the protection of employee health and 
    safety as a fundamental value of the 
    organization, and incorporates objectives for 
    the success of this program into its broader 
    company goals (Ex. 2-12). Employee 
    participation provides the means through 
    which workers develop and express their own 
    commitment to safe and healthful work, as 
    well as sharing in the overall success of the 
    company (Ex. 2-12).
       OSHA has decided to include a management 
    leadership component in its proposed 
    Ergonomics Program standard because the 
    importance of management leadership has been 
    emphasized throughout the literature on 
    ergonomics programs (Exs. 2-13; 26-2; 26-5; 
    26-9; 26-17; 26-10; 26-27; 26-22; 26-18; 26-
    13; 26-14). For example, OSHA's Ergonomics 
    Program Management Guidelines for Meatpacking 
    Plants (``Meatpacking Guidelines'') states 
    that an ``effective ergonomics program 
    includes a commitment by the employer to 
    provide the visible involvement of top 
    management, so that all employees, from 
    management to line workers, fully understand 
    that management has a serious commitment to 
    the program'' (Ex. 2-13, p. 2). NIOSH also 
    emphasizes management commitment in its 
    primer, Elements of Ergonomics Programs (Ex. 
    26-2). According to NIOSH, the ``occupational 
    safety and health literature stresses 
    management commitment as a key and perhaps 
    controlling factor in determining whether any 
    worksite hazard control effort will be 
    successful'' (Ex. 26-2, p. 6). Adams (Ex. 26-
    9, p. 182) states simply that ``to launch an 
    ergonomics process, management support is 
    key.'' In its report titled, ``Worker 
    Protection: Private Sector Ergonomics 
    Programs Yield Positive Results,'' the 
    Government Accounting Office (GAO) also found 
    management commitment to be a key component 
    for program success (Ex. 26-5). The GAO found 
    that ``management commitment demonstrates the 
    employer's belief that ergonomic efforts are 
    essential to a safe and healthy work 
    environment for all employees' (Ex. 26-5, 
    letter:3.1).
       In response to questions raised in OSHA's 
    Advance Notice of Proposed Rulemaking (ANPR) 
    (Ex. 1), a number of comments were received 
    that addressed the issue of management 
    commitment for a successful ergonomics 
    program (Exs. 3-136; 3-173; 3-124; 3-27). For 
    example, the American Automobile 
    Manufacturers Association stated that an 
    ergonomics program should incorporate 
    ``employer commitment in writing to health 
    and safety,'' and that management commitment 
    is an ``essential part of any
    
    [[Page 65794]]
    
    successful program'' (Ex. 3-173, p. 2). Ms. 
    Anne Tramposh, Vice President of Advantage 
    Health Systems, Inc., also wrote of the 
    importance of management commitment (Ex. 3-
    124, p. 5). She stated:
    
      At the risk of over-generalizing this 
    issue, we have found that companies lacking 
    management commitment will not truly 
    implement the comprehensive multi-
    disciplinary program approach that is needed 
    to address the ``Ergonomic Disorders'' 
    problem. These companies tend to look for 
    band-aids, not solutions.
      On the other hand, companies with strong 
    top management commitment, that literally 
    cringe at [the] thought that they may be 
    injuring their employees, will seek the root 
    causes of the problem. They will dedicate 
    financial and personnel resources to the 
    program. They will not quit when the ``going 
    gets tough'' and more employees are reporting 
    injuries (at the beginning of a program).
      Any standard or regulation for this problem 
    must ensure top management commitment. The 
    Ergonomic Disorder problem will not go away 
    without it.
    
    Another statement of support for management 
    commitment was provided by Mr. Stephen 
    Rohrer, Section Head, EG&G Energy 
    Measurements, Inc. (Ex. 3-27). In explaining 
    the ergonomics program at his company, Mr. 
    Rohrer stated, ``[O]ne of the key components 
    of the program was obtaining upper management 
    support for ergonomics. This was accomplished 
    by a policy statement placing ergonomics at 
    the same level of importance as the company's 
    production processes' (Ex. 3-27, p. 2).
       OSHA believes that employee participation 
    is as important for program success as 
    management leadership. OSHA's Meatpacking 
    Guidelines (Ex. 2-13) recommend employee 
    involvement as essential to the 
    identification of existing and potential 
    hazards and the development and 
    implementation of effective hazard abatement. 
    NIOSH found that promoting employee 
    participation to improve workplace conditions 
    has several benefits, including: enhanced 
    worker motivation and job satisfaction; added 
    problem-solving capabilities; greater 
    acceptance of change; and greater knowledge 
    of the work and organization (Exs. 26-2; 26-
    4). Employee participation also helps to 
    secure employee buy-in to the ergonomics 
    program.
       Section 8 of the OSH Act also recognizes 
    the value of employee involvement in 
    workplace safety and health. For example, 
    this section of the Act spells out specific 
    requirements for employee involvement in the 
    observation of employee monitoring to 
    identify employee exposure to workplace 
    hazards, obtaining and reviewing records, 
    receiving information, and reporting hazards.
       Active employee participation is 
    especially important in the proposed 
    Ergonomics Program standard because this 
    standard, more than most OSHA standards, 
    depends for its effectiveness on the 
    voluntary reporting of MSD signs and symptoms 
    by employees. To ensure that employees 
    voluntarily participate when the signs and 
    symptoms of MSDs first arise, OSHA believes 
    they must be active participants in program 
    development, implementation, and evaluation, 
    and must be sure that they will not be 
    discriminated against for such participation 
    (see the discussion of proposed section 
    1910.911 below). Also, when it came to the 
    issue of employee participation, many of 
    OSHA's stakeholders said that this element is 
    essential to program success (Exs. 26-23; 26-
    24).
       Additionally, OSHA received many comments 
    in response to its ANPR that support the idea 
    of employee participation in ergonomics 
    programs (Exs. 3-27; 3-66; 3-94; 3-96; 3-98; 
    3-124; 3-136; 3-155; 3-173). For example, Mr. 
    James Torgerson, Director-Corporate Safety, 
    Sara Lee Corporation, stated (Ex. 3-66, p. 
    4):
    
      Further, it is our belief that employee 
    involvement in the development and 
    implementation of a company's ergonomic 
    program is desirable for both the company and 
    for the employees. We believe that employers 
    should be encouraged to consider where 
    employee involvement can best be utilized in 
    their individual program. For example, 
    employees can be used as a resource to assist 
    in identifying and resolving ergonomic 
    problems. Mandatory joint labor/management 
    committees, however, should not be part of 
    the standard.
    
       Dr. Tom Leamon, Vice President, Liberty 
    Mutual Insurance Company, also commented on 
    the need for an employee participation 
    requirement (Ex. 3-96). He stated, ``[t]he 
    effectiveness of regulations would be 
    enhanced by a provision for worker 
    participation, in particular the 
    identification of potential problems and 
    solutions and providing this information to 
    the management decision process within the 
    unit'' (Ex. 3-96, p. 2).
       Additionally, Mr. Steve Trawick, Director, 
    Health and Safety, United Paperworkers 
    International Union and Mr. Daniel Kass, 
    Director of the Hunter College Center for 
    Occupational and Environmental Health, 
    clearly stated their support of employee 
    participation in ergonomics programs. In 
    response to the ANPR, they wrote ``[e]mployee 
    involvement is crucial to the success of the 
    ergonomic program. Workers know jobs in the 
    plant better than anyone and can offer 
    invaluable input in the analysis and decision 
    making process'' (Ex. 3-136, p. 4).
       However, OSHA is aware that there is 
    opposition to the inclusion of the management 
    commitment and employee participation 
    provisions in the proposed Ergonomics Program 
    standard. For example, several stakeholders 
    have expressed concern about the 
    implementation and enforceability of the 
    management leadership requirements, asserting 
    that they amount to micro-management of their 
    business. Clearly, OSHA does not intend this 
    proposed program element to be a form of 
    micro-management. Precisely to avoid this 
    unwanted outcome, the requirements for 
    management leadership and employee 
    participation have been proposed in 
    performance oriented language. Thus, 
    employers covered by this standard may manage 
    their leadership of the ergonomics program in 
    whatever ways work best for their workplaces, 
    as long as the basic requirements are 
    satisfied.
       Additional opposition to this proposed 
    provision was expressed in a stakeholder 
    meeting held in Washington, DC, when one 
    participant stated that legislation of 
    employer commitment and employee 
    participation is problematic because it is 
    not clear what these provisions require (Ex. 
    26-23). Other stakeholders have stated that, 
    in their opinion, employee participation is 
    not needed in successful programs (Ex. 26-
    23). Still others have argued that employee 
    participation, as proposed by OSHA, is in 
    violation of the National Labor Relations Act 
    (NLRA) (Ex. 26-23).
       Regarding conflicts with the NLRA, 
    testimony presented by Henry L. Solano, 
    Solicitor of Labor, Department of Labor, 
    before the Subcommittee on Workforce 
    Protections Committee on Education and the 
    Workforce in the House of Representatives on 
    May 13, 1999 (Ex. 26-29), clearly states that 
    ``the interplay of the OSH Act and the 
    National Labor Relations Act (NLRA) does not 
    present an obstacle to progress in this area 
    [of employee participation in promoting a 
    safe and healthful workplace].'' Mr. Solano 
    identified many ways in which employers can 
    involve their employees in safety and health 
    matters without raising any concern that
    
    [[Page 65795]]
    
    they may be violating Section 8(a)(2) of the 
    NLRA. OSHA is proposing to require employee 
    participation but not to specify the form 
    that participation is to take. There are 
    several lawful forms of employee 
    participation that have been upheld or 
    described with approval by the National Labor 
    Relations Board (NLRB) in the course of 
    deciding cases under Section 8(a)(2).
       According to Mr. Solano (Ex. 26-29, pp. 
    11-12), brainstorming groups are one such 
    example. A group of employees that 
    brainstorms about MSD hazards, for example, 
    presents management with a list of ideas or 
    suggestions. Management independently 
    considers the ideas and suggestions and may 
    or may not act on them. An information-
    gathering committee that gathers and presents 
    information to the employer, who may or may 
    not take action based on the information, is 
    also a lawful form of employee participation 
    (Ex. 26-29, p. 12). Granting rights to 
    individual employees, such as rights to 
    report problems and make recommendations is 
    consistent with Section 8(a)(2). 
    Additionally, employers have the option to 
    assign safety-related duties to employees as 
    part of their job description (Ex. 26-29, pp. 
    12-13, 14). Other forms of employee 
    participation that have been approved by the 
    NLRB include safety conferences and all-
    employee committees in which all employees 
    participate (Ex. 26-29, pp. 13-14). Although 
    in his testimony Mr. Solano was specifically 
    addressing safety and health programs in 
    general, his discussion of lawful forms of 
    employee participation applies equally to 
    ergonomics programs. Another mechanism is a 
    joint labor-management committee established 
    in compliance with the NLRA by bargaining 
    between the employer and the union 
    representing the employees. Thus, employers 
    complying with the proposed standard's 
    employee participation provisions have many 
    lawful ways of doing so.
       OSHA notes that the proposed management 
    leadership provisions of the rule have been 
    written in performance language to allow 
    individual employers to implement them as 
    appropriate to conditions in their workplace. 
    This approach avoids the over specification 
    that some stakeholders were concerned about. 
    On the second point, the importance of 
    employee involvement to program 
    effectiveness, the discussion below makes 
    clear that OSHA, and many stakeholders, 
    safety and health professionals, and 
    ergonomists agree that this element is the 
    key to program success. OSHA has also been 
    careful to structure the proposed rule's 
    employee participation requirements so that 
    they are entirely consonant with the case law 
    based on the NLRA. The proposed rule does 
    not, for example, mandate any particular 
    method--such as employee committees--for 
    ensuring employee participation. This leaves 
    employers free to involve employees in the 
    program in ways that do not violate the NLRA 
    but will further meaningful employee 
    participation.
       Section 1910.911  What is my basic 
    obligation?
    
      You must demonstrate management leadership 
    of your ergonomics program. Employees (and 
    their designated representatives) must have 
    ways to report ``MSD signs'' and ``MSD 
    symptoms;'' get responses to reports; and be 
    involved in developing, implementing and 
    evaluating each element of your program. You 
    must not have policies or practices that 
    discourage employees from participating in 
    the program or from reporting MSD signs or 
    symptoms.
    
       Section 1910.911 of the proposed 
    Ergonomics Program standard provides 
    employers with an answer to the question 
    ``What is my basic obligation?'' First, 
    employers would be required to demonstrate 
    management leadership of their ergonomics 
    program. Management leadership is 
    demonstrated through personal concern for 
    employee health and safety, as evidenced by 
    the priority placed on the ergonomics 
    program. OSHA believes that, to be effective, 
    the demonstration of management leadership 
    must be active rather than passive. 
    Leadership that is limited to a ``paper 
    program,'' such as having written policies 
    and procedures neatly packaged in a three-
    ring binder that sits on a shelf, would not 
    be viewed by OSHA as meeting the intention of 
    this provision. On the other hand, management 
    leadership that is known throughout the 
    organization via active engagement in the 
    ergonomics process, with appropriate follow-
    through on commitments, would meet OSHA's 
    intention. Employers who comply with the 
    requirements of Section 1910.911 would 
    certainly be fulfilling the leadership 
    portion of the standard. Employers may 
    further demonstrate leadership, if they so 
    choose, by participating in plant 
    walkarounds, holding meetings with employees 
    on ergonomic issues, and monitoring reports 
    on program effectiveness.
       Second, proposed section 1910.911 would 
    also obligate employers to create ways for 
    employees, and their designated 
    representatives, to report MSD signs and 
    symptoms, get responses to reports, and be 
    involved in the program. OSHA has vigorously 
    advocated employee participation in workplace 
    safety and health issues for many years and 
    is pleased by the growing recognition of the 
    importance of employee participation by 
    private-sector companies, trade associations, 
    safety and health professionals, and 
    employees themselves. OSHA supports employee 
    participation because employees have the most 
    direct interest in their safety and health on 
    the job, they have an in-depth knowledge of 
    the operations and tasks they conduct at the 
    worksite, they often have excellent ideas on 
    how to solve health and safety problems, and 
    their interest in the program is vital to its 
    success. If employees do not report their 
    injuries and illnesses or recognized job-
    related hazards, any workplace program 
    intended to promote safety and health will 
    fail.
       Congress also recognized the importance of 
    employee participation in safety and health 
    activities when it enacted the Occupational 
    Safety and Health Act in 1970. In section 2 
    of the Act, titled ``Congressional Findings 
    and Purpose,'' Congress declared that its 
    goal of assuring safe and healthful 
    workplaces was to be achieved by joint 
    employer-employee efforts to reduce hazards 
    and implement effective programs for 
    providing safe and healthful working 
    conditions. Additionally, Congress 
    acknowledged that employers and employees 
    have separate roles and rights connected with 
    the achievement of safe and healthful working 
    conditions. Thus, the Act offers employees 
    opportunities to become involved in setting 
    standards, variance processes, enforcement, 
    and training. To assist employees in 
    exercising these rights, Congress gave 
    employees access to a wide variety of 
    information. Employees were also given rights 
    to file complaints and to participate 
    actively in OSHA inspections, hazard 
    abatement verification, citation contests, 
    and the observation of the monitoring of 
    toxic substances.
       The value of employee participation in 
    ergonomics programs has been recognized by 
    other federal agencies. The GAO concluded in 
    1997 that effective ergonomics programs must 
    include both management commitment and 
    employee involvement as two of the core 
    elements necessary to ensure that ergonomics 
    hazards are identified and controlled to 
    protect workers (Ex. 26-5). According to the 
    GAO (Ex. 26-5), some of the ways in which 
    employee participation can be demonstrated 
    include:
    
    [[Page 65796]]
    
        Creating committees or teams to 
    receive information on ergonomic problem 
    areas, analyze the problems, and make 
    recommendations for corrective action;
        Establishing a procedure to 
    encourage prompt and accurate reporting of 
    signs and symptoms of MSDs by employees so 
    that these symptoms can be evaluated and, if 
    warranted, treated;
        Undertaking campaigns to solicit 
    employee reports of potential problems and 
    suggestions for improving job operations or 
    conditions; and
        Administering periodic surveys to 
    obtain employee reactions to workplace 
    conditions so that employees may point out or 
    confirm problems.
       NIOSH also recognizes the benefits of 
    employee involvement in the publication 
    Elements of Ergonomics Programs (Ex. 26-2). 
    According to NIOSH (Ex. 26-2, p. 8) these 
    benefits include:
        Enhanced worker motivation and 
    job satisfaction;
        Added problem-solving 
    capabilities;
        Greater acceptance of change; and
        Greater knowledge of the work and 
    organization.
    
    Further, NIOSH recommends that employees be 
    encouraged to provide input on defining job 
    hazards, controlling job hazards, and how 
    best to implement controls (Ex. 26-2). Forms 
    of employee involvement described by NIOSH 
    (Ex. 26-2, pp. 8-9) include:
        Joint labor-management safety and 
    health committees;
        Department or area work groups; 
    and
        Direct individual employee input.
    
    However, NIOSH clearly states that ``[n]o 
    single form or level of worker involvement 
    fits all situations or meets all needs. Much 
    depends on the nature of the problems to be 
    addressed, the skills and abilities of those 
    involved, and the company's prevailing 
    practices for participative approaches in 
    resolving workplace issues'' (Ex. 26-2, p. 
    9).
       Employee involvement, along with 
    management commitment, is also one of the 
    major elements included in OSHA's Safety and 
    Health Program Management Guidelines, 
    published in January 1989 (54 FR 3904-3916). 
    Issued with strong public support, the 
    guidelines state, ``[e]mployee involvement 
    provides the means through which workers 
    develop and/or express their own commitment 
    to safety and health protection, for 
    themselves and for their fellow workers'' (54 
    FR 3909). At that time, OSHA stated that ``* 
    * * employee involvement in decisions 
    affecting their safety and health results in 
    better management decisions and more 
    effective protection'' (54 FR 3907). OSHA 
    continues to believe that employee 
    participation plays a crucial role in 
    protecting the safety and health of employees 
    and must be an integral part of any 
    ergonomics program.
       A recommendation for employee involvement 
    was included in OSHA's ``Meatpacking 
    Guidelines'' as the complement to management 
    commitment (Ex. 2-13, pp. 2-3). The 
    Guidelines recommended:
    
      An effective program includes a commitment 
    by the employer to provide for and encourage 
    employee involvement in the ergonomics 
    program and in decisions that affect worker 
    safety and health, including the following:
      1. An employee complaint or suggestion 
    procedure that allows workers to bring their 
    concerns to management and provide feedback 
    without fear of reprisal.
      2. A procedure that encourages prompt and 
    accurate reporting of signs and symptoms of 
    [MSDs] by employees so that they can be 
    evaluated and, if warranted, treated.
      3. Safety and health committees that 
    receive information on ergonomic problem 
    areas, analyze them, and make recommendations 
    for corrective action.
      4. Ergonomic teams or monitors with the 
    required skills to identify and analyze jobs 
    for ergonomic stress and recommend solutions.
    
       Third, section 1910.911 of the proposed 
    standard informs employers that policies or 
    practices that discourage employees from 
    reporting MSD signs or symptoms or from 
    participating in the program would not be 
    allowed. Such actions on the part of the 
    employer would undermine the intention of 
    Sec. 1910.911. As discussed above, OSHA 
    believes that meaningful employee 
    participation in the ergonomics program is 
    essential both to identify existing and 
    potential MSD hazards, and to develop and 
    implement an effective solution to abate 
    these hazards.
       In the ANPR, OSHA requested comments 
    related to early reporting of MSD signs or 
    symptoms (question D2), the developing and 
    implementing of ergonomics programs including 
    involvement on the ergonomics team (question 
    A6), and the benefits of an ergonomics 
    program (question A7). In response to this 
    request, OSHA received information that 
    supports the proposed requirements in Section 
    1910.911. For example, Mr. Rohrer of EG&G 
    Energy Measurements, Inc. commented (Ex. 3-
    27, p. 3):
    
      The main benefits of this [ergonomics] 
    program are educating employees and 
    empowering employees to recognized ergonomic 
    problems in their work environment while 
    helping to provide solutions to those 
    problems. The program invites employees to 
    make known work problems without fear of 
    retribution from management, even in a period 
    of size restructuring. One of the program 
    philosophies is quite simple--a problem can't 
    be solved unless it's identified.
    
       Additionally, Mr. John Clark, 
    International Representative, International 
    Union, UAW provided this comment (Ex. 3-155, 
    p. 3):
    
      The structured participation of workers is 
    needed for several reasons. Complaints of 
    symptoms will not be freely given if workers 
    fear reprisal by management. Workers know 
    their job best and must be brought into the 
    process of redesign. The close relationship 
    of this activity to work standards and 
    productivity issues requires prior 
    understandings and continuing oversight. The 
    program must maintain an emphasis on the 
    prevention of pain and suffering, not a cost 
    benefit calculation, and that requires worker 
    involvement.
    
       Section 1910.912  What must I do to 
    provide management leadership?
    
      You must:
      (a) Assign and communicate responsibilities 
    for setting up and managing the ergonomics 
    program so managers, supervisors and 
    employees know what you expect of them and 
    how you will hold them accountable for 
    meeting those responsibilities;
      (b) Provide those persons with the 
    authority, ``resources,'' information and 
    training necessary to meet their 
    responsibilities;
      (c) Examine your existing policies and 
    practices to ensure they encourage and do not 
    discourage reporting and participation in the 
    ergonomics program; and (d) Communicate 
    ``periodically'' with employees about the 
    program and their concerns about MSDs.
       Proposed section 1910.912 provides 
    employers with answers to the following 
    question: ``What must I do to provide 
    management leadership?'' This section 
    explains four management leadership 
    responsibilities that employers
    
    [[Page 65797]]
    
    would have under the proposed ergonomics 
    standard. First, as stated in paragraph (a), 
    employers must assign and communicate 
    responsibilities for setting up and managing 
    the ergonomics program so that managers, 
    supervisors and employees know what is 
    expected of them and how they will be held 
    accountable for meeting those 
    responsibilities. Although proposed paragraph 
    (a) would require that ergonomics program 
    responsibilities be assigned, it does not 
    specify who should be assigned to carry out 
    what responsibility. OSHA believes that the 
    employer is in the best position to decide 
    who should have responsibility for the 
    various parts of the process of implementing 
    an ergonomics program, and the proposal gives 
    the employer great leeway in making these 
    decisions.
       The proposed rule also does not describe 
    how safety and health responsibility is to be 
    allocated. In larger workplaces, where 
    responsibilities are described in writing, 
    the allocation might be accomplished through 
    official statements, such as job descriptions 
    or individual annual objectives. In very 
    small worksites, oral instruction would 
    suffice as long as everyone knows who has 
    been assigned what responsibilities. In fact, 
    in all cases, the key factor is that those to 
    whom responsibility has been assigned 
    understand that responsibility and take it 
    seriously.
       Individuals with responsibility for the 
    ergonomics program must understand how they 
    will be held accountable for meeting these 
    responsibilities. OSHA has not specified how 
    employers should accomplish this proposed 
    requirement. Again, OSHA believes that 
    employers are in the best position to decide 
    how accountability should be determined and 
    evaluated. Some employers may chose to 
    incorporate accountability measures into 
    performance appraisals. For example, one 
    study reports that supervisor performance 
    evaluations had been modified to include an 
    assessment of whether or not ergonomic 
    problems had been addressed (Ex. 26-28).
       Second, as stated in proposed paragraph 
    (b), employers must provide individuals 
    assigned responsibilities in the ergonomics 
    program with the authority, resources, 
    information and training necessary to meet 
    their responsibilities. Providing adequate 
    authority, resources, information and 
    training necessary to carry out program 
    responsibilities demonstrates management 
    leadership. If, for example, an employee is 
    assigned responsibility for evaluating a 
    potential MSD hazard, that employee would 
    need access to relevant information about the 
    job creating the potential hazard, adequate 
    knowledge to competently evaluate the job, 
    sufficient time to evaluate the job, and the 
    authority to recommend changes to the job if 
    it is found to present MSD hazards.
       Authority, as used in this provision of 
    the proposed standard, means the delegated 
    ability to take action. Such delegated 
    authority is essential if decisions are to be 
    made in a timely manner and progress is to be 
    made in accomplishing ergonomic program 
    goals. Individuals assigned a particular 
    responsibility under the ergonomics program 
    must have the authority they need to 
    discharge those responsibilities.
       Resources, as defined in this proposed 
    standard (see Sec. 1910.945, which contains 
    definitions of key terms), are the provisions 
    necessary to develop, implement and maintain 
    an effective ergonomics program. Resources 
    include money (such as the funds needed to 
    purchase equipment to perform job hazard 
    analysis, develop training materials, and 
    implement controls), personnel and the work 
    time to conduct program responsibilities, 
    such as job hazard analysis or training. The 
    resources needed to meet program 
    responsibilities under this standard will 
    vary with circumstances.
       The proposed standard would also require 
    employers to provide individuals with 
    assigned responsibility for the ergonomics 
    program with the information and training 
    they need to meet their responsibilities. For 
    individuals involved in ergonomics program 
    implementation and management, employers 
    would be required to provide information and 
    training so that these individuals understand 
    and know, at a minimum:
        The ergonomics program and their 
    role in it.
        How to identify and analyze MSD 
    hazards.
        How to identify, evaluate, and 
    implement measures to control MSD hazards.
        How to evaluate the effectiveness 
    of ergonomics programs.
    
    Sections 1910.923-928 of the proposed rule 
    provides additional information about 
    proposed requirements for ergonomics program 
    training.
       Proposed paragraph (b) is written to allow 
    broad discretion for employers to decide just 
    what authority, resources, information, and 
    training are needed for the specific 
    responsibilities assigned. The employer is, 
    however, required by this paragraph to 
    provide the authority, resources, information 
    and training necessary to discharge the 
    responsibility the employer has assigned.
       Problems in fulfilling program 
    responsibilities are often caused by lack of 
    the necessary authority or resources to 
    accomplish those responsibilities. For 
    example, an employee may be assigned the 
    responsibility for evaluating MSD hazards and 
    getting those hazards corrected. However, if 
    the same hazards are found on repeat 
    inspections, it may be that the employee 
    lacked the authority to require correction or 
    that no training or inadequate training in 
    the evaluation of MSD hazards has been 
    provided. In both of these examples, the 
    employer has not provided the authority, 
    resources, information and training necessary 
    for the employee to meet his or her assigned 
    responsibilities.
       Third, as stated in proposed paragraph 
    (c), employers would be required to examine 
    their existing policies and practices to 
    ensure that they encourage the reporting of 
    MSD signs and symptoms and do not discourage 
    reporting and participation in the ergonomics 
    program. The intent of this proposed 
    provision is to inform employers that they 
    are prohibited by the proposed rule from 
    taking actions that might undermine or 
    otherwise interfere with the reporting of MSD 
    signs and symptoms or ergonomics program 
    participation by their employees.
       OSHA has included this provision in the 
    proposed standard because the Agency believes 
    that such protection is needed to encourage 
    early reporting of the symptoms and signs of 
    MSDs and meaningful employee participation in 
    the ergonomics program. OSHA believes that 
    employees in all workplaces should be 
    encouraged by their employers to report 
    injuries, illnesses, and hazards of all 
    kinds--not just those related to ergonomic 
    issues--because only full and frank reporting 
    allows employers to identify hazards and do 
    something about them. In workplaces where 
    employees are discouraged, either implicitly 
    or explicitly, from participating fully in 
    all aspects of safety and health in the 
    workplace, deaths, injuries, and illnesses 
    will continue to occur, employers will 
    continue to pay high workers' compensation 
    premiums, worker morale will suffer, and 
    product quality will be below par. 
    Encouraging employee
    
    [[Page 65798]]
    
    participation, and particularly the reporting 
    of MSD signs and symptoms, is especially 
    important under the proposed ergonomics rule 
    because the success of the program depends on 
    such reporting. That is, the standard is 
    structured so that employee reports of MSD 
    signs and symptoms trigger employer actions.
       OSHA is aware that some employers 
    discourage reporting unintentionally, and 
    that this can happen even in workplaces where 
    an ergonomics program has been implemented in 
    good faith. For example, employers may be 
    discouraging full and early reporting if they 
    have:
        A policy that every employee who 
    reports MSD signs or symptoms must rest at 
    home without pay.
        A policy that requires drug 
    testing of every employee who reports an 
    injury.
        A supervisory practice of 
    withholding overtime work for anyone who 
    reports MSD signs or symptoms.
        A policy that prohibits the use 
    of sick leave if an employee is off work 
    because of a work-related injury.
    
    It should be noted that OSHA does not 
    consider that having a drug testing policy 
    is, in and of itself, a violation of the 
    standard. However, if the drug testing policy 
    was applied in a discriminatory way, or had a 
    chilling effect on employees' willingness to 
    report, the Agency would evaluate the 
    situation on a case-by-case basis.
       Because the underreporting of occupational 
    illnesses and injuries is a widely recognized 
    problem, and is especially serious in the 
    case of ergonomic injuries and illnesses (see 
    discussion of underreporting in the 
    Significance of Risk section (Section VII of 
    this preamble), the purpose of this proposed 
    provision is to ensure that employees in jobs 
    covered by the standard will not be 
    discouraged from reporting problems to their 
    employers. For example, the use of incentive 
    or award programs that focus on achieving low 
    numbers or rates of reported MSDs may 
    discourage early reporting. Such programs, 
    although sometimes intended to improve 
    employee safety and health, may inadvertently 
    lead to the underreporting of MSD cases and 
    thus actually increase unsafe working 
    conditions. Programs that offer financial 
    rewards, such as individual or group 
    performance bonuses, management promotions, 
    or safety game awards (``safety bingo''), or 
    provide personal recognition of individual 
    employees (``safe employee of the month'') to 
    employees, groups, or supervisors if they 
    achieve a zero or low incidence of reportable 
    injuries or illnesses may put considerable 
    pressure on workers not to report and thus 
    discourage reporting, whether intentionally 
    or unintentionally.
       OSHA's objective is that employees feel 
    free to report MSD signs and symptoms as 
    early as possible, because doing so prevents 
    pain and suffering, averts disability, and 
    reduces employer costs. To achieve this 
    objective, all MSDs must be reported so that 
    they can be assessed to determine whether 
    they are covered by the standard. Thus, the 
    Agency's concern is with the proper reporting 
    of MSD injuries and illnesses, not on the 
    design of the employer's incentive program. 
    If such programs have the effect of 
    discouraging reporting or employee 
    participation, however, employers would not 
    be in compliance with this section of the 
    standard. Thus, because these programs have 
    the potential to discourage reporting, 
    employers should take special care to ensure 
    that they do not do so.
       In comments submitted to OSHA in response 
    to requests made in the ANPR, Martin Marietta 
    Energy Systems, Inc., among others, stated 
    that incentive programs may pose possible 
    barriers to early reporting (Ex. 3-151). The 
    International Union of Electrical, Salaried, 
    Machine and Furniture Workers urged OSHA to 
    discourage practices that inhibit early 
    reporting, and specifically pointed to the 
    use of safety contests (Ex. 3-183).
       OSHA is not prohibiting the use of safety 
    incentive or award programs, and nothing in 
    the proposed rule would do so. However, OSHA 
    is encouraging employers who wish to use such 
    programs to design them to reward safe work 
    practices, such as active participation in 
    the ergonomics program, the identification of 
    MSD hazards in the workplace, and the 
    reporting of the early signs and symptoms of 
    MSDs, rather than to reward employees for 
    having fewer MSDs or lower rates of MSDs. The 
    differences in these two kinds of programs--
    those that focus on safe work practices and 
    those that stress fewer reported MSDs--is 
    that the former, when coupled with 
    appropriate supervisory feedback to 
    employees, may actually reinforce and 
    encourage the kinds of safe practices and 
    participation that employers need to enhance 
    safety and health, while the latter too often 
    encourage employees not to report.
       OSHA would not consider incentive programs 
    to be ``illegal'' under this rule except 
    where they are applied in a discriminatory 
    way or have a chilling effect on employees' 
    willingness to report. OSHA's practice is to 
    evaluate the recordkeeping system, and the 
    accuracy and completeness of reporting, when 
    it inspects facilities. If no underreporting 
    is apparent, OSHA does not inquire about any 
    incentive programs that may be in place at 
    the facility. However, if there does appear 
    to be underreporting, OSHA evaluates the 
    situation further to determine what is 
    contributing to the underreporting. OSHA 
    would not cite the employer under this 
    standard for having an incentive program 
    unless it was discouraging reporting or 
    participation in the program (Sec. 1910.912 
    (c)). OSHA would cite employers for failure 
    to record OSHA recordable injuries and 
    illnesses, but such a citation would be for a 
    violation of the recordkeeping rule, not the 
    ergonomics rule.
       It is OSHA's experience that incentive or 
    award programs are not needed to motivate 
    employees who are active participants in 
    workplace safety and health programs, such as 
    the ergonomics program proposed by this 
    standard. Employees involved in effective 
    workplace programs already receive feedback 
    from their co-workers, supervisors, and 
    managers on safe work practices, regularly 
    provide such feedback to others, and are 
    ``rewarded'' by being full participants in 
    achieving a safe and healthful workplace.
       Likewise, only informed employees can 
    truly participate effectively in a workplace 
    ergonomics program. Employees who have 
    received adequate information and training on 
    ergonomic hazards in their workplace can act 
    as ``another pair of eyes and ears'' for 
    their employers. Informed and trained 
    employees can contribute to a workplace 
    culture that values safety and health.
       Fourth, proposed paragraph (d) would 
    require that employers ``communicate 
    `periodically' with employees about the 
    program and their concerns about MSDs.'' 
    Periodic communication between an employer 
    and his or her employees means a regular, 
    two-way exchange of information in which 
    employees receive information about the 
    employer's ergonomics program and its 
    progress, and the employer receives 
    information about MSDs that is of concern to 
    the employees. Although OSHA does not specify 
    a time period for these communications, the 
    frequency of this exchange of information 
    should accurately reflect the needs of a 
    given workplace. For example, OSHA would 
    expect more frequent communication during the 
    start-up
    
    [[Page 65799]]
    
    phase of an ergonomics program, when MSD 
    signs or symptoms are reported, and prior to 
    the implementation of workplace changes. At a 
    minimum, communications must be often and 
    timely enough to ensure that employees have 
    the information necessary to protect 
    themselves from MSDs, and have effective 
    input into the operation of the ergonomics 
    program.
       Employers will be able to demonstrate this 
    communication by periodically checking to see 
    whether their employees have accurate 
    information about the process for reporting 
    MSD signs or symptoms. Employees should be 
    able to state the various steps of this 
    process, or at a minimum, the first step in 
    the reporting process. Additionally, 
    employers will be able to inspect the reports 
    themselves (if they are in writing) to 
    determine whether employees are actually 
    reporting MSD signs or symptoms and if they 
    are reporting them early.
       Section 1910.913  What ways must employees 
    have to participate in the ergonomics 
    program?
    
      Employees (and their designated 
    representatives) must have:
      (a) A way to report MSD signs and symptoms;
      (b) Prompt responses to their reports;
      (c) Access to this standard and to 
    information about the ergonomics program; and
      (d) Ways to be involved in developing, 
    implementing and evaluating each element of 
    the ergonomics program.
    
       Proposed section 1910.913 of the 
    ergonomics program standard informs employers 
    of OSHA's specific requirements for employee 
    participation. It provides an answer to the 
    question, ``What ways must employees have to 
    participate in the ergonomics program?'' 
    Proposed paragraph (a) contains the 
    requirement that employees, and their 
    designated representatives, if the employees 
    are represented by a union or unions, must 
    have a way to report MSD signs and symptoms. 
    This proposed provision requires employers to 
    establish a clear process for reporting MSD 
    signs and symptoms and to make that process 
    known to his or her employees, so that 
    reports are received in a timely and 
    systematized manner. For example, employees 
    must know whom to make reports to. These 
    reporting systems may be either formal or 
    informal, depending on the nature and size of 
    the affected employee population. The 
    intention of this provision is for a means of 
    communication to be available and for 
    employees to know how to have access to the 
    system.
       Prompt answers to employee reports are 
    necessary so that employees know that their 
    reports have been received and considered. 
    Paragraph (b) of section 1910.913 of the 
    proposed ergonomics program standard requires 
    that employees and their designated 
    representative(s), where applicable, receive 
    prompt responses to their reports. OSHA 
    believes that a timely and good faith 
    response is essential to reinforce the 
    reporting and information exchange process. 
    Quick responses to employee reports are a way 
    to demonstrate management leadership of the 
    ergonomics program. The requirements in 
    proposed paragraphs (a) and (b) of section 
    1910.913 are the complements to proposed 
    section 1910.916, which requires employers to 
    identify at least one person to receive and 
    respond promptly to employee reports of MSD 
    signs or symptoms, and to take the action 
    this standard requires.
       Proposed paragraph (c) of section 1910.913 
    states that employees, and their designated 
    representative(s), if applicable, must have 
    ``access to this standard and to information 
    about the ergonomics program.'' Such 
    information includes: the assignment of 
    responsibilities under the program; job 
    hazard analysis results; hazard control 
    plans; and records of reports related to the 
    occurrence of covered MSDs and the 
    identification of MSD hazards; ergonomic 
    program evaluation results; and lists of 
    alternative duty jobs. Additionally, 
    employees must be provided with access to a 
    copy of this Ergonomics Program standard. 
    Employers can comply with this provision by 
    posting a copy of the standard on the 
    bulletin board. OSHA believes that employees 
    must have this information to meaningfully 
    participate in the ergonomics program. 
    However, employee access to information does 
    not include access to confidential or private 
    information the employer may have that is of 
    a personal nature, such as medical records.
       Assuring employee access to information 
    related to their safety and health on the job 
    is not unique to this proposed standard. 
    Employers are already obligated to provide 
    employees with access to their exposure and 
    medical records by the requirements set forth 
    in OSHA's standard ``Access to Employee 
    Exposure and Medical Records'' (29 CFR 
    1910.1020). Additionally, OSHA requires 
    employers covered by the Process Safety 
    Management standard (29 CFR 1910.119) to 
    provide employee access to process hazard 
    analyses and all other information required 
    to be developed under that standard.
       Paragraph (d) of section 1910.913 proposes 
    that employees and their designated 
    representatives, if applicable, must have 
    ``ways to be involved in developing, 
    implementing and evaluating each element of 
    the ergonomics program.'' Element of 
    ergonomics program refers to elements that 
    are required by this standard, as listed in 
    proposed section 1910.905. OSHA believes that 
    employees must be involved in these important 
    elements of an ergonomics program in order 
    for the program to be effective. For example, 
    when it comes to job hazard analysis and 
    control, no one knows the job better than the 
    employee(s) who does the job on a regular 
    basis. Employees are also most likely to have 
    valuable input regarding the most effective 
    and inexpensive solutions to MSD hazards 
    related to their jobs.
       For example, employees must have input in 
    the development, implementation, and 
    evaluation of ergonomic training programs, 
    where training is required under this 
    standard. Employees themselves are the best 
    advisors regarding effective training program 
    content and level of understanding for 
    sometimes complex training material. 
    Obviously, in workplaces where the primary 
    language of some of the employees to be 
    trained is not English, employees must play a 
    critical role in assuring that the training 
    material is presented in language that is 
    understood by the employees. In many cases, 
    that language will be English, because many 
    workers will have acquired a good 
    understanding of English. The standard 
    intends, however, that the training program 
    content be understood by all employees who 
    are required to receive training.
       Employees must also be involved in 
    evaluating the effectiveness of the 
    ergonomics program and the control measures 
    that are implemented. OSHA believes that the 
    employees who perform jobs that have MSD 
    hazards are in the best position to know 
    whether or not the ergonomics program and 
    control measures are effective as implemented 
    or if they need to be modified. To 
    effectively eliminate MSD hazards, employers 
    and employees must form a partnership, with 
    each contributing his or her unique expertise 
    to achieve the goals of the ergonomics 
    program.
    
    [[Page 65800]]
    
       The nature, form, and extent of how 
    employers must provide employees with 
    opportunities to participate will vary among 
    workplaces. Each workplace and workforce is 
    different, and what will be effective will 
    vary, depending on such factors as:
        The nature of the MSD hazards;
        The number and type of problem 
    jobs in the workplace;
        Past experience with employee 
    participation programs;
        The presence or absence of a 
    union;
        The general safety and health 
    culture of the workplace;
        Relevant state or local laws; and
        The employer's financial 
    resources.
    
    OSHA proposes to provide great latitude to 
    each employer, in consultation with 
    employees, to find the optimal means for 
    achieving the participation required by this 
    proposed standard in their workplace.
    
    
    Hazard Information and Reporting 
    (Secs. 1910.914-1910.916)
    
       Proposed sections 1910.914-1910.916 would 
    require employers whose employees work in 
    manufacturing or manual handling operations, 
    or in jobs in which a covered MSD has 
    occurred, to provide employees in those jobs 
    with basic information about musculoskeletal 
    disorders (MSDs), including their signs and 
    symptoms and how to recognize them. Some 
    signs and symptoms of MSD problems are 
    obvious, such as trigger finger, while 
    others, such as the early stages of 
    tendinitis, may be more subtle. However, 
    explaining the nature of the problem, the 
    characteristic signs and symptoms, and the 
    importance of early reporting is a necessary 
    component of any ergonomics program.
       The proposed requirements in these 
    sections are designed to ensure that 
    employers with high-risk employees, such as 
    those in manual handling and manufacturing 
    jobs, have a system in place that will 
    respond appropriately if a covered MSD is 
    reported. In order for employees to report 
    the first signs or symptoms of an MSD, they 
    must recognize those signs and symptoms and 
    understand the urgency of reporting them to 
    the employer promptly. To achieve this end, 
    the proposed rule requires employers to 
    establish a system that includes an MSD 
    reporting system. These sections also require 
    that employers provide pertinent information 
    to employees in problem jobs; this 
    information must address the signs and 
    symptoms of MSDs and common MSD hazards.
       These sections stress the importance of 
    early reporting to ensure that employees with 
    MSD signs or symptoms receive help before 
    serious damage occurs. Additionally, the 
    early reporting of MSDs helps to avoid the 
    development of MSD signs or symptoms in other 
    employees in the workplace in the same job. 
    Receiving reports from employees and 
    reviewing available information is an easy 
    and straightforward way to identify problem 
    jobs. For example, employers who follow up on 
    employee reports of MSD signs or symptoms, 
    such as undue strain, localized fatigue, 
    discomfort, or pain that does not go away 
    after overnight rest will be able to take 
    preventive action at the earliest stages.
       OSHA's proposed reporting system is a tool 
    for secondary prevention of MSDs. Its purpose 
    is to identify employees with covered MSDs 
    before they would otherwise seek health care 
    for their signs or symptoms. Thus, by design, 
    the reporting system should be highly 
    sensitive, i.e., identify both those 
    employees who definitely have a covered MSD 
    as well as those who, upon further 
    evaluation, are found not to have a covered 
    MSD. OSHA believes this approach is 
    appropriate because certain requirements of 
    this proposed rule are triggered by the 
    occurrence of a covered MSD. Reporting all 
    signs or symptoms of MSDs will help to ensure 
    that covered MSDs are properly identified.
       It is important to note that reporting of 
    all signs or symptoms of MSDs through this 
    system does not mean that all of these cases 
    will turn out, on further investigation, to 
    be OSHA recordable cases. Once an employee 
    reports signs or symptoms of an MSD, his or 
    her case would need to be evaluated for OSHA 
    recordability. If the case is determined to 
    be an OSHA recordable MSD and in addition 
    meets the screening criteria (see 
    Sec. 1910.902), it is a covered MSD as 
    defined by the proposed standard.
       The information that employers would be 
    required to provide to employees under these 
    sections is general information about MSDs 
    and common MSD hazards. This information, for 
    example, would not have to be specific about 
    the precise conditions or MSD hazards of a 
    particular job. Job-specific training that 
    results from a job hazard analysis is only 
    required if the requirements in the sections 
    that address training (Secs. 1910.9 23-928) 
    are triggered by the occurrence of a covered 
    MSD. Examples of the ``big picture'' 
    information that would be required by section 
    1910.915 include: general hazards associated 
    with MSDs; what musculoskeletal disorders are 
    and the signs and symptoms they cause; the 
    importance of early reporting of MSD signs 
    and symptoms to full recovery; and 
    information about the systems in place to 
    handle employee reporting of MSD signs and 
    symptoms. The intent of this section is to 
    make employees aware of MSDs and common MSD 
    hazards.
       In debates over the OSH Act before its 
    passage, Senator Williams stressed that the 
    hidden nature of harmful physical agents made 
    employee awareness of these hazards 
    critically important to providing them with 
    adequate protection from excessive exposure 
    (Legislative History, at 415). MSD hazards 
    are an example of harmful physical agents. 
    This observation continues to be true today, 
    and is particularly apparent in the case of 
    MSDs, which are widely underreported, in part 
    because neither employers nor employees make 
    the link between workplace risk factors and 
    the signs and symptoms of MSDs.
       Section 1910.914  What is my basic 
    obligation?
    
      You must set up a way for employees to 
    report MSD signs and symptoms and to get 
    prompt responses. You must evaluate employee 
    reports of MSD signs and symptoms to 
    determine whether a covered MSD has occurred. 
    You must periodically provide information to 
    employees that explains how to identify and 
    report MSD signs and symptoms.
    
       Proposed section 1910.914 informs 
    employers of what they are required to do to 
    facilitate employee reporting of MSD signs 
    and symptoms. There are three proposed 
    obligations under this section. First, 
    employers would be required to: ``set up a 
    way for employees to report MSD signs and 
    symptoms and to get prompt responses.'' By 
    using the word ``way,'' OSHA has created 
    flexibility for employers to use either 
    formal or informal approaches to establishing 
    a reporting system. Large employers may 
    decide that a formal system of reporting that 
    includes written documentation is appropriate 
    to ensure that nothing falls through the 
    cracks. Employers with fewer than 10 
    employees, on the other hand, may find that 
    oral reporting systems are adequate. Many 
    employers may already have reporting systems 
    in place that can be adapted to accommodate 
    the requirements of the proposed Ergonomics 
    Program standard. However, regardless of how 
    methods are tailored to meet the needs
    
    [[Page 65801]]
    
    of a specific workplace and workforce, the 
    process must be systematic and accessible to 
    all employees.
       The MSD signs and symptoms to be reported 
    are defined in the section of this standard 
    that covers key terms (Sec. 1910.945). Signs 
    of MSDs are defined as ``objective physical 
    findings that an employee may be developing 
    an MSD.'' Examples of signs of MSDs include:
        Decreased range of motion;
        Decreased grip strength;
        Loss of function; and
        Deformity.
    Symptoms of MSDs are more subjective physical 
    experiences that an employee may report that 
    indicate he or she may be developing an MSD. 
    Examples of MSD symptoms in the affected body 
    part include:
        Numbness;
        Burning;
        Pain;
        Cramping;
        Tingling; and
        Stiffness.
    
    Symptoms can vary in their severity, 
    depending on the amount of exposure an 
    employee has had. Often symptoms may appear 
    gradually and be evidenced as muscle fatigue 
    or pain at work that disappears during rest. 
    Usually symptoms become more severe as 
    exposure continues. For example, at first 
    tingling may continue during rest, then 
    numbness or pain may make it difficult to 
    perform the job, and finally pain may be so 
    severe that the employee is unable to perform 
    physical work activities.
       There are several reasons why OSHA 
    believes the proposed reporting system is 
    important for a successful ergonomics 
    program. First, an important trigger in this 
    proposed standard is the occurrence of an 
    MSD. In order for an employer to be made 
    aware of MSDs in his or her workplace, 
    employees must have a mechanism for reporting 
    this information. Second, if an accessible 
    reporting system is not made available to 
    employees, they will be discouraged from 
    reporting MSD signs and symptoms and the 
    ergonomics program will fail. A reporting 
    system that is well-known to employees is one 
    way to ensure employee participation in the 
    ergonomics program.
       Section 1910.914 further proposes that 
    ``you must evaluate employee reports of MSD 
    signs and symptoms to determine whether a 
    covered MSD has occurred.'' This requirement 
    has been written to allow maximum flexibility 
    for employers. In order to determine whether 
    an employee who has experienced MSD signs or 
    symptoms actually has a covered MSD, many 
    employers will choose to have employees who 
    report MSD signs or symptoms evaluated by an 
    ergonomist or health care professional. Other 
    employers will use ergonomics committee 
    members or other staff with appropriate 
    training. Some employers may have a health 
    care professional available on-site for 
    employee evaluations, and others may use a 
    contract provider to whom employees are 
    referred. Regardless of who does this 
    evaluation, employers would be required to 
    take reports of MSD signs or symptoms 
    seriously and to provide employees, when 
    appropriate, with early assessment and access 
    to prompt and effective evaluation at no cost 
    to the employees. When the occurrence of a 
    covered MSD is confirmed, employers would be 
    responsible for providing MSD management of 
    that MSD to the affected employee. Proposed 
    employer obligations for MSD management are 
    found in sections 1910.929-1910.935 and are 
    discussed below in connection with those 
    sections of the proposed standard.
       As part of their basic obligation, 
    employers would also be required to 
    ``periodically provide information to 
    employees that explains how to identify and 
    report MSD signs and symptoms.'' The 
    information that would be required to be 
    communicated to fulfill the basic obligation 
    under this section (Sec. 1910.914) differs 
    from the information to be provided through 
    the training provisions contained in sections 
    1910.923-1910.928 of the proposed rule. The 
    information to be shared with employees under 
    this section is general information related 
    to MSDs, MSD hazards, and the ergonomics 
    program. Employees need access to this 
    information in order to be alert to the onset 
    of MSD signs or symptoms and to effectively 
    participate in the ergonomics program, as 
    well as to protect themselves while at work.
       In order to provide employers with maximum 
    flexibility, the time intervals for these 
    activities have not been specified in the 
    proposed rule. However, in the section on key 
    terms in this standard (Sec. 1910.945), OSHA 
    states that ``periodically means that a 
    process or activity, such as records review 
    or training, is performed on a regular basis 
    that is appropriate for the conditions in the 
    workplace.'' By using the term ``regular 
    basis,'' OSHA provides employers with a 
    flexible definition that is adaptable to an 
    employer's specific situation. OSHA proposes 
    that information for employees be provided 
    periodically because retention of information 
    diminishes over time.
       The section on key terms in this standard, 
    Sec. 1910.945, further defines 
    ``periodically'' to mean ``that the process 
    or activity is conducted as often as needed, 
    such as when significant changes are made in 
    the workplace that may result in increased 
    exposure to MSD hazards.'' Examples of 
    significant changes in the workplace include 
    the introduction of new equipment, new 
    processes, or new production demands that may 
    increase the likelihood that employees will 
    be exposed to MSD hazards.
       Section 1910.915  What information must I 
    provide to employees?
    
      You must provide this information to 
    current and new employees:
      (a) Common MSD hazards;
      (b) The signs and symptoms of MSDs, and the 
    importance of reporting them early;
      (c) How to report MSD signs and symptoms; 
    and
      (d) A summary of the requirements of this 
    standard.
    
       Proposed section 1910.915 informs 
    employers of the specific information they 
    must provide to current and new employees in 
    manufacturing operations, manual handling 
    operations and other jobs with covered MSDs. 
    The provision of this information to 
    employees is necessary to facilitate their 
    active participation in the ergonomics 
    program. Additionally, since the 
    identification of problem jobs is triggered 
    by employee reporting of a covered MSD, 
    informed employees are critical to assure the 
    accuracy of the reporting system, regardless 
    of whether the system is written or oral.
       OSHA considers ``current'' employees to be 
    those in either manufacturing operations, 
    manual handling operations, or other problem 
    jobs at the time this standard becomes 
    effective. ``New'' employees include newly 
    hired employees, as well as those who are new 
    to manufacturing and manual handling 
    operations or other jobs with covered MSDs, 
    but not necessarily new to the company.
    
    [[Page 65802]]
    
       At a minimum, OSHA would require that 
    employers provide their employees with 
    information that covers four topics. First, 
    proposed paragraph (a) would require that 
    employers provide information to current and 
    new employees in manufacturing operations, 
    manual handling operations, and other jobs 
    with covered MSDs so they know about the 
    ``common MSD hazards.'' By using the word 
    ``common'' OSHA means general, as opposed to 
    job specific, MSD hazards.
       Second, as stated in paragraph (b), 
    employees must know ``the signs and symptoms 
    of MSDs, and the importance of reporting them 
    early.'' A discussion of MSD signs and 
    symptoms and the importance of early 
    reporting can be found in the summary and 
    explanation of section 1910.914.
       The ultimate goal of early reporting of 
    signs and symptoms is to identify MSDs while 
    they are still reversible in order to prevent 
    pain, suffering, and disability due to MSD 
    hazards. Such a goal creates a win-win 
    environment for both employers and employees. 
    Employees are assured that their health and 
    safety will be protected, and employers will 
    benefit from the decreased occurrence and 
    costs of covered MSDs in their workforce.
       Third, proposed paragraph (c) would 
    require employers to provide information to 
    their employees in manufacturing operations, 
    manual handling operations and other jobs 
    with covered MSDs so they know how to report 
    MSD signs and symptoms. OSHA does not specify 
    how this information must be shared. It can 
    be communicated either in writing or orally, 
    depending on the nature of the work 
    environment. However, employers must be sure 
    that their affected employees understand how 
    to access this reporting system. This 
    requirement complements the obligation set 
    forth in section 1910.914, which states that 
    employers must set up a way for employees to 
    report MSD signs and symptoms.
       Fourth, proposed paragraph (d) would 
    require employers to provide ``a summary of 
    the requirements of this standard'' to their 
    employees in manufacturing operations, manual 
    handling operations, and other jobs with 
    covered MSDs. OSHA believes that employees 
    are entitled to information about the 
    ergonomic program elements and specific 
    requirements contained in this standard. 
    Moreover, employees must have this 
    information to meaningfully participate in 
    the ergonomics program.
       OSHA believes that there are many 
    practical ways that employers would be able 
    to accomplish these proposed requirements. 
    One method that aids the understanding of 
    somewhat technical information is to allow 
    employees an opportunity to ask questions 
    about information presented to them and 
    receive answers to their questions. There are 
    many ways that question and answer sessions 
    can be incorporated into the work schedule. 
    Examples include question and answer sessions 
    that are: organized classroom style; part of 
    regularly scheduled meetings with employees 
    and their supervisors; an outgrowth of 
    informal talks with employees; and 
    incorporated into safety meetings. OSHA 
    believes that merely arranging for employees 
    to view a videotape on common MSD hazards, 
    without an opportunity for discussion or 
    questions and answers, is unlikely to ensure 
    that the necessary information has been 
    effectively communicated.
       Another method critical to employee 
    understanding of information related to 
    common MSD hazards and the signs and symptoms 
    of MSDs is to provide the information in the 
    language and at levels the employees 
    comprehend. Commercially available 
    information related to common MSD hazards and 
    MSD signs and symptoms is often available in 
    languages other than English and at various 
    comprehension levels. When purchasing 
    prepared informational materials, employers 
    must consider language and comprehension when 
    making their selections. For employers with 
    predominantly non-English speaking workers, 
    an effective alternative to commercially 
    prepared informational material may be 
    selecting and training a worker who speaks 
    both English and the predominant language of 
    the workforce to deliver MSD hazard 
    information. For employers with workers who 
    cannot read, employers would be required to 
    provide information orally or through visual 
    displays or graphics.
       OSHA recognizes that retention periods for 
    information, especially technical 
    information, can sometimes be short, and that 
    it often takes multiple presentations of 
    information before it is effectively 
    understood, processed, and applied. 
    Therefore, OSHA would expect employers to be 
    creative in meeting these proposed 
    obligations. Some additional ideas that 
    employers may consider include: posting 
    information in conspicuous locations as a 
    continuous reminder; frequently changing the 
    message conveyed in the posted information so 
    that it doesn't become stale and invisible; 
    using plain language and terms to communicate 
    the information; incorporating visually 
    appealing pictures or displays; and setting 
    up interactive displays of model work 
    stations so employees can experiment with 
    equipment while they are not engaged in 
    production or service provision.
       Section 1910.916  What must I do to set up 
    a reporting system?
    
      You must:
      (a) Identify at least one person to receive 
    and respond to employee reports, and to take 
    the action this standard requires.
      (b) Promptly respond to employee reports of 
    MSD signs or symptoms in accordance with this 
    standard.
    
       Proposed section 1910.916 advises 
    employers of what they must ``do to set up a 
    reporting system.'' This section contains two 
    requirements that employers must meet. First, 
    proposed paragraph (a) would require that 
    employers ``identify at least one person to 
    receive and respond to employee reports, and 
    to take the action this standard requires.'' 
    These proposed requirements provide 
    additional support and encouragement for 
    employees to report MSD signs and symptoms. 
    If employees are expected to report MSD signs 
    and symptoms, there must be at least one 
    person assigned the responsibility to receive 
    and respond to the reports and act upon them.
       The employer may decide who the person or 
    persons to receive such reports should be and 
    how many persons are needed. In many places 
    of employment, all front-line supervisors 
    have the responsibility to receive and 
    respond to reports of work-related injuries 
    and illness. In other workplaces, a safety 
    officer or safety committee has the 
    responsibility to receive and respond to such 
    reports. In still other companies an 
    occupational health nurse may be available to 
    receive and respond to reports of MSD signs 
    and symptoms.
       Small employers, on the other hand, may 
    choose to carry out these responsibilities 
    themselves instead of delegating them to 
    others. For example, a small employer could 
    simply make sure that all employees are 
    encouraged to report MSD signs and symptoms 
    directly to him or her. In response to those 
    reports, that same small employer would then 
    also be the designated individual to ensure 
    that the appropriate action, as required by 
    this standard, is initiated when the employee 
    has a covered MSD. In the proposed standard 
    the
    
    [[Page 65803]]
    
    choice of designee is left to the employer, 
    because OSHA recognizes that various 
    employers may elect to implement this 
    provision differently.
       Second, proposed paragraph (b) of this 
    section would require employers to `` 
    promptly respond to employee reports of MSD 
    signs or symptoms in accordance with this 
    standard.'' The summary and explanation for 
    most of this requirement has been previously 
    discussed in section 1910.914, which covers 
    the employer's basic obligation. Any employee 
    reports of MSD signs or symptoms must be 
    taken seriously by the employer; if a covered 
    MSD has occurred, the employee's job is a 
    problem job, and the employer must then 
    comply with the job hazard analysis and 
    control provisions of sections 1910.917 
    through 1910.922. Such reports may also 
    indicate that an element(s) of the ergonomics 
    program is not properly functioning. Thus, 
    employers must critically evaluate employee 
    reports of MSD signs or symptoms and 
    determine what actions must be taken to 
    comply with the requirements of this proposed 
    Ergonomics Program standard.
    
    
    Job Hazard Analysis and Control 
    (Secs. 1910.917-1910.922)
    
       This part of the Summary and Explanation 
    discusses the proposed requirements for Job 
    Hazard Analysis and Control (Secs. 1910.917-
    1910.922). It describes the proposed 
    requirements, provides information on the 
    process of job hazard analysis and control, 
    and presents examples of controls that have 
    been used effectively by employers to 
    eliminate or materially reduce MSD hazards.
       Job hazard analysis and control is the 
    heart of any ergonomics program because it is 
    the first step in eliminating or materially 
    reducing MSD hazards. Through job hazard 
    analysis, employers identify and assess where 
    and how employees' physical capabilities have 
    been exceeded in a given job. It does this by 
    identifying what aspects of the physical work 
    activities and conditions of the job and what 
    ergonomics risk factors may be causing or 
    contributing to the MSD hazards.
       Once MSD hazards have been identified, the 
    next step is to eliminate or control them. An 
    effective hazard control process involves 
    identifying and implementing control measures 
    to obtain an adequate balance between worker 
    capabilities and work requirements so that 
    MSDs are not reasonably likely to occur 
    (Karwowski and Salvendy, Ergonomics in 
    Manufacturing, 1998, Ex. 26-1419).
       OSHA is proposing a flexible approach to 
    the analysis and control of MSD hazards. A 
    flexible approach helps to ensure that the 
    required job hazard analysis and control 
    process is appropriate for a diverse range of 
    employers and is applicable to a variety of 
    different jobs. For example, OSHA believes 
    that both small and large employers will be 
    able to use the job hazard analysis and 
    control provisions of the standard and will 
    be able to comply with them.
       Section 1910.917  What is my basic 
    obligation?
    
      You must analyze the problem job to 
    identify the ``ergonomic risk factors'' that 
    result in MSD hazards. You must eliminate the 
    MSD hazards, reduce them to the extent 
    feasible, or materially reduce them using the 
    incremental abatement process in this 
    standard. If you show that the MSD hazards 
    only pose a risk to the employee with the 
    covered MSD, you may limit the job hazard 
    analysis and control to that individual 
    employee's job.
    
       OSHA is proposing that employers analyze 
    jobs in which a covered MSD is reported. (In 
    the proposed rule these jobs are called 
    ``problem jobs.'') If employers determine, 
    through the job hazard analysis, that there 
    are physical work activities and work 
    conditions in the problem job that are 
    reasonably likely to be causing or 
    contributing to the covered MSD, they would 
    be required to implement controls to achieve 
    one of these control endpoints: eliminate MSD 
    hazards, reduce hazards to the extent 
    feasible, or materially reduce the hazard 
    (following the incremental abatement process 
    in Sec. 1910.922). (The control endpoints in 
    this basic obligation section would also 
    apply to those ergonomics programs that might 
    be grandfathered in under Sec. 1910.908.)
    
    
    1. Covered MSDs
    
       OSHA is proposing to limit employers' 
    obligation to analyze and control MSD hazard 
    requirements to jobs in which covered MSDs 
    have been reported after the date the 
    Ergonomics Program Standard becomes 
    effective. This means that the only employers 
    who would have to analyze and control jobs 
    are those who have determined that a covered 
    MSD has occurred in their workplace.
       Many stakeholders support limiting job 
    hazard analysis and control to jobs in which 
    there is an identified MSD hazard, such as an 
    injury (Exs. 3-56, 3-99, 3-114, 3-133, 3-161, 
    26-1370). Other stakeholders suggested that 
    an ergonomics rule should require employers 
    to analyze and control any job in which 
    employees are exposed to MSD hazards (Exs. 3-
    141, 3-183, 3-184). OSHA requests comment on 
    whether job hazard analysis and control 
    should be limited to jobs with covered MSDs 
    or expanded to include jobs in which 
    employees are exposed to MSD hazards, even if 
    no injuries have been reported.
    
    
    2. Problem Jobs
    
       OSHA is proposing that employers must do 
    hazard analysis and control in problem jobs. 
    The requirement that employers analyze jobs 
    with covered MSDs is not limited to the 
    injured employee's job or workstation. It 
    also includes the workstations of others in 
    that job in the establishment who are exposed 
    to the same physical work activities and 
    conditions and thus the same MSD hazards. If 
    the job is performed on more than one work 
    shift in the establishment, the analysis must 
    include employees from the other shifts who 
    are to exposed the same physical work 
    activities and conditions and thus the same 
    MSD hazards. Including in the analysis other 
    employees who perform the same physical work 
    activities is an important proactive measure 
    for preventing other employees from 
    developing the type of MSD that has already 
    occurred at least once among employees who 
    are doing the same type of tasks. (However, 
    the employer would not be required to analyze 
    the same job performed at other 
    establishments of the company.)
       OSHA is proposing that the analysis must 
    include all jobs involving the same physical 
    work activities and conditions as those where 
    a covered MSD has occurred, regardless of 
    whether those jobs have the same job title. 
    Using job titles/classifications to determine 
    which jobs are analyzed is not necessarily 
    relevant in terms of safety and health 
    concerns. First, jobs involving the same 
    physical work activities and conditions may 
    have different titles if there are working 
    supervisors/managers, a seniority system, or 
    different work shifts. For example, 
    ``Fabricator II'' on the overnight shift may 
    be performing the same physical work 
    activities as ``Junior Fabricator'' or 
    ``Apprentice Fabricator'' on the day shift. 
    If so, they all may be at increased risk of 
    developing an MSD.
       Second, relying on job titles may group 
    together employees who have the same title 
    but whose jobs are quite different. For 
    example, all ``assembler'' jobs on an auto 
    assembly line may not involve the same 
    physical work activities or conditions. One 
    assembler may bolt on a door, another puts on 
    the bumper, while the third one installs the
    
    [[Page 65804]]
    
    dashboard. Analyzing these jobs as one group 
    may not be helpful because the physical work 
    activities may be so different that the 
    employees are not exposed to the same risk 
    factors and, as a result, the same controls 
    will not work.
       Although employees in jobs in the 
    workplace must be included in job hazard 
    analysis if their jobs involve the same 
    physical work activities and conditions, OSHA 
    recognizes that jobs may not have the same 
    activities and conditions just because 
    employees use the same equipment or are 
    working on the same product. For example, 
    employees do not have to be included if their 
    physical work activities differ in terms of 
    activities and conditions. For example, VDT 
    users may not be considered to be in the same 
    job where one user does inputting for more 
    than 4 hours a day at a modular VDT 
    workstation and the other uses the VDT on the 
    desk only to read and send e-mail messages. 
    These two employees have significantly 
    different levels of exposure to ergonomic 
    risk factors. The fact that employees are 
    working on the same motorcycle assembly line 
    does not necessarily mean they are performing 
    the same assembly job. One employee on that 
    line may be screwing on the shock absorbers, 
    where he is exposed to awkward postures and 
    force, while another employee is exposed to 
    forceful lifting and lowering while putting 
    on the wheels.
       On the other side of the same job issue, 
    where employers show that the problem is 
    limited to the employee who reported the MSD, 
    they may limit job hazard analysis and 
    control to addressing the MSD hazards that 
    are affecting that individual employee. They 
    also may limit the remaining elements of 
    their program, such as training, to that 
    individual employee.
       Evidence in the record suggests that there 
    are likely to be situations in which the 
    physical work activities or conditions only 
    pose a risk to the reporting employee. For 
    example, an employee in a commercial bakery 
    may report a back or shoulder MSD related to 
    extended reaches involved in sorting rolls. 
    However, other employees who have performed 
    the job for several years do not have (and 
    never have had) difficulties performing the 
    physical work activities of the job. In this 
    case, an employer might conclude that the 
    problem is limited to the injured employee. 
    In this situation, the employer could limit 
    the response (e.g., analysis, control, 
    training) to physical work activities and 
    conditions confronting that injured employee.
       Another example might involve 
    manufacturing assembly line job where an 
    employee is much shorter than other 
    employees. The employee reports persistent 
    shoulder and elbow pain, which the employer 
    observes is caused by having to reach higher 
    than the other employees to perform the job 
    tasks. This may also be an appropriate case 
    for the employer to focus the analysis and 
    control efforts on the employee who reported 
    the problem.
       Section 1910.918  What must I do to 
    analyze a problem job?
      You must:
      (a) Include in the job hazard analysis all 
    of the employees in the problem job or those 
    who represent the range of physical 
    capabilities of employees in the job;
      (b) Ask the employees whether performing 
    the job poses physical difficulties, and, if 
    so, which physical work activities or 
    conditions of the job they associate with the 
    difficulties;
    
    * * * * *
       An ergonomics job hazard analysis is the 
    employer's process for pinpointing the work-
    related causes of MSDs. It involves examining 
    the workplace conditions and individual 
    elements or tasks of a job to identify and 
    assess the ergonomic risk factors that are 
    reasonably likely to be causing or 
    contributing to the reported MSDs (Ex. 26-2). 
    Job hazard analysis can also be a preventive 
    measure. That is, it is used to identify jobs 
    and job tasks where MSDs and MSD hazards are 
    reasonably likely to develop in the future.
       Job hazard analysis is an essential 
    element in the effective control of MSD 
    hazards. In many situations, the causes of 
    MSD hazards are apparent after discussions 
    with the employee and observation of the job, 
    but in other jobs the causes may not be 
    readily apparent. In part, this is because 
    most MSD hazards involve exposure to a 
    combination of risk factors (i.e., 
    multifactoral hazard). For example, it may 
    not be clear in a repetitive motion job 
    whether exposure to repetition, force or 
    awkward postures is the risk factor that is 
    causing the problem.
       The job hazard analysis is also important 
    to pinpoint where the risk of harm exists and 
    to rule out aspects of the job that do not 
    put employees at risk. In this sense, a job 
    hazard analysis is an efficient way to help 
    employers focus their resources on the most 
    likely causes of the problem so that the 
    control strategy they select has a reasonable 
    expectation of eliminating or materially 
    reducing the MSD hazards. It also provides 
    employers with the information they need to 
    target their efforts to those jobs or tasks 
    that may pose the most severe problems.
       In this proposed standard, the job hazard 
    analysis also serves another purpose. It is a 
    systematic method for confirming whether the 
    employer's initial determination that the MSD 
    is work-related was correct. This is an 
    important step for those employers whose 
    ergonomics programs include early 
    intervention when employees report MSDs. For 
    example, a number of employers said that they 
    provide MSD management first (i.e., immediate 
    restricted work activity whenever an employee 
    reports MSD signs or symptoms), and afterward 
    look to see whether they need to take action 
    to fix the job. For these employers, the job 
    hazard analysis includes two parts: first, 
    after careful examination the employee is 
    determined by the analysis to be exposed to 
    ergonomic risk factors to the extent that a 
    covered MSD is reasonably likely to occur; 
    and second, the employers has determined that 
    no job fix is needed. The job hazard analysis 
    steps in such a case help employers who have 
    an effective reporting and MSD management 
    system and who have relied on a preliminary 
    determination to trigger medical intervention 
    not to go further than is necessary to 
    address the hazard.
       The proposed rule does not require that 
    employers use a particular method for 
    identifying and analyzing MSD hazards. 
    Employers are free to select the method or 
    process that best fits the conditions of 
    their workplaces, and there are many 
    different approaches currently in use (see, 
    for example, Exs. 26-2, 26-5). Some employers 
    use simple and fairly informal procedures to 
    analyze their problem jobs. This is 
    especially true for employers who have only 
    limited or isolated problems. For example, 
    the United States General Accounting Office 
    reported that the job hazard analysis process 
    for the ergonomics programs they reviewed 
    often focused only on the particular job 
    element that was thought to be the problem 
    (Ex. 26-5). For other employers, the process 
    may be very detailed or more formalized. For 
    example, their process may include job-task 
    breakdown, videotaping or photographing the 
    job, job or hazard checklists, employee 
    questionnaires, use of measuring tools, or 
    biomechanical calculations (Ex. 26-2). For 
    example, checklists, together with other 
    screening methods such as walk-through 
    observational surveys, and worker and
    
    [[Page 65805]]
    
    supervisory interviews, employee symptom or 
    discomfort surveys, are recognized ergonomic 
    evaluation methods (Exs. 26-2, 26-3, ANSI Z-
    365 Draft, 1997, Ex. 26-1264). A few of these 
    methods are described in this section. 
    Information on other methods of job hazard 
    analysis are included in the public docket of 
    this rulemaking. (Exs. 26-2, 26-5). According 
    to this information and stakeholder comments, 
    the job hazard analysis methods employers use 
    have the following steps or activities in 
    common. OSHA has designed the proposed job 
    hazard analysis requirements around these 
    steps:
    
       Obtaining information about the 
    specific tasks or actions the job involves;
       Obtaining information about the 
    job and problems in it from employees who 
    perform the job;
       Observing the job;
       Identifying specific job factors; 
    and
       Evaluating those factors (e.g., 
    duration, frequency and magnitude) to 
    determine whether they are causing or 
    contributing to the problem (Ex. 26-2, 26-5, 
    26-1370).
    
       The proposed rule requires that the hazard 
    analysis and control of problem jobs be 
    conducted by person(s) who have received 
    training in the process of analyzing and 
    controlling MSD hazards (See Sec. 1910.925).
    
    
    1. Paragraph (a)
    
       Paragraph (a) of proposed Sec. 1910.918 
    would require that, if the employer does not 
    show that the MSD hazards only pose a risk to 
    the employee who has the covered MSD, the 
    employer must do a job hazard analysis for 
    other employees in the problem job as well as 
    for the injured employee. Doing a job hazard 
    analysis for all employees in a problem job 
    ensures that employers have available the 
    most complete information about the causes of 
    the problem when they are identifying and 
    assessing ways to control MSD hazards. Having 
    this information also helps to ensure that 
    the controls employers select will eliminate 
    or materially reduce MSD hazards for all 
    employees in the job.
       At the same time, OSHA is aware that 
    conducting a job hazard analysis that covers 
    all employees in a problem job may be 
    burdensome for some employers. For example, 
    some employers may have large numbers of 
    employees who perform the same job at one 
    workplace (e.g., telephone operators, 
    customer service representatives, catalog 
    sales representatives, data processors, 
    nurses aides, package handlers, sorting and 
    delivery persons). Conducting a job hazard 
    analysis for each one of these employees 
    could be time and resource intensive. In 
    addition, if the controls are likely to be 
    the same for all of the employees in a 
    particular job, continuing to conduct job 
    hazard analyses after a certain point may 
    have diminishing returns.
       Doing job hazard analysis for all 
    employees also may be difficult in jobs that 
    do not have fixed workstations (e.g., 
    beverage delivery, package delivery, 
    furniture moving, appliance delivery, home 
    repair, visiting nurse, home health aide). 
    Some of these jobs may have constantly 
    changing work conditions, all of which it may 
    not be possible to analyze.
       Therefore, OSHA is proposing in paragraph 
    (a) that employers not be required to conduct 
    a job hazard analysis for each employee in a 
    problem job. Under the Ergonomics Program 
    Standard, employers would be allowed to limit 
    the number of employees' jobs that they 
    analyze, provided that the jobs they do 
    analyze represent the range of physical 
    capabilities of all of the employees who 
    currently are in the job. The intention of 
    this provision is to reduce the job hazard 
    analysis burdens on employers, who would 
    otherwise have to do many individual hazard 
    analyses, while at the same time ensuring 
    that the process accurately identifies and 
    does not underestimate the exposure of 
    employees to the MSD hazards in the problem 
    job.
       To ensure that the job hazard analysis is 
    an accurate estimate of exposure, employers 
    would be required to do a job hazard analysis 
    for a sufficient number of employees in the 
    job (from all work shifts) for the analysis 
    to be representative of all of the employees 
    in the problem job in terms of their physical 
    work activities. To illustrate, to get an 
    accurate estimate of exposure to MSD hazards 
    of all employees in an assembly line job, an 
    employer may have to include the following 
    employees in the hazard analysis group:
    
       Shortest employees in the job 
    because they are likely to have to make the 
    longest reaches or to have a working surface 
    that is too high,
       Tallest employees because they may 
    have to maintain the most excessive awkward 
    postures (e.g., leaning over the assembly 
    line, reaching down with the arms) while 
    performing tasks,
       Employees with the smallest hands 
    because they may have to exert considerably 
    more force to grip and operate hand and power 
    tools,
       Employees who work in the coldest 
    areas of the workplace because they may have 
    to exert more force to perform repetitive 
    motions, and
       Employees who wear bifocals 
    because they may be exposed to awkward 
    postures (e.g., bending neck back to see).
    
    
    2. Paragraph (b)--``Ask employees''
    
       Paragraph (b) of this section would 
    require employers to consult with employees 
    as part of the job hazard analysis process. 
    Talking or consulting with employees in a 
    problem job helps to ensure that the employer 
    has the complete picture about the problems 
    in a job, especially if the job hazard 
    analysis includes only a limited number of 
    employees. Where the job hazard analysis is 
    limited, consulting with all employees during 
    the hazard analysis and control process is an 
    effective way to gain employee acceptance and 
    minimize resistance to change when 
    implementing controls and job modifications 
    become necessary. Nonetheless, for the 
    reasons discussed in paragraph (a) of this 
    section, OSHA is not proposing to require 
    that employers consult with every employee 
    during the job hazard analysis process, 
    provided that employers consult with at least 
    those employees whose jobs are being 
    analyzed.
       Many employers have told OSHA that talking 
    with employees is a quick and easy way to 
    find out what kind of problems are in the job 
    (Ex. 26-1370). They said that talking with 
    employees is often the best way to identify 
    the causes of the problem and to identify the 
    most cost-effective solutions to it (Ex. 26-
    1370).
       Many stakeholders have said that employee 
    input at the job hazard analysis stage is 
    essential (Ex. 26-1370). A comment from 
    Johnson & Johnson sums up this opinion:
    
      Hazards cannot be addressed efficiently 
    without an accurate evaluation of the 
    situation. The line employee is one of the 
    best sources of this information * * * [they 
    are] local process experts (Ex. 3-232).
    
       Discussions with employers who have set up 
    ergonomics programs, pursuant to corporate 
    settlement agreements with OSHA, also confirm 
    the necessity of employee input in the
    
    [[Page 65806]]
    
    job hazard analysis (Ex. 26-1420). A number 
    of these employers said that employees need 
    to be involved in the analysis and control 
    process because ``no one knows the job better 
    than the person who does it'' (Ex. 26-1420). 
    Other stakeholders echo this belief, saying 
    that employees have the best understanding of 
    what it takes to perform each task in a job, 
    and thus, what parts of the job are the 
    hardest to perform or pose the biggest 
    difficulties:
    
      ``Job analysis should include input from 
    the workers themselves. The employees can 
    best tell what conditions cause them pain, 
    discomfort, and injuries. They often have 
    easy and practical suggestions on how such 
    problems can be alleviated.'' American 
    Federation of State, County and Municipal 
    Employees (Ex. 3-164).
    
       Involving employees, in addition to 
    helping to ensure that the job hazard 
    analysis is correct, can make the job hazard 
    analysis and control process more efficient. 
    Employees can help employers pinpoint the 
    causes of problems more quickly and, 
    according to a number of stakeholders, 
    employees often come up with some of the best 
    practical, no-cost or cost-effective, 
    solutions (Ex. 26-1370). The American Health 
    Care Association agrees:
    
      Employers and employees alike who work in 
    the industry are in the best possible 
    position to identify risk factors in their 
    workplace and to develop prevention methods 
    that concentrate on the significant problems 
    unique to their particular industry's 
    environment (Ex. 3-112).
    
       There are many different ways in which 
    employers can comply with the requirement to 
    ask employees about the problem job, and OSHA 
    does not intend to require employers to use a 
    certain method. Employers are free to use any 
    method to get information from employees 
    about the problems in the job. Employers may 
    do something as simple as informally talking 
    with employees while observing the job being 
    performed. Consulting with employees in the 
    problem job can be made part of a regular 
    staff or production meeting or ``toolbox 
    chat.'' Employers may ask employees through 
    surveys/questionnaires and more formal 
    employee interviews. Many employers have 
    developed very effective tools for gathering 
    important job information from employees who 
    do the job.
    
      AMP Inc., a manufacturer of electronic 
    components, with 300 employees, uses a one-
    page ``Ergonomic Evaluation Form'' that asks 
    employees to answer simple ``yes/no'' 
    questions about the employee's ease and 
    comfort when performing certain job tasks. 
    After the company's ergonomics team 
    (comprised of line employees) reviews the 
    form, a member of the team interviews the 
    employee. (Ex. 26-5).
    
       Paragraph (b) would require that employers 
    ask employees whether performing the job 
    poses physical difficulties. This language 
    should not be interpreted as requiring 
    employers to conduct symptom or discomfort 
    surveys. Rather, the intention of this 
    provision is for employers to ask employees 
    to help identify the physical work 
    activities, job conditions and ergonomic risk 
    factors that may be making the job difficult 
    to perform.
       Section 1910.918  What must I do to 
    analyze a problem job?
    
      You must:
    
     * * * * *
      (c) Observe the employees performing the 
    job to identify which of the following 
    physical work activities, workplace 
    conditions and ergonomic risk factors are 
    present:
    
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
      PHYSICAL WORK ACTIVITIES
           AND CONDITIONS         ERGONOMIC RISK FACTORS THAT MAY BE PRESENT
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    (1) Exerting considerable    (i) Force
     physical effort to          (ii) Awkward postures
     complete a motion           (iii) Contact stress
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    (2) Doing same motion over   (i) Repetition
     and over again              (ii) Force
                                 (iii) Awkward postures
                                 (iv) Cold temperatures
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    (3) Performing motions       (i) Repetition
     constantly without short    (ii) Force
     pauses or breaks in         (iii) Awkward postures
     between                     (iv) Static postures
                                 (v) Contact stress
                                 (vi) Vibration
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    (4) Performing tasks that    (i) Awkward postures
     involve long reaches        (ii) Static postures
                                 (iii) Force
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    (5) Working surfaces are     (i) Awkward postures
     too high or too low         (ii) Static postures
                                 (iii) Force
                                 (iv) Contact stress
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    (6) Maintaining same         (i) Awkward posture
     position or posture while   (ii) Static postures
     performing tasks            (iii) Force
                                 (iv) Cold temperatures
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    (7) Sitting for a long time  (i) Awkward posture
                                 (ii) Static postures
                                 (iii) Contact stress
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    (8) Using hand and power     (i) Force
     tools                       (ii) Awkward postures
                                 (iii) Static postures
                                 (iv) Contact stress
                                 (v) Vibration
                                 (vi) Cold temperatures
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    (9) Vibrating working        (i) Vibration
     surfaces, machinery or      (ii) Force
     vehicles                    (iii) Cold temperatures
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    (10) Workstation edges or    (i) Contact stress
     objects press hard into
     muscles or tendons
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    (11) Using hand as a hammer  (i) Contact stress
                                 (ii) Force
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    (12) Using hands or body as  (i) Force
     a clamp to hold object      (ii) Static postures
     while performing tasks      (iii) Awkward postures
                                 (iv) Contact stress
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    (13) Gloves are bulky, too   (i) Force
     large or too small          (ii) Contact stress
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    [[Page 65807]]
    
     
                                 MANUAL HANDLING
               (Lifting/lowering, pushing/pulling, and carrying)
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    (14) Objects or people       (i) Force
     moved are heavy             (ii) Repetition
                                 (iii) Awkward postures
                                 (iv) Static postures
                                 (v) Contact stress
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    (15) Horizontal reach is     (i) Force
     long (Distance of hands     (ii) Repetition
     from body to grasp object   (iii) Awkward postures
     to be handled)              (iv) Static postures
                                 (v) Contact stress
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    (16) Vertical reach is       (i) Force
     below knees or above the    (ii) Repetition
     shoulders (Distance of      (iii) Awkward postures
     hands above the ground      (iv) Static postures
     when object is grasped or   (v) Contact stress
     released)
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    (17) Objects or people are   (i) Force
     moved significant distance  (ii) Repetition
                                 (iii) Awkward postures
                                 (iv) Static postures
                                 (v) Contact stress
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    (18) Bending or twisting     (i) Force
     during manual handling      (ii) Repetition
                                 (iii) Awkward postures
                                 (iv) Static postures
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    (19) Object is slippery or   (i) Force
     has no handles              (ii) Repetition
                                 (iii) Awkward postures
                                 (iv) Static postures
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    (20) Floor surfaces are      (i) Force
     uneven, slippery or sloped  (ii) Repetition
                                 (iii) Awkward postures
                                 (iv) Static postures
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    * * * * *
    
    
    1. Paragraph (c)
    
       Paragraph (c) of proposed Sec. 1910.918 
    requires employers to do the following:
    
       Observe the employee performing 
    the job,
       Identify whether any of the 
    physical work activities or conditions listed 
    in the section are present, and
       Identify whether any of the 
    relevant ergonomic risk factors listed in the 
    section are involved in the particular work 
    activity or condition.
    
       a. ``Observe'' employees performing the 
    job. The proposed rule requires employers to 
    watch employees perform the physical work 
    activities of the job and look at the 
    conditions under which the job is performed. 
    Job observation allows the employer to see 
    how the employee does the job and provides 
    information about the workstation layout, 
    tools, equipment and general environmental 
    conditions in the workplace.
       There are several ways employers may 
    comply with the observation requirement of 
    the proposed standard. Employers may simply 
    watch employees perform the job tasks. Often, 
    all it takes to identify the problem and how 
    to solve it is to watch the employee do the 
    job. For example, watching a data processor 
    reaching to use the mouse because the 
    keyboard tray is not long enough to 
    accommodate it may be all it takes to 
    identify the likely cause of the employee's 
    shoulder pain.
       Videotaping the job is a common practice 
    for ``observing'' jobs. A number of 
    employers, especially in situations where the 
    work activities are complex or the causes of 
    the problem may not be easily identifiable, 
    say that they videotape or photograph the 
    job. These employers find it helpful to be 
    able to refer to a record of the job while 
    evaluating the ergonomic risk factors or 
    identifying and assessing possible control 
    measures (Ex. 26-1370).
       ``Job task analysis'' is another job 
    hazard analysis process that is widely used. 
    This process involves breaking the job down 
    into its various discrete elements or actions 
    and then identifying and evaluating or 
    measuring the extent to which the risk 
    factors that are present in the physical work 
    activities and conditions are reasonably 
    likely to be contributing to the MSD hazard 
    (Exs. 26-2, 26-1247). To do a job task 
    breakdown, a number of employers look at the 
    job as a series of individual, distinct tasks 
    or steps (Exs. 26-2, 26-5, 26-1247, 26-1370). 
    Focusing on each task allows for easier 
    identification of the physical activities 
    required to complete the job. While observing 
    the job employers record a description of 
    each task for use in later risk factor 
    analysis as well as other information that is 
    helpful in completing the analysis:
    
       Tools or equipment used to perform 
    task,
       Materials used in task,
       Amount of time spent doing each 
    task,
       Workstation dimensions and layout,
       Weight of items handled,
       Environmental conditions (cold, 
    glare, blowing air),
       Vibration and its source,
       Personal protective equipment worn 
    (Ex. 26-2).
    
       Many employers use hazard identification 
    and analysis checklists to help focus the job 
    observation process. OSHA agrees that well 
    designed checklists, when used in the context 
    for which they are intended, do provide a 
    range of employers, especially small business 
    owners, with effective alternatives to hiring 
    a consultant. There are many ways in which 
    checklists may be useful: identifying 
    physical work activities and conditions, 
    identifying ergonomic risk factors, 
    evaluating jobs, prioritizing jobs for 
    further analysis, and providing a systematic 
    review of risk factors.
       b. Identify physical work activities, 
    workplace conditions and ergonomic risk 
    factors. Paragraph (c) would require that, as 
    part of the job observation, employers 
    identify the physical work activities, 
    workplace conditions, and ergonomic risk 
    factors present in the problem job that may 
    be causing or contributing to the MSD hazard. 
    Identifying the presence of physical work 
    activities and conditions is the starting 
    point for pinpointing the hazards the job may 
    involve. Once the applicable activities and 
    conditions are identified, employers would 
    have to determine whether any of the 
    ergonomic risk factors that OSHA has listed 
    as being potentially relevant to those 
    activities and conditions are present.
       c. Ergonomic risk factors. Ergonomic risk 
    factors are the aspects of a job or task that 
    impose a biomechanical stress on the worker. 
    Ergonomic risk factors are the synergistic
    
    [[Page 65808]]
    
    elements of MSD hazards. In the Health 
    Effects section of this preamble (section V), 
    OSHA discusses the large body of evidence 
    supporting the finding that exposure to 
    ergonomic risk factors in the workplace can 
    cause or contribute to the risk of developing 
    an MSD. This evidence, which includes 
    thousands of epidemiologic studies, 
    laboratory studies, and extensive reviews of 
    the existing scientific evidence by NIOSH and 
    the National Academy of Science, shows that 
    the following ergonomic risk factors are most 
    likely to cause or contribute to an MSD:
    
        Force
        Repetition
        Awkward postures
        Static postures
        Vibration
        Contact stress
        Cold temperatures
    
       These risk factors are described briefly 
    below (a more detailed discussion of 
    ergonomic risk factors is included in the 
    Health Effects section):
       Force. Force refers to the amount of 
    physical effort that is required to 
    accomplish a task or motion. Tasks or motions 
    that require application of higher force 
    place higher mechanical loads on muscles, 
    tendons, ligaments, and joints (Ex. 26-2). 
    Tasks involving high forces may cause muscles 
    to fatigue more quickly. High forces also may 
    lead to irritation, inflammation, strains and 
    tears of muscles, tendons and other tissues.
       The force required to complete a movement 
    increases when other risk factors are also 
    involved. For example, more physical effort 
    may be needed to perform tasks when the speed 
    or acceleration of motions increases, when 
    vibration is present, or when the task also 
    requires awkward postures.
       Force can be internal, such as when 
    tension develops within the muscles, 
    ligaments and tendons during movement. Force 
    can also be external, as when a force is 
    applied to the body, either voluntarily or 
    involuntarily. Forceful exertion is most 
    often associated with the movement of heavy 
    loads, such as lifting heavy objects on and 
    off a conveyor, delivering heavy packages, 
    pushing a heavy cart, or moving a pallet. 
    Hand tools that involve pinch grips require 
    more forceful exertions than those that allow 
    other grips, such as power grips.
       Repetition. Repetition refers to 
    performing a task or series of motions over 
    and over again with little variation. When 
    motions are repeated frequently (e.g., every 
    few seconds) for prolonged periods (e.g., 
    several hours, a work shift), fatigue and 
    strain of the muscle and tendons can occur 
    because there may be inadequate time for 
    recovery. Repetition often involves the use 
    of only a few muscles and body parts, which 
    can become extremely fatigued while the rest 
    of the body is little used.
       Awkward postures. Awkward postures refer 
    to positions of the body (e.g., limbs, 
    joints, back) that deviate significantly from 
    the neutral position 1 while job 
    tasks are being performed. For example, when 
    a person's arm is hanging straight down 
    (i.e., perpendicular to the ground) with the 
    elbow close to the body, the shoulder is said 
    to be in a neutral position. However, when 
    employees are performing overhead work (e.g., 
    installing or repairing equipment, grasping 
    objects from a high shelf) their shoulders 
    are far from the neutral position. Other 
    examples include wrists bent while typing, 
    bending over to grasp or lift an object, 
    twisting the back and torso while moving 
    heavy objects, and squatting. Awkward 
    postures often are significant contributors 
    to MSDs because they increase the work and 
    the muscle force that is required.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
      \1\ Neutral posture is the position of a 
    body joint has requires the least amount of 
    muscle activity to maintain. For example, the 
    wrist is neutral in a handshake position, the 
    shoulder is neutral when the elbow is near 
    the waist, the back is neutral when standing 
    up straight.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
       Static postures. Static postures (or 
    ``static loading'') refer to physical 
    exertion in which the same posture or 
    position is held throughout the exertion. 
    These types of exertions put increased loads 
    or forces on the muscles and tendons, which 
    contributes to fatigue. This occurs because 
    not moving impedes the flow of blood that is 
    needed to bring nutrients to the muscles and 
    to carry away the waste products of muscle 
    metabolism. Examples of static postures 
    include gripping tools that cannot be put 
    down, holding the arms out or up to perform 
    tasks, or standing in one place for prolonged 
    periods.
       Vibration. Vibration is the oscillatory 
    motion of a physical body. Localized 
    vibration, such as vibration of the hand and 
    arm, occurs when a specific part of the body 
    comes into contact with vibrating objects 
    such as powered hand tools (e.g., chain saw, 
    electric drill, chipping hammer) or equipment 
    (e.g., wood planer, punch press, packaging 
    machine). Whole-body vibration occurs when 
    standing or sitting in vibrating environments 
    (e.g., driving a truck over bumpy roads) or 
    when using heavy vibrating equipment that 
    requires whole-body involvement (e.g., 
    jackhammers).
       Contact stress. Contact stress results 
    from occasional, repeated or continuous 
    contact between sensitive body tissue and a 
    hard or sharp object. Contact stress commonly 
    affects the soft tissue on the fingers, 
    palms, forearms, thighs, shins and feet. This 
    contact may create pressure over a small area 
    of the body (e.g., wrist, forearm) that can 
    inhibit blood flow, tendon and muscle 
    movement and nerve function. Examples of 
    contact stress include resting wrists on the 
    sharp edge of a desk or workstation while 
    performing tasks, pressing of tool handles 
    into the palms, especially when they cannot 
    be put down, tasks that require hand 
    hammering, and sitting without adequate space 
    for the knees.
       Cold temperatures. Cold temperatures refer 
    to exposure to excessive cold while 
    performing work tasks. Cold temperatures can 
    reduce the dexterity and sensitivity of the 
    hand. Cold temperatures, for example, cause 
    the worker to apply more grip force to hold 
    hand tools and objects. Also, prolonged 
    contact with cold surfaces (e.g., handling 
    cold meat) can impair dexterity and induce 
    numbness. Cold is a problem when it is 
    present with other risk factors and is 
    especially problematic when it is present 
    with vibration exposure.
       Of these risk factors, evidence in the 
    Health Effects chapter shows that force 
    (i.e., forceful exertions), repetition, and 
    awkward postures, especially when occurring 
    at high levels or in combination, are most 
    often associated with the occurrence of MSDs. 
    Exposure to one ergonomic risk factor may be 
    enough to cause or contribute to a covered 
    MSD. For example, a job task may require 
    exertion of so much physical force that, even 
    though the task does not involve additional 
    risk factors such as awkward postures or 
    repetition, an MSD is likely to occur. For 
    example, using the hand or knee as a hammer 
    (e.g., operating a punch press or using the 
    knee to stretch carpet during installation) 
    alone may expose the employee to such a 
    degree of physical stress that the employee 
    has a significant risk of being harmed.
    
    [[Page 65809]]
    
       However, most often ergonomic risk factors 
    act in combination to create a hazard. The 
    evidence in the Health Effects section shows 
    that jobs that have multiple risk factors 
    have a greater likelihood of causing an MSD, 
    depending on the duration, frequency and/or 
    magnitude of exposure to each. Thus, it is 
    important that ergonomic risk factors be 
    considered in light of their combined effect 
    in causing or contributing to an MSD. This 
    can only be achieved if the job hazard 
    analysis and control process includes 
    identification of all the ergonomic risk 
    factors that may be present in a job. If they 
    are not identified, employers will not have 
    all the information that is needed to 
    determine the cause of the covered MSD or 
    understand what risk factors need to be 
    reduced to eliminate or materially reduce the 
    MSD hazards.
       Although certain of the risk factors 
    described above are easy to identify and it 
    is not difficult to understand why they may 
    be likely to create hazardous exposures, 
    others are not as apparent or observable. 
    Employers who already have ergonomics 
    programs and persons who manage ergonomics 
    programs should not have difficulty 
    identifying risk factors in the workplace. 
    Because these persons have training and 
    experience, ergonomic risk factors are likely 
    to be familiar concepts for them. Through the 
    process of developing and implementing their 
    ergonomics programs these persons have gained 
    a good working knowledge of the ergonomic 
    risk factors that are most likely to be 
    present in their workplaces.
       For those employers who are just beginning 
    their programs and have little or no training 
    and experience dealing with ergonomic risk 
    factors, OSHA has tried to make the process 
    of identifying them as workable as possible. 
    Therefore, in the proposed rule OSHA has 
    taken the ergonomic risk factors and the 
    combination of risk factors most associated 
    with the occurrence of MSDs and tried to 
    present them in ways that those with more 
    limited knowledge about ergonomics can 
    readily identify. In this way, the ergonomic 
    risk factors the proposed rule covers are 
    presented in terms of specific and physically 
    observable work activities and conditions. If 
    any of these activities or conditions are 
    present, the table in Sec. 1910.918(c) tells 
    employers which risk factors are likely to be 
    relevant.
       OSHA is proposing that employers use this 
    list of physical work activities or 
    conditions as a starting point for hazard 
    evaluation, for several reasons. First, the 
    list of activities and conditions is easy for 
    employers to understand because they will be 
    able to translate them to their own 
    workplaces more readily than would be the 
    case for ergonomic to risk factors. For 
    example, ``hand used as a hammer'' is more 
    easily understood than the term ``contact 
    stress,'' and ``long reaches'' graphically 
    explains an ``awkward posture'' that may be a 
    problem.
       Second, the list helps employers quickly 
    focus on the aspects of a job that are most 
    likely to be associated with covered MSDs. At 
    the same time, the list also identifies the 
    risk factors that are most likely to be 
    associated with the activities and/or 
    conditions, which should help employers 
    further focus their analysis. In this way the 
    list serves as a bridge to the combinations 
    of risk factors that studies have shown to be 
    associated with an increased risk of 
    developing work-related MSDs.
       Third, having employers start the MSD 
    identification and evaluation process with 
    this list ensures that the analysis will be 
    comprehensive. This is because the list 
    includes the major components of work that 
    have been associated with MSDs.
       c. Physical work activities and 
    conditions. The physical work activities and 
    conditions OSHA has included in the proposed 
    rule cover the basic physical aspects of jobs 
    and workstations. These aspects include:
    
       Physical demands of work;
       Workplace and workstation 
    conditions and layout;
       Characteristics of object(s) that 
    are handled or used; and
       Environmental conditions.
    
       The following table shows the physical 
    work activities and workplace conditions that 
    are associated with those physical aspects:
    
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
      PHYSICAL ASPECTS OF        EXAMPLES OF PHYSICAL WORK ACTIVITIES AND
     JOBS AND WORKSTATIONS    CONDITIONS ASSOCIATED WITH THE PHYSICAL ASPECT
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Physical demands of       Exerting considerable physical effort
     work                     to complete a motion
                              Doing the same motion over and over
                              again
                              Performing motions constantly without
                              short pauses or breaks in between
                              Maintaining same position or posture
                              while performing tasks
                              Sitting for a long time
                              Using hand as a hammer
                              Using hands or body as a clamp to hold
                              object while performing tasks
                              Objects or people are moved
                              significant distances
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Layout and condition of   Performing tasks that involve long
     the workplace or         reaches
     workstation              Working surfaces too high or too low
                              Vibrating working surfaces, machinery
                              or vehicles
                              Workstation edges or objects press
                              hard into muscles or tendons
                              Horizontal reach is long
                              Vertical reach is below knees or above
                              the shoulders
                              Floor surfaces are uneven, slippery or
                              sloped
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Characteristics of the    Using hand and power tools
     object(s) handled        Gloves bulky, too large or too small
                              Objects or people moved are heavy
                              Object is slippery or has no handles
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    [[Page 65810]]
    
     
    Environmental             Cold temperatures
     Conditions
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
       Employers who examine the job in which a 
    covered MSD occurred to identify the physical 
    work activities and workplace conditions in 
    paragraph (c) and then evaluate the risk 
    factors that OSHA has identified as 
    potentially relevant, will be considered to 
    be in compliance with the hazard analysis 
    requirements of the proposed rule.
       Exerting considerable force to complete a 
    motion (i.e., forceful exertions). It is not 
    difficult to understand why jobs that require 
    employees to apply a lot of physical effort 
    may involve significant exposure to ergonomic 
    risk factors and pose an increased risk of 
    injury. For example, it is easy to see how 
    much biomechanical stress employees are under 
    when you see them grimace while trying to 
    loosen lug nuts on an old tire, shift body 
    weight and stance to wrench open stuck 
    valves, or stiffen the body in order to lift 
    a heavy or bulky object from the floor of a 
    truck. Simply put, forceful exertions like 
    these take more out of a person than tasks 
    that do not require much physical effort. An 
    easy way to confirm whether a task involves 
    forceful exertions is to ask workers who are 
    doing the task, or to try to do it yourself.
       Performing forceful exertions requires an 
    application of considerable contraction 
    forces by the muscles, which causes them to 
    fatigue rapidly. The more force that must be 
    applied in the exertion, the more quickly the 
    muscles will fatigue or become strained. 
    Excessive or prolonged exposure to forceful 
    exertions also leads to overuse of muscles 
    and may result in muscle strain, soreness and 
    damage. Performing forceful exertions can 
    also irritate tendons, joints and discs, 
    which leads to inflammation, fluid build up, 
    and constriction of blood vessels and nerves 
    in the area. Increased compression of nerves 
    from the pressure imposed by inflamed tendons 
    or muscle contractions may cause disorders of 
    the nervous system (e.g., carpal tunnel 
    syndrome and other nerve entrapment 
    disorders).
       Injuries related to forceful exertions can 
    occur in any tissue or joint. As mentioned 
    above, back injuries from overexertion are a 
    leading cause of workplace injuries and 
    workers' compensation cases. A number of 
    studies also show that repeated forceful 
    exertions of the hands and arms are 
    associated with work-related MSDs (e.g., 
    using tools, pinching or pushing with the 
    fingers).
       Lifting and carrying heavy objects are 
    usually the tasks that come to mind as 
    examples of forceful lifting tasks, but high 
    forces are also involved in other types of 
    jobs. These include jobs that require 
    employees to apply pinch forces with their 
    fingers (e.g., picking up or placing small 
    items on an assembly line with the fingers), 
    static forces (e.g., applying a lot of 
    physical effort to put the last turn on a 
    screw, pulling hard on a 30-inch wrench to 
    loosen a bolt), and dynamic forces (e.g., 
    tossing objects into containers). (Forceful 
    lifting/lowering, pushing/pulling and 
    carrying are discussed under ``Manual 
    Handling'' activities and conditions below.)
       Force. Performing forceful exertions may 
    place excessive mechanical loads on the 
    tissues (e.g., muscles, tendons, other 
    tissues) that are used to exert or transfer 
    force from the skeletal system to the work. 
    Heavy loading of tissues causes the body to 
    fatigue more quickly, and increases the 
    amount of time tissues need to recover from 
    the effects of such exertions. Tasks 
    involving prolonged forceful exertions or 
    excessive force alone can result in harm, 
    including muscle strain or tears. However, 
    where other risk factors are present, 
    especially frequent repetition of exertions, 
    awkward postures, or static postures they add 
    to the force required to accomplish the 
    exertion. In such cases, even tasks involving 
    moderate levels of force may lead to injury 
    and tissue damage because there may not be 
    adequate recovery time. Forceful exertions 
    can also cause or contribute to nerve 
    disorders. Application of high levels of 
    muscle and tendon tension and the contraction 
    necessary to perform forceful exertions may 
    increase pressure on entrapped/confined 
    nerves and other tissues. For example, many 
    employees who perform cutting and trimming 
    tasks on poultry production lines have 
    developed carpal tunnel syndrome (e.g., a 
    nerve entrapment disorder) from repeated 
    forceful exertions of the hands and wrists to 
    cut through the skin, meat, or bone. The 
    continuous application of muscle-tendon 
    movements in the hand and wrist inflames the 
    tendons and puts pressure on the median nerve 
    running through the carpal tunnel in the 
    wrist to the hand. In addition, if the 
    tendons and other soft tissue in the wrist or 
    hand do not have adequate recovery time from 
    the forceful exertions, they can become 
    inflamed enough to put pressure on the median 
    nerve.
    
    Examples:
      Pulling meat off a bone on a meat cutting 
        assembly line,
      Pulling hard to tighten bolts or screws in 
        assembly line work,
      Squeezing hard on a pair of pliers, or
      Pulling hard on a long wrench to tighten or 
        loosen a bolt
    
       Awkward postures. Working in awkward 
    postures increases the amount of force needed 
    to accomplish an exertion. Awkward postures 
    create conditions where the transfer of power 
    from the muscles to the skeletal system is 
    inefficient. To demonstrate this, hold a dry 
    marker in your hand with your wrist straight 
    and then let someone try to pull it out of 
    your hand. Now hold the marker with your 
    wrist bent toward the inside of your forearm 
    as far as you can and hold the marker while 
    someone tries to pull it out of your hand. To 
    overcome muscle inefficiency, employees must 
    apply more force both to initiate and 
    complete the motion or exertion. In general, 
    the more extreme the postures (i.e., the 
    greater the postures deviate from neutral 
    positions), the more inefficiently the 
    muscles operate and, in turn, the more force 
    is needed to complete the task. Thus, awkward 
    postures make forceful exertions even more 
    forceful, from the standpoint of the muscle, 
    and increase the amount of recovery time that 
    is needed.
    
    Examples:
       Throwing 20-pound bundles of 
        printed material to overhead conveyors.
       Bolting or screwing a new part 
        into an auto that is on a lift.
    
       Contact stress. Mechanical friction (i.e., 
    pressure of a hard object on soft tissues and 
    tendons) causes contact stress, which is 
    increased when tasks require forceful 
    exertion. The addition of force adds to the 
    friction created by the repeated or 
    continuous contact between the soft tissues 
    and a hard object. It also adds to the 
    irritation of tissues and/or to the pressures 
    on parts of the body, which can further 
    inhibit blood flow and nerve conduction.
    
    [[Page 65811]]
    
    Examples:
       Using the hand as a hammer is an 
        example of force plus contact stress.
       Operating a carpet kicker with the 
        knees
    
       Doing the same motions over and over again 
    (i.e., repetitive motions). Many jobs that 
    involve repetition of the same job again and 
    again are apparent even upon cursory 
    observation: assembly line jobs where motions 
    are repeated every few seconds, data 
    processing jobs, directory assistant 
    operators, court reporting, letter and 
    package sorting. Repetitive motion jobs 
    include performance of identical motions 
    again and again, but also include repeating 
    multiple tasks where the motions of each task 
    are very similar and involve the same muscles 
    and tissues.
       Evidence in the Health Effects section 
    shows a strong association between the 
    occurrence of MSDs and jobs involving 
    exposure to repetitive motions. The joints 
    are most susceptible to repetitive motion 
    injuries, especially the wrists, fingers, 
    shoulders, and elbows. Repetitive work that 
    is done with the foot (e.g., operating foot 
    activated controls) or knees (e.g., climbing 
    ladders or using a carpet kicker) may also 
    result in an MSD.
       Repetition. Motions that are repeated 
    again and again with little variation may 
    cause fatigue and overuse of the muscles, 
    tendons, and joints that are involved in the 
    exertion (Ex. 26-2). Overuse leads to muscle 
    strain, inflammation of joints and tendons, 
    and increased pressure on nerves. As exposure 
    continues or intensifies (e.g., pace 
    increases) tears in muscle fibers occur. The 
    more frequently repetitive motions are 
    performed (i.e., fast pace), the longer they 
    are performed (i.e., long sessions without a 
    break or more than 8 hours a day), and/or the 
    more risk factors that are involved, the 
    greater the risk of injury due to overuse and 
    lack of adequate recovery time.
       Exposure to repetition alone can cause 
    MSDs. This is especially true where the same 
    motions or tasks are performed for an 
    extended period and/or where the task cycle 
    is short (e.g., the task cycle lasts only a 
    few seconds). The risk of injury is 
    significantly increased when other risk 
    factors are also present.
    
    Examples:
       Packing bags of potato chips into 
        shipping boxes.
       Intensive keying of information 
        into computer.
    
       Force. The effects of repetitive motions 
    on the body are increased when high forces 
    are involved. Repetition of forceful 
    exertions requires employees to exert more 
    muscle tension and contraction, which leads 
    to muscle fatigue. When repetitive motions 
    involve high forces, even more recovery time 
    is required for muscles than repetitive 
    motions that do not contain high forces.
       Prolonged repetition of forceful exertions 
    also may result in inflammation in tendons 
    and joints. In addition, the added muscle 
    tension from forceful repetitive motions also 
    puts more pressure on surrounding nerves and 
    other confined tissues. This may cause damage 
    to entrapped nerves and tissues.
    
    Examples:
       Filleting fish in a processing 
        plant, or
       Constantly using screwdriver to 
        drive screws into wood.
    
       Awkward postures. Performing repetitive 
    motions in awkward postures (e.g., bent 
    wrists, extended arms) adds significantly to 
    the muscular effort required to perform each 
    motion. The added force hastens the onset of 
    fatigue and increases the likelihood of 
    injury from overuse.
       In some cases, awkward postures may be so 
    extreme that they can turn a low risk 
    repetitive motion job into a high risk job. 
    For example, an assembly job involving 
    tightening bolts may not pose any problem 
    where objects being assembled are at mid-
    torso level. However, the same job at the 
    same pace may be hazardous if tightening the 
    bolts involves overhead work.
    
    Examples:
       Sorting parts or letters into bins 
        of different heights and locations (e.g., 
        behind the employee), or
       Working with bent wrists to 
        assemble small circuit breakers.
    
       Cold temperatures. Cold temperature adds 
    to the amount of force necessary to perform 
    repetitive motions and increases the 
    perception of stiffness of the joints and 
    tissues in the body. Exposure to cold 
    temperatures triggers the body to redirect 
    blood flow from the extremities (hands, feet, 
    and ears) in order to conserve body heat. 
    When the blood supply to the hands is 
    diminished, the manual dexterity and tactile 
    sensitivity of the fingers are reduced. 
    Employees compensate by applying more force 
    to the muscles in the hands and fingers in 
    order to complete the motions.
       Exposure to cold temperatures also reduces 
    the ability of tissues to recover from 
    repetitive exertions. The reduction in blood 
    flow reduces the delivery of oxygen and 
    energy to tissues, and the removal of heat 
    and waste products. This reduction in blood 
    flow can also lead to pain and injury.
    
    Example:
       Trimming chicken or turkey breasts 
        in a processing plant, or
       Working in an operating room of a 
        hospital.
    
       Performing motions constantly without 
    short pauses or breaks in between (i.e., 
    inadequate recovery time). Jobs that do not 
    provide short pauses or breaks between 
    motions or task cycles are often a problem 
    because there may not be adequate time for 
    muscles to recover from the effects of the 
    exertion before the motion must be repeated. 
    If there are no pauses between motions or the 
    pauses are too short, the muscles cannot 
    recover to the rested condition. Thus, the 
    effects of the forces on the muscles 
    accumulates and the muscles become fatigued 
    and strained. The lack of adequate recovery 
    time often occurs in jobs involving highly 
    repetitive tasks. This happens when task 
    cycle lengths are very short, which also 
    means that the job involves a high number of 
    cycle repetitions per minute. For example, 
    some research shows that tendons and muscles 
    in the wrists may not be able to recover 
    where repeated task cycles are less than 5 
    seconds in length, that is, they are repeated 
    more than 12 times per minute (Ex. 26-2).
       Jobs involving constant muscle activity 
    (static contractions) also may not provide 
    adequate recovery time. These types of jobs 
    may involve continuously holding hand tools 
    (e.g., knife, paint brush, staple gun), which 
    means that employees have constant exposure 
    to static postures and low contraction 
    forces.
       The longer motions or job tasks are 
    performed, the less likely that there will be 
    adequate recovery time. The accumulation of 
    exposure leads to muscle fatigue or overuse. 
    In addition, where the intensity of exposure 
    is greater, for example, in repetitive motion 
    jobs that involve exposure to additional risk 
    factors (e.g., force, awkward postures, or 
    static postures), the increased forces 
    required for the exertion also increase the 
    amount of recovery time that is needed. Any 
    part of the musculoskeletal system involved 
    in moving the body is subject to injury where 
    there is inadequate recovery time, and the 
    recovery times needed vary by body part. For 
    example, although employees may
    
    [[Page 65812]]
    
    not be at high risk for forearm injury if 
    task cycles are 25 seconds long or not 
    repeated more than 3 times per minute, they 
    may be at high risk of shoulder injury under 
    this regimen.
       Repetition. As task cycles in repetitive 
    motion jobs get shorter (and the number of 
    repetitions per minute increases) employees 
    are at greater risk of injury. Where task 
    cycles are short, the same muscles are in 
    constant use and the muscles get no rest from 
    the force required to perform the task cycle. 
    In addition, where task cycles are short, 
    there is little variation in the physical 
    demands of the tasks, which would allow some 
    muscles to rest while others are in use. 
    Thus, muscle fatigue continues to accumulate 
    and may lead to muscle-tendon strain.
       The following table shows the frequency of 
    repetition and length of tasks cycles that 
    are associated with increased risk of injury 
    in repetitive motion jobs:
    
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                                                        VERY HIGH RISK IF
                    BODY AREA                       FREQUENCY REPETITION PER MINUTE                     LEVEL OF RISK                  MODIFIED  BY EITHER:
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Shoulder                                   More than 2.5                              High                                       High external force,
                                                                                                                                      speed, high static
                                                                                                                                      load, extreme posture,
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Upper arm/elbow                            More than 10                               High                                       Lack of training, high
                                                                                                                                      output demands, lack
                                                                                                                                      of control,
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Forearm/wrist                              More than 10                               High                                       Long duration of
                                                                                                                                      repetitive work
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Finger                                     More than 200                              High
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    (Kilbom, 1994)
    
    Examples:
       Deboning operation in a poultry 
        plant where the cycle time is short and 
        the birds are conveyed at a fast rate,
       Inserting coils to build an inner-
        spring mattress at a rate of one per 
        second, or
       Letter sorting.
    
       Force. Motions involving high forces, like 
    highly repetitive motions, put a lot of 
    mechanical stress on the body because muscles 
    must apply considerably more contraction 
    forces to accomplish the task. Thus, these 
    tasks require significantly more muscle 
    recovery time as compared to tasks that do 
    not involve high force. If recovery time is 
    not adequate, these employees are at greater 
    risk of injury due to fatigue and 
    overexertion.
    
    Examples:
       The chuck boner job in a beef 
        processing plant, or
       Shaking crab meat from Alaskan 
        king crab legs.
       Awkward postures, static postures, contact 
    stress, vibration. The presence of any or all 
    of these risk factors in a job, particularly 
    jobs involving repetitive motion or forceful 
    exertion, increases the force already 
    required to perform job tasks and, therefore, 
    increases the amount of time muscles need to 
    recover from the exertions the task requires. 
    If the recovery time is not adequate, the 
    presence of these risk factors hastens the 
    onset of fatigue and the effects associated 
    with overuse of muscles, joints and tendons.
    
    Examples:
       Attaching doors on the bathroom 
        vanity assembly line, or
       Capping and cupping cookies on an 
        assembly line.
    
       Performing tasks that involve long 
    reaches. Many job tasks involve long reaches: 
    working overhead, putting items on a high 
    shelf, reaching across a conveyor to put in a 
    part or grasp an object, or bending over to 
    reach a part in the bottom of a big supply 
    box. These tasks expose employees to extreme 
    awkward postures. Where long reaches are 
    momentary and/or infrequent and the forces 
    are low, these tasks are not a problem 
    because there is likely to be adequate time 
    for the body to recover between reaches. 
    However, when long reaches are done 
    frequently, force is involved and/or a long 
    reach lasts more than a few seconds, the risk 
    of harm increases.
       Long reaches usually have the greatest 
    impact on the shoulders and lower back. The 
    shoulder is unique in its wide range of 
    motion when compared with other joints in the 
    body. The bony restraints are minimal, but 
    soft tissue constrains the motion. Thus, 
    injuries usually occur when the soft tissue 
    is used to maintain an awkward posture and/or 
    forceful exertion.
       The back is flexed forward or extended 
    back to extend reaches beyond the limit of 
    the arm length. In addition, workers in 
    repetitive jobs will often bend their back so 
    that they can reduce the awkward shoulder 
    posture. Bending the back forward adds the 
    weight of the upper body to the force exerted 
    by the back muscles and supported by the 
    spine. Bending to the side, backwards or 
    twisting puts the spine and back muscles in 
    awkward postures.
       Awkward postures. When employees are 
    performing tasks that involve long reaches 
    they are exposed to extreme awkward postures; 
    that is, the positions of their shoulders, 
    elbows and/or back deviate significantly from 
    more neutral positions. Repeatedly performing 
    tasks in such positions poses increased 
    stress on the joints and/or spinal discs. As 
    mentioned before, muscles do not work as 
    efficiently in awkward postures, and the 
    muscles must exert more physical effort to 
    accomplish the task. This increased force 
    contributes to muscle-tendon fatigue and 
    strain. For example, the shoulder may deviate 
    at least 90 deg. from its neutral position 
    when reaching across a conveyor to grasp an 
    object. If the employee continues doing such 
    reaches, the stress on the muscles and 
    tendons in the shoulder can cause irritation 
    and inflammation of the tendons and shoulder 
    joint. This, in turn, may place increased 
    pressure on nerves and blood vessels, 
    reducing the supply of blood to the affected 
    muscles and tendons.
    
    Examples:
       Reaching above the head to 
        activate a press or other machine,
       Reaching frequently for small 
        parts in a bin that is at or close to the 
        limit of the arm's reach,
       Reaching down and behind the back 
        to pick up parts to feed to a press or 
        place on a conveyor,
       Reaching across a conveyor to pick 
        up items.
    
    [[Page 65813]]
    
       Reaching to pick up items on the 
        other side of the scanner on a grocery 
        checkout conveyor.
    
       Static postures. The effects on the body 
    from doing tasks that require long reaches 
    are exacerbated where the reaches must be 
    maintained for more than a very few seconds. 
    Holding extreme postures places very high 
    static loads on the body, resulting in rapid 
    fatigue. Not only do the static postures add 
    to the muscular effort required to do the 
    task, but the lack of motion impedes the 
    blood flow that is necessary for tissue 
    recovery.
       The constricted blood flow reduces the 
    supply of nutrients to the muscles and the 
    removal of acids and other waste products 
    away from the tissues. Reduced blood flow 
    also slows down delivery of oxygen to the 
    muscles.
       The longer or more frequently static 
    loading occurs, the greater the risk of 
    injury due to overuse of muscles, joints and 
    other tissues.
    
    Examples:
       Doing extensive repair work when 
        the automobile is overhead on a vehicle 
        lift.
       Holding out the arm to use a mouse 
        that is on a surface more than 15 inches 
        from the body because the keyboard tray 
        is not big enough to hold the mouse.
    
       Force. Because of exposure to extreme 
    postures, tasks that involve long reaches 
    require considerably more force to accomplish 
    than tasks that can be performed close to the 
    body. For example, it requires much more 
    physical effort to hold and operate a 10-
    pound rivet gun 2 feet in front or above the 
    body than close to the body. First, the 
    employee must apply more muscle force to 
    simply hold a 10-pound gun when the arms are 
    extended and the back is bent. The longer the 
    gun must be held in that position, the more 
    effort the muscles must exert. Second, the 
    employee must apply more force in order to 
    operate the gun in such an extreme position. 
    Thus, long reaches can turn a low or moderate 
    force task into a high force task that places 
    employees at greater risk of harm. The 
    addition of static postures to the extreme 
    awkward postures further increases the force 
    necessary to perform the task. Muscle-tendon 
    fatigue and strain may occur very rapidly 
    where these tasks are performed frequently 
    because of lack of time to recover from such 
    forceful exertions.
       Long reaches can also increase the dynamic 
    forces of the exertion. For example, long 
    reaches to get a bag of flour from a shopping 
    cart and bring it to the scanner can result 
    in high acceleration forces of the back and 
    wrist.
       Finally, employees may be exposed to 
    forceful exertions, even if long reaches do 
    not involve lifting heavy objects. When 
    employees bend over to perform long reaches, 
    the muscles in the back must exert a lot of 
    force to lift and lower the weight of the 
    upper body. This causes the back muscles to 
    fatigue more rapidly and puts pressure on the 
    discs in the lower back. Where employees have 
    to maintain long reaches for more than a few 
    seconds, a large amount of static force is 
    applied by the back muscles to the discs.
    Examples:
       Throwing items into an overhead 
        container,
       Reaching over the bagging area to 
        place bags of groceries into shopping 
        carts.
    
       Working surfaces are too high or too low. 
    Working surfaces that are too high or too low 
    are another way in which employees are 
    exposed to awkward postures. Where employees 
    must work on such surfaces for a long period, 
    the risk of tissue damage and other MSD 
    problems increases.
       Working surfaces can be too high or too 
    low for many employees because most working 
    surfaces are not adjustable. For example, 30 
    inches is a typical height for desks, tables 
    and other working surfaces operated from a 
    sitting position, and 36 to 40 inches is a 
    typical height range for working surfaces 
    operated from a standing position. Although 
    employees of average height may be able to 
    work comfortably at these working surfaces, 
    the typical heights may not work for shorter 
    or taller employees. An assembly-line 
    employee who is 6'5'' may have to bend over 
    significantly to assemble the parts on a 
    conveyor that is 36 inches high, while a 5-
    foot employee working on a 42-inch conveyor 
    may have to work with her elbows away from 
    the body.
       The height of working surfaces can also be 
    too high or too low when employees must use 
    work surfaces or workstations that were not 
    designed for the tasks being performed. For 
    example, typical desks (i.e., 30 inches high) 
    are not designed for computer use. Even 
    persons of average height may have to raise 
    their elbows and shoulders to use the 
    keyboard on their desks. This is especially 
    true where desk chairs cannot be raised high 
    enough to correct the problem. Even when the 
    employee can be raised to a good height, the 
    feet are often left dangling above the floor.
       Awkward postures. Awkward posture is the 
    primary ergonomic risk factor to which 
    employees are exposed when the height of 
    working surfaces is not correct. Working at 
    surfaces that are too high can affect several 
    parts of the body. Employees may have to lift 
    and/or bend their shoulders, elbows and arms 
    (including hands and wrists) into 
    uncomfortable positions to perform the job 
    tasks on higher surfaces. For example, 
    employees may have to raise their shoulders 
    or move their elbows out from the side of 
    their body to do a task on a high working 
    surface. Also, they may have to bend their 
    heads and necks to see the work they are 
    doing.
       Working surfaces that are too high usually 
    affect the shoulders. The muscles must apply 
    considerably more contraction force to raise 
    and hold the shoulders and elbows out to the 
    side, particularly if that position also must 
    be maintained for more than a couple of 
    seconds. The shoulder muscles fatigue quickly 
    in this position.
       On the other hand, when surfaces are too 
    low, employees may have to bend their backs 
    and necks to perform their tasks while 
    hunched over the working surface. They may 
    also have to reach down with their arms and 
    shoulders to do the tasks. Where working 
    surfaces are very low, employees may have to 
    kneel or squat, which places very high forces 
    on the knees to maintain the position and the 
    weight of the body. Working surfaces that are 
    too low usually affect the lower back and 
    occasionally the neck.
       As mentioned above, since muscles operate 
    less efficiently in awkward positions, more 
    force must be expended to do the task. Where 
    employees work on high or low surfaces only 
    occasionally (e.g., once a week, only a short 
    time each day), it does not pose a problem. 
    However, where employees' primary working 
    surface is too high or low, there is greater 
    risk of injury due to exposure to awkward 
    postures.
    
    Examples:
       Threading extruded fiber onto a 
        spool that is 15 inches above the floor, 
        or
       Activating palm switches that are 
        60 inches above the floor.
    
       Static postures. When awkward working 
    positions must be maintained (i.e., without 
    support), it also increases the static
    
    [[Page 65814]]
    
    loading of muscles and tendons. This causes 
    the body to fatigue even more quickly.
    
    Examples:
       Working on a vertical drafting 
        table, or
       Sitting at grinding bench where 
        the grinding wheel is 24 inches above the 
        floor.
    
       Contact stress. There are two ways in 
    which contact stress can occur when working 
    surfaces are too high or low. The incorrect 
    height can create contact points that would 
    not exist if the surface was at the correct 
    height. In addition, contact stress can occur 
    when employees, whose arms and shoulders are 
    fatigued from prolonged awkward and static 
    postures, end up resting their forearms, 
    wrists or hands on hard or sharp edges in 
    order to rest their arms and shoulders.
    
    Examples:
       Working at a computer placed on a 
        folding table, or
       Holding an injection molded part 
        at eye level by resting the elbows on the 
        work surface.
    
       Maintaining same work positions or posture 
    for a long period. The chief complaint people 
    usually make when they have worked for a long 
    time in the same position is that they feel 
    ``stiff, sore and tired.'' These are some of 
    the effects that result when tasks involve 
    static postures (e.g., driving for several 
    hours without a break).
       Static postures increase the amount of 
    force required to do a task because, in 
    addition to the force required to perform the 
    task, contraction forces must be applied to 
    hold the body in position throughout the work 
    shift. Maintaining the same position or 
    posture includes a variety of things. It 
    includes holding the arms and shoulders in a 
    non-neutral posture without moving.
       The effects of maintaining the same work 
    positions can occur in almost any joint of 
    the body and vary depending on body location. 
    For example, the effect on the knees and back 
    from squatting or kneeling for 2 hours is 
    likely to be greater than the effect on the 
    neck and shoulders from looking up at a 
    monitor for the same period.
       Static postures. Tasks requiring employees 
    to maintain the same position for an extended 
    period increase the static loads/forces on 
    muscles and other tissues. The longer 
    postures must be maintained, the greater the 
    loading of muscles and other tissues. This 
    increased force contributes to fatigue and 
    muscle-tendon strain.
       Exposure to contact stress may be a by-
    product of prolonged static loading. When 
    muscles become fatigued, employees look for 
    ways to rest the affected areas. Sometimes 
    employees may rest their arms or wrists on 
    the hard surface and edges of the 
    workstation. For example, computer operators 
    may relieve static loading on their forearms 
    and wrists by resting their wrists on the 
    edge of the computer table. However, the 
    blood flow and movement of their wrists may 
    continue to be reduced because of the contact 
    stress.
    Examples:
       Watching a computer monitor that 
        is above eye level, or
       Holding a mouse that is located in 
        front of the keyboard.
    
       Awkward postures. The effects of static 
    loading on the body are made worse where it 
    is an awkward posture that must be 
    maintained. Awkward postures add to the 
    strain that muscles and tendons are already 
    feeling because of static postures.
       In addition, the fatigue that results from 
    static loads may cause employees to assume 
    awkward positions in order to rest fatigued 
    areas. For example, employees assembling 
    microchips and computer circuits may rest 
    their elbows on the work surface in order to 
    relieve static loading on arms, wrists and 
    hands. However, leaning on the elbows to 
    continue working may result in static loading 
    of the back, shoulders, neck and contact 
    stress on the cubital tunnel.
    
    Examples:
       Cradling a phone on the shoulder, 
        or
       Holding the arms on the top half 
        of a steering wheel.
    
       Cold temperatures. Exposure to cold 
    temperatures exacerbates the effects of 
    static postures because it too reduces blood 
    flow to muscles and other tissues. This may 
    interfere with the ability of muscles and 
    other tissues to recover from the effects of 
    static loading. Exposure to cold temperatures 
    also causes reduction in manual dexterity and 
    feeling.
    
    Examples:
       A butcher working in the plant's 
        cooler for several hours, or
       Standing to direct traffic on a 
        busy road in the winter.
    
       Sitting for a long time. Sitting for long 
    periods without the opportunity to stand up 
    and move around is another way in which 
    employees are exposed to static loading of 
    tissues, primarily in the lumbar area of the 
    back. It can also affect the upper back, neck 
    and legs. The problem is exacerbated where 
    awkward postures are also present.
       Static postures. Employees may be exposed 
    to static postures when they must sit for a 
    prolonged period on chairs, stools or benches 
    that do not provide adequate lumbar support, 
    that is, either the back rest of the seat 
    does not provide good lumbar support or there 
    is no back rest at all. When there is no 
    lumbar support and the back is bent forward, 
    the muscles of the back are trying to force 
    the lumbar region out of it natural curve 
    (i.e., proper alignment of the vertebrae), 
    which places pressure on the discs and 
    reduces blood supply to the spinal tissue. 
    The constant exertion of the contraction 
    forces leads to muscle fatigue.
       When the back muscles become sore, people 
    tend to slouch. In this posture more force is 
    being placed on the back and the discs. As 
    the static loading continues, pressure 
    continues to be applied to the membranes of 
    the discs and they may become stressed. 
    Stressed discs, in turn, may put pressure on 
    blood vessels and may pinch a nerve (e.g., 
    sciatic nerve), which results in pain.
       Even where the chair has a back rest with 
    lumbar support to help maintain the back in a 
    neutral position, employees still may 
    continue to be exposed to static loading 
    because they cannot take advantage of the 
    back rest. This may occur when the seat pan 
    is too big or the seat is too high for the 
    employee. Many employees respond by sitting 
    forward, instead of against the back rest, so 
    that their feet can be on the ground, thus 
    pressing the spine out of the natural curve 
    and placing pressure on the discs.
       Awkward postures. Employees are also 
    exposed to awkward back postures when they 
    are working in a seated position and the back 
    is not in a neutral position. The awkward 
    postures may be caused by the physical work 
    activities employees perform while sitting, 
    the level of fatigue, the characteristics of 
    the seat, and/or the height of the working 
    surface (and objects on the working surface).
       The back is in an awkward position if the 
    employee is leaning forward, slouching or 
    slumping in their seats to work. Employees 
    may lean forward because they are fatigued, 
    because they must reach or lift an object, 
    because the work surface is too low or not 
    tilted, or because they
    
    [[Page 65815]]
    
    must move closer to see what they are working 
    on. The awkward postures add to the static 
    forces being applied to the discs and the 
    muscles in the back. In addition, employees 
    may be exposed to awkward neck postures when 
    they look to see the work.
    
    Examples:
       Working at a computer workstation 
        where the operator must lean forward to 
        see the screen,
       Working in a chair on an uneven 
        floor.
    
       Contact stress. Although contact stress 
    that occurs from prolonged sitting is not 
    directly related to the occurrence of MSDs, 
    contact stress can increase discomfort and 
    awkward postures. For example, where the seat 
    pan is not padded at the edge, is too big or 
    too high, it can create contact stress on the 
    back of the thighs, which may result in 
    constriction of blood flow to the legs. If 
    employees sit forward to relieve this stress, 
    the back is not supported and the employee 
    may have a hard time maintaining the back in 
    a neutral position.
    
    Examples:
       Working in a chair where the seat 
        pan is too long, or
       Working in chair with arm rests 
        that are too close to the body.
    
       Using hand and power tools. ``Using hand 
    and power tools'' to perform physical work 
    activities does not in itself mean that 
    employees are exposed to ergonomic risk 
    factors that put them at risk of injury. 
    Rather, it is a shorthand way of alerting 
    employers that there are aspects of tool 
    design and use that need to be checked out to 
    see whether ergonomic risk factors may be 
    present. These include:
    
       Weight and size of tool,
       Tool handles and/or grips,
       Tool activation (repetitively, one 
    finger),
       Tool kickback, vibration and 
    maintenance.
    
       Force. There are many ways in which 
    operating hand and power tools can expose 
    employees to high forces. First, when hand or 
    power tools are heavy (e.g., more than 10 
    pounds), employees may be exposed to high 
    levels of force just to hold and control the 
    tool. This is over and above the muscle force 
    that must be applied to operate the tool and 
    may cause the muscles to fatigue quickly.
       Second, power tools that do not have good 
    weight distribution can increase the force 
    needed to operate the tools. This occurs when 
    employees cannot hold tools at the ``center 
    of gravity,'' and the tool rotates or spins 
    around when it is in use. Employees must 
    exert considerable muscle force and maintain 
    the contraction forces to prevent such 
    rotation.
       Third, when tool handles or grips are too 
    small or too big, employees must exert 
    greater force to operate the tools because 
    such handles/grips reduce grip capacity. 
    Where handles are too narrow, employees may 
    have to exert high muscle contraction forces 
    to hold and operate the tool. For example, 
    operating certain dental tools may require 
    the exertion of considerable force and result 
    in high pressure on the fingers and hand 
    because they have very small handles (i.e., 
    narrower than a pen or pencil). And if the 
    handles are too wide, there is less ability 
    to generate the force (i.e., muscle 
    contraction) necessary to operate the tools, 
    and employees are more likely to be exposed 
    to awkward postures when they must bend or 
    flex their wrists to maintain a grip on the 
    tool handle.
       Fourth, the way in which tools are 
    activated can add considerably to the amount 
    of force needed to operate the tool. Tools 
    that have squeeze triggers may require 
    employees to apply a lot of muscle 
    contraction in the hands and fingers. Some 
    triggers are so small that there is only room 
    for them to be activated with one finger, 
    that is, all the force to squeeze the trigger 
    must be generated by one finger, which places 
    excessive forces on the muscles and tendons 
    of the finger. Because the fingers may not 
    have enough strength to operate the squeeze 
    trigger, the muscles may fatigue quickly. In 
    addition, tendons may become so inflamed that 
    fluid builds up in the area and it may be 
    difficult to continue bending the fingers to 
    squeeze the trigger. This is especially true 
    for the use of manual hand tools, where 
    exertion of a lot of force may be necessary 
    to overcome the trigger's activation 
    resistance.
       Finally, application of high forces may be 
    necessary to stop kickbacks and to resist the 
    weight and power of some tools. For example, 
    a logger or arborist may have to apply a lot 
    force when cutting felled trees in order to 
    prevent the kickback that could occur if the 
    saw hits a very hard spot (e.g., a knot in 
    the tree). Employees using powered floor-
    buffers have to apply a lot of physical 
    exertion to keep the buffers on a flat and 
    centered plane and to keep them from spinning 
    out.
    
    Examples:
       Using powered driver to run and 
        tighten nuts on bolts and opposing force 
        when the driver reaches the end of the 
        tightening process, or
       Constantly pressing the trigger to 
        activate a drill with the index finger.
    
       Awkward postures. There are several 
    reasons why employees may be exposed to 
    awkward postures when they are using hand and 
    power tools. Awkward postures may be the 
    result of bad tool design or workstation 
    layout. Others may be poorly designed for the 
    task so that the posture (awkward posture) 
    requires more force and leads to overexertion 
    of the fingers, hand, wrist, elbow, or 
    shoulder (such as the use of a 90 deg. 
    screwdriver when an in-line screwdriver is 
    more appropriate). A pistol grip electric 
    drill may be fine on a vertical surface but 
    on a horizontal surface the operator must 
    turn the drill 90 deg. to use it. Any force 
    that must be maintained on the tool requires 
    much more contraction of the muscles, which 
    leads, in turn, to more rapid fatigue.
    
    Examples:
       Reaching over a barrier to operate 
        a rivet gun, or
       Squatting to tighten 20 bolts on a 
        pipe flange.
    
       Static postures. In many jobs the work 
    situation requires that the worker constantly 
    hold the tool and does not allow the worker 
    to put the tool down. As a result, the grasp 
    muscles and other support muscles are 
    constantly active or statically loaded. Tools 
    that require the worker to maintain some 
    level of exertion to achieve a steady flow or 
    activity such as a glue gun or a frosting bag 
    require the muscles to be constantly in 
    tension/contraction and applying some level 
    of force. When workers have to hold a tool 
    without putting it down, they must maintain 
    the muscles in contraction. Mouse users who 
    grip a mouse constantly because their work 
    requires so much click and drag also 
    experience these low but constant forces. 
    Over time, fatigue of muscles and 
    inflammation of tendons occurs.
    
    Examples:
       Constantly holding knife used to 
        trim chicken breasts in poultry plant,
       Holding a wire wrap gun.
    
    
    [[Page 65816]]
    
    
       Contact stress. Poor tool design is often 
    the cause of contact stress in the use of 
    operating tools. For example, gripping 
    handles that are small may press the handle 
    or handle edge into the skin, resulting in 
    contact stress. Knurls (indentations in 
    handles) may result in contact stress if they 
    push into the fingers because they do not fit 
    the operator's hand.
    
    Examples:
       Using a screwdriver with edges on 
        the handle to tighten bolts on an 
        assembly line,
       Using a small wire clippers 
        (handles press into the palm) to remove 
        component lead after wave solder.
       Vibration. Although using powered hand 
    tools (e.g., electric, hydraulic, pneumatic) 
    may help to reduce risk factors such as force 
    and repetition, they can expose employees to 
    vibration. Vibrating hand tools transmit 
    vibrations to the operator and, depending on 
    the level of the vibration and duration, may 
    contribute to the occurrence of Raynaud's 
    phenomenon (i.e. vibration-induced white-
    finger MSDs) (Ex. 26-2). Vibration inhibits 
    the blood supply to the hand and fingers, 
    which leads to numbness and tingling in the 
    fingers. These vibration-induced MSDs show a 
    progression of symptoms beginning with 
    occasional or intermittent numbness or loss 
    of color (i.e., blanching) in the tips of a 
    few fingers. Continued exposure leads to more 
    persistent attacks, affecting greater parts 
    of most fingers and reducing feeling (i.e., 
    tactile discrimination) and manual dexterity 
    (Ex. 26-2) (see the Health Effects section 
    for a more-detailed discussion of specific 
    MSDs).
       The level of vibration can be the result 
    of bad design, poor maintenance, and age of 
    the powered hand tool. For example, even new 
    powered hand tools can expose employees to 
    excessive vibration if it they do not include 
    any devices to dampen the vibration or in 
    other ways shield the operator from it. Using 
    vibrating hand tools can also contribute to 
    muscle-tendon stress and fatigue. Operators 
    may have to use increased grip force to 
    steady such hand tools.
    
    Examples:
       Cutting trees with chain saw, or
       Using grinding tools to form 
        dentures.
       Cold temperatures. The effects of any or 
    all of the risk factors discussed can be 
    exacerbated if the employee is exposed to 
    cold while operating the tool. The cold 
    temperatures can be due to the workplace 
    environment (e.g., deboning meat when 
    temperatures must be maintained below certain 
    levels, using a chain saw in the winter) or 
    due to air blowing from the power tool across 
    the operator's hand. When cold air blows 
    across the hands, the fingers get cold and 
    they are less dextrous. The reduction in 
    dexterity occurs because blood flow is 
    reduced in the cold fingers, blood flow 
    becomes constricted, and the tissue becomes 
    stiff.
    
    Examples:
       Using a knife to process catfish 
        fillets,
       Using a socket wrench to change 
        out equipment on the roof in the winter.
    
       Vibrating working surfaces, machinery or 
    vehicles. Most jobs that involve contact with 
    vibrating surfaces, machines and vehicles are 
    easy to see, hear or feel. Since many 
    products and processes are disturbed by 
    vibration, employers often isolate and dampen 
    vibration to levels below the threshold of 
    effect on workers. However, there are some 
    processes for which vibrating surfaces are 
    unavoidable. An employee who comes into 
    contact with such a surface may absorb enough 
    vibration energy to create a health concern. 
    Exposure to vibration energy usually results 
    in one of two types of exposure--whole body 
    vibration and hand/arm vibration. The 
    exposures can result in an increase in 
    forceful exertions, fatigue, numbness, 
    tingling, and a loss of dexterity. These 
    results are exacerbated by the presence of a 
    cold environment.
       Work conditions that involve sitting, 
    standing or lying on a vibrating surface 
    produce whole-body vibration. Excessive 
    levels of whole-body vibration or exposure to 
    it for prolonged periods can make it 
    difficult to perform job tasks due to 
    numbness and tingling and a loss of 
    dexterity. Vibration energy can disrupt blood 
    flow and affect the nervous system. Body 
    parts that absorb the vibration (like the 
    back and knees) are particularly vulnerable. 
    Workers who stand on vibrating surfaces 
    absorb most of the vibration energy in their 
    legs, particularly the knees. Whole body 
    vibration forces on the spinal discs can 
    cause microfractures in the disc structure, 
    which may lead to herniated or ruptured 
    discs. Vibration can also disrupt the blood 
    supply to the tissue around the spine, 
    resulting in fatigue and inflammation. When 
    the feet or buttocks are in contact with a 
    vibrating surface, injury is usually to the 
    spine.
    
    Examples:
       Working near a 100-ton press,
       Working near a vibratory bowl, or
       Operating a fork truck over rough 
        dock plates or gravel.
    
       When the hands are in contact with a 
    vibrating surface, the energy is primarily 
    absorbed in the hands and arms and may lead 
    to hand-arm vibration illnesses. The most 
    common sources of hand-arm vibration syndrome 
    are vibrating hand tools (e.g., chainsaws, 
    rivet guns, back pack leaf blowers). Some 
    more subtle sources are holding pressurized 
    hoses with nozzles, using a striking device 
    such as a hammer, resting the hand on a 
    vibrating machine, and holding a handle such 
    as a steering wheel attached to a larger 
    piece of equipment. In addition to the damage 
    that is caused by the vibration energy, the 
    muscles can become fatigued and strained due 
    to the additional forces needed to compensate 
    for the lack of tactile feedback and 
    dexterity caused by the vibration. These 
    losses are a result of the disruption of the 
    peripheral sensory nerves caused by 
    vibration. When the hands are in contact with 
    a vibrating surface, injury is usually to the 
    hands and arms.
    
    Examples:
       Leaning against a grinding machine 
        while it is operating,
       Holding a wheel while operating a 
        sewing machine, or
       Manually aligning sections of a 
        newspaper using a vibrating table.
    
       Cold temperatures. Vibration reduces blood 
    flow to the affected tissues. Vibration has a 
    synergistic effect on the loss of blood flow 
    in the presence of cold temperatures. The 
    effect is present in the extremities because 
    the body reacts to cold temperatures by 
    shunting blood away from the extremities to 
    preserve body heat.
    
    Examples:
       Driving a fork truck over rough 
        surfaces in a frozen food warehouse, or
       Using vibrating etching tools in a 
        clean room
    
       Workstation edges or objects press hard 
    into tissues or joints. In some workplaces 
    there are sharp edges or corners that press 
    into the workers' skin during the course of 
    their job. Workers who, because of the job 
    and workstation design, must rest their arms 
    or lean against a table with a
    
    [[Page 65817]]
    
    hard, squared edge, exemplify this situation. 
    Contact stress generally causes 
    musculoskeletal disorders when the 
    compression occurs against tendons that are 
    being used or against nerves or blood vessels 
    in vulnerable locations. Contact stress can 
    restrict the movement of the tendon (more 
    resistance), which requires more force and 
    leads to inflammation of the tendon and 
    surrounding tissues. Contact stress that 
    pushes sharply into deeper tissues may reduce 
    blood flow and result in early muscle 
    fatigue. Tissue that is compressed for 
    prolonged periods of time may be damaged. 
    Nerves that are exposed to contact stress in 
    multiple locations are especially vulnerable. 
    The problem becomes worse with extended or 
    repeated exposure.
    
    Examples:
       Extensive use of shears or 
        scissors,
       Using a tool with a small, thin 
        handle that digs into the palm,
       Using tools with grooved handles 
        that press against the side of fingers,
       Leaning against a metal work bench 
        with a square edge,
       Using a keyboard on a standard 
        table or desk with unrounded edges, or
       Sitting in a bench or chair that 
        does not have a padded seat.
    
       Using hand as a hammer (i.e., contact 
    stress). When the hand is used to strike 
    something, extreme contact stress may be 
    created. This is sometimes done to avoid 
    damage to the product, but the result of 
    using the hand as a hammer is damage to the 
    worker. Striking a hard object with the base 
    of the palm to align, seat, release or move a 
    part is the type of job where the hand is 
    most likely to be used as a hammer. Even 
    occasional hammering with the hand can cause 
    problems, but repeated activity of this sort 
    will result in serious damage to the tissues 
    of the hand.
       When the palm is used to deliver a blow to 
    an object, the force from the blow passes 
    into the soft tissues and then deeper into 
    the tendons, nerves and muscles. The force 
    from the hit can cause acute trauma to the 
    palm, but over time the palm becomes 
    calloused and acute trauma is no longer 
    protective of the deep tissue, and 
    consequently the tendons and muscles can be 
    subjected to frequent disruption of blood 
    supply, irritation, and trauma due to the 
    reaction force from the hit. The more force 
    that is required to hammer the part, the more 
    residual force that will pass into the 
    tendons, nerves and muscles. The forces from 
    the hit may cause bruising of muscles and add 
    to swelling and inflammation of tendons.
    
    Examples:
       Pounding on a two part mold to get 
        it to seat or come together properly,
       Hitting a palm button to activate 
        a machine,
       Striking two parts to separate 
        them, or
       Striking the handle of a vice to 
        loosen it.
    
       Using hands or body as a clamp to hold 
    objects while performing tasks. Sometimes 
    this is referred to as having the worker act 
    as a ``human clamp'' or ``human vise.'' In 
    these situations the worker usually holds the 
    object being worked on with one hand (often 
    in an awkward, forceful posture) while force 
    is applied by the other hand. The hand being 
    used as a clamp has to hold the object while 
    resisting the forces being applied by the 
    other hand. Using the hand as a clamp leads 
    to muscle fatigue and inflammation of the 
    muscles and tendons.
       The strain on the muscles and tendons in 
    the clamping hand is especially high when the 
    task involves static postures or contact 
    stress. Although the hand and arms are most 
    often used as a clamp, some larger jobs 
    require the feet, legs, hips or torso 
    (lateral bending of the back) to support a 
    part while work is performed.
    
    Examples:
       Holding the head of a cow on a 
        slippery surface while attempting to 
        remove meat,
       Holding a small part while 
        assembling it,
       Drilling a hole in a part that the 
        worker has to hold, or
       Using the hips or thighs to hold a 
        part in place while working on the part.
    
       Force. Higher force requirements on the 
    clamping hand results in more strain on the 
    muscles and tendons. Sometimes the clamping 
    hand is used in an inefficient pinch grip. 
    When high forces are required throughout the 
    shift day after day, the muscles and tendons 
    may not have time to recover, leading to 
    muscle fatigue and inflammation of the 
    tendons. Higher clamp forces are required 
    when the part is heavy or the forces applied 
    to the part are high.
    
    Examples:
       Holding an extrusion nozzle while 
        checking each hole (50 holes) to ensure 
        it is the appropriate size,
       Holding a jar in one hand while 
        attempting to remove the lid with the 
        other hand.
    
       Static postures. Often when the body is 
    used to position and hold an object, the 
    clamping part of the body maintains the same 
    posture (static posture). Static loading 
    reduces blood flow because the muscles are 
    not moving (i.e., contracting and relaxing). 
    The constant muscle tension can lead to 
    swelling and pressure on nearby nerves. 
    Static loading and high forces can lead to 
    tears in the muscle tissue. Static loading of 
    the tendons can also lead to inflammation and 
    swelling to the point where motion is 
    restricted and the swelling may put pressure 
    on (i.e., pinch) the nerves.
    
    Examples:
       Holding a pipe overhead while 
        preparing a fitting, or
       Holding an uncooperative animal on 
        the exam table.
       Awkward postures. More force is required 
    when clamping the object requires maintaining 
    an awkward posture, because the muscles do 
    not operate efficiently in an awkward 
    posture. Since the muscles must work harder, 
    fatigue sets in sooner, leading to fatigue 
    and inflammation. An awkward posture also 
    puts additional strain on the tendons, which 
    can cause inflammation, swelling, restricted 
    movement and pressure on nearby nerves.
    
    Examples:
       Using the hands to wring out a 
        mop,
       Bending sideways using the 
        shoulder to hold a door panel in place 
        while fastening the hinges, or
       Holding a part in place overhead 
        while inserting fasteners.
    
       Contact stress. If the object being held 
    has a sharp edge or knurls (that force the 
    fingers into slots), then the object may dig 
    into the skin and can restrict the motion of 
    the tendons and bruise or reduce blood flow 
    to the muscles.
    
    Examples:
       Holding a pane of glass while 
        attaching hardware,
       Using the knee to position a pump 
        while making the electrical connection, 
        or
       Holding onto a nut while turning 
        the bolt.
    
       Gloves are too large, too small or too 
    bulky. For many jobs it is necessary or 
    appropriate for workers to wear gloves while 
    doing their jobs. Gloves can make grasping an 
    object more difficult by changing the 
    friction, decreasing dexterity, and 
    interfering with sensory feedback. This often 
    leads to
    
    [[Page 65818]]
    
    using more muscle force than would be 
    required without gloves. Additionally, gloves 
    can fold, wrinkle, and bunch so that pressure 
    points are created that result in contact 
    stress. Gloves that fit or are less bulky may 
    help to relieve these problems. An even 
    better solution is to eliminate the need to 
    wear gloves.
       Examples of glove use that may rise to the 
    level of a hazard are providing inappropriate 
    gloves for the work, or failing to consider 
    the worker's needs when gloves are purchased, 
    providing thick gloves for a task that 
    requires dexterity beyond that allowed by the 
    gloves, or providing vibration dampening 
    gloves and expecting levels of dexterity or 
    force exertion that are beyond the level 
    possible with the gloves.
       Force. Large, bulky, or loose gloves can 
    interfere with tactile feedback so much that 
    the worker must apply considerably more force 
    than would be required to do the same task 
    with more appropriate gloves or no gloves. 
    Some gloves, such as those used for cut and 
    puncture protection, are heavy and may cause 
    additional fatigue.
    
    Examples:
       Working on a hot pack used in 
        extruding plastic with heat resistant 
        gloves, or
       Holding a chicken leg while 
        wearing cut resistant gloves.
       Contact stress. Many bulky gloves bunch 
    and cause pressure to small areas of the 
    hands. Gloves that are supposed to provide 
    protection from vibration and those with 
    thick leather on the palm side are examples 
    of gloves that may cause pressure points. 
    When gloves are too small, they may impede 
    the movement of the fingers and may reduce 
    the blood supply.
    
    Examples:
       Wearing latex gloves that are too 
        tight, or
       Selecting cases in a frozen foods 
        warehouse while wearing knit gloves under 
        thermal gloves.
    
       Manual handling (lifting/lowering, 
    pushing/pulling and carrying). Forceful 
    manual handling activities are a leading 
    cause of workplace injury and illness. Lower 
    back MSDs from lifting account for a large 
    percentage of all workers' compensation 
    cases. Studies discussed in the Health 
    Effects section indicate that employees 
    performing manual handling tasks have a 
    significantly higher risk of back injury 
    where they are exposed to force, repetition 
    and/or awkward postures in the job.
       The physical work activities and 
    conditions included on the manual handling 
    list in the proposal are ones that are likely 
    to be a significant problem because they are 
    ones in which the major ergonomic risk 
    factors associated with manual handling tasks 
    are present: force and awkward postures/
    static postures. This discussion about 
    physical work activities and conditions in 
    manual handling tasks is organized by task 
    (e.g., lifting, pulling). Manual handling 
    tasks are discussed only where the physical 
    work activities and conditions and ergonomic 
    risk factors are likely to be a significant 
    problem.
       Objects or people are heavy (lifting, 
    lowering, pushing, pulling, carrying). 
    Workers lift, lower and move items every day. 
    The heavier the weight that has to be lifted, 
    lowered and/or moved, the more force the 
    worker will have to exert. The heavier the 
    weight, the closer the contraction required 
    of the muscles will be to their maximum 
    capability. When muscles contract at or near 
    their maximum, they fatigue more rapidly and 
    the likelihood of damage to the muscle and 
    other tissues involved in the activity 
    increases. In most situations involving 
    lifting, lowering and moving heavy objects or 
    people, the predominant risk factor is force. 
    Manual handling of heavy objects exposes 
    employees to high forces and will usually 
    have the greatest impact on the back. Another 
    aspect of weight that should be considered is 
    a sudden shift in weight. Workers are more 
    often able to accomplish a manual handling 
    task without injury when they are prepared. 
    When a patient's legs suddenly buckle while 
    they are being transferred or a load within a 
    package or container shifts, the worker may 
    not be physically or mentally prepared for 
    the weight.
       Lifting and Lowering. In lifting and 
    lowering, force is the risk factor that most 
    often needs to be addressed. Although there 
    may be a perception that lifting is more 
    problematic than lowering, they both require 
    the worker to exert the forces commensurate 
    with the weight of the object. The actual 
    forces exerted by the worker are determined 
    by the weight of the object. It is obvious 
    that lifting containers weighing 25 pounds is 
    considerably easier than those weighing 50 
    pounds and that more people are capable of 
    lifting the smaller amount. Posture can play 
    a major role in the force required when 
    moving an object. If that object can be held 
    or lifted closer to the body, the muscle 
    forces required in the back are less. Bulky 
    containers present more of a problem when 
    being lifted than do those with the same 
    characteristics, including weight, that are 
    compact. Finally, the frequency with which an 
    object is lifted or lowered and the times it 
    must be supported may be important in 
    determining the risk presented by the job.
    Examples:
       Lifting a resident, who has little 
        ability to assist, from the toilet to a 
        wheelchair,
       Lifting a 150 pound package from a 
        loading dock into a van.
       Pushing and Pulling. When pushing and 
    pulling objects, the weight of the object or 
    conveyance, including its contents, affects 
    the force required of the worker. Often 
    workers have to slide objects on a table or 
    flat surface. In these cases the weight and 
    the friction characteristics of the object 
    and the surface are the prime determinants of 
    the force required. Secondarily, the posture 
    or reach may affect the degree of risk 
    presented by the job. Where conveyances such 
    as carts are used, the force required is 
    generally determined by the characteristics 
    and weight of the cart and contents. For very 
    heavy carts, stopping and controlling the 
    cart can sometimes be as difficult and 
    important as pushing or pulling it to the 
    desired location.
    
    Examples:
       Pushing a 300 pound pump away from 
        the paper machine, or
       Pushing a heavy cart up a sloped 
        ramp.
    
       Carrying. For carrying the weight, 
    distance and object characteristics affect 
    the forces required. Often the forces are 
    exerted statically for some period of time 
    when carrying. Additionally, the worker's 
    body is in motion and the stability and 
    biomechanics of the activity may be much 
    worse than in a simple lifting or lowering 
    situation. Examples might be carrying heavy 
    parts from one work area to another, carrying 
    containers from production to a pallet or 
    storage area, or carrying packages when 
    delivering them to a customer.
    Examples:
       Carrying several 50-pound bags of 
        feedstock material to the basement, or
       Carrying a resident of a nursing 
        home to the bath tub.
       Horizontal reach is long (Distance of 
    hands from body to grasp object to be 
    handled). Workers who are lifting/lowering, 
    pushing/pulling or carrying are greatly 
    affected by the distance that the hands are 
    from the body during the
    
    [[Page 65819]]
    
    activity. The forces required to manually 
    move an object by the muscles in the back and 
    shoulder are increased significantly as the 
    load is moved away from the body. The 
    resulting compression on bone and cushioning 
    tissues is also significantly increased. The 
    impact on the musculoskeletal system 
    increases dramatically as the object or 
    weight (center of gravity for bulky objects) 
    is farther from the body. When moving objects 
    or people, the distance away from the 
    worker's body affects the forces for a lift 
    or carry. Two characteristics of a lift 
    requiring a long horizontal reach make it 
    harder on the worker. The first is that the 
    worker's own body weight must be supported 
    and lifted in addition to the weight of the 
    object. The second is that the torque 
    required puts the muscles at a greater 
    mechanical disadvantage when the objects 
    being lifted are at a greater distance from 
    the body joint involved. Because of the 
    mechanical disadvantage, the predominant risk 
    factor in these situations is force, which is 
    increased because of the risk factor of 
    awkward posture (long reach) present. The 
    awkward posture involved in long reaches 
    requires higher muscle forces to lift or move 
    the same weight as would be necessary if the 
    reach were shorter. The problem becomes worse 
    when either greater weight or greater 
    distance is required. Lifting, lowering and/
    or carrying items when a long horizontal 
    reach is required will usually have the 
    greatest impact on the shoulders, arms and 
    back.
       Lifting and Lowering. For lifting and 
    lowering where the horizontal reach is long, 
    force is the factor that needs to be 
    addressed. This is usually accomplished by 
    reducing the reaches or the weight. Examples 
    would include reaching for a product on the 
    far side of a conveyor, reaching to a parts 
    supply bin that is on the far edge of the 
    work surface, lifting a large box with a 
    center of gravity at some distance from the 
    body, lifting or lowering something on the 
    far side of a barrier, placing packages on 
    the far side of a pallet, or assisting a 
    patient in sitting.
       Pushing and Pulling. For pushing and 
    pulling tasks, there may be reaches that are 
    long; however, these are not usually a 
    problem unless there is simultaneous lifting 
    or unless the pushing and pulling direction 
    is side to side rather than in and out. 
    Moving objects from side to side is much less 
    efficient than toward and away from the body.
    
    Examples:
       Pushing a heavy box on a non-
        powered conveyor
    
       Carrying. There are times when workers 
    carry an object that cannot be rested against 
    the body, so the arms are in a position that 
    is similar to that of a long reach. This also 
    happens when carrying a large box or 
    container. When this happens the force risk 
    factor is probably the most important, 
    followed by the awkward and static posture 
    risk factors.
    
    Examples:
       Carrying a hot pack used in 
        extruding plastic to the repair cart, or
       Carrying a carboy of nitric acid.
    
       Vertical reach is below knees or above the 
    shoulders (Distance of hands above the ground 
    when the object is grasped or released). 
    Workers who are lifting/lowering, pushing/
    pulling or carrying must exert more effort if 
    the vertical position of the hands (when the 
    object is started in motion) is above or 
    below 30'' (Snook 1978, Ex. 2-26; Ayoub et 
    al. 1978, Ex. 26-1416; Snook and Ciriello 
    1991, Ex. 26-1008). The forces required by 
    the muscles in the back and shoulder are 
    increased significantly as the hands near the 
    floor or move above the shoulders. The NIOSH 
    lift equation reduces the recommended lift by 
    22.5% if the lift occurs at or above shoulder 
    level.
       In addition to the force, the resulting 
    compression on bone and cushioning tissues 
    increases the likelihood of an injury. 
    Ideally the hands are at (or slightly below) 
    waist level when manual handling begins. 
    Manual handling tasks that require the hands 
    to be lower than the knees or higher than 
    mid-torso put the worker at a biomechanical 
    disadvantage, which requires the muscles to 
    exert more force than if the starting point 
    is near waist height. Low starting points 
    require bending or squatting, which adds 
    stress to the back and knees, respectively, 
    due to the awkward posture. When the lifted 
    object is below the worker's knees, he or she 
    must bend forward, thus stretching the 
    muscles in the back into an awkward and less 
    efficient lifting posture. In addition, from 
    a stooped posture the worker must lift the 
    weight of the torso up as the object is 
    lifted.
       When an object is lifted above mid-torso 
    heights, the thrust of the lifting force 
    shifts from the larger/stronger muscles of 
    the back to the smaller muscles of the 
    shoulder. As the load is raised higher, the 
    muscles of the shoulder become the primary 
    movers. When material is lifted overhead, 
    control of the lift becomes important. If the 
    weight of the load were to suddenly shift 
    while being lifted overhead, the resulting 
    awkward posture, combined with the weight and 
    distance of the load from the lower spine, 
    could tear tendons, ligaments and muscles.
       Lifting and Lowering. In lifting and 
    lowering from or to low or high positions, 
    awkward posture is a risk factor that often 
    needs to be addressed. The awkward posture 
    makes the muscles less efficient, and results 
    in higher muscle forces than would be 
    required if the lifting or lowering took 
    place with the load within 10 inches of the 
    waist.
    
    Examples:
       Picking up a 35 pound spool of 
        yarn from a peg above shoulder height,
       Picking a 40 pound item from a 
        60'' high shelf in a grocery warehouse, 
        or
       Lifting a 50 pound motor off a 
        pallet
    
       Pushing and Pulling. When pushing or 
    pulling objects, the height of hands affects 
    the amount of force needed. When the hands 
    are slightly above waist height, the worker 
    gets the most from the muscles. As the hands 
    are moved lower or higher, the worker's 
    posture becomes more awkward and requires 
    more force from the muscles.
    
    Examples:
       Pushing a cart with the hands 
        above mid chest height, or
       Pulling a wooden pallet across the 
        floor.
    
       Carrying. Carrying an object combines the 
    static loading of the muscles with the 
    loading caused by the awkward vertical 
    position of the load. The combination of 
    static and awkward postures greatly increases 
    the fatigue on the muscles. Maintaining a 
    stooped posture to carry a load places strain 
    on the muscles of the back and shoulder as 
    well as the spinal discs. Not only is the 
    back supporting the weight of the object, but 
    also the weight of the upper body. Carrying 
    loads above shoulder height cannot be 
    maintained for prolonged periods of time 
    because the shoulder muscles will fatigue. 
    The exception is when the weight of the load 
    is rested on the skeletal system and the arms 
    merely balance the weight (e.g., carrying 
    objects on the head, carrying trays of food 
    on the shoulder).
    
    Examples:
       Carrying large, bulky boxes of 
        machine parts where the worker is unable 
        to carry the box with a horizontal hold, 
        or
    
    [[Page 65820]]
    
       Carrying a large piece of 
        furniture down steps.
    
       Objects or people are moved significant 
    distance (i.e., pushing, pulling, carrying). 
    In producing products or even services it is 
    often necessary to move objects or people. 
    This may be done by a worker pushing, pulling 
    or carrying the item. Almost invariably this 
    involves forceful exertions. The method of 
    movement, the force required, and the 
    distance to be moved are the important 
    aspects of the job that will determine the 
    presence of MSD hazards. The higher the force 
    required and the longer the distance to be 
    moved, the more likely it is that the job 
    will present a problem. Force is the 
    predominant risk factor when objects are 
    moved, and it can be mitigated by using carts 
    or other conveyances. This type of job is 
    most likely to have adverse effects on the 
    back, shoulders and arms.
       Lifting and Lowering. Lifting and lowering 
    is usually involved in a job of this type 
    when the object is to be carried. For the 
    lifting and lowering part of the job, the 
    discussion of ``objects or people moved are 
    heavy,'' above, should be consulted. The 
    carry part of the task involves force and 
    static postures. The weight of the object and 
    the distance affect the force required and 
    the time spent in static and forceful 
    postures, respectively. Carrying puts the 
    body in a dynamic activity where the 
    stability is less than when the body is 
    stationary. Examples of movement distances 
    that might rise to the level of a hazard are 
    moving a patient from the bed to the bath, 
    lifting a tire from the floor to above the 
    head, or carrying a heavy part from a pallet 
    to a workstation.
       Pushing and Pulling. When pushing or 
    pulling an object for a significant distance, 
    the forces required and the distance moved 
    are the important aspects of the job. If a 
    cart or conveyance is used, the force to push 
    or pull it is almost always the risk factor 
    of concern. Sometimes large or heavy objects 
    are moved by sliding them across the floor. 
    This usually involves high forces and is 
    better done in other ways such as using a 
    cart or powered mover.
    
    Examples:
       Pushing a cart of restaurant 
        supplies from the delivery truck to the 
        restaurant, or
       Pushing a patient on a gurney to 
        physical therapy.
    
       Carrying. Once again, the weight of the 
    object and the distance it must be carried 
    are the important factors. The effect of 
    these on the worker can be reduced by 
    providing some form of conveyance.
    
    Examples:
       Carrying trash cans to the garbage 
        truck, or
       Carrying water bottles to the 
        cooler.
    
       Bending or twisting during manual 
    handling. Bending or twisting while manual 
    handling creates an awkward posture and 
    changes the way forces are distributed in the 
    spine. When the spine is in its natural 
    position, forces are directed along the bony 
    structure and distributed into the tissue as 
    the spine curves. However, bending and 
    twisting redirects the forces, placing more 
    compressive and shear forces on the discs. 
    Psychophysical studies have reported that 
    there is a decrease in the maximum acceptable 
    weight of lift (MAWL) in the range of 8% to 
    22% where twisting of the torso is involved 
    (Garg and Badger 1986, Ex. 26-121; Mital and 
    Fard 1986, Ex. 26-182; Garg and Banaag 1988, 
    Ex. 26-951). Experiments by Adams et al. 
    (1980, Ex. 26-701) indicate that combined 
    bending and twisting of the spine reduces the 
    tissue tolerance of the intervertebral discs, 
    predisposing them to rupture.
       When an object to be lifted is below the 
    worker's knees, he or she must bend forward, 
    thus stretching the muscles in the back into 
    an awkward and less efficient lifting 
    posture. In addition, from a stooped posture 
    the worker must lift the weight of the torso 
    up as the object is lifted. Lifting from a 
    stooped posture also creates a situation 
    where the worker can accelerate the torso as 
    they lift.
       Marras and Granata (1995, Ex. 26-1383, and 
    1997b, Ex. 26-169) found that increased 
    velocity and acceleration in trunk lateral 
    bending and twisting result in measurable 
    increases in both compressive and shear 
    forces experienced by the intervertebral 
    discs.
       Lifting and Lowering. In lifting and 
    lowering, awkward posture is the risk factor 
    that most often needs to be addressed. The 
    awkward posture makes the muscles less 
    efficient and results in higher forces than 
    would be required if the lift or lower were 
    10 inches from the waist.
    
    Examples:
       Moving 30 pound motors from a 
        workstation to a conveyor perpendicular 
        (90 deg.) to the workstation,
       Moving a patient from the bed to a 
        wheelchair, or
       Loading luggage into the cargo 
        hold of an airplane.
    
       Object is bulky, slippery or has no 
    handles (lifting, lowering, carrying). Lack 
    of good hand holds or good coupling between 
    the hand and the object can result in higher 
    grasp forces, higher other hand/arm forces, 
    higher back forces, or the adoption of 
    awkward postures to secure a stable 
    relationship with the load. The predominant 
    risk factors involved are force and awkward 
    postures, which usually affect the back, 
    hands, wrists and fingers.
       Lifting and Lowering. When lifting and 
    lowering an item in which the coupling is 
    poor, the worker has to adapt. Sometimes this 
    involves having the hands or center of 
    gravity of the load at considerable distance 
    from the body, which increases the forces 
    required of the back in awkward postures. 
    Sometimes the hands have to bend around the 
    box corners, resulting in considerable force 
    being exerted in an awkward posture. Bulky 
    loads cause the worker to bend the back more. 
    Open boxes with poor coupling may be picked 
    up with pinch grips on the tops of the box 
    sides, which results in high forces and an 
    ineffective grip.
    
    Examples:
       Lifting a 40 pound fuel pump out 
        of a tank of mineral oil,
       Lifting wet watermelons out of a 
        box (which requires the worker to use 
        excessive grip force), or
       Lifting a patient with little 
        ability to assist out of bed.
    
       Pushing and Pulling. Hand forces will tend 
    to be higher when pushing or pulling bulky 
    items or those that have poor coupling.
    Examples:
       Pushing a large box of potatoes in 
        a produce warehouse.
    
       Carrying. The problems of carrying an 
    object with poor coupling or that is bulky 
    are very similar to those involved in lifting 
    and lowering. These problems are exacerbated 
    by the static loading required when carrying 
    any distance.
    
    Examples:
       Carrying a keg of beer,
       Carrying machined parts to a 
        degreaser, or
       Carrying a side of beef.
    
       Floor surfaces are uneven, slippery, or 
    sloped. Surfaces that are not level require 
    the worker to compensate by placing the body 
    in an awkward posture. When the spine is in 
    its natural position, forces are directed 
    along the bony
    
    [[Page 65821]]
    
    structure and distributed into the tissue as 
    the spine curves. However, awkward postures 
    both redirect the forces, placing more 
    compressive and shear forces on the discs and 
    placing the muscle in a less efficient 
    position. In addition, to move an object 
    manually, the forces exerted by the feet need 
    to be resisted by the forces that push back 
    from the floor. When the floor is slippery or 
    sloped, the worker must expend more energy 
    resisting the natural tendency for the feet 
    to slip. If the load should shift while the 
    worker is on an uneven, slippery or sloped 
    surface, an injury becomes more likely. Poor 
    floor conditions can affect the footing and 
    the ease of movement of carts. Force is the 
    risk factor that is usually exacerbated by 
    poor floor surfaces and the back is the usual 
    location of MSDs that are brought on by 
    problems of floor surfaces. Lack of good 
    footing will result in added stress on the 
    postural muscles and other tissues.
       Lifting and Lowering. In lifting and 
    lowering, awkward posture is the risk factor 
    that most often needs to be addressed. The 
    awkward posture makes the muscles less 
    efficient and results in higher forces. The 
    higher forces lead to fatigue and 
    inflammation.
    
    Examples:
       Shoveling grain, or
       Lifting bags of laundry from a wet 
        floor.
    
       Pushing and Pulling. Pushing or pulling on 
    an uneven, slippery, or sloped surface can 
    result in a sudden increase in the force 
    needed to move or stop an object. The 
    increase in force alone can tear muscles or 
    strain tendons enough to cause an injury. 
    When the increase in force occurs when the 
    body is in an awkward posture due to the 
    surface, then a muscle or tendon strain is 
    more likely, due to the inefficient position 
    of the muscles.
    
    Examples:
       Pushing a laundry hamper across a 
        wet floor,
       Pushing a file cabinet on a 
        carpeted floor,
       Pushing a wheelchair through 
        gravel, or
       Pushing a cart on a cracked 
        concrete floor.
    
       Carrying. Carrying an object while walking 
    on uneven, slippery or sloped surfaces causes 
    the body to continually shift to accommodate 
    the changing working surface.
    
    Example:
       Carrying boxes of metal scraps 
        down steps, or
       Carrying boxes of paper up a ramp 
        into the computer room.
    
       Section 1910.918  What must I do to 
    analyze a problem job?
    
      You must:
    
    * * * * *
      (b) Evaluate the ergonomic risk factors in 
    the job to determine the MSD hazards 
    associated with the covered MSD. As 
    necessary, evaluate the duration, frequency 
    and magnitude of employee exposure to the 
    risk factors.
    
    
    4. Paragraph (d)--``Evaluate''
    
       Paragraph (d) of this section would 
    require employers to evaluate the identified 
    ergonomic risk factors to determine whether 
    the employee exposure to them is such that a 
    covered MSD would be reasonably likely to 
    occur. To make this determination, employers 
    need to look at the duration, frequency and 
    magnitude (i.e., modifying factors) of the 
    employee's exposure to the ergonomic risk 
    factors.
       OSHA is proposing this evaluation 
    provision because, although many jobs have 
    ergonomic risk factors, these risk factors do 
    not always rise to the level that poses a 
    significant risk of injury. This may be 
    because the exposure does not last long 
    enough, is not repeated frequently enough, or 
    is not intensive enough to pose a risk. For 
    example, an employee bending to pick up a 
    paper clip off the floor is exposed to 
    awkward postures; however, this activity is 
    not likely to result in a covered MSD because 
    it is done infrequently. Also, an employee 
    who picks up a box of copier paper is 
    certainly exposed to high forces, but a 
    covered MSD is not likely to occur where the 
    employee does this only, for example, once a 
    week. On the other hand, a job that requires 
    bending from a neutral posture for most of 
    the day would be likely to cause a covered 
    MSD. The following is a brief description of 
    the modifying factors:
       a. Duration. Duration refers to the length 
    of time an employee is continually exposed to 
    risk factors. The duration of job tasks can 
    have a substantial effect on the likelihood 
    of both localized and general fatigue. In 
    general, the longer the period of continuous 
    work (i.e., the longer the tasks require 
    sustained muscle contraction), the longer the 
    recovery or rest time required (Ex. 26-2). 
    Duration can be mitigated by changing the 
    sequence of activities or recovery time and 
    pattern of exposure. Breaks or short pauses 
    in the work routine help to reduce the 
    effects of the duration of exposure.
       b. Frequency. The response of the muscles 
    and tendons to work is dependent on the 
    number of times the tissue is required to 
    respond and the recovery time between 
    activity. The frequency can be viewed at the 
    micro level, such as grasps per minute or 
    lifts per hour. However, often a macro view 
    will be sufficient, such as time in a job per 
    shift, or days per week in a job.
       2c. Magnitude. Magnitude (or intensity) is 
    a measure of the strength of the risk factor, 
    for example: how much force, how deviated the 
    posture, how great the velocity or 
    acceleration of motion, how much pressure due 
    to compression. Magnitude can be measured 
    either in absolute terms or relative to an 
    individual's capabilities. There are studies 
    on how much force should be required under 
    some circumstances, but as an initial 
    estimate, employees can be asked to classify 
    the force requirements of the job on a scale 
    (e.g., low, moderate or high). Often this is 
    all that is needed to focus the analysis on 
    the part of the job that needs to be changed.
       There are many qualitative and 
    quantitative ways to determine the magnitude 
    of exposure. Often all it takes is the 
    employer asking employees to describe the 
    most difficult part of the job, and the 
    answer will indicate the magnitude of the 
    risk factor. A common practice for assessing 
    forceful exertion is to ask the employee to 
    rate the force required to do the task. When 
    magnitude is assessed qualitatively, the 
    employer is making a relative rating, that 
    is, the perceived magnitude of the risk 
    factor relative to the capabilities of the 
    worker. Relative ratings are very useful in 
    understanding whether the job fits the 
    employees currently doing the job.
       There are a number of ways to 
    quantitatively measure magnitude of exposure. 
    For example, the NIOSH Lifting Equation is 
    widely used to determine recommended weight 
    limits for safe lifting and carrying (Ex. 26-
    521). The Snook Push-Pull Tables are used by 
    many stakeholders to evaluate and design 
    pushing, pulling and carrying tasks (Ex. 26-
    1008). For work-related upper extremity MSDs, 
    the RULA survey method is often used to 
    investigate and evaluate jobs (McAtamney, 
    Lynn, Corlet, E. Nigel, 24(2) Applied 
    Ergonomics 91-99, 1993, Ex. 26-1421).
       The following is an example of an 
    evaluation (qualitative and quantitative) of 
    the duration, frequency and magnitude
    
    [[Page 65822]]
    
    of exposure to ergonomic risk factors in a 
    computer-work job:
    
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
       OBSERVATION        RISK FACTORS        FREQUENCY           DURATION          MAGNITUDE            CAUSE
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Same posture       Repetition,        Constant           6 hours per day    Head movement is   Monitor and sheet
     maintained as      awkward postures                                         about 45 degrees   of paper are
     the head bends                                                              down from          low.
     down to look at                                                             straight up
     the paper and
     screen
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    High work          Awkward postures,  Constant           6 hours per day    Upper arm is       Keyboard at mid-
     surfaces causes    static postures                                          about half way     chest height.
     the elbows to be                                                            between resting
     above mid torso                                                             at the side and
                                                                                 straight out
                                                                                 from the
                                                                                 shoulder
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Same posture       Awkward postures,  Constant while     Typing time is     Hands do not move  Keyboard use.
     maintained with    static postures    typing             about 6 hours      from the
     the fingers on                                           per day            keyboard
     the keyboard
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Repetition of the  Repetition         900/min            Typing time is     Moderate level of  Keying.
     same motion by                                           about 6 hours      typing
     the fingers                                              per day
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Workstation        Contact stress     Constant while     Typing time is     Worker has red     Edge of the desk
     objects press                         typing             about 6 hours      lines on the       pressing into
     hard against the                                         per day            wrist              the wrist.
     body
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Long reaches for   Awkward postures,  Constant while     Uses the mouse     The arm is fully   The mouse is
     the mouse          static postures    using the mouse    less than one      extended           about 1.5 feet
                                                              hour per day                          from the worker.
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Prolonged sitting  Static posture     Constant           About 6 hours per  .................  Constant keying,
                                                              day                                   sitting too
                                                                                                    long.
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Workstation chair  Contact stress     Constant           About 6 hours per  .................  Chair seat pan
     presses hard                                             day                                   too high, and
     into the back of                                                                               the feet dangle
     the thigh                                                                                      above the floor
                                                                                                    or rest on the
                                                                                                    base of the
                                                                                                    chair.
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
       As mentioned above, ergonomic risk factors 
    are synergistic elements of MSD hazards. 
    Simply put, the total effect of these risk 
    factors is greater than the sum of their 
    parts. As such, employers need to be 
    especially watchful for situations where risk 
    factors occur simultaneously. Levels of risk 
    factors that may pose little risk when found 
    alone are much more likely to cause MSDs when 
    they occur with other risk factors.
       Controls that reduce a risk factor focus 
    on reductions in the risk modifiers 
    (frequency, duration or magnitude). By 
    limiting exposure to the modifiers, the risk 
    of an injury is reduced. Thus in any job the 
    combination of the task, environment and the 
    worker create a continuum of opportunity to 
    reduce the risk by reducing the modifying 
    factors. The closer the control approach 
    comes to eliminating the frequency, duration 
    or magnitude, the more likely it is that the 
    MSD hazard has been controlled. Conversely, 
    if the control does little to change the 
    frequency, duration or magnitude, it is 
    unlikely that the MSD hazard has been 
    controlled.
       Section 1910.919  What hazard control 
    steps must I follow?
    
      You must:
      (a) Ask employees in the problem job for 
    recommendations about eliminating or 
    materially reducing the MSD hazards;
      (b) Identify, assess and implement feasible 
    controls (interim and/or permanent) to 
    eliminate or materially reduce the MSD 
    hazards. This includes prioritizing the 
    control of hazards, where necessary;
      (c) Track your progress in eliminating or 
    materially reducing the MSD hazards. This 
    includes consulting with employees in problem 
    jobs about whether the implemented controls 
    have eliminated or materially reduced the 
    hazards; and
      (d) Identify and evaluate MSD hazards when 
    you change, design or purchase equipment or 
    processes in problem jobs.
    
      Section Sec. 1910.919 of the proposed rule 
    outlines the basic process employers must use 
    in controlling MSD hazards. These provisions 
    are well-recognized as the basic problem-
    solving steps of hazard control (Ex. 26-2).
    
    [[Page 65823]]
    
    1. Paragraph (a) --``Ask employees for 
    recommendations''
    
       Proposed paragraph (a) requires that 
    employers ask employees for recommendations 
    on controls. Many stakeholders have said that 
    employees who are doing a job are usually the 
    best resource for finding both the problems 
    or difficulties in that job and for 
    identifying appropriate solutions that will 
    control the hazards (Exs. 3-112, 3-164, 3-
    112, 26-5). In addition, employee input and 
    participation in the problem solving process 
    can minimize the resistance to change when 
    job changes become necessary. Many 
    stakeholders have testified to the value of 
    employee participation in ergonomics:
    
      Employers and employees alike who work in 
    the industry are in the best possible 
    position to identify risk factors in their 
    workplace and to develop prevention methods 
    that concentrate on the significant problems 
    unique to their particular industry's 
    environment. America Health Care Association 
    (Ex. 3-112).
      Job analysis should include input from the 
    workers themselves. The employees can best 
    tell what conditions have caused them pain, 
    discomfort, and injuries. They often have 
    easy and practical suggestions on how such 
    problems can be alleviated. American 
    Federation of State, County and Municipal 
    Employees, AFL-CIO (Ex. 3-164).
    
    
    2. Paragraph (b)--``Identify, assess and 
    implement controls''
    
       OSHA is proposing a requirement that 
    employers identify, assess and implement 
    feasible controls (interim and permanent) to 
    eliminate or materially reduce the MSD 
    hazards identified. Controls are considered 
    feasible if they are presently in use for the 
    application in question, can be adapted for 
    such use from technologies that are being 
    used in other applications, can be developed 
    by improving existing technologies, or is on 
    the horizon of technological development. For 
    many MSD hazards, the identification and 
    assessment of controls will be brief because 
    the MSD hazards are obvious or not complex 
    and can easily be implemented. Many MSD 
    hazards can be addressed with off-the-shelf 
    controls. Often controls can be identified 
    during the job hazard analysis and even be 
    put in as they are identified, such as these 
    examples:
    
       Eliminating awkward postures 
    (leaning over workstation) by putting blocks 
    under a work bench to raise the work surface 
    height.
       Eliminating awkward postures of 
    the neck and reducing stress on the back by 
    putting a telephone book under a VDT monitor.
       Reducing awkward postures of the 
    neck by removing light bulbs that were 
    causing glare on the VDT monitor screen.
       Reducing force by cleaning thread 
    from the wheels of a cart that had been hard 
    to push.
    
       Where controls are not obvious or off-the-
    shelf, the identification and assessment of 
    controls may require more effort.
    
    
    Identify controls
    
       There are many different methods employers 
    can use and places employers can go to 
    identify controls. Many employers rely on 
    their internal resources to identify possible 
    controls. These in-house experts may include:
    
      4 Employees who perform the job and 
    their supervisors,
       Engineering personnel,
       Workplace safety and health 
    personnel or committee,
       Maintenance personnel,
       On-site health care professionals,
       Procurement staff, and
       Human resource personnel.
    
       A number of stakeholders said they bring 
    their in-house experts together for 
    brainstorming sessions to identify as many 
    solutions as possible for the problem job 
    (Ex. 26-1370). Some of those stakeholders 
    have told OSHA that brainstorming is often a 
    good technique for addressing complex 
    problems (Ex. 26-1370). Looking at the 
    original design and equipment specifications 
    is another in-house method for identifying 
    solutions. Reviewing the original design 
    specifications or even operation manuals can 
    help determine whether the job, equipment, 
    tools or raw materials have changed 
    substantially. If changes are identified, a 
    return to the original condition via 
    equipment maintenance and repair may be 
    enough to correct the problem.
       Another common method of identifying 
    controls is to look at similar operations. 
    Stakeholders have said that they review 
    similar operations at sister worksites to 
    identify changes that have worked there over 
    time.
       Possible controls can also be identified 
    from sources outside the workplace, such as:
    
       Equipment Catalogs. Review of 
    equipment catalogues, especially those 
    dealing with the types of problems present. 
    For example, if the problem deals with 
    handling drummed materials, there are 
    equipment catalogues that offer a number of 
    pieces of equipment that aid with the 
    handling of drums.
       Vendors. Talk to vendors who work 
    within a particular industry. They may be 
    able to share ideas from other operations. It 
    may be useful to develop a partnership with a 
    vendor and work collaboratively to resolve 
    the problem.
       Trade Associations or Labor 
    Unions. Discuss the problem with a trade 
    association or a labor union. They may serve 
    as a focal point for efforts to initiate 
    changes within the industry.
       Conferences and Trade Shows.
       Insurance companies. Insurance 
    companies can provide information about what 
    other clients with similar operations are 
    doing to solve problems.
       OSHA Consultation Services. OSHA 
    provides free on-site assistance in 
    identifying, analyzing and controlling 
    problems. The first priority of OSHA's 
    consultation services is small businesses in 
    high hazard industries.
       Specialists. Specialists in 
    materials handling, layout, work methods, 
    occupational safety and health, or ergonomics 
    may be able to provide solutions based on 
    their experience. Many large organizations 
    have such specialists on staff or at 
    corporate headquarters.
       Through in-house experts and other sources 
    of expertise, employers need to generate 
    solutions that eliminate or materially reduce 
    ergonomic risk factors. To assist employers 
    in identifying solutions, the following table 
    provides a list of solutions and control 
    measures that have been identified and used 
    to eliminate or materially reduce ergonomic 
    risk factors in the physical work activities 
    and conditions identified in 
    Sec. 1910.918(c):
    
    [[Page 65824]]
    
    
    
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
       PHYSICAL WORK ACTIVITIES AND     ERGONOMIC RISK FACTORS THAT MAY BE
                CONDITIONS                            PRESENT                         EXAMPLES OF CONTROLS
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    (1) Exerting considerable physical  (i) Force                           Use powered tools
     effort to complete a motion                                            Change pinch to power grip
                                                                            Use longer handle
                                                                            Use powered lift assist
                                                                            Use lift tables
                                       -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                        (ii) Awkward postures               Provide better mechanical advantage such
                                                                             as a longer handle
                                                                            Move the items closer to the worker
                                                                            Design task for smooth movements
                                       -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                        (iii) Contact stress                Attach a handle
                                                                            Wrap or coat the handle with cushioning
                                                                             and non slip material
                                                                            Wear gloves that improve the grip
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    (2) Doing same motion over and      (i) Repetition                      Use power tools
     over again                         (ii) Force                          Use job enlargement
                                                                            Use job rotation
                                                                            Reallocate tasks
                                       -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                        (iii) Awkward postures              Provide wrist rest
                                                                            Allow short breaks
                                       -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                        (iv) Cold temperatures              Take break in a warm area
                                                                            Provide heat where the hands are located
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    (3) Performing motions constantly   (i) Repetition                      Use job enlargement
     without short pauses or breaks in  (ii) Force                          Allow breaks as needed
     between                            (iii) Awkward postures
                                        (iv) Static postures
                                        (v) Contact stress
                                        (vi) Vibration
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    (4) Performing tasks that involve   (i) Awkward postures                Redesign the workplace layout
     long reaches                                                           Reposition object
                                                                            Provide better access to machinery
                                                                            Rotate pallet or work surface
                                                                            Keep work in front of the worker
                                                                            Use a tool to extend the reach
                                       -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                        (ii) Static postures                Provide adjustability
                                                                            Allow short breaks
                                                                            Use job enlargement
                                                                            Allow tools and items to be set aside
                                                                             periodically
                                       -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                        (iii) Force                         Use lift tables or pallet jacks
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    (5) Working surfaces are too high   (i) Awkward postures                Provide adjustability
     or too low                                                             Raise/lower the worker
                                                                            Use a tool to extend the reach
                                       -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                        (ii) Static postures                Use job enlargement
                                        (iii) Force                         Reorient work
                                                                            Allow short breaks
                                                                            Use lift tables
                                       -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                        (iv) Contact stress                 Ensure round edges
                                                                            Pad surfaces
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    (6) Maintaining same position or    (i) Awkward postures                Use job enlargement
     posture while performing tasks                                         Reposition object
                                       -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    [[Page 65825]]
    
     
                                        (ii) Static postures                Reduce weight of object
                                                                            Use job rotation
                                                                            Use job enlargement
                                                                            Allow short breaks
                                                                            Use sit/stand workstation
                                                                            Use anti-fatigue mats
                                                                            Provide foot rest
                                                                            Provide cushioned insoles
                                       -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                        (iii) Force                         Use balanced powered hand tools
                                                                            Provide lift assist
                                       -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                        (iv) Cold temperatures              Wear thermal clothing
                                                                            Take break in a warm area
                                                                            Provide localized heating
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    (7) Sitting for a long time         (i) Awkward postures                Stand occasionally
                                        (ii) Static postures                Provide lumbar support
                                        (iii) Contact stress                Allow short breaks
                                                                            Provide chairs with padding on the seat
                                                                            Make seat height adjustment
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    (8) Using hand and power tools      (i) Force                           Support weight of the tool mechanically
                                        (ii) Awkward postures               Ensure tool has good balance
                                        (iii) Static postures               Use appropriate size handles
                                        (iv) Contact stress                 Avoid sharp edges and finger slots on
                                                                             the handle
                                       -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                        (v) Vibration                       Use low vibration tools
                                        (vi) Cold temperatures              Isolate source of vibration from the
                                                                             worker
                                                                            Maintain tools
                                                                            Reduce vibration
                                                                            Insulate hands
                                                                            Eliminate of reduce draft or blow back
                                                                             on the hands
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    (9) Vibrating working surfaces,     (i) Vibration                       Isolate source of vibration
     machinery or vehicles              (ii) Force                          Use job rotation
                                        (iii) Cold temperatures             Use adsorbing material to reduce the
                                                                             magnitude of the vibration
                                                                            Provide insulation from the cold
                                                                            Allow breaks in a warm area
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    (10) Workstation edges or objects   (i) Contact stress                  Provide round edges
     press hard into muscles or                                             Enlarge handles
     tendons                                                                Pad surfaces and handles
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    (11) Using the hand as a hammer     (i) Contact stress                  Review design specifications
                                        (ii) Force                          Use soft mallet
                                                                            Provide frequent maintenance
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    (12) Using hands or body as a       (i) Force                           Use a fixture, clamp or jig
     clamp to hold object while         (ii) Static posture                 Use job rotation
     performing tasks                   (iii) Awkward posture               Provide round edges
                                        (iv) Contact stress                 Pad surfaces
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    (13) Gloves are bulky, too large    (i) Force                           Provide several sizes and weights of
     or too small                       (ii) Contact stress                  gloves
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     
    [[Page 65826]]
    
     
                            MANUAL HANDLING (Lifting/lowering, pushing/pulling, and carrying)
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    (14) Objects or people moved are    (i) Force                           Lighten load
     heavy                              (ii) Repetition                     Use lift assist
                                        (iii) Awkward postures              Use lift table
                                        (iv) Static posture                 Place package in larger containers that
                                        (v) Contact stress                   have to be mechanically handled
                                                                            Use two people lift team
                                                                            Rely on gravity to move the object
                                                                            Reduce friction
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    (15) Horizontal reach is long       (i) Force                           Redesign the workplace layout
                                        (ii) Repetition                     Reposition object closer to the employee
                                        (iii) Awkward postures              Provide pallet, table that can be
                                        (iv) Static posture                  rotated
                                        (v) Contact stress                  Provide space so that the employee can
                                                                             walk around to the object
                                                                            Reduce the size of the object
                                                                            Slide the object closer before lifting
                                                                            Eliminate unnecessary barriers
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    (16) Vertical reach is below knees  (i) Force                           Do not place objects to be lifted on the
     or above the shoulders             (ii) Repetition                      floor
                                        (iii) Awkward postures              Use adjustable height tables
                                        (iv) Static posture                 Put employee on a platform
                                        (v) Contact stress                  Store heavy objects stored at waist
                                                                             height
                                                                            Put handles on the object
                                                                            Change the work place layout
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    (17) Objects or people are moved    (i) Force                           Modify the process to eliminate or
     significant distances              (ii) Repetition                      reduce moves over a significant
                                        (iii) Awkward posture                distance
                                        (iv) Static postures                Convey the object (e.g., conveyor, ball
                                        (v) Contact stress                   casters, air)
                                                                            Use fork lifts, hand dollies, carts, or
                                                                             chairs (for people)
                                                                            Use appropriate wheels on carts (and
                                                                             maintain the wheels)
                                                                            Provide handles for pushing, pulling or
                                                                             carrying
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    (18) Bending or twisting during     (i) Force                           Raise work to the appropriate height
     manual handling                    (ii) Repetition                     Lower the employee
                                        (ii) Awkward postures               Arrange workstation so that work is done
                                        (iv) Static postures                 in front of the worker
                                                                            Use conveyors, chutes, slides, or
                                                                             turntables to change direction of the
                                                                             object
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    (19) Object is slippery or has no   (i) Force                           Provide good handles
     handles                            (ii) Repetition                     Provide belt with handholds to assist in
                                        (iii) Awkward posture                moving patients
                                        (iv) Static posture                 Provide gloves that assist in holding
                                                                             slippery objects
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    (20) Floor surfaces are uneven,     (i) Force                           Redesign the handling job to avoid
     slippery or sloped                 (ii) Repetition                      movement over poor surfaces
                                        (iii) Awkward postures              Use surface with treatments or anti-skid
                                        (iv) Static posture                  strips
                                                                            Provide footwear that improves friction
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
       Assess controls. The assessment of 
    controls is an effort by employers, with 
    input from employees, to select controls that 
    are reasonably anticipated to eliminate or 
    materially reduce the MSD hazards. The 
    employer may find that there are several 
    controls that would be reasonably likely to 
    reduce the hazard. Multiple control 
    alternatives are often available, especially 
    when several risk factors contribute to the 
    MSD hazard. The employer needs to assess 
    which of the possible controls should be 
    tried. Clearly, a control that significantly 
    reduces several risk factors is preferred 
    over a control that only reduces one of the 
    risk factors.
       Selection of the risk factor(s) to control 
    and/or control measures to try can be based 
    on numerous criteria. An example of one 
    method involves ranking all of the ergonomic 
    risk factors and/or possible controls 
    according to how well they meet these four 
    criteria:
    
       Effectiveness--Greatest reduction 
    in exposure to the MSD hazards.
       Acceptability--Employees most 
    likely to accept and use this control.
       Timeliness--Takes least amount of 
    time to implement, train and achieve material 
    reduction in exposure to MSD hazards.
    
    [[Page 65827]]
    
       Cost--Elimination or material 
    reduction of exposure to MSD hazards at the 
    lowest cost.
    
       Where there are several jobs that need to 
    be controlled, the employer may need to 
    consider prioritizing the implementation of 
    controls as part of the assessment process. 
    Although many employers tend to select the 
    most severe problems to control first, the 
    criteria above are another way to prioritize 
    the control of jobs.
       Implement Controls. Because of the 
    multifactoral nature of MSD hazards, it is 
    not always clear whether the selected 
    controls will achieve the intended reduction 
    in exposure to the hazards. As a result, the 
    control of MSD hazards often requires testing 
    selected controls and modifying them 
    appropriately before implementing them 
    throughout the job. Testing controls verifies 
    that the proposed solution actually works and 
    what additional changes or enhancements are 
    needed.
       There are a number of ways in which 
    employers may test out controls. Many 
    employers modify a single workstation first 
    to ensure that all necessary revisions have 
    been identified and completed. Only then are 
    the modifications applied to other 
    workstations. Some employers with 
    manufacturing operations test out new work 
    methods on training lines or training 
    workstations, which typically have slower 
    line speeds. In addition, employers may have 
    employees test out several different models 
    of new tools, furniture, and equipment to 
    identify the best fit for each employee.
       Stakeholders have told OSHA that sometimes 
    it can take a long time to develop, purchase 
    and/or install effective permanent controls 
    (Ex. 26-1370). To ensure that employers have 
    adequate time to identify, assess and test 
    out possible control measures, OSHA is 
    proposing that employers have up to 3 years 
    to implement permanent controls (or 1 year 
    after the compliance start-up times have 
    passed). However, so that employees do not go 
    unprotected for that period of time, OSHA is 
    proposing to require that employers implement 
    interim controls more quickly. Often simple 
    engineering or administrative controls may be 
    implemented quickly, while a better solution 
    is being designed. A number of stakeholders 
    have said that they used administrative 
    controls to reduce exposures during the 
    interim time it took them to design and 
    implement new engineering controls (Ex. 26-
    1370).
    
    
    3. Paragraph (c)--``Track progress''
    
       Paragraph (c) would require employers to 
    track their progress (i.e., evaluate their 
    progress and success) in eliminating or 
    materially reducing the MSD hazards. OSHA 
    believes this provision is important for 
    several reasons. First, evaluating the 
    effectiveness of controls is the sine qua non 
    of an incremental abatement process. Unless 
    they follow up on their control efforts, 
    employers will not know whether the hazards 
    have been adequately controlled or whether 
    the abatement process needs to continue. 
    Simply put, if the job is not controlled, the 
    problem-solving is not complete.
       Second, tracking progress is also 
    essential in those cases where employers need 
    to prioritize the control of hazards. It 
    tells employers whether they are on schedule 
    with their abatement plans. Third, tracking 
    the progress of control efforts is a good way 
    of determining whether the elements of the 
    program are functioning properly. For 
    example, evaluating controls, especially work 
    practice controls, is one way to determine 
    whether the ergonomics training has been 
    effective.
       Many employers evaluate controls within 30 
    to 60 days after implementation. This gives 
    employees enough time to get accustomed to 
    the controls and to see whether the controls 
    have introduced other problems into the job 
    (Ex. 26-2).
       Once again, there are many ways that 
    employers may track their progress in 
    addressing MSD hazards, and OSHA does not 
    intend to require employers to use one 
    particular method. NIOSH says that the 
    evaluation should use the same tool that was 
    used to analyze the problem, or another 
    method that allows employers to compare the 
    before-and-after results (Ex. 26-2). One of 
    the easiest approaches is to follow up with 
    employees in the problem job and ask them 
    whether the controls have reduced the 
    physical difficulties of performing the job, 
    whether the job is more comfortable, or 
    whether the tools and equipment seem to fit 
    them better. Many employers take baseline 
    measurements before the ergonomics program is 
    implemented so they have a way of quantifying 
    their success. Some of the measures they use 
    include:
    
       Reductions in severity rates, 
    especially at the very start of the program,
       Reduction in incidence rates,
       Reduction in total lost-workdays 
    and lost-workdays per case,
       Reduction in job turnover or 
    absenteeism,
       Reduction in workers' compensation 
    costs/medical costs,
       Increases in productivity or 
    quality,
       Reduction in reject rates,
       Number of jobs analyzed and 
    controlled,
       Number of problems solved.
    
       OSHA is not proposing to require that 
    employers use one of these methods listed to 
    assess the effectiveness of controls. 
    Employers are free to choose their own 
    criteria. The proposed rule would require, 
    however, that whatever measure employers do 
    select, their evaluation of controls must 
    include consulting employees in the problem 
    job.
    
    
    4. Paragraph (d)--Proactive ergonomics
    
       Paragraph (d) would require employers to 
    identify and evaluate MSD hazards when they 
    make process and equipment changes. Sometimes 
    this concept is referred to as ``proactive 
    ergonomics'' or ``safety through design.'' 
    The concept encompasses facilities, hardware, 
    equipment, tooling, materials, layout and 
    configuration, energy controls, environmental 
    concerns and products. Designing or 
    purchasing to eliminate or materially reduce 
    MSD hazards in the design process helps to 
    avoid costly retrofitting. It also results in 
    easier and less costly implementation of 
    occupational safety and health needs (Ex. 26-
    2, Ex. 26-1418).
       OSHA is proposing this requirement, in 
    part, because many stakeholders have said 
    that the best and most cost-effective way to 
    control MSD hazards is to prevent them from 
    being introduced into the workplace in the 
    first place (Ex. 26-1370):
    
      Ergonomic principles are most effectively 
    applied to workstations and new designs on a 
    preventive basis, before injuries or 
    illnesses occur. Good design with ergonomics 
    provides the greatest economic benefit for 
    industry. American Industrial Hygiene 
    Association (Ex. 3-197).
    
       Design strategies should emphasize fitting 
    job demands to the capabilities and 
    limitations of employees. To achieve this, 
    decision-makers must have appropriate 
    information
    
    [[Page 65828]]
    
    and knowledge about ergonomic risk factors 
    and ways to control them. They need to know 
    about the problems in jobs and the causes. 
    Designers of in-house equipment, machine and 
    processes also need to have an understanding 
    of ergonomic risk factors and how to control 
    them. For example, they may need 
    anthropometric data to be able to design to 
    the range of capabilities and limitations of 
    employees.
       It is also important that persons involved 
    in procurement have basic knowledge about the 
    causes of problems and ergonomic solutions. 
    For example, they need to know that 
    adjustable chairs can reduce awkward postures 
    and that narrow tool handles can considerably 
    increase the amount of force required to 
    perform a task. In addition, to prevent the 
    introduction of new hazards into the 
    workplace, procurement personnel need 
    information about equipment needs.
       Several employers in the meat processing 
    industry have told OSHA that they were able 
    to communicate their common concerns to 
    equipment suppliers and that, as a result, 
    several suppliers are now providing tools and 
    equipment that reduce the likelihood of an 
    MSD. OSHA encourages employers to contact 
    individuals and other companies any time 
    information about the cause of a workplace 
    musculoskeletal disorder could be used to 
    prevent similar incidents. Owens and Garg 
    (Ex. 26-1415) found that manufacturers are 
    often receptive and responsive to 
    recommendations for design changes made by 
    users of their products in the design phase.
       Section 1910.920  What kinds of controls 
    must I use?
    
      (a) In this standard, you may use any 
    combination of engineering, administrative 
    and/or work practice controls to eliminate or 
    materially reduce MSD hazards. Engineering 
    controls, where feasible, are the preferred 
    method for eliminating or materially reducing 
    MSD hazards. However, administrative and work 
    practice controls also may be important in 
    addressing MSD hazards.
      (b) Personal protective equipment (PPE) may 
    be used to supplement engineering, work 
    practice and administrative controls, but may 
    only be used alone where other controls are 
    not feasible. Where PPE is used, you must 
    provide it at no cost to employees.
    
      Note to Sec. 1910.920: Back belts/braces 
    and wrist braces/splints are not considered 
    PPE for purposes of this standard.
    
       Section 1910.920 permits the employer to 
    use any combination of engineering, 
    administrative, or work practice controls to 
    address the MSD hazards identified in problem 
    jobs. OSHA is proposing to allow employers 
    this flexibility in choice of controls 
    because OSHA's experience and reports from 
    stakeholders both indicate that all of these 
    control approaches have contributed to 
    reductions in the number and severity of 
    workplace MSDs. In addition, the broad range 
    of jobs to which the standard will apply, and 
    the great variation in workplace conditions 
    covered, make compliance flexibility 
    essential.
       Paragraph (a) of Sec. 1910.920 does, 
    however, state that engineering controls are 
    the preferred method of eliminating or 
    substantially reducing MSD hazards in cases 
    where these controls are feasible. The 
    proposal defines engineering controls as 
    controls that physically change the job in a 
    way that eliminates or materially reduces the 
    MSD hazard or hazards present. Examples of 
    engineering controls that are used to address 
    ergonomic hazards are workstation 
    modifications, changes to the tools or 
    equipment used to do the job, facility 
    redesigns, altering production processes, 
    and/or changing or modifying the materials 
    used.
       Engineering controls range from very 
    simple to complex: from putting blocks under 
    a desk to raise the work surface for a 
    taller-than-average worker to providing a 
    lumbar support pillow or rolled-up towel to a 
    video display unit (VDU) operator to 
    redesigning an entire facility to enhance 
    productivity, reduce product defects, and 
    reduce workplace MSDs.
       When choosing an engineering control to 
    address a particular ergonomic problem, 
    employers often have many choices, depending 
    on how much they wish to spend, how permanent 
    a solution they seek, how extensive a 
    production process change they need, and 
    employee acceptance and preference. For 
    example, as MacLeod (Ex. 26-1425) points out, 
    an employer whose VDU operators are 
    experiencing neck and shoulder problems has 
    many options available, including the 
    following:
    
       Raising the height of the monitor 
    by putting it on phone books, building a 
    monitor stand, buying an adjustable monitor 
    stand, buying an adjustable wall-mounted 
    monitor stand, or buying an adjustable desk-
    mounted monitor stand;
       Putting the desk on blocks; or
       Providing an adjustable-height 
    desk or workstation.
    
       The ergonomics proposal reflects the 
    preference of ergonomists and safety and 
    health professionals for engineering 
    controls, which is based on the ability of 
    engineering controls to eliminate the MSD 
    hazards posed by the job. The standard 
    ergonomics textbooks and guidance documents 
    emphasize the superiority of engineering 
    controls over other classes of controls, 
    i.e., administrative controls, work 
    practices, or personal protective equipment 
    (PPE) (see, for example, Ex. 26-1487, Ex. 26-
    1428, Ex. 26-1424, Ex. 26-2; Ex. 26-1426, Ex. 
    26-1425, Ex. 26-1408; and Ex. 26-3). 
    According to NIOSH's recent publication, 
    ``Elements of Ergonomics Programs'':
    
      A three tier hierarchy of controls is 
    widely accepted as an intervention strategy 
    for controlling workplace hazards, including 
    ergonomic hazards. (Ex. 26-2)
    
       A recent ergonomics text states, 
    ``Ergonomic hazards can be effectively 
    eliminated by introducing engineering 
    controls and applying ergonomic principles 
    when developing workstations, tools, or jobs 
    * * * only engineering controls eliminate the 
    workplace hazards. Other strategies [work 
    practices, administrative controls] only 
    minimize the risk of injury'' (Ex. 26-1408).
       Ergonomists endorse the hierarchy of 
    controls, which accords first place to 
    engineering controls, because they believe 
    that control technologies should be selected 
    based on their reliability and efficacy in 
    eliminating or reducing the workplace hazard 
    (risk factors) giving rise to the MSD. 
    Engineering controls are preferred because 
    these controls and their effectiveness are:
        Reliable;
        Consistent;
        Effective;
        Measurable;
        Not dependent on human behavior 
    (that of managers, supervisors, or workers) 
    for their effectiveness;
        Do not introduce new hazards into 
    the process.
       In contrast to administrative and work 
    practice controls or personal protective 
    equipment, which occupy the second and third 
    tiers of the hierarchy, respectively, 
    engineering controls fix the problem once and 
    for all. However, because
    
    [[Page 65829]]
    
    there is such variability in the workplace 
    conditions covered by the proposed standard, 
    OSHA is permitting employers to use any 
    combination of engineering, work practice, or 
    administrative controls as methods of control 
    for MSD hazards.
       Work practice controls involve changes in 
    the way an employee does the job. They are 
    defined by the standard as changes in the way 
    an employee performs the physical work 
    activities of a job that reduce exposure to 
    MSD hazards. Work practice controls involve 
    procedures and methods for performing work 
    safely. Examples of work practices that 
    reduce the potential for exposure to 
    ergonomic risk factors are training workers 
    to use a new or modified tool properly, 
    training workers to vary the tasks they 
    perform throughout the day to minimize muscle 
    fatigue, and training workers to work in 
    positions that reduce risk factors as much as 
    possible (e.g., to hold a tool with their 
    wrists straight, to avoid awkward postures, 
    etc.). In the context of ergonomic programs, 
    work practice controls are essential, both 
    because they reduce ergonomic stressors in 
    their own right and because they are critical 
    if engineering controls are to work 
    effectively. For example, workers need to be 
    trained to use a power grip rather than a 
    trigger grip if a new tool is to be 
    successful, and they need to be trained to 
    adjust an ergonomically designed chair 
    properly if it is to substantially reduce the 
    risk of neck disorders, shoulder tendinitis, 
    or another type of MSD. Work practices, like 
    learning to vary job activities during the 
    day (e.g., moving from filing to sorting mail 
    to using the computer and back again) can 
    often reduce the magnitude and duration of 
    exposure to the risk factor sufficiently to 
    make MSDs unlikely. To be effective, the 
    culture at the workplace and supervisory 
    support and reinforcement are necessary to 
    ensure that safe work practices are routinely 
    observed.
       Administrative controls are management-
    controlled work practices and policies 
    designed to reduce exposures to MSD hazards 
    by changing the way work is assigned or 
    scheduled. Administrative controls reduce the 
    frequency, magnitude, and/or duration of 
    exposure and thus reduce the cumulative dose 
    to any one worker. Examples of administrative 
    controls that are used in the ergonomics 
    context are employee rotation, job 
    enlargement, and employer-authorized changes 
    in the pace of work.
       Administrative controls have been 
    effective in addressing MSD hazards in some 
    cases. For example, one case study cited in 
    the Benefits chapter (Chapter IV of the 
    Preliminary Economic Analysis) describes a 
    lift team approach that has been quite 
    effective in reducing work-related back 
    injuries among nursing personnel in a long-
    term care facility for the elderly (Ex. 26-
    1091). However, many ergonomists note that 
    these controls should be used with caution. 
    For example, a recent book (Ex. 26-1408) 
    states ``* * * the biggest disadvantage with 
    administrative controls is that they treat 
    the symptoms and not the cause of 
    biomechanical stress.''
       Another well-known ergonomics book, 
    MacLeod's ``The Ergonomic Edge,'' cautions:
    
      * * * job rotation is only beneficial if 
    the tasks involve different muscle-tendon 
    groups or if the workers are rotated to a 
    rest cycle * * * Poorly structured job 
    rotation programs, may, in fact, increase the 
    risk of CTDs. If employees are not properly 
    trained or accustomed to the tasks they are 
    to do, they can increase their exposure to 
    risk factors * * * Furthermore, job rotation 
    alone does not change the risk factors 
    present in a facility. It only distributes 
    the risk factors more evenly across a larger 
    group of people. Thus, the risk for some 
    individuals can be reduced, while the risk 
    for others is increased. * * * When employees 
    rotate between two jobs the risk of exposure 
    can be thought of as being ``averaged.'' Job 
    rotation may drop the average to within a 
    safe level, or raise the whole group in 
    excess of safe limits * * * Finally, although 
    job rotation may have beneficial effects, 
    engineering changes should remain the goal of 
    the ergonomics program.'' [Ex. 26-1425]
    
       The proposed standard permits employers to 
    use personal protective equipment (PPE) to 
    supplement engineering, work practice, and 
    administrative controls. However, personal 
    protective equipment may not be used alone, 
    i.e., as the sole means of employee 
    protection unless no other controls are 
    feasible. Any PPE that is provided must be 
    made available to employees at no cost.
       PPE is equipment that is worn by the 
    employee and provides an effective barrier 
    between the employee and the MSD hazards in 
    the job. Examples are palm pads and knee pads 
    to reduce contact stress, vibration-
    attenuation gloves, and gloves worn to 
    protect against cold temperatures.
       The hierarchy of controls, which is widely 
    endorsed by ergonomists, occupational safety 
    and health specialists, and health care 
    professionals, accords last place to PPE 
    because:
    
       Its efficacy in practice depends 
    on human behavior (the manager's, 
    supervisor's and worker's),
       Studies have shown that the 
    effectiveness of PPE is highly variable and 
    inconsistent from one worker to the next,
       The protection provided cannot be 
    measured reliably,
       PPE must be maintained and 
    replaced frequently to maintain its 
    effectiveness,
       It is burdensome for employees to 
    wear, because it decreases mobility and is 
    often uncomfortable,
       It may pose hazards of its own 
    (e.g., the use of vibration-reduction gloves 
    may also force workers to increase their grip 
    strength).
    
       One author (Ex. 26-1408) notes that: ``* * 
    * in most cases, the use of PPE focuses 
    attention upon worker responses and not the 
    causes of ergonomic hazards * * * PPE does 
    not eliminate ergonomic hazards * * * [and] 
    must be considered as the last line of 
    defense against ergonomic hazard exposure.'' 
    Thus, although the proposed standard permits 
    PPE to be used as a supplemental control, it 
    cannot be relied on as a permanent solution 
    to the presence of MSD hazards unless other 
    feasible controls are not available.
       A note to proposed section 1910.920 
    states:
       Back belts/braces and wrist braces/splints 
    are not considered PPE.
       The proposal includes this note to alert 
    employers to the fact that back belts and 
    wrist braces, which are widely used in U.S. 
    workplaces, are not considered a control to 
    reduce ergonomic hazards under the standard. 
    These devices are being marketed as equipment 
    that can prevent MSDs, although the evidence 
    to support these claims is not available.
       The AIHA ``White Book'' (Ex. 26-1424) 
    cautions: ``Back belts have become ubiquitous 
    in the American workplaces. Some employers 
    now require their use by employees. But there 
    is little scientific evaluation available 
    regarding their use in primary prevention.'' 
    Recently, a NIOSH working group reviewed the 
    available scientific literature on the use of 
    back belts and published a 1994 report 
    evaluating them. NIOSH expressed concern that 
    wearing a belt may alter workers' perceptions 
    of their capacity to lift heavy workloads 
    (i.e., belt wearing may foster an increased 
    sense of security, which may not be warranted 
    or substantiated (Ex. 15-16). NIOSH does not 
    recommend the use of back belts as PPE, and 
    neither do a number of professional
    
    [[Page 65830]]
    
    societies (Ex. 15-15, Ex. 15-17, Ex. 15-33). 
    NIOSH is currently studying the effect of 
    back belt use on employees engaged in manual 
    handling jobs in WalMart stores.
       Wrist splints and braces present even more 
    serious problems:
    
      ``Wrist splints or braces used to keep the 
    wrist straight during work are not 
    recommended, unless prescribed by a physician 
    for rehabilitation. * * * using a splint to 
    achieve the same end may cause more harm than 
    good since the work orientation may require 
    workers to bend their wrists. If workers are 
    wearing wrist splints, they may have to use 
    more force to work against the brace. This is 
    not only inefficient, it may actually 
    increase the pressure in the carpal tunnel 
    area, causing more damage to the hand and 
    wrist'' (Ex. 26-1424).
    
       OSHA thus believe that the proposed Note 
    to section 1910.920 will alert employers and 
    employees to the lack of evidence 
    demonstrating the effectiveness of these 
    devices.
       Section 1910.921  How far must I go in 
    eliminating or materially reducing MSD 
    hazards when a covered MSD occurs?
    
      The occurrence of a covered MSD in a 
    problem job is not itself a violation of this 
    standard. You must comply with one of the 
    following:
      (a) You implement controls that materially 
    reduce the MSD hazards using the incremental 
    abatement process in Sec. 1910.922; or
    
      Note to Sec. 1910.921(a): ``Materially 
    reduce MSD hazards'' means to reduce the 
    duration, frequency and/or magnitude of 
    exposure to one or more ergonomic risk 
    factors in a way that is reasonably 
    anticipated to significantly reduce the 
    likelihood that covered MSDs will occur.
    
      (b) You implement controls that reduce the 
    MSD hazards to the extent feasible. Then, you 
    periodically look to see whether additional 
    controls are now feasible and, if so, you 
    implement them promptly; or
      (c) You implement controls that eliminate 
    the MSD hazards in the problem job.
    
      Note to Sec. 1910.921(c): ``Eliminate MSD 
    hazards'' means that you eliminate employee 
    exposure to ergonomic risk factors associated 
    with the covered MSD, or you reduce employee 
    exposure to the risk factors to such degree 
    that a covered MSD is no longer reasonably 
    likely to occur.
    
       Section 1910.921 of the proposed rule 
    tells employers how far they must go to 
    reduce exposure to MSD hazards to be in 
    compliance with the Ergonomics Program 
    Standard. This section sets forth the control 
    endpoint that employers must achieve. 
    Proposed Sec. 1910.921 includes three control 
    endpoints. Employers are in compliance with 
    this section when they have implemented 
    controls that satisfy one of the following:
    
       The controls eliminate MSD 
    hazards;
       The controls reduce MSD hazards to 
    the extent feasible; or
       The controls materially reduce MSD 
    hazards.
    
       Many case studies demonstrate that 
    employers have successfully either eliminated 
    the risk factors in problem jobs or 
    materially reduced the risk factors to a 
    level where an MSD is reasonably unlikely to 
    occur. (See Applied Ergonomics Case Studies 
    Volume 2, Alexander, D.C., ed., 1999; 
    Preliminary Risk Assessment (Chapter V); 
    Preliminary Economic Analysis (Section 
    VIII).)
       Section 1910.921 of the proposed rule 
    would not require employers to eliminate the 
    occurrence of all MSDs. OSHA recognizes that, 
    in a number of jobs, workplaces, and physical 
    work activities it may not be possible to 
    eliminate MSDs. OSHA is also aware that 
    employers who have an effective ergonomics 
    program may still receive reports of MSDs. 
    The goal of the proposed rule is to have 
    employers put a good working system into 
    place so that they can take quick and 
    effective action when MSDs do occur. And 
    section 1910.921 tells employers how far they 
    must go in implementing controls after that 
    MSD does occur.
    
    
    1. Materially Reduce (Paragraph (a))
    
       Paragraph (a) of the proposed rule 
    provides that employers are in compliance if 
    they implement controls that materially 
    reduce MSD hazards in the job using the 
    incremental abatement process in 
    Sec. 1910.922. Materially reduce MSD hazards 
    should not be interpreted to mean that the 
    employer may simply make any change, even one 
    for which there is only a nominal expectation 
    that the control will reduce the likelihood 
    that an MSD will occur. The note to paragraph 
    (a) emphasizes that materially reduce 
    requires more. Materially reduce means that 
    the overall effect anticipated to result from 
    implementing controls to reduce risk factor 
    exposure is a significant reduction in the 
    probability that another MSD will occur in 
    that job. For example, if the likely cause of 
    an MSD hazard is regular unassisted manual 
    lifting of 100-pound rolls of roofing 
    material, reducing the weight of the roll to 
    90 pounds would not significantly change the 
    likelihood that an MSD will occur and would 
    not be considered a material reduction.
       To further illustrate, a covered MSD of 
    the lower back occurs in a manual handling 
    job that requires employees to fill and seal 
    a 50-pound bag of lead chromate pigment every 
    2 minutes, lift the bag and twist to put it 
    on a pallet, and pile the bags as high as 4-
    feet off the ground. When the pallet is fully 
    loaded, employees push it to the loading area 
    at the far end of the facility. Reducing the 
    risk factors by moving the loading area next 
    to the fill lines cuts out more than 75% of 
    the distance pallets had been moved. This 
    change does materially reduce exposure to 
    pushing and pulling the pallet. However, the 
    hazards caused by pushing and pulling the 
    pallets are not nearly as likely to cause or 
    contribute to the type of MSD reported as the 
    force and repetition risk factors in the job, 
    and therefore the change has done little to 
    address the ergonomic risk factors. Thus, 
    there does not appear to be a reasonable 
    likelihood that the implemented change will 
    achieve a material reduction in the 
    likelihood of injury. On the other hand, 
    changes such as halving the fill weight of 
    the job and/or adding additional employees to 
    the fill line would be reasonably anticipated 
    to materially reduce the probability of 
    injury, because they address the primary risk 
    factors in the manual handling job.
       At the same time OSHA recognizes that a 
    number of MSD hazards are complex and it may 
    not always be clear what control(s) will 
    achieve a material reduction in the 
    probability that MSDs will occur. OSHA is 
    aware that it may be necessary in many 
    situations for employers to test a solution 
    to know if it will work. As a result, OSHA is 
    proposing that employers be considered in 
    compliance with the requirement to materially 
    reduce MSD hazards if they select and 
    implement the controls that a reasonable 
    person would anticipate would achieve a 
    material reduction in the likelihood of 
    injury.
       The fact that an employer hired a 
    qualified ergonomics consultant to analyze a 
    problem job and then implemented the controls 
    that the consultant said should significantly 
    reduce MSD hazards is good evidence that the 
    employer has taken action reasonably 
    anticipated to materially reduce the 
    likelihood of injury. Examples of other 
    evidence that employers have taken action 
    that could reasonably be
    
    [[Page 65831]]
    
    expected to significantly reduce the MSD 
    hazards are that the implemented controls 
    have been shown to reduce MSD hazards in 
    other workplaces in the industry; that the 
    controls were identified, evaluated and 
    implemented by a trained ergonomics 
    committee; or that both the MSD hazard and 
    solution were obvious. There are also many 
    other ways of demonstrating that the controls 
    selected could reasonably be anticipated to 
    achieve a material reduction in risk factors.
       Employers may materially reduce MSD 
    hazards by reducing the frequency (i.e., how 
    often), duration (i.e., how long) and/or 
    magnitude (i.e., quantity) of exposure to the 
    risk factors. For example, a manufacturing 
    employer may be able to achieve a significant 
    reduction in MSD hazards in an assembly line 
    job by reducing or eliminating awkward 
    postures, even without changing the frequency 
    with which tasks are performed. The employer 
    may also achieve the equivalent level of 
    protection by reducing the length of time 
    employees must perform repetitive tasks 
    without a break, or by adding more workers to 
    the assembly line so that task cycles are not 
    repeated as often. Employers are free to 
    proceed as they wish (e.g., eliminating one 
    risk factor, reducing the frequency and 
    duration but not the magnitude of exposure, 
    or trying a combination of eliminating and 
    reducing risk factors) so long as the overall 
    effect of their actions is to achieve a 
    material reduction in the hazard.
       OSHA is also proposing in paragraph (a) 
    that employers use the incremental abatement 
    process in Sec. 1910.922 to materially reduce 
    MSD hazards. As the term indicates, an 
    incremental hazard abatement process relieves 
    employers from having to implement, all at 
    once, the combination of controls that may 
    ultimately prove necessary to control the 
    hazard. Instead, this process allows 
    employers to implement controls in smaller 
    increments, e.g., one at a time, and then to 
    observe whether the control(s) have been 
    successful in materially reducing the hazard 
    before moving on to other controls. If the 
    control(s) is successful, as measured by the 
    resolution of the injured employee's MSD, 
    reports from employees that the job is no 
    longer physically stressful, or by the 
    absence of additional MSDs, the employer 
    would be allowed to stop adding controls and 
    to wait and see whether additional controls 
    will be needed. The proposed rule provides 
    that as long as no MSDs occur (i.e., the 
    injured employee's condition improves and no 
    other MSDs are reported), employers may 
    continue in the wait and see mode. If covered 
    MSDs occur, employers would be required to 
    identify and try out additional controls.
       OSHA believes that it is appropriate and 
    reasonable to allow employers to reduce MSD 
    hazards using an incremental process. First, 
    as mentioned above, MSD hazards are complex 
    and there may be a number of situations where 
    employers may not know what will fix the job. 
    Because of this, OSHA believes that employers 
    should be allowed to try out controls in 
    smaller increments so they are more clear 
    about what solutions will work before they 
    have to move on to put in all the necessary 
    controls.
       Second, OSHA believes that the incremental 
    abatement process is a cost effective 
    approach for materially reducing MSD hazards. 
    The proposed rule would not require employers 
    to implement more controls than are necessary 
    to achieve a substantial reduction in the MSD 
    hazards. OSHA believes that an incremental 
    test and evaluate approach will help assure 
    that employers will not have to spend $1,000 
    in controls if $100 will fix the problem. In 
    fact, a number of stakeholders who have 
    ergonomics programs have said that many 
    controls cost less than $100 (Ex. 26-1370) 
    (see OSHA Web). Given this, OSHA believes it 
    is reasonable to allow employers to test the 
    less-costly solutions that other employers 
    may have identified to see whether those 
    solutions will adequately address the hazards 
    in their workplaces.
       Third, OSHA is proposing an incremental 
    abatement process because it is the process 
    that employers with good ergonomics program 
    are using. Many stakeholders have told OSHA 
    that their programs use an incremental 
    abatement process (Ex. 26-1370). In addition, 
    there is strong support for this approach 
    among stakeholders representing a broad range 
    of industries, employers and employees.
       Fourth, the Occupational Safety and Health 
    Review Commission has upheld OSHA's authority 
    under a section 5(a)(1) ergonomics 
    enforcement action to require employers:
    
      [T]o engage in an abatement process, the 
    goal of which is to determine what action or 
    combination of actions will eliminate or 
    materially reduce the hazard. Secretary of 
    Labor v. Pepperidge Farm, 17 OSHC 1993, 2034 
    (April 26, 1997).
    
       Finally, OSHA believes that an incremental 
    abatement process provides the best fit with 
    the rapidly changing area of ergonomics 
    control technology. New controls and 
    ergonomics equipment come onto the market 
    almost daily. By allowing employers to 
    implement controls incrementally rather than 
    requiring them to implement all feasible 
    controls immediately, employers will have an 
    opportunity and incentive to select the 
    newest and best solutions. As a result, many 
    more MSD hazards are likely to be identified 
    and addressed in the design phase and 
    eliminated before they enter the workplace. 
    It is a well-accepted principle that the best 
    way to address ergonomic hazards is in the 
    design phase. For example, one stakeholder 
    commented that ``With ergonomics programs you 
    are never done. The workplace is constantly 
    changing.'' (Hank Lick, Ford Motor Company, 
    at February 1998 ergonomics stakeholder 
    meeting, Ex. 26-1370)
       The concept of incremental hazard 
    abatement may suggest to some that ergonomics 
    is a never-ending process or continuous loop. 
    However, OSHA is proposing a stopping point. 
    In Sec. 1910.944, OSHA is proposing that 
    employers be permitted to suspend large parts 
    of their ergonomics program, including the 
    incremental abatement process, if they have 
    materially reduced the MSD hazards and no 
    covered MSD has been reported for 3 years. 
    Where a 3-year wait and see period has passed 
    without the occurrence of any covered MSDs, 
    the incremental control(s) the employer 
    anticipated would significantly reduce the 
    likelihood that covered MSDs would occur will 
    have been proven in fact to do so. Therefore, 
    there is no need to continue all the elements 
    of the ergonomics program at that time.
    
    
    2. Reduce to the Extent Feasible (Paragraph 
    (b))
    
       Paragraph (b) of the proposed standard 
    states that employers have implemented all 
    necessary controls, if they have implemented 
    all the controls that are feasible. This 
    control endpoint is statutorily driven. OSHA 
    has no authority to require employers to do 
    what is not feasible or ``capable of being 
    done.'' American Textile Mfrs. Institute v. 
    Donovan (Cotton Dust), 452 U.S. 490, 509, 513 
    n. 31, 540 (1981). When employers have 
    reached this level, they are not required to 
    be involved in the incremental abatement 
    process since they have already implemented 
    the existing feasible control technology. (As 
    discussed above, controls are considered 
    feasible if they are presently in use for the 
    application in question, can be adapted for 
    such use from technologies that are being 
    used in other applications, can be developed 
    by improving existing technologies, or are on 
    the horizon of technological development.)
    
    [[Page 65832]]
    
       However, OSHA is proposing that these 
    employers periodically check to see whether 
    new technology has been developed and is 
    available if they continue to have MSDs in 
    their covered jobs. In addition, these 
    employers must periodically review whether 
    controls that previously may not have been 
    feasible are now capable of being implemented 
    in the problem job. OSHA is not proposing to 
    impose a time period for the periodic review. 
    Rather, as periodically is defined in the 
    proposed rule, employers must establish a 
    regular time period for checking out whether 
    the control situation has changed. The time 
    basis for review must be appropriate for the 
    conditions in the workplace, such as the 
    nature and extent of the MSD hazards. A 
    review of conditions may be necessary where 
    there are significant changes in the 
    workplace that may result in increased 
    exposure to MSD hazards.
       When additional feasible controls are 
    identified, the proposed rule requires that 
    employers must implement them promptly. The 
    compliance timetable in Sec. 1910.943 is not 
    applicable to paragraph (b). That schedule 
    incorporates time for identifying and 
    analyzing controls before control 
    implementation deadlines come due. In 
    paragraph (b), on the other hand, the hazards 
    are known and the analysis has been 
    completed. Given this, OSHA does not believe 
    it is necessary or appropriate to give 
    employers a year to implement additional 
    controls after they become available.
    
    
    3. Eliminate MSD Hazards (Paragraph (c))
    
       Of course, employers are also finished 
    implementing controls when they have 
    eliminated MSD hazards. This control endpoint 
    is also statutorily based. Cotton Dust, 452 
    U.S. at 505-06; Industrial Union Dep't, AFL-
    CIO v. American Petroleum Inst. et al. 
    (Benzene), 448 U.S. 607, 642 (1980) .
       The phrase ``eliminate MSD hazards'' 
    incorporates two concepts. First, employers 
    are finished when they have eliminated 
    exposure to the hazard. For example, use of a 
    mechanical lift eliminates forceful 
    exertions, and a voice-activated computer 
    eliminates highly repetitive motions. Second, 
    it means that controls have been implemented 
    that have reduced exposure to ergonomic risk 
    factors to the extent that employees in the 
    job are no longer exposed to a reasonable 
    likelihood of developing a covered MSD. MSDs 
    are no longer reasonably likely to occur in a 
    parts assembly job where the awkward reaches 
    behind the back for parts has been eliminated 
    and parts are now delivered on a conveyor to 
    employees.
       Where employers have eliminated the 
    reasonable likelihood of the occurrence of a 
    covered MSD, they are in compliance with the 
    proposed control endpoint. And even if MSDs 
    are reported in the job, employers who have 
    eliminated MSD hazards have no obligation to 
    take control action because the physical work 
    activities and conditions of the job are no 
    longer reasonably likely to cause or 
    contribute to an MSD. In addition, if no 
    covered MSD is reported for a period of at 
    least 3 years after the employer has 
    eliminated MSD hazards, the employer may stop 
    parts of the ergonomics program in accordance 
    with Sec. 1910.944.
       Section 1910.922  What is the 
    ``incremental abatement process'' for 
    materially reducing MSD hazards?
    
      You may materially reduce MSD hazards using 
    the following incremental abatement process:
      (a) When a covered MSD occurs, you 
    implement one or more controls that 
    materially reduce the MSD hazards; and
      (b) If continued exposure to MSD hazards in 
    the job prevents the injured employee's 
    condition from improving or another covered 
    MSD occurs in that job, you implement 
    additional feasible controls to materially 
    reduce the hazard further; and
      (c) You do not have to put in further 
    controls if the injured employee's condition 
    improves and no additional covered MSD occurs 
    in the job. However, if the employee's 
    condition does not improve or another covered 
    MSD occurs, you must continue this 
    incremental abatement process if other 
    feasible controls are available.
    
       Section 1910.922 of the proposed rule 
    explains the steps of the incremental 
    abatement process that employers are to use 
    if they want to materially reduce hazards 
    incrementally. The proposed incremental 
    abatement process allows employers to test 
    solutions in a problem job, and wait and see 
    whether the action does significantly reduce 
    the hazards before trying out additional 
    controls. In Pepperidge Farm, the Commission 
    discussed the meaning of an incremental 
    abatement process in upholding OSHA's 
    authority under section 5(a)(1) of the OSH 
    Act to require that an employer engage in 
    this process to control ergonomic hazards:
    
      Incrementalism implies a premium on 
    evaluation of the consequences of initial 
    actions which have been undertaken. 
    Incrementalism also suggests (but does not 
    require) that some steps may await the 
    completion of others, and admits that actions 
    may not have the desired results. Pepperidge 
    Farm, 17 OSHC at 2034 n. 114.
    
       Many stakeholders as well as professionals 
    in the field of workplace safety and health 
    refer to the incremental abatement process as 
    a continuous improvement process (Ex. 26-
    1370). A comment by the Electronic Industries 
    Association (Ex. 3-230) best sums up the goal 
    of the proposed incremental abatement 
    process:
    
      Ergonomics is a continuous improvement 
    process. If an employer can show that they 
    have made an organized effort to identify 
    ergonomic stressors, to educate their 
    affected employees on ergonomic principles, 
    to implement solutions, and to have a system 
    to identify when a solution is not working 
    and needs to be readdressed, they have met 
    the intent of the law.
    
    
    1. Paragraph (a)
    
       Paragraph (a) provides that employers may 
    go about addressing MSD hazards by trying out 
    a control(s) to see whether this will take 
    care of the problem. But it also specifies 
    that whatever control(s) the employer wants 
    to start with must be one(s) that a 
    reasonable person would anticipate to be 
    likely to achieve a material reduction in the 
    hazard, or where the efficacy of individual 
    control measures is unclear, it has the 
    potential to significantly reduce the 
    likelihood that covered MSDs would occur in 
    the job.
       Under this process, employers have great 
    flexibility to choose the control or controls 
    that would be reasonably likely to materially 
    reduce the hazard. Employers may start where 
    they wish in addressing the hazard so long as 
    their initial action is reasonably 
    anticipated to reduce the hazard. Thus, 
    employers may start with the ergonomic risk 
    factor they prefer to look into first and 
    with the modifying factor (i.e., duration, 
    frequency, magnitude) they wish to address 
    first.
       For example, in a manual handling job that 
    requires the worker to quickly lift heavy 
    containers off a low flatbed cart all day and 
    then to turn to put them on a conveyor, an 
    employer is likely to have several options 
    about which risk factor(s) to start with: 
    size or weight of load, vertical height of 
    the lift, turning/twisting motion, or the 
    container design. The employer is also likely 
    to have several ways to modify (or reduce) 
    any of the risk factors: reduce the 
    percentage of the work day spent doing this 
    task, reduce how quickly each
    
    [[Page 65833]]
    
    load must be moved, reduce the weight of 
    load, reduce the vertical height (e.g., raise 
    height of flatbed), reduce the amount of 
    twisting, add handles to containers, or 
    install mechanical lift or lifting assist 
    devices.
       Paragraph (a) provides that if reducing 
    the vertical height that the employee must 
    lift the container does materially reduce the 
    likelihood of injury, the employer is not 
    required at the outset, for example, to 
    purchase and install mechanical lifts. 
    However, if the load weighs more than 100 
    pounds, for example, it is not reasonable to 
    expect that changing the vertical distance 
    alone would significantly reduce the 
    likelihood that employees performing these 
    physical work activities would develop a back 
    injury (unless the vertical travel distance 
    was reduced to 0 because the requirement to 
    lift was eliminated).
    
    
    2. Paragraph (b)
    
       Paragraph (b) specifies that if the 
    problem does not resolve or gets worse, 
    employers must try additional feasible 
    controls to achieve a material reduction in 
    the hazard. A problem is not considered 
    resolved if the injured employee's condition 
    does not improve because the employee 
    continues to be exposed to ergonomic risk 
    factors that are reasonably likely to cause, 
    contribute to, or aggravate an MSD of this 
    type. Employers need to install additional 
    controls if another employee in the job 
    reports a covered MSD. The fact that another 
    employee in the job has been injured is a 
    good indication that additional controls are 
    needed to reduce the hazard.
    
    
    3. Paragraph (c)
    
       Paragraph (c) proposes that, if after the 
    employer implements the initial control(s) 
    designed to materially reduce the hazard, the 
    injured employee's condition gets better, 
    then the employer would not be required to 
    take further control action, provided that no 
    one else in the job develops a covered MSD. 
    This provision would allow the employer, at 
    this point, to wait and see whether the 
    initial action has been adequate. As long as 
    no one in the problem job reports a covered 
    MSD, the employer need not put in any 
    additional controls.
       When a covered MSD is reported in that 
    job, however, the waiting process is over. 
    The occurrence of another covered MSD 
    indicates that the initial controls were not 
    adequate. This means that employers must try 
    other feasible controls to materially reduce 
    the MSD hazards in the job. As long as 
    covered MSDs continue to occur and feasible 
    controls exist, employers must be following 
    the steps of the incremental abatement 
    process.
       As with the control endpoints discussed in 
    Sec. 1910.921, there also are endpoints to 
    the incremental abatement process. Obviously, 
    employers may stop the incremental abatement 
    process when they have eliminated the MSD 
    hazards because there is nothing remaining in 
    the physical work activities and conditions 
    of the job that would be reasonably likely to 
    cause or contribute to a covered MSD. 
    Likewise, the obligation to continue the 
    process would cease if employers have tried 
    controls and have reduced the hazard to the 
    extent feasible, i.e., they have done 
    everything at this time. The only remaining 
    hazard analysis and control obligation 
    required by the standard in such a situation 
    is to periodically check to see whether a new 
    control that is capable of materially 
    reducing the hazard has become available.
    
    
    Training (Secs. 1910.923-1910.928)
    
       Training is a critical component of an 
    ergonomics program. Training is needed to 
    equip employees in problem jobs, their 
    supervisors, and persons involved in 
    administering the ergonomics program with the 
    knowledge and skills necessary to recognize 
    and control MSDs and MSD hazards. Effectively 
    addressing workplace MSD hazards requires 
    that these individuals possess the ability to 
    identify the physical work activities and job 
    conditions that may increase a worker's risk 
    of developing MSDs, recognize the signs and 
    symptoms of these disorders, and participate 
    in the development and execution of effective 
    strategies to eliminate or materially reduce 
    them.
       As has already been discussed, the 
    proposed standard requires that information 
    regarding common MSD hazards, signs and 
    symptoms of MSDs, reporting methods, and the 
    requirements of the standard be provided to 
    at-risk employees. Providing information 
    serves to heighten awareness of employees 
    with regard to MSDs that may occur and the 
    workplace risk factors that can cause them, 
    as well as indicating the means of 
    communicating any relevant observations to 
    the employer. The provision of information 
    alone, however, does not constitute training, 
    because it may not ensure the level of 
    comprehension that is necessary for employees 
    to take an active role in the ergonomics 
    program. The requirements of the proposed 
    standard for training are also broader in 
    scope than the requirements for providing 
    information, extending to methods of control 
    as well as the recognition of MSD hazards.
       Section 1910.923  What is my basic 
    obligation?
    
      You must provide training to employees so 
    they know about MSD hazards and your 
    ergonomics program and measures for 
    eliminating or materially reducing the 
    hazards. You must provide training initially, 
    periodically, and at least every 3 years at 
    no cost to employees.
    
       Section 1910.923 proposes to require 
    employers to provide training to employees 
    about MSD hazards, the ergonomics program, 
    and control measures in the workplace. 
    Training would be required to be provided 
    initially, periodically as needed, and at 
    least every three years. Training would be 
    required to be provided at no cost to 
    employees.
       Initial training is necessary to ensure 
    that employees in problem jobs, their 
    supervisors, and the individuals who set up 
    and manage the ergonomics program are 
    provided with the knowledge and skills 
    necessary to recognize MSD hazards in their 
    workplace and to effectively participate in 
    the ergonomics program. Periodic training is 
    necessary to address new developments in the 
    workplace and to reinforce and retain the 
    knowledge acquired in initial training. The 
    length and frequency of training would be 
    determined by the needs of the workplace. 
    Individuals would need to be trained 
    sufficiently to understand the subjects 
    specified in Sec. 1910.925. An interval of 
    three years between training sessions is 
    proposed as the minimum necessary to preserve 
    the knowledge and understanding acquired in 
    initial training. Employee participation in 
    the ergonomics program, job hazard analysis, 
    and program evaluation all depend on adequate 
    employee training.
       The proposed requirement that training be 
    provided at no cost to employees means that 
    the employer would bear any costs associated 
    with training. For example, any training 
    materials given to employees would have to be 
    provided free of charge. Employees would have 
    to be compensated at their regular rate of 
    pay for time spent receiving training, and 
    could not be required to forfeit regularly 
    scheduled lunch or rest periods to attend 
    training sessions. In addition, where 
    training requires employees to travel, the 
    employer would have to pay for the cost of 
    travel, including travel time when
    
    [[Page 65834]]
    
    the activities are not scheduled during the 
    employee's normal work hours.
       The proposed requirement that training be 
    provided at no cost to employees reflects 
    OSHA's strong belief and past regulatory 
    policy that the costs of complying with 
    safety and health requirements be borne by 
    the employer. The Agency considers training 
    to be essential to the effectiveness of other 
    provisions of the proposed standard: work 
    practice controls, for example, will not be 
    effective if employees are not aware of their 
    proper application, and MSD management cannot 
    be effective if employees do not know when it 
    is appropriate or how to obtain access to it. 
    OSHA believes it is reasonable for employers 
    to bear the cost of training, because, under 
    the Occupational Safety and Health Act of 
    1970, employers bear the responsibility for 
    providing a safe and healthful workplace. 
    Having the costs borne by the employee would 
    discourage participation in training 
    activities, and would thus limit the 
    effectiveness of the rule's training 
    requirements.
       Section 1910.924  Who must I train?
    
      You must train:
      (a) Employees in problem jobs;
      (b) Supervisors of employees in problem 
    jobs; and
      (c) Persons involved in setting up and 
    managing the ergonomics program, except for 
    any outside consultant you may use.
    
       Employees in problem jobs play a key role 
    in the success of an ergonomics program. They 
    are the individuals who have developed or are 
    at risk of developing MSDs. By reporting MSDs 
    and MSD hazards early, making 
    recommendations, and following established 
    control procedures, these workers can assist 
    in protecting themselves.
       Early reporting of the development of MSDs 
    would allow the employer to provide 
    appropriate MSD management to the affected 
    employees. Notification of the existence of 
    MSD hazards would alert the employer to the 
    necessity of evaluating and implementing 
    measures to eliminate or control the hazards. 
    The effective control of MSD hazards also 
    often requires the active participation of 
    employees. For example, a work station that 
    can be easily adjusted to accommodate the 
    demands of different tasks or the height and 
    reach limitations of different workers will 
    not be constructively used if the workers are 
    not aware of how to make the adjustments. If 
    employees are not aware of MSD signs and 
    symptoms, or cannot properly use control 
    measures, the ergonomic protection process 
    will not succeed. It is critical that 
    employees have the training they need to 
    perform these functions. The proposed 
    standard therefore would require in 
    Sec. 1910.924(a) that training be provided to 
    all employees in problem jobs.
       Supervisors of employees in problem jobs 
    are often in a position to observe MSD 
    hazards and to recognize when MSDs develop in 
    the workers they supervise. As supervisors, 
    they are also in a position to ensure that 
    employees in problem jobs understand and 
    conform with procedures established to 
    control MSD hazards. A supervisor, for 
    example, may observe an employee operating a 
    hand-held vibrating power tool without 
    wearing appropriate vibration-resistant 
    gloves. The supervisor, when prepared by 
    training to understand the significance of 
    this oversight, could take corrective action 
    by ensuring that gloves are provided and used 
    when necessary. If the supervisor was aware 
    that this employee was experiencing numbness, 
    tingling, and loss of sensation in the 
    fingers, training would provide the knowledge 
    necessary to recognize these symptoms as 
    potential indications of an MSD. Training of 
    supervisors would thus provide an additional 
    avenue for the protection of employees who 
    develop MSDs. MSDs and MSD hazards that may 
    be overlooked by the employees who are 
    directly affected may be recognized by their 
    supervisors. Training is necessary for these 
    supervisors to acquire the knowledge 
    necessary for these tasks. For this reason, 
    the proposed standard would require in 
    Sec. 1910.924 (b) that supervisors of 
    employees in problem jobs be provided 
    training.
       The effectiveness of the ergonomics 
    program is also dependent on the abilities of 
    those individuals who establish and 
    administer the program. These individuals 
    must be able to identify MSDs and MSD 
    hazards, undertake appropriate interventions 
    to control the hazards, and evaluate the 
    effectiveness of the ergonomics program and 
    controls that have been adopted. The 
    individuals who establish and administer the 
    ergonomics program may be provided by the 
    employer with the authority and resources 
    necessary to accomplish these objectives, but 
    without effective training it is unlikely 
    that they would have sufficient knowledge to 
    accomplish them successfully. For example, a 
    program administrator assigned the task of 
    evaluating the effectiveness of measures 
    instituted to materially reduce MSD hazards 
    in problem jobs would likely need training in 
    order to understand how to assess 
    effectiveness. Section 1910.924 (c) of the 
    proposed standard would therefore require 
    that training be provided to individuals who 
    set up and manage the ergonomics program. 
    Outside consultants do not need to be trained 
    by the employer, because these individuals 
    are responsible to preparing themselves to 
    perform their professional duties.
       Section 1910.925  What subjects must 
    training cover?
       This table specifies the subjects training 
    must cover:
    
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
      YOU MUST PROVIDE TRAINING FOR . . .        SO THAT THEY KNOW . . .
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    (a) Employees in problem jobs and their  (1) How to recognize MSD signs
     supervisors.                             and symptoms;
                                             (2) How to report MSD signs and
                                              symptoms, and the importance
                                              of early reporting;
                                             (3) MSD hazards in their jobs
                                              and the measures they must
                                              follow to protect themselves
                                              from exposure to MSD hazards;
                                             (4) Job-specific controls
                                              implemented in their jobs;
                                             (5) The ergonomics program and
                                              their role in it; and
                                             (6) The requirements of this
                                              standard.
    (b) Persons involved in setting up and   (1) The subjects above;
     managing the ergonomics program.        (2) How to set up and manage an
                                              ergonomics program;
                                             (3) How to identify and analyze
                                              MSD hazards and measures to
                                              eliminate or materially reduce
                                              the hazards; and
    
    [[Page 65835]]
    
     
                                             (4) How to evaluate the
                                              effectiveness of ergonomics
                                              programs and controls.
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
       Training must encompass certain elements 
    in order to provide affected individuals with 
    sufficient knowledge to recognize and control 
    MSDs and MSD hazards in their workplace. The 
    proposed standard presents a number of 
    elements on which training would be required 
    for all employees in problem jobs, their 
    supervisors, and persons involved in setting 
    up and managing the ergonomics program. For 
    persons involved in setting up and managing 
    the ergonomics program, several additional 
    elements would be required to be covered.
       Training would address recognition of MSD 
    signs and symptoms, and the method and 
    importance of early reporting when these 
    signs and symptoms develop. This is an 
    elaboration of the information provided to 
    at-risk employees, and an opportunity for the 
    employer to relate the general information 
    provided to the operations at a specific 
    workplace and to site-specific conditions. 
    Training is not intended to prepare workers, 
    supervisors, or managers to medically 
    diagnose or treat MSDs. Rather, the purpose 
    is to instill an understanding of what type 
    of health problems may be work related so 
    that these individuals will be able to 
    recognize when MSD management is necessary.
       Since the employees who would be trained 
    are in problem jobs, they are exposed to 
    factors that are associated with a risk of 
    developing MSDs, and may already suffer from 
    MSDs. It is thus particularly important that 
    they be aware of the MSD signs and symptoms 
    that are reasonably likely to occur. The 
    supervisors of employees in problem jobs will 
    often be in position to observe MSD hazards 
    and the development of MSD signs and symptoms 
    among the workers they supervise. In many 
    instances, supervisors may perform the same 
    job tasks as the workers they supervise. 
    Early reporting would help the employer 
    ensure that intervention in the disease 
    process occurs before functional incapacity 
    or permanent disability results, and would 
    assist in identifying MSD hazards so that 
    measures could be taken to eliminate or 
    materially reduce those hazards. In many 
    instances, the workers who perform tasks that 
    involve MSD hazards and their supervisors are 
    also the persons most familiar with the 
    options for controlling those hazards. The 
    recommendations of these individuals are thus 
    an important means of identifying actions 
    that would alleviate MSD hazards.
       Employees in problem jobs, their 
    supervisors, and persons involved in setting 
    up and managing the ergonomics program would 
    also be trained to recognize the MSD hazards 
    in jobs and the measures that must be taken 
    to control exposure to these hazards. This 
    would include both general measures and those 
    specific to the job. This training would 
    provide these individuals with the knowledge 
    and skills necessary to take actions to 
    reduce the potential for developing MSDs. 
    Proper understanding of control measures is 
    particularly important because the 
    effectiveness of these measures is dependent 
    on their proper use by employees. All 
    affected parties also need to know what their 
    role in the ergonomics program is, in order 
    to best facilitate the program's successful 
    implementation. Employees, for example, must 
    understand the provisions for MSD management 
    in order to participate appropriately in this 
    process.
       The proposed standard includes a 
    requirement that employees in problem jobs, 
    their supervisors, and persons involved in 
    setting up and managing the ergonomics 
    program know the requirements of the 
    standard. This would ensure that workers are 
    aware that specific requirements have been 
    established to protect them from MSDs. 
    Program administrators would be able to 
    ensure that the program meets its legal 
    obligations.
       Additionally, program administrators must 
    know how to set up and manage an ergonomics 
    program, recognize and appraise MSD hazards, 
    and select and apply appropriate measures to 
    eliminate or materially reduce MSD hazards in 
    order for the ergonomics program to be 
    effective. The proposed standard would 
    require that training be provided to equip 
    these individuals to perform these assigned 
    functions. The administrators would further 
    be trained to evaluate the effectiveness of 
    ergonomics programs and controls, in order 
    that they be able to identify and rectify any 
    deficiencies that may occur in their 
    workplace's program.
       While employees in problem jobs may be 
    able to take some limited actions 
    individually to protect themselves from MSD 
    hazards, the primary responsibility for 
    providing a safe work environment rests with 
    the employer. The individuals who set up and 
    administer the ergonomics program act on 
    behalf of the employer in controlling MSD 
    hazards. Employees cannot be protected from 
    MSD hazards unless these hazards are 
    identified and effective measures are then 
    taken to control them. Accordingly, the 
    individuals who administer the ergonomics 
    program must be properly trained to discern 
    when interventions are needed, decide what 
    intervention methods are appropriate, and 
    examine the results of interventions to 
    determine if further actions are necessary.
    
       Section 1910.926  What must I do to ensure 
    that employees understand the training?
      You must provide training and information 
    in language that employees understand. You 
    also must give employees an opportunity to 
    ask questions and receive answers.
    
       The proposed standard would allow 
    employers to use whatever training 
    methodology they consider most useful or 
    appropriate for that particular workplace, 
    provided that the specified elements are 
    addressed. Hands-on training, videotapes, 
    slide presentations, classroom instruction, 
    informal discussions during safety meetings, 
    written materials, or any combination of 
    these methods may be appropriate. The primary 
    concern is that the training be effective.
       In order for the training to be effective, 
    the employer must ensure that the training is 
    provided in a manner that the employee is 
    able to understand. Employees have varying 
    educational levels, literacy, and language 
    skills, and training must be presented in a 
    language and at a level of understanding that 
    accounts for these differences in order to 
    meet the proposed requirement that 
    individuals being trained understand the 
    specified training elements. This may mean, 
    for example, providing materials, 
    instruction, or assistance in Spanish rather 
    than English if the workers being trained are 
    Spanish-speaking and do not understand 
    English. The employer would not be required 
    to provide training in the employee's 
    preferred language if the employee understood 
    both languages; as long as the employee is 
    able to understand the language used, the 
    intent of the proposed standard would be met.
    
    [[Page 65836]]
    
       In order to ensure that employees 
    comprehend the actions that they must take to 
    protect themselves from exposure to MSD 
    hazards, it is critical that trainees have 
    the opportunity to ask questions and receive 
    answers if they do not fully understand the 
    material that is presented to them. When 
    videotape presentations or computer-based 
    programs are used, this requirement may be 
    met by having a qualified trainer available 
    to address questions after the presentation, 
    or providing a telephone hotline so that 
    trainees will have direct access to a 
    qualified trainer.
       Section 1910.927  When must I train 
    employees?
       This table specifies when you must train 
    employees:
    
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                    THEN YOU MUST PROVIDE TRAINING AT THESE
          IF YOU HAVE . . .                       TIMES . . .
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    (a) Employees in problem jobs  (1) When a problem job is identified;
     and their supervisors         (2) When initially assigned to a problem
                                    job;
                                   (3) Periodically as needed (e.g., when
                                    new hazards are identified in a problem
                                    job or changes are made to a problem job
                                    that may increase exposure to MSD
                                    hazards); and
                                   (4) At least every 3 years.
    (b) Persons involved in        (1) When they are initially assigned to
     setting up and managing the    setting up and managing the ergonomics
     ergonomics program             program;
                                   (2) Periodically as needed (e.g., when
                                    evaluation reveals significant
                                    deficiencies in the program, when
                                    significant changes are made in the
                                    ergonomics program); and
                                   (3) At least every 3 years.
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
       Section 1910.927 proposes establishing 
    time frames for the provision of training. 
    Employees in problem jobs and their 
    supervisors would be required to be provided 
    training when a problem job is identified, 
    when they are initially assigned to a problem 
    job, and periodically thereafter as needed, 
    but at least every three years.
       The need for initial training is self-
    evident: employees and their supervisors must 
    be trained prior to the occurrence of covered 
    MSDs in order to recognize the hazards, help 
    to reduce them, and effectively participate 
    in the ergonomics program. If an employee is 
    assigned to a problem job prior to receiving 
    proper training, that employee is not likely 
    to be able to take advantage of protective 
    measures that are available to alleviate MSD 
    hazards.
       Periodic training under the proposed 
    standard would be required to be conducted on 
    an as-needed basis. The frequency of routine 
    training would be performance oriented; 
    individuals would need to be trained 
    sufficiently to understand the elements 
    specified in Sec. 1910.925. Periodic training 
    is needed to refresh and reinforce the 
    memories of individuals who have previously 
    been trained, and to ensure that these 
    individuals are informed of new developments 
    in the ergonomics program. For example, 
    training after new control measures are 
    implemented would generally be necessary in 
    order to ensure that employees are able to 
    properly use the new controls as they are 
    introduced. Employees would likely be 
    unfamiliar with new work practices 
    undertaken, with the operation of new 
    engineering controls, or the use of new 
    personal protective equipment; training would 
    rectify this lack of understanding. This 
    would ensure that employees are able to 
    actively participate in protecting themselves 
    under the conditions found in the workplace, 
    even if those conditions change.
       At a minimum, the periodic training would 
    be required to take place every three years. 
    This interval is considered by the Agency to 
    represent the maximum reasonable interval for 
    affected individuals to retain the knowledge 
    and understanding initially acquired without 
    some form of reinforcement. More frequent 
    periodic training, such as annual training, 
    has not been proposed because regular 
    communication between employees and 
    management would be ongoing as a result of 
    the proposed requirements for management 
    leadership and employee involvement in the 
    ergonomics program. Employee involvement in 
    developing, implementing, and evaluating each 
    element of the ergonomics program, including 
    training, is included in the requirements of 
    the proposed standard in Sec. 1910.912. 
    Prompt reporting by employees of MSD signs 
    and symptoms and MSD hazards, effective job 
    hazard analysis, and evaluation of the 
    ergonomics program will make employers aware 
    of additional training needs. Periodic 
    training more frequently than every three 
    years is likely to be appropriate in many 
    work situations, for example in a workplace 
    with many problem jobs. A requirement for 
    annual training has not been included in this 
    proposal in order to avoid encumbering those 
    employers whose operations involve more 
    limited exposure to MSD hazards.
       Persons involved in setting up and 
    managing the ergonomics program would be 
    required under the proposed standard to be 
    trained upon initial assignment to these 
    duties. Knowledge and understanding of the 
    identification of MSDs and analysis of MSD 
    hazards, measures to eliminate or materially 
    reduce MSD hazards, and the ergonomics 
    program and its evaluation are all needed for 
    the development and operation of the program. 
    Periodic training is needed to provide 
    program administrators with the skills and 
    abilities to adjust the program to account 
    for changes in the workplace, and to correct 
    any significant deficiencies that may be 
    identified in the program. This would assure 
    that the ergonomics program is applicable to 
    current conditions in the workplace, and is 
    optimally effective in protecting workers 
    from MSD hazards. Periodic training would 
    also allow those individuals setting up and 
    managing the program to keep abreast of new 
    developments in the evolving field of 
    ergonomics.
       In comments received in response to the 
    ANPR, some concern was expressed by industry 
    regarding the frequency of training. For 
    example, the American Meat Institute wrote 
    (Ex. 3-147):
    
      OSHA should not dictate specific training 
    requirements. Specifically, training 
    frequencies should not be included in a 
    standard.
    
    OSHA intends for the performance oriented 
    approach adopted in the proposal to provide 
    sufficient flexibility so that employees in 
    problem jobs, their supervisors, and 
    individuals involved in establishing and 
    managing the ergonomics program receive 
    sufficient training to effectively
    
    [[Page 65837]]
    
    participate in the program, without 
    compelling employers to provide training more 
    often than the circumstances of the workplace 
    dictate.
       Section 1910.928  Must I retrain employees 
    who have received training already?
    
      No. You do not have to provide initial 
    training to current employees, new employees 
    and persons involved in setting up and 
    managing the ergonomics program if they have 
    received training in the subjects this 
    standard requires within the last 3 years. 
    However, you must provide initial training in 
    the subjects in which they have not been 
    trained.
    
       Proposed Sec. 1910.928 would allow 
    training received within the previous three 
    years to fulfill the requirements for initial 
    training. Subsequent periodic training would 
    still be required at least every three years, 
    and more frequently if warranted by the 
    circumstances of the workplace. For example, 
    a baggage handler who has received training 
    from one employer and then moves to another 
    employer six months later to perform the same 
    job may not need to receive initial training 
    in all of the subjects prescribed in 
    Sec. 1910.925. Prior training in general 
    topics, such as the recognition of MSD signs 
    and symptoms, may remain relevant in the new 
    workplace. However, site-specific training, 
    for example training in how to perform work 
    safely using the equipment at the new 
    workplace, would generally be required. 
    Allowing prior training in covered topics to 
    be ``portable'' would apply to both current 
    and newly hired employees, including those 
    who set up and manage the ergonomics program.
       The employer must be able to demonstrate 
    that the employee has retained sufficient 
    knowledge to meet the requirements for 
    initial training in order for prior training 
    to be considered sufficient to meet the 
    requirements of Sec. 1910.928. This could be 
    determined through discussion of the required 
    training subjects with the employee. Merely 
    having received training during the previous 
    three years would not be sufficient for an 
    exemption from the initial training 
    requirement. If the employer cannot 
    demonstrate that the new employee has been 
    trained and knows the required elements, the 
    new employer would be obligated to train the 
    employee in these elements. In cases where 
    understanding of some elements is lacking or 
    inadequate, the employer would be required to 
    provide training only in those elements. This 
    allowance for prior training is intended to 
    ensure that employees receive sufficient 
    training, without requiring unnecessary 
    repetition of that training.
       Evidence in the record clearly shows that 
    training is an essential component of an 
    effective ergonomics program and can help to 
    reduce MSDs. In some instances, training in 
    appropriate work practice controls may serve 
    to reduce the incidence of MSDs. For example, 
    the effectiveness of training in reducing the 
    incidence of MSDs has been reported by 
    Parenmark et al. (Ex. 26-6). Sixteen newly 
    hired assembly workers at a Swedish chain saw 
    plant were trained to perform their jobs 
    using work practices that maintained the 
    muscular load on the upper extremities at 10% 
    or less of maximum voluntary contraction. The 
    same training was also given to a group of 
    assembly workers who had been on the job for 
    one year. Training was not provided to a 
    control group of new hires. After 48 weeks on 
    the job, sick leave due to arm/neck/shoulder 
    complaints was reduced by more than 50% among 
    the new hires provided ergonomic work 
    practice training when compared to the 
    control group of new hires; the difference 
    was statistically significant. For the 
    assembly workers who had been on the job for 
    one year, sick leave due to arm/neck/shoulder 
    complaints was reduced by over 40% after 
    training, although this result was not 
    statistically significant.
       Further evidence of the success of 
    training in proper work practices in 
    controlling MSD hazards in some instances is 
    provided by Dortch and Trombly ( Ex. 26-7), 
    who examined the effectiveness of training in 
    reducing the frequency of movements 
    identified as traumatizing to the musculature 
    and connective tissue of the hand, wrist, and 
    forearm and known to be associated with MSDs. 
    Eighteen electronic assembly workers were 
    observed performing their jobs, and the 
    number of MSD-associated movements was 
    recorded for each individual. The workers 
    were then divided into two groups. The first 
    group received awareness training and a 
    printed handout describing job-specific work 
    practice controls. In addition to awareness 
    training and the printed handout, members of 
    the second group discussed the concepts in 
    the handout individually with an instructor 
    and received hands-on training. Each of the 
    groups exhibited statistically significant 
    reductions in the frequency of those 
    movements associated with MSD development 
    during observation one week after the 
    training was administered. The group 
    receiving more extensive training showed the 
    greater reduction, although the difference 
    between the two groups after training was not 
    statistically significant.
       Engels et al. (Ex. 26-8) studied the 
    effectiveness of ergonomic work practice 
    training for nurses. Twelve nurses attending 
    an ergonomic education course were compared 
    to a control group of twelve nurses. 
    Participants were videotaped and their 
    performance was assessed by scoring ergonomic 
    errors on a checklist. Included among the 
    activities monitored under standardized 
    conditions were such tasks as transferring a 
    patient from a bed to a wheelchair, washing a 
    patient, and raising a patient from a lying 
    position to sitting up. The nurses who had 
    received training were found to be less 
    likely to make ergonomic errors than the 
    control group; this result was statistically 
    significant. When the ergonomic work practice 
    training was accompanied by other elements of 
    an ergonomics program, the likelihood of 
    making ergonomic errors was found to continue 
    to decrease a year after the training had 
    ended; this result was also statistically 
    significant.
       Training in work practices, however, 
    represents only one of the subjects that 
    would be covered in the proposed requirements 
    for ergonomic training. Training in the 
    recognition of MSD signs and symptoms, and 
    methods of reporting development of these 
    signs and symptoms, would allow appropriate 
    medical management to take place. Ergonomics 
    training can also provide employees in 
    problem jobs, their supervisors, and 
    ergonomics program managers with the 
    knowledge necessary to actively participate 
    in the development of appropriate methods of 
    controlling MSD hazards in their workplace, 
    providing a number of benefits for employers. 
    The Joyce Institute, a provider of ergonomic 
    training and consultation services, reported 
    the results obtained by a number of companies 
    when ergonomic improvements were made as a 
    result of training (Ex. 3-122E-3). Among the 
    outcomes:
        Textron-Davidson Interior Trim 
    experienced a 42% reduction in OSHA 
    recordable injuries, a savings of $440,000 in 
    labor and materials, and a reduction in 
    employee turnover;
        Spectra-Physics reduced CTDs from 
    558 to 150 in three years;
        A food processing company found 
    50% fewer CTDs in the plant where training 
    had been performed and changes
    
    [[Page 65838]]
    
    made when compared to other plants doing 
    similar work; and
        Milton Bradley experienced a 90% 
    improvement in quality as measured by 
    customer returns due to damaged packaging.
       Responses to the ANPR indicate that the 
    need for ergonomic safety and health training 
    is widely recognized. For example, the 
    National Solid Wastes Management Association 
    (Ex. 3-248) stated:
    
      The Association feels that the training and 
    education of workers is the single most 
    important element of any general industry 
    standard, and is the element most within the 
    resources of the majority of employers within 
    our industry to provide an effective 
    reduction in exposure to ergonomic hazards * 
    * *
      If employees are sufficiently educated to 
    avoid or minimize ergonomic hazards within 
    their personal control, to report symptoms 
    early enough to avoid serious medical 
    complications and to understand the need to 
    communicate to their employer regarding a 
    work station, equipment or job duty that 
    presents an ergonomic hazard, then the 
    employer should be in the best possible 
    position to identify and rectify an 
    inappropriate situation.
    
       The Mount Sinai-Irving J. Selikoff 
    Occupational Health Clinical Center (Ex. 3-
    162) also advocated training for employees:
    
      We believe that training and education of 
    workers about ergonomic hazards should be 
    required under the standard. The training 
    should emphasize the identification of 
    potential ergonomic hazards as well as 
    recognition of symptoms of common ergonomic 
    disorders. Prevention should be strongly 
    emphasized in such programs as part of an 
    aggressive company-wide commitment to work to 
    eliminate these problems as soon as possible.
    
       The Telesector Resources Group (Ex. 3-215) 
    expressed support for training all employees 
    exposed to significant workplace risk 
    factors, and indicated what should be 
    included in this training, particularly job-
    specific training regarding work practices:
    
      Employees exposed to significant 
    occupationally-related CTD risk factors 
    should be trained in the broad scope of 
    applicable ergonomics principles and in the 
    specific operations of their work tasks and 
    workstations where such training is required 
    to ensure that the task can be performed, and 
    equipment operated as intended. These 
    employees should understand the significant 
    CTD risk factors to which they may be exposed 
    and how to prevent or minimize exposure to 
    them. Education and training in applicable 
    ergonomics principles is especially important 
    for new employees and those employees who are 
    assuming new job tasks where significant CTD 
    risk factors are known to exist.
    
    Similarly, the AFL-CIO also endorsed training 
    as part of an appropriate approach to 
    addressing ergonomics in the workplace (Ex. 
    3-184):
    
      In order for the standard to be most 
    effective in preventing CTDs, workers must be 
    trained in early identification of CTDs and 
    risk factors for CTDs, proper ways to perform 
    the job, and other information related to the 
    standard.
    
       However, not all stakeholders supported a 
    training requirement. For example, the 
    Society of American Florists (Ex. 3-55) 
    commented:
    
      Additional training and recordkeeping 
    requirements would place yet another burden 
    and layer of bureaucracy upon small 
    businesses and compromise their ability to 
    compete.
    
       Some respondents to the ANPR expressed a 
    desire that training requirements be 
    adaptable to the specific circumstances of 
    the affected employers. US WEST Business 
    Resources, Inc. (Ex. 3-91), while endorsing 
    training as part of the approach to 
    ergonomics, stated that the requirements must 
    be flexible:
    
      US WEST recognizes that employee training 
    is an essential cornerstone of any 
    occupational health and safety program. As 
    with other aspects of an ergonomics program, 
    training needs are highly variable and OSHA 
    must allow employers a high degree of 
    flexibility in establishing training programs 
    that best fit the needs of their employees 
    and operations.
    
    The Synthetic Organic Chemical Manufacturers 
    Association, Inc. (Ex. 3-185) made the same 
    point:
    
      We agree that individuals participating in 
    the CTD program should be trained. However, 
    the level, frequency, and sophistication of 
    the training effort should be performance-
    based so that the employer can best determine 
    what is appropriate for its workplace.
    
       In the proposed standard, OSHA seeks to 
    provide employees, their supervisors, and 
    those involved in administration of the 
    ergonomics program sufficient training to 
    actively participate in the protective 
    process in their workplace, without creating 
    any unnecessary or undue burden on employers. 
    The Agency recognizes that workplaces vary 
    greatly in the scope and magnitude of MSD 
    hazards present, the number and complexity of 
    control measures implemented, and the extent 
    to which affected individuals must be 
    involved in the control process. The 
    standard, therefore, does not propose a 
    specified format or length of time for 
    training, allowing employers to adjust 
    training to the needs of their workplace. It 
    is anticipated that the training would vary 
    in duration from facility to facility, 
    depending on the extent of the MSD hazards, 
    the type of operation, the controls required, 
    and the involvement necessary on the part of 
    the employee for the control measures to be 
    effective.
    
    
    MSD Management (Secs. 1910.929 through 
    1910.935)
    
       This discussion of MSD management is 
    divided into three parts. Part A explains the 
    proposed requirements in sections 1910.929 
    through 1910.935, all of which address 
    aspects of the proposed MSD management 
    process. Part B discusses OSHA's legal 
    authority to require work restriction 
    protection and the Agency's reasons for doing 
    so. Part C deals with alternatives to the 
    proposed work restriction protection 
    requirements that OSHA has considered in 
    developing the proposed rule's work 
    protection provisions.
    
    
    Part A--Proposed Requirements for Sections 
    1910.929 through 1910.935
    
       This section of the proposed rule 
    establishes the requirements for setting up a 
    process to manage MSDs when they occur. MSD 
    management is the employer's process for 
    ensuring that injured employees are provided 
    with:
    
       Prompt access to health care 
    professionals (HCPs) or other safety and 
    health professionals as appropriate;
       Effective evaluation, management, 
    and follow-up; and
       Appropriate temporary work 
    restrictions where needed during the recovery 
    period.
    
       MSD management emphasizes prevention of 
    impairment and disability through early 
    detection, prompt management and timely 
    recovery from covered MSDs (Ex. 26-1264, Ex. 
    26-921). This early intervention process is 
    important in helping to achieve the goals of 
    the proposed standard--reducing the severity 
    as well as the number of work-related MSDs.
    
    [[Page 65839]]
    
       The MSD management provisions in the 
    proposed standard are built upon the 
    processes that employers with ergonomics 
    programs already are using to help employees 
    who have work-related MSDs. Evidence in the 
    record shows that these companies, through 
    early intervention and management of MSDs, 
    have achieved substantial reductions in areas 
    such as lost-work time, lost-workdays, costs 
    per case, and workers' compensation claims 
    and costs (see, e.g., Ex. 3-147, Ex. 26-1367, 
    Ex. 26-1405).
       The proposed MSD management provisions are 
    consistent with and based on OSHA's other 
    ergonomics efforts. MSD management provisions 
    are included in OSHA's Ergonomics Program 
    Management Guidelines for Meatpacking Plants 
    (Ex. 26-3). The Guidelines emphasize that 
    ``proper medical management is necessary both 
    to eliminate or materially reduce the risk of 
    development of CTD signs and symptoms through 
    early identification and treatment and to 
    prevent future problems'' (Ex. 26-3). In 
    addition, MSD management provisions have been 
    included in all of OSHA's corporate 
    settlement agreements addressing MSD hazards. 
    Finally, to become a member of OSHA's 
    Voluntary Protection Program, employers must 
    include an ``Occupational Heath Care 
    Program'' in their safety and health 
    programs. This would address MSDs, along with 
    other health hazards.
    
    
    1. Need for MSD Management
    
       MSD management is recognized by, among 
    others, employers, HCPs, and occupational 
    safety and health professionals as an 
    essential element of an effective ergonomics 
    program (Ex. 26-1, Ex. 26-5, Ex. 26-1264). 
    Among employers who told OSHA they have an 
    ergonomics program, most reported that their 
    programs include MSD management as a key 
    element (Exs. 3-56; 3-59; 3-73; 3-95; 3-113; 
    3-118; 3-147; 3-175; 3-217; and 26-23 through 
    26-26). The draft American Standards 
    Committee (ASC) consensus standard on the 
    control of work-related MSDs states that a 
    program to control MSDs ``shall'' include 
    provisions for the evaluation and management 
    of MSD cases (i.e., MSD management), because 
    such elements ``are either recognized and 
    fundamental to injury prevention, or 
    considered minimally essential to the control 
    of [MSDs]'' (Ex. 26-1264). The draft ASC 
    consensus standard was developed by a 
    committee comprised of representatives from 
    the medical, scientific, and academic 
    communities, as well as those representing 
    employers and employees.
       There are many reasons why MSD management 
    is essential to the success of an ergonomics 
    program. MSD management helps to reduce the 
    severity of MSDs that occur. As mentioned 
    above, MSD management emphasizes the early 
    detection of MSDs, followed by prompt and 
    effective evaluation and management. 
    Identifying and addressing MSD signs and 
    symptoms at an early stage helps to slow or 
    halt the progression of the disorder. When 
    MSDs are caught early they are more likely to 
    be reversible, to resolve quickly, and not to 
    result in disability or permanent damage. The 
    American Meat Institute is on record as 
    saying that MSD management programs that 
    promote early intervention result in a 
    reduction in the number of serious MSDs, 
    fewer surgeries, reduced lost-time from work, 
    and a quicker return to full duty (Ex. 3-
    147). Two studies by Maurice Oxenburgh also 
    support this. In one study, Oxenburgh found 
    that for employees suffering from upper-
    extremity MSDs (UEMSDs), the earlier they 
    reported signs and/or symptoms of the UEMSDs, 
    the quicker they were able to return fully to 
    work (Ex. 26-1367). Specifically, Oxenburgh 
    found that UEMSDs resulted in 49 days away 
    from work (or on restricted work) for 
    employees who reported within 20 days of the 
    onset of pain, 66 days for employees who 
    reported within 21-50 days of the onset of 
    pain, and 84 days for employees who reported 
    after 51 days of the onset of pain. In 
    another study, Oxenburgh observed two groups 
    of video display unit (VDU) workers who were 
    exposed to the same ergonomics risk factors. 
    One group (``the MSD management group'') 
    received medical screening, training, 
    workstation redesign, treatment, and 
    rehabilitation; the other group (``the 
    control group'') received none of these 
    interventions. Oxenburgh compared the two 
    groups and found:
    
      1. Twenty-two percent of the control group 
    cases had second or third stage injuries, 
    compared with 8% for the MSD management 
    group;
      2. The mean period of absence from work for 
    the control group workers was 33.9 days, 
    compared with 3.4 days for the MSD management 
    group; and
      3. The total amount of time the average 
    worker in the control group lost, either to 
    days away or alternate duty, was 124.9 days, 
    compared to 34.9 days for the MSD management 
    group (Ex. 26-1405).
    
    These studies demonstrate the importance of 
    early reporting and intervention as part of 
    MSD management in reducing the severity of 
    MSDs, as well as accelerating the recovery 
    process for injured employees. In so doing, 
    MSD management also reduces the costs of MSDs 
    to employees and employers alike.
       An MSD management process is also 
    important to reduce the use of and need for 
    surgery to repair MSDs (Ex. 26-5). Uniformly, 
    stakeholders have told OSHA that intervention 
    should be made at the earliest possible stage 
    when conservative treatment, rather than 
    surgery, is most likely to resolve MSDs (see 
    Exs. 26-23 through 26-26). For example, the 
    Denton Hand Rehabilitation Clinic stated:
    
      [E]arly intervention and nonsurgical 
    intervention is the more appropriate approach 
    to carpal tunnel syndrome. It is imperative 
    that the high cost of health care be reduced 
    and a program which offers early intervention 
    and nonsurgical intervention with full 
    employer participation, employee 
    understanding, and the medical referral would 
    certainly offer this (Ex. 3-33).
    
    If MSD management is delayed or not provided 
    at all, it may be more difficult to avoid 
    surgery because conservative treatment may 
    not be able to resolve the MSD.
       MSD management also helps to reduce the 
    number of MSDs by alerting employers early 
    enough that they can take action before 
    additional problems occur. To illustrate, 
    many employers with ergonomics programs use 
    the report of a single MSD as a trigger for 
    conducting a job hazard analysis (Ex. 26-5). 
    The purpose of analyzing and fixing the job 
    at this stage is to prevent injury to other 
    employees in the same job. An MSD management 
    process that encourages early reporting and 
    evaluation of that first MSD thus helps to 
    ensure that the analysis and control of the 
    job is done before a second employee develops 
    an MSD.
       MSD management also reduces MSDs through 
    prevention. Specifically, MSD management 
    helps to prevent future problems through 
    development and communication of information 
    about the occurrence of MSDs. For example, 
    where engineering, design and procurement 
    personnel are alerted to the occurrence of 
    MSDs, they can help to implement the best 
    kind of ergonomic controls: controlling MSD 
    hazards in the design and purchase phase to 
    prevent their introduction into the 
    workplace.
       OSHA is using the term ``MSD management'' 
    in the proposed rule rather than ``medical 
    management.'' ``Medical
    
    [[Page 65840]]
    
    management'' is a term that OSHA has used in 
    earlier ergonomics publications (e.g., 
    Ergonomics Program Management Guidelines for 
    Meatpacking Plants (1990)) and stakeholders 
    have become familiar with it. However, OSHA 
    believes that ``MSD management'' is a more 
    accurate term because it emphasizes that the 
    successful resolution of MSDs may involve 
    professionals from many disciplines. These 
    individuals may include physicians, 
    occupational health nurses, nurse 
    practitioners, physician assistants, 
    occupational therapists, physical therapists, 
    industrial hygienists, ergonomists, safety 
    engineers, or members of workplace safety and 
    health committees. OSHA believes that all of 
    these individuals, along with the employer 
    and employees, may have a role to play in MSD 
    management, depending on the size, 
    organizational structure, or culture of the 
    particular workplace.
       In addition, OSHA believes that the term 
    MSD management indicates that many approaches 
    can be successful in resolving MSDs. For 
    example, some employers have developed 
    successful MSD management programs that are 
    built on immediately providing restricted 
    work activity at the first report of MSD 
    signs or symptoms. These employers have said 
    that quick intervention has resulted in 
    dramatic reductions in lost workday injuries 
    as well as reductions in medical treatment 
    costs. Other companies utilize on-site HCPs 
    to provide quick front-line health 
    interventions. Although these approaches are 
    quite different, they have both been shown to 
    be successful. Still other organizations rely 
    on the training and skill of ergonomics 
    committee members to address problems. The 
    MSD management provisions of the proposed 
    rule have been written to recognize that many 
    individuals may be trained and knowledgeable 
    about MSDs and MSD hazards. The choice of 
    approach to MSD management is left to the 
    employer.
       Section 1910.929  What is my basic 
    obligation?
    
      You must make MSD management available 
    promptly whenever a covered MSD occurs. You 
    must provide MSD management at no cost to 
    employees. You must provide employees with 
    the temporary ``work restrictions'' and 
    ``work restriction protection (WRP)'' this 
    standard requires.
    
       The employer's basic obligation, as stated 
    in section 1910.929, is to make MSD 
    management available promptly to employees 
    with covered MSDs. MSD management is a 
    process that addresses MSDs promptly and 
    appropriately. In other words, MSD management 
    means that an employer has established a 
    process for assuring that employees with 
    covered MSDs receive timely attention for the 
    reported MSD, including, if appropriate, work 
    restrictions or job accommodation and follow-
    up. Where there is no on-site HCP, the 
    employer may designate an individual to 
    receive and respond promptly to reports of 
    MSD signs, symptoms, and hazards. Where there 
    is an on-site HCP, he or she would be the 
    likely person to have responsibility for MSD 
    management, including referral as 
    appropriate.
       An effective MSD management program has:
    
      1. A method for identifying available 
    appropriate work restrictions and promptly 
    providing them when necessary;
      2. A method for ensuring that an injured 
    employee has received appropriate evaluation, 
    management, and follow-up in the workplace;
      3. A process for input from persons 
    contributing to the successful resolution of 
    an employee's covered MSD; and
      4. A method for communicating with the 
    safety and health professionals and HCPs 
    involved in the process.
    
       Many stakeholders stated that early 
    reporting and intervention is absolutely 
    essential for MSD management to be 
    successful. To this end, the MSD management 
    provisions are crafted to encourage employees 
    to report MSDs early and to receive 
    appropriate treatment promptly. In 
    particular, OSHA's work restriction 
    protection requirements (discussed in detail 
    below) are included as part of the MSD 
    management process to encourage employees to 
    report MSDs early.
       In its 1997 primer, Elements of Ergonomics 
    Programs, NIOSH stated that, in general, the 
    earlier symptoms are identified and treatment 
    initiated, the less likely a more serious MSD 
    is to develop (Ex. 26-2). Thus, employees 
    need to receive prompt, appropriate help 
    after reporting the signs or symptoms of MSDs 
    that may be work-related. The importance of 
    early reporting and intervention has also 
    been documented in a number of studies (see 
    Exs. 26-912, 26-913, 26-917, 26-914, 26-915, 
    26-910, 26-916, 26-911, 26-1367, 26-1405).
       Commenters to OSHA's ANPR also stressed 
    the importance of early reporting. Martin 
    Marietta attributed a drop in the incidence 
    rate of cumulative trauma disorders to early 
    reporting and the education of their workers 
    (Ex. 3-151). Perdue Farms noted a 15% 
    decrease in cumulative trauma disorders, 
    which they attributed to early reporting and 
    intervention (Ex. 3-56). The Mount Sinai-
    Irving J. Selikoff Occupational Health Center 
    stated: ``We cannot overemphasize the 
    importance of the early reporting of 
    symptoms. Based on evaluations of patients 
    from a wide variety of work places, we 
    believe it is essential to intervene 
    medically, and by appropriate modification of 
    the work station or job task, as soon as 
    possible in order to reduce the potential for 
    genesis of permanent impairment `` (Ex. 3-
    162). (See also Exs. 3-33; 3-147).
       For MSD management to be effective, it 
    must be provided ``promptly,'' as the 
    proposed rule requires. By ``promptly,'' OSHA 
    means that employers whose employees come 
    forward with reports of MSDs or their signs 
    or symptoms must as soon as possible assess 
    the situation, determine whether temporary 
    work restrictions or other measures are 
    necessary, and/or refer the employee to the 
    ergonomics committee, an ergonomics 
    consultant, other qualified safety and health 
    consultant or an HCP, as appropriate. These 
    actions must be taken promptly to enable the 
    MSD to resolve quickly, to prevent worsening 
    due to further exposure to MSD hazards. For 
    further guidance on what constitutes prompt 
    MSD management, OSHA refers employers to 
    Sec. 1910.943. In that section, OSHA includes 
    start-up deadlines for those employers who 
    may not be covered by the ergonomics rule 
    initially but whose employees subsequently, 
    after the compliance deadlines for the rule 
    have passed, develop MSDs that are covered by 
    this standard. For those employers, OSHA 
    requires that when an employee reports an 
    MSD, MSD management must be provided within 5 
    days. OSHA believes that this time 
    requirement is also appropriate for all cases 
    of covered MSDs. This is not meant to imply, 
    however, that employers should wait several 
    calendar days after an employee reports 
    experiencing symptoms before assessing the 
    case, providing appropriate work 
    restrictions, or referring the employee to 
    the ergonomics committee, a safety and health 
    professional, ergonomist, or an HCP. OSHA 
    reiterates that prompt MSD management 
    involves responding to employee reports of 
    MSDs as soon as possible to prevent the MSDs 
    from worsening.
       MSD management must be provided at no cost 
    to employees. The term ``at no cost to 
    employees'' includes
    
    [[Page 65841]]
    
    making MSD management available at a 
    reasonable time and place, i.e., during 
    working hours. In order to increase the 
    likelihood that employees will receive the 
    full benefits provided by the standard, MSD 
    evaluations must be provided in a manner that 
    is reasonably convenient for employees. OSHA 
    has defined ``at no cost'' the same way in 
    its other health standards.
       Employers must also provide employees with 
    temporary work restrictions and work 
    restriction protection as required by this 
    proposed rule. Temporary work restrictions 
    and work restriction protection are discussed 
    in detail below.
       The term MSD management in the proposed 
    standard does not cover particular diagnostic 
    tests, treatment protocols, or specific 
    treatments but instead refers to the 
    employer's process of ensuring that injured 
    employees have access to appropriate help 
    when they need it. It is not the purpose of 
    this standard to dictate professional 
    practice for HCPs. An employer is free to 
    establish such protocols in consultation with 
    an HCP, but this is not required by the 
    standard. Many stakeholders urged OSHA to 
    leave the establishment of treatment 
    protocols and procedures for covered MSDs to 
    the HCPs (see, e.g., Ex. 3-154). Where HCP 
    evaluation, treatment, and follow-up is 
    necessary, OSHA believes that HCPs will 
    prescribe treatment and specific therapeutics 
    on the basis of the best available knowledge 
    at the time that care is provided. In 
    addition, OSHA believes HCPs will closely 
    monitor the employee's progress to evaluate 
    the effectiveness of the prescribed 
    treatment. It has also generally not been 
    OSHA's practice, in other health standards, 
    to dictate specific diagnostic procedures or 
    treatment protocols.
       Section 1910.930  How must I make MSD 
    management available?
    
      You must:
      (a) Respond promptly to employees with 
    covered MSDs to prevent their condition from 
    getting worse;
      (b) Promptly determine whether temporary 
    work restrictions or other measures are 
    necessary;
      (c) When necessary, provide employees with 
    prompt access to a ``health care 
    professional'' (HCP) for evaluation, 
    management and ``follow-up'';
      (d) Provide the HCP with the information 
    necessary for conducting MSD management; and
      (e) Obtain a written opinion from the HCP 
    and ensure that the employee is also promptly 
    provided with it.
    
       Paragraph (a) requires employers to 
    respond promptly to employees with covered 
    MSDs. Whenever an employee reports an MSD, 
    the key is to take action quickly to help 
    ensure that the MSD does not worsen. As 
    discussed above, stakeholders are in 
    agreement that early reporting and response 
    are the key to resolving MSD problems quickly 
    and without permanent damage or disability. 
    The term ``promptly,'' as used in this 
    section, has the same meaning as in 
    Sec. 1910.929, discussed above. Employers 
    must respond to employees with covered MSDs 
    as soon as possible to determine what action 
    is appropriate to prevent the employee's 
    condition from becoming more severe.
       Many employers with ergonomics programs 
    respond to reports of MSDs by immediately 
    placing the employee on restricted work 
    activity, either in the same job or in an 
    alternative assignment. Limiting further 
    exposure to the MSD hazard or hazards 
    associated with the employee's job ensures 
    that the employee's condition does not worsen 
    while the employer analyzes the problem job 
    and, if necessary, makes arrangements for the 
    employee to be evaluated by a safety and 
    health professional, ergonomist, member of 
    the ergonomics committee, or an HCP. 
    Employers using this approach have discovered 
    that the employee's condition will often 
    resolve within a few days without further 
    intervention. This is especially true if the 
    symptom is associated with work hardening or 
    conditioning for a new job, new tool, or new 
    equipment. It could also be the case if a 
    company has instituted a Quick Fix that 
    completely eliminates the MSD hazard or 
    hazards in the job, which ensures that the 
    employee will experience no further exposure 
    or aggravation of the condition.
       For other employers, the first response 
    may be to have the affected employee 
    evaluated by an HCP. Where the employer has 
    an on-site HCP, for example, the employee can 
    usually be seen immediately. Immediate 
    attention is particularly important where the 
    employer does not have a policy of 
    immediately limiting the work activities of 
    employees who report MSDs. However, even when 
    employers have on-site HCPs, the HCP may not 
    be available when the employee reports an 
    MSD.
       In most cases, however, employers will not 
    have an on-site HCP. In such cases, OSHA is 
    aware that it may take a few days to arrange 
    an appointment with an HCP. In order to 
    assure a prompt response in these cases, 
    employers must ensure that employees have 
    access to the HCP as soon as possible. There 
    are circumstances where immediate evaluation 
    by an HCP is warranted. For example, an 
    employee experiencing severe shoulder pain 
    with numbness down her arm, an inability to 
    sleep due to pain, and decreased range of 
    motion of the arm and shoulder should 
    immediately be referred to an HCP. An 
    employee who describes symptoms that have 
    been present continuously for three weeks 
    should also be referred at the time of 
    initial reporting.
       Paragraph (b) requires employers to make 
    an initial determination promptly of whether 
    temporary work restrictions or other measures 
    are necessary. In many workplaces, work 
    restrictions are the first line of defense 
    against progression of the disorder. Work 
    restrictions include any limitation placed on 
    the manner in which an injured employee 
    performs a job during the recovery period, up 
    to and including complete removal from work. 
    Work restrictions are important to resolving 
    most MSDs. The purpose of work restrictions 
    is to facilitate recovery of the affected 
    area by not exposing the injured tissues to 
    the same risk factors. The employer, who must 
    provide temporary work restrictions, where 
    necessary, to employees with covered MSDs, 
    and the employee whose work has been 
    restricted need to understand (1) What jobs 
    or tasks the employee can perform during the 
    recovery period, (2) whether the employee can 
    perform these jobs or tasks for the entire 
    workshift, and/or (3) whether the employee 
    needs to be removed from work entirely. 
    Employees for whom restrictions have been 
    assigned because of a covered MSD must be 
    properly matched with those jobs that involve 
    task and work activities that accommodate the 
    requirements of the restriction and thus 
    facilitate healing.
       The employer must also determine whether 
    other measures are necessary to protect the 
    employee with a covered MSD. A company could 
    institute a Quick Fix that completely 
    eliminates the MSD hazard or hazards in the 
    job, ensuring that the employee will 
    experience no further exposure or aggravation 
    of the condition. There are also 
    circumstances where immediate evaluation by 
    an HCP is warranted. In addition, an employer 
    who was not able to provide immediate 
    temporary work restrictions may be able to 
    have an injured employee attend on-site 
    training classes
    
    [[Page 65842]]
    
    for a few days. The person(s) assigned 
    responsibility for MSD management needs the 
    relevant information to make the decision 
    about what is appropriate for the affected 
    employee.
       Section 1910.930 gives employers 
    flexibility to develop an appropriate process 
    for responding to employees with covered 
    MSDs. The proposed rule allows varied 
    approaches because many factors can influence 
    the process and procedures employers 
    establish to deal with MSDs covered by this 
    standard. Such factors may include the 
    severity of the employee's condition and the 
    interventions readily available. For example, 
    some employers immediately place an employee 
    on restricted duty. They take a ``wait and 
    see approach'' and, if the MSD does not clear 
    up in a few days, the employer moves on to 
    the next level of intervention. Other 
    employers have on-site HCPs. Some employers 
    with on-site HCPs place employees who report 
    signs or symptoms immediately on work 
    restrictions while the HCP does the 
    evaluation. Where necessary, the HCP then 
    develops a treatment and/or return-to-work 
    plan. Whatever the employer's response, it 
    needs to be made promptly.
       In paragraph (c) of the proposed rule, 
    employers must provide injured employees with 
    prompt access to an HCP, when necessary, for 
    evaluation, management and follow-up. OSHA 
    used the language ``when necessary'' in the 
    proposed rule because the Agency recognizes 
    that it is not always necessary for an 
    employer to send the injured employee to an 
    HCP. OSHA recognizes that there are 
    situations in which providing work 
    restrictions immediately and/or taking other 
    measures immediately, such as fixing the job, 
    may be an adequate response to the report. 
    This is particularly true if the MSD is 
    reported very early, that is, before the 
    condition becomes severe. In other 
    situations, however, it will be necessary to 
    send the injured employee to an HCP. For 
    example, employers who do not provide work 
    restrictions and/or other measures at the 
    time the MSD is reported will need to send 
    injured employees to the HCP. In addition, 
    there will be some cases where the reported 
    MSD is so severe that it is essential the 
    employee be evaluated by an HCP at the 
    earliest possible time.
       The proposed rule defines health care 
    professional (HCP) as a physician or other 
    licensed health care professional whose 
    legally permitted scope of practice (e.g., 
    license, registration, or certification) 
    allows them to independently provide or be 
    delegated the responsibility to provide some 
    or all of the MSD management requirements of 
    this standard. The proposed rule is flexible 
    enough to allow employers to use a broad 
    range of HCPs, provided the HCP is capable 
    and authorized to provide evaluation, 
    management, and follow-up of MSDs. As defined 
    by this proposal, HCPs are not limited to 
    physicians or nurses. Different HCPs may be 
    involved in the process at different points.
       OSHA is proposing a flexible definition of 
    HCP, for several reasons. First, this 
    approach is responsive to the requests of 
    stakeholders, particularly those with 
    establishments in rural locations, who 
    strongly urged that the rule provide maximum 
    flexibility in the selection of HCPs. 
    Specifically, these employers urged OSHA not 
    to limit employers' choice of HCPs to 
    specialists, who are often not available in 
    reasonable proximity, which would delay 
    prompt evaluation, management, and follow-up 
    and make it much more costly. In general, 
    most of the commenters made broad, generic 
    statements on the qualifications of HCPs that 
    were needed to perform MSD management. For 
    example, the American College of Occupational 
    and Environmental Medicine stated, ``[a] 
    health care provider is considered to be a 
    licensed/registered health care provider 
    practicing within the scope of their license/
    registration'' (Ex. 3-105). Other commenters, 
    such as Carol Stuart-Buttle, a well-known 
    ergonomics consultant, concur with this 
    opinion (Ex. 3-59). The American Feed 
    Industry Association expressed concern that 
    the medical profession in a rural area may 
    not have the expertise to deal with work-
    related MSDs, and pointed out that compliance 
    may be a problem if OSHA stipulates that the 
    HCP have a specific background (Ex. 3-73).
       Second, OSHA does not want to limit 
    employers' options where the State has 
    determined that an individual is authorized 
    to provide care. The scope of practice for a 
    particular HCP may vary from State to State. 
    OSHA believes that issues of HCP 
    qualifications and scope of practice are 
    adequately addressed by State law and 
    professional organizations, and thus it is 
    appropriate to allow employers to rely on the 
    system developed by the States. OSHA requests 
    comments on these issues and specifically 
    seeks information on the experience of 
    employers in using HCPs with various 
    qualifications in their ergonomics programs.
       Some commenters said that the employer 
    should be allowed to determine what HCPs 
    would best be able to direct their 
    occupational health services (Exs. 3-99; 3-
    104). For example, physician assistants, 
    occupational therapists, and physical 
    therapists said that the proposed ergonomics 
    program rule should not limit the HCPs that 
    are allowed to provide medical management and 
    emphasized the role these professionals play 
    in the management of work-related MSDs (Exs. 
    3-57; 3-47; 3-64).
       Others, however, have urged OSHA to 
    require employers to use only HCPs who have 
    training in and experience with work-related 
    MSDs and MSD hazards. These commenters 
    stressed the need for knowledgeable HCPs. 
    They said that HCPs should be required to 
    have training and experience in occupational 
    medicine, MSD hazards, and the disorders 
    associated with these hazards (Exs. 3-181; 3-
    106). For example, one commenter stated that 
    HCPs need a background in occupational health 
    and in ergonomics (Ex. 3-59). Another pointed 
    out that the skills of the HCP need to be 
    updated periodically (Ex. 3-137).
       To the extent possible, employers should 
    use HCPs who are knowledgeable in the 
    assessment and treatment of work-related MSDs 
    to ensure appropriate evaluation, management, 
    and follow-up of employees' MSDs. In any 
    event, paragraph (d) of the proposed rule 
    requires the employer to provide information 
    to the HCPs conducting the assessment. If 
    these individuals are already on site, they 
    are likely to be familiar with the jobs in 
    the workplace, the hazards identified in the 
    hazard analysis, and what jobs or temporary 
    alternative duty may be available. It is 
    essential that HCPs charged with the 
    responsibility for MSD management know or be 
    provided this information if they are to 
    successfully manage the cases of the injured 
    workers.
       OSHA rules state where an individual other 
    than an HCP is responsible for determining 
    whether temporary work restrictions or other 
    measures are necessary under 
    Sec. 1910.930(b), that individual too must be 
    provided the information necessary to 
    discharge his or her responsibility. This is 
    implicit in Sec. 1910.930(b) and is in any 
    event required by Sec. 1910.912(b). With 
    these materials, the safety and health 
    professional or HCP will be better able to 
    ensure that the employee is properly assessed 
    and is placed in a job that will allow 
    healing to occur during the recovery period.
       Paragraph (e) requires the employer who 
    has referred the employee to an HCP to obtain 
    a written opinion from the HCP so it is clear 
    to all parties what needs to be done to
    
    [[Page 65843]]
    
    resolve the employee's MSD. This opinion must 
    be written because oral communication is more 
    susceptible of misinterpretation. Employers 
    must keep a record, and the easiest way to do 
    this is if the opinion is in writing. In 
    addition, the HCP's opinion is valuable 
    information for employers to have when 
    identifying MSD hazards in jobs and 
    evaluating the ergonomics program and 
    controls.
       This paragraph also requires an employer 
    to ensure that the employee promptly receives 
    a copy of the opinion, which is essential if 
    the employee is to participate in his or her 
    own protection. It is particularly important 
    for the employee to be knowledgeable about 
    what work restrictions, if any, he or she has 
    been assigned and for how long they will 
    apply.
       Section 1910.931  What information must I 
    provide to the health care professional?
    
      You must provide:
      (a) A description of the employee's job and 
    information about the MSD hazards in it;
      (b) A description of available work 
    restrictions that are reasonably likely to 
    fit the employee's capabilities during the 
    recovery period;
      (c) A copy of this MSD management section 
    and a summary of the requirements of this 
    standard; and
      (d) Opportunities to conduct workplace 
    walkthroughs.
    
       Section 1910.931 requires that HCPs 
    receive necessary information so the 
    evaluation, management and follow-up of the 
    injured employee is effective. It is 
    important that employers provide information 
    to HCPs, regardless of whether the HCP has 
    special training or knowledge in dealing with 
    occupational injuries and illnesses or in 
    managing MSD cases. Requirements to provide 
    information to HCPs are not new; they have 
    been included in every medical surveillance 
    provision in other OSHA health standards. In 
    addition, a number of commenters recommended 
    that OSHA's ergonomics rule ensure that HCPs 
    receive the information they need to be 
    familiar with the jobs in the employers' 
    workplaces (Exs. 3-23-A; 3-56; 3-89). OSHA 
    also notes that if employers provide the HCP 
    with the information required in this 
    section, they will have satisfied the 
    requirement in Sec. 1910.930(d) that they 
    provide ``the HCP with the information 
    necessary for conducting MSD management.''
       Paragraph (a) requires employers to 
    provide a description of the employee's job 
    and information about the hazards in it. This 
    information is needed to assist HCPs in 
    providing both accurate assessment and 
    effective management of MSDs. Without such 
    information the HCP may not be able to make 
    an accurate evaluation about the causes of 
    the MSD or may not be able to prescribe 
    appropriate restricted work activity. OSHA 
    believes that providing HCPs with information 
    about the results of any job hazard analysis 
    that has been done in that job ensures that 
    the HCP has the most complete and relevant 
    information for evaluating and managing the 
    recovery of the injured employee. Many 
    stakeholders have told OSHA that they already 
    provide this type of information to the 
    treating HCP in order to familiarize the 
    provider with the employee's job and 
    associated workplace risk factors and 
    ultimately to facilitate resolution of the 
    MSD (Exs. 26-23 through 26-26).
       Paragraph (b) requires employers to 
    provide information on work restrictions that 
    are available during the recovery period and 
    that are reasonably likely to fit the 
    employee's capabilities during the recovery 
    period. Providing this information to HCPs 
    helps to facilitate the appropriate matching 
    of the employee's physical capabilities and 
    limitations with a job that allows an 
    employee to adequately rest the injured area 
    while still remaining productive in other 
    capacities. Employers with ergonomics 
    programs have discovered that the more 
    detailed information and communication 
    provided to the HCP about available 
    alternative duty jobs, the better the HCP 
    understands the causes of the problem and 
    knows what work capabilities remain. As a 
    result, these employers have found that the 
    HCP is more likely to recommend restricted 
    work activity rather than removal from work 
    during the recovery period. In addition, it 
    is more likely that HCPs are able to 
    recommend much shorter removal periods when 
    removal is combined with restricted work 
    activity as a means of facilitating recovery.
       To achieve these kinds of MSD management 
    results, the employer must establish a good 
    communication process with the injured 
    employee and the responsible HCPs, as well as 
    with any other safety and health 
    professionals involved in the MSD management 
    process. In addition, for communication to be 
    effective and helpful to the MSD management 
    process, it needs to be clear, timely, and 
    on-going. The person(s) the employer assigned 
    to be responsible for working with the 
    injured employee and communicating 
    information to the HCP needs to have 
    authority to coordinate appropriate placement 
    of the affected employee in the workplace 
    during the recovery period (Ex. 26-923, Ex. 
    26-924).
       Paragraph (c) requires employers to give 
    the HCP a copy of the MSD management section 
    and a summary of the requirements of the 
    standard. This summary must highlight how MSD 
    management fits into the ergonomics program 
    this standard requires. For example, it is 
    especially important that the HCP understand 
    that early reporting of MSD signs and 
    symptoms is key to the success of the 
    ergonomics program and that employers must 
    encourage it. HCPs also need to know how 
    quickly employers must provide employees with 
    access to the HCP and that employers must 
    analyze any job in which a covered MSD is 
    reported. Moreover, HCPs need to understand 
    that the effective resolution of MSDs may 
    require the input of different persons, 
    including those like safety and health 
    professionals, ergonomists, and ergonomics 
    committee members, who are in charge of 
    analyzing and implementing measures that will 
    eliminate or control the hazards that caused 
    the MSD.
       OSHA intends, in paragraph (d), that 
    employers provide HCPs with opportunities to 
    look at the problem job and the available 
    alternative duty jobs. Not only is it 
    important that the HCP become familiar with 
    the physical work activities the injured 
    employee performs, but also it is important 
    that the HCP see the available alternative 
    duty jobs to ensure that such jobs will allow 
    the employee to rest the injured area during 
    the recovery period. OSHA does not intend to 
    require employers to provide HCPs 
    walkthroughs throughout the entire facility.
       Many stakeholders support this provision 
    and have told OSHA that workplace 
    walkthroughs are one of the best ways to 
    obtain knowledge regarding the physical work 
    activities and workplace conditions in the 
    employee's job (Exs. 3-52; 3-107). They are 
    also the best way for the HCP to understand 
    whether the available alternative duty jobs 
    will allow the injured employee to rest the 
    affected area and not be exposed to other 
    conditions that could aggravate rather than 
    resolve the MSD.
       Workplace walkthroughs can be either 
    informal or formal. Several stakeholders said 
    that they often invite community
    
    [[Page 65844]]
    
    HCPs for a tour of the facility. Others 
    conduct the tours one on one. To remain 
    knowledgeable about the specific workplace, 
    jobs, job tasks, and any changes, employers 
    should encourage HCPs to tour the workplace 
    periodically. Finally, where workplace 
    walkthroughs are not possible (e.g., HCP 
    located too far from the workplace), there 
    are other ways HCPs can acquire more in-depth 
    information about the employee's job and the 
    MSD hazards in it. For example, employers can 
    provide HCPs with the results of the job 
    hazard analysis, photographs of the job, or 
    videotapes of the job being performed.
       Where possible, employers should use HCPs 
    who have a basic knowledge of the importance 
    of the early recognition, evaluation, 
    treatment, and prevention of work-related 
    MSDs. Since standards of care change over 
    time, it is the responsibility of the 
    treating health care professional to select 
    treatments in accordance with current 
    acceptable standards of practice (Kuorinka 
    and Forcier, Eds. 1995, Ex. 26-638).
       Section 1910.932  What must the HCP's 
    written opinion contain?
    
      The written opinion must contain:
      (a) The HCP's opinion about the employee's 
    medical conditions related to the MSD hazards 
    in the employee's job.
      (1) You must instruct the HCP that any 
    other findings, diagnoses or information not 
    related to workplace exposure to MSD hazards 
    must remain confidential and must not be put 
    in the written opinion or communicated to 
    you.
      (2) To the extent permitted and required by 
    law, you must ensure employee privacy and 
    confidentiality regarding medical conditions 
    related to workplace exposure to MSD hazards 
    that are identified during the MSD management 
    process.
      (b) Any recommended temporary work 
    restrictions and follow-up;
      (c) A statement that the HCP informed the 
    employee about the results of the evaluation 
    and any medical conditions resulting from 
    exposure to MSD hazards that require further 
    evaluation or treatment; and
      (d) A statement that the HCP informed the 
    employee about other physical activities that 
    could aggravate the work-related MSD during 
    the recovery period.
    
       As mentioned above, the HCP must provide a 
    copy of the written opinion to the employer 
    and injured employee. The written opinion 
    must contain the HCP's opinion about the 
    employee's medical condition related to MSD 
    hazards in the employee's job. The written 
    opinion must explain what actions the HCP 
    recommends to resolve an MSD. These 
    recommendations may include temporary work 
    restrictions or the work the employee may do 
    during the recovery period as well as the 
    medical treatment and follow-up necessary to 
    ensure that the MSD resolves.
       It is important that the HCP's opinion be 
    provided in writing to the employer or the 
    person(s) at the workplace who are 
    responsible for carrying out the MSD 
    management requirements of the standard. 
    Employers need to know about the employee's 
    medical condition to ensure that the 
    restricted work activity they provide 
    satisfies the HCP's recommendations. 
    Employers also need to know whether the 
    employee requires medical treatment that may 
    necessitate his or her absence from work. The 
    HCP's written opinion is especially important 
    for the on-site person who is responsible for 
    follow-up. That person needs to understand 
    the HCP's plan for follow-up and how to 
    assist in ensuring that follow-up is 
    effective.
       Paragraph (a) would require that the HCP's 
    written opinion include information on any 
    medical condition the employee has that is 
    related to the MSD hazards in the employee's 
    job. The HCP's opinion addresses issues such 
    as whether the employee has a work-related 
    MSD, whether work restrictions are needed and 
    for how long, and what kind of follow-up is 
    needed.
    
      Note: Some HCPs may classify a medical 
    condition under an International Disease 
    Classification (ICD) code, while other HCPs 
    may provide a more general diagnosis of the 
    condition. The proposed rule is not limited 
    to providing MSD management only for those 
    MSDs that have an ICD-9 classification.
    
       The HCP's opinion must be limited to 
    medical conditions related to MSD hazards in 
    the employee's job. This does not mean that 
    the HCP must determine whether the MSD is 
    work-related (recordable). Rather, this 
    provision means that the written opinion must 
    not contain medical information about the 
    employee that is not related to work or to 
    MSD hazards in the employee's job. This 
    provision has been included to protect the 
    privacy of the employee, who may not, for 
    example, want the employer to know that he or 
    she has been in treatment for a psychological 
    condition.
       As stated, the written opinion the HCP 
    provides to the employer must not include 
    medical information (e.g., diagnoses, test 
    results, medical history) that is not related 
    to MSD hazards in the job. Paragraph (a) 
    requires employers to instruct the HCP that 
    any findings, diagnoses, recommendations on 
    treatment or medical follow up, or 
    information not related to workplace exposure 
    to MSD hazards must remain confidential and 
    must not be included in the written opinion 
    or communicated in any way to the employer. 
    This kind of prohibition is important in 
    protecting the employee's privacy, and has 
    been a routine feature of OSHA health 
    standards. Moreover, HCPs have their own 
    independent duty to protect the privacy of 
    patients, even patients who work for the same 
    employer as the HCP does. Cf. Wilson v. IBP, 
    558 N.W.2d 132, 138-39 (Iowa 1996). This 
    confidentiality provision is necessary to 
    ensure that employees will be willing to 
    provide complete information about their 
    medical condition and medical history. 
    Employees will not divulge this type of 
    personal information if they fear that 
    employers will see it or use it to the 
    employee's disadvantage. For example, 
    employees may fear that their employment 
    status could be jeopardized if employers know 
    that they have certain kinds of medical 
    conditions, which may be completely unrelated 
    to work or exposure to MSD hazards, or if 
    they are taking certain kinds of medication 
    (e.g., seizure medication, an anti-
    depressant). In this sense, the ergonomics 
    rule is consistent with and is intended to be 
    consistent with the confidentiality 
    requirements of the Americans with 
    Disabilities Act. Paragraph (a), however, 
    recognizes that there may be times where 
    information regarding medical conditions 
    related to workplace exposure to MSD hazards 
    are required to be revealed by some other 
    State or Federal law. The proposed rule does 
    not prohibit release of this confidential 
    information where expressly required by those 
    laws.
       In paragraph (b), OSHA is proposing that 
    the written opinion must contain any 
    temporary work restrictions and follow-up 
    that the employee needs during the recovery 
    period. Work restrictions, defined in 
    Sec. 1910.945 of this proposed standard, are 
    limitations placed on the manner in which an 
    employee with a covered MSD performs a job 
    during the recovery period. The proposed rule 
    defines work restrictions to include 
    modifications and restrictions to the 
    employee's current job, such as limiting the 
    intensity or
    
    [[Page 65845]]
    
    duration of exposure, reassignment to 
    temporary alternative duty jobs, and/or 
    complete removal from the workplace.
       The written opinion should specifically 
    spell out recommended temporary work 
    restrictions, what kind of follow-up is 
    required, and the specific time frame for the 
    follow-up. For example, restrictions on 
    lifting during the recovery period should be 
    as specific as possible: ``No lifting of more 
    than 10 pounds above shoulder level.'' The 
    more specific the temporary restrictions are, 
    the more likely that the employer will be 
    able to identify an alternative duty job that 
    fits the employee's capabilities while still 
    ensuring that the injured area is rested. 
    Specific recommendations give employers 
    needed information about whether employees 
    can remain in their current job, with 
    restrictions on certain of their regular job 
    duties, during the recovery period. Finally, 
    specific recommendations make it possible for 
    on-site safety and health personnel to 
    identify alternative jobs or job changes that 
    will satisfy the temporary work restriction 
    recommendations.
       Paragraph (c) would require that injured 
    employees be informed by the HCP about the 
    results of the evaluation and medical 
    conditions resulting from exposure to MSD 
    hazards that may necessitate further 
    evaluation or treatment. This provision 
    ensures that employees know the information 
    that is the basis for the written opinion the 
    HCP provides to the employer. For example, it 
    may include the test results, or physical 
    examination results, that support the 
    recommendations regarding treatment and/or 
    work restrictions.
       This provision would also ensure that 
    there is full disclosure to the employee 
    about medical conditions that require the 
    employee's further attention. The written 
    opinion must include a statement that the 
    employee has been informed about the results 
    of the evaluation.
       Paragraph (d) is similar to the previous 
    provision. It requires that employees be 
    informed about other activities, including 
    non-work activities, that could aggravate the 
    covered MSD and could delay or prevent 
    recovery. OSHA is proposing this provision 
    because it is important for employees to know 
    how they can facilitate and participate in 
    their own recovery. Although the employer is 
    responsible for ensuring that the employee is 
    not exposed during the recovery period to 
    workplace conditions and physical work 
    activities that are reasonably likely to 
    cause MSDs, the employee should be aware of 
    the actions he or she should take away from 
    work to reduce exposure to ergonomic risk 
    factors. This may include reducing or 
    stopping certain personal work or 
    recreational activities that might be 
    associated with MSDs. It also might include 
    recommendations to wear immobilization 
    devices, such as a wrist brace, during rest 
    periods or while asleep. As discussed above, 
    paragraph 1910.932(a) would require that 
    employers ensure HCPs not include any of 
    these recommendations in the written opinion.
       This provision is intended for 
    informational purposes only and does not 
    require employees to refrain from non-work 
    activities that could aggravate the MSD or 
    delay recovery. OSHA's authority is ``limited 
    to ameliorating conditions that exist in the 
    workplace.'' Forging Indus. Ass'n v. 
    Secretary of Labor, 773 F.2d 1436, 1442 (4th 
    Cir. 1985).
       Section 1910.933  What must I do if 
    temporary work restrictions are needed?
      You must:
      (a) Work Restrictions. Provide temporary 
    work restrictions, where necessary, to 
    employees with covered MSDs. Where you have 
    referred the employee to a HCP, you must 
    follow the temporary work restriction 
    recommendations in the HCP's written opinion;
      (b) Follow-up. Ensure that appropriate 
    follow-up is provided during the recovery 
    period; and
      (c) Work Restriction Protection (WRP). 
    Maintain the employee's WRP while temporary 
    work restrictions are provided. You may 
    condition the provision of WRP on the 
    employee's participation in the MSD 
    management this standard requires.
    
       Section 1910.933 outlines the requirements 
    employers must follow when it is determined 
    that an employee has a covered MSD that is 
    serious enough to require some kind of work 
    restriction.
       Paragraph (a) would require that employers 
    provide temporary work restrictions, where 
    necessary, to employees with covered MSDs. As 
    discussed above, work restrictions are 
    restrictions on the way in which a job is 
    performed or on the activities that the 
    injured employee performs during the recovery 
    period. Work restrictions include changes to 
    the employee's existing job, such as limiting 
    the tasks the employee may perform. 
    Restrictions also include temporary transfer 
    to a restricted duty job or removal from the 
    workplace during the recovery period or a 
    portion of it.
       If a HCP has recommended restricted work, 
    employers should consider such restrictions 
    necessary to prevent the employee's condition 
    from worsening and to allow the employee's 
    injured tissues to recover. In those 
    instances where the employer has referred the 
    employee to a HCP, the employer must follow 
    the temporary work restriction 
    recommendations, if any, included in the 
    HCP's written opinion.
       The provision of work restrictions to 
    injured employees is a vital component of MSD 
    management. Work restrictions provide the 
    necessary time for the injured tissues to 
    recover. They are often considered the single 
    most effective means of resolving MSDs, 
    especially if they are provided at the 
    earliest possible stage. If work restrictions 
    are not provided, it may not be possible for 
    the employee to recover, and permanent damage 
    or disability may result.
       For work restrictions to be effective, 
    employers must ensure that they fit the 
    physiologic needs of the injured employee. 
    For example, work restrictions will only be 
    effective if they reduce or prevent the 
    employee's exposure to workplace risk factors 
    that caused or contributed to the MSD or 
    aggravated a pre-existing MSD. To find the 
    right fit, employers may need to examine 
    potential alternative duty jobs to ensure 
    that the employee will still be able to rest 
    the affected area while performing the 
    alternative job. Identifying appropriate work 
    restrictions may require the collaboration of 
    different persons such as HCPs, safety and 
    health personnel, persons involved in 
    managing the ergonomics program, and the 
    injured employee.
       Although some covered MSDs are at such an 
    advanced stage that complete removal from the 
    work environment is the appropriate 
    treatment, it usually should be the 
    recommendation of last resort. Where 
    appropriate, work restrictions that allow the 
    employee to continue working (e.g., in an 
    alternative job, or by modifying certain 
    tasks in the employee's job to enable the 
    employee to remain in that job) are 
    preferable during the recovery period. These 
    types of restrictions allow employees to 
    remain within the work environment. Studies 
    indicate that the longer employees are off 
    work, the less likely they are to return 
    (Exs. 26-685, Ex. 26-919, 26-923, 26-924). If 
    employers provide accurate and detailed 
    information about the job and alternative 
    jobs, it is more likely that the safety and 
    health professional, ergonomist, or HCP will 
    recommend restricted activity at
    
    [[Page 65846]]
    
    work rather than complete removal. Employers 
    should communicate with safety and health 
    professionals, HCPs, and others to coordinate 
    the provision of work restrictions.
       Under this provision, employers are not 
    required to provide particular alternative 
    jobs or work restrictions that an employee 
    requests. Therefore, if a safety and health 
    professional, ergonomist, or HCP recommends 
    that the employee not perform lifting tasks 
    or engage in repetitive motions during the 
    recovery period, the employer is free to 
    provide any form of work restriction that 
    effectuates that work restriction 
    recommendation. For example, if the 
    recommended work restriction requires fewer 
    repetitive motions, the employer may move the 
    employee to an alternative duty job as a way 
    of achieving this restriction. Or the 
    employer could reduce the number of 
    repetitions expected to be performed in the 
    employee's current job in a number of ways: 
    by reducing the amount of time the employee 
    performs repetitive motions, by reducing the 
    speed at which the employer performs the 
    tasks, or by eliminating certain repetitive 
    tasks during recovery. In the case of lifting 
    jobs, the work restriction may be as simple 
    as limiting the types or weights of objects 
    the employee must move or lift.
       Paragraph (b) requires that the employee 
    receive appropriate follow-up during the 
    recovery period. Follow-up is the process or 
    protocol the employer, safety and health 
    professional, and/or HCP uses to check up on 
    the condition of employees with covered MSDs 
    when they are given temporary work 
    restrictions during the recovery period. 
    Follow-up of injured employees is essential 
    to ensure that MSDs are resolving and, if 
    they are not, that other actions are taken 
    promptly. This process helps to ensure that 
    injured employees do not ``slip through the 
    cracks,'' for example, by being left in 
    alternative duty jobs long after they have 
    recovered, or by being given work 
    restrictions without finding out if the 
    restrictions are helping. If follow-up is not 
    provided, neither the employer nor the safety 
    and health professional or HCP will know that 
    an employee's MSD symptoms are not abating or 
    are becoming worse. Where follow-up is not 
    provided or the healing process is not 
    properly monitored, injured employees, in the 
    end, may never be able to return to their 
    jobs.
       To be effective, follow-up may require the 
    efforts of both an HCP and on-site personnel, 
    such as the person(s) responsible for 
    receiving and responding to employee reports. 
    Some employers may use HCPs who already have 
    a follow-up process in place. For example, 
    some occupational medicine clinics have 
    employees contact the clinic almost daily, 
    or, alternatively, the clinic may contact the 
    employee. In many situations, effective 
    follow-up involves a team approach. This is 
    especially true where the ergonomist, HCP or 
    safety and health professional is not on-site 
    and cannot see the employee on a daily basis. 
    In these cases an on-site person (e.g., 
    nurse, person(s) designated to receive and 
    respond to reports, human resources person) 
    regularly checks on the employee and reports 
    the results back to the HCP, ergonomist, or 
    safety and health professional. This approach 
    may be very effective because the HCP can be 
    provided with almost daily reports on the 
    injured employee's condition and respond 
    quickly if the condition becomes worse.
       Many stakeholders also recognize the need 
    for effective follow-up and have made the 
    process a standard company practice. Coors 
    Brewing Company, for example, stated that it 
    provides follow-up for injured employees as 
    often as is necessary until the employee is 
    released from care (Ex. 3-95).
       Paragraph (c) requires employers to 
    provide work restriction protection (WRP) to 
    employees on temporary work restrictions. WRP 
    is defined in Sec. 1910.945 of the proposed 
    rule as the maintenance of earnings and other 
    employment rights and benefits of employees 
    who are on temporary work restrictions as 
    though the employees had not been placed on 
    temporary work restrictions. For employees 
    placed on temporary work restrictions short 
    of complete removal from work (e.g., an 
    alternative duty job), WRP includes 
    maintaining 100% of the after-tax earnings 
    the employees were receiving at the time they 
    were placed on work restrictions. For 
    employees removed entirely from the 
    workplace, WRP includes maintaining 90% of 
    their after-tax earnings; the value of 90 
    percent is considered by OSHA to be a 
    reasonable estimate of the percentage of 
    take-home pay received by workers when 
    awarded a worker's compensation claim. Thus, 
    if an employee needs to be removed from work 
    entirely, either because the employer, an 
    ergonomist, a safety and health professional 
    or the ergonomics committee has initiated it 
    or the employer referred the employee to an 
    HCP who recommended it, the employer must pay 
    the removed employee 90% of the employee's 
    after-tax earnings and maintain the 
    employee's full benefits. If an employee is 
    placed into an alternative duty job, however, 
    that pays less than the employee was earning 
    at the time the MSD occurred, the employer 
    must maintain 100% of the employee's after-
    tax earnings, with full benefits. The 
    benefits referred to in Sec. 1910.945 
    include, for example, accrual of vacation 
    time; employer contributions to health 
    insurance; employer contributions to other 
    workplace programs such as profit-sharing, 
    life insurance, and pension; and seniority or 
    ``bidding'' rights. Paragraph (c) also 
    permits employers to condition the provision 
    of WRP benefits upon an employee's 
    participation in the MSD management required 
    by the proposed standard.
       By requiring employers to provide WRP, 
    OSHA intends that employees have some 
    economic protection when they are placed on 
    temporary work restrictions. OSHA believes 
    that this economic protection will encourage 
    employees to come forward to report MSDs 
    early; such reporting helps to ensure that 
    the injured employees, as well as employees 
    in the same ``problem'' job, are provided 
    with protection from MSD hazards. Because 
    early reporting is so critical to the 
    proposed rule, OSHA has crafted WRP to 
    encourage employees to report as early as 
    possible. By requiring employers to maintain 
    100% of an employees' after-tax earnings when 
    they are placed on temporary work 
    restrictions short of complete removal from 
    work, OSHA believes employees will have an 
    incentive to report the onset of MSDs early, 
    before their MSDs become so severe that 
    complete removal from work is necessary. OSHA 
    predicts that very few employees with covered 
    MSDs will need to be removed entirely from 
    the workplace during their recovery period. 
    OSHA anticipates that restricted work 
    activity will be sufficient for a large 
    percentage of employees, particularly because 
    the proposed standard requires employers to 
    establish systems for the early reporting of 
    MSDs and to provide prompt MSD management.
       In the proposed standard OSHA is referring 
    to this economic protection during temporary 
    work restrictions as ``work restriction 
    protection (WRP).'' In other OSHA health 
    standards, similar provisions have been 
    called ``medical removal protection.'' OSHA 
    is using the term ``work restriction 
    protection (WRP)'' because it more accurately 
    describes the typical recovery process for 
    most employees with MSDs and the practical 
    effect this provision will have on employers 
    and employees. Moreover, the term ``medical 
    removal protection'' implies that removal is 
    necessitated by
    
    [[Page 65847]]
    
    a diagnosis or recommendation by an HCP. In 
    the proposed rule, some restricted work 
    activity (i.e., immediate placement in 
    alternative duty when an employee reports an 
    MSD) need not be triggered by an HCP's 
    opinion. OSHA does not believe it is 
    appropriate to imply that restricted work 
    activity can only be triggered by an HCP's 
    opinion. OSHA intends that employees who are 
    given restricted work activity even before 
    seeing an HCP have WRP.
      Note: When ``medical removal protection'' 
    provisions in other health standards are 
    discussed in this section, the term ``WRP'' 
    is also used.
    
       Section 1910.934  How long must I maintain 
    the employee's work restriction protection 
    when an employee is on temporary work 
    restrictions?
    
      You must maintain the employee's WRP until 
    the FIRST of these occurs:
      (a) The employee is determined to be able 
    to return to the job,
      (b) You implement measures that eliminate 
    the MSD hazards or materially reduce them to 
    the extent that the job does not pose a risk 
    of harm to the injured employee during the 
    recovery period; or
      (c) 6 months have passed.
    
       As mentioned above, the proposed rule 
    would only require employers to provide work 
    restrictions that are temporary, meaning that 
    the work restrictions are for MSDs that are 
    temporary and reversible. In this section, 
    OSHA is proposing a time frame for the length 
    of time employers would be required to 
    maintain WRP, and identifies the points at 
    which the employer's obligation to do so 
    would end.
       To ensure that WRP is provided only for 
    temporary medical conditions, OSHA is 
    proposing three cutoffs that limit the 
    employer's obligation to provide WRP. The 
    employer's obligation to provide WRP would 
    cease when the first of the cutoffs occurs:
    
       The employee is able to return 
    fully to the regular job,
       The job is fixed so the employee 
    will not continue to get hurt, and
       WRP has been provided for 6 months
    
       Although the proposed rule would require 
    the employer to maintain WRP for as long as 6 
    months, evidence shows that the need to 
    provide protection for 6 months is relatively 
    rare. Although the median number of lost 
    workdays for certain MSDs is quite high, as 
    discussed in Chapter IV of the Preliminary 
    Economic Analysis (Ex. 28-1) and Section VII 
    of this preamble, data show that many MSD 
    cases involve only a few days of work 
    restriction before employees are able to 
    return fully to work. In fact, according to 
    the BLS, 50% of all MSD cases that involve 
    days away from work result in less than 7 
    days away from work (Ex. 26-1413). Assuming 
    no change in these lost workday trends, this 
    evidence indicates that the first WRP cutoff 
    that is likely to occur is that the employee 
    is able to return fully to the regular job.
       The second cutoff would occur when the 
    employer fixes the job, either by eliminating 
    or materially reducing the MSD hazards to the 
    extent that the job does not pose a risk of 
    harm to the injured employee during the 
    recovery period. The second cutoff would 
    occur even if the injured employee's MSD has 
    not completely recovered. This cutoff is also 
    likely to occur early in the process because 
    so many ergonomic controls are quick and 
    inexpensive. According to David Alexander, an 
    ergonomist who has provided consultative 
    services for employers in a broad range of 
    industries, most jobs can be fixed for less 
    than $500 (Alexander, D. and Orr, G. 1999, 
    Ex. 26-1407). In addition, a number of 
    controls involve making simple, low-cost 
    changes in how the job is performed. For 
    example, if a person is not tall enough to 
    perform the task without reaching 
    excessively, the employer could change the 
    height at which the employee stands to 
    perform the task. Or, if the reach for the 
    product is too great, the employer can extend 
    the length of the handle of the tool used to 
    grab the product. If an employee's arm, leg 
    or hand has contact with a hard work surface, 
    the employer can wrap the surface with foam. 
    In a warehousing area, employees can stack 
    smaller amounts of product on each pallet, 
    instead of stacking a large amount of product 
    on one pallet. If an employer installs a 
    fixture or device (a ``jig'') so that it 
    maintains the correct relationship between a 
    piece of work and the tool used during 
    assembly, the employee does not have to use 
    force or awkward posture to hold the part. 
    Because controls for many jobs are 
    inexpensive and cost less than WRP, this 
    cutoff should create an incentive for 
    employers to implement controls quickly.
       The proposed rule itself facilitates the 
    implementation of effective controls. Where a 
    covered MSD occurs, the employer may either 
    set up an ergonomics program for the employee 
    in that job or do a Quick Fix. The Quick Fix 
    provision of the proposed rule (see 
    Sec. 1910.909) essentially allows employers 
    to bypass most of the requirements of the 
    program if they can quickly implement 
    controls that eliminate the hazard.
       The final cutoff for WRP is 6 months. OSHA 
    believes that few employers will be required 
    to provide WRP for this length of time, 
    because the overwhelming majority of MSDs 
    resolve well before 6 months have passed. As 
    mentioned above, the median number of days 
    away from work for lost workday MSDs is 7. 
    The 1998 Liberty Mutual data are consistent 
    with the BLS data: only 11% of all UEMSD 
    claims were associated with a length of 
    disability of more than 6 months (Ex. 26-54). 
    With implementation of the early reporting 
    requirements in the proposed rule, that 
    percentage should decrease.
       Even though most MSDs involve 
    substantially less than 6 months of recovery 
    time, OSHA is proposing a maximum WRP 
    duration of 6 months for several reasons. 
    First, OSHA believes this is a ``fallback'' 
    cutoff. Some employees with reversible MSDs 
    may require longer recovery time. This is 
    especially true where employees require 
    surgery or where the employer has not 
    established an aggressive early reporting 
    policy and the MSD was not caught until signs 
    or symptoms were more serious (see Oxenburgh 
    1984, Ex. 26-1367). Longer recovery time may 
    also be necessary for employees who already 
    have had an MSD or surgery, have a 
    disability, or have other susceptibilities. 
    OSHA wants to cover those cases that may 
    require more time but nonetheless may still 
    have good expectation of recovery.
       At the end of the 6 month WRP period, 
    employers should evaluate the employee's 
    condition to determine whether work 
    restrictions are still necessary and/or 
    whether the employee can return to the job. 
    OSHA seeks comment from interested parties on 
    what protections should be provided to 
    employees if their MSDs have not resolved at 
    the end of the 6 month WRP period and they 
    are not physically able to return to the job.
       Section 1910.935  May I offset an 
    employee's WRP if the employee receives 
    workers' compensation or other income?
    
    
    [[Page 65848]]
    
    
      Yes. You may reduce the employee's WRP by 
    the amount the employee receives during the 
    work restriction period from:
      (a) Workers' compensation payments for lost 
    earnings;
      (b) Payments for lost earnings from a 
    compensation or insurance program that is 
    publicly funded or funded by you; and
      (c) Income from a job taken with another 
    employer that was made possible because of 
    the work restrictions.
    
       Section 1910.935 specifies the offsets 
    employers may make if an injured employee 
    receives workers' compensation. This section 
    serves two purposes. First, the provision 
    helps to strike a balance by providing 
    economic protection for employees who are 
    placed on temporary work restrictions, while 
    ensuring that employers need not provide WRP 
    benefits that would result in the injured 
    employee receiving more than current 
    earnings. OSHA believes that an employer 
    should not have to provide WRP benefits that 
    duplicate the compensation the injured 
    employee receives from other sources for 
    earnings lost during the work restriction 
    period. Although the most likely ``other'' 
    source would most often be workers' 
    compensation payments for lost earnings, the 
    proposed rule also permits the employer to 
    offset other earnings that would not have 
    been possible but for the work restrictions, 
    for example a job baby-sitting during the day 
    because the injured worker is at home. (The 
    employer would not be entitled to offset 
    earnings the injured employee received from a 
    second job held prior to the injury, except 
    that the employer may offset any additional 
    earnings from a previously held second job if 
    such additional earnings were made possible 
    by the work restrictions (e.g., as a result 
    of the work restrictions, the employee is 
    able to work more hours at the previously 
    held second job).)
       Second, this section stresses that OSHA's 
    intention in proposing WRP is not to 
    supersede workers' compensation. If WRP were 
    structured without regard to workers' 
    compensation eligibility, it could be viewed 
    as superseding workers' compensation. The 
    offsets allowed in this paragraph are 
    consistent with those in other OSHA health 
    standards. The offsets for workers' 
    compensation payments for lost earnings are 
    permitted regardless of whether workers' 
    compensation is publicly funded or employer-
    funded.
    
    
    Part B--Work Restriction Protection
    
    
    1. Legal Authority for WRP
    
       The OSH Act authorizes WRP. WRP is 
    authorized by the OSH Act as necessary to 
    protect the health of employees suffering 
    from MSDs. Section 6(b)(5) of the OSH Act 
    directs OSHA to adopt the health standard 
    that ``most adequately assures, to the extent 
    feasible, on the basis of the best available 
    evidence, that no employee will suffer 
    material impairment of health or functional 
    capacity'' if exposed to a hazard over a 
    working lifetime. 29 U.S.C. 655(b)(5). 
    Section 3(8) of the OSH Act explains that an 
    ``occupational health and safety standard 
    [requires] the adoption or use of one or more 
    practices, means, methods, operations, or 
    processes, reasonably necessary or 
    appropriate to provide safe or healthful 
    employment and places of employment.'' 29 
    U.S.C. 652(8). The statutory provisions give 
    OSHA broad authority to require employers to 
    implement practices that are reasonably 
    necessary and appropriate to provide safe and 
    healthful work environments. See United 
    Steelworkers of America v. Marshall (Lead), 
    647 F.2d 1189, 1230 (D.C. Cir. 1980), cert. 
    denied, 453 U.S. 913 (1981) (``A number of 
    terms of the statute give OSHA almost 
    unlimited discretion to devise means to 
    achieve the congressionally mandated 
    goal.''). As discussed in greater detail 
    below, WRP furthers OSHA's statutory mandate 
    to protect the health of workers. By 
    providing employees with economic protection 
    if they are placed on temporary work 
    restrictions, WRP encourages employee 
    participation in MSD management and increases 
    early reporting of MSDs. This prevents 
    injured employees from suffering more severe 
    injury, including permanent disability. This 
    also helps to protect other employees in the 
    same jobs by ensuring that MSD hazards are 
    identified and controlled before other 
    employees become injured.
       WRP also furthers the broad purposes of 
    the OSH Act. In the OSH Act Congress sought 
    ``to assure so far as possible every working 
    man and woman in the Nation safe and 
    healthful working conditions.'' 29 U.S.C. 
    651(b). To achieve this goal, Congress 
    authorized OSHA to:
    
       ``[Develop] innovative methods, 
    techniques, and approaches for dealing with 
    occupational safety and health problems.'' 29 
    U.S.C. Sec. 651(b)(5). WRP is such an 
    innovative technique. WRP is designed to 
    encourage early reporting of MSDs, and 
    employee participation in MSD management and 
    an employer's ergonomics program, thereby 
    protecting the health of all employees.
       ``[Build] upon advances already 
    made through employer and employee initiative 
    for providing safe and healthful working 
    conditions.'' 29 U.S.C. Sec. 651(b)(4). WRP 
    builds upon advances currently found in 
    workplaces. Many employers with existing 
    ergonomics programs provide for economic 
    protection for employees when they are on 
    restricted work activity. In addition, many 
    collective bargaining agreements that already 
    contain ergonomics programs include WRP 
    provisions.
       ``[Provide] medical criteria which 
    will assure insofar as practicable that no 
    employee will suffer diminished health, 
    functional capacity, or life expectancy as a 
    result of his work experience.'' 29 U.S.C. 
    Sec. 651(b)(7). WRP is a critical component 
    of MSD management which helps prevent workers 
    from suffering from diminished health and 
    functional capacity due to MSDs.
    
       Courts uphold OSHA's authority to require 
    WRP. Judicial decisions have upheld OSHA's 
    authority under the OSH Act to require WRP. 
    In Lead, the D.C. Circuit directly examined 
    OSHA's authority to include WRP in the Lead 
    standard and held (1) that the OSH Act gave 
    OSHA broad authority to issue WRP, and (2) 
    OSHA's inclusion of WRP in the Lead standard 
    was necessary and appropriate to protect the 
    health of workers. Lead, 647 F.2d at 1228-40.
       In the Lead decision, the D.C. Circuit 
    first held that OSHA's inclusion of WRP was 
    within its statutory authority. The court 
    found that the OSH Act and its legislative 
    history ``demonstrate unmistakably that 
    OSHA's statutory mandate is, as a general 
    matter, broad enough to include such a 
    regulation as [WRP].'' Id. at 1230. The court 
    relied upon a number of provisions in the OSH 
    Act in support of this finding, including 29 
    U.S.C. 651(b)(5) and the definition of an 
    ``occupational safety and health standard'' 
    discussed above. In short, the court held 
    that OSHA has broad authority to fashion 
    regulatory policies that further the goals of 
    the OSH Act--enhancing worker safety and 
    health and providing for safe and healthful 
    working environments. See Id. at 1230 n. 64 
    (``[T]he breadth of agency discretion is, if 
    anything, at [its] zenith when the action 
    assailed related primarily * * * to the 
    fashioning of policies * * * in order to 
    arrive at maximum effectuation of 
    Congressional objectives.'' (citation 
    omitted)).
       The court also concluded that the 
    legislative history of the OSH Act supported 
    reading the statute to authorize WRP. Id. at 
    1230-31. The court highlighted a statement by 
    Senator Saxbe explaining how both the House 
    and Senate versions of the OSH Act did not 
    contain a ``list of specific `do's and 
    don'ts' for keeping workplaces safe and 
    healthful''; rather, both versions tasked 
    OSHA with developing regulations to
    
    [[Page 65849]]
    
    address the various complexities of America's 
    workplaces. Id. at 1230.
       After concluding that OSHA had the 
    statutory authority to promulgate WRP in 
    general, the court held that OSHA's inclusion 
    of WRP in the Lead standard was a reasonable 
    exercise of that statutory authority. OSHA 
    established that WRP was a preventive device 
    necessary for the effectiveness of the 
    standard. Id. at 1237. OSHA demonstrated that 
    lead disease is highly reversible if caught 
    in its early stages; however, OSHA provided 
    evidence that employees ``would resist 
    cooperating with the medical surveillance 
    program'' absent assurances that they would 
    have some economic protection if they were 
    removed from their jobs due to high blood-
    lead levels. Id. at 1237. For example, 
    employees fearing removal from their normal 
    work without pay if they showed high blood-
    lead levels would tend to try to evade or 
    cheat the blood test. The court held that WRP 
    in the Lead standard was reasonably necessary 
    and appropriate to protect the safety and 
    health of workers.
       Further supporting OSHA's authorization to 
    include WRP in its standards, the D.C. 
    Circuit in International Union v. Pendergrass 
    (Formaldehyde), 878 F.2d 389, 400 (D.C. Cir. 
    1989)) criticized OSHA for not including any 
    WRP in its Formaldehyde standard and remanded 
    the standard to OSHA for reconsideration of 
    the necessity of including WRP. OSHA had 
    claimed that WRP was not appropriate in part 
    because the ``nonspecificity of signs and 
    symptoms [made] an accurate diagnosis of 
    formaldehyde-induced irritation difficult,'' 
    and the health effects from formaldehyde 
    exposure for these employees quickly 
    resolved. Id.
       The court rejected OSHA's justifications 
    and remanded the issue to OSHA for further 
    examination. OSHA's failure to include WRP in 
    the formaldehyde standard represented a 
    dramatic ``swerve'' from prior health 
    standards that required extensive 
    explanation; OSHA's ``allusions to `non-
    specificity' of symptoms [were] too vague and 
    obscure either to show consistency with 
    OSHA's prior stance or to justify a reversal 
    of position.'' Id. at 400. The court also 
    stated that WRP was particularly appropriate 
    in situations where employees recover quickly 
    from the signs and symptoms of disease. Id.
       On remand, OSHA included a WRP provision 
    in the formaldehyde standard, explaining:
    
      On reconsideration, the Agency has 
    concluded that [WRP] provisions can 
    contribute to the success of the medical 
    surveillance programs prescribed in the 
    formaldehyde standard. Unlike some other 
    substance-specific standards, the 
    formaldehyde standard does not provide for 
    periodic medical examination for employees 
    exposed at or above the action level. 
    Instead, medical surveillance is accomplished 
    in the final rule through the completion of 
    annual medical questionnaires, coupled with 
    affected employees' reports of signs and 
    symptoms and medical examinations where 
    necessary. This alternative depends on a high 
    degree of employee participation and 
    cooperation to determine if employee health 
    is being impaired by formaldehyde exposure. 
    OSHA believes these new [WRP] provisions will 
    encourage employee participation in the 
    standard's medical surveillance program and 
    avoid the problems associated with 
    nonspecificity and quick resolution of signs 
    and symptoms that originally concerned the 
    agency. 57 FR 22290, 22293, May 27, 1992.
    
    Formaldehyde makes clear that OSHA may not 
    decline to include WRP in a health standard 
    absent specific findings justifying such a 
    change in Agency practice.
       Other health standards support OSHA's 
    inclusion of WRP. OSHA has included some form 
    of WRP in many other health standards based 
    upon findings that WRP is necessary to 
    encourage employee participation in medical 
    surveillance. See 29 CFR 1910.1025 (Lead); 29 
    CFR 1910.1027 (Cadmium); 29 CFR 1910.1028 
    (Benzene); 29 CFR 1910.1048 (Formaldehyde); 
    29 CFR 1910.1050 (Methylenedianiline); 29 CFR 
    1910.1052 (Methylene Chloride). OSHA has 
    tailored the WRP provisions in these health 
    standards to address the particular hazards 
    involved, as well as to effectuate the 
    purposes of the standards. In some of these 
    standards, for example, WRP is triggered by a 
    specific finding. In the Lead standard, WRP 
    must be provided when blood-lead levels 
    exceed certain limits. In other standards, 
    however, WRP is provided even though no 
    medical ``triggering'' test is available. In 
    these instances, WRP must be provided (1) 
    when an employee exhibits signs or symptoms 
    of disease (see, e.g., 29 CFR 1910.1048 
    (l)(8)(I) (Formaldehyde) ``[WRP applies] when 
    an employee reports significant irritation of 
    the mucosa of the eyes or the upper airways, 
    respiratory sensitization, dermal irritation, 
    or dermal sensitization attributed to 
    workplace formaldehyde exposure.''), or (2) 
    there is a finding by a physician that an 
    employee must be removed to avoid material 
    impairment of health or functional capacity. 
    Providing WRP based upon a finding by a 
    physician (or HCP) is included in all other 
    OSHA health standards with WRP. OSHA believes 
    that this provision serves as a ``backstop'': 
    it protects those employees who exhibit signs 
    and/or symptoms of disease at particularly 
    low exposures.
       OSHA's inclusion of some form of WRP in 
    other health standards based on findings that 
    WRP is necessary to ensure employee 
    participation in medical surveillance 
    programs demonstrates an established policy 
    that OSHA may not depart from without 
    substantial justification. OSHA is aware of 
    no such justification. To the contrary, 
    OSHA's preliminary view is that WRP is 
    necessary to encourage early and full 
    employee reporting, which is critical if the 
    standard is to reduce the number and severity 
    of MSDs.
    
    
    2. Necessity Of WRP
    
       As discussed in more detail in the Risk 
    Assessment and Significance of Risk sections 
    of this preamble, many employees currently 
    suffer from MSDs. OSHA believes that WRP is a 
    critical component of the proposed rule for 
    the following reasons:
       1. WRP encourages employee participation 
    in MSD management and the ergonomics program;
       2. WRP encourages early reporting of MSDs, 
    and/or signs and symptoms of MSDs;
       3. The actions required of employers by 
    the proposed rule are determined by reported 
    MSDs; and
       4. There is no justification to deviate 
    from past OSHA practice and exclude WRP.
       WRP encourages employee participation in 
    MSD management and the ergonomics program.--
    There is evidence that many employees at 
    present do not report MSDs, and/or signs and 
    symptoms of MSDs, because they fear any or 
    all of the following will happen to them if 
    they report signs and/or symptoms of MSDs, 
    and/or are diagnosed with an MSD:
       1. They will be transferred to alternative 
    ``light'' duty at reduced pay (see Exs. 3-
    184; 3-186);
       2. They will be fired or suffer a great 
    financial loss and lose their benefits (see 
    Exs. 3-151; 3-183; 3-184; 3-186); or
       3. They will suffer other forms of job 
    discrimination or retaliation (see Ex. 3-
    121).
    
    
    [[Page 65850]]
    
    
       These comments are consistent with those 
    comments OSHA received during other health 
    standards rulemakings where similar WRP 
    provisions were proposed. See, e.g., 43 FR 
    54354, 54442, November 21, 1978. These fears 
    are particularly acute for the many low-wage 
    employees who live ``pay check-to-pay 
    check.'' Evidence and data show that many of 
    the jobs where ergonomic problems are severe 
    are jobs that pay minimum wage or only 
    slightly above minimum wage. For example, as 
    detailed in the Preliminary Risk Assessment, 
    some of the jobs with the highest incidence 
    of MSDs are those held by nursing aides, 
    orderlies, and attendants; laborers (not 
    construction); stock handlers and baggers; 
    and maids and housemen.
       OSHA's concern about the pressure on 
    workers not to come forward to report their 
    MSD signs and symptoms early is heightened by 
    two factors: the large number of employees 
    who do not receive sick leave, and the 
    difficulty employees have in receiving State 
    workers' compensation benefits for work-
    related MSDs. The BLS reports that only 50% 
    of workers are covered by sick leave 
    benefits, i.e., were paid for work absences 
    due to illness or injury; 64% of blue collar 
    workers are not provided this basic benefit 
    (BLS 1995, Ex. 26-1406).
       Each State has a statutory workers' 
    compensation system that controls eligibility 
    for and payment of benefits for State, 
    municipal, and private sector employees. The 
    Federal government operates a workers' 
    compensation system covering Federal workers, 
    and there are Federal statutes that create 
    special compensation schemes for longshore 
    and harbor workers and coal miners. The 
    workers' compensation laws in each State are 
    the result of legislative enactments and 
    interpretations of courts and administrative 
    tribunals, and the laws among States often 
    vary sharply as to what injuries are covered 
    and what benefits are paid.
       All States compensate injured or ill 
    workers with MSDs, at least to some degree. 
    However, obtaining workers' compensation for 
    MSDs is complicated by the difficulty of 
    fitting an MSD into the State's definition of 
    an injury caused by accident (an acute, 
    traumatic injury traceable to a particular 
    occurrence at a particular time and place) or 
    an illness meeting the State's definition of 
    occupational illness (often a specific list 
    of diseases or a definition that includes 
    only diseases associated with particular 
    occupations); by the State-imposed statute of 
    limitations on occupational illnesses; and by 
    the high level of litigation associated with 
    these claims.
       State statutes have increasingly limited 
    the compensability of MSD claims. In 
    Virginia, for example, the only MSD that is 
    covered is carpal tunnel syndrome (CTS); all 
    other MSD claims are not accepted. Idaho 
    requires the employee to have worked for a 
    single employer for 60 days before a claim 
    for a non-acute injury is considered. In 
    Louisiana, if a claimant was on the job for 
    less than 12 months, he or she needs an 
    ``overwhelming preponderance of the 
    evidence'' to receive compensation. In Texas, 
    the claimant must prove the disease is 
    inherent in that particular type of 
    employment. The result of this trend can 
    clearly be seen in the substantial 
    underreporting of MSDs reported in a number 
    of peer-reviewed articles (Cannon, et al. 
    1981, Ex. 26-1212; Mazlish, et al. 1995, Ex. 
    26-1186; Silverstein, et al. 1997, Ex. 26-
    28).
       Those claims that are filed are often 
    litigated and may drag on for years. For 
    example, the California Workers Compensation 
    Institute reported that 94% of the State's 
    cumulative trauma claims were litigated and 
    that employers in California pay $0.33 in 
    litigation costs for every $1 paid in 
    benefits for these cases. For other claims, 
    this figure is $0.15 per $1 of benefits paid 
    (Kohn 1997, Ex. 26-1408).
       OSHA believes that both factors--the low 
    level of sick leave benefits available to 
    workers and the difficulty employees have in 
    receiving workers' compensation benefits for 
    work-related MSDs--underscore the importance 
    of the proposed standard's WRP provisions. 
    OSHA believes that by providing employees who 
    must be placed on temporary work restrictions 
    with some guaranteed economic protection, WRP 
    will reduce employee anxiety about reporting 
    signs and/or symptoms of MSDs. Thus, OSHA 
    believes that employees will be more willing 
    to participate actively in MSD management and 
    the ergonomics program.
       WRP encourages early reporting of MSDs, 
    and/or signs and symptoms of MSDs. WRP also 
    encourages employees to report MSDs, and/or 
    signs and symptoms of MSDs, as early as 
    possible, so that employers can determine 
    whether the MSD is covered and/or whether 
    temporary work restrictions are appropriate. 
    Early reporting of MSDs leads to early 
    detection and successful treatment of 
    MSDs.OSHA has substantial evidence that most 
    MSDs are reversible if treatment is provided 
    early, before the disease becomes 
    debilitating (see Exs. 3-56; 3-59; 3-179; 3-
    184). In addition, early detection and 
    intervention reduces the severity of MSDs, as 
    well as the treatment required to address the 
    MSDs. An added benefit is that early 
    detection, intervention, and treatment reduce 
    the costs of MSDs for both employers and 
    employees (see Exs. 3-23; 3-33; 3-50; 3-56; 
    3-59; 3-121; 3-124; 3-151; 3-162; 3-179; 3-
    184). Conversely, when employees do not 
    report MSDs, and/or the signs or symptoms of 
    MSDs early, they will likely continue working 
    until their MSDs become (1) compensable under 
    workers' compensation statutes, or (2) more 
    severe and/or disabling. This results in more 
    damage to the affected employee, higher costs 
    for the employer, and reduced productivity.
       Because early reporting is so important, 
    the proposed WRP requirements are designed to 
    maximize the incentives employees have to 
    report signs and/or symptoms of MSDs early. 
    As stated above, OSHA is requiring employers 
    to maintain 100% of an employee's after-tax 
    earnings if the employee is placed on work 
    restrictions short of complete removal from 
    work. OSHA believes that this will encourage 
    employees to report signs and/or symptoms of 
    MSDs at the earliest possible point, before 
    their conditions become so severe that 
    complete removal from work is necessary.
       The early reporting that will result from 
    WRP will not only provide protection for 
    injured employees, it will provide protection 
    to other employees as well. Early reporting 
    allows employers to identify problem jobs 
    early and to take the necessary steps to 
    correct the identified hazards before other 
    employees become hurt. In addition, early 
    reporting may ensure that job fixes are 
    provided more quickly. Since employers bear 
    the costs of providing MSD management and 
    WRP, they will have an incentive to reduce or 
    avoid those costs by implementing effective 
    and appropriate ergonomics programs in their 
    workplaces. See 43 FR 54354, 54449, November 
    21, 1978 (``One beneficial side effect of 
    [WRP] will be its role as an economic 
    incentive for employers to comply with the 
    inorganic lead standard.'').
       OSHA has evidence that in current 
    ergonomics programs where employees report 
    signs and/or symptoms of MSDs early, the 
    number of MSDs and the number of lost-time/
    lost-day injuries decreases (see Ranney 1993, 
    Ex. 26-913; Day 1987, Ex. 26-914; see also 
    Oxenburgh 1984, Ex. 26-1367). This evidence 
    demonstrates that where employees report MSDs 
    early: (1) the severity of the MSDs 
    decreases, and (2)
    
    [[Page 65851]]
    
    greater protection is provided to other 
    employees in the workplace, so that they do 
    not develop MSDs.
       During OSHA's public outreach process, 
    every stakeholder who commented on this 
    subject agreed that early reporting of MSDs 
    is critical to preventing disease and to 
    protecting workers. They confirmed that early 
    reporting also reduces the costs to the 
    employee and employer (see Exs. 3-197; 3-118; 
    3-124; 3-151; 3-56; 3-68; 3-107). Moreover, 
    many stakeholders that currently have 
    ergonomics programs said that they achieved 
    dramatic reductions in the number and 
    severity of MSDs once they implemented an 
    effective early reporting process (Exs. 26-23 
    through 26-26). This experience is consistent 
    with the literature and studies conducted on 
    ergonomics programs (see NIOSH 1997, Ex. 26-
    2; Oxenburgh 1985, Ex. 26-1405).
       WRP is necessary where employer action is 
    triggered by reports of MSDs. Whether the 
    proposed rule covers certain jobs is 
    determined, in part, by the reporting of an 
    OSHA recordable MSD. This incident-based 
    ``trigger'' is unique to OSHA health 
    standards. In other OSHA health standards, 
    employers are required to monitor their 
    workplaces for hazards and control those 
    hazards. In this proposed standard, however, 
    employers will not have to implement certain 
    aspects of an ergonomics program until a 
    covered MSD is reported.
       In order for an incident-based rule to be 
    as effective as possible in providing 
    protection for employees, employees must be 
    willing to report MSDs, and/or signs and 
    symptoms of MSDs. If employees are not 
    willing to come forward and report MSDs, 
    serious MSD hazards in that job will go 
    uncontrolled, thus potentially placing every 
    employee in that job at increased risk of 
    harm. Moreover, some stakeholders fear that 
    an incident-based ``trigger'' will create an 
    incentive for employers to discourage 
    employees from reporting MSDs. There is 
    strong evidence that there currently is 
    significant underreporting of MSDs (see Exs. 
    2-2; 2-4; 2-22; 3-159; 3-160; Fine et al. 
    1986, Ex. 26-920; Liss 1992, 26-918; 
    Silverstein, et al. 1997, Ex. 26-28). OSHA 
    believes that WRP in this proposed rule is 
    thus particularly necessary to ensure that 
    employees come forward and report MSDs early. 
    OSHA believes the proposed WRP provision 
    provides the necessary economic protection to 
    ensure such employee reporting and 
    participation.
       No justification to deviate from past OSHA 
    practice and exclude WRP. As mentioned above, 
    many OSHA health standards include WRP. These 
    standards are based on findings that workers 
    are less likely to participate in needed 
    medical management programs if they may 
    suffer severe economic loss as a result. The 
    court in Formaldehyde held that this 
    principle evinced a clear policy that is to 
    be followed unless OSHA gives a persuasive 
    justification for deviating from it. Cf. 
    Formaldehyde, 878 F.2d at 400. OSHA believes 
    that it does not have justification for 
    deviating from its past practice of including 
    WRP in health standards where necessary and 
    appropriate to encourage the participation of 
    employees in programs designed to protect the 
    safety and health of workers.
       In particular, the fact that there are no 
    unambiguous biological monitoring tests for 
    diagnosing some MSDs is not a sufficient 
    justification for such exclusion. 
    Formaldehyde, 878 F.2d at 400. In addition, 
    the fact that some MSDs resolve quickly is 
    not sufficient to exclude WRP. Id. The court 
    in Formaldehyde stated that if affected 
    employees have quick recovery periods, they 
    ``surely could benefit from receiving [WRP] 
    during the recovery period.'' Id.
    
    
    3. Stakeholder Comments on WRP
    
       The issue of WRP has engendered much 
    discussion. OSHA discussed different forms of 
    WRP with its stakeholders, and OSHA has 
    received many comments from industry, labor, 
    and others on WRP generally, as well as on 
    the specific elements of WRP. Many 
    stakeholders, particularly those in the 
    health care profession, support the inclusion 
    of some WRP provision in the proposed rule 
    (see, e.g., Ex. 3-124). These professionals 
    recognize the importance of encouraging 
    employee participation in MSD management. 
    Employees and their representatives also 
    support some form of WRP as being necessary 
    to the effectiveness of the proposed standard 
    generally, and the effectiveness of MSD 
    management specifically (see Exs. 3-184; 3-
    164). A large number of stakeholders, 
    however, object to the inclusion of any form 
    of WRP in the proposed standard. These 
    stakeholders contend that WRP:
       1. Is not necessary for the effective 
    functioning of the standard;
       2. Violates section 4(b)(4) of the OSH 
    Act;
       3. Poses a significant economic hardship 
    for employers, especially small employers; 
    and
       4. Will be abused by employees.
       Is WRP necessary? Some stakeholders argue 
    that WRP is not necessary to get employees to 
    report MSDs. They point to the fact that more 
    than 600,000 MSDs are reported each year. 
    MSDs, they state, account for approximately 
    one of every three dollars paid out in 
    workers' compensation claims. Given these 
    numbers, these stakeholders state that the 
    proposed rule does not need WRP to encourage 
    employees to report MSDs and participate in 
    MSD management. They say that the proposed 
    requirements that employers encourage 
    reporting, train employees in reporting, and 
    refrain from retaliating against employees 
    who do report, are sufficient measures to 
    achieve the objective of early reporting of 
    MSDs.
       While OSHA agrees with stakeholders that 
    many MSDs are reported each year, there is 
    also strong evidence that MSDs are 
    significantly underreported (see Exs. 2-2; 2-
    4; 2-22; 3-159; 3-160, 26-920, 26-918, 26-
    28). In the last 18 years, many peer-reviewed 
    studies that document underreporting of MSDs 
    in OSHA logs have been published in the 
    scientific literature (Exs. 2-2, 26-1212, 26-
    1186, 26-28, 26-1258, 26-920, 26-922, 26-
    1259, 26-1261, 26-1260). These studies 
    document extensive and widespread 
    underreporting on the OSHA logs of 
    occupational injuries and illnesses ( Ex. 2-
    2) and of MSDs (Exs. 26-28, 26-1258, 26-920, 
    26-922, 26-1259, 26-1261, 26-1260). The 
    studies also show that a large percentage of 
    workers with MSDs that were identified as 
    work-related by health care providers do not 
    file workers' compensation claims (Exs. 26-
    1258, 26-1212, 26-920). In one early study, 
    only 47 percent of workers with medically 
    diagnosed cases of CTS filed claims (Ex. 26-
    1212). Fine and his co-authors found that, in 
    two large automobile manufacturing plants, 
    workers' compensation claims were filed in 
    less than 1 percent of medically confirmed 
    cumulative trauma cases in one plant and in 
    only 14 percent of such cases in another (Ex. 
    26-920). A recent study of 30,000 Michigan 
    workers who were identified by a health care 
    provider as having a work-related injury 
    showed that only 9 to 45 percent of workers 
    filed a workers' compensation claim for their 
    injuries (Ex. 26-1258). (For a more detailed 
    discussion of these studies and a table 
    summarizing them, please refer to Section VII 
    of this preamble.) OSHA is including WRP in 
    the standard to cure underreporting and to 
    secure early reporting.
    
    [[Page 65852]]
    
       OSHA believes that existing State workers' 
    compensation systems are not sufficient to 
    encourage employees to report MSDs early and 
    to cure this underreporting. As stated 
    earlier, every State has a different workers' 
    compensation system. In many States, 
    obtaining workers' compensation for MSDs is 
    difficult due to the different definitions of 
    ``injuries'' or ``illnesses'' in the various 
    States, the different State statutes of 
    limitation, and the contentious litigation 
    that is often associated with claims for 
    compensation for MSDs. In addition, some 
    States provide no compensation for some MSDs 
    (see, e.g., Virginia for rotator cuff 
    tendinitis, epicondylitis, etc.). There is 
    also another reason workers' compensation 
    payments may not be adequate to ensure early 
    employee reporting of MSDs. All States have 
    waiting periods ranging from 1 to 7 days 
    before an injury or illness is compensable 
    under workers' compensation. Many employees 
    cannot go even a few days without any pay. 
    This is particularly true for many low-wage 
    employees who live pay check-to-pay check. 
    OSHA believes that existing workers' 
    compensation systems are not adequate to 
    ensure the effectiveness of MSD management.
       Some stakeholders contend that WRP is not 
    necessary because many employers do not 
    currently reduce the pay or benefits of 
    employees when they are placed on restricted 
    work duty. OSHA agrees with these 
    stakeholders that many employers with good 
    ergonomics programs and generous benefits 
    policies do not reduce injured employees' pay 
    and benefits when they are given, for 
    example, alternative duty jobs. Other 
    stakeholders, however, have told OSHA that 
    many employers do reduce pay in such cases. 
    Some stakeholders have also said that to 
    create an incentive to return to work 
    quickly, employers may not allow employees to 
    use sick leave if they develop a workplace 
    injury or illness (see Ex. 23). Also, OSHA 
    estimates that approximately 50% of 
    businesses do not even have a sick leave 
    policy (Ex. 26-1406). OSHA believes that 
    these kinds of practices would significantly 
    deter employee reporting and would persist if 
    the ergonomics rule did not include WRP.
       Does WRP violate section 4(b)(4) of the 
    OSH Act? Several stakeholders contend that 
    the WRP provision in the proposed rule 
    violates section 4(b)(4) of the OSH Act 
    because it would preempt, replace, and/or 
    overwhelm State workers' compensation laws 
    and systems.
       Section 4(b)(4) of the OSH Act provides:
    
      Nothing in this Act shall be construed to 
    supersede or in any manner affect any 
    workmen's compensation law or to enlarge or 
    diminish or affect in any other manner the 
    common law or statutory rights, duties, or 
    liabilities of employers and employees under 
    any law with respect to injuries, diseases, 
    or death of employees arising out of, or in 
    the course of, employment. 29 U.S.C. 
    Sec. 653(b)(4).
    
       Congress included section 4(b)(4) in the 
    OSH Act for a number of reasons. First, the 
    section is intended to bar ``workers from 
    asserting a private cause of action against 
    employers under OSHA standards.'' Lead, 647 
    F.2d at 1235. See also Ben Robinson Co. v. 
    Texas Workers' Compensation Comm'n., 934 
    S.W.2d 149, 156 (Tex. App. 1996) (``Ben 
    Robinson'') (Section 4(b)(4) of the OSH Act 
    sought ``to prevent injured workers from 
    circumventing workers' compensation by 
    claiming a private cause of action based on 
    the OSH Act'' (citing Pratico v. Portland 
    Terminal Co., 783 F.2d 255, 265 (1st Cir. 
    1985))). Second, this section of the Act is 
    intended to prevent any party in an 
    employee's claim under workmen's compensation 
    law or other State law from asserting that an 
    OSHA regulation or the OSH Act itself 
    preempts any element of State law. Lead, 647 
    F.2d at 1236. An employee thus cannot obtain 
    relief under State law for a disablement that 
    is not compensable under that law simply 
    because an OSHA standard provides protection 
    against that disablement. Similarly, when an 
    employee is injured, the employer cannot 
    escape liability under State law simply 
    because OSHA has not regulated the hazard 
    that caused the injury.
       The D.C. Circuit has held that WRP does 
    not violate the language or intended purposes 
    of section 4(b)(4). See Lead, 647 F.2d at 
    1236; cf. Formaldehyde, 878 F.2d 400. In the 
    Lead decision, the court squarely addressed 
    the issue of whether a similar WRP provision 
    violated section 4(b)(4). The WRP provision 
    at issue in Lead required employers to 
    maintain an employee's ``earnings and 
    seniority rights during removal for a period 
    of 18 months.'' Lead, 647 F.2d at 1230. In 
    Lead, the opponents of WRP argued that WRP 
    violated section 4(b)(4) because, in 
    practical terms, WRP would ``wholly 
    replac[e]'' workers' compensation (i.e., 
    federalize workers' compensation). Id. at 
    1234. Opponents claimed that WRP violated 
    workers' compensation because it provided 
    compensation before the point at which 
    workers' compensation recognized the 
    disability. Id. They also argued that WRP 
    would render workers' compensation 
    meaningless because disabled employees 
    receiving full earnings under WRP would never 
    seek workers' compensation. Id.
       The court in Lead found these arguments 
    unpersuasive. First, the court held that the 
    section's prohibition against ``affecting'' 
    or ``superseding'' workers'' compensation 
    could not be read too broadly because all 
    OSHA standards are meant in some way to 
    ``affect'' workers'' compensation and 
    ultimately to ``supersede'' it in the sense 
    that they seek to ensure that employees are 
    protected from injury and never have the need 
    to seek such compensation. Lead, 647 F.2d at 
    1235. Cf. Ben Robinson, 934 S.W.2d at 156. 
    The goal of this proposed rule is the same as 
    the goal for the Lead standard: to ensure 
    that employees are protected from developing 
    MSDs and therefore have no need to seek 
    workers' compensation.
       Next, the court found that even if WRP 
    were available, injured employees would have 
    incentives to seek workers' compensation 
    because: (1) Workers' compensation would 
    reimburse them for the medical treatment 
    expenses that WRP would not cover; and (2) 
    WRP would only last for several months (e.g., 
    18 months in the Lead standard; 6 months in 
    the proposed rule), while workers' 
    compensation would compensate them for longer 
    periods of disability, and in certain cases 
    indefinitely. Lead, 647 F.2d at 1235. The 
    court's finding is particularly applicable to 
    the proposed rule. Employees with MSDs would 
    still have several incentives to seek 
    workers' compensation. The only way employees 
    with severe disorders could get reimbursement 
    for medical expenses such as prescription 
    medicines, physical therapy, and surgery, 
    would be by filing a workers' compensation 
    claim. (The proposed rule does not require 
    that employers pay for the medical treatment 
    costs, such as those for surgery or physical 
    therapy, of employees who have covered MSDs.) 
    In fact, employees with MSDs have an even 
    greater incentive to file claims than 
    employees covered by the Lead standard 
    because the proposed rule limits WRP to 6 
    months (compared to 18 months for the Lead 
    standard).
       The court in Lead held that even if WRP 
    has a ``great practical effect'' on workers'' 
    compensation, it does not violate section 
    4(b)(4) as long as it ``leaves the state 
    scheme wholly intact, as a legal matter.'' 
    Lead, 647 F.2d at 1236. The proposed WRP 
    provision does not touch the legal scheme of 
    existing State workers' compensation laws, 
    even though it may result in a reduction in 
    workers' compensation claims and payments. 
    The proposed WRP provision would not
    
    [[Page 65853]]
    
    require States to cover MSDs that they have 
    excluded from coverage. The proposed WRP 
    provision would not require States to change 
    the percentage of lost wages it will replace. 
    The proposed WRP provision also would not 
    change the legal tests for compensability; 
    that is, it would not require that 
    compensation be awarded when work 
    ``contributed'' to the MSD if State workers'' 
    compensation laws only allow it when work is 
    the ``primary cause'' of the MSD.
       The stakeholders who oppose WRP state that 
    the Lead decision's reference to ``great 
    practical effect'' is not applicable to the 
    proposed WRP provision. They contend that the 
    ``practical effect'' this provision would 
    have is much greater than that anticipated by 
    the Lead court. They argue that this 
    standard, and thus the WRP provision, will 
    cover a significantly greater number of 
    employers and employees than previous OSHA 
    standards. This means, they state, that a 
    significantly larger number of employees will 
    receive WRP. This degree of ``practical 
    effect,'' they state, would either overwhelm 
    workers'' compensation or render it 
    meaningless or insignificant.
       Although stakeholders are correct that the 
    proposed rule is likely to cover more 
    establishments than many other health 
    standards, OSHA believes that these 
    stakeholders overstate the ``practical 
    effect'' that the proposed WRP provision 
    would have on workers'' compensation as well 
    as individual employers. While the median 
    number of lost workdays for certain MSDs is 
    quite high, as discussed in Sections IV and 
    VII, the median number of lost workdays for 
    all MSDs is 7 (Ex. 26-1413). Thus, in many 
    cases the impact of WRP will be limited 
    because a large percentage of MSDs resolve in 
    a matter of days and many employers allow 
    workers who must stay away from work or be on 
    restricted work to use their sick leave for 
    this purpose. By contrast, in other health 
    standards, such as lead, it usually takes 
    longer, for example, for blood lead levels to 
    decline to acceptable levels. Once the 
    ergonomics standard is final, the percentage 
    of MSDs involving less than 6 days away from 
    work should increase as employees are 
    informed about the importance of early 
    reporting, and employers implement better 
    controls to reduce MSD hazards.
       Second, as mentioned above, most MSDs 
    resolve if employees are simply placed in 
    alternative work duty during the recovery 
    period. Where employers provide such work 
    duty, only a very small number of cases ever 
    require complete removal from work for any 
    significant period of time. This suggests 
    that the impact on workers' compensation will 
    be much more limited than the stakeholders 
    contend. Furthermore, as employers identify 
    and fix problem jobs and employees are 
    trained to report MSDs as early as possible, 
    the numbers of injured employees requiring 
    complete removal from work during the 
    recovery period should decrease 
    significantly. Companies that have 
    implemented effective ergonomic programs 
    report that lost-time/day injuries have 
    decreased significantly or have been 
    eliminated (Ex. 26-5; Ex. 3-147). In 
    addition, the WRP provision itself is crafted 
    to encourage employees to report signs and/or 
    symptoms of MSDs as early as possible, 
    thereby decreasing the number of employees 
    with MSDs that will require complete removal 
    from work.
       Third, for many employers, WRP should have 
    little impact. Many employers who have told 
    OSHA that they already have an alternative 
    duty program for employees with MSDs also 
    said that they do not reduce employee pay 
    when employees are placed on restricted work 
    duty during the recovery period.
       Finally, the type of ``practical effect'' 
    many employers believe WRP will have on 
    workers'' compensation systems is precisely 
    the effect that the courts have said OSHA 
    standards are intended to have. Lead, 647 
    F.2d at 1234-35. Cf. Ben Robinson, 934 S.W.2d 
    at 156. The goal of WRP, as well as other 
    provisions of the proposed rule, is to 
    protect employees from suffering material 
    impairment of health or functional capacity. 
    Achieving that goal will result in reducing 
    or eliminating the need to seek workers' 
    compensation. This effect, however, does not 
    violate section 4(b)(4) of the OSH Act. Lead, 
    647 F.2d at 1234-35.
       Will WRP impose substantial economic 
    hardship on employers? Some stakeholders 
    argue that WRP will impose a substantial 
    economic hardship on employers, especially 
    small employers, because it will be so 
    expensive to implement. Stakeholders argue 
    that small employers will not be able to 
    remain in business if they must provide 
    employees with WRP.
       OSHA is aware of the stakeholders' 
    concerns, but the Preliminary Economic 
    Analysis and Initial Regulatory Flexibility 
    Analysis show that the proposed rule, which 
    includes the WRP provision, is economically 
    feasible for all of the industries that OSHA 
    is proposing to cover, including small 
    employers in those industries. Available data 
    discussed above indicate that these 
    stakeholders may be overstating the economic 
    impact of the proposed rule. While the median 
    number of lost workdays for certain MSDs is 
    quite high, as discussed above, OSHA 
    estimates that most MSDs do not result in any 
    days away from work, and data on those that 
    do indicate that half of all such reported 
    MSDs (i.e., lost workday MSDs) resulted in 7 
    or fewer days away from work (Ex. 26-1413). 
    Once the proposed rule's provisions stressing 
    the importance of early reporting become 
    effective, the number of MSDs requiring more 
    than 7 days away from work should decrease 
    further. Thus, OSHA believes that the 
    requirement to provide WRP will encourage 
    employers to more quickly implement an 
    effective ergonomics program (1) to detect 
    MSDs, (2) to institute effective controls, 
    and (3) to prevent other employees in the 
    same job from developing a covered MSD. These 
    actions will reduce the number and severity 
    of MSDs, thus reducing WRP costs.
       Will WRP be abused? Some stakeholders 
    stated that WRP will be abused by employees. 
    These stakeholders contend that MSDs are too 
    difficult to reliably diagnose; thus, they 
    contend that WRP will give employees an 
    incentive to report injuries that occur 
    ``off-the-job'' as injuries that are work-
    related. Certain stakeholders also fear that 
    an employee could persuade an HCP to write a 
    medical recommendation for six months of 
    removal, even though the employee is not 
    injured or not injured to the extent that 
    such a period of removal is necessary.
       OSHA has drafted the proposed standard to 
    reduce any potential for employee abuse that 
    may exist. First, OSHA is only requiring 
    employers to maintain 90% of employees' 
    after-tax earnings if they are removed form 
    work entirely. If an employee is placed in 
    work restrictions short of complete removal, 
    the employer must maintain 100% of the 
    employee's after-tax earnings. OSHA believes 
    that this scheme provides little incentive 
    for employees to persuade an HCP to write an 
    unnecessary removal recommendation for six 
    months or otherwise abuse WRP. To the 
    contrary, OSHA believes that WRP will 
    encourage employees to report signs and/or 
    symptoms of MSDs as early as possible to 
    avoid complete removal from work.
       Second, OSHA emphasizes that employers 
    have the ability to prevent abuse. Under the 
    proposed rule, employers make the 
    determination as to whether a reported MSD is 
    covered by the standard, i.e., whether the 
    MSD is an OSHA
    
    [[Page 65854]]
    
    recordable MSD and meets the screening 
    criteria in Sec. 1910.902. This gives 
    employers the ability to prevent employees 
    from receiving WRP benefits for injuries that 
    are not work-related and covered by this 
    standard. In addition, OSHA believes that 
    implementation of an ergonomics program under 
    this standard will decrease significantly any 
    opportunity for abuse as MSD hazards are 
    removed from the workplace.
       Third, the proposed standard only requires 
    that employers provide temporary work 
    restrictions (and thus WRP) where necessary 
    or when recommended by an HCP to whom the 
    employee was referred by the employer. The 
    employer need not remove the employee from 
    work based only on a request made by the 
    employee.
       Fourth, when an employer refers an 
    employee to an HCP and that HCP provides 
    recommended temporary work restrictions, the 
    proposed rule only requires the employer to 
    provide the temporary work restrictions that 
    the HCP actually recommends. This means that 
    if the HCP recommends restricted duty, the 
    employee is not entitled to time-off from 
    work. Where employers provide the HCP with 
    information and communicate with them about 
    alternative duty jobs, OSHA believes that the 
    HCP will be more likely to recommend 
    restricted work activity than complete 
    removal. Recent BLS statistics bear this out: 
    since 1992, the percentage of restricted 
    workdays for all occupational injuries and 
    illnesses has increased by 50%, while the 
    percentage of lost workdays has decreased by 
    a substantial amount. This trend, which 
    reflects the influence of return-to-work 
    programs among other factors, shows no signs 
    of abating.
       Finally, the proposed standard does not 
    require employers to provide WRP if they 
    correct the hazards associated with the MSD 
    such that there is no risk of harm to the 
    employee during the recovery period. A 
    workplace with hazard controls further 
    reduces any potential for employee abuse 
    associated with WRP.
       For all of these reasons, OSHA believes 
    that WRP will not provide employees with an 
    incentive for abuse.
    
    
    Part C--Alternatives
    
       A number of stakeholders, including some 
    who participated in the SBREFA process, and 
    the SBREFA panel, have recommended that OSHA 
    look at various alternatives to the proposed 
    WRP provisions. OSHA has examined the 
    following alternatives:
    
       Require employers to maintain 100% 
    of an employee's after-tax earnings whenever 
    the employee is placed on temporary work 
    restrictions, including complete removal from 
    work;
       Reduce the amount of time an 
    employer would be required to provide WRP to 
    an employee with an MSD;
       Propose a WRP provision that 
    includes special provisions or an exemption 
    for small businesses such as those included 
    in the Methylene Chloride standard;
       Phase-in WRP over a period of time 
    ranging from a number of months to as long as 
    three years; and
       Require employers to provide 
    employees with non-monetary incentives to 
    report MSDs, instead of requiring WRP.
       OSHA has carefully considered these 
    alternatives. For the reasons that follow, 
    OSHA has preliminarily decided not to include 
    these provisions in the proposed ergonomics 
    rule.
       Require employers to maintain 100% of an 
    employee's after-tax earnings whenever the 
    employee is placed on temporary work 
    restrictions, including complete removal from 
    work. As stated, WRP requires employers to 
    maintain 100% of an employee's after-tax 
    earnings, plus full benefits, if the employee 
    is placed on temporary work restrictions 
    short of complete removal from work; however, 
    if an employee is removed entirely from work, 
    the employer must maintain 90% of the 
    employee's after-tax earnings, plus full 
    benefits. This differs from the WRP 
    provisions in other health standards. In 
    other health standards, OSHA requires that 
    employers maintain an employee's full 
    earnings, rights, and benefits when an 
    employee is medically removed from work. See, 
    e.g., 29 CFR 1910.1025 (Lead); 29 CFR 
    1910.1027 (Cadmium). OSHA considered 
    requiring employers to maintain an employee's 
    full take-home pay and benefits whenever the 
    employee is placed on any temporary work 
    restrictions, including complete removal from 
    work, but OSHA preliminarily has decided not 
    to include this alternative in the proposed 
    rule. As discussed in the Preliminary 
    Economic Analysis (Ex. 28-1), this 
    alternative would increase the costs of WRP 
    by 36 percent.
       OSHA believes that the proposed WRP 
    provision provides the requisite economic 
    protection to encourage employees to 
    participate fully in the MSD management 
    program. OSHA anticipates that few employees 
    will require complete removal from work 
    during the recovery period. For those few 
    employees requiring complete removal, 
    maintenance of 90% of their after-tax 
    earnings (and full benefits), coupled with 
    the cost savings from the elimination of such 
    expenditures as commuting expenses, will 
    provide them the requisite economic 
    protection to effectuate the purposes of WRP: 
    encouraging employee participation in MSD 
    management. As stated, OSHA also believes 
    that the proposed WRP design is uniquely 
    suited to encourage employees to report MSDs 
    as early as possible, a critical aspect of 
    the proposed rule.
       Reduce the length of time an employer 
    would be required to provide WRP to an 
    employee with an MSD. OSHA is proposing that 
    employers may stop providing WRP benefits 
    when the first of certain cutoff points 
    occurs. The cutoff points are: the ability of 
    the employee to return fully to the job; the 
    successful control of the job; and, as a last 
    resort, 6 months of WRP. OSHA considered 
    reducing the length of time employers would 
    have to provide WRP.
       The vast majority of MSDs resolve in 
    substantially less than six months. According 
    to the Liberty Mutual Insurance Company, the 
    largest workers' compensation insurer in the 
    United States, 75% of all UEMSD claims in 
    1994 did not involve any days away from work 
    and only about 11% of those involving lost 
    workdays resulted in more than 6 months away 
    from work (Ex. 26-54). This evidence 
    indicates that most MSDs, if detected early, 
    can be resolved very quickly. Even for CTS 
    cases, the injury and illness with the 
    highest number of median days away from work, 
    the median number of days away from work in 
    1996 was 25 days, according to BLS (see 
    Section VII). (The average number of lost 
    workdays for CTS cases is likely to be higher 
    since more than 42% of all CTS cases resulted 
    in more than 30 days away from work.)
       For claims for MSDs of the lower back, the 
    most prevalent of all work-related MSDs, 
    according to Liberty Mutual, the median 
    number of days away from work was 7 days in 
    1996 (Ex. 26-54). Therefore, although the 
    proposed rule provides 6 months of WRP 
    protection, the evidence indicates that it is 
    unlikely that 6 months would be the first 
    cutoff event to occur.
       However, there is also evidence that some 
    employees may require an extended period to 
    recover, and that a small percentage may 
    require even more than 6 months. According to 
    Liberty Mutual, for the one-quarter of the 
    UEMSDs that
    
    [[Page 65855]]
    
    did involve at least one day away from work, 
    the average length of disability was 294 days 
    and the median was 99 days (Ex. 26-54). One 
    reason for the longer disability period may 
    be that a high percentage of these cases 
    involved surgeries, such as carpal tunnel 
    release surgery, which would require a longer 
    recovery period.
       In other health standards that have WRP 
    provisions, OSHA has set the length of WRP 
    based primarily on its ``best estimate'' as 
    to the rate (i.e., time) at which employees 
    will recover from the adverse health effect. 
    In the Lead standard, the length of the WRP 
    represented the rate at which employees with 
    high blood-lead levels would naturally 
    excrete lead if removed from lead exposure. 
    See 43 FR 54354. 54469, November 21, 1978. 
    Applying that principle, OSHA said in the 
    preamble to the Lead standard that a maximum 
    of 18 months was a reasonable and appropriate 
    length of time, particularly since some 
    workers had high blood lead levels: ``Very 
    few workers should require longer than 18 
    months to decline to acceptable blood lead 
    levels, and 18 months is not in excess of 
    what some long-term lead workers may 
    require.'' Id. at 54469.
       The criterion OSHA applied in the Lead 
    standard also supports OSHA's preliminary 
    determination that employers should be 
    required to provide up to 6 months of WRP for 
    employees with MSDs, if necessary. According 
    to BLS, 42% of all reported CTS cases 
    involved more than 30 days away from work in 
    1992 (see Section VII). Data from Liberty 
    Mutual confirm this. Liberty Mutual reported 
    that for those UEMSDs involving lost-work 
    time, the typical disability duration was 
    more than 3 months (Ex. 26-54). Given these 
    data, OSHA believes that the 6-month maximum 
    time is reasonable because it would allow the 
    majority of employees time to recover before 
    losing WRP benefits. The six-month period is 
    appropriate because this phase of the 
    ergonomics rule is focusing on those jobs 
    where employees have the highest numbers and 
    rates of MSDs that are serious enough to 
    result in days away from work.
       In the Preliminary Economic Analysis, OSHA 
    has provided preliminary cost estimates for 
    three alternatives to the 6-month time period 
    for WRP:
        A 3-month WRP provision;
        No WRP during the average 
    workers' compensation waiting period (3 
    days);
        Providing WRP only for a limited 
    number of days.
       3-month WRP Provision. Cutting the WRP 
    period in half to 3 months would reduce WRP 
    costs somewhat. This alternative, however, 
    would not cut the costs of WRP in half. This 
    is because the vast majority of MSDs (75%) do 
    not involve days away from work and the 
    percentage of cases involving employees who 
    are out of work for 3 months is not 
    substantially less than the percentage out of 
    work for 6 months. To illustrate, Liberty 
    Mutual found that 89% of all workers' 
    compensation indemnity cases for UEMSDs 
    involved less than 6 months away from work, 
    while 85% involved less than 3 months away 
    from work--a difference of only 4% (Ex. 26-
    54).
       If the WRP period were reduced to 3 
    months, however, many employees with UEMSDs 
    that involve more than 3 months away from 
    work would not receive WRP after the original 
    3 month period. According to Liberty Mutual, 
    a majority of UEMSD workers' compensation 
    claims resulted in more than 3 months away 
    from work. In addition, the median number of 
    lost workdays for these cases was 99 days and 
    the mean was 294 days (Ex. 26-54). Thus, even 
    looking only at UEMSDs, a 3-month WRP period 
    would provide no WRP benefits after the first 
    3 months to more than 12% of all lost workday 
    cases. This percentage of cases is hardly the 
    equivalent to the ``very few'' cases of lead-
    poisoned workers who were estimated to need 
    more than 18 months to recover. If the WRP 
    period is significantly shortened, injured 
    employees may have to return to their jobs 
    before their condition resolves, which 
    increases the likelihood of reinjury or 
    aggravation of the MSD.
       No WRP during the average workers' 
    compensation waiting period (3 days). Under 
    this option, WRP would not be provided until 
    an employee has missed three days of work. 
    All State workers' compensation systems have 
    a waiting period. The waiting periods range 
    from 1 to 7 days; most States have a waiting 
    period of either 3 or 7 days. This 
    alternative would not require employers to 
    cover the expenses of an injured employee for 
    the first 3 days, the average workers' 
    compensation waiting period. While this 
    alternative may reduce the costs of WRP 
    somewhat, if adopted, it would reduce 
    employee protection by 75%. Once again, this 
    is because the vast majority of all reported 
    MSDs involve no lost workdays or only a few 
    lost workdays.
       OSHA believes that, particularly for 
    employees in low-wage jobs, this alternative 
    would not achieve the goal of WRP: the early 
    reporting of all MSDs. Stakeholders have told 
    OSHA that workers in these low wage jobs are 
    so fearful of the consequences of losing up 
    to a few days of wages that they would not 
    report MSDs or participate in MSD management 
    if faced with the threat of this economic 
    loss. Under this alternative, employers would 
    not be prohibited from sending an employee 
    with an MSD home after three days, even if an 
    alternative duty job would be an effective 
    way of managing the employee's recovery. 
    While OSHA is aware that some employers 
    currently pay employees during the State 
    workers' compensation waiting period (see 
    Exs. 26-23 through 26-26), stakeholders also 
    said that a number of employers do not pay 
    employees during this period, even if they 
    are sent home (see Exs. 26-23 through 26-26). 
    Some employers have policies to send any 
    employee who reports an MSD home without pay 
    for some number of days (see Exs. 26-23 
    through 26-26). Other employers told OSHA 
    that they do not permit employees to use 
    their sick leave to cover work-related 
    injuries (see Ex. 23). These types of 
    practices indicate that this alternative to 
    the proposed WRP provision is unlikely to 
    reduce employee fears of reporting MSDs 
    early. Again, if employees do not report, it 
    could result in increased harm to that 
    employee and others in the same job. Indeed, 
    this alternative would have the perverse 
    effect of encouraging employees to wait until 
    an MSD is serious enough to warrant more than 
    three days away from work before reporting 
    the MSD.
       In only one standard has OSHA delayed the 
    removal of injured employees and the 
    application of WRP benefits. In the 
    Formaldehyde standard, OSHA allows employers 
    to wait two weeks before removing an employee 
    from exposure. 29 CFR 1910.1048 (l)(8). In 
    the preamble to that standard OSHA explained 
    that the delay in removing employees was to 
    give employers an opportunity to ascertain 
    whether the signs or symptoms would subside 
    without treatment or with the use of PPE and 
    first aid (which imposes a barrier between 
    the skin and the irritant). The two-week 
    delay was based on evidence that the initial 
    irritation exposure effects sometimes 
    disappeared as employees became accustomed to 
    working with compounds containing 
    formaldehyde. The opposite exists in dealing 
    with this hazard. WRP is particularly 
    necessary at the onset of an MSD, because 
    that is when the MSD is the least likely to 
    result in permanent damage or disability. As 
    exposure continues, MSD signs and
    
    [[Page 65856]]
    
    symptoms get worse rather than abating (with 
    the exception of initial work conditioning 
    periods). As such, limiting WRP until after 
    the employee has additional exposure to 
    workplace risk factors could result in 
    adverse health effects.
       WRP only for a limited number of days. 
    Under this option, WRP would only be provided 
    for a limited number of days (e.g., three, 
    five, or seven days). This alternative is 
    designed to provide protection for employees 
    for the short period of time before workers' 
    compensation payments begin.
       As stated, the median number of lost-work 
    days from MSDs is 7; thus, requiring 
    employers to provide WRP benefits for three, 
    five, or seven days may provide protection 
    for some employees. At the same time, 
    however, many MSDs are not resolved in those 
    time periods. Even for those MSDs where the 
    median number of days away from work is five, 
    for example, statistically, 50 percent of 
    those cases involve more than five days away 
    from work. In addition, as indicated above, 
    the median number of days away from work for 
    CTS is 25 (see Section VII).
       OSHA believes that this alternative would 
    not provide the requisite protection to 
    employees to encourage them to report MSDs 
    early and to actively participate in MSD 
    management. For those employees who have MSDs 
    that do not resolve within the short time 
    period called for by this alternative, this 
    alternative leaves workers only with workers' 
    compensation. In addition, many workers' 
    compensation waiting periods extend beyond 
    three or five days. For those employees in a 
    state with a longer waiting period, if their 
    MSDs do not resolve within the short time 
    period covered by this alternative, they may 
    be without any protection for several days 
    (even though their injury may be covered by 
    their State's workers' compensation system). 
    The loss of even a few days pay is 
    devastating to many employees. Furthermore, 
    for those injured employees whose MSDs are 
    not covered by their respective workers' 
    compensation systems, this alternative would 
    only provide protection for three, five or 
    seven days. Because of this great financial 
    strain, these employees may return to work 
    too early, before their MSD is fully 
    resolved, and reinjure themselves. OSHA 
    believes that this alternative would have a 
    chilling effect on early reporting of MSDs.
       This alternative also reduces the 
    employer's incentive to fix the job quickly. 
    Under OSHA's proposal, one way an employer 
    can avoid paying for WRP for 6 months is to 
    fix the job so the injured employee can 
    perform it. Under this alternative, however, 
    the WRP payments would generally end before 
    the employer is able to identify and fix the 
    MSD hazards. Without that incentive, 
    employers may opt for a longer timeline for 
    controlling the job.
       Apply Methylene Chloride WRP provision to 
    small businesses covered by the ergonomics 
    standard. The proposed WRP provision applies 
    WRP universally to large and small employers. 
    In this respect, WRP is similar to the WRP 
    requirements in other health standards. See, 
    e.g., 29 CFR 1910.1025 (Lead); 29 CFR 
    1910.1027 (Cadmium); 29 CFR 1910.1028 
    (Benzene); 29 CFR 1910.1048 (Formaldehyde). 
    To illustrate, the Lead standard applies the 
    WRP requirements to all employers even though 
    a substantial number of industries with lead 
    exposures contain small businesses (e.g., 
    non-ferrous foundries, construction). In 
    construction, for example, more than 75% of 
    all establishments have fewer than 10 
    employees; however, the Lead standard (29 CFR 
    1926.62) applies to all employers, regardless 
    of size. OSHA examined applying the 
    feasibility limitations in the WRP provision 
    in the Methylene Chloride standard to small 
    businesses that would be covered by the 
    ergonomics rule.
       The Methylene Chloride standard allows 
    small businesses to make a case-by-case 
    analysis regarding the feasibility of WRP if 
    one or more employees are already receiving 
    WRP benefits and the employer is informed 
    that removal is appropriate for a second 
    employee. 63 FR 50712, 50717, September 22, 
    1998. If a second employee required removal 
    while the first employee was being paid WRP 
    benefits, the Methylene Chloride standard 
    would not require the employer to remove the 
    second injured employee from the job and pay 
    WRP if:
    
    comparable work is not available and the 
    employer is able to demonstrate that removal 
    and the costs of extending [WRP] benefits to 
    an additional employee, considering 
    feasibility in relation to the size of the 
    employer's business and the other 
    requirements of the standard, make further 
    reliance on [WRP] an inappropriate remedy * * 
    *. Id. at 50730 (citing 29 CFR 
    1910.1052(j)(11)(I)(B)).
    
       In each of the standards that have a WRP 
    provision, the costs of the standards, 
    including those of WRP, were found to be 
    economically feasible for both large and 
    small businesses in all affected industries. 
    The same is true for the proposed ergonomics 
    standard. The Preliminary Economic Analysis 
    discussed below indicates that the proposed 
    standard, including the 6-month WRP 
    provision, is economically feasible for all 
    industries. This is true even for very small 
    businesses (those with fewer than 20 
    employees). OSHA's Preliminary Economic 
    Analysis indicates that for very small 
    businesses affected by the proposed standard, 
    the impacts of the proposed rule are not 
    likely to affect the viability of firms.
       The WRP provision in the Methylene 
    Chloride standard resulted from a settlement 
    resolving several challenges to the final 
    standard. OSHA and the parties to the 
    settlement agreed that the WRP provision 
    noted above was appropriate to the hazards 
    posed by exposure to methylene chloride. The 
    WRP provision agreed to in the settlement is 
    limited to the unique characteristics of 
    methylene chloride exposure. OSHA does not 
    believe that a similar WRP provision would be 
    appropriate here.
       Delay or phase-in implementation of the 
    WRP provision. OSHA also considered delaying 
    or phasing-in implementation of WRP, perhaps 
    by up to three years. The proposed standard 
    does not delay or phase-in implementation of 
    either MSD management or WRP. OSHA believes 
    that, because so many workers already are 
    experiencing MSDs every year, it is critical 
    that both MSD management and WRP be 
    implemented as soon as possible. Delaying WRP 
    could result in serious damage or disability 
    for employees who have MSD signs and symptoms 
    but fear severe economic loss if they report 
    an MSD. Moreover, if WRP were delayed for the 
    recommended 3 years, as many as 1.8 million 
    employees that are likely to have lost-
    workday MSDs over that time period would not 
    have WRP protection. While OSHA acknowledges 
    that some of these employees may be able to 
    use sick leave pay during a recovery period, 
    many employers either do not offer sick leave 
    or prohibit employees from using sick leave 
    for work-related MSDs. In fact, delaying the 
    implementation of WRP could result in injured 
    employees receiving less protection than they 
    currently have. For example, employers who 
    currently do not reduce the wages of 
    employees on restricted duty would not be 
    prohibited from changing their policies in 
    the future, particularly since reports of 
    MSDs will, after the standard's effective 
    date, impose costs on employers for job 
    analysis and control.
    
    [[Page 65857]]
    
       With regard to phasing-in WRP, some 
    members of the SBREFA panel recommended that 
    the phase-in be done according to 
    establishment size, that is, phase-in large 
    employers first and delay implementation of 
    WRP for small businesses. However, such a 
    phase-in would not be consistent with past 
    OSHA practice (Ex. 23). The Lead standard is 
    the only rule in which WRP has been phased-
    in. In that standard, OSHA determined that 
    phase-in was necessary because seriously 
    elevated blood levels were so persistent in 
    the lead-using industries that removal 
    presented feasibility problems:
    
      The weight of the evidence in the lead 
    record demonstrates that immediate imposition 
    of the entire ultimate [WRP] program is not 
    feasible. Put simply, existing worker blood 
    lead levels are so high that major segments 
    of the lead industry would have to 
    immediately remove at least 25 percent to 40 
    percent of their productive work force from 
    lead exposure. Sufficient transfer 
    opportunities would not exist thus extensive 
    layoffs would result with accompanying [WRP] 
    costs.
    
    * * * * *
      OSHA is persuaded that several industry 
    segments could not reasonably be expected to 
    comply with an immediate imposition of the 
    overall [WRP] program. 43 FR 54354, 54452, 
    November 21, 1978.
    
       Given this, OSHA decided to phase-in WRP 
    based on the severity of employees' blood 
    lead levels. By contrast, there is no 
    evidence that immediate implementation of WRP 
    in the ergonomics standard would present 
    feasibility problems for employers, even for 
    very small employers. The Preliminary 
    Economic Analysis indicates that it would be 
    feasible to apply the WRP provision to all 
    covered employers. The Preliminary Economic 
    Analysis shows that the proposed standard 
    will neither affect the economic viability of 
    any industry as a whole, nor of the small or 
    very small establishments in those 
    industries.
       Delaying or phasing-in WRP would also 
    render the proposed standard's hazard 
    identification system ineffective. The hazard 
    identification system in the proposed rule 
    does not consist of assessing each job in the 
    workplace to see if employees have excessive 
    exposure to workplace risk factors. Instead, 
    the hazard identification system is based on 
    employees coming forward with reports of 
    MSDs. In order for this hazard identification 
    system to produce accurate results, it is 
    essential that employees voluntarily come 
    forward with their reports. However, if they 
    fear severe economic loss for reporting, 
    employees will not come forward. Phasing in 
    WRP would have a chilling effect on 
    employee's willingness to report MSDs and/or 
    signs and symptoms of MSDs. This ``chilling 
    effect'' will delay job hazard analysis and 
    identification and the implementation of 
    controls, subjecting employees to workplace 
    risk factors and MSD hazards.
       Finally, delaying or phasing-in WRP is not 
    necessary to ease employers' transition 
    because OSHA is already proposing to phase in 
    all but the MSD management provisions of the 
    standard. OSHA is proposing that employers be 
    given a start-up time of up to 3 years to set 
    up a full program and implement controls. 
    These proposed start-up times are longer than 
    the corresponding provisions in almost all 
    other OSHA health standards. If job control 
    is delayed while employers plan ergonomics 
    changes and work those changes into their 
    production cycle changes, it becomes even 
    more important that employees not be without 
    WRP protection in the interim.
       Also, OSHA is proposing that general 
    industry employers who are not brought under 
    the scope of the standard until after all 
    compliance deadlines have passed (e.g., there 
    are no covered MSDs among their employers 
    until after compliance deadlines have passed) 
    be given additional time to come into 
    compliance. At that point, employers would 
    have up to one year to put in controls and 
    determine if their program is effective. This 
    extension of compliance deadlines has not 
    been included in other OSHA standards. In 
    other standards, once the deadlines occur, 
    employers must be in compliance from that 
    point forward. For example, in many other 
    OSHA standards, employers who build new 
    facilities must be in compliance with OSHA 
    standards from the very start (e.g., the 
    employer must be in compliance with the PEL 
    when the facility first opens). This would 
    not be the case under this proposed standard. 
    Rather, employers in general industry are 
    given additional time to come into compliance 
    with the standard's requirements after an 
    employee develops a covered MSD.
       Use non-monetary incentives, instead of 
    WRP, to increase employee reporting and 
    participation in MSD management. OSHA also 
    considered replacing WRP with non-monetary 
    incentives for employees to report MSDs.
       OSHA decided to propose a WRP provision 
    because non-monetary incentives do not appear 
    to be working. Section 11(c) of the OSH Act 
    already includes a prohibition against 
    employers retaliating against employees who 
    report MSDs and MSD hazards:
    
      No person shall discharge or in any manner 
    discriminate against any employee because 
    such employee has filed any complaint or 
    instituted or caused to be instituted any 
    proceeding under or related to this Act or 
    has testified or is about to testify in any 
    such proceeding or because of the exercise by 
    such employee on behalf of himself or others 
    of any right afforded by this Act. 29 U.S.C. 
    660(c).
    
       However, despite this provision, several 
    studies show that MSDs are significantly 
    underreported. Although the reasons for such 
    underreporting are believed to be many 
    (including, for example, unintentional and 
    intentional discouragement by employers, 
    failure on the part of employers and 
    employees to recognize the work-relatedness 
    of many MSDs), OSHA believes the fear of 
    severe economic loss is one of the primary 
    reasons for the underreporting. The proposed 
    rule includes a provision prohibiting 
    employers from having practices that 
    discriminate against employees who make a 
    report. Nonetheless, there is evidence that 
    non-monetary incentives can result in 
    increased rather than decreased 
    underreporting.
       A number of stakeholders have said that 
    employers use various non-monetary incentives 
    to achieve a safer and more healthful 
    workplace (see Exs. 26-23 through 26-26; Ex. 
    23). Some of these incentives include 
    recognition and nominal rewards (company 
    caps, plaques) for reporting hazards or 
    presenting ideas to fix problem jobs or 
    reduce severity rates. These types of 
    incentives can increase employee reporting. 
    There are also other incentives such as 
    ``safety bingo'' and bonuses for supervisors 
    and/or employees reporting low numbers of 
    injuries or no injuries. According to 
    stakeholders, incentives of this second type 
    can have the unintended result of pressuring 
    employees not to report injuries or other 
    problems. For example, in Wilson v. IBP, 558 
    N.W.2d 132, 143-44 (Iowa 1996), the court 
    found that the defendants had engaged in the 
    following conduct which could discourage 
    employee reporting and result in 
    discrimination of employees who did report an 
    MSD:
    
      [The registered nurse who was the plant 
    manger of occupational health services] had 
    another reason for responding to workers' 
    injuries as she did. IBP had a financial 
    incentive program,
    
    [[Page 65858]]
    
    somewhat disingenuously called `the safety 
    award system.' As part of the safety award 
    system, IBP recorded the number and severity 
    of injuries and the number of work days 
    missed by employees due to work-related 
    injuries. Employees of the division with the 
    lowest injury statistics received gifts or 
    extra year-end bonuses. Through its financial 
    incentives, the safety award system provided 
    strong motivation for management to reduce 
    the number of lost time days.
    
    * * * * *
      From the evidence in this record, a 
    reasonable juror could have found the 
    following: [the plant nurse] lied to Dr. 
    Hamsa to keep him from referring [the injured 
    employee] to a neurosurgeon, that IBP and 
    [the plant nurse] would profit financially by 
    getting workers back to work quickly (via 
    IBP's safety award system), and that [the 
    plant nurse] maliciously manipulated [the 
    injured employee's] medical treatment for 
    personal profit, knowing that he had an 
    unstable disc in his back * * *.
      A reasonable juror could also have found as 
    follows: IBP actively sought ultra-
    conservative physicians to avoid surgery 
    costs; it hired a staff of investigators to 
    spy on injured employees, one of whom looked 
    into [the injured employee's] apartment 
    windows; workers who were uncooperative in 
    the company's planned medical treatment were 
    assigned by [the plant nurse] to a light duty 
    job, watching gauges in the rendering plant, 
    where they were subjected to an atrocious 
    smell while hog remains were boiled down into 
    fertilizers and blood was drained into tanks.
      This climate of suspicion toward the 
    legitimacy of injuries to workers and their 
    treatment, well known to [the plant nurse], 
    could be found by a reasonable juror to 
    corroborate a finding of willful and wanton 
    disregard for the rights and safety of [the 
    injured employee].
    
       At this point, OSHA has not been able to 
    identify non-monetary incentives that would 
    be as effective as WRP in encouraging 
    employees to report MSDs early and in 
    protecting employees who do come forward 
    voluntarily.
    
    
    Requests for Comment
    
       OSHA requests information and comments on 
    the WRP provision in the proposed standard. 
    Specifically, OSHA requests information and 
    comments on the alternatives to WRP discussed 
    in this section as well as other non-monetary 
    alternatives that would achieve the same 
    goals and be as protective as WRP. OSHA is 
    particularly interested in whether commenters 
    believe that for WRP to be effective in 
    encouraging employee participation in MSD 
    management and encouraging early reporting, 
    employees must be guaranteed 100% of after-
    tax earnings and benefits if they are placed 
    on any type of temporary work restriction, or 
    whether a guarantee of 90 percent or less is 
    sufficient to accomplish this goal.
    
    
    Program Evaluation (Secs. 1910.936-1910.938)
    
       Sections 1910.936-1910.938 of the proposed 
    Ergonomics Program standard would require 
    that employers evaluate their ergonomics 
    program to ensure that it is effective. Good 
    management, as well as common sense, suggest 
    that periodic review of a program's 
    effectiveness is necessary to ensure that the 
    resources being expended on the program are, 
    in fact, achieving the desired results and 
    that the program is achieving these results 
    in an efficient way. Additionally, program 
    evaluation is a tool that can be used to 
    ensure that the program is appropriate for 
    the specific MSD hazards in the employer's 
    problem jobs.
       OSHA has long considered program 
    evaluation to be an integral component of 
    programs implemented to address health and 
    safety issues in the workplace. For example, 
    the Ergonomics Program Management Guidelines 
    for Meatpacking Plants (``Meatpacking 
    Guidelines'') recommend regular program 
    review and evaluation (Ex. 2-13). These 
    guidelines suggest that procedures and 
    mechanisms be developed to evaluate the 
    implementation of the ergonomics program and 
    to monitor progress accomplished. Program 
    evaluation is included in the Meatpacking 
    Guidelines as a program component that 
    involves both management commitment and 
    employee involvement. OSHA's 1989 voluntary 
    Safety and Health Program Management 
    Guidelines also recommend regular program 
    evaluation as an integral program component 
    (Ex. 2-12). Furthermore, OSHA's Voluntary 
    Protection Programs (VPP) and its 
    Consultation Program also require periodic 
    evaluations of an employer's safety and 
    health program. The following discussion 
    presents OSHA's reasons for proposing the 
    three program evaluation provisions described 
    below.
       Section 1910.936  What is my basic 
    obligation?
    
      You must evaluate your ergonomics program 
    periodically, and at least every 3 years, to 
    ensure that it is in compliance with this 
    standard.
    
       Proposed section 1910.936 informs 
    employers of their basic obligation. This 
    section would require employers to ``evaluate 
    [their] ergonomics program periodically, and 
    at least every 3 years, to ensure that it is 
    in compliance with this standard.'' This 
    means that employers would have to, at a 
    minimum, analyze the functioning of the 
    ergonomics program, compare it to the 
    requirements of this standard, and identify 
    any deficiencies in the program. Employers 
    would be required to make sure that the 
    ergonomics program they have implemented 
    controls the MSD hazards in the problem jobs 
    in their workplace. A program designed for a 
    large site with many different problem jobs, 
    for example, is likely to be more formal and 
    extensive than one designed for a small site 
    with one or two problem jobs. Similarly, an 
    ergonomics program that fits a manufacturing 
    facility may not be appropriate for a work 
    environment in the service sector.
       Program evaluation goes beyond a mere 
    inspection or audit of problem jobs. It must 
    ask questions to determine whether the 
    required ergonomics program elements have 
    been adequately implemented and whether they 
    are integrated into a system that effectively 
    addresses covered MSDs and MSD hazards. Such 
    questions include:
        Has management effectively 
    demonstrated its leadership?
        Are employees actively 
    participating in the ergonomics program?
        Is there an effective system for 
    the identification of MSDs and MSD hazards?
        Are identified hazards being 
    controlled?
        Is the training program providing 
    employees with the information they need to 
    actively participate in the ergonomics 
    program?
        Are employees using the reporting 
    system?
        Are employees reluctant to report 
    covered MSDs or MSD hazards because they 
    receive mixed signals from their supervisors 
    or managers about the importance of such 
    reporting?
        Is prompt and effective MSD 
    management available for employees with 
    covered MSDs?
       Program evaluation, in other words, 
    involves a review of how various aspects of 
    an employer's ergonomics program are working 
    together to ensure that employees are 
    protected from MSD hazards.
       Program evaluations can be conducted by 
    those responsible for carrying out the 
    employer's program, but
    
    [[Page 65859]]
    
    evaluations performed by persons who are not 
    involved in the day-to-day operation of the 
    program are often even more valuable because 
    these individuals bring a fresh perspective 
    to the task. They can often identify program 
    weaknesses that those routinely involved in 
    program implementation may fail to see. In 
    any event, it is important that the 
    ergonomics program be evaluated regularly for 
    effectiveness and that program evaluation be 
    routinely integrated into the program.
       The extent of the evaluation that would be 
    required by proposed section 1910.936 will 
    vary from one workplace to another. However, 
    the basic tools of evaluation are the same, 
    even though their application may range from 
    informal to formal. These tools include:
        Review of pertinent records, such 
    as those related to covered MSDs and MSD 
    hazards;
        Consultations with affected 
    employees (including managers, supervisors, 
    and employees) regarding the ergonomics 
    program; and
        Reviews of MSD hazards and 
    problem jobs.
       The records to be reviewed would include 
    all available documentation of covered MSDs 
    and MSD hazards. These records might include:
        The OSHA 200 log;
        Reports of workers' compensation 
    claims;
        Reports of job hazard analyses 
    and identification of MSD hazards;
        Employee reports to management of 
    covered MSDs or, for employers with 
    manufacturing or manual handling jobs, 
    persistent MSD symptoms;
        Insurance company reports and 
    audits; and
        Reports from any ergonomic 
    consultants engaged by the employer.
    
    If the employer has a written ergonomics 
    program, it should be included in the review 
    of pertinent records.
       Some employers may have very few of these 
    records and will have to rely on other 
    methods to assess effectiveness. For example, 
    under Sec. 1904.15 and Sec. 1904.16 of OSHA's 
    recordkeeping regulation (29 CFR part 1904), 
    employers with fewer than 10 employees and 
    employers in certain low-hazard Standard 
    Industrial Classification (SIC) codes are 
    exempt from the requirement to maintain an 
    OSHA log. Therefore, these employers will 
    have fewer records for review and will need 
    to place more emphasis on employee interviews 
    and surveys of MSD hazards and problem jobs 
    when they perform ergonomics program 
    evaluations.
       Record review can also reveal valuable 
    information on the effectiveness of an 
    ergonomics program when comparisons are made 
    from year to year and trends are identified. 
    For example, if an employer compares the list 
    of MSD hazards during consecutive program 
    evaluations and finds that the number of 
    identified hazards has decreased over time, 
    then the employer may conclude that the 
    program's job hazard analysis and control 
    activities have been effective. Similarly, a 
    reduction in the number of covered MSDs from 
    year to year suggests that the program may be 
    effective. However, program evaluation must 
    include consideration of the accuracy and 
    reliability of the records under review. It 
    is essential to be sure that the identified 
    trends are real and not the product of 
    underreporting, loss of interest, or 
    carelessness. For example, a downward trend 
    in covered MSDs or MSD hazards may indicate 
    that employees are being discouraged from 
    reporting or that the employees performing 
    job hazard analysis and control are not 
    adequately trained to do so.
       Another essential tool in any ergonomics 
    program evaluation is interviews of employees 
    doing, supervising, or managing problem jobs 
    at all levels of the organization. Interviews 
    of employees are designed to elicit 
    information on how well the ergonomics 
    program has been communicated to the people 
    who rely on it the most. If employees cannot 
    explain what MSD hazards they are exposed to 
    in the course of their work, do not know what 
    steps their employer is taking to eliminate 
    or control these hazards, are unclear about 
    the procedures they should follow to protect 
    themselves from these hazards, or do not 
    understand how to report covered MSDs or MSD 
    hazards, the hazard information and reporting 
    and training components of the program are 
    not working. If a supervisor is unclear about 
    how to reinforce proper work practices, the 
    management leadership and training components 
    of the program need improvement. Similarly, 
    if managers are not aware of the covered MSDs 
    and MSD hazards employees are reporting and 
    what corrective actions are being taken, the 
    management leadership and training components 
    of the ergonomics program should be improved. 
    Because interviews allow the program 
    evaluator to assess how the program is 
    actually working, there is no substitute for 
    direct input from employees in the evaluation 
    process.
       Program evaluation must also include a 
    review of MSD hazards and problem jobs at the 
    worksite. This review goes beyond inspection 
    and analysis of problem jobs because it is 
    concerned not only with identifying hazards 
    but with identifying the ergonomic program 
    deficiencies that resulted in the 
    continuation of these hazards. If the program 
    evaluation identifies problem jobs that have 
    not been evaluated for ergonomic hazards, the 
    job hazard analysis component of the program 
    needs to be improved. Further, if a 
    previously identified MSD hazard remains 
    uncorrected, the evaluator should conclude 
    that the job hazard control component of the 
    program is not effective. Likewise, if a MSD 
    hazard is identified and controlled in one 
    part of the facility but the same job has not 
    been properly controlled in another part of 
    the facility, two program components may need 
    attention: the management leadership 
    component, which failed to coordinate and 
    disseminate MSD hazard information throughout 
    the facility, and the training component, 
    which failed to provide the employees 
    performing the job hazard analyses with 
    adequate training.
       Proposed section 1910.936 also specifies 
    the frequency of the program evaluations. It 
    would require ergonomics program evaluations 
    to be conducted periodically and at least 
    every three years. Given the diversity of 
    workplaces covered by this proposed rule, 
    OSHA has chosen a flexible approach for the 
    frequency of program evaluations. In 
    Sec. 1910.945 of this standard, the section 
    that defines key terms, OSHA defines 
    periodically as meaning a process or activity 
    that is ``performed on a regular basis that 
    is appropriate for the conditions in the 
    workplace.'' The definition of periodically 
    further clarifies that ``the process or 
    activity is conducted as often as needed, 
    such as when significant changes are made in 
    the workplace that may result in increased 
    exposure to MSD hazards.'' It is OSHA's 
    intention to reduce unnecessary burden while 
    ensuring that program evaluations, which are 
    essential to program effectiveness, are 
    conducted at some minimal frequency.
       OSHA believes that the employer is in the 
    best position to determine how often the 
    ergonomics program at a particular worksite 
    needs to be evaluated to ensure its 
    effectiveness. A site undergoing process or 
    production changes, or one experiencing high 
    turnover, may need more frequent evaluations 
    to ensure program effectiveness.
    
    [[Page 65860]]
    
    Similarly, an increase in covered MSDs in the 
    workplace should suggest that a program 
    evaluation is warranted. In work environments 
    with a stable workforce and work operation, 
    program evaluations conducted once every 
    three years may be sufficient.
       Guidance on the frequency of ergonomics 
    program evaluations is also available from 
    other sources. For example, the Meatpacking 
    Guidelines (Ex. 2-13) recommends semi-annual 
    reviews by top management to evaluate the 
    success of the program in meeting its goals 
    and objectives. The NIOSH publication, titled 
    Elements of Ergonomics Programs (Ex. 26-2), 
    distinguishes between short-term indicators 
    and long-term indicators for evaluating the 
    effectiveness of controls. According to 
    NIOSH, subsequent to the implementation of 
    controls to eliminate or reduce MSD hazards, 
    a follow-up evaluation is necessary to ensure 
    that the controls were effective and did not 
    introduce new ergonomic risk factors. The 
    follow-up evaluation should use the same 
    measurement tools, for example MSD hazard 
    checklists or MSD symptom surveys, that were 
    used to document the original problem job. 
    NIOSH recommends that this follow-up 
    evaluation take place no sooner than one to 
    two weeks after implementation, with one 
    month being the most preferable time 
    interval.
       Section 1910.937  What must I do to 
    evaluate my ergonomics program?
    
      You must:
      (a) Consult with employees in problem jobs 
    to assess their views on the effectiveness of 
    the program and to identify any significant 
    deficiencies in the program;
      (b) Evaluate the elements of your program 
    to ensure they are functioning properly; and
      (c) Evaluate the program to ensure it is 
    eliminating or materially reducing MSD 
    hazards.
    
       Proposed section 1910.937 provides 
    employers with the procedures that would be 
    required to evaluate the effectiveness of the 
    ergonomics program. It answers the question: 
    ``What must I do to evaluate my ergonomics 
    program?'' Through this proposed requirement, 
    OSHA intends to inform employers of the 
    minimal evaluation procedures necessary to 
    assess whether or not their ergonomics 
    program is working.
       Proposed paragraph (a) would require 
    employers to ``consult with employees in 
    problem jobs to assess their views on the 
    effectiveness of the program.'' Additionally, 
    employers would be required to consult with 
    employees ``to identify any significant 
    deficiencies in the program.'' OSHA believes 
    that employee participation in the ergonomics 
    program is critical for success, and the 
    involvement of employees in program 
    evaluation is just one more way that 
    employees can take an active role in the 
    program. A requirement that employers consult 
    with employees regarding program evaluation 
    is not unique to the proposed Ergonomics 
    Program standard. OSHA promulgated a similar 
    provision in the Respiratory Protection final 
    rule (29 CFR 1910.134).
       Employees in jobs that have been 
    identified as problem jobs are in the best 
    position to judge whether or not job hazard 
    analysis and control measures are effectively 
    reducing or eliminating MSD hazards. Perhaps 
    even more importantly, they will be most 
    knowledgeable about whether the implemented 
    controls have introduced new, unintended MSD 
    hazards to the job. By consulting with 
    employees, employers can also have direct 
    feedback on the effectiveness of other 
    ergonomics program elements, such as 
    opportunities for employee participation, 
    hazard information and reporting, and 
    training. OSHA is aware that employers 
    sometimes act in good faith to implement 
    ergonomics program elements, but that the 
    actual result experienced by employees can 
    differ markedly from the intention. Thus, by 
    checking directly with their employees, 
    employers can be sure that their ergonomics 
    program resources are being effectively 
    invested.
       Through collaboration with their 
    employees, employers will also have the 
    opportunity for input on major program 
    shortcomings. If an ergonomics program is not 
    successfully reducing the incidence of 
    covered MSDs or MSD hazards, employees in 
    problem jobs will most likely have valuable 
    information to share on identifying and 
    correcting the program weaknesses. OSHA 
    believes that employers should have the 
    opportunity to access this input from their 
    employees and use it, together with their own 
    independently collected information, to 
    improve the effectiveness of their ergonomics 
    program.
       Proposed paragraph (b) would require 
    employers to ``evaluate the elements of 
    [their] program to ensure they are 
    functioning properly.'' These elements, as 
    identified in this proposed Ergonomics 
    Program standard, include:
        Management leadership and 
    employee participation;
        Hazard information and reporting;
        Job hazard analysis and control;
        Training; and
        MSD management.
    
    OSHA believes that employers are best able to 
    determine which evaluation criteria for these 
    elements are most appropriate for their 
    workplaces. Additionally, OSHA believes that 
    employers should be able to define 
    ``functioning properly'' according to the 
    specific characteristics of their problem 
    jobs, in particular, and their work 
    environment in general. Thus, OSHA has not 
    proposed specific evaluation criteria or 
    goals for each ergonomics program element.
       Proposed paragraph (c) would require 
    employers to ``evaluate the program to ensure 
    it is eliminating or materially reducing MSD 
    hazards.'' The intention of this proposed 
    paragraph is to require employers to evaluate 
    the overall effectiveness of their ergonomics 
    program, in addition to evaluating the 
    individual program elements, as required in 
    proposed paragraph (b). The primary purpose 
    for implementation of an ergonomics program 
    is the elimination or material reduction of 
    MSD hazards. Thus, OSHA would expect 
    employers to establish evaluation criteria to 
    assess success in meeting this goal. There 
    are a wide variety of methods available to 
    employers that will facilitate the 
    observation of trends that document program 
    performance. OSHA believes that employers are 
    best able to determine the specific 
    evaluation criteria that will most 
    effectively tell the story of their efforts 
    to eliminate and materially reduce MSD 
    hazards.
       Section 1910.938  What must I do if the 
    evaluation indicates my program has 
    deficiencies?
    
      If your evaluation indicates that your 
    program has deficiencies, you must promptly 
    take action to correct those deficiencies so 
    that your program is in compliance with this 
    standard.
    
       Proposed section 1910.938 informs 
    employers of what to do if their ergonomics 
    program has deficiencies. This proposed 
    section would require that employers 
    ``promptly take action to correct those 
    deficiencies so that [their]
    
    [[Page 65861]]
    
    program is in compliance with this 
    standard.'' Deficiencies are findings that 
    indicate that the ergonomics program is not 
    in compliance with the standard because, for 
    example, it is not successfully controlling 
    MSD hazards or is not providing needed MSD 
    management. Employers would be required to 
    respond to deficiencies in the ergonomics 
    program by identifying appropriate corrective 
    actions to be taken, assigning the 
    responsibility for these corrective actions 
    to an individual who will be held accountable 
    for the results, setting a target date for 
    completion of the corrective actions, and 
    following up to make sure that the necessary 
    actions were taken. This proposed requirement 
    will help employers to improve their 
    ergonomics program on an ongoing basis.
       In anticipation of concerns that employers 
    will be ``liable'' if their evaluations 
    reveal deficiencies, OSHA emphasizes that the 
    Agency's primary goal is to protect employees 
    from MSD hazards, not to hold employers 
    liable for ergonomics program deficiencies. 
    In fact, OSHA expects that in the process of 
    complying with the requirements of this 
    standard, most employers will find 
    deficiencies in their ergonomics program at 
    one time or another. OSHA's concern will be 
    whether or not employers act on the 
    information obtained during the program 
    evaluation. Employers who act in good faith 
    to correct identified program deficiencies 
    will satisfy this requirement. On the other 
    hand, employers who identify ergonomics 
    program deficiencies through the evaluation 
    process and then do not act on this 
    information may not be in compliance with 
    this requirement.
       In order to provide employers with maximum 
    flexibility, OSHA has not specified a time 
    frame in which identified program 
    deficiencies must be corrected. OSHA 
    recognizes that the time needed to correct a 
    program deficiency will vary according to 
    many factors. Such factors include:
        The nature of the MSD hazard;
        Previous attempts to correct the 
    problem;
        The complexity of the needed 
    controls;
        The expense of the needed 
    controls;
        Whether the hazard is a higher or 
    lower priority in the list of identified 
    program deficiencies; and
        The expertise needed to control 
    the hazard.
    However, OSHA expects that employers will use 
    good faith efforts to correct program 
    deficiencies as quickly as possible.
    
    
    What Records Must I Keep? (Secs. 1910.939-
    1910.940)
    
       Occupational injury and illness records 
    are a vital part of any ergonomics program. 
    These records provide employers, employees, 
    and consultants with valuable information on 
    conditions in the workplace and can be used 
    to identify trends over time and to pinpoint 
    problems. Nevertheless, OSHA recognizes the 
    need to reduce paperwork burdens for all 
    employers, especially small employers, to the 
    extent that this can be done without reducing 
    safety and health protection. The proposal 
    accordingly limits the records this proposal 
    requires employers to keep. Also, the 
    proposed standard limits the applicability of 
    the proposed recordkeeping requirements to 
    employers with 10 or more employees, which is 
    consistent with the Act's emphasis on 
    minimizing paperwork burdens on small 
    employers.
       OSHA is exempting employers with fewer 
    than 10 employees from the proposed 
    standard's recordkeeping requirements 
    because, in these very small workplaces, 
    information can be communicated and retained 
    informally. Larger employers must keep 
    records of employee reports of MSDs and the 
    employer's responses to them; the results of 
    job hazard analysis; records of Quick Fix 
    controls; records of controls implemented in 
    problem jobs; program evaluations; and 
    records of the MSD management process.
       The following paragraphs discuss the 
    specific requirements of the recordkeeping 
    sections of the proposed standard.
       Section 1910.939  Do I have to keep 
    records of the ergonomics program?
       The proposal states, ``You only have to 
    keep records if you had 10 or more employees 
    (including part-time employees and employees 
    provided through personnel services) on any 
    one day during the preceding calendar year.'' 
    In section 1910.939, OSHA is thus proposing 
    to exempt employers with fewer than 10 
    employees from having to keep any records for 
    this proposed standard. Most of the small 
    business representatives on the SBREFA panel 
    said that they would choose to keep records 
    even if they were not required to do so (Ex. 
    23). However, OSHA's experience indicates 
    that, because of the absence of management 
    layers and multishift work, informal 
    communication is effective and formal 
    recordkeeping systems are not necessary in 
    very small companies. A small establishment 
    may have a very simple ergonomics program 
    that does not need written records.
       This section indicates that part-time 
    employees and employees provided through 
    personnel services must be included in the 
    count of employees for the purpose of this 
    section. These workers are personnel retained 
    and supervised on a daily basis by an 
    employer for a limited time, and they include 
    personnel under contract, written or oral, 
    with the employer. OSHA believes that these 
    employees should be included in the count of 
    employees because many employers today have 
    workforces composed largely of part-time or 
    temporary employees. If these employees were 
    not counted toward the size threshold for 
    recordkeeping, large workplaces that operate 
    with few permanent employees but many 
    temporary employees would not be required to 
    keep records even though the workplace had 
    several levels of management and complex 
    methods of communication.
       By ``any one day during the preceding 
    calendar year,'' OSHA means that so long as 
    there are fewer than 10 employees, including 
    employer-supervised part-time and temporary 
    employees, at all times during preceding one-
    year period, the employer is not required to 
    keep written records under this proposed 
    standard.
       Section 1910.940  What records must I keep 
    and for how long?
       This proposed section describes the 
    records of the ergonomics program that 
    employers would have to keep. It reflects 
    OSHA's preliminary conclusion that 
    recordkeeping is necessary for employers to 
    measure their progress in establishing an 
    effective program and in controlling MSD 
    hazards.
       The proposed standard requires employers 
    to keep records of employee reports, employer 
    responses, the results of job hazard analyses 
    and controls, records of quick fix controls, 
    and MSD management records for the purposes 
    of musculoskeletal injury and illness 
    prevention.
       The following paragraphs discuss the 
    specific requirements of the recordkeeping 
    section of the proposed standard.
       Section 1910.940  What records must I keep 
    and for how long?
       This table specifies the records you must 
    keep and how long you must keep them:
    
    [[Page 65862]]
    
    
    
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
      YOU MUST KEEP THESE RECORDS . . .           FOR AT LEAST . . .
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
     Employee reports and your    3 years
     responses
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
     Job hazard analysis          3 years or until replaced by
     Hazard control records        updated records, whichever comes
     Quick Fix control records     first
     Ergonomics program
     evaluation
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
     MSD management records       The duration of the injured
                                           employee's employment plus 3
                                           years
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
      Note to Sec. 1910.939: The record retention 
    period in this standard is shorter than that 
    required by OSHA's rule on Access to Employee 
    Exposure and Medical Records (29 CFR 
    1910.1020). However, you must comply with the 
    other requirements of that rule.
    
       The period the employer is required to 
    keep exposure and medical records (e.g., MSD 
    management records) under this proposed 
    standard is much shorter than is the case for 
    other health standards. Health standards 
    generally require exposure records to be kept 
    for 30 years and medical surveillance records 
    to be kept for the duration of employment 
    plus 30 years, as required by 29 CFR 
    1910.1020, Access to employee exposure and 
    medical records. These lengthy retention 
    periods are appropriate for many toxic 
    substances and harmful physical agent 
    standards because of the long latency between 
    exposure on the job and the onset of disease. 
    However, for ergonomic disorders, there is a 
    shorter latency period than for many of the 
    chronic conditions and illnesses covered by 
    these other rules. Also, changes in the 
    workplace may make old ergonomics records 
    irrelevant to current jobs and the present 
    workplace environment. An employer's 
    ergonomics program will continue to evolve, 
    with the most recent aspects of that 
    evolution being the most relevant for 
    employee protection.
       The three-year retention period in the 
    proposed standard coincides with the required 
    frequency of program evaluations mandated by 
    the proposed standard. OSHA believes that 
    employers will use these records to perform 
    the required evaluations of the effectiveness 
    of their program under this standard, and 
    that records prior to the last evaluation 
    would be of little use.
       A note to section 1910.940 states that 
    employers must continue to comply with the 
    other requirements of the records access rule 
    (29 CFR 1910.1020; Access to employee 
    exposure and medical records), although the 
    proposed ergonomics program rule permits a 
    shorter records retention period than would 
    otherwise be required by the records access 
    rule.
    
    
    When Must My Program be in Place? 
    (Secs. 1910.941-1910.944)
    
       Sections 1910.941 through 1910.944 propose 
    both compliance start-up deadlines and 
    provide future compliance deadlines for 
    certain situations, i.e., for employers who 
    are ``triggered'' into the scope of the 
    standard after the compliance dates have 
    passed.
       OSHA is proposing certain variations in 
    the approach to compliance deadlines that 
    differ from the approach taken in other 
    standards. First, OSHA is proposing a long 
    start-up period so employers have time to get 
    assistance before the compliance deadline 
    comes due. Second, even after the compliance 
    deadlines come due, OSHA is proposing to give 
    employers newly covered by the standard 
    additional time to set up a program and put 
    in controls in certain situations. In other 
    OSHA standards, once the compliance deadlines 
    have occurred, employers must be in 
    compliance with the standard continuously, 
    even on the first day they open a new 
    facility. Third, OSHA is proposing to allow 
    employers to discontinue large portions of 
    their program if no further MSDs are reported 
    for a period of time.
       Section 1910.941  When does this standard 
    become effective?
    
      This standard becomes effective 60 days 
    after [publication date of final rule].
    
       Proposed section 1910.941 establishes the 
    effective date of the standard. The effective 
    date is the date on or past which the 
    standard is in effect and the date from which 
    the compliance deadlines in this section are 
    counted. In addition, only covered MSDs 
    reported after the effective would be covered 
    by the ergonomics standard.
       Section 1910.942  When do I have to be in 
    compliance with this standard?
    
      This standard provides start-up time for 
    setting up the ergonomics program and putting 
    in controls in problem jobs. You must comply 
    with the requirements of this standard, 
    including recordkeeping, by the deadlines in 
    this table:
    
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
      YOU MUST COMPLY WITH THESE REQUIREMENTS
          AND RELATED RECORDKEEPING . . .            NO LATER THAN . . .
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
     MSD management                     Promptly when an MSD is
                                                 reported
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
     Management leadership and          [1 year after the effective
     employee participation                      date]
     Hazard information and reporting
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
     Job hazard analysis                [2 years after the effective
                                                 date]
     Interim controls
     Training
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
     Permanent controls                 [3 years after the effective
                                                 date]
     Program evaluation
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
      Note to Sec. 1910.942: The compliance 
    deadlines in this section do not apply if you 
    are using a Quick Fix.
    
       In Sec. 1910.942, OSHA is proposing to 
    give long phased-in start-up times ranging 
    from one to three years for meeting various 
    requirements of the ergonomics program 
    standard. OSHA believes that the long start-
    up period is appropriate for several reasons.
       First, OSHA plans to provide extensive 
    outreach and consultation as soon as the 
    final ergonomics rule is published. OSHA 
    believes that the 3-year start-up period will 
    allow employers to take full advantages of 
    these materials and services, as well as 
    those developed by others, without concern 
    that enforcement action would already be 
    underway.
       Second, OSHA also believes that giving 
    employers additional time to comply with the 
    rule will reduce the compliance burden for 
    small employers and will facilitate
    
    [[Page 65863]]
    
    compliance for all employers. OSHA recognizes 
    that it takes time to put an ergonomics 
    program in place and that small employers, in 
    particular, need additional time to learn 
    about the details of the rule and how to 
    implement it in their workplace. Small 
    employers, in particular, should take full 
    advantage of OSHA's outreach, compliance 
    assistance, and consultation services in 
    meeting the standard's requirements.
       At the same time, this section would 
    require employers to begin setting up their 
    ergonomics program step by step so they will 
    have an effective process in place by the 
    time compliance comes due. Without phased 
    start-up, OSHA is concerned that some 
    employers may wait until the last minute to 
    take action. The phase-in of compliance is 
    also important to ensure that those employees 
    who report MSD signs and symptoms during the 
    start-up period are provided with prompt 
    intervention (both MSD management and work 
    restrictions) in order to help the problem 
    resolve quickly and without permanent damage. 
    Finally, the longer start-up period would 
    also allow employers to work needed job 
    modifications into their regular production 
    change schedules or processes. Because the 
    best way to control MSD hazards is often in 
    the design process, allowing additional 
    compliance time will allow establishments of 
    all sizes to make needed changes to their 
    processes as part of regular production 
    changes, and thus to make those changes at 
    less cost.
       Finally, the phase-in compliance deadlines 
    fit the structure of the proposed rule. The 
    rule itself envisions two levels of 
    ergonomics programs: a basic program (for 
    manual handling and manufacturing jobs) and 
    the full program, and the compliance start-up 
    deadlines track those phases. The basic 
    program addresses management leadership and 
    employee involvement and hazard information 
    and reporting. Accordingly, the compliance 
    deadlines for these preliminary requirements 
    occur first. Later compliance deadlines 
    correspond with elements of the full program, 
    which requires job hazard analysis, job 
    controls, training, and program evaluation if 
    a covered MSD is reported. (The MSD 
    management deadline is also consistent with 
    this approach. The first start-up deadline 
    for MSD management requires that MSD 
    management be put into place ``promptly when 
    an MSD is reported.'')
       The proposed standard does not contain 
    different compliance deadlines for small and 
    larger employers, because OSHA believes that 
    the proposed deadlines already build in 
    enough time even for very small employers to 
    get information about the rule and ways to 
    implement an ergonomics program. OSHA also 
    believes that the 3-year period is adequate 
    for larger employers who may have more 
    complex processes, more employees, more 
    problem jobs, and more controls to implement.
       Section 1910.943  What must I do if some 
    or all of the compliance start-up deadlines 
    have passed before a covered MSD is reported?
    
      If the compliance start-up deadline has 
    passed before you must comply with a 
    particular element of this standard, you may 
    take the following additional time to comply 
    with that element and the related 
    recordkeeping:
    
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
         YOU MUST COMPLY WITH THESE
          REQUIREMENTS AND RELATED                   WITHIN . . .
             RECORDKEEPING . . .
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
     MSD management               5 days
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
     Management leadership and    30 days (In manufacturing and
     employee participation                manual handling jobs, these
     Hazard information and        requirements must be implemented
     reporting                             by [1 year after the effective
                                           date])
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
     Job hazard analysis          60 days
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
     Interim controls             90 days
     Training
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
     Permanent controls           1 year
     Program evaluation
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
      Note to Sec. 1910.943: The compliance 
    deadlines in this section do not apply if you 
    are using a Quick Fix.
    
       In section 1910.943, OSHA is proposing to 
    give additional compliance time to those 
    employers who do not have any problem jobs 
    until after some or all of the compliance 
    deadlines established in Sec. 1910.942 have 
    passed. This is because the first occurrence 
    of an MSD in a job is unpredictable and may 
    not occur until years after the standard is 
    in effect.
       The additional time OSHA is proposing is 
    appropriate in those situations in which 
    employers who do not have any covered MSDs 
    reported until after certain deadlines have 
    passed. The standard permits employers who do 
    not have manufacturing or manual handling 
    jobs to refrain from implementing an 
    ergonomics program until after a covered MSD 
    is reported. Even for employers who have 
    manual handling or manufacturing jobs, 
    extended dates are needed for the 
    requirements that would not be triggered 
    until after a covered MSD occurs.
       OSHA believes that the additional time 
    this section proposes is reasonable. This 
    section would require that employers take 
    certain critical preliminary actions very 
    quickly after a covered MSD occurs (i.e., 
    provide MSD management within 5 days, analyze 
    the job with 2 months and put in at least 
    interim controls within 3 months). At the 
    same time, it would allow employers up to a 
    year to get effective permanent controls into 
    place. OSHA believes this time period would 
    be sufficient to allow employers to use the 
    standard's incremental process of trying out 
    one or more controls first to see if they 
    work before moving on to other controls. 
    Finally, to ensure that the additional time 
    is reasonable in those cases in which some of 
    the compliance deadlines have passed, this 
    section would allow employers to comply by 
    the compliance deadlines in this section or 
    those in section 1910.942, whichever comes 
    later.
       Section 1910.944  May I discontinue 
    certain aspects of my program if covered MSDs 
    no longer are occurring?
    
      Yes. However, as long as covered MSDs are 
    reported in a job, you must maintain all the 
    elements of the ergonomics program for that 
    job. If you eliminate or materially reduce 
    the MSD hazards and no covered MSD is 
    reported for 3 years, you only have to 
    continue the elements in this table:
    
    [[Page 65864]]
    
    
    
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     IF YOU ELIMINATE OR MATERIALLY REDUCE THE HAZARDS    THEN YOU MAY STOP ALL EXCEPT THE FOLLOWING PARTS OF YOUR
     AND NO COVERED MSD IS REPORTED FOR 3 YEARS IN . .                    PROGRAM IN THAT JOB . . .
    -------------------------.--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    A manufacturing or manual handling job               Management leadership and employee participation,
                                                         Hazard information and reporting, and
                                                         Maintenance of implemented controls and training
                                                         related to the controls.
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Other jobs in general industry where a covered MSD   Maintenance of controls and training related to the
     had been reported                                   controls.
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
       In section 1910.944, OSHA is proposing to 
    allow employers to discontinue some 
    significant portions of their ergonomics 
    program when no covered MSD has been reported 
    in a problem job for 3 years after the 
    problem job was controlled. OSHA is proposing 
    this provision because, where employers have 
    implemented controls and those controls have 
    eliminated or materially reduced the MSD 
    hazard to the extent that a covered MSD is 
    not reported for several years, it is 
    reasonable to conclude that the physical work 
    activities and conditions in that job are no 
    longer reasonably likely to cause or 
    contribute to an MSD. When this level of 
    control has been reached, OSHA believes it is 
    appropriate for employers to focus their 
    efforts on maintaining the controls that have 
    corrected the problem (along with the 
    training related to those controls).
       OSHA is proposing a 3-year time period to 
    coincide with the timing of other 
    requirements of the proposed standard. For 
    example, in the proposed rule periodic 
    program evaluation must be done every three 
    years, and the start-up deadlines for 
    implementing permanent controls and initially 
    evaluating the program is 3 years. OSHA 
    believes that employers should only be 
    permitted to discontinue parts of the program 
    where permanent controls have been 
    implemented and an evaluation of the program 
    and controls shows that the program and 
    controls have been effective in eliminating 
    or materially reducing the MSD hazards in the 
    job. Without this type of information, 
    employers would not have the knowledge and 
    information necessary to make a determination 
    about whether another MSD is reasonably 
    likely to occur. Allowing employers to 
    discontinue certain elements only after a 
    program evaluation has been done will help to 
    ensure that the employer's decision is based 
    on knowledge that the MSD reporting system 
    has been effective, that the job hazard 
    analysis did identify all of the MSD hazards, 
    and that the permanent controls are in place 
    and working.
       If a covered MSD has not been reported in 
    a problem job for 3 years, employers would 
    only be required to maintain the controls in 
    the problem job (including the training 
    related to those controls) and to continue 
    those elements of the program they must have 
    even where no covered MSDs have been 
    reported. Employers with manufacturing and 
    manual handling jobs would be required to 
    implement the management leadership and 
    employee participation, and hazard 
    information and reporting elements of the 
    program. Employers with jobs other than 
    manufacturing and manual handling would not 
    be required to do anything beyond maintaining 
    the controls (and related training).
    
    
    Definitions (Sec. 1910.945)
    
       Section 1910.945  What are the key terms 
    in this standard?
       The proposed ergonomics program standard 
    includes a number of definitions which should 
    be consulted to properly understand the terms 
    used in the standard. Most of the definitions 
    are straightforward and self-explanatory. 
    Clarification of many terms is provided in 
    the summary and explanation of the sections 
    where those terms are used. Other definitions 
    are explained in greater detail in the 
    following paragraphs.
       Musculoskeletal disorders (MSDs) are 
    defined in the proposal as injuries and 
    disorders of the muscles, nerves, tendons, 
    ligaments, joints, cartilage and spinal 
    disks. Examples of some of the more 
    frequently occurring occupationally induced 
    MSDs are given in the definition. These are 
    medical conditions that generally develop 
    gradually over a period of time, and do not 
    typically result from a single instantaneous 
    event. This definition specifically states 
    that MSDs do not include injuries caused by 
    slip, trips, falls, or other similar 
    accidents. They can differ in severity from 
    mild periodic symptoms to severe chronic and 
    debilitating conditions.
       No cost to employees means that the 
    employer must bear any costs associated with 
    the proposed requirements. Employees must be 
    compensated at their regular rate of pay for 
    time spent receiving training and medical 
    management, or obtaining personal protective 
    equipment. Where these activities require 
    employees to travel, the employer must pay 
    for the cost of travel, including travel time 
    when the activities are not scheduled during 
    the employee's normal work hours. The intent 
    of this definition is to include any 
    financial or other cost which, if borne by 
    the employee, would serve as a disincentive 
    to participating in the proposed rule's 
    training, medical management, and personal 
    protective equipment activities.
       Periodically means on a regular basis 
    appropriate for the conditions in your 
    workplace, or as needed. The proposed 
    standard would require that certain 
    activities occur periodically; these 
    activities include hazard identification, 
    evaluation of the ergonomics program and the 
    effectiveness of controls, and provision of 
    information and training. The term 
    periodically does not establish a specific 
    frequency that is acceptable for conducting 
    these activities; rather, the activities must 
    be performed as often as necessary in order 
    for them to be effective in the particular 
    workplace in question. In some work 
    environments with relatively few MSD hazards 
    and little or no change in the work process 
    over time, for example, refresher training 
    may be adequate if performed every three 
    years. A workplace with more substantial 
    hazards or more complex controls may require 
    training at more frequent intervals to ensure 
    employee retention of information. If 
    significant changes to the job occur, if new 
    MSDs or MSD hazards are identified in the 
    job, or if unsafe work practices are 
    observed, then additional training would be 
    necessary. The same performance orientation 
    would apply to the other activities that the 
    proposed standard would require to be 
    provided periodically.
    
    [[Page 65865]]
    
       Physical work activities include any 
    movements of the body or any static exertion 
    involved in performing a job. This term is 
    intended to cover all activities that have 
    the potential to stress or strain muscles, 
    nerves, tendons, ligaments, joints, cartilage 
    or spinal disks.
       Work restrictions are limitations 
    prescribed by the employer, other qualified 
    individuals, or health care professional on 
    the work activities of an employee who is 
    recovering from a MSD. Work restrictions are 
    designed to prevent the employee from futher 
    exposure to the MSD hazards that gave rise to 
    the covered MSD. Work restrictions may 
    involve limitations on activities the 
    employee is permitted to perform in the 
    current job, assignments to an alternative 
    job (light duty), or complete removal from 
    the workplace.
    
    
    V. Health Effects
    
       Activity-related disorders of the 
    musculoskeletal and neuromuscular systems, 
    acquired in the course of adult working life, 
    are common in the population. Unlike acute 
    injuries, these chronic conditions usually 
    cannot be attributed to a single traumatic 
    event. Instead, they often result from 
    repeated episodes of exposure to causal and 
    exacerbating factors.
       The purpose of the Health Effects Section 
    is to summarize knowledge in the field of 
    musculoskeletal disorder (MSD) etiology and 
    provide an overview of the multidisciplinary 
    evidence that has established the 
    relationship between work and these 
    disorders. This body of evidence also 
    provides the basis for the growing literature 
    of intervention studies. These studies 
    demonstrate the practical value of applying 
    this well-established etiological knowledge 
    to the reduction of the incidence of 
    musculoskeletal disorders.
       A more complete analysis of the studies 
    underlying OSHA's Health Effects section is 
    identified as Exhibit 27-1 in the docket for 
    this rulemaking, (Docket S-777).
       Following this introduction are five 
    sections detailing the concepts of risk 
    factors and their effects:
        Section A, Issues of Causation. 
    This section discusses the etiology of MSDs 
    and describes the multifactoral causation and 
    exacerbation of MSDs by exposure to workplace 
    risk factors, the role of personal factors 
    and pre-existing disease, and medical and 
    diagnostic issues.
        Section B, Biomechanical Risk 
    Factors for MSDs. This section begins with an 
    examination of the epidemiological criteria 
    used to strengthen the argument for a causal 
    relationship between a risk factor and an 
    adverse health outcome. This is followed by a 
    discussion of the basic biomechanical risk 
    factors and modifying factors involved in MSD 
    etiology.
        Section C, Evidence for the Role 
    of Basic Risk Factors and Modifying Factors 
    in the Etiology of MSDs. This section 
    presents an overview of three bodies of 
    evidence supporting the causal relationship 
    between these risk factors and disease 
    development: epidemiological studies, 
    laboratory/medical studies, and 
    psychophysical research. The Health Effects 
    Section demonstrates that the sheer volume of 
    evidence, plus the congruence of evidence 
    from very different research traditions, 
    makes a very strong case implicating of 
    workplace biomechanical risk factors in the 
    causation and/or exacerbation of MSDs. The 
    Appendices provide a more detailed treatment 
    of this evidence.
        Section D, Pathogenesis and 
    Pathophysiologic Evidence for Work-Related 
    MSDs. This section presents an overview of 
    the mechanisms through which the risk factors 
    detailed in Section B may cause physiological 
    alterations, anatomical alterations, and 
    disease in different types of soft tissues. 
    Because one of the criteria useful in 
    establishing a causal relationship between a 
    risk factor and disease is the existence of a 
    plausible biologic mechanism, the 
    pathophysiological evidence in this section 
    is an important link in the argument 
    establishing such a relationship between 
    workplace exposures and MSDs. Some redundancy 
    exists between this generic discussion of 
    risk factors and target tissues and the site-
    specific disorders examined in the 
    Appendices. However, the goal is to underline 
    common exposure and injury patterns without 
    trivializing the complexity of tissue 
    function and remodeling in disease and in 
    health. For example, the ligamentures of the 
    knee and the carpal bones are highly 
    dissimilar in function and structure, 
    requiring both generic and site-specific 
    discussion.
        Section E, Glossary and List of 
    Acronyms. This section provides definitions 
    of terms and acronyms used throughout the 
    document.
       These basic overview sections are 
    supported by set of Appendices (Ex. 27-1) 
    that present, in much greater detail, the 
    evidence linking workplace risk factors to 
    outcomes of musculoskeletal disease:
        Appendix I, Epidemiology of MSDs, 
    examines in more detail the epidemiologic 
    evidence for work-related causation and 
    exacerbation of MSDs. The Appendix begins 
    with a summary of the NIOSH publication 
    Musculoskeletal Disorders and Workplace 
    Factors and continues to detail research in 
    specific body areas. This section also 
    contains a detailed overview of individual 
    factors associated with work-related MSDs.
        Appendix II, A Review of 
    Biomechanical and Psychophysical Research on 
    Risk Factors Associated with Upper Extremity 
    Disorders, details laboratory and 
    psychophysical studies as well as the value 
    of using biomechanical modeling to estimate 
    risk associated with low-back and upper-
    extremity disorders.
        Appendix III, Pathophysiology of 
    Regional MSDs, examines the pathophysiology 
    of common MSDs by body region.
       The Health Effects Section focuses on 
    research in which investigators have found 
    sizable and consistent results associating 
    clinical disorders, such as chronic low back 
    pain and injuries to muscle-tendon units in 
    the forearm, with identifiable (extrinsic) 
    work characteristics such as force and 
    posture. There is less attention to 
    conditions in which personal (intrinsic) risk 
    factors or underlying disease status 
    predominate, or in which there is conflict 
    over disease etiology. However, there is 
    widespread agreement in the literature that 
    workplace risk factors play the major, 
    although not the only, role in the 
    development of work-related MSDs.
       The Health Effects Section concentrates on 
    external factors or stressors, because this 
    is where the causes of human disease and 
    discomfort in the workplace have been most 
    clearly identified and where interventions 
    have produced the greatest reduction in 
    injury and illness. Intrinsic or personal 
    factors, such as anthropometry, gender, age, 
    physical conditioning, and general health are 
    treated within each major subject area, where 
    appropriate. Intrinsic predispositions are 
    treated as modifiers of effect, reflecting 
    the variability of their influence and the 
    primacy of the basic risk factors.
       The case of aging provides an example. The 
    important body of information on physical 
    performance and injury risk evolving from 
    Finland (Tuomi, 1997) invalidates the notion
    
    [[Page 65866]]
    
    of a simple relationship between dysfunction 
    and age, even when the complex issues of 
    survivorship are taken into account. Further, 
    it is difficult to separate the effects of 
    aging from the effects of years of exposure 
    to workplace risk factors. The ergonomic 
    literature in general, and the materials 
    cited in this section specifically, have not 
    been designed to explore associations between 
    subtle predisposition and observed risk. 
    Moreover, much of the literature on acquired 
    physical injury has identified particular 
    patterns of susceptibility within each age 
    stratification (Krause et al., 1997).
       Finally, the Health Effects Section 
    concentrates on well-recognized studies and 
    common disorders, and does not address the 
    more unusual disorders and patterns of 
    injury. The study of MSDs is an evolving 
    field that requires improved and broad-based 
    surveillance techniques to identify less 
    common patterns of association between 
    exposure and disease. However, the body of 
    evidence in this Health Effects section makes 
    a convincing case for the work-relatedness of 
    many MSDs and the effectiveness of 
    interventions designed to reduce the risk 
    factors that caused the MSD in the first 
    place.
    
    
    A. Issues Of Causation
    
    
    1. Multifactoral Causation and Exacerbation 
    by Extrinsic Risk Factors at Work
    
       MSDs usually result from exposure to 
    multiple risk factors (Putz-Anderson, 1988; 
    Kourinka and Fourcier, 1995, Ex. 26-432; 
    Bernard and Fine, 1997, Ex. 26-1), with the 
    possible exception of vibration-related 
    disorders, which are discussed in Section D. 
    The present state of knowledge does not allow 
    a clear determination of whether these 
    multiple risk factors act additively or 
    synergistically (i.e., in a true, 
    multiplicative interaction) within the 
    workplace, although some studies suggest the 
    latter (e.g., Silverstein, Fine, and 
    Armstrong, 1986, 1987, Exs. 26-1404 and 26-
    34). The combination of this multifactoral 
    causation, lack of knowledge about 
    interaction, and the unavoidable difficulty 
    of studying risk factors in isolation makes 
    it difficult to determine a numerical limit 
    for a given type of biomechanical exposure.
       A more practical approach, accepting the 
    intricate interplay of risk factors in MSD 
    causation, may be to simultaneously assess 
    all the risk factors in a given workplace. 
    Punnett (1998) has demonstrated the 
    effectiveness of predicting MSD prevalence 
    using an exposure index that combines 
    assessment of multiple risk factors: work 
    pace, grip force, postural stressors, contact 
    (compressive) stress, vibration, and machine-
    pacing of work. This research found that the 
    prevalence of MSDs (whether defined by 
    symptom reports or physical examination) 
    increased markedly as the number of risk 
    factors contributing to the index increased. 
    The obvious corollary is that multifactoral 
    interventions will reduce MSD incidence more 
    effectively than interventions targeting only 
    a single risk factor or a small subset of the 
    risk factors actually present in the 
    workplace.
    
    
    2. Multifactoral Etiology and Other 
    Contributions to MSD Causation and 
    Exacerbation
    
       The concept of multifactoral etiology of 
    MSDs can easily lead to confusion. Various 
    literatures define the concept in at least 
    three different ways, as follows:
        ``Multifactoral etiology'' means 
    that MSDs generally result from simultaneous 
    exposure to, and often synergy among, several 
    different risk factors--e.g., high force 
    requirements and awkward postures. (This is 
    the meaning of ``multifactoral'' in Section 
    A.2.a above.)
        ``Multifactoral etiology'' means 
    that MSDs often result from exposure to and 
    interplay between both work and non-work risk 
    factors, although work factors are the 
    greater influence in most cases (see Section 
    A.2.b below).
        ``Multifactoral etiology'' means 
    that MSD incidence and severity are affected 
    by personal characteristics (physiological 
    susceptibility and repair capacity, 
    anthropometry, psychological characteristics, 
    level of fitness, etc.) and underlying or 
    preexisting disease (see Section A.2.b.ii 
    below).
    
    This Health Effects Section primarily uses 
    the first of these definitions, which focuses 
    on the contribution of multiple risk factors 
    in the workplace to MSD etiology. Because the 
    other two definitions can complicate the 
    establishment of worksite MSD causation, the 
    contribution of non-work exposures, personal 
    (intrinsic) factors, and underlying or 
    preexisting disease are briefly addressed 
    here. Other parts of the Health Effects 
    Section address issues of work-relatedness in 
    detail, by specific body location, and also 
    discusses personal factors where appropriate.
       a. Non-Work-Related Risk Factors. The risk 
    factors presented in Section B are not 
    encountered solely in the work environment. 
    Non-work risk factors obviously may 
    contribute to disease causation, but they are 
    as likely to exacerbate existing or work-
    related disease as to cause new disorders. 
    Most non-work activities are not performed 
    with the duration or intensity, or under the 
    time constraints characteristic of 
    occupational exposures. In addition, certain 
    industries, such as meatpacking (OSHA, 1990, 
    Ex. 26-3), demonstrate disease clusters and 
    rates of disease that are substantially above 
    population background rates and rates found 
    in other industries. Franklin et al. (1991, 
    Ex. 26-948) reviewed Washington State 
    workers' compensation claims from 1984 to 
    1988. These investigators found that, 
    compared to industry-wide carpal tunnel 
    syndrome (CTS) incidence rates, oyster and 
    crab packers demonstrated a relative risk 
    (RR) of 14.8 (95% CI: 11.2-19.5) and the meat 
    and poultry industries had an RR of 13.8 (95% 
    CI: 11.6-16.4). The recent NAS report 
    (National Academy of Sciences, 1998, Ex. 26-
    37) concludes, ``There is a higher incidence 
    of reported pain, injury, loss of work, and 
    disability among individuals who are employed 
    in occupations where there is a high level of 
    exposure to physical loading than for those 
    employed in occupations with lower levels of 
    exposure'' (p. 23). The existence of these 
    elevated rates, despite the random variety of 
    non-work risk factors experienced by 
    employees in all industries, suggests the 
    primacy of workplace risks in MSD causation.
       MSD genesis represents a complex 
    combination (and possibly interaction) of 
    exposures to work and non-work risk factors, 
    modified by the individual's ability to 
    tolerate physical job stress. It is not the 
    intent of this document to attribute sole 
    causation to the workplace, but to establish 
    work-relatedness. Non-work exposures 
    certainly contribute to disease, but OSHA's 
    mandate to create a safe and healthy 
    workplace does not require that the only 
    diseases to be controlled are those caused 
    solely by work. Since the goal of the Health 
    Effects Section is the clarification of 
    workplace risk factors involved in MSD 
    causation or exacerbation, the 
    epidemiological studies cited generally 
    represent research carried out in 
    occupational settings.
       b. Personal Factors and Underlying 
    Disease. The third meaning of 
    ``multifactoral,'' which includes personal 
    factors and pre-existing disease, is also 
    generally beyond the scope
    
    [[Page 65867]]
    
    of this document. Again, these factors are 
    irrefutably implicated in MSD development and 
    recovery, as factors that modify the body's 
    response to external risk factors and its 
    ability to recover from insult. But their 
    presence in the equation of etiology does not 
    remove the primary necessity to identify and 
    control external, workplace-based risk 
    factors.
       Reparative Capacity of Individuals. The 
    physiological effects of the risk factors and 
    modifiers presented in Section D are 
    themselves modified by the worker's 
    individual capacity to accept and repair the 
    damage caused. This capacity may be likened 
    to the ability of the body to process a 
    chemical exposure. Depending on the body's 
    defenses, a given atmospheric concentration 
    of toxin will result in cells and tissues 
    receiving a particular dose of the toxin. 
    Over time, this dose, modified by the body's 
    capacity to detoxify and/or clear the 
    substance and its metabolites, will result in 
    a measurable body burden.
       Although the analogy is simplistic, and 
    other disease mechanisms are probable, it is 
    possible to visualize certain effects of 
    biomechanical risk factors through this 
    model. An exposure to a biomechanical risk 
    factor of given intensity, duration, and 
    temporal profile can result in an internal 
    ``dose'' that makes demands on the body's 
    reparative capacity for ``detoxification'' of 
    the dose. The cumulative trauma model 
    suggests that the resultant ``body burden'' 
    may be seen as partly the result of exposure 
    and repair capacity. Armstrong et al. (1993) 
    proposed a model (called a ``cascade'' model) 
    of this process that also incorporates a 
    staged series of challenges to the body. The 
    body's response to a particular biomechanical 
    ``dose'' can itself generate new 
    physiological or anatomical stressors; the 
    effectiveness of the body's response to these 
    new stressors also depends partly on 
    individual capacity. Likewise, pre-existing 
    or underlying disease can also compromise 
    reparative capacity as well as predisposing 
    tissues to further injury.
       The components of individual reparative 
    capacity include:
        Genetic factors. These include 
    basic inherited characteristics of the 
    individual, such as body dimensions 
    (anthropometry), physiological variables, and 
    gender. Genetically based personal 
    differences include variation in bone length 
    and tendon attachment points (which affect 
    the mechanical advantage of a muscle in a 
    given posture), muscle mass and distribution 
    of fiber types, laxity of ligaments, 
    intervertebral disk cross-sectional area and 
    nucleus fluidity, tendon size, and carpal 
    tunnel size (Radwin and Lavender, NRC 1998, 
    Ex. 26-37).
       Gender may be seen partly as representing 
    anatomical and physiological differences 
    among workers (see summary in Faucett and 
    Werner, 1998, Ex. 26-425). Women's 
    anthropometry may not fit many jobs designed 
    originally for the average male. It is 
    important to understand, however, that gender 
    is also a surrogate for a large complex of 
    social and economic differences among 
    workers, as well a differences in exposure 
    between males and females. Many of these 
    differences influence patterns of disease and 
    recovery (Messing, Chatigny, and Courville, 
    1998a, Ex. 26-566; Messing et al., 1998b, Ex. 
    26-300).
        Acquired characteristics. 
    Acquired characteristics include physical 
    conditioning, previous or concurrent disease 
    status, and the effects of aging. The aging 
    process is strongly influenced by both 
    genetic and acquired characteristics. In any 
    case, OSHA's mandate to assure a safe and 
    healthy workplace is not limited to workers 
    below an arbitrary age threshold but 
    encompasses workers of all ages. Acquired 
    characteristics can modify some genetically 
    based characteristics. For example, type and 
    intensity of exercise can alter muscle mass 
    and fiber type distribution. Likewise, a 
    worker's level of skill and work habits can 
    substantially affect the impact of 
    biomechanical stressors on body tissues.
       It is important to recognize that the 
    effects of risk factors and modifiers found 
    in the work environment are modified at the 
    individual level by these personal factors. 
    However, the primary purpose of job analysis 
    and workplace interventions is to make work 
    safe for as many workers as possible. Hence, 
    this document considers the measurement, 
    characterization, and reduction of work 
    environment risks and modifiers to be the 
    most important objective of the ergonomics 
    program rule.
       Work Techniques and Skill Level. Personal 
    factors also include work technique and skill 
    level. In some situations, the predominant 
    factors influencing MSDs are individual 
    anatomy, work style, posture, and technique. 
    For example, the well-recognized upper 
    extremity disorders of sign language 
    interpreters (Feuerstein and Fitzgerald, 
    1992, Ex. 26-1284), or the hand problems of 
    musicians (Amadio and Russotti, 1990, Ex. 26-
    925; Fry, 1986, Ex. 26-850), are usually 
    addressed on an individual (intrinsic) basis, 
    because either no tool is involved, or the 
    potential for tool modification is limited.
       Other situations clearly preclude 
    addressing problems on an individual basis. 
    For example, the vascular and neurologic 
    problems produced by hand-arm vibration occur 
    with such high attack rates and 
    predictability that an effective control 
    strategy necessarily addresses the tool and 
    extrinsic exposure rather than individual 
    susceptibility (Pyykko 1986, Ex. 26-662). In 
    some industries, such as meatpacking, hand 
    and wrist problems have been so prevalent and 
    associated so strongly with particular tasks 
    that identifying cause in a work process is 
    unambiguous (Schottland et al., 1991, Ex. 26-
    1001; Masear, Hayes, and Hyde, 1986, Ex. 26-
    983).
       In still other settings, the multi-
    dimensional pattern of personalized risk 
    factors, non-work risk factors, and external, 
    work-related risk factors complicates 
    etiology identification. As with other 
    chronic and sub-chronic diseases, it may be 
    difficult, and sometimes impossible, to 
    differentiate between underlying morbidity 
    and causative, exacerbating, or even 
    disabling features (stressors) in the 
    external environment.
    
    
    3. Medical and Diagnostic Issues
    
       The development of an ergonomics standard 
    for U.S. workplaces poses specific challenges 
    for disease identification. The relationship 
    between MSDs and exposure to even well-
    recognized risk factors, such as heavy 
    repetitive lifting and hand-arm vibration, 
    poses different sets of challenges for the 
    recognition of exposures and their control 
    than has been the case for many more 
    traditional workplace exposures and 
    disorders. The inhalation of asbestos fibers, 
    for example, has well-defined and accepted 
    endpoints, such as lung cancer and 
    mesothelioma, and intermediate health effects 
    at the tissue or cellular level are less 
    important objects of dust control. 
    Formaldehyde and other irritants have 
    immediate and recognizable effects on mucosa, 
    so that overexposure is often obvious, and 
    the parameters of acute effects and detection 
    thresholds all fall within a limited range of 
    measurements. Physical hazards such as noise 
    and radiation are highly organ-specific or 
    have universally accepted risk profiles. For 
    such hazards, exposure assessment does not 
    require significant attention to individual 
    work factors or personal factors, or there 
    may be a consensus test for disease (as for 
    noise).
    
    [[Page 65868]]
    
       For MSDs, on the other hand, microanatomic 
    injury and repair is often sub-clinical and 
    generally invisible to clinical testing or 
    surveillance measures. Although, the object 
    of much active research, the relationship 
    between sub-threshold injury and the onset of 
    recognized clinical disorders is imprecisely 
    understood. Because of regional and 
    individual differences in diagnosis and 
    treatment, disease recognition depends on 
    professional practice, diagnosis, and 
    treatment patterns.
    
    
    4. References
    
      1. Amadio, P.C., Russoti, G.M. (1990). 
    Evaluation and treatment of hand and wrist 
    disorders in musicians. Hand Clinics, 6:405-
    416.
      2. Armstrong, T.J., Buckle, P., Fine, L.J., 
    Hagberg, M., Jonsson, B., Kilbom, A., 
    Kuorinka, I.A.A., Silverstein, B.A., 
    Sjogaard, G., Viikari-Juntura, E.R.A. (1993). 
    A conceptual model for work-related neck and 
    upper-limb musculoskeletal disorders. 
    Scandinavian Journal of Work, Environment and 
    Health, 19:73-84.
      3. Bernard, B., Fine, L., eds. (1997). 
    Musculoskeletal Disorders and Workplace 
    Factors. Cincinnati, OH: U.S. Department of 
    Health and Human Services, Public Health 
    Service, Centers for Disease Control, 
    National Institute for Occupational Safety 
    and Health. DHHS (NIOSH) Publication ##97-
    141.
      4. Bovenzi, M., Petronio, L., Di Marino, F. 
    (1980). Epidemiological survey of shipyard 
    workers exposed to hand-arm vibration. 
    International Archive of Occupational 
    Environmental Health, 46:251-266.
      5. Faucett, J., Werner, R.A. (1998). Non-
    Biomechanical Factors Potentially Affecting 
    Musculoskeletal Disorders. In: National 
    Academy of Sciences. Work-Related 
    Musculoskeletal Disorders: The Research Base. 
    Washington, DC: National Academy Press.
      6. Feuerstein, M., Fitzgerald, T. (1992). 
    Biomechanical factors affecting upper 
    extremity cumulative trauma disorders in sign 
    language interpreters. Journal of 
    Occupational Medicine, 34:257-264.
      7. Franklin, G.M., Haug, J., Heyer, N., 
    Checkoway, H., Peck, N. (1991). Occupational 
    carpal tunnel syndrome in Washington State, 
    1984-1988. American Journal of Public Health, 
    81(6):741-746.
      8. Fry, H.J.H. (1986). Overuse syndrome of 
    the upper limb in musicians. Medical Journal 
    of Australia, 144:182-185.
      9. General Accounting Office (1997). Worker 
    Protection: Private Sector Ergonomics 
    Programs Yield Positive Results. GAO/HEHS 
    Publication #97-163.
      10. Kourinka, I., Forcier, L., eds. (1995). 
    Work Related Musculoskeletal Disorders 
    (WMSDs): A Reference Book for Prevention. 
    London: Taylor and Francis.
      11. Krause., N., Lynch, J., Kaplan, G.A., 
    et al. (1997). Predictors of disability 
    retirement. Scandinavian Journal of Work, 
    Environment and Health, 23:403-413.
      12. Masear, V.R., Hayes, J.M., Hyde, A.G. 
    (1986). An industrial cause of carpal tunnel 
    syndrome. Journal of Hand Surgery, 11A:222-
    227.
      13. Messing, K., Chatigny, C., Courville, 
    J. (1998a). ``Light'' and ``Heavy'' work in 
    the housekeeping service of a hospital. 
    Applied Ergonomics, 29(6):451-459.
      14. Messing, K., Tissot, F., Saurel-
    Cubizolles, M.J., Kaminski, M., Bourgine, M. 
    (1998b). Sex as a variable can be a surrogate 
    for some working conditions: factors 
    associated with sickness absence. Journal of 
    Occupational and Environmental Medicine, 
    40(3), 250-260.
      15. National Academy of Sciences (1998). 
    Work-Related Musculoskeletal Disorders: A 
    Review of the Evidence. Washington, DC: 
    National Academy Press.
      16. Occupational Safety and Health 
    Administration (1990). Ergonomics Program 
    Guidelines for Meatpacking Plants. U.S. 
    Department of Labor. OSHA Publication #3123.
      17. Punnett, L. (1998). Ergonomic stressors 
    and upper extremity disorders in vehicle 
    manufacturing: cross sectional exposure-
    response trends. Occupational and 
    Environmental Medicine, 55:414-420.
      18. Putz-Anderson, V., ed. (1988). 
    Cumulative Trauma Disorders: A Manual for 
    Musculoskeletal Diseases of the Upper Limbs. 
    New York: Taylor and Francis.
      19. Pyykko, I. (1986). Clinical aspects of 
    the hand-arm vibration syndrome: a review. 
    Scandinavian Journal of Work, Environment and 
    Health, 12:439-447.
      20. Radwin, R.G., Lavender, S.A. (1998). 
    Work Factors, Personal Factors, and Internal 
    Loads: Biomechanics of Work Stressors. In: 
    National Academy of Sciences. Work-Related 
    Musculoskeletal Disorders: The Research Base. 
    Washington, DC: National Academy Press.
      21. Schottland, J.R., Kirschberg, G.J., 
    Fillingim, R., Davis, V.P., Hogg, F. (1991). 
    Median nerve latencies in poultry processing 
    workers: an approach to resolving the role of 
    industrial ``cumulative trauma'' in the 
    development of carpal tunnel syndrome. 
    Journal of Occupational Medicine, 33:627-631.
      22. Silverstein, B.A., Fine, L.J., 
    Armstrong, T.J. (1986). Hand wrist cumulative 
    trauma disorders in industry. British Journal 
    of Industrial Medicine, 43:779-784.
      23. Silverstein, B.A., Fine, L.J., 
    Armstrong, T.J. (1987). Occupational factors 
    and the carpal tunnel syndrome. American 
    Journal of Industrial Medicine, 11:343-358.
      24. Tuomi, K., ed. (1997). Eleven-year 
    follow-up of aging workers. Scandinavian 
    Journal of Work, Environment and Health, 23 
    (Supplement 1):1-71.
      25. Webster, B.S., Snook, S.H. (1994). The 
    cost of compensable upper extremity 
    cumulative trauma disorders. Journal of 
    Occupational Medicine, 36:713-727.
      26. World Health Organization (1985). 
    Identification and Control of Work-Related 
    Diseases. Report Series 714. Geneva, 
    Switzerland, World Health Organization.
    
    
    B. Biomechanical Risk Factors and Modifiers
    
    
    1. Overview
    
       This section has two purposes:
        To present a framework for and 
    classification of major observable and 
    quantifiable workplace risk factors for 
    neuromuscular and musculoskeletal disorders 
    (MSDs).
        To define and explain these risk 
    factors and to briefly explore possible 
    mechanisms by which exposure to these 
    stressors could cause MSDs.
    
    The section begins with a summary exploration 
    of the issues involved in establishing a 
    causal relationship between aspects of the 
    work environment/process and musculoskeletal 
    disorders (Section B.1). It then presents the 
    classification scheme used in the section, 
    with brief reference to possible mechanisms 
    of effect. Sections B.2 and B.3 present 
    current knowledge of the basic physical risk 
    factors and modifying factors identified by 
    epidemiological and laboratory research.
       a. Epidemiological Criteria for 
    Establishing Causation. Good epidemiology 
    requires accurate and consistent 
    identification and quantification of both 
    exposure and outcome. In the rapidly evolving 
    fields of research relevant to MSD etiology, 
    there are still problems with measurement, 
    quantification, and even recognition of 
    particular risks and disease outcomes. 
    However, the research referenced in this 
    document demonstrates substantial agreement 
    over a wide range of research methodologies 
    concerning the causal association between a 
    set of commonly recognized stressors and MSD 
    outcomes.
       The risk factors discussed in this section 
    have been shown to cause or contribute to 
    MSDs, in accordance with generally accepted 
    criteria for assessing a cause-effect 
    relationship.
    
    [[Page 65869]]
    
    The following list of such criteria (based on 
    Hill, 1965, Ex. 26-376; Hennekens, Buring, 
    and Mayrent, 1987, Ex. 26-428; Bernard and 
    Fine, 1997, Ex. 26-1; Rothman and Greenland, 
    1998, Ex. 26-870) is not exhaustive but 
    represents consensus in the field of 
    epidemiology. Note that, with the exception 
    of temporality, none of these criteria is a 
    necessary or sufficient basis for determining 
    causality: the absence of any criterion other 
    than temporality in a study does not 
    necessarily invalidate a causal hypothesis. 
    But the presence of each factor, while not 
    proving causality, does strengthen that 
    hypothesis. Any given study may not satisfy 
    each criterion, but the cumulative burden of 
    evidence, from the many studies cited in this 
    document, strongly argues for a causal 
    relationship between the risk factors 
    presented in this section and MSDs. These 
    criteria are:
        The strength of the association. 
    The larger the association, the less likely 
    is an interpretation invoking undetected bias 
    or unmeasured confounders. If bias or 
    confounding are operative, they would have to 
    be of a larger magnitude to explain the size 
    of the association, making it less likely 
    that the study would have overlooked them.
        Biological plausibility. 
    Knowledge of a known or understandable 
    proposed mechanism aids determination of 
    causality.
        Consistency with other research. 
    Similar results from independent studies, 
    especially with different measurement 
    techniques, strengthen a causality 
    hypothesis.
        Temporality or appropriate time 
    sequence. The proposed exposure (the risk 
    factor) should be present prior to the 
    proposed effect or outcome (here, indicators 
    of MSDs).
        Dose-response relationship 
    (biologic gradient). If higher levels of 
    exposure are associated with higher levels of 
    outcome, this can indicate causality. 
    However, a causal relationship may exist but 
    be hidden by a non-linear dose-response 
    relationship. The presence of a dose-response 
    relationship can also indicate a confounder 
    with its own biologic gradient.
    
    A sixth criterion, specificity of 
    association, is often added to this list. 
    This term refers to the degree to which a 
    particular outcome is always associated with 
    a particular risk factor. Because of the 
    overwhelming evidence for multifactoral 
    causation of MSDs, the specificity of 
    association is low for most risk factors and 
    musculoskeletal outcomes (Kourinka and 
    Forcier, 1995, Ex. 26-432). Thus, this 
    criterion is generally not useful in 
    assessing causality in MSD etiology (with the 
    possible exception of the specific 
    association of vibration exposure with 
    neurovascular disorders in the hands). In 
    general, a specific risk factor can be 
    associated with a number of different 
    outcomes.
       b. Classification of Risk Factors and 
    Modifiers. As much as possible, the risk 
    factor classification employed in this 
    document uses the definitions and concepts 
    defined by NIOSH in the publication, 
    ``Musculoskeletal Disorders and Workplace 
    Factors'' (Bernard and Fine, 1997, Ex. 26-1), 
    combined with definitions and concepts 
    developed in the draft ANSI ergonomics 
    standard, Z-365 (1998, Ex. 26-1264). This 
    discussion separates the risk factors into 
    two basic families of concepts: basic risk 
    factors and modifiers. The basic risk factors 
    presented here are the aspects of work that 
    most researchers agree cause or exacerbate 
    MSDs. The modifiers are characteristics of a 
    specific exposure to a risk factor that may 
    affect the level or type of strain produced 
    within tissues. Although there is a growing 
    body of evidence linking psychosocial and 
    work organization factors with the 
    development of MSDs, those factors are not 
    addressed here (other than the obvious impact 
    of work organization on work pace). The 
    following sections focus on the biomechanical 
    or physical risk factors:
    
        Basic Biomechanical Risk Factors 
    (Section B.2):
        --Force
        --Awkward Postures
        --Static Postures
        --Repetition
        --Dynamic Factors
        --Compression
        --Vibration
        Modifying Factors (Section B.3):
        --Intensity
        --Duration
        --Temporal Profile
        --Cold Temperatures
    
       Other classification systems are possible 
    and valid. For instance, Kourinka and Forcier 
    (1995, Ex. 26-432) present a broader system 
    that links force, repetition, and duration as 
    components of ``musculoskeletal load.'' 
    Radwin and Lavender (in NAS, 1998, Ex. 26-37) 
    and the ANSI draft standard Z-365 (1998, Ex. 
    26-1264) prefer to list repetition as a 
    modifier or ``characteristic property'' 
    rather than as a basic risk factor. The 
    system used here represents one useful 
    classification scheme; the component terms 
    maintain essentially the same definition in 
    any of the frameworks currently in use. Most 
    importantly, these differences in 
    classification are relatively trivial and do 
    not affect the evidence showing that all of 
    these factors are implicated in the etiology 
    of work-related MSDs.
    
    
    2. Basic Risk Factors
    
       This section details the definitions, 
    measurement issues, and some of the proposed 
    effect mechanisms associated with basic 
    biomechanical risk factors. No attempt is 
    made to prioritize risk factors by 
    importance, because the relative contribution 
    of each stressor to MSDs depends on the 
    particulars of the work environment and task 
    structure, including the presence or absence 
    of other risk factors. For instance, Radwin 
    and Lavender (in NAS, 1998, Ex. 26-37) note 
    that for a primarily static task, postural 
    risks merit the closest attention in job 
    analysis, while a dynamic manual material 
    handling job requires more attention to 
    dynamic stressors, such as range of motion, 
    velocity, and acceleration of movement. 
    Evidence for the relationship between these 
    risk factors and MSDs is presented in detail 
    in Section V.C of this preamble and the 
    Appendices (Ex. 27-1). This section provides 
    only cursory treatment of the mechanism of 
    tissue injury attributable to these risk 
    factors; Section V-C presents this aspect of 
    MSD etiology in detail.
       a. Force. Force is the mechanical effort 
    required to carry out a movement or to 
    prevent movement. Force may be exerted 
    against a work piece or tool, or against 
    gravity, to stabilize body segments. Force 
    does not necessarily imply motion. The 
    dynamic act of lifting a work piece and the 
    static act of holding that work piece in 
    position both require force, generated by 
    muscles, transmitted through tendons, and 
    exerted by body segments on the work piece. 
    In determining the risk posed by force 
    requirements of the task, it is useful to 
    consider muscle force and output force of 
    body segments separately.
       Muscle Force. Muscle force is the actual 
    mechanical effort exerted by the combined 
    contraction of muscle fibers. The total force 
    generated by any one muscle is a function of 
    many factors, including the cross-sectional 
    area of the muscle, the length of the muscle 
    during contraction (i.e., where the length 
    range falls between full contraction and
    
    [[Page 65870]]
    
    full extension), and the degree of fatigue. 
    Research generally characterizes muscle force 
    by surrogate measures of muscle activity 
    (e.g., amplitude of electromyographic [EMG] 
    signals, generally expressed as a percentage 
    of the amplitude measured at maximum 
    voluntary contraction [MVC]). Because of the 
    electrical activity associated with muscle 
    contraction, muscle force is the most easily 
    measured aspect of tissue involvement. But 
    full characterization of potential tissue 
    damage requires attention to all links in the 
    pathway through which muscle force is 
    transmitted to output force (Section 2.a). 
    Thus, force requirements affect tension on 
    tendons (which transmit muscle force to 
    bones), shear force, friction, and irritation 
    induced by lateral forces on tendons and 
    tendon sheaths (as they are pressed against 
    surrounding anatomical structures) and the 
    strain at the insertion of tendons on bones.
       Estimating muscle force from external 
    characteristics of the task can be 
    complicated compared to measuring muscle 
    activity (such as taking EMG measurements 
    with deep wire electrodes implanted directly 
    in the muscle fibers of interest). First, 
    many external job characteristics can affect 
    muscle force requirements, and some of these 
    characteristics may not be recognized in a 
    job analysis. For example, Kourinka and 
    Forcier (1995, Ex. 26-432) note several 
    factors that affect muscle force required for 
    a grip: presence of other risk factors (such 
    as awkward postures required by grip type and 
    handle size), the coefficient of friction of 
    the work piece surface, whether gloves are 
    required, and individual variations in 
    technique.
       Second, the lever arm (the distance from 
    point of force application to the fulcrum--
    the joint center) for most muscles is 
    generally much smaller than that of the 
    external load (Radwin and Lavender, in NAS, 
    1998, Ex. 26-37). This means that muscle 
    forces are usually several times greater than 
    the external load. Thus, accurate modeling 
    requires precise estimation or modeling of 
    actual lever arm lengths.
       Third, fatigue affects muscle fiber 
    recruitment patterns within a single muscle, 
    as well as recruitment (substitution) 
    patterns of alternative muscles (Parnianpour 
    et al., 1988, Ex. 26-1150). When secondary 
    muscles are recruited to assist a fatigued 
    primary muscle, the recruited secondary 
    muscles may be more vulnerable to injury due 
    to less-advantageous lever arm length, 
    smaller size, or less-than-optimal fiber 
    length in the work posture (see Section 2.b).
       Despite these difficulties, modeling 
    approaches can often predict internal force 
    requirements accurately. For instance, Marras 
    and Granata (1997a, Ex. 26-1380) showed that 
    measured pressures in the L5S1 intervertebral 
    disk generally match values predicted by 
    modeling. (Internal disk pressure is a result 
    of forces exerted on the disk by muscles and 
    gravity.)
       Output Force. The force exerted by body 
    parts to move or hold the work piece (often 
    against gravity) is obviously a function of 
    muscle force. However, the relationship is 
    strongly affected by other variables, the 
    most important being posture. Deviations from 
    a so-called ``neutral posture'' (see Section 
    2.b) can dramatically reduce the amount of 
    muscle force translated into output force. 
    The ``lost'' force is generally seen in 
    inefficient coupling of the contractile 
    proteins in muscle fibers or in force exerted 
    by muscles and tendons against adjacent 
    anatomical structures as the force 
    transmission changes direction. In addition, 
    most holding and moving tasks involve input 
    from several muscles, often working in 
    opposition. Skilled, small-motor activities 
    involve co-contraction of antagonist muscles 
    to generate precisely graded movements, joint 
    stabilization, or holding forces. Thus, 
    substantial muscle activity can be associated 
    with very little net output force. In 
    addition, these co-contractile forces act 
    additively on the joint components 
    (ligaments, cartilage, and bone). For the 
    researcher, this has important implications. 
    For example, measurements of the weight of a 
    work piece or the finger forces necessary to 
    move a computer mouse may substantially 
    underestimate the potential damage to the 
    muscles, tendons, joints and other soft 
    tissues involved.
       Guidelines for manual materials handling 
    (e.g., Snook and Ciriello, 1991, Ex. 26-1008; 
    NIOSH, 1981, 1994, Exs. 26-393 and 26-572) 
    clearly note that the weight of the load, in 
    isolation, is not a sufficient measure of 
    musculoskeletal stress.
       b. Awkward Postures. This risk factor is 
    generally conceptualized as postures deviated 
    from a neutral position. In this document, 
    ``posture'' means the angle between two 
    adjacent body segments. A so-called ``neutral 
    posture'' angle can be determined for each 
    joint. This term seems to suggest the resting 
    position of the joint, but it actually 
    encompasses two biomechanical criteria 
    necessary for optimal development of muscle 
    force:
        The biomechanical relationship of 
    the two body segments that presents the 
    largest lever arm upon which the muscle force 
    acts.
        The length of the muscle that 
    allows it to develop the greatest force most 
    rapidly. For most muscles, the physiological 
    and physical relationships between the two 
    contractile proteins, known as the length-
    tension and the length-velocity 
    relationships, mean that maximum force and 
    speed of contraction can be developed when 
    the muscle is in a position between greatest 
    extension and greatest contraction.
       However, the term ``non-neutral posture'' 
    should only be seen as a first approximation 
    of a stressful, awkward posture, for several 
    reasons. First, neutral posture is generally 
    defined in terms of muscle length, although 
    joint angles have implications for other 
    tissues: what is optimal for one tissue may 
    not be the optimal joint angle for another. 
    For example, a roughly 90-degree elbow angle 
    satisfies both criteria above for optimal 
    biceps activity. But that posture may stretch 
    the ulnar nerve against the elbow, suggesting 
    that a more open elbow angle is necessary for 
    optimal nerve function and safety.
       Second, most body exertions involve more 
    than one muscle, each of which may be in 
    optimal biomechanical and length relationship 
    at a different joint angle. Third, the body 
    can adopt postures that are not necessarily 
    the optimal biomechanical or length-tension 
    relationships for muscles, but that result in 
    the lowest sum of muscle activation to 
    stabilize body parts against gravity.
       Fourth, non-neutral postures are sometimes 
    defined in relation to their association with 
    tissue damage, not to a biomechanically sub-
    optimal joint angle. For example, a 90-degree 
    abduction of the upper arm may put some 
    shoulder muscles (e.g., the deltoids) in a 
    relatively ``neutral'' posture, but can 
    expose the brachioplexus to compressive 
    forces from other muscles and anatomical 
    structures. This posture can also entrap the 
    tendon of the supraspinatus muscle between 
    the acromion and the head of the humerus 
    (Hagberg, 1984, Ex. 26-1271). To fully 
    characterize the degree to which a posture is 
    ``awkward,'' it is necessary to take an 
    integrated overview of the tissues involved, 
    defining which muscles and other tissues are 
    involved in the position and what the 
    implications are for tissue damage.
       With these concerns in mind, Kourinka and 
    Forcier (1995, Ex. 26-432) separate the term 
    ``awkward postures'' into
    
    [[Page 65871]]
    
    three concepts, which may characterize a 
    particular posture in combination or alone:
        Extreme postures. This term is 
    used in the NIOSH review of epidemiological 
    evidence (Bernard and Fine, 1997, Ex. 26-1). 
    Extreme postures are joint positions close to 
    the ends of the range of motion. They require 
    more support, either by passive tissues 
    (e.g., ligaments and passive elements of the 
    muscles) or increased muscle force. These 
    positions may also exert compressive forces 
    on blood vessels and/or nerves. Note, 
    however, that some joints, such as the knee, 
    are designed to be used close to the range-
    of-motion extremes.
        Non-extreme postures that expose 
    the joint to loading from gravitational 
    forces, requiring increased forces from 
    muscles and/or load on other tissues. For 
    instance, holding the arm at 90 degrees to 
    the body does not represent an extreme 
    posture in terms of muscle length. But the 
    position allows gravitational forces to exert 
    a pull requiring roughly 10% of maximal 
    strength from the associated muscles (Takala 
    and Viikari-Juntura, 1991, Ex. 26-1014).
        Non-extreme postures that change 
    musculoskeletal geometry, increasing loading 
    on tissues or reducing the tolerance of these 
    tissues. This third factor includes the 
    reduction in available lever arm for muscles, 
    described above. An example of increased 
    loading is provided by experiments (Smith, 
    Sonstegard, and Anderson, 1977, Ex. 26-1006) 
    demonstrating that even non-extreme wrist 
    flexion can press the finger flexor tendons 
    against the median nerve. Experiments by 
    Adams et al. (1980, Ex. 26-701) indicate that 
    combined flexion and twisting or bending of 
    the spine reduces tissue tolerance of the 
    intervertebral disks, predisposing them to 
    rupture.
       c. Static Postures. Static postures--
    postures held over a period of time to resist 
    the force of gravity or to stabilize a work 
    piece--are particularly stressful to the 
    musculoskeletal system. More precisely, 
    static postures are usually defined as 
    requiring isometric muscle force--exertion 
    without accompanying movement. Even with some 
    movement, if the joint does not return to a 
    neutral position and continual muscle force 
    is required, the effect can be the same as a 
    non-moving posture. Since blood vessels 
    generally pass through the muscles they 
    supply, static contraction of the muscle can 
    reduce blood flow by as much as 90%. The 
    consequent reduction in oxygen and nutrient 
    supply and waste product clearance results in 
    more rapid onset of fatigue and may 
    predispose muscles and other tissues to 
    injury. The increased intramuscular pressure 
    exerted on neural tissue may result in 
    chronic decrement in nerve function. The 
    viscoelastic ligament and tendon tissues can 
    exhibit ``creep'' over time, possibly 
    reaching failure thresholds beyond which they 
    are unable to regain resting length.
       d. Repetition. Appendix I lists repetition 
    as a basic risk factor. This section follows 
    that categorization. However, repetition can 
    have characteristics of both a basic risk 
    factor and a modifier (the ANSI draft 
    standard, Z-365, 1998, Ex. 26-1264, gives 
    repetition modifier or ``characteristic 
    property'' status). High repetition may act 
    as a modifying factor, exacerbating the basic 
    risk factors of force and posture. But high 
    repetition also may have its own tissue 
    effects (combined with the dynamic factors 
    described in Section 2.e). For example, 
    increased friction-induced irritation of 
    finger flexor and extensor tendons in their 
    sheaths can result in tendinitis and lead to 
    increased pressure in the carpal canal. A 
    moderate level of repetition can be seen as 
    protective, since it can increase muscle 
    strength and flexibility (this is the concept 
    behind exercise). It can also assist blood 
    flow through muscles, thus relieving the 
    stressful nature of static muscle 
    contractions. Ideal work cycles keep overall 
    repetition rates in a middle zone between the 
    injurious extremes of static contraction and 
    excessive repetition.
       e. Dynamic Factors (Motion). Motion of 
    body segments consists of both linear motion 
    and rotational motion around a joint. Present 
    research addresses the effects of kinematic 
    measures of posture: both angular and linear 
    velocity (speed of motion) and acceleration 
    (rate at which velocity increases or 
    decreases). It is possible that, to a degree, 
    measured acceleration and velocity are 
    surrogates for increased force and postural 
    risk factors. For example, Marras and Granata 
    (1995, 1997b Exs. 26-1383 and 26-169) find 
    that increased velocity and acceleration in 
    trunk lateral bending and twisting result in 
    measurable increases in both compressive and 
    shear forces experienced by the 
    intervertebral disks. But dynamic factors 
    themselves may result in increased tendon 
    travel and irritation. Viscoelastic soft 
    tissues, such as tendons, spinal discs, and 
    ligaments, have a fixed, intrinsic capacity 
    to regain resting dimensions after 
    stretching. Brief movement cycles may involve 
    peak accelerations that can exceed tissue 
    elasticity limits during an otherwise 
    moderate task. The biodynamic literature 
    suggests that, even in tasks performed for a 
    short time, the acceleration and velocity of 
    movements may pose risks that would not be 
    predicted by the muscle forces or joint 
    angles alone.
       f. Compression. Compression of tissues can 
    result from exposure that is external or 
    internal to the body. Depending on the tissue 
    compressed, the effects are manifested in 
    quite different ways (see Section V-D of this 
    preamble).
       External Compression. Moderately sharp 
    edges, such as tool handles, workbench edges, 
    machine corners, and even poorly designed 
    seating, concentrate forces on a small area 
    of the anatomy, resulting in high, localized 
    pressure. This pressure can compress nerves, 
    vessels, and other soft tissues, resulting in 
    tissue-specific damage (e.g., degraded nerve 
    transmission, reduced blood flow, and 
    mechanical damage to tendons and/or tendon 
    sheaths). These changes may themselves result 
    in disease or predispose other tissues to 
    damage.
       The most common sites for compression MSDs 
    are in the hands and wrists. Since natural 
    selection has resulted in well-developed, 
    padded gripping areas on the hands (in 
    particular, finger pads and the thenar and 
    hypothenar pads on the palm), injury is most 
    often seen outside these areas: the sides of 
    the fingers, the palm, and the ventral side 
    of the wrist. For instance, the prolonged use 
    of scissors can cause nerve damage on the 
    sides of the fingers. Compression MSDs have 
    also been identified in the forearm, elbow, 
    and shoulder.
       Internal Compression. Nerves, vessels, and 
    other soft tissues may be internally 
    compressed under conditions of high-force 
    exertions, awkward postures, static postures, 
    and/or high velocity or acceleration of 
    movement. For example, strong abduction or 
    extension of the upper arm, as well as 
    awkward postures of the neck, can compress 
    parts of the brachioplexus under the scalene 
    muscles and other anatomical structures. This 
    compression can result in nerve and/or blood 
    vessel damage or in eventual damage to the 
    tissues served by these nerves and vessels.
       There are other sources of internal 
    compression, also the secondary result of 
    exposure to other risk factors noted in this 
    document. Examples include:
        Intramuscular pressure developed 
    during forceful contraction. (This is the 
    main mechanism resulting in
    
    [[Page 65872]]
    
    compression of blood vessels internal to the 
    muscles during static contraction).
        Pressure due to reparative 
    swelling of tissues injured in work 
    processes. (For example, the inflammatory 
    swelling of flexor tendon synovial sheaths, 
    in response to friction and irritation, can 
    increase pressure in the carpal tunnel and 
    compress the median nerve.)
       g. Vibration. Vibration is normally 
    divided into two categories:
        Segmental vibration or vibration 
    transmitted through the hands. Segmental 
    vibration appears to damage both the small, 
    unmyelinated nerve fibers and the small blood 
    vessels in the fingers, resulting in two 
    specific diseases: vibration-induced white 
    finger (VWF) and vibratory neuropathy. 
    Together, these are called the hand-arm 
    vibration syndrome (see below). Segmental 
    vibration has also been implicated in carpal 
    tunnel syndrome.
        Whole-body vibration, or 
    vibration transmitted through the lower 
    extremities and/or the back. Whole-body 
    vibration is implicated in low back disorders 
    and a host of less well-understood symptoms.
       Recent research suggests that vibration 
    should be further subdivided into two types:
        Harmonic or oscillatory vibration 
    (due to a constant driving source, such as a 
    grinding wheel or holding a powered tool such 
    as an electric drill)
        Impact vibration (due to single 
    impact, such as hammering a nail)
        Percussive vibration (bursts of 
    separable impacts, such as those produced by 
    a pneumatic riveting tool or a jackhammer)
    
    It is possible that the thresholds for 
    effects of these three types of vibration are 
    quite different, with impact and percussive 
    vibration having physiological effects at 
    much lower measured exposure times.
       Three classes of effect due to vibration 
    are discussed in Section V-D and the 
    Appendices (Ex. 27-1):
        Vascular damage, leading to 
    premature vasoconstriction and insufficient 
    circulation in the fingers. These effects 
    give rise to the original name for 
    occupationally induced Raynaud's syndrome: 
    vibration-induced white finger (VWF). In 
    1987, a consensus panel, meeting in 
    Stockholm, coined the term hand-arm vibration 
    syndrome (HAVS) to give equal weighting to 
    neurological symptoms (Gemne et al., 1987, 
    Ex. 26-624).
        Neurological effects. These 
    effects involve damage to both the median 
    nerve and to the small, unmyelinated nerve 
    fibers in the fingers.
        Musculoskeletal effects. Kourinka 
    and Forcier (1995, Ex. 26-432) list a number 
    of possible effects in this category, 
    including impaired muscle strength and 
    osteoarthrosis of some upper extremity 
    joints.
       Finally, some research suggests that 
    vibration received aurally (i.e., noise) can, 
    itself, result in increased static muscle 
    loading (Kjellberg, Skoldstrom, and Tesaiz, 
    1991, Ex. 26-432).
    
    
    3. Modifying Factors
    
       This section elaborates on the definitions 
    and measurement issues associated with the 
    classification of modifying factors presented 
    in Section B.1. Evidence for the relationship 
    between these modifying factors and MSDs is 
    presented in Section C. The following 
    measures are not risk factors in themselves; 
    rather, they modify the effects of the basic 
    risk factors. To fully characterize exposure, 
    investigators measure both the basic risk 
    factors and the relevant modifiers.
       a. Intensity or Magnitude. Intensity or 
    magnitude is a measure of the strength of 
    each risk factor: how much force, how 
    deviated the posture, how great the velocity 
    or acceleration of motion, how much pressure 
    due to compression, how great the 
    acceleration level of vibration, etc.
       b. Duration. Duration is the measure of 
    how long the risk factor was experienced. 
    This is a task-specific measure and is 
    generally combined with a comprehensive, job-
    specific characterization of the temporal 
    profile of the exposure (Section 3.c). 
    Frequency and duration are related, i.e., the 
    more frequently a task is performed, the 
    greater the duration of exposure.
       c. Temporal Profile (Recovery Time and 
    Pattern of Exposure). The combined effects of 
    the basic risk factors, modified by intensity 
    and duration, tax the recovery and repair 
    capacities of the body. Recovery capacity is 
    strongly related to the time available for 
    tissue repair. Thus, accurate exposure 
    assessment takes into account the way that 
    risk factors vary over time. Excessive 
    metabolic load and inadequate rest schedules 
    deprive the body of recovery time to 
    accomplish repair on strained tissues. The 
    pattern of exposure can be as important as 
    total magnitude or cumulative exposure. For 
    instance, a cumulative exposure duration of 4 
    hours, spread over two 8-hour work days, can 
    be associated with substantially different 
    health effects than a single, one-time 
    exposure of 4 hours. Kourinka and Forcier 
    (1995, Ex. 26-432) note that assessment of 
    temporal profile would include:
        Task variation over a given time 
    period (hour, day, week)
        Characteristics of the duty 
    cycle: the proportion of the task in which 
    stressors are high, compared to when they are 
    low
        Schedule of micropauses (of a few 
    seconds) every few minutes
        Distribution of formal rest 
    breaks
        Shift and overtime schedules
       d. Cold Temperatures. Cold is a well-
    established exacerbating factor in the 
    development of vibration-related disease. In 
    addition to aggravating pre-existing disease 
    and injury, cold environments compromise 
    muscle efficiency. Cold-related injuries to 
    the hands result in several vascular and 
    neurological disorders. Perhaps the most 
    common effect of cold is its ability to 
    reduce cutaneous sensory sensitivity and thus 
    compromise manual dexterity. Workers with 
    cold-desensitized fingers may grasp loads 
    with more force than necessary, due to 
    reduced sensory feedback, thus exposing 
    muscles, soft tissues, and joints to 
    increased tensile and compressive forces.
    
    
    4. References
    
       Adams, M.A., Hutton, W.C., Stott, 
    J.R.R. (1980). The resistance to flexion of 
    the lumbar intervertebral joint. Spine, 
    5(3):245-253.
       American National Standards 
    Institute. (1998). ANSI Z-365 Control of 
    Work-Related Cumulative Trauma Disorders 
    (Draft). New York: ANSI.
       Bernard, B., Fine, L., eds. 
    (1997). Musculoskeletal Disorders and 
    Workplace Factors. Cincinnati, OH: U.S. 
    Department of Health and Human Services, 
    Public Health Service, Centers for Disease 
    Control, National Institute for Occupational 
    Safety and Health. DHHS (NIOSH) Publication 
    #97-141.
    
    [[Page 65873]]
    
       Gemne, G., Pyykko, I., Taylor, W., 
    Pelmear, P. (1987). The Stockholm Workshop 
    scale for the classification of cold-induced 
    Raynaud's phenomenon in the hand-arm 
    vibration syndrome (revision of the Taylor-
    Pelmear scale). Scandinavian Journal of Work, 
    Environment and Health, 13:275-278.
       Hagberg, M. (1984). Occupational 
    musculoskeletal stress and disorders of the 
    neck and shoulder: a review of possible 
    pathophysiology. International Archives of 
    Occupational and Environmental Health, 
    53(3):269-278.
       Hagberg, M., Morgenstern, J., 
    Kelsh, M. (1992). Impact of occupations and 
    job tasks on the prevalence of carpal tunnel 
    syndrome: a review. Scandinavian Journal of 
    Work, Environment and Health, 12:337-345.
       Hennekens, C.H., Buring, J.E., 
    Mayrent, S.L. (1987). Epidemiology in 
    Medicine. Boston: Little, Brown.
       Hill, A.B. (1965). The environment 
    and disease; association or causation? 
    Proceedings of the Royal Society of Medicine, 
    58:295-300.
       Kjellberg, A., Skoldstrom, B., 
    Tesaiz, M. (1991). Equal EMG Response Levels 
    to a 100 and 1000 Hz Tone. In Proceedings of 
    Internoise, pp. 847-850.
       Kourinka, I., Forcier, L., eds. 
    (1995). Work Related Musculoskeletal 
    Disorders (WMSDs): A Reference Book for 
    Prevention. London: Taylor and Francis.
       Marras, W.S., Granata, K.P. 
    (1995). A biomechanical assessment and model 
    of axial twisting in the thoracolumbar spine. 
    Spine, 20:1440-1451.
       Marras, W.S., Granata, K.P. 
    (1997a). The development of an EMG-assisted 
    model to assess spine loading during whole-
    body free-dynamic lifting. Journal of 
    Electromyography and Kinesiology, 17(4):259-
    268.
       Marras, W.S., Granata, K.P. 
    (1997b). Spine loading during trunk lateral 
    bending motions. Journal of Biomechanics, 
    30:697-703.
       National Institute for 
    Occupational Safety and Health (1981). Work 
    Practices Guide for Manual Lifting. 
    Cincinnati, OH: U.S. Department of Health and 
    Human Services, Public Health Service, 
    Centers for Disease Control, National 
    Institute for Occupational Safety and Health. 
    DHHS (NIOSH) publication #81-122.
       National Institute for 
    Occupational Safety and Health (1994). 
    Revised NIOSH Lifting Equation. Cincinnati, 
    OH: U.S. Department of Health and Human 
    Services, Public Health Service, Centers for 
    Disease Control, National Institute for 
    Occupational Safety and Health. DHHS (NIOSH) 
    Publication #94-110.
       Parnianpour, M., Nordin, M., 
    Kahanovitz, N., Frankel, V. (1988). The 
    triaxial coupling of torque generation of 
    trunk muscles during isometric exertions and 
    the effect of fatiguing isoinertial movements 
    on the motor output and movement patterns. 
    Spine, 13:982-992.
       Radwin, R.G., Lavender, S.A. 
    (1998). Work Factors, Personal Factors, and 
    Internal Loads: Biomechanics of Work 
    Stressors. In National Academy of Sciences. 
    Work-Related Musculoskeletal Disorders: The 
    Research Base. Washington, DC: National 
    Academy Press.
       Rothman, K.J., Greenland, S. 
    (1998). Modern Epidemiology. Philadelphia: 
    Lippincott-Raven.
       Smith, E.M., Sonstegard, D., 
    Anderson, W. (1977). Carpal tunnel syndrome: 
    contribution of the flexor tendons. Archives 
    of Physical and Medical Rehabilitation, 
    58:379-385.
       Snook, S.H., Ciriello, V.M. 
    (1991). The design of manual handling tasks: 
    revised tables of maximum acceptable weights 
    and forces. Ergonomics, 34(9):1197-1214.
       Takala, E., Viikari-Juntura, E. 
    (1991). Muscle force endurance and neck-
    shoulder symptoms of sedentary workers: an 
    experimental study on bank cashiers with and 
    without symptoms. Amsterdam, The Netherlands: 
    Elsevier Science Publishers, B.V., pp. 123-
    132.
    
    
    C. Evidence for the Role of Basic Risk 
    Factors and Modifying Factors in the Etiology 
    of MSDs
    
       This section summarizes the extensive body 
    of evidence for the involvement of workplace 
    stressors in musculoskeletal disorder (MSD) 
    causation. For each of the basic risk factors 
    and modifying factors described in Section V-
    B, this section presents highlights from the 
    relevant epidemiological, laboratory, and 
    psychophysical studies, as well as a summary 
    of the evidence. Section V-D and the 
    Appendices (Ex. 27-1) explore this body of 
    evidence in much greater detail.
    
    
    1. Quality of the Evidence
    
       The evidence from epidemiologic, 
    laboratory, and psychophysical studies in the 
    Health Effects Section supports a causal 
    relationship between workplace stressors and 
    MSD outcomes. The proposed mechanisms of 
    effect, detailed in Section V-D of the 
    preamble and in the Appendices (Ex. 27-1), 
    support the biological plausibility of the 
    link between stressors and disease--one of 
    the five criteria useful in establishing 
    causality (see Section B.1.a). These criteria 
    require attention to population studies 
    relating exposure and effect (epidemiology), 
    to physiological measurements that show a 
    plausible mechanism for disease causation or 
    exacerbation (laboratory studies), and to 
    subjective perceptions of fatigue and pain 
    (psychophysical studies).
       The epidemiological studies in this field 
    have been criticized because they tend to 
    feature cross-sectional research design and 
    rely on worker self-reports. These studies 
    may have an increased risk of common-
    instrument bias (if based on self-report) and 
    present obstacles to determining causality, 
    due to their inability to establish 
    temporality. The NIOSH review discussed below 
    (Bernard and Fine, 1997, Ex. 26-1) selected 
    the studies with the best design and further 
    weighted these studies' contributions to the 
    review's conclusions by methodological 
    quality. Still, some investigators feel that 
    NIOSH was not exclusive enough in its 
    selection of acceptable studies. (Note that 
    although Gerr [1998, Ex. 26-426] makes this 
    criticism in the NAS symposium [1998, Ex. 26-
    37], he also states that he doubts whether 
    the exclusions he suggests would make a 
    substantial difference in the overall 
    conclusions NIOSH reaches about work-
    relatedness.) NIOSH notes that ``The document 
    represents a first step in assessing work-
    relatedness of MSDs.''
       It is useful, however, to look more deeply 
    at the criticisms of self-reported studies. 
    Punnett (1998, Ex. 26-442) reviews the wide 
    variety of studies that demonstrate the 
    validity of self-report measures. These 
    studies further suggest that common-
    instrument bias (the notion that a worker's 
    perception of high exposure might lead him/
    her to report higher symptom status, or vice 
    versa) may pose less of a problem than 
    critics suppose. Punnett notes that a number 
    of well-designed keyboard studies found 
    differences between self-reported and 
    observed keying times, but these differences 
    were non-differential between cases and 
    controls. Symptom status, in other words, did 
    not bias overall reporting of exposure one 
    way or the other. The NIOSH summary of 
    epidemiological evidence for low-back MSDs 
    (Bernard and Fine, 1997, Ex. 26-1) does not 
    support the assumption that self-reported 
    bias inflates associations. Of the 13 studies 
    (out of 18 reviewed) with a positive 
    relationship between work-related lifting and 
    forceful movements, those relying on 
    objective measures of exposure showed higher 
    odds ratios (ORs) (2.2-11) than those relying 
    on subjective measures (1.2-5.2).
    
    [[Page 65874]]
    
       Likewise, looking at objectively measured 
    as opposed to self-reported MSD outcomes, 
    self-reported symptoms do correlate with 
    objectively measured disease. Bernard et al. 
    (1993, Ex. 26-439), for example, found that 
    when compared to non-cases for increased 
    median nerve latency, subjects defined as CTS 
    cases on the basis of self-reported symptoms 
    showed an OR of 42.5 (with a wide 95% CI: 
    1.61-1122, due to small sample size).
       Although other types of bias are difficult 
    to detect in cross-sectional studies, when 
    they occur they are likely to underestimate 
    rather than overestimate the relationship 
    between exposure to stressors and disease. 
    For instance, the ``healthy worker'' bias, 
    the preferential departure of symptomatic 
    workers from high-exposure jobs, artificially 
    lowers the disease prevalence in these jobs, 
    reducing the calculated association of 
    stressor exposure to MSD in analysis. The 
    clear association noted by the NAS report 
    (1998, Ex. 26-37) between MSDs and jobs with 
    high physical load is thus derived despite 
    the effect-reducing influence of the 
    ``healthy worker'' bias. This example also 
    demonstrates that a researcher can make 
    plausible hypotheses about the direction of 
    effect in some cross-sectional studies. It is 
    highly unlikely that workers experiencing MSD 
    symptoms would preferentially transfer into 
    jobs with higher physical exposure (which 
    would artificially elevate epidemiological 
    estimates of effect). It has, in fact, been 
    shown that symptomatic workers do tend to 
    leave jobs that have high levels of MSD risk 
    (Punnett, 1998, Ex. 26-442). Silverstein et 
    al. (1988, Ex. 26-1004), in a follow-up study 
    at one of the plants examined in their 
    earlier studies, found that those subjects in 
    the high-force/high-repetition exposure 
    category who were symptomatic in the original 
    study were no longer in that exposure 
    category at the time of follow-up.
       This section does not evaluate the growing 
    body of intervention research relating 
    reduction in the number and severity of MSDs 
    to intentional reductions in exposures. 
    However, the recent NIOSH study of MSDs and 
    workplace factors (Bernard and Fine, 1997, 
    Ex. 26-1) includes studies that demonstrate a 
    reduction in disease as a result of 
    interventions that reduce exposures. 
    Goldenhar (1994, Ex. 26-126) and Smith, 
    Karsh, and Moro (1998, Ex. 26-445) carried 
    out reviews of the intervention literature. 
    While noting the potential value of 
    intervention research, both reviews note 
    substantial deficits in research sample size 
    and study design. Despite these drawbacks, 
    Smith, Karsh, and Moro find evidence for the 
    injury-reduction potential of redesigned hand 
    tools, weight-handling devices (e.g., hoists, 
    articulated arms), and other work station 
    alterations, as well as exercise and 
    training. The General Accounting Office study 
    (1997, Ex. 26-5) of ergonomic program 
    effectiveness (focusing on five case studies) 
    found that successful programs were based on 
    a core set of elements: management commitment 
    and employee involvement, identification of 
    problem jobs, development of solutions, 
    training and education, and medical 
    management. Programs based on these elements 
    showed reductions in injuries, illnesses, 
    lost work days, and associated workers' 
    compensation costs. Qualitative evidence from 
    these case studies showed improvements in 
    worker morale, productivity, and product 
    quality.
       Psychophysical experiments, explored in 
    Appendix II, (Ex. 27-1) measure subjective 
    responses of individuals performing various 
    laboratory tasks designed to mimic real work 
    procedures. The measures are self-reports of 
    discomfort, fatigue, level of exertion, etc. 
    These measures have been found to correlate 
    well with objective measures of injury 
    frequency in workplaces (Snook, Campanelli, 
    and Hart, 1978, Ex. 26-35; Herrin, Jaraiedi, 
    and Anderson, 1986, Ex. 26-961).
    
    
    2. NIOSH Summary of the Epidemiological 
    Evidence
    
       The following sections present selected 
    epidemiological evidence organized by risk 
    factor. However, it is helpful first to look 
    at a summary of this evidence, taken from the 
    very thorough analysis carried out by NIOSH 
    (Bernard and Fine, 1997, Ex. 26-1). NIOSH 
    lists reasonable and consistent criteria for 
    including studies in this summary. The 
    Workshop Summary and Papers document from the 
    recent NAS symposium on MSDs (National 
    Academy of Sciences, 1998, Ex. 26-37) 
    contains assessments of the NIOSH analysis by 
    seven respected epidemiologists. This group 
    noted the drawbacks to many of the studies 
    included in the analysis:
        Difficulty in establishing causal 
    direction from any one study.
        Variability in assessment 
    measures (also a strength of the combined 
    body of studies).
        Lack of information concerning 
    disease prevalence in non-working 
    populations.
        The common epidemiological 
    problem of possible unmeasured factors 
    contributing to the effects seen.
       However, the group concluded that:
        The NIOSH criteria for study 
    inclusion in the summary were, in general, 
    adequate.
        The preponderance of evidence, 
    particularly from studies with high exposure 
    contrasts among study groups, supports the 
    association between work-related stressors 
    and MSD development.
        The demonstrated reduction of 
    MSDs in workplaces where stressors were 
    reduced also strongly supports this 
    association.
       Bernard and contributors (1997, Ex. 26-1) 
    established a four-part classification system 
    to characterize the strength of evidence for 
    work-relatedness, examining the contribution 
    of each risk factor to MSDs, categorized by 
    body location (see Tables V-1 and V-2).
    
    [[Page 65875]]
    
    
    
                                            Table V-1.--Upper-Extremity MSDs
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                     RISK FACTOR
                               -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    MSD LOCATION    NUMBER OF                 STATIC OR
    OR DIAGNOSIS     STUDIES       FORCE       EXTREME       REPETITION          VIBRATION           COMBINATION
                                              POSTURES                          (SEGMENTAL)
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Neck and              >40          ++           +++                ++                 +/0                  (--)
     Neck/
     Shoulder
    Shoulder              >20         +/0            ++                ++                 +/0                  (--)
    Elbow                 >20          ++           +/0               +/0                (--)                   +++
    Carpal                >30          ++           +/0                ++                  ++                   +++
     Tunnel
    Hand/Wrist              8          ++            ++                ++                (--)                   +++
     Tendinitis
    Hand-Arm               20        (--)          (--)              (--)                 +++                  (--)
     Vibration
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Note: (--) means the association is not reported in the NIOSH publication.
    
    
                                                                   Table V-2.--Lower-Back MSDs
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                         RISK FACTOR
                                                                --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
              MSD LOCATION OR DIAGNOSIS              NUMBER OF                        LIFTING AND
                                                      STUDIES     HEAVY PHYSICAL        FORCEFUL      STATIC  POSTURES  AWKWARD POSTURES   VIBRATION (WHOLE
                                                                       WORK            MOVEMENTS                                                 BODY)
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Low Back                                               >40                ++                +++               +/0                ++                 +++
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
       In this determination, the investigators 
    weighted the contribution of individual 
    studies by the quality of the study design:
        Strong evidence of work-
    relatedness (+++): a very likely causal 
    relationship between exposures of high 
    intensity and/or duration and an MSD, using 
    the epidemiologic criteria for causality 
    (similar to those presented above).
        Evidence of work-relatedness 
    (++): some convincing evidence of a causal 
    relationship.
        Insufficient evidence of work-
    relatedness (+/0): some suggestion of 
    causality, but most studies lack sufficient 
    quality, consistency, or statistical power; 
    study quality may be lower.
        Evidence of no effect of work 
    factors (-): Adequate studies consistently 
    and strongly show a lack of association 
    between a risk factor and MSDs.
       The study considered five categories of 
    risk factors for upper-extremity MSDs (see 
    Table V-1):
        Forceful exertions.
        High levels of static 
    contraction, prolonged static loads or 
    extreme working postures (termed ``awkward 
    postures'' in Section B).
        Highly repetitive work.
        Vibration.
        A combination of these factors.
    
    Table V-1 also shows that there is evidence 
    or strong evidence of work-relatedness for 
    most MSDs and risk factors.
       The NIOSH study presents a somewhat 
    different set of risk factors for low-back 
    MSDs (see Table V-2). The classification:
        Looks at static and awkward 
    postures separately, explicitly substituting 
    ``awkward postures'' for extreme postures.
        Inserts ``heavy physical work'' 
    and ``lifting and forceful movements'' in 
    place of ``force.''
        Assesses whole-body vibration 
    instead of segmental vibration.
        Removes assessment of repetition 
    as a separate risk factor.
        Does not address combinations of 
    risk factors.
    
    This modified selection of risk factors is, 
    overall, appropriate to the particular nature 
    of back exposures and injury and reflects the 
    foci of attention in the epidemiological 
    research literature. The last two omissions 
    are unfortunate, however, because both 
    repetition rate and combined exposures to 
    stressors are relevant to the etiology of 
    low-back disorders. In practice, the studies 
    that assessed heavy physical work used 
    definitions of this stressor that include 
    ``high energy demands * * * heavy tiring 
    tasks, manual materials handling tasks, and 
    heavy, dynamic, or intense work'' (Bernard 
    and Fine, 1997, p. 6-4, Ex. 26-1). These 
    stressors probably implicitly include both 
    repetition and a combination of risk factors. 
    Table V-2, like Table V-1, shows that there 
    is evidence or strong evidence of work-
    relatedness for low back MSDs. Due to the 
    multifactoral nature of MSD causation, the 
    separation of evidence by individual risk 
    factor is artificial. But this separation is 
    useful for clarity and is continued in this 
    section, which presents other epidemiological 
    studies as well as evidence from laboratory 
    and psychophysical studies pointing to the 
    role of workplace stressors in the causation 
    or exacerbation of MSDs.
    
    
    3. Workplace Risk Factors and MSDs
    
       a. Force.
       Epidemiological Evidence. The NIOSH 
    summary (Bernard and Fine, 1997, Ex. 26-1) of 
    upper-extremity MSDs found evidence of a 
    causal relationship between exposure to force 
    and disorders of the neck and elbow, as well 
    as carpal tunnel syndrome (CTS) and hand/
    wrist tendinitis. (In general, the evidence 
    for work-related MSDs at the elbow has been 
    less convincing than that for other body 
    locations. Although the NIOSH review finds 
    evidence for a relationship between force and 
    epicondylitis, Kourinka and Forcier (1995, 
    Ex. 26-
    
    [[Page 65876]]
    
    432) conclude that the evidence is not yet 
    convincing.) Silverstein, Fine, and Armstrong 
    (1987, Ex. 26-34), studying CTS as an 
    outcome, found an OR of 15.5 (95% CI: 1.7-
    142) for high-force/high-repetition jobs, 
    compared to jobs with low levels of both. The 
    interaction of force and repetition was 
    important in this study; in separate models, 
    force alone had a non-significant OR of 2.9 
    and repetition alone had an OR of 5.9 (p < .05).="" nathan="" et="" al.="" (1988,="" ex.="" 26-990)="" also="" found="" elevated="" prevalences="" of="" cts="" in="" workers="" holding="" high-force/high-repetition="" jobs.="" the="" case="" definition="" of="" these="" authors="" did="" not="" include="" self-reported="" symptoms="" but="" only="" measurable="" decrements="" in="" nerve="" conduction="" velocity.="" this="" is="" a="" stricter="" case="" definition="" than="" that="" of="" silverstein="" et="" al.="" (1987,="" ex.="" 26-34),="" which="" was="" based="" on="" self-reported="" symptoms="" and="" physician="" examinations.="" this="" stricter="" case="" definition="" resulted="" in="" a="" smaller="" but="" more="" rigorously="" defined="" set="" of="" cases;="" the="" calculated="" or="" was="" correspondingly="" lower="" (2.0,="" 95%="" ci:="" 1.1-3.4,="" comparing="" the="" highest-force/repetition="" group="" to="" the="" lowest).="" note="" that="" this="" author="" did="" not="" find="" significant="" relationships="" between="" force="" and="" cts="" in="" subsequent="" work="" (nathan="" et="" al.,="" 1992,="" ex.="" 26-988).="" in="" addition="" to="" the="" niosh="" summary,="" other="" epidemiological="" studies="" point="" to="" an="" association="" between="" force="" requirements="" and="" work-related="" msds.="" silverstein's="" 1985="" cross-="" sectional="" research="" on="" male="" and="" female="" industrial="" workers="" is="" suggestive,="" although="" the="" niosh="" summary="" found="" insufficient="" evidence="" for="" an="" association="" between="" force="" and="" shoulder="" msds="" and="" did="" not="" include="" this="" study="" (ex.="" 26-="" 1173).="" the="" study="" compared="" workers="" in="" jobs="" characterized="" by="" a="" combination="" of="" high="" force="" and="" high="" repetition,="" measured="" at="" the="" wrist,="" to="" those="" in="" jobs="" with="" low="" levels="" of="" both="" exposures;="" the="" authors="" calculated="" an="" or="" of="" 5.4="" (95%="" ci:="" 1.3-23)="" for="" prevalence="" of="" shoulder="" tendinitis="" and="" degenerative="" joint="" disease="" (thus="" using="" wrist="" measurements="" as="" a="" surrogate="" for="" shoulder="" exposure,="" a="" possible="" source="" of="" criticism).="" this="" study="" also="" found="" an="" or="" for="" hand/wrist="" tendinitis="" of="" 29="" (ci="" not="" reported).="" vingard="" et="" al.="" (1991,="" ex.="" 26-1400),="" in="" a="" registry-based="" cohort="" study="" of="" people="" hospitalized="" for="" osteoarthrosis="" over="" 3="" years,="" compared="" men="" and="" women="" with="" high="" exposure="" to="" dynamic="" and="" static="" forces="" at="" the="" knee="" to="" those="" with="" low="" exposure.="" occupations="" with="" significantly="" elevated="" relative="" risk="" were="" firefighter,="" farmer,="" and="" construction="" worker="" for="" men,="" and="" cleaner="" for="" women.="" coggon="" et="" al.="" (1998,="" ex.="" 26-1285)="" carried="" out="" a="" case-control="" study="" of="" 611="" subjects="" with="" hip="" replacements="" due="" to="" osteoarthritis,="" compared="" to="" matched="" controls.="" men="" who="" reported="" lifting="" more="" than="" 25="" kilograms="" at="" least="" 10="" times="" per="" week="" for="" 10="" years="" prior="" to="" age="" 30="" or="" for="" more="" than="" 20="" years="" over="" their="" working="" life="" had="" higher="" rates="" of="" surgery="" (or="" 2.7="" and="" 2.3,="" respectively="" significant="" at="" a="" 0.05="" level).="" the="" association="" did="" not="" hold="" for="" females.="" laboratory="" evidence.="" ashton-miller="" (1998,="" ex.="" 26-414),="" summarizing="" a="" large="" body="" of="" laboratory="" evidence="" assessing="" the="" effects="" of="" loading="" on="" body="" tissues,="" concludes="" that="" muscle,="" tendon,="" and="" ligamentous="" tissues="" can="" fail="" when="" subjected="" to="" sufficient="" force="" under="" certain="" conditions.="" faulkner="" and="" brooks="" (1995,="" ex.="" 26-1410)="" found="" that="" excessive="" force="" can="" cause="" muscle="" fiber="" damage,="" either="" by="" disruption="" of="" the="" actin-myosin="" (the="" contractile="" proteins)="" interdigitation="" or="" of="" the="" z-lines="" between="" single="" sarcomeres="" (the="" contractile="" units="" in="" the="" muscle="" fibril).="" muscles="" are="" particularly="" likely="" to="" be="" injured="" through="" exertion="" of="" excessive="" force="" in="" eccentric="" contractions="" (i.e.,="" as="" the="" muscle="" is="" being="" lengthened,="" such="" as="" when="" stopping="" the="" motion="" of="" the="" body="" or="" an="" external="" object)="" (brooks,="" zerba,="" and="" faulkner,="" 1995,="" ex.="" 26-="" 87).="" ashton-miller="" (1998,="" ex.="" 26-414)="" suggests="" that="" these="" injuries,="" although="" seemingly="" traumatic,="" commonly="" occur="" in="" combination="" with="" accumulated="" strain="" from="" lower="" levels="" of="" repeated="" forceful="" exertions="" (wren,="" beaupre,="" and="" carter,="" 1998,="" ex.="" 26-="" 245).="" laboratory="" evidence="" for="" viscoelastic="" strain="" in="" tendons="" and="" ligaments="" under="" forceful="" loading="" is="" suggestive="" (e.g.,="" goldstein="" et="" al.,="" 1987,="" ex.="" 26-953;="" crisco="" et="" al.,="" 1997,="" ex.="" 26-1373).="" however,="" more="" research="" is="" necessary="" to="" establish="" whether="" this="" strain="" progresses="" to="" msds.="" animal="" studies="" have="" shown="" that="" forceful="" loading="" of="" tendons="" can="" produce="" structural="" changes="" similar="" to="" those="" found="" in="" msds="" (rais,="" 1961,="" ex.="" 26-1166;="" backman="" et="" al.,="" 1990,="" ex.="" 26-="" 251).="" forceful="" muscle="" contraction="" raises="" intra-="" muscular="" pressure,="" potentially="" increasing="" pressure="" on="" nerves="" and="" vessels="" within="" the="" active="" muscle.="" abundant="" animal="" studies="" (see="" summary,="" rempel="" et="" al.,="" 1998,="" ex.="" 26-444)="" demonstrate="" that="" increased="" pressure="" on="" neurons="" can="" reduce="" blood="" flow="" around,="" and="" inhibit="" transport="" in,="" axons.="" pressure="" elevations="" can="" impair="" nerve="" function,="" increase="" neural="" edema,="" and="" even="" alter="" myelin="" sheath="" structure.="" many="" of="" these="" changes="" can="" occur="" over="" relatively="" short="" exposure="" times="" and="" in="" the="" presence="" of="" relatively="" low="" pressure="" elevations.="" these="" changes="" demonstrate="" a="" dose-response="" relationship.="" this="" suggests="" that="" elevated="" pressure="" around="" nerves="" during="" work="" tasks="" might="" cause="" decrements="" in="" nerve="" function.="" both="" human="" cadaver="" studies="" (cobb="" et="" al.,="" 1996,="" ex.="" 26-="" 98)="" and="" work="" with="" healthy="" volunteers="" (rempel="" et="" al.,="" 1997,="" ex.="" 26-889;="" keir="" et="" al.,="" 1998,="" ex.="" 26-289)="" demonstrate="" that="" forceful="" loading="" of="" fingertips="" results="" in="" elevated="" carpal="" tunnel="" pressures,="" well="" within="" the="" range="" demonstrated="" to="" cause="" damage="" to="" animal="" neurons.="" psychophysical="" evidence.="" experiments="" performed="" over="" many="" years="" at="" the="" liberty="" mutual="" laboratories="" in="" hopkinton,="" massachusetts="" (snook,="" 1996,="" ex.="" 26-1353),="" have="" examined,="" in="" detail,="" the="" effects="" of="" different="" biomechanical="" stressors="" on="" subjects'="" reports="" of="" acceptable="" lifts,="" carries,="" pushes,="" pulls,="" etc.="" in="" general,="" the="" experimenter="" sets="" all="" parameters="" of="" a="" simulated="" task,="" with="" the="" exception="" of="" the="" load,="" which="" can="" be="" varied="" by="" the="" subject.="" the="" subjects="" are="" asked="" to="" rate="" task="" acceptability="" as="" if="" they="" were="" performed="" for="" a="" full="" day,="" so="" that="" the="" ratings="" of="" acceptable="" load="" include="" allowances="" for="" fatigue="" over="" the="" course="" of="" a="" workday.="" the="" research="" group="" has="" published="" extensive="" tables="" of="" these="" acceptable="" loads="" (snook="" and="" ciriello,="" 1991,="" ex.="" 26-1008).="" although="" there="" is="" great="" individual="" variation,="" these="" experiments="" generally="" show="" the="" subjects'="" ability="" to="" precisely="" estimate="" and="" regulate="" the="" load="" that="" would="" allow="" them="" to="" work="" a="" full="" day="" without="" becoming="" overtired="" or="" out="" of="" breath.="" these="" studies="" demonstrate="" the="" interrelatedness="" of="" the="" biomechanical="" stressors="" examined="" in="" the="" health="" effects="" section.="" they="" show="" that="" acceptable="" load="" estimates="" are="" very="" sensitive="" to="" variations="" in="" posture,="" frequency,="" and="" the="" distance="" the="" load="" is="" moved.="" klein="" and="" fernandez="" (1997,="" ex.="" 26-1357)="" administered="" a="" variant="" of="" this="" study="" design,="" allowing="" subjects="" to="" adjust="" the="" frequency="" of="" a="" repeated="" pinch="" grip="" (determining="" the="" maximum="" acceptable="" frequency="" [maf])="" under="" varying="" conditions="" of="" force,="" wrist="" posture,="" and="" pinch="" duration.="" they="" found="" that,="" as="" the="" force="" of="" the="" pinch="" grip="" was="" experimentally="" increased,="" the="" maf="" fell.="" summary:="" force="" and="" work-related="" msds.="" the="" niosh="" findings="" of="" evidence="" for="" force-related="" msds="" in="" most="" upper-extremity="" locations,="" combined="" with="" the="" few="" studies="" addressing="" lower-extremity="" msds,="" make="" a="" case="" for="" a="" causal="" association="" of="" between="" increased="" workplace="" force="" requirements="" and="" disease.="" the="" large="" number="" of="" laboratory="" studies="" (see="" appendix="" ii,="" ex.="" 27-1)="" provides="" evidence="" for="" several="" plausible="" and="" repeatable="" mechanisms="" by="" which="" [[page="" 65877]]="" forceful="" exertions="" could="" cause="" msds.="" the="" psychophysical="" studies="" lend="" support="" to="" these="" conclusions,="" due="" to="" the="" demonstrated="" correlation="" between="" subjective="" workload="" estimates="" (discomfort,="" fatigue,="" and="" level="" of="" exertion)="" and="" objectively="" measured="" outcomes="" of="" injury="" frequency="" in="" workplaces="" (snook="" et="" al.,="" 1978,="" ex.="" 26-35;="" herrin="" et="" al.,="" 1986,="" ex.="" 26-961).="" these="" studies="" also="" demonstrate="" the="" interrelatedness="" of="" force="" exposures="" with="" several="" other="" risk="" factors="" for="" msds--in="" particular,="" repetition="" and="" awkward="" postures.="" taken="" as="" a="" whole,="" the="" evidence="" is="" consistent="" and="" makes="" a="" strong="" case="" for="" force="" as="" a="" risk="" factor="" for="" work-related="" msds.="" b.="" awkward="" postures.="" epidemiological="" evidence.="" the="" niosh="" summary="" of="" upper-extremity="" msds="" (bernard="" and="" fine,="" 1997,="" ex.="" 26-1;="" see="" table="" v-1="" above)="" did="" not="" separate="" static="" and="" awkward="" postures="" in="" their="" conclusions.="" the="" summary="" found="" evidence="" of="" a="" causal="" relationship="" between="" exposure="" to="" static="" or="" extreme="" postures="" and="" disorders="" of="" the="" shoulder="" and="" hand/wrist="" tendinitis.="" there="" is="" strong="" evidence="" of="" a="" causal="" relationship="" between="" postural="" stressors="" and="" neck="" msds.="" the="" summary="" found="" insufficient="" evidence="" for="" a="" relationship="" between="" these="" risk="" factors="" and="" elbow="" disorders="" or="" cts.="" of="" the="" 15="" studies="" that="" addressed="" postures,="" many="" with="" positive="" results="" were="" carried="" out="" on="" vdt="" workers="" (e.g.,="" bernard="" et="" al.,="" 1993,="" ex.="" 26-439;="" kukkonen="" et="" al.,="" 1983,="" ex.="" 26-1138).="" the="" research="" on="" the="" largest="" study="" population="" (linton,="" 1990,="" ex.="" 26-977)="" examined="" combined="" biomechanical="" and="" psychosocial="" exposures.="" the="" study="" looked="" at="" 22,180="" swedish="" employees="" undergoing="" screening="" examinations="" at="" their="" occupational="" health="" care="" service.="" combined="" exposures="" to="" ``uncomfortable="" posture''="" and="" poor="" psychosocial="" work="" environment="" showed="" an="" or="" of="" 3.5="" (95%="" ci:="" 2.7-4.5)="" for="" neck="" pain="" cases="" (defined="" as="" those="" who="" reported="" a="" visit="" to="" a="" health="" care="" professional="" in="" the="" last="" year="" for="" neck="" pain)="" compared="" to="" low-exposure="" jobs.="" the="" studies="" in="" the="" niosh="" summary="" support="" the="" conclusion="" that="" a="" combination="" of="" risk="" factors="" carries="" increased="" risk.="" in="" particular,="" the="" studies="" reviewed="" provide="" strong="" evidence="" for="" the="" causal="" relationship="" of="" combined="" risk="" factors="" (especially="" force,="" postural="" stressors,="" and="" repetition)="" with="" disorders="" of="" the="" elbow,="" cts,="" and="" hand/wrist="" tendinitis.="" other="" epidemiological="" studies="" demonstrate="" an="" association="" between="" awkward="" or="" extreme="" postures="" and="" work-related="" msds.="" bjelle="" et="" al.="" (1979,="" ex.="" 26-1112)="" found="" a="" strong="" relationship="" between="" industrial="" work="" with="" hands="" at="" or="" above="" shoulder="" level="" and="" outcomes="" of="" shoulder="" tendinitis="" (or:="" 11;="" 95%="" ci:="" 2.7-="" 42).="" similar="" findings="" appeared="" in="" studies="" by="" herberts="" et="" al.="" (ex.="" 26-960)="" on="" shipyard="" welders="" (1981;="" or:="" 13;="" 95%="" ci:="" 1.7-95)="" and="" shipyard="" plate="" workers="" (1984;="" or:="" 11;="" 95%="" ci:="" 1.5-83).="" the="" referent="" group="" in="" these="" studies="" consisted="" of="" office="" workers.="" a="" cross-="" sectional="" study="" of="" female="" assembly="" line="" packers,="" compared="" with="" department="" store="" shop="" assistants="" (luopajarvi="" et="" al.,="" 1979,="" ex.="" 26-="" 56),="" found="" an="" or="" of="" 7.1="" for="" hand/wrist="" tendinitis="" (95%="" ci:="" 3.9-12.8).="" in="" this="" study,="" exposure="" was="" a="" combination="" of="" awkward="" postures,="" static="" postures="" and="" repetitive="" motions.="" the="" bulk="" of="" the="" niosh-reviewed="" studies="" (bernard="" and="" fine,="" 1997,="" ex.="" 26-1)="" do="" not="" provide="" sufficient="" evidence="" for="" the="" link="" of="" postural="" factors="" with="" cts.="" however,="" de="" krom="" et="" al.="" (1990,="" ex.="" 26-102)="" found="" associations="" between="" awkward="" (flexed="" and="" extended)="" wrist="" postures="" and="" cts.="" the="" strength="" of="" association="" increased="" with="" hours="" of="" exposure.="" marras="" and="" schoenmarklin="" (1993,="" ex.="" 26-172)="" were="" able="" to="" distinguish="" between="" jobs="" carrying="" a="" high="" and="" low="" risk="" of="" cts,="" using="" a="" combination="" of="" measured="" wrist="" flexion="" and="" two="" dynamic="" factors="" (wrist="" extension="" angular="" velocity="" and="" wrist="" flexion="" angular="" acceleration).="" laboratory="" evidence.="" ashton-miller="" (1998,="" ex.="" 26-414)="" cites="" a="" number="" of="" studies="" demonstrating="" that="" a="" change="" of="" force="" direction="" over="" bony="" or="" ligamentous="" structures="" creates="" transverse="" or="" shear="" forces="" and="" increases="" in="" friction="" experienced="" by="" tendons="" and="" tendon="" sheaths.="" increased="" angles="" adopted="" by="" tendons="" as="" they="" pass="" around="" a="" tendon="" pulley="" (related="" to="" awkward="" posture)="" and="" increased="" longitudinal="" tension="" (related="" to="" the="" required="" muscle="" force)="" combine="" to="" increase="" friction="" on="" the="" tendon="" (uchiyama="" et="" al.,="" 1995,="" ex.="" 26-339).="" in="" addition,="" extreme="" postures="" can="" require="" elevated="" muscle="" activity="" simply="" to="" overcome="" the="" resistance="" of="" passive="" tissues.="" zipp="" et="" al.="" (1983,="" ex.="" 26-1270)="" found="" that="" adopting="" an="" extremely="" pronated="" forearm="" position="" (such="" as="" that="" required="" by="" computer="" keyboard="" operation)="" requires="" high="" muscle="" activity,="" even="" without="" any="" external="" loading.="" non-="" extreme="" postures="" can="" still="" trap="" tissues="" in="" injurious="" positions.="" smith,="" sonstegard,="" and="" anderson="" (1977,="" ex.="" 26-1006)="" demonstrated="" that="" even="" non-extreme="" wrist="" flexion="" can="" cause="" the="" finger="" flexor="" tendons="" to="" compress="" the="" median="" nerve.="" buchholz="" et="" al.="" (1988,="" ex.="" 26-="" 1297)="" detail="" a="" sophisticated="" modeling="" approach="" that="" explains="" the="" measured="" increased="" muscle="" force="" demands="" associated="" with="" non-="" optimal="" grip="" diameters="" (putting="" the="" fingers="" into="" awkward="" biomechanical="" relationships).="" nerve="" tissue="" may="" also="" be="" at="" risk="" in="" anatomical="" sites="" associated="" with="" awkward="" posture.="" any="" posture="" that="" compresses="" or="" crushes="" a="" nerve="" may="" cause="" the="" histological="" changes="" noted="" in="" section="" c.3.a.="" human="" studies="" (armstrong="" et="" al.,="" 1984,="" ex.="" 26-1293)="" have="" shown="" that="" histological="" changes="" (edema,="" thickening,="" fibrosis)="" occur="" in="" nerves="" at="" the="" site="" of="" compression="" injury="" and="" possibly="" at="" sites="" of="" bending="" (e.g.,="" the="" ulnar="" nerve="" at="" the="" elbow).="" the="" human="" cadaver="" studies="" (cobb="" et="" al.,="" 1996,="" ex.="" 26-98)="" and="" healthy="" volunteer="" studies="" (rempel="" et="" al.,="" 1997,="" ex.="" 26-889;="" keir="" et="" al.,="" 1998,="" ex.26-289)="" cited="" above="" also="" demonstrate="" that="" non-neutral="" hand="" postures,="" combined="" with="" forceful="" loading="" of="" fingertips,="" result="" in="" elevated="" carpal="" tunnel="" pressures,="" well="" within="" the="" range="" demonstrated="" to="" cause="" damage="" to="" animal="" neurons.="" rempel="" et="" al.="" (1998,="" ex.="" 26-444)="" cite="" eight="" human="" studies="" measuring="" pressure="" in="" the="" carpal="" tunnel="" when="" the="" wrist="" is="" in="" a="" flexed="" or="" extended="" posture="" relative="" to="" a="" neutral="" posture.="" most="" of="" these="" studies="" show="" elevation="" of="" carpal="" pressure,="" again="" into="" the="" range="" that="" causes="" damage="" in="" the="" animal="" studies.="" studies="" of="" the="" spine="" demonstrate="" similar="" negative="" effects="" of="" awkward="" postures.="" marras="" et="" al.="" (1993,="" ex.="" 26-170)="" include="" maximum="" sagittal="" trunk="" flexion="" angle="" as="" one="" of="" the="" five="" predictors="" of="" high="" risk="" for="" low-back="" injury.="" in="" a="" study="" by="" hutton="" and="" adams="" (1982,="" ex.="" 26-1381),="" intervertebral="" disks="" in="" undeviated="" cadaver="" spines="" did="" not="" fail="" until="" loads="" exceeded="" 10,000="" newtons="" (n).="" however,="" disks="" in="" extremely="" flexed="" spines="" failed="" at="" roughly="" half="" that="" loading="" (average="" 5400="" n--="" adams="" and="" hutton,="" 1982,="" ex.="" 26-1379).="" repetitive="" loading="" reduced="" this="" average="" failure="" point="" to="" 3800="" n="" (adams="" and="" hutton,="" 1985,="" ex.="" 26-1315).="" although="" the="" relative="" magnitude="" of="" these="" forces="" is="" important,="" they="" may="" suggest="" lifting="" limits="" that="" are="" too="" high="" for="" many="" living="" workers.="" niosh,="" noting="" the="" large="" variability="" in="" compression="" forces="" associated="" with="" disc="" failure,="" estimated="" that="" 21%="" of="" spinal="" segment="" specimens="" would="" fail="" at="" the="" 3400="" n="" level="" used="" as="" a="" basis="" for="" the="" niosh="" lifting="" equation="" (waters="" et="" al.,="" 1991,="" ex.="" 26-521).="" adams="" et="" al.="" (1980,="" ex.="" 26-701)="" report="" experimental="" and="" modeling="" evidence="" suggesting="" that="" combined="" forward="" flexion="" and="" lateral="" bending="" of="" the="" lumbar="" [[page="" 65878]]="" spine="" reduce="" the="" injury="" tolerance="" of="" intervertebral="" disk="" fibers,="" possibly="" increasing="" chance="" of="" rupture.="" a="" possible="" mechanism="" for="" disk="" injury="" may="" relate="" to="" the="" fact="" that="" lateral="" flexion="" and="" axial="" rotation="" of="" the="" lumbar="" spine="" increase="" antagonistic="" muscle="" activity,="" thereby="" increasing="" the="" overall="" disk="" loading.="" this="" is="" consistent="" with="" observations="" that="" the="" combination="" of="" lifting,="" twisting,="" and="" bending="" is="" one="" of="" the="" most="" frequent="" causes="" of="" low-back="" pain="" (rowe,="" 1983,="" ex.="" 26-699).="" psychophysical="" evidence.="" the="" liberty="" mutual="" studies="" cited="" in="" section="" c.3.a="" also="" demonstrate="" the="" subjective="" effect="" of="" awkward="" postures.="" the="" maximum="" acceptable="" weight="" (maw)="" arrived="" at="" by="" the="" subjects="" in="" these="" experiments="" decreased="" if="" the="" lifts="" were="" carried="" out="" above="" shoulder="" height.="" the="" maw="" was="" also="" inversely="" related="" to="" object="" size="" (reflecting="" the="" fact="" that="" moving="" bulkier="" loads="" generally="" requires="" more="" awkward="" postures).="" as="" described="" in="" section="" c.3.a,="" klein="" and="" fernandez="" (1997,="" ex.="" 26-1357)="" allowed="" subjects="" adjust="" to="" the="" frequency="" of="" a="" repeated="" pinch="" grip="" (determining="" the="" maf)="" under="" varying="" conditions="" of="" force,="" wrist="" posture,="" and="" pinch="" duration.="" they="" found="" that="" the="" maf="" at="" two-thirds="" the="" maximum="" wrist="" flexion="" was="" significantly="" less="" than="" in="" a="" neutral="" wrist="" posture.="" wrist="" flexion="" angle="" was="" a="" significant="" factor="" for="" several="" variables.="" marley="" and="" fernandez="" (1995,="" ex.="" 26-863),="" looking="" at="" the="" stressors="" associated="" with="" hand-held="" tools,="" assessed="" maf="" for="" a="" simulated="" drilling="" task.="" compared="" to="" ratings="" in="" a="" neutral="" wrist="" posture,="" when="" the="" wrist="" was="" at="" one-third="" maximum="" flexion,="" maf="" was="" 88%;="" at="" two-thirds="" maximum="" flexion,="" maf="" was="" 73%="" of="" the="" neutral="" posture="" value.="" subjects="" used="" borg="" rpe="" ratings="" (self-reported="" ratings="" of="" perceived="" exertion)="" (borg,="" 1982,="" ex.="" 26-705)="" to="" estimate="" required="" exertion="" at="" various="" body="" locations.="" compared="" to="" a="" neutral="" wrist="" position,="" subjects="" performing="" the="" task="" with="" the="" wrist="" in="" two-thirds="" maximum="" flexion="" reported="" increases="" in="" exertion="" in="" the="" wrist,="" forearm,="" shoulder,="" and="" whole="" body.="" asymmetrical="" lifting="" postures="" also="" resulted="" in="" a="" reduction="" in="" the="" maw.="" garg="" and="" badger="" (1986,="" ex.="" 26-121)="" asked="" subjects="" to="" carry="" out="" a="" floor-to-table="" lift="" twisted="" 30,="" 60="" and="" 90="" degrees="" from="" neutral="" trunk="" posture.="" the="" maws="" showed="" significant="" decreases="" of="" 7%,="" 15%,="" and="" 22%,="" respectively.="" summary:="" awkward="" postures="" and="" work-related="" msds.="" the="" epidemiological="" evidence="" for="" a="" causal="" association="" between="" awkward="" postures="" and="" msds="" is="" strong,="" especially="" for="" neck="" disorders.="" although="" the="" niosh="" review="" (bernard="" and="" fine,="" 1997,="" ex.="" 26-1)="" found="" insufficient="" evidence="" that="" posture="" alone="" can="" cause="" cts,="" the="" studies="" found="" strong="" evidence="" for="" cts="" causation="" by="" a="" combination="" of="" risk="" factors.="" this="" suggests="" that="" the="" harmful="" effects="" of="" exposure="" to="" awkward="" posture="" may="" be="" experienced="" primarily="" in="" combination="" with="" other="" risk="" factors.="" the="" numerous="" laboratory="" studies="" examining="" the="" relationship="" between="" postural="" stressors="" and="" cts,="" in="" particular,="" strengthen="" the="" evidence="" for="" a="" combination="" of="" awkward="" postures="" and="" force="" as="" risk="" factors="" for="" this="" outcome.="" likewise,="" extensive="" epidemiological="" and="" laboratory="" evidence="" for="" increased="" risk="" of="" low-back="" injury="" due="" to="" bending="" and="" twisting="" also="" demonstrates="" the="" important="" role="" that="" postural="" stressors="" play="" in="" msd="" causation.="" this="" evidence="" is="" further="" strengthened="" by="" the="" sensitivity="" to="" postural="" variables="" of="" subject-estimated="" safe="" loads="" in="" the="" psychophysical="" literature.="" these="" psychophysical="" studies="" lend="" support="" to="" these="" conclusions,="" due="" to="" the="" demonstrated="" correlation="" between="" subjective="" workload="" estimates="" (discomfort,="" fatigue="" and="" level="" of="" exertion)="" and="" objectively="" measured="" outcomes="" of="" injury="" frequency="" in="" workplaces="" (snook="" et="" al.,="" 1978,="" ex.="" 26-35;="" herrin="" et="" al.,="" 1986,="" ex.="" 26-961).="" these="" studies="" also="" demonstrate="" the="" interrelatedness="" of="" postural="" exposures="" with="" several="" other="" risk="" factors="" for="" musculoskeletal="" disorders,="" in="" particular,="" repetition="" and="" force.="" the="" convergent="" evidence="" from="" these="" diverse="" areas,="" with="" very="" different="" methodological="" approaches,="" strongly="" supports="" the="" hypothesis="" that="" awkward="" postures="" have="" a="" causal="" role="" in="" the="" etiology="" of="" msds.="" c.="" static="" postures.="" epidemiological="" evidence.="" since="" the="" niosh="" summary="" (bernard="" and="" fine,="" 1997,="" ex.="" 26-1)="" did="" not="" distinguish="" between="" awkward="" and="" static="" postures,="" the="" summary="" in="" section="" c.3.b="" applies="" here="" as="" well.="" in="" addition="" to="" the="" niosh="" summary="" (see="" tables="" v-1="" and="" v-2="" above),="" other="" epidemiological="" studies="" demonstrate="" an="" association="" between="" static="" contractions="" or="" prolonged="" static="" load="" and="" work-related="" msds.="" in="" a="" review="" of="" the="" epidemiological="" evidence="" for="" three="" neck-related="" msds,="" the="" contributors="" to="" kourinka="" and="" forcier="" (1995,="" ex.="" 26-432)="" report="" consistent="" associations="" between="" exposures="" to="" static="" head="" and="" arm="" postures="" and="" outcomes="" of="" tension="" neck="" syndrome.="" grieco="" et="" al.="" (1998,="" ex.="" 26-627)="" also="" report="" associations="" between="" static="" work="" and="" tension="" neck="" syndrome="" in="" several="" different="" occupations.="" looking="" at="" the="" neck="" region="" more="" generally,="" hales="" and="" bernard="" (1996,="" ex.="" 26-="" 896)="" report="" several="" studies="" showing="" consistent="" association="" between="" neck="" disorders="" and="" work="" involving="" static="" or="" constrained="" postures.="" a="" review="" of="" neck="" studies="" by="" hidalgo="" et="" al.="" (1992,="" ex.="" 26-631)="" proposes="" that="" prolonged="" static="" contraction="" of="" neck="" muscles="" be="" limited="" to="" force="" levels="" at="" or="" below="" 1%="" of="" maximum="" voluntary="" contraction="" (mvc).="" in="" an="" intervention="" study,="" aaras="" et="" al.="" (1998,="" ex.="" 26-597)="" found="" that="" introduction="" of="" a="" workstation="" arrangement="" that="" allowed="" forearm="" support="" (thus="" lowering="" static="" load="" on="" the="" shoulders)="" reduced="" trapezius="" muscle="" activity="" from="" 1.5%="" to="" 0.3%="" of="" mvc="" and="" was="" associated="" with="" a="" reduction="" in="" neck="" pain.="" a="" cross-sectional="" study="" of="" 152="" female="" assembly="" line="" packers,="" compared="" with="" department="" store="" shop="" assistants="" (luopajarvi="" et="" al.,="" 1979,="" ex.="" 26-56),="" found="" an="" or="" of="" 7.1="" for="" hand/wrist="" tendinitis="" (95%="" ci:="" 3.9-12.8).="" in="" this="" study,="" exposure="" was="" a="" combination="" of="" static="" postures,="" awkward="" postures="" and="" repetitive="" motions.="" a="" population-based="" case-control="" study="" (cooper="" et="" al.,="" 1994,="" ex.="" 26-460),="" comparing="" cases="" with="" knee="" osteoarthritis="" to="" matched="" controls="" with="" non-arthritic="" knee="" pain,="" found="" that="" squatting="" more="" than="" 30="" minutes="" per="" day="" was="" associated="" with="" an="" increased="" prevalence="" of="" osteoarthritis="" (or:="" 6.9,="" 95%="" ci="" 1.8--="" 26.4).="" vingard="" et="" al.="" (1991),="" in="" a="" registry-="" based="" cohort="" study="" of="" people="" hospitalized="" for="" osteoarthrosis="" over="" 3="" years,="" compared="" men="" and="" women="" with="" high="" exposure="" to="" static="" and="" dynamic="" forces="" at="" the="" knee="" to="" those="" with="" low="" exposure.="" occupations="" with="" significantly="" elevated="" relative="" risk="" were="" firefighter,="" farmer,="" and="" construction="" worker="" for="" men,="" and="" cleaner="" for="" women.="" laboratory="" evidence.="" in="" general,="" the="" laboratory="" literature="" cited="" above="" for="" force="" and="" awkward="" posture="" is="" relevant="" to="" the="" prolonged="" exposures="" involved="" in="" static="" postures="" (zipp="" et="" al.,="" 1983,="" ex.="" 26-1270;="" buchholz="" et="" al.,="" 1988,="" ex.="" 26-1297;="" smith,="" sonstegard,="" and="" anderson,="" 1977,="" ex.="" 26-1006).="" many="" of="" the="" same="" mechanisms="" apply,="" but="" the="" duration="" is="" increased="" and="" the="" temporal="" profile="" of="" exposure="" is="" made="" worse="" by="" the="" reduction="" in="" rest="" breaks="" and="" opportunity="" for="" recovery="" time.="" lundborg="" et="" al.="" (1982,="" ex.="" 26-="" 979)="" showed="" that="" a="" constant="" hydrostatic="" pressure="" (i.e.,="" during="" a="" static="" muscle="" contraction)="" of="" between="" 30="" and="" 60="" mm="" hg="" reduces="" microcirculation="" of="" the="" nerve="" and="" compromises="" nerve="" conduction.="" [[page="" 65879]]="" rohmert="" (1973,="" ex.="" 26-580)="" found="" that="" muscle="" contractions="" can="" be="" maintained="" for="" prolonged="" periods="" if="" kept="" below="" 20%="" of="" mvc.="" but="" other="" investigators="" (westgaard="" and="" aaras,="" 1984,="" ex.="" 26-1026)="" found="" chronic="" deleterious="" effects="" of="" contractions="" even="" if="" they="" are="" lower="" than="" 5%="" of="" mvc.="" this="" latter="" finding="" is="" supported="" by="" the="" observation="" that="" low-level="" static="" loading="" (such="" as="" shoulder="" loading="" in="" keyboard="" tasks)="" is="" associated="" with="" shoulder="" msds="" (aaras="" et="" al.,="" 1998,="" ex.="" 26-597).="" the="" supraspinatus="" muscle,="" a="" muscle="" severely="" constrained="" by="" bone="" and="" ligamentous="" tissue,="" demonstrates="" increased="" intramuscular="" pressure="" during="" small="" amounts="" of="" shoulder="" abduction="" or="" flexion="" (jarvholm="" et="" al.,="" 1990,="" ex.="" 26-285).="" this="" suggests="" the="" possibility="" of="" chronic="" blood="" vessel="" and="" nerve="" compression="" during="" static="" tasks.="" chronic="" reduction="" of="" blood="" flow="" may="" be="" a="" mechanism="" by="" which="" static="" muscle="" contractions="" lead="" to="" msds.="" several="" studies="" have="" found="" that="" the="" small,="" slow="" motor="" units="" in="" patients="" with="" chronic="" muscle="" pain="" show="" changes="" consistent="" with="" reduced="" local="" oxygen="" concentrations="" (larsson="" et="" al.,="" 1988,="" ex.="" 26-1140;="" dennett="" and="" fry,="" 1988,="" ex.="" 26-104).="" reduced="" blood="" flow="" and="" disruption="" of="" the="" transportation="" of="" nutrients="" and="" oxygen="" can="" produce="" intramuscular="" edema="" (sjogaard,="" 1988,="" ex.="" 26-="" 206).="" the="" effect="" can="" be="" compounded="" in="" situations="" where="" recovery="" time="" between="" static="" contractions="" is="" insufficient.="" eventually,="" a="" number="" of="" changes="" can="" result:="" muscle="" membrane="" damage,="" abnormal="" calcium="" homeostasis,="" an="" increase="" in="" free="" radicals,="" a="" rise="" in="" other="" inflammatory="" mediators,="" and="" degenerative="" changes="" (sjogaard="" and="" sjogaard,="" 1998,="" ex.="" 26-="" 1322).="" psychophysical="" evidence.="" several="" studies="" have="" evaluated="" the="" maximum="" acceptable="" weight="" (="" maw)="" in="" conditions="" requiring="" prolonged="" stooping="" (low="" ceiling="" height).="" smith="" et="" al.="" (1992,="" ex.="" 26-1007)="" performed="" laboratory="" experiments="" on="" 100="" subjects="" (50="" male,="" 50="" female)="" recruited="" from="" a="" college-age="" population="" at="" texas="" tech="" university.="" the="" study="" collected="" data="" on="" a="" number="" of="" awkward="" postures,="" such="" as="" twisting,="" lying="" down,="" kneeling,="" squatting,="" and="" carrying="" loads="" with="" a="" restricted="" ceiling.="" the="" authors="" found="" that="" the="" maw="" decreased="" with="" decreasing="" ceiling="" height="" (which="" requires="" forward="" flexion="" during="" lifting)="" as="" well="" as="" with="" twisted="" postures.="" klein="" and="" fernandez="" (1997,="" ex.="" 26-1357)="" allowed="" subjects="" to="" adjust="" the="" frequency="" of="" a="" repeated="" pinch="" grip="" (determining="" the="" maf)="" under="" varying="" conditions="" of="" force,="" wrist="" posture="" and="" pinch="" duration.="" they="" found="" that,="" as="" the="" pinch="" grip="" was="" held="" for="" longer="" increments="" of="" time="" (1,="" 3,="" and="" 7="" seconds),="" the="" maf="" fell.="" summary:="" static="" postures="" and="" work-related="" msds.="" the="" epidemiological="" evidence="" is="" particularly="" strong="" for="" the="" causal="" role="" of="" static="" postures="" in="" msds="" of="" the="" neck="" and="" shoulder="" region.="" this="" evidence="" is="" suggestive="" but="" less="" convincing="" for="" disorders="" of="" the="" distal="" upper="" extremities.="" laboratory="" evidence="" for="" muscle="" and="" tendon="" damage="" in="" these="" areas,="" as="" well="" as="" secondary="" compression="" of="" blood="" vessels="" and="" nerves,="" lends="" support="" to="" the="" connection="" between="" work-related="" static="" postural="" requirements="" and="" the="" development="" of="" these="" disorders.="" the="" psychophysical="" studies="" have="" not="" generally="" focused="" on="" static="" postures,="" but="" the="" two="" studies="" cited="" in="" section="" c.3.c="" provide="" evidence="" of="" increased="" fatigue="" and="" discomfort="" related="" to="" static="" postures="" of="" the="" back="" and="" fingers.="" these="" psychophysical="" studies="" lend="" support="" to="" the="" conclusions="" of="" work-relatedness,="" due="" to="" the="" demonstrated="" correlation="" between="" subjective="" workload="" estimates="" (discomfort,="" fatigue,="" and="" level="" of="" exertion)="" and="" objectively="" measured="" outcomes="" of="" injury="" frequency="" in="" workplaces="" (snook="" et="" al.,="" 1978,="" ex.="" 26-35;="" herrin="" et="" al.,="" 1986,="" ex.="" 26-961).="" these="" studies="" also="" demonstrate="" the="" interrelatedness="" of="" postural="" exposures="" with="" several="" other="" risk="" factors="" for="" musculoskeletal="" disorders,="" in="" particular="" repetition="" and="" force.="" taken="" as="" a="" whole,="" the="" evidence="" suggests="" that="" static="" postures="" are="" causal="" factors="" in="" the="" etiology="" of="" msds,="" both="" through="" exacerbation="" of="" the="" mechanisms="" explored="" under="" other="" risk="" factors="" (e.g.,="" awkward="" postures,="" force)="" and="" through="" chronic="" reductions="" in="" blood="" flow="" and="" neural="" function="" caused="" by="" prolonged="" elevations="" of="" intramuscular="" pressure.="" d.="" repetition.="" repetition="" has="" qualities="" of="" both="" a="" risk="" factor="" and="" a="" modifying="" factor="" (or="" ``characteristic="" property''="" (ansi,="" 1998,="" ex.="" 26-1264)).="" because="" of="" this="" borderline="" position,="" repetition="" is="" often="" reported="" as="" an="" exposure="" intensifier="" (e.g.,="" radwin="" and="" lavender,="" 1998,="" ex.="" 26-37)="" and="" often="" as="" a="" risk="" factor="" in="" itself="" (e.g.,="" kourinka="" and="" forcier,="" 1995,="" ex.="" 26-432).="" thus,="" a="" substantial="" portion="" of="" the="" evidence="" presented="" in="" subsequent="" sections,="" supporting="" the="" association="" of="" repetition="" with="" work-related="" msds,="" examines="" repetition="" in="" combination="" with="" other="" risk="" factors.="" in="" fact,="" the="" niosh="" summary="" (bernard="" and="" fine,="" 1997,="" ex.="" 26-1)="" found="" that="" a="" combination="" of="" risk="" factors="" increases="" the="" strength="" of="" the="" evidence="" for="" work-relatedness.="" this="" suggests="" that="" each="" individual="" risk="" factor="" has="" characteristics="" of="" both="" a="" basic="" risk="" factor="" and="" a="" modifier,="" and="" the="" distinction="" becomes="" somewhat="" academic.="" epidemiological="" evidence.="" the="" niosh="" summary="" (bernard="" and="" fine,="" 1997,="" ex.="" 26-1;="" see="" table="" v-1="" above)="" found="" evidence="" for="" work-="" related="" msds="" connected="" with="" exposure="" to="" repetitive="" work="" for="" all="" body="" locations="" considered="" except="" the="" elbow.="" of="" the="" 16="" selected="" studies="" that="" addressed="" repetition="" exposure="" and="" found="" a="" positive="" association="" with="" neck="" disorders,="" 11="" found="" associations="" that="" were="" statistically="" significant.="" ohlsson="" et="" al.="" (1995,="" ex.="" 26-868)="" compared="" 82="" female="" industrial="" workers="" exposed="" to="" short-cycle="" tasks="" (less="" than="" 30="" seconds)="" to="" 64="" referents="" with="" no="" exposure="" to="" repetitive="" work.="" the="" or="" for="" tension="" neck="" syndrome="" was="" 3.6="" (95%="" ci:="" 1.5-8.8),="" and="" the="" or="" for="" shoulder="" symptoms="" (several="" types="" of="" tendinitis,="" frozen="" shoulder,="" acromioclavicular="" syndrome)="" was="" 5.0="" (95%="" ci:="" 2.2-11.0).="" silverstein="" et="" al.="" (1987,="" ex.="" 26-34),="" studying="" cts="" as="" an="" outcome,="" found="" an="" or="" of="" 15.5="" (95%="" ci:="" 1.7-142)="" for="" high-="" force/high-repetition="" jobs,="" compared="" to="" jobs="" with="" low="" levels="" of="" both.="" jobs="" with="" only="" high-="" repetition="" exposure="" still="" demonstrated="" an="" or="" of="" 5.5,="" compared="" to="" low-force/low-repetition="" jobs.="" nathan="" et="" al.="" (1988,="" ex.="" 26-990)="" also="" found="" an="" elevated="" prevalence="" of="" cts="" in="" workers="" holding="" high-force/high-repetition="" jobs.="" their="" stricter="" case="" definition="" was="" based="" on="" nerve="" conduction="" velocity="" decrements,="" and="" the="" calculated="" or="" was="" correspondingly="" lower="" (2.0,="" 95%="" ci:="" 1.1-3.4).="" note="" that="" subsequent="" investigations="" by="" this="" investigator="" did="" not="" find="" a="" significant="" association="" of="" repetition="" with="" cts="" (nathan="" et="" al.,="" 1992,="" ex.="" 26-988).="" other="" epidemiological="" studies="" demonstrate="" an="" association="" between="" repetitive="" movements="" and="" work-related="" msds.="" the="" contributors="" to="" kourinka="" and="" forcier="" (1995,="" ex.="" 26-432),="" in="" a="" review="" of="" the="" epidemiological="" evidence="" for="" three="" neck-related="" msds,="" report="" weak-to-="" moderate,="" but="" consistent="" associations="" between="" exposures="" to="" repetitive="" work="" and="" outcomes="" of="" tension="" neck="" syndrome="" and="" thoracic="" outlet="" syndrome="" (tos).="" they="" and="" other="" reviewers="" (e.g.,="" grieco="" et="" al.,="" 1998,="" ex.="" 26-627)="" did="" not="" find="" convincing="" evidence="" of="" a="" connection="" between="" repetition="" and="" cervical="" radiculopathy.="" looking="" at="" the="" neck="" region="" more="" generally,="" hales="" and="" bernard="" (1996,="" ex.="" 26-896)="" report="" several="" studies="" showing="" consistent="" association="" between="" neck="" disorders="" and="" repetitive="" work/forceful="" repetitive="" work.="" silverstein's="" (1985,="" ex.="" 26-1173)="" cross-="" sectional="" study="" of="" male="" and="" female="" industrial="" workers="" compared="" workers="" in="" [[page="" 65880]]="" jobs="" characterized="" by="" a="" combination="" of="" high="" force="" and="" high="" repetition="" to="" those="" in="" jobs="" with="" low="" levels="" of="" both="" exposures.="" she="" calculated="" a="" risk="" ratio="" of="" 5.4="" (95%="" ci:="" 1.3-="" 23)="" for="" prevalence="" of="" shoulder="" tendinitis="" and="" degenerative="" joint="" disease.="" this="" study="" found="" an="" or="" for="" hand/wrist="" tendinitis="" of="" 29="" (ci="" not="" reported).="" a="" cross-sectional="" study="" of="" female="" assembly="" line="" packers,="" compared="" with="" department="" store="" shop="" assistants="" (luopajarvi="" et="" al.,="" 1979,="" ex.="" 26-56),="" found="" an="" or="" of="" 7.1="" for="" hand/wrist="" tendinitis="" (95%="" ci:="" 3.9-12.8).="" in="" this="" study,="" exposure="" was="" a="" combination="" of="" awkward="" postures,="" static="" postures="" and="" repetitive="" motions.="" other="" studies="" have="" also="" demonstrated="" a="" strong="" association="" between="" cts="" and="" repetition="" (reviewed="" in="" kourinka="" and="" forcier,="" 1995,="" ex.="" 26-432).="" a="" population-based="" case-control="" study="" (cooper="" et="" al.,="" 1994,="" ex.="" 26-460),="" comparing="" cases="" with="" knee="" osteoarthritis="" to="" matched="" controls="" with="" non-arthritic="" knee="" pain,="" found="" that="" climbing="" more="" than="" 10="" flights="" of="" stairs="" per="" day="" was="" associated="" with="" increased="" prevalence="" of="" osteoarthritis="" (or:="" 2.7,="" 95%="" ci="" 1.2-6.1).="" laboratory="" evidence.="" in="" 1951,="" sperling="" (ex.26-1411)="" subjected="" his="" own="" fingers="" to="" a="" series="" of="" prolonged,="" repetitive="" movements,="" against="" resistance.="" in="" all="" cases,="" the="" area="" around="" the="" affected="" tendon="" became="" tender="" and="" swollen,="" and="" in="" most="" cases,="" he="" began="" to="" notice="" snapping="" and="" thickening.="" these="" symptoms="" remained="" for="" several="" months.="" sperling="" concluded="" that="" tendon="" injury="" could="" be="" caused="" by="" simple,="" repetitive="" loading,="" without="" the="" necessity="" for="" traumatic="" injury.="" rais="" (1961,="" ex.="" 26-1166)="" performed="" two="" experiments="" subjecting="" rabbits="" to="" varying="" degrees="" of="" stressful,="" repetitive="" leg="" movement.="" overall,="" he="" found="" evidence="" of="" peritendinitis,="" localized="" to="" the="" area="" of="" the="" myotendinous="" junction.="" the="" changes="" indicated="" cellular="" damage="" and="" restorative="" activities.="" in="" the="" muscles="" themselves,="" he="" also="" observed="" degeneration="" of="" varying="" degrees,="" fibrin="" deposition,="" and="" evidence="" of="" regeneration.="" experimentally,="" hagberg="" (1981,="" ex.="" 26-955)="" demonstrated="" that="" a="" 1-hour="" course="" of="" repetitive="" shoulder="" flexion="" movements="" could="" induce="" acute="" shoulder="" tendinitis.="" several="" investigators="" found="" an="" increase="" in="" shoulder="" muscle="" activity="" and/or="" pain="" when="" assembly="" line="" work="" pace="" was="" increased="" (e.g.,="" odenrick="" et="" al.,="" 1988,="" ex.="" 26-576;="" ohlsson="" et="" al.,="" 1989,="" ex.="" 26-1290).="" these="" findings="" should="" be="" interpreted="" with="" caution:="" shoulder="" tension="" is="" strongly="" affected="" by="" psychosocial="" factors="" (although="" it="" should="" be="" noted="" that="" the="" overall="" effect="" is="" still="" the="" increase="" of="" shoulder="" muscle="" activity).="" a="" few="" investigators="" have="" studied="" the="" effects="" of="" repeated="" loading="" on="" cadaver="" spinal="" segments="" (brinckmann,="" et="" al.,="" 1987,="" ex.="" 26-="" 1318;="" 1988;="" hansson,="" et="" al.,="" 1987,="" ex.="" 26-="" 279).="" these="" studies="" applied="" a="" submaximal="" load="" (a="" percentage="" of="" the="" load="" associated="" with="" failure="" in="" a="" single="" application).="" a="" strong="" dose-response="" relationship="" emerged.="" even="" with="" compressive="" loads="" set="" at="" 55%="" of="" the="" single="" trial="" failure="" load,="" mechanical="" failure="" occurred="" in="" 92%="" of="" the="" specimens="" after="" 5000="" cycles.="" at="" 65%="" of="" this="" load,="" 91%="" of="" the="" specimens="" failed="" after="" only="" 500="" cycles.="" at="" 75%="" of="" this="" load,="" some="" specimens="" failed="" after="" only="" 10="" cycles.="" although="" cadaver="" tissue="" probably="" acts="" differently="" from="" living="" tissue,="" these="" results="" do="" suggest="" that="" repetition="" is="" a="" risk="" factor="" for="" spinal="" injury.="" psychophysical="" evidence.="" the="" liberty="" mutual="" studies="" cited="" in="" section="" c.3.a.iii="" also="" demonstrate="" the="" subjective="" effect="" of="" repetition="" rates="" on="" subject="" estimates="" of="" tasks="" that="" could="" be="" performed="" over="" the="" course="" of="" a="" work="" day="" without="" undue="" fatigue,="" discomfort,="" or="" overexertion="" (snook,="" 1996,="" ex.="" 26-1353).="" as="" noted="" above,="" the="" experimenter="" sets="" all="" parameters="" of="" a="" simulated="" task,="" with="" the="" exception="" of="" the="" load,="" which="" can="" be="" varied="" by="" the="" subject.="" the="" subjects="" are="" asked="" to="" rate="" task="" acceptability="" as="" if="" they="" were="" performing="" the="" task="" for="" a="" full="" workday,="" so="" the="" ratings="" of="" acceptable="" load="" include="" allowances="" for="" fatigue="" over="" the="" course="" of="" a="" workday.="" the="" research="" group="" has="" published="" extensive="" tables="" of="" these="" acceptable="" loads="" (snook="" and="" ciriello,="" 1991,="" ex.="" 26-1008).="" although="" there="" is="" great="" individual="" variation,="" these="" experiments="" in="" general="" show="" the="" subjects'="" ability="" to="" precisely="" estimate="" and="" regulate="" the="" load="" that="" would="" allow="" a="" full="" day="" of="" work="" without="" becoming="" overtired="" or="" out="" of="" breath.="" these="" studies="" show="" that="" acceptable="" load="" estimates="" are="" very="" sensitive="" to="" variations="" in="" the="" repetition="" rate="" of="" the="" task.="" in="" all="" variations,="" the="" maw="" that="" was="" estimated="" by="" the="" subjects="" in="" these="" experiments="" decreased="" as="" the="" frequency="" of="" the="" lift,="" lower,="" push,="" or="" pull="" increased.="" separate="" studies="" by="" garg="" and="" banaag="" (1988,="" ex.="" 26-951)="" and="" mital="" and="" fard="" (1986,="" ex.="" 26-="" 182),="" in="" addition="" to="" replicating="" the="" maw="" decrements="" attributable="" to="" asymmetric="" lifting="" noted="" under="" ``awkward="" postures,''="" also="" found="" that="" increased="" frequency="" of="" lifting="" reduced="" the="" maw="" reported="" by="" their="" subjects.="" klein="" and="" fernandez="" (1997,="" ex.="" 26-1357)="" administered="" a="" variant="" of="" this="" study="" design,="" allowing="" subjects="" to="" adjust="" the="" frequency="" of="" a="" repeated="" pinch="" grip="" (determining="" the="" maf)="" under="" varying="" conditions="" of="" force,="" wrist="" posture,="" and="" pinch="" duration.="" they="" found="" that,="" as="" force="" of="" the="" pinch="" grip="" was="" experimentally="" increased,="" the="" maf="" fell.="" summary:="" repetition="" and="" work-related="" msds.="" despite="" the="" difficulties="" in="" assessing="" repetition="" in="" isolation="" from="" other="" risk="" factors,="" the="" epidemiological="" evidence="" strongly="" implicates="" repetitive="" motions="" in="" the="" etiology="" of="" work-related="" msds.="" a="" large="" body="" of="" laboratory="" studies="" demonstrates="" a="" biological="" plausibility="" for="" this="" relationship.="" the="" psychophysical="" research="" lends="" support="" to="" the="" epidemiological="" and="" laboratory="" results:="" it="" demonstrates="" a="" correlation="" between="" subjective="" workload="" estimates="" (discomfort,="" fatigue,="" and="" level="" of="" exertion)="" and="" objectively="" measured="" outcomes="" of="" injury="" frequency="" in="" workplaces="" (snook="" et="" al.,="" 1978,="" ex.="" 26-35;="" herrin="" et="" al.,="" 1986,="" ex.="" 26-961).="" these="" studies="" also="" demonstrate="" the="" interrelatedness="" of="" repetition="" with="" several="" other="" risk="" factors="" for="" musculoskeletal="" disorders,="" in="" particular,="" force="" and="" awkward="" postures.="" in="" sum,="" the="" congruence="" of="" evidence="" from="" several="" different="" research="" traditions,="" with="" different="" methodologies,="" strongly="" implicates="" repetition="" in="" the="" etiology="" of="" work-related="" msds.="" e.="" dynamic="" factors.="" epidemiological="" evidence.="" the="" contributors="" to="" the="" niosh="" summary="" (bernard="" and="" fine,="" 1997,="" ex.="" 26-1)="" did="" not="" examine="" evidence="" linking="" dynamic="" factors="" with="" work-related="" msds.="" most="" research="" on="" dynamic="" factors="" has="" been="" carried="" out="" on="" low-back="" injury.="" sudden="" maximal="" lifting="" effort="" and="" unguarded="" movements="" appear="" to="" be="" risks="" for="" developing="" work-related="" low-="" back="" pain="" (magora="" and="" schwartz,="" 1976,="" ex.="" 26-="" 389).="" marras="" and="" granata="" (1995,="" ex.="" 26-1383)="" categorized="" jobs="" into="" three="" levels="" of="" risk="" (meaning="" risk="" of="" low-back="" injury,="" assessed="" by="" medical="" reports).="" they="" then="" calculated="" ors="" of="" a="" job,="" characterized="" by="" five="" measures="" of="" exposure="" falling="" into="" the="" high-risk="" category.="" the="" or="" of="" a="" job="" with="" the="" highest="" combined="" exposure="" score,="" compared="" to="" the="" lowest="" combined="" score,="" was="" 10.7="" (95%="" ci:="" 4.9-23.6).="" these="" exposure="" measures="" (assessed="" by="" sophisticated="" electrogoniometry)="" include="" dynamic="" factors:="" linear="" and="" angular="" velocity="" and="" acceleration="" of="" the="" lumbar="" spine.="" marras="" and="" schoenmarklin="" (1993,="" ex.="" 26-172)="" also="" implicate="" dynamic="" factors="" in="" wrist="" msds.="" using="" a="" similar,="" job-based="" analytic="" design,="" they="" found="" that="" angular="" velocity="" of="" wrist="" [[page="" 65881]]="" extension="" and="" angular="" acceleration="" of="" wrist="" flexion="" could="" distinguish="" between="" jobs="" having="" high="" and="" low="" prevalence="" of="" cts.="" laboratory="" evidence.="" the="" most="" persuasive="" evidence="" for="" the="" risks="" associated="" with="" dynamic="" factors="" comes="" from="" work="" on="" the="" intervertebral="" disks.="" marras="" and="" granata="" demonstrated="" that="" the="" magnitude="" of="" compressive="" and="" shear="" forces="" on="" the="" disks="" is="" related="" to="" the="" speed="" and="" acceleration="" of="" movement="" in="" both="" lateral="" bending="" (1997,="" ex.="" 26-169)="" and="" twisting="" (1995,="" ex.="" 26-1383).="" degree="" of="" asymmetry="" also="" affects="" the="" trunk="" motion="" characteristics="" associated="" with="" increased="" risk="" of="" back="" injury="" (marras="" et="" al.,="" 1993,="" ex.="" 26-170).="" velocity="" and="" acceleration="" measures="" were="" all="" higher="" with="" one-handed="" lifts,="" the="" size="" of="" increase="" being="" proportional="" to="" the="" angle="" of="" asymmetry.="" szabo="" and="" chidgey="" (1989,="" ex.="" 26-1168)="" found="" that="" repetitive,="" passive="" wrist="" flexion="" and="" extension="" resulted="" in="" higher="" pressures="" in="" the="" carpal="" tunnel.="" these="" elevated="" pressures="" took="" longer="" to="" return="" to="" normal="" in="" their="" cts="" patients="" than="" in="" normal="" subjects.="" these="" investigators="" also="" found="" evidence="" that,="" if="" the="" wrist="" and="" finger="" motions="" are="" active="" (in="" other="" words,="" if="" the="" subject="" rather="" than="" the="" investigator="" moves="" the="" wrist),="" the="" effect="" may="" be="" larger.="" psychophysical="" evidence.="" the="" psychophysical="" laboratory="" studies="" have="" not="" explicitly="" examined="" the="" impact="" of="" dynamic="" factors,="" although="" it="" is="" likely="" that="" the="" studies="" of="" repetition="" (section="" c.3.d)="" do="" address="" dynamic="" factors="" by="" proxy="" (snook,="" 1996,="" ex.="" 26-1353;="" snook="" and="" ciriello,="" 1991,="" ex.="" 26-1008;="" garg="" and="" banaag,="" 1988,="" ex.="" 26-="" 951;="" mital="" and="" fard,="" 1986,="" ex.="" 26-182;="" klein="" and="" fernandez,="" 1997,="" ex.="" 26-1357).="" increased="" repetition="" rates="" necessarily="" entail="" increases="" in="" angular="" and="" linear="" velocity="" and="" acceleration="" of="" some="" body="" segments.="" the="" resultant="" increases="" in="" forces="" experienced="" by="" body="" tissues="" (e.g.,="" marras="" and="" granata,="" 1995,="" 1997="" exs.="" 26-1383="" and="" 26-169)="" might="" explain="" the="" subjective="" perceptions="" of="" fatigue="" and="" discomfort="" that="" result="" in="" a="" particular="" estimated="" maw.="" summary:="" dynamic="" factors="" and="" work-related="" msds.="" attention="" to="" dynamic="" factors="" in="" their="" own="" right="" (as="" opposed="" to="" the="" proxy="" representation="" of="" repetition)="" is="" very="" recent.="" the="" bodies="" of="" epidemiological="" and="" laboratory="" evidence="" relating="" dynamic="" stressors="" to="" msd="" development="" are="" consistent="" with="" each="" other="" and="" with="" research="" centered="" on="" the="" other="" risk="" factors.="" but="" the="" existing="" studies="" are="" limited="" in="" number="" and="" in="" scope.="" as="" a="" result,="" the="" literature="" does="" not="" allow="" quite="" as="" much="" confidence="" in="" connecting="" these="" factors="" with="" work-related="" msds="" as="" can="" be="" demonstrated="" for="" the="" other="" risk="" factors="" addressed="" in="" this="" section.="" further="" research="" is="" needed="" to="" more="" firmly="" establish="" the="" link="" between="" dynamic="" factors="" and="" work-related="" msds.="" f.="" compression.="" the="" classification="" of="" risk="" factors="" presented="" in="" section="" b="" separated="" compression="" into="" external="" and="" internal="" compression.="" internal="" compression="" has="" been="" addressed="" above,="" as="" the="" consequence="" of="" other="" biomechanical="" exposures,="" such="" as="" force,="" awkward="" and="" static="" postures,="" and="" repetition.="" this="" section="" only="" addresses="" externally="" applied="" compressive="" forces.="" epidemiological="" evidence.="" the="" niosh="" summary="" (bernard="" and="" fine,="" 1997,="" ex.="" 26-1)="" did="" not="" examine="" the="" association="" of="" compressive="" forces="" with="" msds.="" a="" few="" epidemiological="" studies="" have="" assessed="" the="" role="" of="" compression="" as="" a="" risk="" factor.="" hypothenar="" hammer="" syndrome,="" characterized="" by="" signs="" of="" blood="" deprivation="" in="" the="" fingers,="" is="" caused="" by="" thrombosis="" or="" aneurysm="" in="" the="" ulnar="" artery="" or="" the="" superficial="" palmar="" arterial="" arch.="" this="" condition="" has="" been="" linked="" to="" the="" practice="" of="" using="" the="" palm="" as="" a="" hammer,="" exposing="" the="" palm="" to="" repetitive,="" forceful="" compression.="" little="" and="" ferguson="" (1972,="" ex.="" 26-1144)="" calculated="" an="" or="" of="" 16.3="" (95%="" ci:="" 2.7-100)="" for="" objectively="" verified="" (by="" a="" doppler="" flow="" detector)="" ulnar="" artery="" block,="" comparing="" vehicle="" maintenance="" workers="" who="" used="" their="" hands="" as="" a="" hammer="" (n="79)" to="" those="" who="" did="" not="" (n="48)." nilsson="" et="" al.="" (1989,="" ex.="" 26-1148)="" found="" a="" smaller="" effect="" (or:="" 2.8;="" 95%="" ci:="" 1.3-6.2),="" comparing="" 890="" plate="" workers="" to="" 61="" office="" workers="" in="" the="" same="" plant.="" this="" study="" also="" found="" a="" dose-response="" relationship,="" with="" the="" or="" increasing="" with="" increasing="" years="" on="" the="" job.="" however,="" inappropriate="" palm="" use="" and="" vibration="" exposure="" occurred="" together="" in="" this="" population.="" two="" studies="" also="" link="" bursitis="" of="" the="" knee="" with="" jobs="" that="" require="" a="" substantial="" amount="" of="" time="" in="" a="" kneeling="" position.="" thun="" et="" al.="" (1987,="" ex.="" 26-60)="" found="" a="" non-significant="" prevalence="" ratio="" for="" bursitis="" of="" 3.2="" (90%="" ci:="" 0.8-3.9),="" comparing="" tile="" and="" terrazzo="" setters="" to="" bricklayers="" and="" millwrights.="" kivimaki="" et="" al.="" (1992,="" ex.="" 26-1137),="" comparing="" carpet="" layers="" to="" painters,="" calculated="" an="" or="" of="" 11.2="" (95%="" ci:="" 3.4-38)="" for="" doctor-diagnosed="" prepatellar="" bursitis.="" a="" population-based="" case-control="" study="" (cooper="" et="" al.,="" 1994,="" ex.="" 26-460)="" compared="" cases="" with="" knee="" osteoarthritis="" to="" matched="" controls="" with="" non-="" arthritic="" knee="" pain.="" they="" found="" that="" kneeling="" more="" than="" 30="" minutes="" per="" day="" was="" associated="" with="" increased="" prevalence="" of="" osteoarthritis="" (or:="" 3.4;="" 95%="" ci:="" 1.3-9.1).="" laboratory="" evidence.="" most="" of="" the="" research="" concerning="" the="" relationship="" of="" mechanical="" compression="" to="" msds="" has="" been="" conducted="" in="" the="" laboratory.="" researchers="" have="" known="" for="" years="" that="" tools="" with="" inappropriately="" short="" handles,="" such="" as="" pliers="" and="" paint="" scrapers,="" can="" apply="" substantial="" compressive="" force="" to="" the="" blood="" vessels="" and="" nerves="" in="" the="" palmar="" area,="" resulting="" in="" occlusion="" of="" the="" ulnar="" artery,="" in="" particular,="" and="" possible="" neuropathy="" (tichauer;="" 1966,="" ex.="" 26-1172;="" tichauer="" and="" gage,="" 1977,="" ex.="" 26-1269).="" there="" is="" medical="" evidence="" for="" compression-related="" msds.="" finelli="" (1975,="" ex.="" 26-115)="" describes="" the="" compression="" of="" an="" ulnar="" nerve="" branch="" in="" the="" palm="" by="" both="" occupational="" (tool="" handles)="" and="" non-occupational="" (bicycle="" handle="" grips)="" exposures.="" sauter="" et="" al.="" (1987,="" ex.="" 26-199)="" present="" a="" case="" example="" of="" injury="" due="" to="" wrist="" compression="" at="" a="" keyboard="" job.="" several="" investigators="" describe="" compression="" of="" the="" ulnar="" nerve="" at="" the="" elbow,="" caused="" by="" leaning="" the="" ulnar="" side="" of="" the="" elbow="" on="" a="" hard="" surface="" (e.g.,="" aguayo,="" 1975,="" ex.="" 26-702).="" nevasier="" (1980,="" ex.="" 26-394)="" found="" examples="" of="" shoulder="" tenosynovitis="" in="" individuals="" who="" habitually="" carried="" heavy="" loads="" (such="" as="" lumber)="" on="" their="" shoulder.="" psychophysical="" evidence.="" psychophysical="" studies="" have="" not="" examined="" the="" effects="" of="" compression.="" summary:="" compression="" and="" work-related="" msds.="" despite="" the="" long="" history="" of="" recognition="" (particularly="" the="" relationship="" between="" tool="" handles="" and="" palmar="" compression),="" relatively="" little="" research="" has="" been="" performed="" on="" this="" risk="" factor.="" the="" existing="" epidemiological="" and="" laboratory="" evidence="" is="" congruent="" in="" suggesting="" the="" linkage="" between="" compression="" and="" at="" least="" two="" medical="" conditions.="" particularly="" in="" the="" case="" of="" hypothenar="" hammer="" syndrome,="" a="" plausible="" physiologic="" mechanism="" exists.="" g.="" vibration.="" epidemiological="" evidence.="" the="" niosh="" summary="" (bernard="" and="" fine,="" 1997,="" ex.="" 26-1;="" see="" table="" v-1="" above)="" finds="" strong="" evidence="" for="" a="" causal="" relationship="" between="" segmental="" vibration="" and="" hand-arm="" vibration="" syndrome="" (havs).="" the="" only="" study="" to="" meet="" all="" four="" of="" the="" niosh="" inclusion="" criteria="" (bovenzi="" et="" al.,="" 1995,="" ex.="" 26-354)="" compared="" forestry="" workers="" with="" more="" than="" 400="" hours="" of="" sawing="" to="" shipyard="" workers="" [[page="" 65882]]="" with="" no="" vibration="" exposure.="" these="" authors="" found="" increasing="" effect="" sizes,="" depending="" on="" the="" intensity="" of="" vibration="" exposure.="" the="" or="" for="" forestry="" workers="" using="" anti-vibration="" saws="" was="" 6.2="" (95%="" ci:="" 2.3-17.1);="" the="" or="" for="" workers="" using="" no="" anti-vibration="" measures="" was="" 32.3="" (95%="" ci:="" 11.2-93).="" this="" study="" also="" found="" a="" dose-response="" relationship="" to="" number="" of="" years="" exposed.="" nilsson="" et="" al.="" (1989,="" ex.="" 26-="" 1148),="" comparing="" platers="" with="" current="" vibration="" exposure="" to="" office="" workers="" in="" the="" same="" workplace,="" calculated="" an="" or="" of="" 85="" (95%="" ci:="" 15-486).="" the="" high="" ors="" in="" these="" studies="" have="" large="" confidence="" intervals="" but="" demonstrate="" the="" strength="" of="" effect="" that="" is="" characteristic="" of="" many="" vibration="" studies.="" other="" epidemiological="" studies="" demonstrate="" an="" association="" between="" vibration="" and="" work-="" related="" msds.="" most="" work="" reported="" in="" the="" health="" effects="" section="" addresses="" segmental="" vibration="" exposure="" of="" havs="" or="" occupational="" raynaud's="" syndrome.="" studies="" of="" select="" populations="" using="" vibrating="" tools="" find="" high="" concentrations="" of="" vascular="" and="" neurological="" symptoms="" compared="" to="" these="" in="" other="" working="" populations.="" examples="" include="" shipyard="" workers="" (cherniack="" et="" al.,="" 1990,="" ex.="" 26-="" 1116),="" surgeons="" (cherniack="" and="" mohr,="" 1994,="" ex.="" 26-1341),="" and="" dental="" technicians="" (hjortsburg,="" 1989,="" ex.="" 26-1131).="" the="" niosh="" summary="" also="" found="" evidence="" for="" a="" causal="" link="" between="" segmental="" vibration="" and="" cts.="" chatterjee="" et="" al.="" (1982,="" ex.="" 26-941)="" compared="" 16="" rock="" drillers="" to="" 15="" controls="" unexposed="" to="" vibration.="" the="" or="" for="" cts,="" identified="" by="" nerve="" conduction="" studies,="" was="" 10.9="" (95%="" ci:="" 1.02-524).="" weislander="" et="" al.="" (1989,="" ex.="" 26-1027),="" comparing="" 32="" male="" cts="" patients="" to="" population="" referents,="" found="" an="" or="" for="" vibrating="" tool="" use="" of="" 6.1="" (95%="" ci:="" 2.4-="" 15).="" several="" other="" studies="" have="" also="" found="" an="" association="" between="" cts="" and="" vibration="" exposure="" in="" jobs="" involving="" the="" use="" of="" vibrating="" tools,="" such="" as="" grinders="" and="" chipping="" hammers="" (e.g.,="" nathan="" et="" al.,="" 1988,="" ex.="" 26-990;="" hagberg="" et="" al.,="" 1992,="" ex.="" 8-1).="" in="" this="" literature,="" however,="" it="" is="" extremely="" difficult="" to="" separate="" the="" association="" of="" cts="" and="" vibration="" from="" the="" association="" of="" cts="" and="" the="" other="" biomechanical="" stressors="" that="" often="" are="" associated="" with="" these="" tools:="" awkward="" and="" static="" postures,="" repetition,="" and="" high="" force="" requirements.="" some="" literature="" has="" addressed="" the="" consequences="" to="" other="" body="" parts="" of="" whole-="" body="" vibration="" exposure="" to="" other="" body="" parts.="" hedlund="" (1989,="" ex.="" 26-1279)="" found="" a="" foot="" analogue="" of="" havs="" in="" miners="" exposed="" to="" whole-="" body="" and="" segmental="" vibration.="" however,="" other="" research="" suggests="" that="" foot="" symptoms="" may="" be="" a="" more="" generalized="" sympathetic="" nervous="" system="" response="" to="" segmental="" exposure="" in="" the="" upper="" extremities="" (sakakibara="" et="" al.,="" 1991,="" ex.="" 26-="" 1356).="" other="" studies="" of="" whole-body="" vibration="" have="" suggested="" links="" to="" driving.="" jensen="" et="" al.="" (1996,="" ex.="" 26-145),="" studying="" a="" cohort="" of="" more="" than="" 89,000="" drivers="" hospitalized="" for="" prolapsed="" cervical="" disks="" over="" 10="" years,="" found="" a="" standardized="" hospitalization="" ratio="" (shr)="" of="" 142="" (95%="" ci:="" 126.8-159.6),="" compared="" to="" other="" male="" workers.="" they="" also="" reported="" a="" prevalence="" ratio="" for="" self-reported="" vibration="" exposure="" of="" 7.1="" (95%="" ci:="" 4.1-11.7)="" for="" the="" drivers.="" this="" research="" did="" not="" directly="" link="" vibration="" exposure="" with="" outcomes="" of="" prolapsed="" cervical="" disk.="" laboratory="" evidence.="" short-term="" and="" long-="" term="" changes="" to="" human="" neural="" tissue="" have="" been="" demonstrated="" by="" a="" number="" of="" researchers.="" these="" effects="" include="" intraneural="" edema,="" structural="" changes="" in="" non-myelinated="" fibers,="" demyelination,="" fibrosis,="" and="" even="" loss="" of="" axons="" (takeuchi="" et="" al.,="" 1988,="" ex.="" 26-682;="" stromberg="" et="" al.,="" 1997,="" ex.="" 26-894).="" chang="" et="" al.="" (1994,="" ex.="" 26-357)="" found="" similar="" changes="" in="" rat="" peripheral="" nerves.="" finger="" biopsies="" of="" workers="" heavily="" exposed="" to="" local="" vibration="" have="" shown="" signs="" of="" significant="" endothelial="" injury="" (takeuchi="" et="" al.,="" 1986,="" ex.="" 26-681).="" in="" the="" back,="" vibration="" may="" diminish="" the="" blood="" flow="" to="" the="" intervertebral="" disks.="" this="" has="" been="" demonstrated="" by="" hirano,="" tsuji,="" and="" oshima="" (1988,="" ex.="" 26-140)="" in="" rabbit="" intervertebral="" disks="" exposed="" to="" in="" vivo="" vibration.="" this="" could="" predispose="" the="" spine="" to="" injury="" by="" reducing="" both="" the="" transport="" of="" nutrients="" to="" the="" disk="" interior="" and="" the="" degree="" of="" hydration="" necessary="" to="" support="" the="" spine="" under="" load.="" psychophysical="" studies.="" although="" the="" weighting="" curves="" established="" for="" vibration="" exposure="" rely="" heavily="" on="" perceived="" discomfort,="" no="" formal="" psychophysical="" laboratory="" work="" has="" been="" performed="" on="" vibration.="" summary:="" vibration="" and="" work-related="" msds.="" vibration="" is="" the="" one="" biomechanical="" stressor="" that="" may="" be="" able="" to="" cause="" a="" specific="" disease="" (havs)="" as="" the="" only="" exposure.="" the="" epidemiological="" evidence="" is="" considered="" strong="" for="" vibration="" as="" the="" only="" causal="" factor="" for="" this="" outcome.="" epidemiological="" evidence="" also="" exists="" for="" a="" causal="" link="" between="" vibration="" exposure="" and="" cts.="" the="" laboratory="" evidence="" supports="" these="" conclusions="" with="" findings="" of="" anatomical="" and="" physiological="" changes,="" due="" to="" segmental="" vibration,="" that="" are="" consistent="" with="" the="" symptoms="" and="" signs="" of="" havs.="" this="" congruent="" evidence="" strongly="" supports="" the="" implication="" of="" segmental="" vibration="" as="" the="" risk="" factor="" for="" the="" development="" of="" havs.="" the="" evidence="" supporting="" the="" association="" between="" whole-body="" vibration="" exposure="" and="" disk="" degeneration="" is="" not="" as="" strong,="" but="" it="" is="" suggestive.="" more="" research="" into="" this="" association="" is="" required.="" 4.="" modifying="" factors="" and="" msds="" many="" of="" the="" studies="" cited="" above="" also="" indicate="" the="" importance="" of="" the="" modifying="" factors="" in="" this="" section's="" classification="" scheme:="" intensity/magnitude,="" duration,="" temporal="" profiles,="" and="" cold="" temperatures.="" much="" of="" the="" research="" summarized="" by="" bernard="" and="" fine="" (1997,="" ex.="" 26-1)="" finds="" that="" exposures="" characterized="" by="" high="" intensity="" and/or="" duration="" are="" associated="" with="" higher="" levels="" of="" msd="" outcome="" than="" those="" with="" lower="" levels="" of="" these="" modifiers.="" these="" two="" modifiers="" are="" examined="" more="" fully="" in="" section="" c.5,="" below.="" a.="" intensity.="" intensity="" is="" included="" in="" many="" of="" the="" epidemiological="" and="" laboratory="" studies="" cited="" above.="" in="" particular,="" studies="" assessing="" the="" effects="" of="" high="" and="" low="" force="" are="" based="" in="" measures="" of="" intensity.="" the="" evidence="" for="" intensity="" as="" an="" important="" modifier="" of="" exposure="" in="" msd="" etiology="" is="" presented="" below,="" in="" section="" c.5.="" b.="" duration.="" as="" with="" intensity,="" duration="" is="" often="" the="" measure="" of="" high="" and="" low="" exposure="" in="" studies="" cited="" above.="" much="" epidemiologic="" research="" measures="" the="" hours="" of="" exposure="" and="" has="" documented="" a="" dose-response="" relationship="" between="" duration="" and="" msd="" outcomes.="" for="" example,="" brisson="" et="" al.="" (1989,="" ex.="" 26-937)="" found="" that="" the="" length="" of="" exposure="" to="" piecework="" in="" the="" garment="" industry="" was="" associated="" with="" increased="" msd="" levels.="" de="" krom="" et="" al.="" (1990,="" ex.="" 26-102)="" found="" that="" hours="" of="" exposure="" increased="" the="" association="" of="" awkward,="" flexed="" wrist="" postures="" with="" cts.="" hagberg="" et="" al.="" (1990,="" ex.="" 26-1317)="" demonstrated="" a="" duration/msd="" association="" for="" vibration="" exposure.="" kourinka="" and="" forcier="" (1995,="" ex.="" 26-432)="" summarize="" a="" collection="" of="" similar="" studies,="" all="" of="" which="" find="" that="" length="" of="" exposure,="" either="" per="" day="" or="" over="" a="" lifetime,="" increases="" the="" size="" of="" the="" association="" between="" exposure="" and="" work-related="" msd="" outcome.="" duration="" may="" be="" measured="" in="" much="" longer="" time="" spans="" than="" hours.="" anderson="" and="" felson="" (1988,="" ex.="" 26-926),="" analyzing="" the="" first="" national="" health="" and="" nutrition="" [[page="" 65883]]="" examination="" survey="" (hanes="" i)="" data,="" found="" that="" an="" increased="" risk="" of="" osteoarthritis="" related="" to="" job="" characteristics="" appeared="" only="" in="" older="" workers,="" suggesting="" that="" lifelong="" exposure="" may="" be="" a="" part="" of="" the="" etiology.="" the="" evidence="" linking="" duration="" with="" msd="" causation="" is="" presented="" in="" detail="" below,="" in="" section="" c.5.="" c.="" temporal="" profile="" (fatigue/inadequate="" recovery="" time).="" in="" general,="" repeated="" damage="" to="" body="" tissues="" without="" adequate="" recovery="" time="" for="" repair="" may="" create="" permanent="" structural="" damage.="" fatigue="" has="" been="" shown="" to="" modify="" muscle="" response="" to="" external="" load.="" as="" noted="" above,="" when="" muscles="" fatigue,="" the="" characteristics="" and="" effects="" of="" internal="" muscle="" loading="" can="" be="" changed="" in="" two="" ways.="" within="" a="" given="" muscle,="" fiber="" recruitment="" generally="" proceeds="" from="" small="" to="" large="" fibers.="" some="" small,="" slow-twitch="" fibers="" may="" be="" almost="" constantly="" in="" use="" and="" become="" fatigued="" and="" possibly="" injured,="" even="" during="" very-low-="" force="" contractions="" (see="" section="" c.3.c)="" (radwin="" and="" lavender,="" in="" nas,="" 1998,="" ex.="" 26-="" 37).="" this="" phenomenon,="" termed="" the="" ``cinderella="" fiber="" theory,''="" is="" discussed="" in="" more="" detail="" in="" later="" sections.="" this="" theory="" suggests="" one="" physiological="" reason="" that="" adequate="" rest="" cycles="" in="" work="" activities="" are="" important.="" d.="" cold="" temperatures.="" research="" has="" strongly="" linked="" cold="" to="" the="" exacerbation="" of="" effects="" due="" to="" vibration="" exposure.="" lundstrom="" and="" johansson="" (1986,="" ex.="" 26-164)="" demonstrated="" the="" reduction="" in="" mechanoreceptor="" sensitivity="" with="" combined="" exposure="" to="" vibration="" and="" cold.="" this="" was="" accompanied="" by="" an="" increase="" in="" finger="" force="" exerted="" by="" subjects,="" creating="" better="" coupling="" between="" hand="" and="" vibration="" source="" and="" increasing="" the="" amount="" of="" vibration="" absorbed="" by="" the="" upper="" extremities.="" simultaneously,="" this="" increased="" force="" is="" itself="" a="" possible="" risk="" factor="" for="" cts.="" cold="" temperatures="" may="" also="" increase="" muscle="" activation="" required="" for="" a="" given="" task.="" hammerskjold="" et="" al.="" (1992,="" ex.="" 26-957)="" found="" increased="" emg="" signals="" in="" carpenters="" after="" hand="" exposure="" to="" cold,="" as="" well="" as="" increased="" perceived="" exertion="" and="" increased="" time="" required="" to="" carry="" out="" nailing="" tasks.="" riley="" et="" al.="" (1983,="" ex.="" 26-1358)="" showed="" that="" exposure="" to="" cold="" temperatures="" resulted="" in="" decreased="" performance="" on="" an="" assembly="" task.="" the="" experimentally="" demonstrated="" decrease="" in="" strength="" and="" coordination="" of="" the="" hands="" after="" exposure="" to="" cold="" (e.g.,="" vangaard,="" 1975,="" ex.="" 26-506;="" vincent="" and="" tipton,="" 1988,="" ex.="" 26-592)="" may="" be="" the="" mechanism="" through="" which="" greater="" force="" requirements="" are="" made="" on="" muscles="" and="" tendons,="" causing="" or="" exacerbating="" msds.="" e.="" summary:="" modifiers="" and="" work-related="" msds.="" the="" evidence="" for="" the="" effects="" of="" these="" modifying="" factors="" is="" contained="" within="" each="" risk="" factor="" section,="" as="" well="" as="" in="" the="" brief="" review="" above.="" section="" c.5="" below="" explores="" the="" evidence="" for="" the="" roles="" of="" intensity="" and="" duration="" in="" modifying="" the="" relationship="" of="" stressors="" to="" msd="" outcomes.="" this="" evidence="" makes="" a="" strong="" case="" for="" the="" impact="" that="" each="" of="" these="" workplace="" modifiers="" has="" on="" the="" way="" the="" body="" tissues="" receive="" a="" given="" ``dose''="" of="" a="" biomechanical="" stressor="" and="" the="" way="" in="" which="" that="" tissue="" can="" process,="" repair,="" and="" recover="" from="" this="" dose.="" 5.="" evidence="" for="" the="" relationships="" between="" exposure="" intensity="" and="" msd="" prevalence="" this="" section="" reviews="" studies="" designed="" to="" examine="" the="" relationships="" between="" intensity="" and/or="" duration="" of="" exposure="" to="" workplace="" risk="" factors="" and="" the="" magnitude="" of="" the="" risk="" for="" developing="" a="" work-related="" msd="" (typically="" measured="" as="" an="" or).="" in="" this="" capacity,="" the="" section="" reviews="" some="" of="" the="" studies="" presented="" above="" in="" greater="" detail.="" data="" demonstrating="" a="" positive="" relationship="" between="" exposure="" and="" response="" provide="" evidence="" for="" a="" causal="" relationship="" between="" exposure="" to="" the="" hazard="" in="" the="" workplace="" and="" an="" increase="" in="" the="" occurrence="" and/or="" severity="" of="" the="" adverse="" response.="" often,="" regression="" analysis="" is="" used="" to="" verify="" that="" the="" relationship="" is="" statistically="" significant="" even="" when="" potential="" confounding="" factors,="" such="" as="" gender="" and="" age,="" are="" taken="" into="" consideration.="" the="" strength="" of="" the="" association="" between="" exposure="" and="" response="" is="" reflected="" in="" the="" slope="" of="" the="" exposure-="" response="" curve;="" as="" the="" slope="" increases,="" the="" strength="" of="" the="" association="" increases="" and="" provides="" greater="" evidence="" of="" a="" causal="" relationship="" between="" exposure="" to="" the="" hazard="" of="" interest="" and="" increased="" risk="" of="" injury="" or="" illness.="" generalized="" models="" do="" not="" exist="" that="" would="" permit="" osha="" to="" use="" these="" data="" to="" quantify="" risk="" across="" all="" working="" populations.="" nevertheless,="" these="" studies="" are="" useful="" to="" illustrate="" the="" extent="" to="" which="" risk="" can="" be="" reduced="" by="" reducing="" the="" intensity="" and="" duration="" of="" exposures="" to="" workplace="" risk="" factors.="" the="" relationship="" between="" duration="" of="" exposure="" to="" workplace="" risk="" factors="" and="" prevalence="" of="" msds="" has="" been="" demonstrated="" in="" numerous="" studies.="" for="" example,="" the="" 1988="" occupational="" health="" supplement="" to="" the="" national="" health="" interview="" survey="" (nhis-ohs)="" conducted="" by="" the="" national="" center="" for="" health="" statistics="" (nchs)="" showed="" a="" clear="" dose-="" response="" relationship="" between="" hours="" engaged="" in="" manual="" handling="" and="" episodes="" of="" back="" pain="" lasting="" 7="" days="" or="" longer.="" nchs="" interviewed="" 27,408="" currently="" employed="" workers="" between="" 18="" and="" 64="" years="" of="" age="" to="" gather="" information="" on="" the="" health="" conditions="" of="" the="" currently="" employed="" noninstitutionalized="" civilian="" population="" and="" to="" develop="" weighted="" national="" estimates="" of="" the="" incidence="" of="" health="" conditions,="" including="" episodes="" of="" back="" pain,="" known="" to="" occur="" in="" association="" with="" employment.="" all="" estimates="" were="" based="" on="" self-="" reports.="" niosh="" (exs.="" 26-1104,="" 26-1105,="" 26-1106)="" used="" the="" nchs="" data="" to="" develop="" weighted="" national="" estimates="" of="" the="" number="" of="" currently="" employed="" workers="" by="" the="" status="" of="" back="" pain="" episodes="" lasting="" 1="" week="" or="" longer,="" and="" by="" number="" of="" hours="" exposed="" to="" some="" of="" the="" workplace="" risk="" factors="" associated="" with="" msds="" of="" the="" back:="" strenuous="" physical="" activity="" and="" repeated="" bending,="" twisting,="" or="" reaching.="" exposure="" was="" divided="" into="" categories="" of="" 0="" hours,="" 0="" to="" less="" than="" 2="" hours,="" 2="" to="" less="" than="" 4="" hours,="" 4="" to="" less="" than="" 6="" hours,="" 6="" to="" less="" than="" 8="" hours,="" and="" 8="" hours="" or="" more.="" of="" particular="" interest="" were:=""> The number of currently employed 
    workers experiencing no episodes of back 
    pain.
        The number of currently employed 
    workers experiencing an episode of back pain 
    lasting 1 week or longer due to repeated 
    activities at their current or most recent 
    job and not due to any accident.
    
    With these data categorized by hours of 
    exposure to workplace risk factors, ORs could 
    be calculated for episodes of back pain due 
    to repeated activities at work for each of 
    the exposure categories and each of the 
    workplace risk factors considered.
       Table V-3 presents the estimated number of 
    currently employed workers engaged in 
    strenuous physical activity such as lifting, 
    pushing, or pulling heavy objects. Table V-4 
    presents the estimated number of currently 
    employed workers engaged in repeated bending, 
    twisting, or reaching. In each table the 
    estimated numbers are broken down by hours 
    per day engaged in each of the work 
    activities, and by back pain status (either 
    none or an episode lasting at least 1 week 
    due to repeated activities at a current or 
    most recent job and not due to any accident). 
    In addition, ORs are presented.
    
    [[Page 65884]]
    
       The ORs in Table V-3 clearly indicate that 
    exposure to strenuous physical activity 
    increases the risk of episodes of back pain. 
    The data show a clear positive exposure-
    response trend: the risk of episodes of back 
    pain increases with an increase in the daily 
    number of hours engaged in strenuous physical 
    activity. Table V-4 shows the same results: 
    the risk of episodes of back pain increases 
    as the number of hours engaged in repeated 
    bending, twisting, or reaching increases. 
    These results are shown graphically in Figure 
    V-1. They indicate that the risk of severe 
    back pain can be reduced substantially by 
    reducing the daily duration of exposure to 
    these risk factors. For example, the risk can 
    be reduced by about half if exposure to these 
    risk factors is reduced from 6 to 8 hours to 
    2 hours or less per day.
       Table V-3 shows that for some exposure 
    categories, the ORs do not increase as 
    exposure increases. The OR for workers 
    engaged in strenuous physical activity for 6 
    to 8 hours is lower than the OR for workers 
    engaged in strenuous physical activity for 4 
    to 6 hours. This deviation from an increasing 
    trend, however, does not mean that there is 
    no such trend. NIOSH used its estimated 
    numbers to conduct a logistic regression of 
    episodes of back pain on duration of 
    exposure, adjusting for age and gender. The 
    parameter estimates for each of the two types 
    of exposure were positive and highly 
    statistically significant (p < .01).="" this="" means="" that="" the="" increasing="" trend="" observed="" in="" the="" relationships="" between="" episodes="" of="" back="" pain="" and="" duration="" of="" each="" type="" of="" exposure="" is="" statistically="" significant.="" table="" v-3.--estimated="" number="" of="" currently="" employed="" workers="" engaged="" in="" strenuous="" physical="" activity="" such="" as="" lifting,="" pushing,="" or="" pulling="" heavy="" objects,="" by="" duration="" and="" back="" pain="" status="" \1\="" ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------="" back="" pain="" ----------------------------------------------------------="" none="" at="" least="" 1="" week="" due="" to="" hours="" engaged="" -----------------------------="" repeated="" activities="" at="" work="" percent="" odds="" ratio="" \3\="" \4\="" #="" %="" \5\="" -----------------------------="" #="" %="" \5\="" ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------="" 0="" 70.960,000="" 71.7="" 1,233,700="" 26.8="" 1.7="" 1.00="" ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------="" 0-2="" 7,431,700="" 7.5="" 549,200="" 11.9="" 6.9="" 4.25="" ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------="" 2-4="" 5,776,000="" 5.8="" 566,100="" 12.3="" 8.9="" 5.64="" ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------="" 4-6="" 4,955,800="" 5.0="" 749,500="" 16.3="" 13.1="" 8.70="" ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------="" 6-8="" 3,235,600="" 3.3="" 431,800="" 9.4="" 11.8="" 7.68="" ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------="" over="" 8="" 6,669,300="" 6.7="" 1,072,200="" 23.3="" 13.9="" 9.25="" ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------="" total="" 99,028,400="" 4,602,500="" 4.4="" ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------="" \1\="" numbers="" estimated="" by="" niosh="" using="" data="" from="" the="" 1988="" nhis-ohs="" conducted="" by="" nchs="" (exs.="" 26-1104,="" 26-1105,="" 26-="" 1106).="" \2\="" estimated="" number="" of="" currently="" employed="" workers="" experiencing="" no="" episodes="" of="" back="" pain="" every="" day="" for="" 1="" week="" or="" more="" during="" the="" 12="" months="" prior="" to="" the="" survey.="" \3\="" estimated="" number="" of="" currently="" employed="" workers="" experiencing="" an="" episode="" of="" back="" pain="" every="" day="" for="" 1="" week="" or="" more="" due="" to="" repeated="" activities="" at="" their="" current="" or="" most="" recent="" job="" during="" the="" 12="" months="" prior="" to="" the="" survey.="" \4\="" the="" odds="" ratio="" approximates="" the="" risk="" of="" an="" episode="" of="" back="" pain="" lasting="" 1="" week="" or="" more="" due="" to="" repeated="" activities="" at="" work="" for="" workers="" engaged="" in="" strenuous="" physical="" activity="" such="" as="" listing,="" pushing,="" or="" pulling="" relative="" to="" the="" risk="" of="" an="" episode="" of="" back="" pain="" for="" workers="" with="" no="" such="" exposure.="" \5\="" percentage="" may="" not="" add="" to="" 100="" due="" to="" rounding.="" table="" v-4.--estimated="" number="" of="" currently="" employed="" workers="" engaged="" in="" repeated="" bending,="" twisting,="" or="" reaching,="" by="" duration="" and="" back="" pain="" status="" \1\="" ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------="" back="" pain="" ----------------------------------------------------------="" none="" at="" least="" 1="" week="" due="" to="" hours="" engaged="" -----------------------------="" repeated="" activities="" at="" work="" percent="" odds="" ratio="" \3\="" \4\="" #="" %="" \5\="" -----------------------------="" #="" %="" \5\="" ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------="" 0="" 57,020,000="" 58.1="" 501,100="" 11.0="" 0.9="" 1.00="" ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------="" 0-2="" 5,664,100="" 5.8="" 288,200="" 6.3="" 4.8="" 5.79="" ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------="" 2-4="" 7,478,000="" 7.6="" 553,500="" 12.2="" 6.9="" 8.42="" ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------="" 4-6="" 8,088,800="" 8.2="" 736,600="" 16.2="" 8.3="" 10.36="" ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------="" 6-8="" 6,556,800="" 6.7="" 766,500="" 16.9="" 10.5="" 13.30="" ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------="" [[page="" 65885]]="" over="" 8="" 13,340,000="" 13.6="" 1,697,100="" 37.4="" 11.3="" 14.08="" ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------="" total="" 98,148,600="" 4,543,000="" 7.1="" ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------="" \1\="" numbers="" estimated="" by="" niosh="" using="" data="" from="" the="" 1988="" nhis-ohs="" conducted="" by="" nchs="" (exs.="" 26-1104,="" 26-1105,="" 26-="" 1106).="" \2\="" estimated="" number="" of="" currently="" employed="" workers="" experiencing="" no="" episodes="" of="" back="" pain="" every="" day="" for="" 1="" week="" or="" more="" during="" the="" 12="" months="" prior="" to="" survey.="" \3\="" estimated="" number="" of="" currently="" employed="" workers="" experiencing="" an="" episode="" of="" back="" pain="" every="" day="" for="" 1="" week="" or="" more="" due="" to="" repeated="" activities="" at="" their="" current="" or="" most="" recent="" job="" during="" the="" 12="" months="" prior="" to="" the="" survey.="" \4\="" the="" odds="" ratio="" approximates="" the="" risk="" of="" an="" episode="" of="" back="" pain="" lasting="" 1="" week="" or="" more="" due="" to="" repeated="" activities="" at="" work="" for="" workers="" engaged="" in="" repeated="" bending,="" twisting,="" or="" reaching="" relative="" to="" the="" risk="" of="" an="" episode="" of="" back="" pain="" for="" workers="" with="" no="" such="" exposure.="" \5\="" percentage="" may="" not="" add="" to="" 100="" due="" to="" rounding.="" billing="" code="" 4510-26-p="" [[page="" 65886]]="" [graphic]="" [tiff="" omitted]="" tp23no99.000="" billing="" code="" 4510-26-c="" [[page="" 65887]]="" the="" ors="" calculated="" from="" the="" data="" provided="" by="" niosh="" are="" very="" conservative.="" it="" is="" highly="" likely="" they="" underestimate="" the="" true="" ors="" for="" the="" currently="" employed="" population.="" only="" workers="" suffering="" episodes="" of="" back="" pain="" due="" to="" repeated="" activities="" at="" their="" current="" or="" most="" recent="" job="" are="" included.="" workers="" who="" suffered="" episodes="" of="" back="" pain="" at="" a="" previous="" job="" are="" excluded.="" workers="" who="" suffered="" episodes="" of="" back="" pain="" due="" to="" repeated="" activities="" on="" the="" job="" and="" due="" to="" an="" accident="" are="" also="" excluded.="" finally,="" as="" observed="" by="" bernard="" et="" al.="" (1993,="" ex.="" 26-439),="" workers="" tend="" to="" overestimate="" the="" amount="" of="" time="" they="" spend="" daily="" at="" specific="" activities,="" particularly="" when="" such="" activities="" are="" hard="" and/or="" painful.="" therefore,="" exposure="" is="" likely="" to="" be="" overestimated,="" meaning="" that="" risks="" at="" the="" lower="" exposure="" levels="" are="" likely="" to="" be="" underestimated.="" despite="" the="" limitations="" of="" this="" analysis,="" the="" nchs="" data="" clearly="" show="" a="" relationship="" between="" episodes="" of="" back="" pain="" lasting="" 1="" week="" or="" longer="" and="" duration="" of="" exposure="" to="" workplace="" risk="" factors.="" a="" similar="" analysis="" was="" conducted="" by="" punnett="" et="" al.="" (1991,="" ex.="" 26-39),="" using="" data="" from="" a="" case-control="" study="" of="" automobile="" assembly="" workers.="" to="" determine="" the="" relationship="" between="" back="" disorders="" and="" both="" postural="" stress="" and="" daily="" duration="" of="" exposure,="" the="" authors="" estimated="" the="" ors="" from="" a="" logistic="" regression="" analysis.="" duration="" of="" exposure="" was="" divided="" into="" two="" categories:="" 0="" to="" 10%="" of="" cycle="" time="" and="" 10%="" or="" more="" of="" cycle="" time.="" three="" types="" of="" postural="" stress="" were="" examined:="" any="" postural="" stress,="" mild="" flexion,="" and="" severe="" flexion.="" the="" results="" of="" this="" study,="" presented="" in="" table="" v-5="" and="" figure="" v-2,="" show="" that="" for="" any="" postural="" stress="" and="" for="" mild="" flexion,="" the="" risk="" of="" back="" disorders="" was="" approximately="" 1.4="" times="" greater="" for="" workers="" exposed="" for="" 10%="" or="" more="" of="" cycle="" time="" compared="" to="" workers="" exposed="" less="" than="" 10%="" of="" cycle="" time.="" for="" severe="" flexion,="" the="" risk="" of="" back="" disorders="" was="" approximately="" 2="" times="" greater="" for="" workers="" exposed="" for="" 10%="" or="" more="" of="" cycle="" time="" than="" it="" was="" for="" workers="" exposed="" less="" than="" 10%="" of="" cycle="" time.="" the="" greatest="" increase="" in="" risk="" was="" seen="" among="" workers="" exposed="" to="" severe="" trunk="" flexion="" for="" more="" than="" 10%="" of="" cycle="" time="" (or="8.9" compared="" to="" unexposed="" workers).="" thus,="" this="" study="" suggests="" that="" reductions="" in="" severity="" or="" duration="" of="" exposure="" to="" awkward="" trunk="" postures,="" even="" where="" exposure="" cannot="" be="" eliminated,="" may="" reduce="" risk="" of="" back="" disorders="" up="" to="" 2-fold.="" holmstrom,="" lindell,="" and="" moritz="" (1992,="" ex.="" 26-36)="" estimated="" age-standardized="" prevalence="" rate="" ratios="" to="" examine="" the="" relationship="" between="" duration="" of="" exposure="" to="" different="" working="" postures="" and="" low-back="" and="" neck/="" shoulder="" pain="" in="" construction="" workers.="" age="" standardization="" ia="" a="" statistical="" approach="" that="" controls="" for="" the="" effect="" of="" age="" on="" the="" health="" outcome="" being="" studied.="" this="" is="" usually="" done="" by="" selecting="" control="" subjects="" that="" match="" the="" ages="" of="" the="" individuals="" in="" the="" study="" cohort,="" or="" by="" using="" standardized="" illness="" rates="" for="" local="" or="" national="" populations.="" controlling="" for="" age="" permits="" the="" investigator="" to="" compare="" the="" effect="" of="" age="" on="" the="" health="" outcome="" of="" interest="" with="" the="" effect="" of="" other="" variables,="" such="" as="" degree="" of="" exposure="" to="" a="" hazard.="" the="" age-standardized="" prevalence="" ratio="" is="" comparable="" to="" an="" age-adjusted="" odds="" ratio.="" table="" v-5.--estimated="" odds="" of="" back="" disorders="" in="" workers="" with="" varying="" durations="" and="" severities="" of="" exposure="" \1\="" ------------------------------------------------------------------------="" percent="" of="" cycle="" trunk="" posture="" time="" odds="" ratio="" ------------------------------------------------------------------------="" any="" posture="" 0-10%="" 3.8="" ---------------------------------------="">10%                 5.5
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Mild Flexion                               0 to 10%                 4.2
                                     ---------------------------------------
                                                   >10%                 6.1
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Severe Flexion                             0 to 10%                 4.4
                                     ---------------------------------------
                                                   >10%                 8.9
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    \1\ Punnett et al., 1991, Ex. 26-39.
    
    
    BILLING CODE 4510-26-P
    
    [[Page 65888]]
    
    [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP23NO99.001
    
    
    
    BILLING CODE 4510-26-C
    
    [[Page 65889]]
    
       The results of the Holmstrom study are 
    presented in Tables V-6 and V-7, and in 
    Figure V-3. Three working postures were found 
    to be associated with low-back pain: hands 
    above shoulder level, stooping, and kneeling. 
    In each case, the risk of severe back pain 
    increases with exposure, with the largest 
    increases in risk being associated with more 
    than 4 hours per day of exposure to kneeling 
    or stooping. Table V-6 shows that the 
    greatest risk, associated with kneeling more 
    than 4 hours per day, is 3.5 times greater 
    among exposed workers than among workers with 
    no exposure. These three working positions 
    are also associated with considerable neck/
    shoulder pain. For this outcome, risk 
    increases with duration of exposure as well. 
    Table V-7 shows that for neck/shoulder pain, 
    however, the greatest risk is associated with 
    a posture of hands above shoulder level for 
    more than 4 hours per day.
    
        Table V-6.--Estimated Prevalence Rate Ratios of Severe Low-Back Pain in Construction Workers Engaged in a
                                    Variety of Postures, by Duration of Exposure \1\
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                       HOURS OF
                               POSTURE                               EXPOSURE PER     ODDS  RATIOS      CONFIDENCE
                                                                         DAY                             INTERVAL
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Hands Above Shoulder Level                                                 <1 1.09="" 0.8-1.5="" --------------------------------------------------="" 1-4="" 1.46="" 1.1-2.0="" --------------------------------------------------="">4             1.61          1.0-2.6
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Stooping                                                                   <1 1.31="" 0.9-1.8="" --------------------------------------------------="" 1-4="" 1.88="" 1.4-2.6="" --------------------------------------------------="">4             2.61          1.7-3.8
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Kneeling                                                                   <1 2.4="" 1.7-3.3="" --------------------------------------------------="" 1-4="" 2.6="" 1.9-3.5="" --------------------------------------------------="">4             3.5           2.4-4.9
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    \1\ Holmstrom, Lindell, and Moritz, 1992, Ex. 26-36.
    
    
     Table V-7.--Estimated Prevalence Rate Ratios of Neck/Shoulder Pain in Construction Workers Engaged in a Variety
                                        of Postures, by Duration of Exposure \1\
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                       HOURS OF
                               POSTURE                               EXPOSURE PER     ODDS  RATIOS      CONFIDENCE
                                                                         DAY                             INTERVAL
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Hands Above Shoulder Level                                                 <1 1.1="" 0.8-1.5="" --------------------------------------------------="" 1-4="" 1.5="" 1.2-1.9="" --------------------------------------------------="">4              2.0          1.4-2.7
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Stooping                                                                   <1 1.0="" 0.8-1.3="" --------------------------------------------------="" 1-4="" 1.4="" 1.1-1.8="" --------------------------------------------------="">4              1.5          1.1-2.1
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Kneeling                                                                   <1 1.4="" 1.1-1.8="" --------------------------------------------------="" 1-4="" 1.4="" 1.1-1.8="" --------------------------------------------------="">4              1.5          1.1-2.1
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    \1\ Holmstrom, Lindell, and Moritz, 1992, Ex. 26-36.
    
    
    BILLING CODE 4510-26-P
    
    [[Page 65890]]
    
    [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP23NO99.002
    
    
    
    BILLING CODE 4510-26-C
    
    [[Page 65891]]
    
       A prospective study by Liles et al. (1984, 
    Ex. 26-33) demonstrated a clear relationship 
    between intensity of exposure to manual 
    handling risk factors and incidence of both 
    total and lost-work-day back injuries. The 
    study is unusual in that healthy workers were 
    followed for over 1 year to determine the 
    annual rate of back disorders. Exposure to 
    manual handling risk factors was measured 
    using a job severity index (JSI). A JSI is a 
    measure of musculoskeletal strain based on 
    weight handled, frequency of lifting, and a 
    worker's physical capacity for lifting. A JSI 
    of 1 or less means that the work task 
    involved handling loads at or less than the 
    worker's physical capacity for lifting. There 
    was no apparent increase in either total or 
    lost-work-day back injuries among workers 
    whose jobs scored below a JSI of 1.5. Above 
    this level, both total and lost-work-day 
    injury rates increased dramatically, about 5-
    fold. The authors interpreted this finding as 
    indicating that there is a threshold exposure 
    level for back injuries due to manual 
    handling and that back injuries can be 
    expected to increase when workers handle 
    loads exceeding their capacities by 50%. 
    These data also suggest that back injury 
    rates can be reduced by as much as 5-fold in 
    manual handling tasks if they are designed to 
    impart a physical load below 1.5 times the 
    physical capacity of the worker, either by 
    reducing duration of exposure or by reducing 
    load weights or geometries. Figure V-4 
    graphically presents the relationship between 
    the JSI and back injury rates.
       Exposure-response relationships have also 
    been demonstrated for upper-extremity MSDs. 
    As with back disorders, studies have 
    demonstrated that the risk of these illnesses 
    increases dramatically with increasing daily 
    duration of exposure to risk factors. For 
    example, de Krom et al. (1990, Ex. 26-102) 
    used ORs from a case-control study to assess 
    the relationship between duration of exposure 
    and MSDs. The authors estimated ORs from a 
    logistic regression analysis that controlled 
    for sex, age, and the interaction between age 
    and sex to determine whether there was a 
    relationship between CTS and the amount of 
    time workers were engaged weekly in 
    activities requiring a flexed wrist position, 
    and between CTS and the amount of time 
    workers were engaged weekly in activities 
    requiring an extended wrist position. The 
    results of this study, presented in Table V-8 
    and in Figure V-5, show that for both of 
    these workplace risk factors--activities 
    requiring a flexed wrist position and 
    activities requiring an extended wrist 
    position--the risk of CTS clearly increases 
    as the number of hours spent each week in 
    these activities increases.
    
       Table V-8.--Estimated Odds of Carpal Tunnel Syndrome in Workers Engaged in Flexed Wrist and Extended Wrist
                                         Activities, by Duration of Exposure \1\
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                          HOURS OF  EXPOSURE                          CONFIDENCE
                          ACTIVITY                             PER WEEK           ODDS RATIOS          INTERVAL
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Flexed Wrist                                                          0                 1.0
                                                         -----------------------------------------------------------
                                                                        1-7                 1.5             1.3-1.9
                                                         -----------------------------------------------------------
                                                                       8-19                 3.0             1.8-4.9
                                                         -----------------------------------------------------------
                                                                      20-40                 8.7            3.1-24.1
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Extended Wrist                                                        0                 1.0
                                                         -----------------------------------------------------------
                                                                        1-7                 1.4             1.0-1.9
                                                         -----------------------------------------------------------
                                                                       8-19                 2.3             1.0-5.2
                                                         -----------------------------------------------------------
                                                                      20-40                 5.4            1.1-27.4
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    \1\ de Krom et al., 1990, Ex. 26-102.
    
    
    BILLING CODE 4510-26-P
    
    [[Page 65892]]
    
    [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP23NO99.003
    
    
    
    [[Page 65893]]
    
    [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP23NO99.004
    
    
    
    BILLING CODE 4510-26-C
    
    [[Page 65894]]
    
       For workers engaged in activities 
    requiring flexed wrists for as few as 8 to 19 
    hours per week (averaging approximately 1.5 
    to 4 hours per day), the odds of suffering 
    CTS were three times greater than for workers 
    engaged in activities that did not require 
    flexed wrists. In contrast, the odds of 
    suffering CTS in workers with average daily 
    exposure to activities requiring flexed 
    wrists in excess of 4 hours per day was 8.7 
    times greater than in workers with no 
    exposure, or almost 3 times greater than for 
    workers exposed less than 4 hours per day. 
    Similarly, for workers engaged in activities 
    requiring extended wrists for as few as 8 to 
    19 hours per week, the odds of suffering CTS 
    were 2.3 times greater than for workers 
    engaged in activities that did not require 
    extended wrists. The odds of suffering CTS in 
    workers with average daily exposure to 
    activities requiring flexed wrists in excess 
    of 4 hours per day was 5.4 times greater than 
    in workers with no exposure. Thus, for 
    workers engaged in tasks involving flexed or 
    extended wrists for more than 4 hours daily, 
    this study suggests that the risk of CTS can 
    be reduced 2- to 3-fold by reducing daily 
    exposure to less than 4 hours.
       The duration of exposure to workplace risk 
    factors is not the only factor associated 
    with increased risk of work-related MSDs. 
    Exposure to multiple workplace risk factors 
    has also been found to be associated with 
    increased risk. For example, in a study of 
    workers at six industrial sites, Silverstein 
    et al. (1986, Ex. 26-1404) studied the 
    relationship between hand/wrist cumulative 
    trauma disorders and exposure to activities 
    requiring low force and low repetition, high 
    force and low repetition, low force and high 
    repetition, and high force and high 
    repetition. Using logistic regression 
    analysis to estimate ORs, these authors 
    reported that the odds of suffering hand/
    wrist cumulative trauma disorders were 1.0 
    for workers engaged in low-force and low-
    repetition activity (i.e., the control 
    group), 3.3 for workers engaged in low-force 
    and high-repetition activity, 5.2 for workers 
    engaged in high-force and low-repetition 
    activity, and 29.1 for workers engaged in 
    high-force and high-repetition activity (see 
    Figure V-6).
    
    BILLING CODE 4510-26-P 
    
    [[Page 65895]]
    
    [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP23NO99.005
    
    
    
    BILLING CODE 4510-26-C
    
    [[Page 65896]]
    
       Similar findings for CTS were reported for 
    workers in seven industrial sites (also shown 
    in Figure V-6). Using logistic regression 
    analysis to estimate ORs, these authors 
    reported that the odds of suffering CTS were 
    1.0 for workers engaged in low-force and low-
    repetition activity (i.e., the control 
    group), 1.8 for workers engaged in high-force 
    and low-repetition activity, 2.7 for workers 
    engaged in low-force and high-repetition 
    activity, and 15.5 for workers engaged in 
    high-force and high repetition activity. 
    Thus, the risk to workers exposed to two risk 
    factors (high repetition and high force) was 
    7 to almost 10 times higher than the risk to 
    workers exposed to only one risk factor. 
    These data also suggest that risk increases 
    more than linearly with increasing duration 
    or intensity of exposure. Moore and Garg 
    (1994, Ex. 26-1033) reported a similar 
    finding among meat processing workers at risk 
    for upper-extremity disorders. They found 
    that the incidence of all upper-extremity 
    disorders increased by the square of the 
    amount of hand force applied in the job.
       Loslever and Ranaivosoa (1993, Ex. 26-161) 
    examined 17 jobs at high risk for CTS. For 
    each job, they measured the amount of time 
    the workers spent with flexed or extended 
    wrists, the degree of flexion or extension, 
    and the amount of force exerted. They found 
    that the prevalence across jobs of CTS in 
    both wrists increased in a dose-dependent 
    manner as the combined exposure to force and 
    flexion across jobs increased. In addition, 
    the combination of force and flexion 
    explained approximately 39% of the total 
    variation in the prevalence of bilateral CTS 
    across jobs.
       Other supporting evidence for the 
    existence of exposure-response relationships 
    for upper-extremity disorders includes 
    studies by Viikari-Juntura et al. (1994, Ex. 
    26-873) of neck disorders among machine 
    operators, construction carpenters, and 
    office workers, and a case-control study by 
    English et al. (1995, Ex. 26-848) showing an 
    exposure-response relationship between the 
    rate of wrist flexion/extension and the ORs 
    for disorders of the thumb.
       Punnett (1998, Ex. 26-442) conducted a 
    cross-sectional study in an automobile 
    stamping plant and an engine assembly plant 
    using an exposure-scoring protocol that 
    reflected the intensity and duration of 
    exposure to any of several workplace risk 
    factors (e.g., lifting/lowering, pushing/
    pulling, repetitive hand motion, awkward 
    postures). The total exposure score had a 
    possible range from 0 to 25 and was divided 
    into quartiles, as indicated in Tables V-9 
    and V-10. The results are quite consistent, 
    indicating that regardless of whether a case 
    was defined by a physical examination or by 
    self-reported symptoms, the prevalence of 
    illness increased in a dose-dependent manner 
    through exposure levels 13 to 18. Above that 
    level, prevalence appears to hit a plateau. 
    The author suggests that this plateau may be 
    due to a ``healthy worker'' effect. By this 
    she means that exposures at this level are so 
    severe that workers move out of these jobs 
    quickly, either to other jobs or to 
    disability status. As a result of this 
    relatively high turnover, healthy workers are 
    frequently moved into these jobs. Thus the 
    observed prevalence does not conform to a 
    monotonic dose-response model.
    
                                         Table V-9.--Prevalence Ratios for MSDs
                                                [Based on Physical Exam]
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      EXPOSURE SCORE BASED ON
             CHECKLIST             SHOULDER/UPPER-ARM MSDs          HAND/WRIST MSDs        ALL UPPER- EXTREMITY MSDs
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     0-6                            1.0                         1.0                         1.0
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                      7-12                          2.6                         1.9                         2.0
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     13-18                          3.6                         2.4                         2.6
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     19-25                          2.3                         2.3                         2.8
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    
                                         Table V-10.--Prevalence Ratios for MSDs
                                              [Based on Symptom Reporting]
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      EXPOSURE SCORE BASED ON
             CHECKLIST             SHOULDER/UPPER-ARM MSDs          HAND/WRIST MSDs        ALL UPPER- EXTREMITY MSDs
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     0-6                            1.0                         1.0                         1.0
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                      7-12                          2.5                         2.0                         1.8
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     13-18                          3.8                         2.5                         2.4
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     19-25                          3.5                         2.5                         2.3
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Source: Punnett, 1998, Ex. 26-442.
    
       Taken together, these studies provide 
    compelling evidence of a causal relationship 
    between exposure to workplace risk factors 
    and an increased risk of developing MSDs. 
    Furthermore, these studies demonstrate that 
    the risk of work-related MSD can be 
    substantially reduced by reducing the 
    frequency or duration of exposure to any 
    workplace risk factor, and by reducing the 
    number of workplace risk factors to which 
    workers are exposed.
    
    
    6. Summary
    
       The evidence summarized in this section is 
    convincing and consistent. Studies from very 
    different research traditions, and 
    incorporating very different research
    
    [[Page 65897]]
    
    methodologies, strongly support the causal 
    association of force, awkward postures, 
    static postures, repetition, and vibration 
    with work-related MSD outcomes. The evidence 
    also strongly supports the effects of the 
    four modifying factors on the impact of the 
    exposures and the body's ability to repair 
    the damage. The evidence is less strong in 
    the case of external compression and dynamic 
    factors, partly because of a relative 
    shortage of studies in these areas. But the 
    evidence that does exist is congruent.
       In sum, although not all the 
    epidemiological studies reviewed demonstrate 
    significant associations, the overwhelming 
    majority justify a conclusion that the risk 
    factors noted in this section, with effects 
    adjusted by the four modifying factors, cause 
    or exacerbate work-related MSDs. The 
    laboratory evidence in each case provides 
    plausible and demonstrable biologic 
    mechanisms through which these exposures can 
    cause the anatomical and physiological 
    changes characteristic of these disorders. 
    The psychophysical evidence, relying on 
    research that has linked subjective reports 
    of fatigue, discomfort, and exertion to 
    measurable disease rates in industry, further 
    strengthens this conclusion.
    
    
    7. References
    
      1. Aaras, A., Horgen, G., Bjorset, H.H., 
    Ro, O., Thoresen, M. (1998). Musculoskeletal, 
    visual and psychosocial stress in VDU 
    operators before and after multidisciplinary 
    ergonomic interventions. Applied Ergonomics, 
    29(5):335-354.
      2. Adams, M.A., Hutton, W.C., Stott, J.R.R. 
    (1980). The resistance to flexion of the 
    lumbar intervertebral joint. Spine, 5(3):245-
    253.
      3. Adams, M.A., Hutton, W.C. (1982). 
    Prolapsed intervertebral disc: a hyperflexion 
    injury. Spine, 7:184-191.
      4. Adams, M.A., Hutton, W.C. (1985). 
    Gradual disc prolapse. Spine, 10:524-531.
      5. Aguayo, A.J. (1975). Neuropathy Due to 
    Compression and Entrapment. In: Dyck, P.J., 
    Thomas, P.K., Lambert, E.H., eds. Peripheral 
    Neuropathy. Philadelphia: W.B. Saunders Co., 
    pp. 688-713.
      6. American National Standards Institute. 
    (1997). ANSI Z-365 Control of Work-Related 
    Cumulative trauma Disorders (Draft). New 
    York: ANSI.
      7. Anderson, J.J., Felson, D.T. (1988). 
    Factors associated with osteoarthritis of the 
    knee in the First National Health and 
    Nutrition Examination Survey (HANES I): 
    evidence for an association with overweight, 
    race, and physical demands of work. American 
    Journal of Epidemiology, 128(1):179-189.
      8. Armstrong, T.J., Castelli, W.A., Evans, 
    F.G., Diaz-Perez, R. (1984). Some 
    histological changes in carpal tunnel 
    contents and heir biomechanical implications. 
    Journal of Occupational Medicine, 26(3):197-
    201.
      9. Ashton-Miller, J.A. (1998). Response of 
    Muscle and Tendon to Injury and Overuse. In: 
    National Academy of Sciences. Work-Related 
    Musculoskeletal Disorders: The Research Base. 
    Washington, DC: National Academy Press.
      10. Backman, C., Boquist, L., Friden, J., 
    Lorentzon, T., Toolanen, G. (1990). Chronic 
    achilles paratenonitis with tendinosis: an 
    experimental model in the rabbit. Journal of 
    Orthopaedic Research, 8:541-547.
      11. Bernard, B., Fine, L., eds. (1997). 
    Musculoskeletal Disorders and Workplace 
    Factors. Cincinnati, OH: U.S. Department of 
    Health and Human Services, Public Health 
    Service, Centers for Disease Control, 
    National Institute for Occupational Safety 
    and Health. DHHS (NIOSH) Publication #97-141.
      12. Bernard, B., Sauter, S., Petersen, M., 
    Fine, L., Hales, T. (1993). Health Hazard 
    Evaluation Report. Los Angeles Times, Los 
    Angeles, California. U.S. Department of 
    Health and Human Services, Public Health 
    Service, Centers for Disease Control, 
    National Institute for Occupational Safety 
    and Health. HETA Publication #90-013-2277.
      13. Bjelle, A., Hagberg, M., Michaelsson, 
    G. (1979). Clinical and ergonomic factors in 
    prolonged shoulder pain among industrial 
    workers. Scandinavian Journal of Work, 
    Environment and Health, 5:205-210.
      14. Borg, G.A.V. (1982). Psychophysical 
    bases of perceived exertion. Medicine and 
    Science in Sports and Exercise, 14:377-381.
      15. Bovenzi, M., Franzinelli, A., Mancini, 
    R., Cannava, M.G., Maiorano, M., Ceccarelli, 
    F. (1995). Dose-response relation for 
    vascular disorders induced by vibration in 
    the fingers of forestry workers. Occupational 
    and Environmental Medicine, 52:722-730.
      16. Brinckmann, P., Johannelweling, N., 
    Hilweg, D., Biggemann, M. (1987). Fatigue 
    fracture of human lumbar vertebrae. Clinical 
    Biomechanics, 2:94-97.
      17. Brinckmann, P., Biggemann, M., Hilweg, 
    D. (1988). Fatigue fracture of the human 
    lumbar vertebrae. Clinical Biomechanics, 
    3(Supplement 1):51-53.
      18. Brisson, C., Vinet, A., Vezina, M., 
    Gingras, S. (1989). Effect of duration of 
    employment in piecework on severe disability 
    among female garment workers. Scandinavian 
    Journal of Work, Environment & Health, 
    15:329-334.
      19. Brooks, S.V., Zerba, E., Faulkner, J.A. 
    (1995). Injury to fibers after single 
    stretches of passive and maximally-stimulated 
    muscles in mice. Journal of Physiology, 
    488:459-469.
      20. Buchholz, B., Wells, R.P., Armstrong, 
    T.J. (1988). The Influence of Object Size on 
    Grasp Strength: Results of a Computer 
    Simulation of Cylindrical Grasp. In: Hubbard, 
    M., ed. Proceedings of the 12th Annual 
    Meeting of the American Society for 
    Biomechanics. Held in Urbana, Illinois, 
    September 28-30. Oxford: Pergamon, pp. 851-
    885.
      21. Bystrom, S. (1991). Physiological 
    Response and Acceptability of Isometric 
    Intermittent Handgrip Contractions. 
    Stockholm, National Institute of Occupational 
    Health. (Arbete och Halsa, 38).
      22. Chang, K.Y., Ho, S.T., Yu, H.S. (1994). 
    Vibration induced neurophysiological and 
    electron microscopical changes in rat 
    peripheral nerves. Occupational and 
    Environmental Medicine, 51:130-135.
      23. Chatterjee, D.S., Barwidk, D.D., 
    Petrie, A. (1982). Exploratory 
    electromyography in the study of vibration-
    induced white finger in rock drillers. 
    British Journal of Industrial Medicine, 
    39:89-97.
      24. Cherniack, M.G., Letz, R., Gerr, F., 
    Brammer, A., Pace, P. (1990). Detailed 
    clinical assessment of neurological function 
    in symptomatic shipyard workers. British 
    Journal of Industrial Medicine, 47:566-572.
      25. Cherniack, M., Mohr, S. (1994). 
    Raynaud's phenomenon associated with the use 
    of pneumatically powered surgical 
    instruments. Journal of Hand Surgery, 
    19A:1008-1015.
      26. Cobb, T.K., Cooney, W.P., An, K.-N. 
    (1996). Aetiology of work-related carpal 
    tunnel syndrome: the role of lumbrical 
    muscles and tool size on carpal tunnel 
    pressure. Ergonomics, 39:103-107.
      27. Coggan, D., Kellingray, S., Inskip, H., 
    Croft, P., Campbell, L., Cooper, C. (1998). 
    Osteoarthritis of the hip and occupational 
    lifting. American Journal of Epidemiology, 
    147(6):523-528.
      28. Cooper, C., McAlindon, T., Coggon, D., 
    Egger, P., Dieppe, P. (1994). Occupational 
    activity and osteoarthritis of the knee. 
    Annals of the Rheumatic Diseases, 53:90-93.
      29. Crisco, J.J., Chelikani, S., Brown, 
    R.K., Wolfe, S.W. (1997). The effects of 
    exercise on ligamentous stiffness in the 
    wrist. Journal of Hand Surgery, 22A:44-48.
      30. de Krom, M., Kester, A.D.M., 
    Knipschild, P.G., Spaans, F. (1990). Risk 
    factors for carpal tunnel syndrome. American 
    Journal of Epidemiology, 132(6):1102-1110.
      31. Dennet, X., Fry, H.J.H. (1988). Overuse 
    syndrome: a muscle biopsy study. Lancet, 
    1(8581):905-908.
      32. English, C.J., Maclaren, W.M., Court-
    Brown, C., Hughes, S.P.F., Porter, R.W., 
    Graves, R.J., Wallace, W.A., Pethick, A.J. 
    (1995). Relations between upper limb soft 
    tissue disorders and repetitive movements at 
    work. American Journal of Industrial Medicine 
    27(1):75-90.
    
    [[Page 65898]]
    
      33. Faulkner, J.A., Brooks, S.V. (1995). 
    Muscle fatigue in old animals: Unique aspects 
    of fatigue in elderly humans. Advances in 
    Experimental Medicine and Biology, 384: 471-
    480.
      34. Finelli, P.F. (1975). Mononeuropathy of 
    the deep palmer branch of the ulnar nerve. 
    Archives of Neurology, 32:564-565.
      35. General Accounting Office (1997). 
    Worker Protection: Private Sector Ergonomics 
    Programs Yield Positive Results. GAO/HEHS-97-
    163.
      36. Garg, A., Badger, D. (1986). Maximum 
    acceptable weights and maximum voluntary 
    isometric strengths for asymmetric lifting. 
    Ergonomics, 29:879-892.
      37. Garg, A., Banaag J. (1988). Maximum 
    acceptable weights, heart rates, and RPEs for 
    one hour's repetitive asymmetric lifting. 
    Ergonomics, 31:77-96.
      38. Gerr, F. (1998). Panel on Epidemiology: 
    Risk Factors. In: National Academy of 
    Sciences. Work-Related Musculoskeletal 
    Disorders: The Research Base. Washington, DC: 
    National Academy Press.
      39. Goldenhar, L.M., Schulte, P.A. (1994). 
    Intervention research in occupational health 
    and safety. Journal of Occupational Medicine, 
    36(7):763-775.
      40. Goldstein, S.A., Armstrong, T.J., 
    Chaffin, D.B., Matthews, L.S. (1987). 
    Analysis of cumulative strain in tendons and 
    tendon sheaths. Journal of Biomechanics, 
    20:1-6.
      41. Grieco, A., Molteni, G., De Vito, G., 
    Sias, N. (1998). Epidemiology of 
    musculoskeletal disorders due to 
    biomechanical overload. Ergonomics, 
    41(9):1253-1260.
      42. Hagberg, M. (1981). Work load and 
    fatigue in repetitive arm elevations. 
    Ergonomics, 24:543-555.
      43. Hagberg, M., Hansson-Risberg, E., 
    Jorulf, L., Lindstrand, O., Milosevich, B., 
    Norlin, D., Thomasson, L., Widman, L. (1990). 
    High risk of problems with the hands in 
    certain occupations. Lakartidningen, 
    87(4):201-205.
      44. Hagberg, M., Morgenstern, J., Kelsh, M. 
    (1992). Impact of occupations and job tasks 
    on the prevalence of carpal tunnel syndrome: 
    a review. Scandinavian Journal of Work, 
    Environment and Health, 12:337-345.
      45. Hales, T.R., Bernard, B.P. (1996). 
    Epidemiology of work-related musculoskeletal 
    disorders. Orthopedic Clinics of North 
    America, 27(4):679-709.
      46. Hammerskjold, E., Harms-Ringdahl, K., 
    Ekholm, J. (1992). Reproducibility of 
    carpenters' work after cold exposure. 
    International Journal of Industrial 
    Ergonomics, 9:195-204.
      47. Hansson, T., Keller, T.S., Spengler, 
    D.M. (1987). Mechanical behavior of the human 
    lumbar spine. Fatigue strength during dynamic 
    compressive loading. Journal of Orthopaedic 
    Research, 564:479-487.
      48. Hedlund, U. (1989). Raynaud's 
    phenomenon of fingers and toes of miners 
    exposed to local and whole-body vibration and 
    cold. International Archives of Occupational 
    and Environmental Health, 61:457-461.
      49. Herberts, P., Kadefors, R., Andersson, 
    G., Petersen, I. (1981). Shoulder pain in 
    industry: an epidemiological study on 
    welders. Acta Orthopaedica Scandinavica, 
    52:299-306.
      50. Herberts, P., Kadefors, R., Boman, H. 
    (1980). Arm positioning in manual task: 
    electromyographic study of localized muscle 
    fatigue. Ergonomics, 23:655-665.
      51. Herrin, G.D., Jaraiedi, M., Anderson, 
    C.K. (1986). Prediction of overexertion 
    injuries using biomechanical and 
    psychophysical models. American Industrial 
    Hygiene Association Journal, 47:322-330.
      52. Hidalgo, J.A., Genaidy, A.M., Huston, 
    R., Arantes, J. (1992). Occupational 
    biomechanics of the neck: a review and 
    recommendations. Journal of Human Ergology, 
    21(2):165-181.
      57. Hirano, N., Tsuji, H., Oshima, H., et 
    al. (1988). Analysis of rabbit intervertebral 
    disc physiology based on water metabolism: 
    changes in normal intervertebral discs under 
    axial vibratory load. Spine, 13:1297-1302.
      58. Hjortsberg, U., Rosen, I., Orbaek, P., 
    Lundborg, G., Valogh, I. (1989). Finger 
    receptor dysfunction in dental technicians 
    exposed to high-frequency vibration. 
    Scandinavian Journal of Work, Environment and 
    Health, 15:339-344.
      59. Holmstrom, E.B., Lindell, J., Moritz, 
    U. (1992). Low back and neck/shoulder pain in 
    construction workers: occupational workload 
    and psychosocial risk factors. Spine, 
    17(6):663-671.
      60. Hutton, W.C., Adams, M.A. (1982). Can 
    the lumbar spine be crushed in heavy lifting? 
    Spine, 7:586-590.
      61. Jarvholm, U., Palmerud, G., Karlsson, 
    D., Hergberts, P., Kadefors, R. (1990). 
    Intramuscular pressure and electromyography 
    in four shoulder muscles. Journal of 
    Orthopaedic Research, 9:609-619.
      62. Jensen, M.V., Tuchsen, F., Orhede, E. 
    (1996). Prolapsed cervical intervertebral 
    disc in male professional drivers in Denmark, 
    1981-1990. A longitudinal study of 
    hospitalizations. Spine, 21(20):2352-2355.
      63. Kier, P., Bach, J., Rempel, D.M. 
    (1998). Fingertip loading and carpal tunnel 
    pressure: differences between a pinching and 
    a pressing task. Journal of Orthopaedic 
    Research, 16:112-115.
      64. Kivimaki, J., Riihimaki, H., Hanninen, 
    K. (1992). Knee disorders in carpet and floor 
    layers and painters. Scandinavian Journal of 
    Work, Environment and Health, 18:310-316.
      65. Klein, M.G., Fernandez, J.E. (1997). 
    The effects of posture, duration, and force 
    on pinching frequency. International Journal 
    of Industrial Ergonomics, 20:267-275.
      66. Kourinka, I., Forcier, L., eds. (1995). 
    Work Related Musculoskeletal Disorders 
    (WMSDs): A Reference Book for Prevention. 
    London: Taylor and Francis.
      67. Kukkonen, R., Luopajarvi, T., 
    Riihimaki, V. (1983). Prevention of Fatigue 
    Amongst Data Entry Operators. In: Kvalseth, 
    T.O., ed. Ergonomics of Workstation Design. 
    London: Butters worth, pp. 28-34.
      68. Larsson, S.-E, Bengtsson, A., Bodegard, 
    L., Hendriksson, K.G., Larsson, J. (1988). 
    Muscle changes in work related chronic 
    myalgia. Acta Orthopaedica Scandinavica, 
    59(5):552-556.
      69. Liles, D.H., Deivanayagam, S., Ayoub, 
    M.M., Mahajan, P. (1984). A job severity 
    index for the evaluation and control of 
    lifting injury. Human Factors, 26(6):683-693.
      70. Linton, S.J. (1990). Risk factors for 
    neck and back pain in a working population in 
    Sweden. Work and Stress, 4(1):41-49.
      71. Little, J.M., Ferguson, K.A. (1972). 
    The incidence of the hypothenar hammer 
    syndrome. Archives of Surgery, 105:684-685.
      72. Loslever, P., Ranaivosoa, A. (1993). 
    Biomechanical and epidemiological 
    investigation of carpal tunnel syndrome at 
    workplaces with high risk factors. 
    Ergonomics, 36(5):537-555.
      73. Lundborg, G., Gelberman, R.H., Minteer-
    Convery, M., Lee, Y.F., Hargens, A.R. (1982). 
    Median nerve compression in the carpal 
    tunnel: functional response to experimentally 
    induced controlled pressure. Journal of Hand 
    Surgery, 7(3):252-259.
      74. Lundstrom, R., Johansson, R.S. (1986). 
    Acute impairment of the sensitivity of skin 
    mechanoreceptive units caused by vibration 
    exposure of the hand. Ergonomics, 29(5):687-
    698.
      75. Luopajarvi, R., Kourinka, I., 
    Virolainen, M., Holmberg, M. (1979). 
    Prevalence of tenosynovitis and other 
    injuries of the upper extremities in 
    repetitive work. Scandinavian Journal of 
    Work, Environment and Health, 5(3):48-55.
      76. Magora A., Schwartz, A. (1976). 
    Relation between the low-back pain syndrome 
    and x-ray findings: degenerative 
    osteoarthritis. Scandinavian Journal of 
    Rehabilitation Medicine, 8:115-125.
      77. Marley, R.J., Fernandez, J.E. (1995). 
    Psychophysical frequency and sustained 
    exertion at varying wrist postures for a 
    drilling task. Ergonomics, 38(2):303-325.
      78. Marras, W.S., Schoenmarklin, R.W. 
    (1993). Wrist motions in industry. 
    Ergonomics, 36(4):341-351.
      79. Marras, W.S., Lavender, S.A., Leurgans, 
    S.E., Rajulu, S.L., Allread, W.G., Fathallah, 
    F.A., Ferguson, S.A. (1993). The role of
    
    [[Page 65899]]
    
    three-dimensional trunk motion in 
    occupationally-related low back disorders. 
    Spine, 18:617-628.
      80. Marras, W.S., Lavender, S.A., Leurgans, 
    S.E., Fathallah, F.A., Ferguson, S.A., 
    Allread, W.G., et al. (1995). Biomechanical 
    risk factors for occupationally related low 
    back disorders. Ergonomics, 38(2):377-410.
      81. Marras, W.S., Granata, K.P. (1995). A 
    biomechanical assessment and model of axial 
    twisting in the thoracolumbar spine. Spine, 
    20:1440-1451.
      82. Marras, W.S., Granata, K.P. (1997). 
    Spine loading during trunk lateral bending 
    motions. Journal of Biomechanics, 30:697-703.
      83. Mital, A., Fard, H.F. (1986). 
    Psychophysical and physiological responses to 
    lifting symmetrical and asymmetrical loads 
    symmetrically and asymmetrically. Ergonomics, 
    29:1263-1272.
      84. Moore, J.S., Garg, A. (1994). Upper 
    extremity disorders in a pork processing 
    plant: Relationship between job risk factors 
    and morbidity. American Industrial Hygiene 
    Association Journal, 55 (8):703-715.
      85. Nathan, P.A., Meadows, K.D., Doyle, 
    L.S. (1988). Occupation as a risk factor for 
    impaired sensory conduction of the median 
    nerve at the carpal tunnel. Journal of Hand 
    Surgery, 13B(2):167-170.
      86. Nathan, P.A., Kenniston, R.C., Myers, 
    L.D., Meadows, K.D. (1992). Longitudinal 
    study of median nerve sensory conduction in 
    industry: relationship to age, gender, hand 
    dominance, occupational hand use, and 
    clinical diagnosis. Journal of Hand Surgery, 
    17A(5):850-857.
      87. National Academy of Sciences (1998). 
    Work-Related Musculoskeletal Disorders: The 
    Research Base. Workshop Summary and Papers. 
    Washington, DC: National Academy Press.
      88. Neary, D., Eames, R.A. (1975). The 
    pathology of ulnar nerve compression in man. 
    Neuropathology and Applied Neurobiology, 
    1:69.
      89. Nevasier, J.S. (1980). Adhesive 
    capsulitis and the stiff and painful 
    shoulder. Orthopedic Clinics of North 
    America, 11:327-331.
      90. Nilsson, T., Burstrom, L., Hagberg, M. 
    (1989). Risk assessment of vibration exposure 
    and white fingers among platers. 
    International Archives of Occupational and 
    Environmental Health, 61:473-481.
      91. Nilsson, T., Hagberg, M., Burstrom, L. 
    (1990). Prevalence and Odds Ratios of 
    Numbness and Carpal Tunnel Syndrome in 
    Different Exposure Categories of Platers. In: 
    Okada, A., Dupuis, W.T.H., eds. Hand-Arm 
    Vibration. Kanazawa, Japan: Kyoei Press Co., 
    pp. 235-239.
      92. National Institute of Occupational 
    Safety and Health (1994). Revised NIOSH 
    Lifting Equation. Cincinnati, OH: U.S. 
    Department of Health and Human Services, 
    Public Health Service, Centers for Disease 
    Control, National Institute for Occupational 
    Safety and Health. DHHS (NIOSH) Publication 
    #94-110.
      93. Odenrick, P., Eklund, J., Malmkvist, 
    A.-K., Ortengren, R., Parenmark, G. (1988). 
    Influence of Work Pace on Trapezius Muscle 
    Activity in Assembly-Line Work. In: 
    Ergonomics International 88: Proceedings of 
    the 10th Congress of the International 
    Ergonomics Association. Held in Sydney, 
    Australia, August 1-5. London: Taylor and 
    Francis, pp. 418-420.
      94. Ohlsson, K., Attewell, R., Skerfving, 
    S. (1989). Self-reported symptoms in the neck 
    and upper limbs of female assembly workers. 
    Scandinavian Journal of Work, Environment and 
    Health, 15:75-80.
      95. Ohlsson, K., Attewell, R., Paisson, B., 
    Karsllon, B, Balogh, I., Johnsson, B., et al. 
    (1995). Repetitive industrial work and neck 
    and upper limb disorders in females. American 
    Journal of Industrial Medicine, 27(5):731-
    747.
      96. Punnett, L. (1998). Epidemiologic 
    Studies of Physical Ergonomic Stressors and 
    Musculoskeletal Disorders. In: National 
    Academy of Sciences. Work-Related 
    Musculoskeletal Disorders: The Research Base. 
    Washington, DC: National Academy Press.
      97. Punnett, L., Keyserling, W.M., Chaffin, 
    D.B., Fine, L.T., Herin, G.D. (1991). Back 
    disorders and nonneutral trunk postures of 
    automobile assembly workers. Scandinavian 
    Journal of Work, Environment & Health, 
    17:337-346.
      98. Radwin, R.G., Lavender, S.A. (1998). 
    Work Factors, Personal Factors, and Internal 
    Loads: Biomechanics of Work Stressors. In: 
    National Academy of Sciences. Work-Related 
    Musculoskeletal Disorders: The Research Base. 
    Washington, DC: National Academy Press.
      99. Rais, O. (1961). Heparin treatment of 
    peritendinitis crepitans. Acta Chirurgica 
    Scandinavica, 268 (Supplementum).
      100. Rempel, D., Keir, P.J., Smutz, W.P., 
    Hargans, A.R. (1997). Effects of static 
    fingertip loading on carpal tunnel pressure. 
    Journal of Orthopaedic Research, 15:422-426.
      101. Rempel, E., Dahlin, L., Lundberg, G. 
    (1998). Biological Response of Peripheral 
    Nerves to Loading: Pathophysiology of Nerve 
    Compression Syndromes and Vibration Induced 
    Neuropathy. In: National Academy of Sciences. 
    Work-Related Musculoskeletal Disorders: The 
    Research Base. Washington, DC: National 
    Academy Press.
      102. Riley, M.W., Ballard, Cochran, D., 
    Chang (1983). Assembly task performance and 
    ambient temperature: a reliability model. 
    International Journal of Reliability 
    Engineering, 4:61-74.
      103. Rohmert, W. (1973). Problems of 
    determination of rest allowances, part 2: 
    determining rest allowances in different 
    human tasks. Applied Ergonomics, 4(3):158-
    162.
      104. Rowe, M.L. (1983). Backache at Work. 
    Fairport, NY: Perington Press.
      105. Sakakibara, H., Hashiguchi, T., 
    Furuta, M., Kondo, T., Miyao, M.,Yamada, S. 
    (1991). Circulatory disturbances of the foot 
    in vibration syndrome. International Archives 
    of Occupational and Environmental Health, 
    61:145-148.
      106. Sauter, S.L., Chapman, L.J., Knutson, 
    S.J., Anderson, H.A. (1987). Case example of 
    wrist trauma in keyboard use. Applied 
    Ergonomics, 18:183-186.
      107. Silverstein, B.A. (1985). The 
    Prevalence of Upper Extremity Cumulative 
    Trauma Disorders in Industry. Ph.D. 
    dissertation, University of Michigan, Ann 
    Arbor.
      108. Silverstein, B.A., Armstrong, T., 
    Longmate, A., Woody, D. (1988). Can in-plant 
    exercise control musculoskeletal symptoms? 
    Journal of Occupational Medicine, 30(12):922-
    977.
      109. Silverstein, B.A., Fine, L.J., 
    Armstrong, T.J. (1986). Hand wrist cumulative 
    trauma disorders in industry. British Journal 
    of Industrial Medicine, 43:779-784.
      110. Silverstein, B.A., Fine, L.J., 
    Armstrong, T.J. (1987). Occupational factors 
    and the carpal tunnel syndrome. American 
    Journal of Industrial Medicine, 11:343-358.
      111. Sjogaard G. (1988). Muscle energy 
    metabolism and electrolyte shifts during low-
    level prolonged static contraction in man. 
    Acta Physiologica Scandinavica, 134:181-187.
      112. Sjogaard G, Sogaard K. (1998). Muscle 
    injury in repetitive motion disorders. 
    Clinical Orthopaedics and Related Research, 
    351:21-31.
      113. Smith, E.M., Sonstegard, D., Anderson, 
    W. (1977). Carpal tunnel syndrome: 
    contribution of the flexor tendons. Archives 
    of Physical and Medical Rehabilitation, 
    58:379-385.
      114. Smith, J.L., Ayoub, M.M., McDaniel, 
    J.W. (1992). Manual materials handling 
    capabilities in non-standard postures. 
    Ergonomics, 35:807-831.
      115. Smith, M.J., Karsh, B.-T., Moro, 
    F.B.P. (1998). A Review of Research on 
    Interventions to Control Musculoskeletal 
    Disorders. In: National Academy of Sciences. 
    Work-Related Musculoskeletal Disorders: The 
    Research Base. Washington, DC: National 
    Academy Press.
      116. Snook, S.H., Campanelli, R.A., Hart 
    J.W. (1978). A study of three preventive 
    approaches to low back injury. Journal of 
    Occupational Medicine, 20:478-481.
      117. Snook, S.H., Ciriello, V.M. (1991). 
    The design of manual handling tasks: revised 
    tables of maximum acceptable weights and 
    forces. Ergonomics, 34(9):1197-1214.
    
    [[Page 65900]]
    
      118. Snook, S.H. (1996). A Brief History of 
    Psychophysics. Hopkinton, MA: Liberty Mutual 
    Research Center for Safety and Health.
      119. Sperling W.P. (1951). Snapping finger: 
    Roentgen treatment and experimental 
    production. Acta Radiologica, 37:74-80.
      120. Stromberg, T., Dahlin, L.B., Brun, A., 
    Lundborg, G. (1997). Structural nerve changes 
    at wrist level in workers exposed to 
    vibration. Occupational and Environmental 
    Medicine, 54:307-311.
      121. Syogaard, G. (1996). The Significance 
    of Sustained Muscle Loading Versus Dynamic 
    Muscle Loading at Low Forces in Workplace 
    Design. In: Rempel, D., Armstrong, T., eds. 
    Marconi Computer Input Device Research 
    Conference Proceedings. Berkeley: University 
    of California at Berkeley, p.19.
      122. Szabo, R.M., Chidgey, L.K. (1989). 
    Stress carpal tunnel pressures in patients 
    with carpal tunnel syndrome and normal 
    patients, Journal of Hand Surgery, 
    14A(4):624-627.
      123. Takala, E.P., Viikari-Juntura, E 
    (1991). Muscle force, endurance and neck-
    shoulder symptoms of sedentary workers: an 
    experimental study on bank cashiers with and 
    without symptoms. International Journal of 
    Industrial Ergonomics, 7:123-132.
      124. Takeuchi, T., Futatsuka M., Imanishi 
    H., Yamada, S. (1986). Pathologic changes 
    observed in the finger biopsy of patients 
    with vibration-induced white finger. 
    Scandinavian Journal of Work, Environment and 
    Health, 12:280-283.
      125. Takeuchi, T., Imanishi, H. (1984). 
    Histopathologic observations in finger biopsy 
    from thirty patients with Raynaud's 
    phenomenon of occupational origin. Journal of 
    the Kumamoto Medical Society, 58:56-70.
      126. Takeuchi, T., Takaya, M., Imanishi, H. 
    (1988). Ultrastructural changes in peripheral 
    nerves of the fingers of three vibration-
    exposed persons with Raynaud's phenomenon. 
    Scandinavian Journal of Work, Environment and 
    Health, 14:31-35.
      127. Tichauer, E.R. (1966). Some aspects of 
    stress on forearm and hand in industry. 
    Journal of Occupational Medicine, 8(2):63-71.
      128. Tichauer, E.R., Gage, H. (1977). 
    Ergonomic principles basic to hand tool 
    design. American Industrial Hygiene 
    Association Journal, 38:622-634.
      129. Thun, M., Tanaka, S., Smith, A.B., 
    Halperin, W.E., Lee, S.T., Luggen, M.E., 
    Hess, E.V. (1987). Morbidity from repetitive 
    knee trauma in carpet and floor layers. 
    British Journal of Industrial Medicine, 44: 
    611-620.
      130. Uchiyama, S., Coert, J.H., Berglund, 
    L., Amadio, P.C., An, K.-N. (1995). Method 
    for measurement of friction between a tendon 
    and its pulley. Journal of Orthopaedic 
    Research, 13:83-89.
      131. Vangaard, L. (1975). Physiological 
    reactions to wet-cold. Aviation, Space and 
    Environmental Medicine, 46:33-36.
      132. Viikari-Juntura, E., Riihimaki, H., 
    Tola, S., Videman, T., Mutanen, P. (1994). 
    Neck trouble in machine operating, dynamic 
    physical work and sedentary work: a 
    prospective study on occupational and 
    individual risk factors. Journal of Clinical 
    Epidemiology, 47(12):1411-1422.
      133. Vincent, M.J., Tipton, M.J. (1988). 
    The effects of cold immersion and hand 
    protection on grip strength. Aviation, Space 
    and Environmental Medicine, 59:738-741.
      134. Vingard, E., Alfredsson, L., Goldie, 
    I., Hogstedt, C. (1991). Occupation and 
    osteoarthrosis of the hip and knee: a 
    register-based cohort study. International 
    Journal of Epidemiology, 20(4):1025-1031.
      135. Waters, T.R., Putz-Anderson, V., Garg, 
    A., Fine, L.J. (1991). Revised NIOSH lifting 
    equation for the design and evaluation of 
    manual lifting tasks. Ergonomics, 36(7):749-
    776.
      136. Westgaard, R.H., Aaras, A. (1984). 
    Postural muscle strain as a causal factor in 
    the development of musculo-skeletal illness. 
    Applied Ergonomics, 15(3):162-174.
      137. Wieslander, G., Norback, D., Gothe, 
    C.J., Juhlin, L. (1989). Carpal tunnel 
    syndrome (CTS) and exposure to vibration, 
    repetitive wrist movements, and heavy manual 
    work: a case-referent study. British Journal 
    of Industrial Medicine, 46(1):43-47.
      138. Wren, T.R., Beaupre, G.S., Carter, 
    D.R. (1998). A model for loading-dependent 
    growth, development, and adaption of tendons 
    and ligaments. Journal of Biomechanics, 
    31:107-114.
      139. Zipp, P., Haider, E., Halpern, N., 
    Fohmert, W. (1983). Keyboard design through 
    physiological strain measurements. Applied 
    Ergonomics, 14(2):117-122.
    
    
    D. Pathogenesis and Pathophysiologic Evidence 
    for Work-Related Musculoskeletal Disorders
    
    
    1. Overview
    
       An extensive body of scientific research 
    and information has led to the conclusion 
    that specific work factors, combinations of 
    these factors, and modifying attributes or 
    conditions contribute to the development and 
    manifestation of work-related musculoskeletal 
    disorders (MSDs). The term ``work-related'' 
    refers to the performance of work tasks or 
    working in a specific work environment that 
    significantly contributes to the pathogenesis 
    or manifestation of these multifactoral 
    conditions (World Health Organization, 1985, 
    Ex. 26-1040). The multifactoral nature of 
    many of these MSDs, including the potential 
    contribution of pre-existing or non-work 
    factors to the pathogenesis of some work-
    related MSDs, is recognized. Other sections 
    of this document present epidemiologic and 
    biomechanical evidence that addresses the 
    association of work factors and certain MSDs. 
    This section describes the pathogenic and 
    pathophysiologic mechanisms that establish 
    the biological plausibility of the findings 
    of the epidemiologic and biomechanical 
    observations included in the earlier sections 
    and in the Appendices (Ex. 27-1).
       The pathogenesis of work-related MSDs can 
    refer to either single, point-in-time 
    injuries, associated with work tasks that 
    result in activities in which tissue 
    tolerance is acutely exceeded, or 
    circumstances in which the performance of 
    specific work tasks or combinations of tasks 
    over a prolonged period of time results in 
    small and repeated tissue damage to muscles, 
    tendons, joints, or nerve structures 
    (Association of Schools of Public Health/
    NIOSH, 1986, Ex. 26-1323; Putz-Anderson, 
    Doyle, and Hales, 1992, Ex. 26-419; Rempel, 
    Harrison, and Barnhart, 1992, Ex. 26-520). 
    Work activities suggested as potential 
    factors in the development or expression of 
    work-related MSDs include high rates of task 
    repetition; excessive force requirements; 
    static postures; awkward work postures; 
    vibration; cold temperatures; weight of loads 
    lifted, pushed, or pulled; position of a load 
    in relationship to the spinal axis; frequency 
    and duration of materials handling task 
    performance; hand coupling; dynamics of 
    lifting (e.g., muscle velocity and 
    acceleration); lack of sufficient rest or 
    recovery periods; overtime; piecework; and 
    other issues (Armstrong, 1986, Ex. 26-928; 
    Armstrong et al., 1987, Ex. 26-48; Bergquist-
    Ullman and Larsson, 1977, Ex. 26-933; Chaffin 
    and Park, 1973, Ex. 26-1115; Frymoyer et al., 
    1980, Ex. 26-707; Johanning et al., 1991, Ex. 
    26-1228; Klein et al., 1984, Ex. 26-972; 
    Marras et al., 1993, Ex. 26-170; Rempel, 
    Harrison, and Barnhart, 1992, Ex. 26-520; 
    Silverstein, 1985, Ex. 26-1173; Silverstein, 
    Fine, and Armstrong, 1986a, Ex. 26-1153, 
    1986b, Ex. 26-1404; Snook, Campanelli, and 
    Hart, 1978, Ex. 26-35; Stock, 1991, Ex. 26-
    1010; Waters et al., 1993, Ex. 26-521; 
    Waters, 1994, Ex. 26-1403).
       To accomplish motion and work, muscle, 
    nerves, connective tissue, and skeleton are 
    affected by a number of external and internal 
    physical demands causing metabolic and 
    compensatory tissue reactions. For example, 
    the forceful, static, continuous, and/or 
    repetitive demands made by manufacturing 
    assembly work or manual materials handling 
    can alter the function and integrity of 
    specifically affected tissues. This can lead 
    to the development and
    
    [[Page 65901]]
    
    clinical manifestation of MSDs such as 
    tendinitis, epicondylitis, rotator cuff 
    syndrome, or low-back pain. External demands 
    can include direct pressure or tissue 
    friction. As an illustration, prolonged or 
    excessive force exerted over the base of the 
    palm (by tools, handles, etc.) during 
    assembly tasks can damage the median nerve in 
    the palm, causing signs and symptoms of 
    carpal tunnel syndrome (CTS). Internal 
    responses can include inflammatory responses 
    to tissue injury, neurochemical changes, and 
    altered metabolism. For example, a lumbar 
    disc herniation from repetitive lifting of 
    heavy loads can compress a spinal nerve root, 
    with subsequent nerve root edema, altered 
    tissue metabolism, production of inflammatory 
    mediators, and expressed signs and symptoms 
    of lumbar radiculopathy.
       The consequences of these external and 
    internal demands associated with work 
    activities can include a spectrum of symptoms 
    or clinical findings, such as subtle or 
    obvious inflammation, pain, swelling, 
    restricted movement, and tissue damage 
    diagnosed as muscle strain or tear, 
    ligamentous or cartilage injury, tendinitis 
    or tenosynovitis, bursitis, nerve entrapment, 
    disc herniation, or degenerative joint or 
    disc disease. This does not mean that a 
    precise dose-response relationship between 
    task factor exposure and disease exists for 
    each of these work-related MSDs. Clear and 
    consistent patterns exist, however, among the 
    epidemiologic studies, biomechanical models, 
    and pathogenetic and pathophysiologic 
    explanations for many work-related MSDs 
    (Gordon, Blair, and Fine, 1994, Ex. 26-1399; 
    National Academy of Sciences, 1998, Ex. 26-
    37; Bernard and Fine, 1997, Ex. 26-1).
       Factors specific to the individual can 
    also affect the development and/or 
    manifestation of pathology. These include, 
    for example, preexisting injuries or 
    illnesses (such as diabetes, degenerative 
    joint disease, or rheumatoid joint disease); 
    individual susceptibility to injury or tissue 
    damage (related to anthropometric 
    characteristics, physical conditioning, age, 
    or genetics); and avocational activities or 
    hobbies. These can interact in a complex 
    fashion, such that work acts either as a 
    causative, contributing, or accelerating 
    factor in the development and/or 
    manifestation of disease (Putz-Anderson, 
    Doyle, and Hales, 1992, Ex. 26-419; Rempel, 
    Harrison, and Barnhart, 1992, Ex. 26-520). 
    However, although non-work risk factors can 
    influence the development or expression of 
    MSDs, their role is generally not as 
    important as workplace risk factors because 
    the duration and intensity of work are seldom 
    matched in the non-work settings. Additional 
    important considerations pertain to 
    interactions between co-existing MSDs. For 
    example, once an MSD is established, 
    subsequent physical compensatory changes can 
    further predispose an individual to the 
    development of additional MSDs. When injury 
    causes an altered posture, decreased range of 
    motion, or weakness or ability to respond to 
    tactile feedback to one joint or region, 
    there is often increased risk of injury to 
    another joint or region due to compensatory, 
    increased loading. One example is the loss of 
    tactile feedback from CTS, leading to greater 
    hand force output that in turn contributes to 
    the development of tendinitis or 
    epicondylitis.
       Section D.2 discusses the interaction 
    between work demands and the responses of 
    skeletal muscle, tendon, ligament, nerve, 
    blood vessels, joint, and cartilage. It 
    reviews the biological plausibility of an 
    association between workplace factors and 
    work-related MSDs of the spine and upper and 
    lower extremities. It also considers the 
    contributions of age, genetics, gender, 
    cigarette smoking, and avocational activities 
    to the pathogenesis and pathophysiology of 
    work-related MSDs.
       Section D.3 focuses on vibration. A 
    separate section on vibration is included 
    here because real specificity exists for this 
    risk factor. Vibration can be reliably linked 
    with specific outcomes: damage to vessels and 
    small, unmyelinated nerve fibers in the 
    fingers. In contrast, most of the other 
    tissue disorders discussed in Section D 
    result from a combination of exposures.
    
    
    2. Pathogenesis and Pathophysiology of Work-
    Related Tissue Injury
    
       a. Skeletal Muscle. There are several 
    explanations for the development of work-
    related skeletal muscle disorders. Acute 
    muscle tears, an extreme example of work-
    related skeletal muscle disorders, may 
    develop when task demands exceed muscle 
    tissue tolerance. While this may occur during 
    any type of muscle contraction, it is much 
    more common during eccentric contraction 
    (i.e. during muscle lengthening to control, 
    rather than initiate, an action), perhaps due 
    to the nature of muscle recruitment of fibers 
    with less oxidative capacity (Friden and 
    Lieber, 1994, Ex. 26-546). Yet even low-
    force, static, or prolonged muscle activities 
    commonly noted in a variety of manufacturing 
    and office settings have the potential to 
    cause or contribute to the development of 
    work-related skeletal muscle disorders (Hagg, 
    1991, Ex. 26-427; Henneman and Olson, 1965, 
    Ex. 26-139; Herberts et al., 1984, Ex. 26-51; 
    Jarvholm et al., 1989, Ex. 26-967; Murthy et 
    al., 1997, Ex. 26-307; Sjogaard, 1988, Ex. 
    26-206; Sjogaard and Sjogaard, 1998, Ex. 26-
    1322). Muscle recruitment patterns with low-
    extension, repetitive, or static activities 
    may selectively injure low-threshold and more 
    easily recruited muscle fibers, which have 
    been referred to as ``Cinderella fibers'' 
    because of their constant activity (Henneman 
    and Olson, 1965, Ex. 26-134; Lieber and 
    Friden, 1994, Ex. 26-559). Alternatively, 
    hypoxia and metabolic abnormalities 
    (fatigue), inflammatory responses, inadequate 
    rest pauses, and repair mechanisms appear to 
    explain some of these skeletal muscle 
    disorders associated with certain jobs or 
    tasks (Armstrong et al., 1993, Ex. 26-1110; 
    Bigland-Ritchie, 1983, Ex. 26-76; Faulkner 
    and Brooks, 1995, Ex. 26-1440; Herberts et 
    al., 1984, Ex. 26-51; Sjogaard, 1988, Ex. 26-
    206; Sjogaard and Sogaard, 1998, Ex. 26-
    1322). Electromyography (EMG) has helped 
    researchers to better understand skeletal 
    muscle responses to work tasks, estimate 
    muscle loading with activity and 
    intramuscular pressure generation, and 
    comprehend the development of muscle fatigue 
    (Chaffin, 1973, Ex. 26-876; Chaffin and 
    Andersson, 1991, Ex. 26-420; Dolan et al., 
    1999, Ex. 26-819; Lieber and Friden, 1994, 
    Ex. 26-559; Nieminen et al., 1993, Ex. 26-
    1382; NIOSH, 1992, Ex. 26-1325). In addition, 
    at least one study has demonstrated a 
    significant impact of ergonomic interventions 
    on diminishing both EMG-observed trapezius 
    loading and sick time due to skeletal muscle 
    morbidity (Aaras, 1994a, 1994b, 1987, Exs. 
    26-892, 26-62, 26-1034).
       Skeletal muscle is a highly evolved tissue 
    with specialized contractile properties and 
    an exceptional capacity to adapt and change. 
    The bodybuilder's ability to rapidly build 
    muscle bulk and the weakness and atrophy that 
    come with prolonged bed rest or disuse are 
    two examples of this ``plasticity.'' 
    Individual muscle fibers have a unique 
    capacity to convert chemical energy into a 
    specific level of time-limited mechanical 
    work (capacity and endurance). There are 
    hundreds of skeletal muscles in the human 
    body, each responsible for specific motions 
    of bone and joints, that permit work 
    performance. In the setting of normal 
    physiologic responses, the central nervous 
    system (CNS)
    
    [[Page 65902]]
    
    releases nerve impulses which activate motor 
    units, causing muscle contraction, tendon 
    tension, and movement of bones and joints. 
    Each skeletal muscle is attached to a site of 
    origin, transitions through a myotendinous 
    junction, and attaches to bone as tendon, 
    sometimes crossing joints along the way.
       The components of each skeletal muscle 
    include muscle fibers, connective tissue, and 
    nerve endings. Muscle fibers, in turn, are 
    composed of contracting elements called 
    myofibrils. These myofibrils contain thin 
    (actin, troponin, and tropomyosin proteins) 
    and thick (myosin protein) filaments that 
    slide over each other, resulting in muscle 
    contraction. The myofilaments are arranged in 
    compartments (sarcomeres) separated from each 
    other by thin zones of dense material (Z-
    lines). Upon stimulation from a motor nerve 
    impulse, altered muscle membrane permeability 
    (depolarization) releases calcium ions, which 
    subsequently create cross-bridging between 
    muscle filaments and resultant contraction. 
    Skeletal muscle is covered by a connective 
    tissue called the epimysium, which is 
    contiguous with the perimysium, a septum that 
    separates the muscle into muscle fiber 
    bundles. These muscle fiber bundles further 
    subdivide into individual muscle fibers 
    surrounded by an endomysium. The connective 
    tissue permits the passage of blood vessels 
    and nerves through the skeletal muscle to the 
    muscle fibers, and also contributes to the 
    mechanical characteristics of the muscle, 
    especially with respect to resistance to 
    stretching or deformation.
       Peripheral nerves traverse the connective 
    tissue to carry (motor) impulses from the CNS 
    to the muscle, attaching at the neuromuscular 
    junction. The functional unit of a muscle is 
    called the motor unit, and is composed of 
    motor neurons and the muscle fibers they 
    control. Small motor units, with a nerve 
    fiber controlling a few muscle fibers, are 
    located in areas such as the hand where fine 
    motor tasks are performed. These smaller 
    units allow contraction at lower forces. 
    Larger units are located in the leg, where a 
    single nerve fiber can activate hundreds or 
    thousands of muscle fibers to permit gross 
    motor tasks. When a nerve impulse activates a 
    motor unit, all of the fibers in that unit 
    contract simultaneously. The response of the 
    entire muscle depends on several factors. 
    After a nerve impulse, a certain number of 
    motor units will contract in response. As the 
    impulse increases, more units are recruited 
    and greater force results. When stimulation 
    occurs prior to relaxation, a larger 
    contraction (or summation) will evolve. The 
    size, temporal sequencing, and frequency of 
    the stimulus will determine if a muscle 
    reaches maximal contraction, with responses 
    maintained until stimulation ceases or 
    fatigue occurs. Sensory feedback control 
    occurs via muscle spindles that sense the 
    length and speed of contraction or stretch of 
    the muscle fibers.
       Muscle power also depends on the 
    composition of the fibers and muscle length. 
    Type I (slow) fibers are smaller, have a 
    large capacity for aerobic work, take a 
    longer time to reach peak tension, and permit 
    sustained, low-level muscle activity. Type II 
    (fast) fibers quickly reach peak tension and 
    help with short-duration, intensive activity. 
    Type II fibers, however, fatigue quickly. 
    With disuse, type II fibers are the first to 
    atrophy (Chaffin and Andersson, 1991, Ex. 26-
    420). Skeletal muscles at their relaxed 
    length generate the greatest amount of 
    tension. At resting length, there is optimal 
    overlap between the thick and thin filaments 
    to permit maximal shortening. As the muscle 
    contracts, there is greater overlap and less 
    potential to contract further. When muscles 
    are stretched, there is less overlap, and 
    therefore, less tension can be generated 
    (Chaffin and Andersson, 1991, Ex. 26-420). As 
    discussed above, the amount and 
    characteristics of the passive connective 
    tissue in the specific muscle also determine 
    the tension developed when muscles are 
    stretched.
       Individual muscle fibers have a unique 
    capacity to convert chemical energy into a 
    specific level of time-limited mechanical 
    work (capacity and endurance). This chemical 
    energy is transported in the form of 
    activated phosphorylated molecules, primarily 
    adenosine triphosphate (ATP). Energy release 
    to accomplish muscle contraction is provided 
    by the splitting off of a phosphate group 
    from adenosine triphosphate (ATP), which 
    converts the ATP to adenosine diphosphate 
    (ADP). Phosphocreatine enables ADP to be 
    converted back to ATP, thereby re-supplying 
    the muscle fiber with energy and permitting 
    the contraction to continue for brief 
    periods. With persistent contraction, ATP 
    resynthesis occurs under aerobic (with 
    oxygen) or anaerobic (without oxygen) 
    conditions. During low to moderate exertion, 
    aerobic conditions predominate. The 
    exhaustion of these energy stores can lead to 
    fatigue, and in extreme cases, injury to the 
    muscle tissue itself (Armstrong, Warren, and 
    Lowe, 1994, Ex. 26-525; Chaffin and 
    Andersson, 1991, Ex. 26-420; Lieber and 
    Friden, 1994, Ex. 26-559). Heat is also 
    generated and expended as a result of this 
    metabolic activity.
       Researchers have described several types 
    of muscle contraction. In isometric (static) 
    contraction, the external length of the 
    muscle remains fixed, despite sliding of 
    myofibrils. High muscle tension is generated 
    because there is no expenditure of energy to 
    shorten the muscle. During isotonic 
    contraction, muscle length changes while the 
    tension remains constant. Energy is expended 
    to permit this change in muscle length to 
    occur. Concentric contraction involves muscle 
    shortening. An example of this is when the 
    biceps muscle contracts and shortens during 
    elbow flexion. Eccentric contraction 
    describes contraction during muscle 
    lengthening, as when muscle activity is 
    required to control an action rather than to 
    initiate it. Velocity of contraction affects 
    the tension a muscle generates, with less 
    force generated as the velocity of shortening 
    increases. This relates to the length of the 
    muscle, discussed above, and friction. 
    Endurance depends on the composition of 
    fibers and the percentage of maximal muscle 
    force (Chaffin and Andersson, 1991, Ex. 26-
    420; Lieber and Friden, 1994, Ex. 26-559). At 
    efforts under 15% of maximal force, endurance 
    can reach 45 minutes (Lieber, 1992, Ex. 26-
    433). As muscle approaches 35% of maximal 
    force, endurance time decreases to 
    approximately two minutes, and as exertion 
    approaches 100%, endurance time approaches 
    zero (Chaffin and Andersson, 1991, Ex. 26-
    420, p. 49). Gradual exercise programs, 
    however, have the capacity to improve muscle 
    strength and endurance.
       Muscle proteins allow muscle fibers to 
    stretch and to elastically recoil to their 
    resting length. If a muscle is stretched 
    excessively, these mechanoelastic properties 
    of muscle fiber are exceeded and observable 
    physical damage is incurred. There is an 
    important distinction between injuries that 
    are the result of muscle activities that 
    exceed these mechanoelastic capacities of 
    muscle, and injuries that have their origins 
    in activities that are below maximum muscle 
    capacity. The latter may involve sequential 
    or stereotyped patterns of work, whose 
    execution becomes compromised by pain or 
    fatigue. In fact, the bulk of modern work 
    involves activities that neither challenge 
    nor exceed the mechanical limits of muscle 
    fibers.
       The types of injury acquired during more 
    routine function involve potentially complex 
    metabolic and neurologic processes. Changes 
    in muscle morphology and fiber type
    
    [[Page 65903]]
    
    (gene expression), in muscle fatigue and 
    failure (metabolic function), and in loss of 
    centrally mediated coordinated movement 
    (dystonia) are all examples of the 
    biochemical and neurologic origins of some 
    types of muscle injury. These mechanisms, 
    rather than gross patho-anatomic injury and 
    repair, are a major focus of current research 
    on work-related muscle injury.
       Muscle tissue has a high intrinsic repair 
    capacity and can effectively adapt to diverse 
    biomechanical loads. Understanding the 
    divergent paths of successful learning and 
    adaptation or injury and degeneration 
    requires an understanding of physiology 
    (Pette, 1980, Ex. 26-1304).
       There are three events associated with 
    muscle injury. While injury related to 
    mechanical contraction is usually caused by 
    stretch (eccentric contraction), injury may 
    also occur during muscle shortening 
    (concentric contraction), or while 
    maintaining the muscle at a constant level of 
    stretch and tension (isometric contraction). 
    The basic mechanism is a mismatch between 
    external load and internal contractile 
    capacity. This results in mechanical 
    disruption between the sarcomeres along the 
    Z-lines. The outcome is inflammation, the 
    sensation of muscle soreness, and triggering 
    of repair processes.
       A second injury mechanism is fatigue, in 
    which there is an activity-related perception 
    of raised effort or an inability to sustain 
    force. Muscle fatigue occurs when physical 
    tasks require high-power, short-duration 
    repetitive contractions, or when there are 
    low-power, sustained or repetitive 
    contractions (Faulkner and Brooks, 1995, Ex. 
    26-1410). Fatigue has consequences for task 
    performance and includes both rapidly 
    reversible and non-reversible manifestations.
       As a muscle becomes fatigued, it produces 
    a distinct electrical signal that can be 
    picked up by electromyography (EMG). The EMG 
    signal is measured by placing electrical 
    transducers on the skin surface over the 
    muscle, or by inserting a needle or small 
    wire directly into the muscle. EMG 
    measurements are most often taken where 
    muscles are well-defined and accessible. EMG 
    has other uses. EMG has been an important 
    tool in measuring effort and fatigue in the 
    large muscles of the neck and shoulders. 
    Recorded EMG voltage reflects the sum of 
    several motor unit potentials. The primary 
    usefulness of surface EMG in work settings is 
    to estimate muscle tension associated with 
    task performance from measured myoelectric 
    activity. Since many factors affect the 
    relationship between muscle force and the 
    amplitude of myoelectric activity, several 
    methods are used to improve the correlation 
    (Chaffin and Andersson, 1991, Ex. 26-420; 
    Dolan et al., 1999, Ex. 26-819; NIOSH, 1992, 
    Ex. 26-1325). Individual-and activity-
    specific calibration can be performed by 
    measuring myoelectric activity and external 
    moments while a subject performs graded 
    activity. Normalization can be employed by 
    measuring one isometric maximum voluntary 
    contraction (MVC) and reporting the activity 
    as a percentage of MVC. This appears to 
    correlate reasonably with load moments 
    calculated from other models (Nieminen, 1993, 
    Ex. 26-1382). Measurements of myoelectric 
    activity can then be used to estimate load 
    moments or forces during the performance of 
    more complex tasks in a variety of work 
    settings. Fatigue can also be assessed: 
    muscle activity is observed to show an 
    increased amplitude and decreased frequency 
    in the myoelectric signal with fatigue 
    (Chaffin and Andersson, 1991, Ex. 26-420; 
    Chaffin, 1973, Ex. 26-876; Lieber and Friden, 
    1994, Ex. 26-559). This is consistent with 
    laboratory observations of the response in 
    fatigued muscle fiber (Bigland-Ritchie et 
    al., 1983); the authors hypothesize that this 
    may be a physiologic adaptation'slower 
    muscles are able to generate higher forces.
       Dolan et al. (1999, Ex. 26-819) recently 
    validated the usefulness of this technique in 
    evaluating dynamic lumbar spine loading. The 
    authors studied eight male subjects who 
    performed lifting tasks from floor height 
    (boxes weighing 6.7 and 15.7 kg). L5-S1 joint 
    moments were assessed using force plates and 
    by measuring the EMG activity of the erector 
    spinae muscles. The two assessment methods 
    yielded similar peak extensor moments, 
    equivalent to spinal compressive forces of 
    2.9 to 4.8 kN. The researchers did note, 
    however, that there were small deviations 
    during lifts requiring a vigorous upward 
    thrust from the legs, and that additional 
    force-plate data would mildly improve 
    correlation in these settings.
       A third injury mechanism (after mechanical 
    contraction-related injury and muscle 
    fatigue) is the release of neuro-humoral 
    substances and changes in electrolyte 
    balance. Neuro-humoral substances are 
    chemicals that affect cell membranes and cell 
    function and excite afferent nerves. Muscle 
    pain, inflammation, and ischemia, or 
    sustained static contraction, lead to release 
    of potassium chloride, lactate, arachidonic 
    acid, bradykinins, serotinin, and histamine. 
    In addition to producing pain, these agents 
    can excite chemosensitive afferents--gamma 
    muscle spindles--that respond to stretch. It 
    is hypothesized that increased spindle 
    excitation can cause the stiffness and pain 
    of ``myalgia'' (Johannson and Sojka, 1991, 
    Ex. 26-968). There is substantial evidence 
    that these mechanisms of tissue injury can 
    produce a distinct MSD pattern, particularly 
    when the work stressors are not sufficiently 
    intense to produce outright mechanical 
    injury. At even 10% of MVC, muscle oxidation 
    declines significantly (Murthy et al., 1997, 
    Ex. 26-307). Proprioceptive accuracy and 
    efficiency are also significantly limited 
    under conditions of fatigue. The loss of 
    accuracy and fine control in hand-intensive 
    tasks, such as manual tool use, requires 
    greater muscle recruitment and correction, 
    further increasing demands on muscle.
       Several mechanical and physiologic muscle 
    responses are involved in the generation of 
    muscle forces and motion of skeletal 
    structures that relate to the development of 
    pathology. Coordination of muscle activity to 
    manipulate bones and joints involves 
    initiation by agonist muscles, with 
    regulatory contributions from synergistically 
    and antagonistically acting muscles. The 
    forces generated by these muscles around a 
    joint produce load moments on the joint. This 
    can cause compression or rotation at the 
    joint with secondary effects on the joint 
    cartilage or bone.
       An acute muscle tear is a point-in-time 
    injury that results when the force demands 
    exceed the muscle tissue mechanical 
    tolerance. This can occur during rapid 
    intentional movement or during a loss of 
    balance, such as in a fall. Often there is 
    rapid stretching of muscle in addition to 
    contraction (Lieber and Friden, 1993, Ex. 26-
    160), and injuries are generally worse when 
    muscle is in its stretched position 
    (Macpherson, Shork, and Faulkner, 1996, Ex. 
    26-165). Healing requires 1 to 4 weeks 
    (Ashton-Miller, 1999, Ex. 26-414; Brooks and 
    Faulkner, 1990, Ex. 26-85), and there is 
    potential for decreased strength after 
    healing is achieved.
       After injury, satellite cells proliferate 
    to repair the muscle damage. As people age, 
    fewer satellite cells are observed in muscle 
    tissue; this may explain the delayed recovery 
    in injured older workers (Carlson, 1994, Ex. 
    26-530). However, muscle rupture may also 
    occur when mechanical disruption of 
    sarcomeres produces an inflammatory response 
    (free radicals, cytosolic enzymes, 
    phagocytosis) with an increased
    
    [[Page 65904]]
    
    susceptibility to delayed muscle tear 
    (Faulkner and Brooks, 1995, Ex. 26-1410).
       Reduced blood flow and increased 
    transmural muscle pressure appear to be 
    important predisposing factors to injury 
    (Armstrong et al., 1993, Ex. 26-1110; Kilbom, 
    1994, Ex. 26-1352; Sjogaard and Sogaard, 
    1998, Ex. 26-1322). The reduced blood flow 
    that is characteristic of static contraction 
    and increased transmural pressure is 
    reversible. However, there is additional 
    evidence that the pattern of reduced flow, 
    injury and diminished repair, and chronic 
    fiber damage all contribute to muscle pain 
    (Lindman et al., 1991, Ex. 26-976). 
    Sufficient blood flow to skeletal muscle is 
    essential for contraction, since force 
    development depends on the conversion of 
    chemical to mechanical energy. EMG studies 
    show increased EMG activity in repetitive and 
    stereotyped work in the setting of myalgia. 
    All of this points to the particular problems 
    of continued use of muscle that has already 
    sustained injury, since the normal processes 
    of adequate blood supply and oxygenation, 
    ability to sustain contraction, and the 
    capacity for repair are all compromised. 
    Prolonged skeletal muscle contraction can 
    produce other complications related to 
    elevated intramuscular pressure. Secondary 
    ischemia and disruption of the transportation 
    of nutrients and oxygen can produce 
    intramuscular edema (Sjogaard, 1988, Ex. 26-
    206). This is compounded when recovery time 
    between contractions is insufficient. 
    Eventually, muscle membrane damage, abnormal 
    calcium homeostasis, free radicals, other 
    inflammatory mediators, and degenerative 
    changes can occur (Sjogaard and Sjogaard, 
    1998, Ex. 26-1322).
       It is also important to recognize that 
    sustained injury appears to involve the 
    excitation of specific neural pathways, 
    rather than occurring as the result of simple 
    repetitive tonic activities. The implications 
    are that simple overuse is remediable and 
    apparent functional loss is often a 
    protective mechanism against depleting muscle 
    cells' energy stores. However, more complex 
    muscle injury involves changes in nerve-
    muscle interaction and inflammatory changes, 
    and continued use and insult can cause more 
    chronic aggravation.
       Several studies appear to support belief 
    in these pathogenic mechanisms. Veiersted et 
    al. (1993, Ex. 26-1154) performed EMG studies 
    on subjects performing machine-paced packing 
    work. Individuals with symptoms of trapezius 
    pain had fewer rest pauses and a shorter 
    total duration of rest pauses, suggesting 
    higher levels of muscle fiber activity. Aaras 
    (1987, Ex. 26-1034) demonstrated that 
    reduction of trapezius muscle activity to 
    less than 2% of MVC in assembly workers 
    reduced sick time. Interesting 
    pathophysiologic findings were noted by 
    Larsson et al. (1990, Ex. 26-1141) when they 
    evaluated trapezius muscle biopsies and blood 
    flow in assembly workers with localized 
    chronic myalgia related to static loading 
    during assembly work. In symptomatic workers, 
    reduced muscle blood flow and pathologic 
    changes (ragged red fibers indicating 
    disturbed mitochondrial function were 
    confined to the type I fibers) were recorded. 
    Myalgia was correlated with reduced local 
    blood flow and the presence of mitochondrial 
    changes.
       Other authors have noted elevated serum 
    levels of muscle enzymes, particularly 
    creatine kinase, in delayed onset muscular 
    soreness following unaccustomed muscle 
    exertion (Armstrong, 1990, Ex. 26-703; Newham 
    et al., 1983a, Ex. 26-395; Schwane et al., 
    1983, Ex. 26-716). This is followed by 
    degenerative changes in sarcomeres followed 
    by regeneration and repair within about 2 
    weeks (Newham et al., 1983b, Ex. 26-741; 
    Ogilvie et al., 1988. Ex. 26-189).
       It must also be appreciated that work does 
    not have to be repetitive or forceful to 
    cause MSDs. Static postures involve repeated 
    and prolonged low force contraction of low-
    threshold motor units. Although the total 
    workload is low, the individual muscles and 
    muscle fibers may approach their maximal 
    capacity, which can lead to injury (Hagg, 
    1991, Ex. 26-427). For example, intramuscular 
    pressures associated with static muscle 
    contraction have the potential to cause 
    muscle tissue injury. The magnitude of 
    intramuscular pressure varies significantly 
    depending on individual muscle 
    characteristics (there are greater pressures 
    in contracting bulky muscles as opposed to 
    thin ones) and location (constricting fascial 
    compartments and adjacent bony structures may 
    increase pressures reached during 
    contraction) (Sjogaard and Sogaard, 1998, Ex. 
    26-1322). Muscle activity and position also 
    determine intramuscular pressures. Herberts 
    et al. (1984, Ex. 26-51) demonstrated that 
    increased hand loads and larger degrees of 
    arm elevation will increase EMG activity and 
    intramuscular pressures in shoulder girdle 
    muscles (deltoid, infra- and supraspinatus, 
    trapezius). This may be noted during static 
    work tasks adopted to stabilize hand tools 
    near shoulder heights during assembly or 
    construction. While very forceful muscle 
    contractions may produce intramuscular 
    pressures that exceed systemic blood 
    pressure, supravenous intramuscular pressures 
    exceeding 40 to 60 mm Hg have even been 
    observed in the supraspinatus muscle during 
    static contractions of less than 10% of MVC 
    (Jarvholm et al., 1989, Ex. 26-967; Sjogaard 
    et al., 1996, Ex. 26-213). Therefore, muscle 
    pressures during low-force static work may 
    approach the range of diastolic pressures. Of 
    importance, diastolic pressures are more 
    significant than mean blood pressures for 
    maintaining blood flow in low-flow situations 
    (Sjogaard et al., 1986, Ex. 26-207), 
    resulting in the potential for damage to 
    muscle tissues. The mechanism of muscle 
    injury associated with elevated intramuscular 
    pressures relates to secondary abnormalities 
    of microcirculatory regulation caused by 
    these pressure increases. As a result, 
    several changes are noted. Diminished oxygen 
    supply to muscle tissue will reduce its 
    capacity to convert chemical to mechanical 
    energy. Persistent contraction may increase 
    tissue edema, potentially increasing tissue 
    pressures and further impairing 
    microcirculation.
       In other circumstances, the recruitment of 
    only a limited number of fibers can result in 
    high fiber stress distributed across the few 
    fibers involved in the contraction, although 
    total muscle forces may be low. Because 
    highly repetitive tasks can only be sustained 
    for prolonged periods when low force is 
    involved, type I fibers are more likely to be 
    involved in repetitive injury.
       Increasing attention has been paid to 
    metabolic and neuroregulatory factors to 
    better understand the relationship between 
    acute muscle fatigue and the development of 
    chronic muscle disorders, as well as to 
    characterize the pattern of pain symptoms 
    that affect the neck, shoulders, forearms, 
    wrists, and fingers in manually intensive 
    tasks that occur well below the MVC. Higher 
    subjective levels of fatigue as well as 
    electrophysiological evidence of fatigue are 
    more common in large muscle groups, such as 
    the neck and shoulder muscles, when 
    activities are static and repetitive rather 
    than dynamic (Sjogaard, 1988, Ex. 26-830). 
    During low levels of exertion, skeletal 
    muscle recruitment primarily activates the 
    slower and less fatigable type I muscle 
    fibers because of their lower thresholds 
    (Henneman and Olson, 1965, Ex. 26-139) Lieber 
    and Friden (1994, Ex. 26-559) have 
    demonstrated an activation sequence by which 
    these smaller, more fatigue-resistant muscle 
    units are first
    
    [[Page 65905]]
    
    recruited, followed by stronger, more easily 
    fatigued fibers. These smaller fibers are the 
    ``Cinderella fibers,'' so named because they 
    are always working in lower-threshold 
    activity, which can be insufficient to 
    recruit stronger fibers (Henneman and Olson, 
    1965, Ex. 26-139).
       The concerns with sustained low-level 
    activity are multifold. Limited muscle fiber 
    recruitment can result in higher individual 
    fiber stresses distributed across the few 
    fibers involved in the contraction, although 
    total muscle forces may be low. Because 
    highly repetitive tasks can only be sustained 
    for prolonged periods of time when low force 
    is involved, type I fibers are more likely to 
    be involved in repetitive injuries. The 
    prolonged recruitment of limited numbers of 
    motor units, even during situations with low 
    stress on these muscle fibers, can deplete 
    available energy, producing eventual fatigue 
    and injury (Lieber and Friden, 1994, Ex. 26-
    559). At low contraction levels, membrane 
    resting potential is maintained in all 
    fibers, including activated fibers (Sjogaard 
    et al., 1996, Ex. 26-213). Potassium-flux--
    induced fatigue is an important homeostatic 
    mechanism for protecting essential ATP 
    stores, but this essential mechanism is 
    bypassed at lower activity levels. A fatigued 
    muscle that will not contract prevents direct 
    tissue damage. Otherwise, the infusion of 
    cytosolic calcium continues. Although calcium 
    is essential for contraction, its build-up is 
    directly damaging to membrane lipids and 
    mitochondria. There is mounting evidence that 
    types of lower-output activity that bypass 
    homeostatic protection can dispose active 
    muscle to silent but significant injury. 
    Skeletal muscle recruitment may also explain 
    the observation that eccentric muscle 
    contraction more commonly causes muscle 
    injury than does concentric contraction 
    (Friden and Lieber, 1994, Ex. 26-559), since 
    this type of contraction primarily involves 
    the fastest fibers with the lowest oxidative 
    capacity.
       Finally, age effects on skeletal muscle 
    generally result in greater susceptibility to 
    injury with repeated loading. With aging, 
    muscle contractility is diminished (Thelen et 
    al., 1996a, Ex. 26-219), muscle mass and 
    maximum isometric force declines (Faulkner 
    and Brooks, 1995, Ex. 26-1410), and the rate 
    of developing force and power is lower 
    (Thelen et al., 1996b, Ex. 26-220). In older 
    individuals, physical conditioning has more 
    impact on power than it does on force. Age-
    related changes appear to be an intrinsic 
    function of muscle fibers themselves, rather 
    than a change in muscle recruitment patterns. 
    Injuries from eccentric contractions in older 
    animals heal more slowly and show a greater 
    force deficit (injury effect) than in younger 
    animals.
       In summary, a significant body of evidence 
    supports the conclusion that conditions often 
    present at work can be pathogenetic and 
    pathophysiologic links with many muscular 
    disorders. There is strong physiologic 
    evidence that sub-maximal muscle contraction, 
    which is the prevailing pattern in the 
    American manufacturing and office workplace, 
    can produce patterns of chronic muscle 
    injury. Potential etiologies include 
    abnormalities in motor unit recruitment, 
    tissue loading in susceptible positions, 
    altered muscle metabolism and blood flow, 
    energy depletion and fatigue, inflammation, 
    and altered tissue repair. This is especially 
    true when work evolves away from tasks that 
    approach the limit of contractile forces, and 
    specific pathways of injury, rather than 
    force itself, become the critical elements in 
    understanding disease. Applying ergonomic 
    principles to muscle physiology is intended 
    to preserve mechanical output while 
    preventing tissue injury.
       b. Tendons and Ligaments. Work-related 
    tendon disorders develop for several reasons. 
    Tendon has viscoelastic properties that may 
    be exceeded when workers perform excessively 
    forceful work activities, carry tasks that 
    overstretch tendons, or have rest periods 
    that are not sufficient to enable normal 
    repair mechanisms to occur (Ashton-Miller, 
    1999, Ex. 26-414; Chaffin and Andersson, 
    1991, Ex. 26-420; Moore, 1992a, Ex. 26-985; 
    Woo et al., 1994, Ex. 26-596). Unfortunately, 
    many jobs and tasks in manufacturing and 
    other work settings associated with excessive 
    hand force, machine paced or piece work, 
    overtime, poor tool design, etc. have these 
    associated risks. In addition, repetitive 
    tendon loading may cause tendon deformation 
    and eventual tissue failure at a lower limit 
    during subsequent loading cycles (Goldstein 
    et al., 1987, Ex. 26-953; Moore, 1992a, Ex. 
    26-985; Thorson and Szabo, 1992, Ex. 26-
    1171). Compression and friction of tendons as 
    they cross joints or move through tight 
    compartments (e.g., the carpal canal or first 
    dorsal compartment of the wrist) may result 
    in inflammation, degeneration, and 
    metaplastic changes with symptoms and signs 
    of tendon pathology (e.g., stenosing 
    tenosynovitis, tenosynovitis, tendinitis) 
    (Ashton-Miller, 1999, Ex. 26-414; Azar et 
    al., 1984, Ex. 26-1031; Backman et al., 1990, 
    Ex. 26-251; Finkelstein, 1930, Ex. 26-266; 
    Flint et al., 1975, Ex. 26-268; Goldstein et 
    al., 1987, Ex. 26-953; Hart, Frank, and Bray, 
    1994, Ex. 26-551; Kilbom, 1994, Ex. 1352; 
    Rais, 1961, Ex. 26-1166; Rathburn and McNab, 
    1970, Ex. 26-1376; Sampson et al., 1991, Ex. 
    26-322; Uchiyama et al., 1995, Ex. 26-339; 
    Vogel, 1994, Ex. 26-593; Wilson and Goodship, 
    1994, Ex. 26-241).
       Tendons and ligaments are connective 
    tissues that connect either muscle to bone 
    (tendons), or bone to bone (ligaments). 
    Tendons and ligaments are relatively 
    uncomplicated tissues, with a simple 
    structure subject to a limited set of 
    stresses: tensile forces from muscle 
    contraction, shear forces from friction 
    against obstructing anatomic structures, and 
    compressive forces from entrapment. Injuries 
    to the muscle and tendon unit are common in 
    the upper extremity.
       Tendon structure consists of parallel-
    oriented collagen bundles in a water-
    mucopolysaccharide matrix. In ligament, 
    bundles are primarily parallel, with some 
    bundles arranged in a non-parallel fashion. 
    This results in different mechanical 
    properties for these tissues, with more 
    elasticity noted in ligamentous structures 
    (Chaffin and Andersson, 1991, Ex. 26-420).
       Tendons. Skeletal muscle, unlike tendon, 
    is composed of non-parallel fibers. 
    Therefore, as the muscle-tendon unit proceeds 
    from muscle to tendon (myotendinous 
    junction), intracellular contractile muscle 
    proteins transition to extracellular collagen 
    in the tendon, and the arrangement of 
    collagen fibers becomes more parallel. 
    Extensive infolding of fibers in the 
    myotendinous junction increases the surface 
    area of the muscle-tendon interface and 
    decreases the stress from tensile loading in 
    this area (Chaffin and Andersson, 1991, Ex. 
    26-420). The myotendinous junction then 
    proceeds to a region called the aponeurosis, 
    where tendon connective tissue predominates. 
    Peritenon, a thin membranous sheath, 
    separates the aponeurosis from the 
    surrounding fascia.
       Microscopically, the distal tendon 
    consists of multiple bundles of collagen 
    tissue surrounded by epitenon, endotenon, and 
    peritenon membranes. The extracellular matrix 
    of healthy tendon includes water, 
    glycosaminoglycans, and glycoproteins. Blood 
    vessels, lymphatics, and nerves may traverse 
    the epitenon or endotenon layers. However, 
    avascular regions are observed in healthy 
    tendons, and it is presumed that these 
    regions are nourished by diffusion. The 
    distal tendon has a synovial sheath that 
    produces lubricating fluid (synovial fluid). 
    In the
    
    [[Page 65906]]
    
    hand, transverse ligaments called pulleys are 
    present near the distal metacarpal and permit 
    flexor tendons to flex the finger through a 
    fibroosseous canal without bowing out.
       The primary function of tendon is to 
    transmit forces from muscle to bone. 
    Accordingly, its principal injuries involve 
    forces causing stretch, deformation, or 
    inadequate recovery (i.e., return to resting 
    length), on the one hand, and frictional 
    damage due to shear and extrinsic 
    compression, on the other. The tendon is 
    subject to both uniaxial tensile forces from 
    muscles and transverse forces from anatomic 
    pulleys, bursae, and extended range of 
    motion. Tensile and transverse forces produce 
    shear and influence tendon gliding. This 
    phenomenon draws particular attention to 
    awkward or extreme posture, particularly at 
    the wrist (Armstrong et al., 1984, Ex. 26-
    1293).
       Pathophysiologically, four main types of 
    non-acute tendon disorders have been 
    suggested (Leadbetter, 1992, Ex. 26-157). 
    Paratenonitis (tenosynovitis) is the 
    inflammation of the peritenon. Signs and 
    symptoms can include pain, swelling, warmth, 
    and tenderness. Tendinosis involves 
    intratendinous degeneration with fiber 
    disorientation, scattered vascular ingrowth, 
    occasional necrosis, and calcification; 
    tendon nodularity may be noted, but swelling 
    of the tendon sheath is absent. Paratenonitis 
    may be observed with tendinosis. 
    Corresponding signs of inflammation and 
    nodularity are possible. Tendinitis (tendon 
    strain or tear) can range from inflammation 
    with acute hemorrhage and tear to 
    inflammation with chronic degeneration. 
    Clinical symptoms and signs relate to the 
    contributions of inflammation vs. 
    degeneration. This classification into four 
    types, however, is not universally accepted.
       To understand how tendons become diseased, 
    one must understand tendon function and 
    repair mechanisms. As muscles contract, 
    tendons are subjected to mechanical loading 
    and viscoelastic deformation. Tendons must 
    have both tensile resistance to loading (to 
    move attached bones) and elastic properties 
    (to enable them to move around turns, as in 
    the hand). When collagen bundles are placed 
    under tension, they first elongate without 
    significant increase in stress. With 
    increased tension, they become stiffer in 
    response to this further loading. If the load 
    on these structures exceeds the elastic limit 
    of the tissue (its ability to recoil to its 
    original configuration), permanent changes 
    occur (Ashton-Miller, 1999, Ex. 26-414; 
    Moore, 1992a, Ex. 26-985; Chaffin and 
    Andersson, 1991, Ex. 26-420). During 
    subsequent loading of the damaged tendon, 
    less stiffness is observed. The ultimate 
    strength of normal tendon and ligament is 
    about 50% of that of cortical bone (Frankel 
    and Nordin, 1980, Ex. 26-1125), but 
    structures that have exceeded the elastic 
    limit fail at lower limits. In addition, if 
    recovery time between contractions is too 
    short, deformation can result in pathologic 
    changes that decrease the tendon's ultimate 
    strength (Thorson and Szabo, 1992, Ex. 26-
    1171; Goldstein et al., 1987, Ex. 26-953).
       Tendon exhibits additional viscoelastic 
    properties of relaxation and creep. That is, 
    when a tendon is subjected to prolonged 
    elongation and loading, the magnitude of the 
    tensile force will gradually decrease 
    (relaxation) and the length of the tendon 
    will gradually increase (creep) to a level of 
    equilibrium (Chaffin and Andersson, 1991, Ex. 
    26-420; Moore, 1992a, Ex. 26-985; Woo et al., 
    1994, Ex. 26-596). During repetitive loading, 
    the tendon exhibits these properties and then 
    recovers if there is sufficient recovery 
    time. If the time interval between loadings 
    does not permit restoration, then recovery 
    can be incomplete, even if the elastic limit 
    is not exceeded (Goldstein et al., 1987, Ex. 
    26-953).
       Tendons are also subject to 
    perpendicularly oriented compressive loading. 
    This is seen when tendons are loaded as they 
    turn corners around pulleys or bony surfaces. 
    Friction is generated at these locations as 
    the tendon slides against adjacent surfaces, 
    causing a shearing force. This is significant 
    in the hand and wrist, as demonstrated by 
    Goldstein et al. (1987, Ex. 26-953). The 
    authors noted that higher levels of muscle 
    tension are required to achieve a specific 
    level of strength at the fingertip during 
    non-neutral wrist postures, and that tendons 
    are subject to greater shear stress with non-
    neutral wrist postures. Similarly, 
    compressive force in the A1 pulley has been 
    demonstrated to rise dramatically from the 
    neutral posture (0 to 50 mm Hg) to full 
    flexion (500 to 700 mm Hg) (Azar, Fleeger, 
    and Cluver, 1984, Ex. 26-1031). Tendon 
    friction is proportional to the axial tension 
    of the tendon, the coefficient of friction 
    between the tendon and its adjacent surface, 
    and the angle of the tendon as it turns about 
    a pulley (Uchiyama et al., 1995, Ex. 26-339). 
    Ashton-Miller, Ex. 26-414, suggests that this 
    may be a cause of surface degeneration in 
    tendons. Internal degeneration may be the 
    result of friction-induced internal heat 
    generation (Wilson and Goodship, 1994, Ex. 
    26-241). One study in exercising racehorses 
    demonstrated that tendon core temperature in 
    the superficial digital flexor tendon was 5.4 
    degrees above tendon surface temperature, 
    enough to kill fibroblasts in vitro (Wilson 
    and Goodship, 1994, Ex. 26-241).
       Clinically, tendon compression in the hand 
    may manifest as stenosing tenosynovitis. 
    Initially, examination in patients with 
    stenosing tenosynovitis may reveal impaired 
    motion, tenderness, pain on resisted 
    contraction or passive stretch, swelling, or 
    crepitation. With time, swelling and 
    thickening of the tendon may occur from 
    fibril disruption, partial laceration, 
    impairment of blood flow and diffusion of 
    metabolites, and the localized repair 
    process. Ultimately, this limits the normal 
    smooth passage of the tendon through its 
    fibroosseous canal. These chronic tissue 
    changes are recognized as triggering. At 
    surgery, findings may include tightness and 
    thickening of the pulley, nodular fusiform 
    tendon swelling, fibrocartilaginous 
    metaplasia, or fraying of the tendon 
    (Finkelstein, 1930, Ex. 26-266; Sampson et 
    al., 1991, Ex. 26-322)
       These conceptualized patterns of tendon 
    injury have practical clinical significance, 
    relating to some of the most common MSDs 
    encountered in clinical practice. Micro-tears 
    and gross trauma to the tendon produce an 
    acute inflammatory condition with 
    regeneration and removal of tissue debris. As 
    noted, when the tendon load is great and 
    there is insufficient recovery time between 
    deformations for the tendon to recover its 
    resting length, viscous strain can exceed 
    elastic strain (Goldstein et al., 1987, Ex. 
    26-953), causing tendon deformation (Thorson 
    and Szabo, 1992, Ex. 26-1171). These are the 
    mechanisms most often involved in the common 
    ``sprain.''
       A different injury mechanism occurs when 
    tendon and tendon sheaths are forced over 
    hard anatomic surfaces, producing either an 
    inflammatory tendinitis or a zone of 
    avascularity (lack of blood flow) due to 
    compression (Rathburn and McNab, 1970, Ex. 
    26-1376). This has been experimentally 
    demonstrated by electrically stimulating 
    muscles to contract, causing friction and 
    tendinitis (Rais, 1961, Ex. 26-1166). 
    Impaired circulation, hard tissue 
    compression, and degenerative change are 
    pertinent to rotator cuff injuries, where 
    tendon insertions on the greater tuberosity 
    of the humerus can be compressed under the 
    coracoacromial arch. Muscle tension, itself, 
    can also restrict circulation when the 
    tendon's supply of arterial blood runs
    
    [[Page 65907]]
    
    through the contracted muscle, as is the case 
    with the supraspinata (Herberts et al., 1984, 
    Ex. 26-51). Common rotator cuff diagnoses 
    that fall short of surgical intervention 
    often fall under these pathophysiologic 
    mechanisms.
       A more subtle friction-related injury is 
    de Quervain's Syndrome, in which a narrowed 
    first dorsal compartment juxtaposes crossed 
    tenosynovium of the abductor pollicis longus 
    and extensor pollicis brevis (Witt et al., 
    1991, Ex. 26-242). Injury in the first dorsal 
    compartment in de Quervain's Syndrome is 
    actually a disorder of the retinaculum, a 
    specialized ligamentous tissue acting as an 
    anatomic pulley to prevent tendon 
    bowstringing, and involves the fingers and 
    the toes. ``Bowstringing'' refers to the 
    tendency of a tendon, under tension, to 
    assume the shortest distance between its 
    proximal and distal insertion, unless it is 
    tethered and damped. The disorder is a 
    hypertrophy of this retinaculum. Tendon and 
    ligament are elastic and will ``creep'' 
    (i.e., stretch) in response to tensile 
    loading. Creeping involves progressive fiber 
    recruitment and loss of the natural waviness 
    of collagen fibers.
       A diversity of clinical terms complicates 
    the description of tendon injuries. As 
    Waldron points out (1989, Ex. 26-509), the 
    traditional peritendinitis crepitans, 
    characterized by an edematous or swollen 
    musculo-tendinous junction, is more limited 
    than the variety of soft tissue pains that 
    are currently described as tendinitis or 
    tenosynovitis. In the older usage, tendinitis 
    was an uncommon and severe condition in which 
    the injured tissues were swollen and crackled 
    under compression. Currently, ``tendinitis'' 
    is used to describe a wide variety of soft 
    tissue pain and is the most widely used term 
    employed to characterize MSDs. Tendons have 
    very different structures, depending on 
    anatomic location and function, so as a 
    general term for a diseased tendon, 
    ``tendinitis'' groups together several 
    different pathologies. In the case of 
    epicondylitis, the insertional tears seen in 
    young athletes playing racket sports have 
    little in common with the non-inflammatory 
    degeneration seen in older populations, 
    whether or not work is implicated as a risk 
    factor (Chaard et al., 1994, Ex. 26-458). The 
    frequent lack of connection between observed 
    gross pathology and clinical or reported 
    symptoms is another consideration. In autopsy 
    series, the majority of cadavers have tears 
    at the TFCC (triangulate fibro-cartilage 
    complex) in the wrist or degeneration of the 
    ECRB (extensor carpi radialis brevis) 
    insertion at the elbow (Mooney and Poehling, 
    1991, Ex. 26-304; Cherniack, 1996, Ex. 26-
    258). However, the occurrence of perceptible 
    symptoms is comparatively uncommon.
       Tendons and ligaments also undergo 
    significant modification where they turn 
    corners or insert onto bone. Evidence exists 
    that the tendon matrix is reformulated in 
    response to mechanical forces, implying an 
    active process of cell response. However, it 
    has not been determined whether this reaction 
    definitively alters the mechanical properties 
    of the tendon, or what its role is in future 
    injury. Experimental work with rabbit flexor 
    digitorum profundus tendon compressed by 
    adjacent calcaneum and talus (Flint et al., 
    1975, Ex. 26-268) has demonstrated that 
    fibrocartilagenous metaplasia occurs in 
    response, and that after surgical 
    translocation of the tendon, this will 
    improve. The presence of sex hormone and 
    neurotransmitter receptors in tendon tissues 
    indicates that tissue responses are complex 
    (Hart, Frank, and Bray, 1994, Ex. 26-551). 
    This implies that tendon is affected by 
    internal signals and is subject to regulation 
    beyond stress and strain. The proinflammatory 
    neurotransmitters substance P and calcitonin 
    gene-related peptide are located in the nerve 
    endings present in tendons and ligaments 
    (Goldstein et al., 1987, Ex. 26-953) and 
    constitute a pathway for neurologically 
    mediated tendon injury. The current notion of 
    tendons and ligaments, which are structurally 
    closely related, describes them as dynamic 
    tissues subject to biomechanical strain and 
    the effects of endocrine hormones and 
    neurotransmitters. This suggests potentially 
    complex patterns of injury and pain, and also 
    of adaptation. Although a complete view of 
    tendon function remains to be articulated, 
    for now it seems clear that remodeling of 
    tendons, inflammation, and the response to 
    injury are mediated systemically as well as 
    locally.
       Additional experimental evidence relates 
    to a more chronic or cumulative process 
    through which tendon injury can evolve. Much 
    is unknown about underlying pathophysiologic 
    mechanisms in even such common mechanical 
    tendon-and tenosynovium-related disorders as 
    breakdown of the ECRB in lateral 
    epicondylitis and tendinitis of the flexor 
    digitorum in CTS. However, the provocation of 
    a tissue response characterized by 
    proinflammatory mediators in laboratory 
    animals exposed to continuous motion (Backman 
    et al., 1990, Ex. 26-251) strongly suggests 
    that biomechanical loading and stresses 
    induce mechanical tissue injury and acquired 
    micro-structural changes. Although this 
    provides a useful direction, laboratory 
    tendon loading experiments have not permitted 
    a human threshold for repetitions causing 
    tendon injury to be quantified.
       Experience suggests that resolution of 
    tendinitis can be surprisingly time-
    consuming. The reasons can be found in the 
    pathophysiology of tendon repair. Following 
    flexor tendon laceration, tendon healing 
    follows three phases. Initially, inflammation 
    is observed, with cells arising from the 
    epitenon, endotenon, and peritendinous 
    tissue. This stimulates migration and 
    proliferation of fibroblasts and the removal 
    of damaged tissue. The inflammatory phase 
    ends long before tissue remodeling has been 
    completed. Within the first week, collagen 
    synthesis is initiated, though fiber 
    orientation may be chaotic. By the fourth 
    week, fibroblasts predominate and collagen 
    content increases. Maturation of collagen and 
    functional alignment occurs by the second 
    month, with maximum functional restoration 
    requiring exposure of the healing tendon to 
    renewed loading. Exercise and movement are 
    fundamental to the therapeutic process of an 
    injured tendon. But premature exercise can be 
    detrimental; movement of a deformed, 
    devascularized, or inflamed tendon will 
    provoke further injury and breakdown. 
    Mechanical loading that results in a stiffer 
    tendon development can provide structural 
    integrity but a loss of mobility. Pain is an 
    important indicator of either gross or 
    microscopic abnormal tissue responses. In 
    considering MSDs involving tendon and 
    ligament it is especially important to 
    differentiate between aggravation of an 
    injury and exercise, which can be 
    therapeutic. Exercise has proven to be an 
    important component in the remodeling and 
    strengthening of the ligaments of the rat 
    knee (Frank, McDonald, and Shrive, 1997, Ex. 
    26-623). However, tendon and ligament 
    adaptation and repair are inevitably slow 
    processes'a knee injury can take up to 2 
    years to fully repair. Thus, although tendon, 
    in particular, can effect a considerable but 
    slow adaptational response to increased 
    physical demand, a progressive increase in 
    loading demands can easily exceed remodeling 
    capacity, increasing the likelihood of re-
    injury. The slow natural rate of tendon and 
    ligament repair also highlights the 
    importance of prevention and early 
    intervention. Established injuries can 
    persist for weeks and months even after 
    ergonomic review of the workplace and 
    remediation.
    
    [[Page 65908]]
    
       In summary, clear evidence exists to 
    support the conclusion that conditions often 
    present at work can be pathogenic for some 
    tendon disorders, as discussed above. 
    Potential etiologies include mechanical 
    disadvantage or tendon related to changes in 
    joint position, changes in tensile and 
    viscoeastic properties of tendon with 
    excessive or repetitive loading, interference 
    with normal repair mechanisms, and the 
    effects of compression and friction leading 
    to internal and external degeneration and 
    inflammatory responses.
       Ligaments. Work exposures may contribute 
    to the development of ligament and joint 
    disorders as the result of many pathogenic 
    and physiologic mechanisms. Ligaments, like 
    tendons, have viscoelastic properties that 
    may be exceeded by repetitive loading or 
    deformation, resulting in possible subsequent 
    failure during lower levels of loading 
    (Chaffin and Andersson, 1991, Ex. 26-420). On 
    the one hand, ligamentous laxity has been 
    demonstrated in the wrist after continuous 
    exercise (Crisco et al., 1997, Ex. 26-1373). 
    This type of stress is commonly observed in 
    highly repetitive work settings. On the other 
    hand, immobilization may result in decreased 
    ligamentous tensile strength (Woo et al., 
    1987, Ex. 26-243). The significance of this 
    finding in workers who perform prolonged, 
    sedentary work merits further investigation.
       Although tendon and ligament have many 
    structural similarities, they also have 
    important differences. Ligament structure 
    consists of type I and type III collagen with 
    elastin and glycosaminoglycans. Ligamentous 
    structures are somewhat more elastic than 
    tendon, in part because of the occurrence of 
    non-parallel fibers. As in tendon, there are 
    length and velocity tension relationships, 
    and relaxation and creep are noted (Chaffin 
    and Andersson, 1991, Ex. 26-420). The ability 
    of ligaments to adapt to changes in 
    physiologic loading has been studied in the 
    rabbit medial collateral ligament. After 9 
    weeks of immobilization, a 50% decline in 
    tensile strength was noted (Woo et al., 1987, 
    Ex. 26-243). With remobilization, stiffness 
    improved, but after 9 weeks was still 20% 
    below initial values. Viscoelastic changes 
    have been reported with repetitive loading, 
    with a 30% increase in wrist laxity in 
    subjects performing 1 hour of exercise. After 
    24 hours, tissue laxity had returned to 
    baseline (Crisco et al., 1997, Ex. 26-1373). 
    Ligament healing and remodeling is, 
    unfortunately, rather slow and limited. After 
    injury, a vascular response is rather 
    prolonged, and can last for several months 
    (Bray et al., 1996, Ex. 26-773). With aging, 
    a decrease in elastic stiffness and failure 
    can occur at lower loads, as demonstrated in 
    a study comparing tissue samples from old 
    (mean age 76 years) and young (mean age 35 
    years) subjects (Woo et al., 1991, Ex. 26-
    244).
       Joint hypermobility, the familiar double-
    jointedness, appears to be more common in 
    women than in men (Bridges et al., 1992, Ex. 
    26-1312), and appears to have a strong 
    genetic basis (Child, 1986, Ex. 26-358). It 
    is more an anthropometric factor, or effect 
    modifier, than a predisposition to disease. 
    That is, hypermobility is not an 
    intrinsically morbid condition, but it can 
    increase musculo-tendinous loading and 
    effort. It has been recognized as a risk 
    factor for musculotendinous injury in hand-
    intensive tasks, presumably because of the 
    co-contractive effort required to stabilize 
    small joints in the hand (Pascarelli et al., 
    1993, Ex. 26-1164). Hyper-mobility means that 
    opposing muscle groups must be simultaneously 
    and antagonistically contracted to maintain 
    the position of a finger or a wrist against 
    resistance. There is considerable speculation 
    that hormones, as well as mechanical 
    stresses, may influence knee and other tendon 
    and ligament injuries in women. Although it 
    is premature to ascribe these factors to the 
    risk of developing a work-related knee 
    injury, it is important to recognize that 
    ligamentous laxity can usually be 
    accommodated through changes in work 
    technique and job design.
       Ligamentous laxity is also acquired in the 
    course of continuous work. A 30% increase in 
    wrist laxity (due to visco-elastic 
    stretching) has been observed after 1 hour of 
    continuous exercise (Crisco et al., 1997, Ex. 
    26-1373). There is a return to normal length 
    and function within 4 hours. This observation 
    highlights the point that maintenance of 
    ligamentous function requires periods of rest 
    and disuse.
       c. Nerve. Work-related nerve disorders 
    include compression, entrapment, and 
    vibration-induced and toxic neuropathies. It 
    is the first two that are within the scope of 
    this document. Compression most commonly 
    occurs adjacent to joints or as nerves pass 
    through muscle or connective tissue. This may 
    result in mechanical deformation of nerves, 
    perineural edema, nerve ischemia, and 
    inflammation with secondary nerve damage and 
    delayed conduction (Feldman et al., 1983, Ex. 
    26-949; Gelberman et al., 1983, Ex. 26-465; 
    Lundborg and Dahlin, 1994, Ex. 26-561; Moore, 
    1992b, Ex. 26-984; Rydevik et al., 1989, Ex. 
    26-198; Szabo et al., 1983, Ex. 26-333). 
    Examples of this include carpal tunnel 
    syndrome, cubital tunnel syndrome, entrapment 
    at Guyon's canal, and tarsal tunnel syndrome 
    (Bozentka, 1998, Ex. 26-82; Delisa and Saeed, 
    1983, Ex. 26-364; Feldman et al., 1983, Ex. 
    26-949; Moore, 1992b, Ex. 26-984; Terzis and 
    Noah, 1994, Ex. 26-587). External compression 
    with impairment of nerve function may occur 
    from contact stress between body parts and 
    hard work surfaces or sharp edges (e.g., 
    carpal tunnel syndrome, cubital tunnel 
    syndrome) (Feldman et al., 1983, Ex. 26-949; 
    Hoffman and Hoffman, 1985, Ex. 26-141). 
    Alternatively, internal compression may occur 
    from increased compartmental pressures or 
    from contact against bones, tendons, or 
    ligaments (e.g., cubital tunnel syndrome, 
    carpal tunnel syndrome) (Bozentka, 1998, Ex. 
    26-82; Feldman et al., 1983, Ex. 26-949; 
    Moore, 1992b, Ex. 26-984; Skie et al., 1990, 
    Ex. 26-328). At times, workers may experience 
    anatomic and tissue changes with multiple 
    sites of nerve compression that cause greater 
    damage than would be experienced with a 
    single site of compression (``double crush 
    syndrome'') (Lundborg and Dahlin, 1994, Ex. 
    26-949; Mackinnon, 1992, Ex. 26-646; Novak 
    and Mackinnon, 1998, Ex. 26-1310). 
    Furthermore, whole-body vibration transmitted 
    by vehicles or segmental vibration from hand 
    tool use may damage nerves directly or 
    indirectly because of ischemia or adjacent 
    tissue changes (Hjortsberg et al., 1989, Ex. 
    26-1131; McLain and Weinstein, 1994, Ex. 26-
    1347; NIOSH, 1989, Ex. 26-392; Takeushi et 
    al., 1986, Ex. 26-681; Rempel et al., 1998, 
    Ex. 26-444).
       Peripheral nerve is composed of a nerve 
    cell body (motor or sensory) and an axon, 
    which extends to the periphery. An axon with 
    its sheath constitutes a nerve fiber. 
    Myelinated fibers are surrounded by single 
    layers of Schwann cells arranged in a 
    longitudinal manner along the nerve. Spaces 
    on myelinated nerves created by adjacent 
    Schwann cells are called nodes of Ranvier. 
    Bundles of nerve fibers, called fascicles, 
    are wrapped by perineurium and embedded with 
    microvasculature in epineural tissue. The 
    amount of epineural tissue and the presence 
    or absence of myelination depends on the 
    location and purpose of the nerve. The 
    largest myelinated fibers (Group A) have the 
    highest conduction velocity. Group B fibers 
    are myelinated autonomic and preganglionic 
    fibers. The thinnest, non-myelinated fibers 
    have the lowest conduction velocity and
    
    [[Page 65909]]
    
    make up the visceral and somatic afferent 
    pain Group C fibers.
       Substances required for membrane integrity 
    are synthesized in the nerve cell body and 
    transported to the periphery, while disposal 
    of waste materials and transport of trophic 
    and tropic factors both involve transport 
    from the periphery to the nerve cell body 
    (Lundborg and Dahlin, 1994, Ex. 26-561). Both 
    propagation of impulses and transportation of 
    materials require a sufficient energy supply 
    and vasculature. Depending upon location, 
    peripheral nerves are subject to variable 
    amounts of gliding or excursion in response 
    to muscle, tendon, and joint movement 
    (Bozentka, 1998, Ex. 26-82; Chaffin and 
    Andersson 1991, Ex. 26-420; Novak and 
    Mackinnon, 1998, Ex. 26-1310; Rempel, Dahlin, 
    and Lundborg, 1998, Ex. 26-444).
       There are several mechanisms by which 
    peripheral nerves are either injured directly 
    or contribute secondarily to pain and 
    dysfunction. Nerve tissue plays a predominant 
    role in transmitting information on the 
    extent of tissue damage and in establishing 
    the CNS link producing sensations of pain. 
    Movement disorders and dystonias, which 
    produce chaotic or uncontrolled patterns of 
    hand movement or cramps, also involve 
    patterns of abnormal nerve transmission, but 
    here the problem has more to do with function 
    and control than pain. Nerve tissue can also 
    be directly injured, producing characteristic 
    symptom patterns.
       The most widely recognized lesions of 
    peripheral nerves associated with repetitive 
    work and chronic overuse are the entrapment 
    and compression neuropathies. Mechanical 
    pressure on a peripheral nerve, if severe 
    enough, causes a block or delay in the 
    conduction of nerve impulses, a decline in 
    sensory function, and paresthesias (``pins 
    and needles''). Because defects in the 
    conduction of nerve impulses can be assessed 
    by electrophysiology (Wilbourn and Lederman, 
    1984, Ex. 26-1409) or by shifts in thresholds 
    of perception (Lundborg et al., 1987, Ex. 26-
    645), nerve entrapments have traditionally 
    been the most effectively studied MSDs. The 
    notion of nerve entrapment implies that 
    external pressure or resistance on a 
    peripheral nerve restricts free nerve 
    movement or impinges on nerve contents 
    (Lundborg, 1988, Ex. 26-1145). This pressure 
    or resistance can be caused by external 
    compression through soft tissue swelling by a 
    fracture or callus, or by swelling or 
    scarring of the nerve tissues themselves. The 
    necessity for peripheral nerves to move 
    during musculoskeletal activity is often 
    underappreciated, with ulnar nerve range at 
    the elbow approaching 1.5 cm and median nerve 
    mobility being 1.0 cm at the wrist (Millesi 
    et al., 1990, Ex. 26-567). In the upper 
    extremity, areas of potential nerve 
    compression are most frequently situated in 
    the vicinity of joints. The two most common 
    upper-extremity disorders are CTS at the 
    wrist and cubital tunnel syndrome at the 
    elbow. In the low back, degenerative disease 
    and bony compression of nerve roots is the 
    most common cause of radicular pain patterns 
    (Deyo et al., 1990, Ex. 26-106).
       The histopathology of human compressive 
    neuropathy has not been well studied, because 
    surgical management does not provide 
    pathological specimens. However, findings 
    from animal experiments appear to correlate 
    with the limited findings from human 
    specimens where nerve was resected or from an 
    autopsy on an individual with compressive 
    neuropathy (Novak and Mackinnon, 1994, Ex. 
    26-1310; Mackinnon et al., 1986, Ex. 26-1321; 
    Rempel, Dahlin, and Lundborg, 1998, Ex. 26-
    444; Terzis and Noah, 1994, Ex. 26-587). 
    After compression of nerve, changes in the 
    blood-nerve barrier develop and are followed 
    by subperineurial edema and thickening of 
    both perineurial and epineural layers 
    (Lundborg and Dahlin, 1994, Ex. 26-561 ; 
    Novak and Mackinnon, 1998, Ex. 26-1310; 
    Rempel, Dahlin, and Lundborg, 1999, Ex. 26-
    444; Terzis and Noah, 1994, Ex. 26-587). 
    After intraneural fibrosis, myelin thinning 
    results, with fibers at the periphery of the 
    nerve affected first. If compression 
    continues, segmental demyelination progresses 
    to more diffuse demyelination and, finally, 
    axonal degeneration occurs (Mackinnon and 
    Dellon, 1988, Ex. 26-296; Mackinnon et al., 
    1984, 1985, Exs. 26-648 and 26-649).
       Histopathologic changes are dependent on 
    the force and duration of compression, as 
    well as the characteristics of the nerve. 
    Changes can also vary among different 
    fascicles within the nerve (Mackinnon, 1992, 
    Ex. 26-646). Nerves composed of large amounts 
    of connective tissue with relatively few 
    fascicles may be less susceptible to injury 
    (Dickson and Wright, 1984, Ex. 26-1298; 
    Lundborg, 1988, Ex. 26-1145). The nearer 
    nerve fascicles are to the site of 
    compression, the sooner pathologic changes 
    will occur.
       Laboratory observations appear to support 
    these conclusions. In a study of canine 
    extensor digitorum brevis muscle, Hargens et 
    al. (1979, Ex. 26-135) created a compartment 
    syndrome by infusing plasma. As pressure 
    rose, the amplitude of the action potential 
    declined until complete nerve block developed 
    at 2 hours at pressures of 80 to 120 mm Hg. 
    Histopathological evidence of axonal 
    degeneration was noted after 3 weeks. Graded 
    external compression of rabbit tibial nerve 
    demonstrated complete interference with 
    epineural venular, arteriolar, and 
    intrafascicular capillary flow at pressures 
    from 60 mm Hg to 80 mm Hg (Rydevik et al., 
    1981, Ex. 26-321). The neural ischemia may 
    then cause endoneurial edema, with further 
    rises in intraneural pressure.
       As nerves are stretched over another 
    anatomic structure, mechanical deformation 
    can occur with microruptures, abnormal 
    function (ischemia and decreased nerve 
    conduction) and scarring (Armstrong, 1983, 
    Ex. 26-927). In addition, there can be an 
    incompatibility between the anatomic space 
    available for the nerve and the volume and 
    pressure of the space (Lundborg, 1988, Ex. 
    26-1145). For example, in cubital tunnel 
    syndrome, repeated flexion results in stretch 
    and friction of the ulnar nerve (Harter, 
    1989, Ex. 26-958). This can be compounded by 
    elevations in the pressure in the cubital 
    tunnel that have been observed with elbow 
    flexion (Pechan and Julis, 1975, Ex. 26-575). 
    Elbow flexion also places the ulnar nerve in 
    a more superficial position, where it can be 
    damaged by leaning the elbow on a work 
    surface.
       Because it is the most common nerve 
    entrapment disorder of the upper extremity 
    and because it is easily studied, CTS has 
    become the benchmark nerve compression 
    disorder (Szabo and Gelberman, 1987, Ex. 26-
    1013). In CTS, postural extremes can cause 
    significant increases in mean intracarpal 
    pressures from 2.5 to 30 mm Hg in normal 
    subjects, and from 32 to 94 (flexion) or 110 
    (extension) mm Hg in patients with CTS 
    (Gelberman et al., 1981, Ex. 26-1127; Szabo 
    and Chidley, 1989, Ex. 26-1168). Similarly, 
    pressures can rise with exposure of flexor 
    tendons to high forces (Smith, Sonstegard, 
    and Anderson, 1977, Ex. 26-1006), or 
    repetitive hand/wrist motions (Gelberman et 
    al., 1981, Ex. 26-1127; Szabo and Gelberman, 
    1987, Ex. 26-1013). Within 1 hour, elevated 
    carpal tunnel pressures can result in 
    impaired conduction and median nerve sensory 
    function (Gelberman et al., 1981, Ex. 26-
    1127; Lundborg, 1988, Ex. 26-1145). Even 
    transient increases in intracarpal pressure 
    can produce slowed nerve conduction and 
    altered sensory function of the hand 
    (Lundborg et al., 1982, Ex. 26-979). These 
    types of
    
    [[Page 65910]]
    
    pressure can be induced by prolonged isotonic 
    or isometric contractions of wrist and 
    digital flexors (Werner, Elmquist, and Ohlin, 
    1983, Ex. 26-1025). Studies of intracarpal 
    pressure in these more exaggerated or non-
    neutral positions have had consistent 
    results, demonstrating large increases in 
    pressure when the wrist is forcefully 
    stressed, particularly in hyperextension 
    (Rempel et al., 1994, Ex. 26-1151; Werner et 
    al., 1994, Ex. 26-237). Relatively low 
    fingertip loads (5 to 15 N) raise carpal 
    tunnel pressures by 4 to 6.6 kPa (Rempel et 
    al., 1997, Ex. 26-889). Classic studies in 
    the meatpacking industry (Masear, Hayes, and 
    Hyde, 1986, Ex. 26-983) and in the automobile 
    industry (Silverstein, Fine, and Armstrong, 
    1987, Ex. 26-34) have shown a consistent 
    pattern of forceful wrist exertions and nerve 
    compression syndromes. This same pattern of 
    risks is evidenced in the so-called pinch 
    grip, leading to innovations in tool handle 
    design (Tichauer, 1978, Ex. 26-446). Use of 
    modifications tend to involve the full palm 
    rather than the fingers alone.
       Because of the strong association of CTS 
    with repetitive and forceful work and awkward 
    postures (Silverstein, Fine, and Armstrong, 
    1987, Ex. 26-34), there has been particular 
    attention to the process by which joint 
    deviation and loading and repetitive muscle 
    contraction can raise pressure at an anatomic 
    canal. In the upper extremity, fibrotic 
    changes in the radial and ulnar bursae and at 
    the carpal tunnel have been located 
    consistently. These changes potentially 
    produce compressive stresses on the median, 
    ulnar, and radial nerves from bone and 
    retinaculum (Armstrong et al., 1984, Ex. 26-
    1293).
       The transition from acute compression 
    injury to a chronic nerve entrapment 
    condition involves an extension of these 
    pathophysiologic models. However, Mackinnon 
    et al. (1984, Ex. 26-648) have presented a 
    histologic model showing the gradual 
    transition from a recoverable nerve 
    compression injury, in which there is 
    swelling and thickening of the connective 
    tissue lining bundles of nerve fibers, to 
    demyelination of the nerve and nerve 
    fibrosis, in which there are often 
    irreversible changes to the nerve. This has 
    been extended to a model of CTS (Mackinnon 
    and Novak, 1997, Ex. 26-1309).
       Novak and Mackinnon (1998, Ex. 26-1310) 
    suggest that many patients with diffuse 
    upper-extremity symptoms may experience 
    problems from multiple levels or sites of 
    nerve compression and concomitant muscle 
    imbalance. These observations come from the 
    often surprising clinical evidence that 
    symptomatic patients often express signs at 
    multiple sites of potential compression. This 
    so-called ``double crush'' syndrome (Hurst et 
    al., 1985, Ex. 26-965) can be a consequence 
    of degenerative cervical spine disease or 
    acquired postural torsion at the brachial 
    plexus (Mackinnon and Novak, 1997, Ex. 26-
    1309). In the ``double crush'' syndrome, 
    there is compression at the carpal tunnel as 
    well.
       The concept of ``double'' or ``multiple 
    crush syndromes'' is a controversial subject. 
    In 1973, Upton and McComas first proposed 
    that a proximal site of nerve compression, 
    such as a cervical disc herniation, could 
    make a distal nerve more susceptible to 
    injury. Other potential scenarios could 
    include ulnar nerve entrapment at the 
    brachial plexus and cubital tunnel, or at the 
    cubital tunnel and Guyon's canal. Mackinnon 
    (1992, Ex. 26-646) and Dellon and Mackinnon 
    (1991, Ex. 26-616) have further describe the 
    concept. These observations can be 
    significant in situations where work postures 
    place muscles in shortened positions. For 
    example, workers who perform tasks requiring 
    prolonged or resisted pronation may develop 
    pronator muscle shortening that compresses 
    the median nerve in the forearm when the 
    forearm is placed in supination. 
    Alternatively, prolonged and static work 
    postures that result in pectoralis minor or 
    scalene muscle tightness can compress the 
    brachial plexus. Alterations in axoplasmic 
    flow and transport of neutrophic substances 
    has been proposed as the mechanism of this 
    injury. Dellon and Mackinnon (1991, Ex. 26-
    616) devised an experimental animal study to 
    evaluate these phenomena. The authors banded 
    either sciatic nerve, posterior tibial nerve, 
    or both nerves in rat subjects. The group of 
    rats with double banding demonstrated 
    significantly worse mean amplitudes of the 
    compound action potential than either group 
    of single-banded rats. In theory, metabolic 
    abnormalities (e.g., diabetes, alcoholic 
    neuropathy, collagen vascular disease) could 
    weaken a nerve and make it more susceptible 
    to injury from less significant levels of 
    compression. In the case of diabetes, a 
    recent article by S.E. MacKinnon (1992, Ex. 
    26-646) describes rodent and primate models 
    of diabetes with superimposed nerve 
    compression. With alcohol, it is biologically 
    plausible, although not specifically 
    documented, that a ``sick'' neuron resulting 
    from alcoholism could similarly render a 
    nerve metabolically damaged and therefore 
    more susceptible to injury from compression 
    at a distal site.
       A related observation is that persistent 
    stretching of a nerve over an anatomic 
    landmark, such as the ulnar nerve at the 
    medial epicondyle of the elbow, can produce 
    nerve trauma and inflammation (Harter, 1989, 
    Ex. 26-958). The notion that micro-ruptures 
    produce micro-anatomic injury and fibrosis of 
    the epineurium (connective tissue lining the 
    nerve) has been offered as a general model 
    for CTS (Armstrong et al., 1993, Ex. 26-
    1110). This model has its analogue in the 
    epineural fibrosis that can be a consequence 
    of nerve release surgery.
       It is important to recognize that CTS is 
    not responsible for all cases of numbness and 
    tingling in the fingers that occur in 
    demanding work settings. Furthermore, there 
    is no ``gold standard'' for diagnosis, and 
    the presence of even classical symptoms does 
    not necessarily mean that surgery is 
    required. There is a high level of 
    reversibility in CTS, and job modification 
    can be enough to eliminate symptoms without 
    aggressive individual therapy. Moreover, 
    without job modification, surgery may only 
    delay a recurrence. Even for this most 
    accessible MSD, modest changes in diagnostic 
    criteria--for example, whether symptoms and 
    signs are weighted or full reliance is placed 
    on the nerve conduction study--can alter the 
    case rate by as much as 50% (Katz et al., 
    1991, Ex. 26-151; Moore, 1991, Ex. 26-1335, 
    Cherniack et al., 1996, Ex. 26-258).
       Other work-induced causes of peripheral 
    nerve injury, such as hand-arm vibration, can 
    induce small fiber nerve injury that is 
    unrelated to entrapment or compression (see 
    Section D.3). The result, however, is a 
    similar pattern of symptoms. Even when the 
    pattern of nerve injury distinctly implicates 
    a focal site of compression, there is no 
    automatic requirement for surgical 
    decompression. It is also important to 
    recognize that in the setting of low-back 
    pain, even when symptoms radiate to the lower 
    extremity along a nerve dermatome, fixed 
    nerve root lesions and the correlated need 
    for decompression are relatively rare 
    (Andersson and McNeill, 1989, Ex. 26-413). 
    The same is probably true for CTS, although 
    the proportion of surgical cases for CTS 
    remains comparatively high.
       Although most work-related peripheral 
    entrapment disorders affect myelinated nerve 
    fibers, there are other nerve tissue 
    components that are at risk. Mechanoreceptors 
    in the glabrous pads of the digits are 
    intrinsic to touch and spatial discrimination 
    (Vallbo and Johansson, 1984, Ex. 26-
    
    [[Page 65911]]
    
    717). Their quantitative function has been 
    effectively assessed through the testing of 
    vibrotactile thresholds (Brammer et al., 
    1987, Ex. 26-935; Verrillo and Capraro, 1975, 
    Ex. 26-591). Individual mechanoreceptors, 
    such as Pacinian corpuscles, which measure 
    acceleration as a sensation of touch, respond 
    to particular frequencies of vibration. This 
    principle is useful in establishing 
    thresholds of response and function for 
    individual mechanoreceptor populations. 
    Mechanoreceptor injury is a well-recognized 
    consequence of exposure to hand-arm 
    vibration, and dysfunction documented in 
    objective tests has correlated with 
    decrements in hand performance and 
    sensitivity (Virokannas, 1992, Ex. 26-1355). 
    Quantitative sensory dysfunction consistent 
    with mechanoreceptor injury has also been 
    observed in manual workers unexposed to 
    vibration, but for whom energy transfer still 
    occurs in the form of shock and impact 
    (Flodmark and Lundborg, 1997, Ex. 26-370).
       There are several proposed mechanisms for 
    the development of lumbar nerve root pain, 
    including mechanical deformation, 
    compression, ischemia, and inflammatory 
    mediators. It appears that the spinal nerve 
    root may be more susceptible to compression 
    than peripheral nerves (Olmarker and Rydevik, 
    1991, Ex. 26-190). In an in-vivo experiment 
    compressing the porcine cauda equina 
    (Olmarker, Holm, and Rydevik, 1990, Ex. 26-
    518; Olmarker, Rydevik, and Holm, 1989, Ex. 
    26-191; Olmarker et al., 1989, Ex. 26-311), 
    venous flow was observed to cease at 
    relatively low pressures (5 to 10 mm Hg), 
    resulting in retrograde stasis of capillaries 
    and impaired nutrient transport (Rydevik et 
    al., 1990, Ex. 26-197). Changes in the 
    permeability of the spinal nerve root 
    endoneurial capillaries, intraneural edema, 
    increased endoneurial fluid pressure, and 
    impaired nutrition of the nerve roots have 
    been described by others as resulting from 
    compression (Low and Dyck, 1977, Ex. 26-482; 
    Low, Dyck, and Schmeizer, 1982, Ex. 26-385; 
    Lundborg, Myers, and Powell, 1983, Ex. 26-
    162; Myers et al., 1982, Ex. 26-308; 
    Olmarker, Rydevik, and Holm, 1989a, Ex. 26-
    191; Rydevik, Myers, and Powell, 1989, Ex. 
    26-198).
       Inflammatory mediators have also been 
    implicated in the etiology for low-back pain, 
    and histopathologic signs of inflammation 
    have been observed in compressed nerve roots 
    (Bobechko and Hirsch, 1965, Ex. 26-252; 
    Diamant, Karlsson, and Nachemson, 1968, Ex. 
    26-261; Marshall, Trethewie, and Curtain, 
    1977, Ex. 26-483; Marshall and Trethewie, 
    1973, Ex. 26-564; Nachemson, 1969, Ex. 26-
    742). Proposed mediators include lactic acid, 
    pH, substance P, bradykinin, cytokines, 
    prostaglandins, and carrageenan, among 
    others.
       In recent years there has been a growing 
    recognition of pain syndromes maintained by 
    the sympathetic nervous system. These 
    sympathetically maintained pain syndromes 
    (SMPSs), of which reflex sympathetic 
    dystrophy (RSD) is the best known, are 
    characterized by pain and swelling, usually 
    of the hands or feet, and vascular 
    dysfunction (Roberts, 1986, Ex. 26-402; 
    Kozin, 1994, Ex. 26-556). Traumatic origins 
    are common, particularly following fracture 
    to the hand, but there is evidence of a more 
    widespread occurrence, in the setting of CTS, 
    for example. This broader definition of SMPS 
    appears to have substantial relevance to 
    chronic soft tissue injuries, such as MSDs, 
    associated with the workplace.
       The evidence reviewed supports the 
    conclusion that work conditions can be 
    pathogenic for some nerve disorders. 
    Mechanisms include external or internal nerve 
    compression or mechanical deformation with 
    subperineurial edema, altered metabolic nerve 
    activity, demyelination, and axonal 
    degeneration.
       d. Vasculature. The ability of muscles, 
    tendons, ligaments and cartilage to perform 
    work and permit repair is dependent upon 
    adequate blood flow, tissue oxygenation, and 
    transmission of nutrients and metabolic end 
    products. Therefore, when the performance of 
    work tasks results in exposure to external or 
    internal factors that impair normal tissue 
    blood flow, tissue damage can occur and 
    result in the development of MSDs. Mechanisms 
    of injury may include tissue hypoxia from 
    elevations in intramuscular pressure 
    associated with forceful work or postural 
    task requirements (Armstrong et al., 1993, 
    Ex. 26-1110; Herberts et al., 1984, Ex. 26-
    51; Sjogaard and Sjogaard, 1998, Ex. 26-
    1322), vascular occlusion from direct 
    pressure to anatomic structures ( Duncan, 
    1996, Ex. 26-366; Kleinert and Volianitis, 
    1965, Ex. 26-380; Nilsson, Burstrom, and 
    Hagberg, 1989, Ex. 26-693; Wheatley and Marx, 
    1996, Ex. 26-693), and vibration-induced 
    vasospasm or impairment of microcirculation 
    from hand tool use or whole-body vibration 
    (Hirano et al., 1988, Ex. 26-140; Kaji et 
    al., 1993, Ex. 26-854; NIOSH, 1989, Ex. 26-
    392). Thus it appears that vascular changes 
    resulting from work exposures may contribute 
    to the development or manifestation of MSDs.
       The circulatory system is a major target 
    of acquired morbidity for general health. 
    However, while conditions such as 
    atherosclerosis and smoking-related 
    endothelial dysfunction can compromise 
    neuromuscular function, their etiology does 
    not evolve out of the workplace. Ischemia due 
    to arteriosclerosis is an important component 
    of muscle pain and dysfunction, but it is not 
    a primary acquired work-related disorder. 
    Ischemia caused by static contraction and 
    transmural pressure from muscles and bone 
    across arteries is work-related, and is 
    usually reversible. There are distinct vaso-
    occlusive and vasospastic disorders of the 
    hand that have a singular work-related 
    etiology.
       Arterial occlusive disease, expressed as 
    either Raynaud's phenomenon or digital pain, 
    has been described in a variety of hand-
    intensive tasks (Schatz, 1963, Ex. 26-200). 
    Palmar and digital artery occlusion that is 
    work-induced is usually due to traumatic 
    ulnar artery occlusion, the so-called 
    hypothenar syndrome or ulnar hammer syndrome 
    (Wheatley and Marx, 1996, Ex. 26-693; Duncan, 
    1996, Ex. 26-366). The general mechanism 
    causing thrombotic emboli in the palm and 
    fingers is blunt trauma, caused by using the 
    hand as a percussive object or by 
    aggressively twisting hard objects (Pineda et 
    al., 1985, Ex. 26-493; Kreitner et al., 1996, 
    Ex. 26-557). The disorder has also been 
    associated, albeit uncommonly, with the use 
    of hand-held pneumatic tools (Kaji et al., 
    1993, Ex. 26-854). The usual mechanism is 
    ascribed to trauma and abrupt injury of the 
    endothelium (the blood vessel lining), with 
    the ulnar artery being bludgeoned against the 
    hook of the hamate (Benedict, Chang, and 
    McCready, 1974, Ex. 26-352). Contractions 
    around the ulnar artery due to an anatomic 
    muscle sling or anomalous hypothenar muscle 
    has also been described (Benedict, Chang, and 
    McCready, 1974, Ex. 26-352). Physiologically, 
    the lesion is the consequence of thrombi, or 
    small clots, that lodge in smaller or more 
    peripheral vessels. This can occur because of 
    pressure, the blockage of blood flow, and 
    stasis-related clot formation. It is also 
    hypothesized that shear forces injure the 
    endothelium and expose the underlying 
    tissues, the vascular intima, to injury. The 
    repair mechanism leads to clot formation.
       The most common vasospastic disorder 
    associated with workplace exposure is 
    occupational Raynaud's or vibration-induced 
    white finger (VWF). In the field of hand-arm 
    vibration, exposure measurement and 
    specialized disease testing have produced 
    highly evolved, methodologically
    
    [[Page 65912]]
    
    detailed, and technically sophisticated 
    approaches that have few equivalents in the 
    occupational health literature, and none in 
    the literature on soft tissue injury. Because 
    vibration is a complex physical factor, 
    lending itself to quantification and 
    modeling, and because it produces distinct 
    and reproducible effects on vessels and 
    nerves, there are parallels to noise in the 
    formality of measurement methodology. VWF is 
    largely associated with hand-held oscillating 
    pneumatic tools, such as metal grinders and 
    pneumatic drills. It is also associated with 
    chain saws and with powered tools causing 
    repetitive impact, such as riveters and 
    impact wrenches. The mechanisms producing 
    Raynaud's in the setting of hand-arm 
    vibration are not fully understood. However, 
    there is evidence for a sympathetically 
    mediated constriction of small arteries in 
    the hand, interrupting cutaneous blood flow. 
    There is also evidence of impaired dilatation 
    of larger arteries. Section D.3.b presents a 
    more complete discussion of hand-arm 
    vibration.
       Vibration can also diminish the blood flow 
    to the intervertebral disc. This has been 
    demonstrated by Hirano et al. (1988, Ex. 26-
    140) in the rabbit intervertebral disc 
    exposed to in-vivo vibration. Unfortunately, 
    the lumbar intervertebral disc is avascular, 
    and its nutritional supply comes from 
    diffusion through blood vessels surrounding 
    the annulus fibrosus and under the hyaline 
    end plate cartilage. Diminished blood flow to 
    the cartilage end plate would limit the 
    ability of the disc to maintain the degree of 
    hydration necessary to provide support for 
    the lumbar spine during loading. In the hand, 
    direct pressure over the hypothenar eminence 
    can also occlude the ulnar artery and result 
    in hypothenar hammer syndrome (Conn, Bergan, 
    and Bell, 1970, Ex. 26-821; Kleinert and 
    Volianitis, 1965, Ex. 26-380; Nilsson, 
    Burstrom, and Hagberg, 1989, Ex. 26-1148). 
    Thus, it appears that vascular changes 
    resulting from work exposures may contribute 
    to the development or manifestation of MSDs.
       Extrinsic ischemic compression, while not 
    an intrinsic disease of blood vessels, is 
    also considered here to complete the 
    discussion of vascular responses to work 
    exposures. The ability of muscles, tendons, 
    ligaments, and cartilage to perform work and 
    permit repair depends on adequate blood flow, 
    tissue oxygenation, and transmission of 
    nutrients and metabolic end products. When 
    external or internal factors impair normal 
    tissue blood flow, tissue damage can occur 
    and result in the development of MSDs. As 
    discussed, elevations in intramuscular 
    pressure with forceful exertion, confinement 
    from bony structures, or tight fascial 
    compartments can contribute to the onset of 
    work-related MSDs as a result of tissue 
    hypoxia (Armstrong et al., 1993, Ex. 26-1110; 
    Sjogaard and Sogaard, 1998, Ex. 26-1322). For 
    example, work tasks that require shoulder 
    abduction and/or elevation to perform 
    activities at or above shoulder height can 
    decrease blood flow to the hypovascular 
    portion of the supraspinatus tendon (Herberts 
    et al., 1984, Ex. 26-51). A decrease in blood 
    flow to the trapezius muscle has also been 
    observed in assembly workers with localized 
    chronic myalgia related to static loading 
    (Larsson et al., 1990, Ex. 26-1332).
       e. Synovial Joints and Hyaline Cartilage. 
    Work exposures may contribute to the 
    development of joint disorders for many 
    reasons. Joint cartilage matrix metabolism 
    may be disturbed and inflammatory and 
    chemical mediators stimulated by joint trauma 
    or repetitive loading (Allan, 1998, Ex. 26-
    1316; Howell, 1989, Ex. 26-1308; Radin et 
    al., 1994, Ex. 26-578). Experimental animal 
    studies have documented the loss of 
    proteoglycans, fibroblast synthesis of 
    inflammatory mediators, and the development 
    of osteoarthritis from repetitive tissue 
    loading (Allan, 1998, Ex. 26-1316; Farkas, 
    1987, Ex. 26-463; Poole, 1986, Ex. 26-1316; 
    Vasan, 1983, Ex. 26-590). With inadequate 
    repair, cartilage thinning and hypertrophic 
    remodeling may lead to osteoarthritis 
    (Chaffin and Andersson, 1991, Ex. 26-420; 
    Radin, 1976, Ex. 26-663; Radin et al., 1976, 
    1994, Exs. 26-443 and 26-578). Repetitive or 
    prolonged stair or ladder climbing, kneeling 
    or squatting, standing, carrying heavy loads, 
    and jumping are all work tasks that may be 
    associated with lower-extremity joint 
    loading. This is explored further in the 
    sections on epidemiology and pathogenesis of 
    lower-extremity disorders. Recurrent 
    microtrauma associated with the pinching 
    mechanism, highly intensive hand tasks 
    requiring dexterity during assembly work or 
    food preparation, and pneumatic tool use have 
    all been observed to associated with upper-
    extremity joint loading and the development 
    of upper-extremity osteoarthritis (Bovenzi et 
    al., 1987, Ex. 26-605; Fam and Kolin, 1986, 
    Ex. 26-1123; Felson, 1994b, Ex. 26-543; 
    Nakamura et al., 1993, Ex. 26-1314).
       A synovial joint consists of bone ends 
    covered by hyaline articular cartilage and 
    separated by a synovial-fluid-filled joint 
    cavity. A synovial membrane and capsule cover 
    the joint. The joint capsule contains dense 
    connective tissue and is attached to the 
    distal ends of the articulating structures. 
    It is innervated by sensory nerves that 
    provide proprioceptive feedback and the 
    sensation of pain. The normal synovium 
    consists of one to three layers of cells. 
    Type A synoviocytes are derived from 
    monocytes and behave as phagocytes for joint 
    space debris. Type B synoviocytes produce 
    glucosaminoglycans for joint lubrication and 
    enzymes in response to inflammatory stimuli. 
    Cytokines secreted by both cells help to 
    regulate the structural repair process after 
    injury or antigenic stimulation (Allan, 1998, 
    Ex. 26-1316).
       Synovium has a rich vascular supply. It 
    secretes synovial fluid and permits the 
    transport of oxygen, carbon dioxide, 
    nutrients, waste products, and immunologic 
    cells to the joint. Trauma and inflammation 
    impair the synovial microcirculation and 
    transport of these substances across the 
    joint.
       There are three zones or layers of the 
    articular cartilage. In the superficial zone 
    adjacent to the joint cavity, collagen fibers 
    are parallel to the articular surface. This 
    orientation becomes more random in the middle 
    zone. At the deep zone adjacent to the 
    subchondral bone, fibers are mostly 
    perpendicular because they anchor to the 
    underlying bone (Allan, 1998, Ex. 26-1316; 
    Mow, Lai, and Rodler, 1974, Ex. 26-653).
       Collagen fibers are stable in the 
    articular cartilage until degraded by age or 
    disease, but proteoglycans are continuously 
    synthesized by the chondrocytes (Allan, 1998, 
    Ex. 26-1316). The proteoglycan matrix is 
    hydrophilic, and osmotic pressure is resisted 
    by tension in the collagen fibers in the 
    unloaded joint. Once osmotic pressure is 
    exceeded from external joint loading, water 
    is squeezed out of the cartilage and the 
    cartilage is flattened. Loaded, the articular 
    cartilage undergoes elastic deformation 
    followed by gradual creep. With unloading, 
    the articular cartilage undergoes an initial 
    elastic recoil followed by gradual recovery 
    of its unloaded characteristics (Chaffin and 
    Andersson, 1991, Ex. 26-420). Some joints, 
    such as the knee, also contain fibrocartilage 
    discs (menisci) to help protect the articular 
    cartilage and distribute load forces.
       It is clear that significant joint trauma 
    can initiate hypertrophic remodeling, usually 
    at sites of synovial
    
    [[Page 65913]]
    
    membrane and ligament attachment. The result 
    is secondary cartilage breakdown (Howell, 
    1989, Ex. 26-1308). Unfortunately, cartilage 
    has a limited vascular supply and ability to 
    heal itself. With damage to subchondral 
    tissues, there is reactive ossification and 
    secondary cartilage thinning (Radin et al., 
    1976, 1994, Exs. 26-443 and 26-578). After 
    cartilage deteriorates, bone becomes subject 
    to increased stress from loading, and 
    reactive bone deposition occurs, resulting in 
    sclerosis, spurring, or bone cysts noted in 
    osteoarthritis. As the joint spaces narrow, 
    the joint becomes more susceptible to further 
    mechanical damage, inflammation, and scarring
       Mechanical stresses associated with 
    certain tasks that exceed the limits of 
    tissue tolerance can either cause 
    degenerative joint disease and/or accelerate 
    the normal degenerative process that occurs 
    with aging. They can also interact to hasten 
    other forms of secondary osteoarthritis, 
    including cases that occur after trauma or 
    infection, and congenital, developmental, or 
    anatomic abnormalities. For example, 
    repetitive joint loading can impair cartilage 
    matrix metabolism and disturb the repair 
    processes (Allan, 1998, Ex. 26-1316; Radin et 
    al., 1994, Ex. 26-578). Studies of repetitive 
    loading in dogs after 8 months of treadmill 
    exercise have demonstrated a loss in 
    proteoglycan similar to findings in models of 
    osteoarthritis (Poole, 1986, Ex.26-1316; 
    Vasan, 1983, Ex. 26-590). Rabbits subjected 
    to 8 weeks of repetitive loading on the tibia 
    show severe osteoarthritis after 24 weeks 
    (Farkas et al., 1987, Ex. 26-463). In-vitro 
    fibroblast studies have also shown that 
    repetitive motion can stimulate the synthesis 
    of inflammatory mediators, including 
    prostaglandins (Allan, 1998, Ex. 26-1316).
       Degenerative joint disease can occur even 
    after relatively low loads on joints if the 
    forces are applied impulsively and 
    repetitively (Radin and Paul, 1971, Ex. 26-
    496). This may occur because loads that are 
    applied too rapidly to permit normal 
    cartilage fluid movement could result in 
    microscopic injury to the matrix (Radin et 
    al., 1994, Ex. 26-578). Loss of proteoglycans 
    and cartilage fibrillation is also noted in 
    this setting (Radin et al., 1976, Ex. 26-
    443). Allan (1998, Ex. 26-1316) suggests that 
    several joint interactions involved with 
    repetitive loading may contribute to 
    pathology. Since joints involve many 
    structures, including tendon, muscle, nerve, 
    and bone, damage to one structure may occur 
    although the recovery cycle of another 
    structure was not exceeded. Pain from one 
    structure may also alter feedback from other 
    structures. In the absence of cartilage pain 
    receptors, excessive force may be applied to 
    damaged cartilage without the ability to 
    promote adequate protective responses.
       Aging itself is associated with gradual 
    physiologic changes in cartilage matrix, loss 
    of repair activity of chondrocytes, and 
    eventual development of degenerative joint 
    disease. This is most commonly noted in 
    people over 40, and affects mostly large 
    joints like the hip or knee that are exposed 
    to repeated loading (Felson, 1994, Ex. 26-
    544). Felson (1988, Ex. 26-114) postulated 
    the following reasons for age-induced 
    degenerative joint disease: metabolic changes 
    in cartilage increase susceptibility to 
    fatigue fracture, bone adjacent to damaged 
    cartilage becomes increasingly stiff from 
    microfractures, and declining muscle mass and 
    tendon strength decrease protective shock 
    absorbency.
       At times, it can be difficult to 
    distinguish degenerative changes caused by 
    age from those caused by work, although many 
    studies have demonstrated increased rates of 
    osteoarthritis in certain working populations 
    (see Appendix I, Ex. 27-1), and there are 
    consistent pathogenic explanations to link 
    work conditions to some degenerative joint 
    diseases. Potential mechanisms include damage 
    to subchondral tissue from excessive, 
    impulsive, or repetitive joint loading; 
    impaired cartilage matrix metabolism; 
    reactive ossification and cartilage thinning; 
    reactive bone deposition; and disturbed 
    repair processes.
    
    
    3. Vibration
    
       Vibration is traditionally divided into 
    whole-body vibration, particularly pertinent 
    for seat design and transportation, and 
    segmental vibration, affecting the hand and 
    arm. In the latter case, health effects are 
    usually related to energy transfer to the 
    upper extremity from either powered tools or 
    from stationary sources producing oscillatory 
    vibration, such as mounted drills and 
    pedestal grinders. Because vibration is a 
    complex physical factor, lending itself to 
    quantitation and modeling, and because it 
    produces distinct and reproducible effects on 
    blood vessels and nerves, there are parallels 
    to noise in the formality of measurement 
    methodology.
       a. Whole-Body Vibration. Whole-body 
    vibration can affect skeletal muscle and 
    predispose an individual to work-related low-
    back pain. Etiologies for this can include 
    bursts of cyclic muscle contraction, muscle 
    fatigue, decreased ability of fatigued 
    muscles to protect spinal structures from 
    loads, continuous compression and stretch of 
    structures, decreased blood flow, and altered 
    neuropeptides (Brinckmann, Wilder, and Pope, 
    1996, Ex. 26-418; Friden and Lieber, 1994, 
    Ex. 26-546; Hansson and Holm, 1991, Ex. 26-
    134; Seidel, 1988, Ex. 26-1003). Whole-body 
    vibration, especially seated vibration, has 
    been associated with the development of low-
    back disorders (Damkot et al., 1984, Ex. 26-
    1121; Frymoyer et al., 1983, Ex. 26-950; 
    Kelsey and Hardy, 1975, Ex. 26-855; Bernard 
    and Fine, 1997, Ex. 26-1; Troup, 1988, Ex. 
    26-1021). Several mechanisms have been 
    postulated. These include microfractures at 
    vertebral endplates, vasospasm and decreased 
    blood flow, tissue fatigue from mechanical 
    overload and stretching of spinal structures, 
    and ultrastructural changes in the spinal 
    nerve root dorsal ganglion with biochemical 
    alterations involving pain-inducing 
    neuropeptides (Hansson, Kefler, and Holm, 
    1987, Ex. 26-134; Hirano et al., 1988, Ex. 
    26-140; Kazarian, 1975, Ex. 26-379; Keller, 
    Spengler, and Hansson, 1987, Ex. 26-290; 
    McLain and Weinstein, 1994, Ex. 26-1347; Pope 
    et al., 1984, Ex. 26-440; Seidel and Heide, 
    1986, Ex. 26-672; Seroussi, Wilder, and Pope, 
    1989, Ex. 26-205).
       Radiographic and pathologic changes have 
    been noted in human subjects exposed to 
    whole-body vibration (Frymoyer et al., 1980, 
    1983, Exs. 26-707 and 26-950; Kelsey, 1975, 
    Ex. 26-1134; Pope et al., 1991, Ex. 26-1305; 
    Wilder et al., 1982, Ex. 26-694). Christ and 
    Dupuis (1966, Ex. 26-134) evaluated 
    radiographic lumbar spine findings for 
    tractor operators. As the annual number of 
    hours of operation increased, so did the 
    prevalence of x-ray changes. Changes were 
    observed in 61% of operators who drove for 
    less than 700 hours per year, 68% in those 
    who drove for 700 to 1,200 hours per year, 
    and 94% in those who drove for over 1,200 
    hours per year. The small number of subjects 
    weakened the study. Other studies, though, 
    have reported similar associations of driving 
    time, symptoms of low-back disorder, and 
    radiographic abnormalities of the lumbar 
    spine (Fishbein and Salter, 1950, Ex. 26-267; 
    Seidel and Heide, 1986, Ex. 26-672). Findings 
    reported with increased frequency include 
    reduced disc height, facet arthrosis, 
    spondylosis, Schmorl's nodules, and 
    spondylolisthesis. It has been pointed out 
    that these studies have been retrospective, 
    and some lack adequate controls (Hansson and 
    Holm, 1991, Ex. 26-134). Unfortunately, many 
    heavy-equipment operators and fork truck 
    drivers are exposed to
    
    [[Page 65914]]
    
    a number of additional factors that increase 
    disc stress, including seated postures, 
    kyphotic postures, twisting, and whole-body 
    vibration (Dupuis, 1994, Ex. 26-847). These 
    probably accounts for the premature onset of 
    degenerative disc disease in these workers.
       The natural resonance frequency of the 
    human lumbar spine in the seated position is 
    in the range of 4 to 6.5 Hz (Magnusson et 
    al., 1990, Ex. 26-166; Wilder, Pope, and 
    Frymoyer, 1982, Ex. 26-694). This is similar 
    to the vibration characteristic of many motor 
    vehicles. Whole-body vibration imposes 
    several motions on the body and the spine, 
    including impact, translation, and rotation. 
    Within the natural frequency range, one 
    animal in-vivo study demonstrated that disc 
    pressure and axial and shear strain from 
    vibration can increase 2 to 3 times (Hansson 
    et al., 1987, Ex. 26-134). The significant 
    increase of spinal loading from vibration in 
    the natural frequency has the consequence of 
    exacerbating the amount of disc shrinkage 
    noted after simple sitting. This has been 
    demonstrated in human subjects using 
    continuous measurement of the spine 
    (Kazarian, 1975, Ex. 26-379; Magnusson et 
    al., 1990, Ex. 26-166). As frequency 
    increases within the range of 0 to 15 Hz, 
    stiffening of the spinal structure is noted 
    in normal human subjects (Wilder, Pope, and 
    Frymoyer, 1982, Ex. 26-694). Shifting to 
    positions of mild lateral spinal flexion 
    transiently decreases stiffness, but this 
    posture imposes other mechanical 
    disadvantages, such as paraspinal and 
    abdominal muscle fatigue (Wilder, Pope, and 
    Frymoyer, 1982, Ex. 26-694). Brinckmann et 
    al. (1987, 1988, Exs. 26-84 and 26-1318) 
    performed in-vitro experiments and noted that 
    repeated cyclic loading of vertebral bone, as 
    opposed to single loading events, reduced the 
    strength of the material. They suggested that 
    the resulting endplate fractures were a 
    possible mechanism of later disc injury and 
    low-back pain.
       Vibration has additional effects on the 
    erector spinae muscles, with observations of 
    greater myoelectric activity and fatigue 
    (Seidel and Heide, 1986, Ex. 26-672; 
    Seroussi, Wilder, and Pope, 1989, Ex. 26-205; 
    Wilder, Pope, and Frymoyer, 1982, Ex. 26-
    694). Johanning (1991, Ex. 26-1228) observed 
    that subway operators experienced trunk 
    muscle fatigue after being exposed to whole-
    body vibration for 1 hour. Pope et al. (1984, 
    Ex. 26-440) also believe that the fatigue of 
    paraspinal muscles, ligaments, and discs 
    contributes to low-back pain associated with 
    exposure to whole-body vibration. Progressive 
    muscle fatigue limits the ability of skeletal 
    muscle to protect spinal structures. 
    Additional spinal loading can also result 
    when the muscle response diverges out of 
    phase with the vibration input (Seroussi, 
    Wilder, and Pope, 1989, Ex. 26-205).
       The physiologic result of vibration in the 
    natural resonance frequency is structural 
    failure. This occurs first in the vertebral 
    end plate, adjacent spongy bone of the 
    vertebral body, and the intervertebral disc 
    (Keller, Spengler, and Hansson, 1987, Ex. 26-
    290). Hirano et al. (1988, Ex. 26-140) 
    demonstrated that blood flow decreased in the 
    rabbit intervertebral disc exposed in vivo to 
    vibration. Porcine intervertebral disc 
    experiments have shown that solute transport 
    is also disrupted (Holm and Nachemson, 1985, 
    Ex. 26-1374). Both of these effects are 
    likely to precipitate disc degeneration 
    because of disturbed metabolic activity, as 
    discussed earlier. McLain and Weinstein 
    (1994, Ex. 26-1347) studied ultrastructural 
    and neuropeptide changes in the rabbit lumbar 
    spine dorsal ganglion exposed to whole-body 
    vibration at amplitudes and frequencies 
    similar to those of motor vehicles. On 
    electron microscopy, the group exposed to 
    vibration had more significant findings of 
    nuclear clefting, mitochondrial, rough 
    endoplasmic reticulum, and ribosomal changes 
    relative to controls. The authors suggested 
    that this may provide an anatomic link 
    between the clinical observation of increased 
    back pain and the biochemical alterations 
    involving pain-related neuropeptides.
       b. Hand-Arm Vibration. Disorders resulting 
    from hand-arm vibration are the sole subject 
    of the cited epidemiologic studies on 
    vibration. Outcomes involving measurable 
    neurological and arterial dysfunction have 
    taken precedence over pain and function, in 
    marked distinction to more clinically 
    appreciated musculoskeletal diseases. In 
    1986, the International Standards 
    Organization published methods for measuring 
    vibration and controlling its exposure--ISO 
    5349 (1986, Ex. 26-1301). The approach was 
    adopted by the American National Standards 
    Institute in ANSI S3.34 (1986, Ex. 26-1402). 
    This accepted approach to measurement 
    reflects the technical feasibility of 
    characterizing the vibratory qualities of 
    hand tools. Vibration is measured in terms of 
    the frequency distribution of oscillations; 
    the direction, velocity, and acceleration of 
    those oscillations; and the impulsiveness, or 
    force range (amplitude), expressed in each 
    impact cycle (Starck and Pyykko, 1986, Ex. 
    26-678; Maeda et al., 1996, Ex. 26-562). Each 
    of these physical characteristics has a 
    bearing on symptoms and tissue injuries that 
    may occur, particularly in the palms and 
    digits, but also more proximally in the 
    shoulder and neck.
       In the field of hand-arm vibration, 
    exposure measurement and specialized disease 
    testing have produced highly evolved, 
    methodologically detailed, and technically 
    sophisticated approaches. These have few 
    equivalents in the general occupational 
    health literature, and none in the area of 
    soft tissue injury. The industrial control of 
    hand-arm vibration is based on the reduction 
    of the most prominent sign and symptom 
    complex, cold-related finger blanching or 
    Raynaud's phenomenon. The pioneering 
    occupational medicine physician Alice 
    Hamilton first described this phenomenon in 
    the United States, among Indiana quarry 
    workers using air-powered tools (Hamilton, 
    1918, Ex. 26-1401). By 1960, more than 40 
    studies had been published (Cherniack, 1999, 
    Ex. 26-1354). NIOSH reviewed the available 
    epidemiology in 1989 and 1997 (NIOSH, 1989, 
    Ex. 26-392; Bernard and Fine, 1997, Ex. 26-1) 
    and found overwhelming evidence of a strong 
    dose effect between duration and intensity of 
    vibration exposure and the onset of acquired 
    Raynaud's, known as VWF. Arterial hyper-
    responsiveness and impaired vasodilation 
    following cold challenge are also 
    characteristics of vibration white-finger 
    (VWF). In some studies, more than 70% of an 
    exposed workforce evinced signs and symptoms 
    of local vasospasm in the digits of the upper 
    extremity, most often measured by recording 
    finger systolic blood pressure and digital 
    temperature stability in the setting of cold 
    challenge (Bovenzi, 1993, Ex. 26-1280). 
    Although a major mechanism of vibration-
    induced vasospasm seems attributable to local 
    autonomic dysfunction (Gemne, 1994, Ex. 26-
    1320; Ekenvall and Lindblad, 1986, Ex. 26-
    462), a more generalized co-morbid vascular 
    pathology may also contribute to hand 
    symptoms and impaired function. Finger 
    biopsies of workers heavily exposed to local 
    vibration have shown signs of significant 
    endothelial injury (Takeuchi et al., 1986, 
    Ex. 26-681). Increased free radical formation 
    and elevated leukotriene B4 levels, both 
    indicators of atheromatous injury, are 
    observed concomitants of vibration exposure 
    (Lau, O'Dowd, and Belch, 1992, Ex. 26-480). 
    Overall, a satisfactory pathophysiologic 
    model for occupational Raynaud's has been 
    elusive.
    
    [[Page 65915]]
    
       Over the past two decades, numerous 
    investigators have noted that neurological 
    symptoms, including paresthesias, 
    dysesthesias, and loss of fine motor skills 
    among workers using air-powered tools, are 
    even more common than vascular effects 
    (Pyykko, 1986, Ex. 26-662; Ekenvall and 
    Lindblad, 1986, Ex. 26-462; Futatsuka, 
    Inaoka, Ueno, 1990, Ex. 26-547; Letz et al., 
    1992, Ex. 26-384). It has often proven 
    difficult to localize clinical 
    neuropathologic symptoms to a precise 
    anatomic locus. Accordingly, there has been 
    considerable attention in the vibration 
    literature to differentiating more proximal 
    entrapment neuropathies such as CTS from 
    distal small fiber nerve injuries in the 
    digits (Pelmear and Taylor, 1994, Ex. 26-880; 
    Wieslander et al., 1989, Ex. 26-1027), and 
    from more diffuse axonopathies (Farkkila et 
    al., 1988, Ex. 26-947). In the past 15 years, 
    most investigators have recognized that small 
    fiber injury to fingertip nocioceptors is 
    distinctly more common than CTS in vibration-
    exposed workers, that electrodiagnostic 
    studies are insensitive measures of this type 
    of injury, and that quantitative sensory 
    testing is essential if unnecessary carpal 
    tunnel surgery is to be avoided (Miller et 
    al., 1994, Ex. 26-303; Pelmear and Taylor, 
    1994, Ex. 26-880). These tests, particularly 
    measurement of vibrotactile thresholds, have 
    consistently demonstrated deficits in 
    perception in symptomatic and asymptomatic 
    patients exposed to vibration (Flodmark and 
    Lundborg, 1997, Ex. 26-370; Virokannas, 1992, 
    Ex. 26-1355; Cherniack et al., 1990, Ex. 26-
    1116). They also have shown that subjective 
    deficits in hand functions correlate well 
    with raised sensory thresholds (Virokannas, 
    1995, Ex. 26-891). The contribution of small 
    fiber injury to deficits in touch and 
    temperature recognition is consistent with 
    the observation that the tissues of the digit 
    and palm absorb well over 90% of transmitted 
    energy from a conventional vibrating tool. 
    The importance of small fiber nerve injury is 
    reflected in current use of terms to 
    characterize the health effects of vibratory 
    hand tool exposure. The historical term 
    ``vibration-induced white finger'' reflects 
    the traditional focus on vasospastic 
    symptoms. In 1987, a consensus panel meeting 
    in Stockholm coined the term hand-arm 
    vibration syndrome (HAVS) to give separate 
    and equal weighting to neurological symptoms 
    (Gemne et al., 1987, Ex. 26-624).
       The prominence of digital vasospasm and 
    small fiber nerve injury in HAVS, as an 
    outcome of vibration exposure, does not 
    preclude other potentially important 
    vibration-related health effects in tissues 
    of the upper extremity. The CTS, in 
    particular, has been recognized for its 
    prevalence and severity in workers using 
    pneumatic tools (Koskimies et al., 1990, Ex. 
    26-973; Chatterjee, 1992, Ex. 26-942). 
    Uncertainty exists, however, over the 
    relative contributions of direct energy 
    transfer to nerve tissue from the vibrating 
    tool and secondary pathophysiologic or 
    biomechanical responses to vibration that 
    might provoke myelinated nerve injury. For 
    example, EMG determined that muscle activity 
    in the finger flexors, but also in the 
    trapezii, has been affected by different 
    qualities of vibration as well as by arm 
    position. This is amplified in the setting of 
    powered tools, such as nutrunners and 
    fasteners, that create predominant 
    biomechanical exposures other than vibration 
    (Freivalds and Eklund, 1993, Ex. 26-116; 
    Radwin, VanBergeijk, and Armstrong, 1989, Ex. 
    26-519). In these settings, more traditional 
    ergonomic considerations, such as grip force, 
    posture related to work surface, and duration 
    of the torquing phase, have played a role in 
    reported discomfort and EMG activity (Rohmert 
    et al., 1989, Ex. 26-999).
       For the purpose of recognizing work-
    related health effects associated with 
    vibration, it is useful to consider several 
    pertinent features of vibratory exposure:
        Vibration is a physical factor, 
    expressible in precise units: frequency in 
    Hz, acceleration in m/sec\2\ or G's, and 
    cycles in milliseconds. This offers highly 
    accessible measurement with available 
    instrumentation, principally accelerometry 
    and frequency spectrum analysis.
        Vibratory characteristics are 
    highly tool-specific. Chainsaws and drills, 
    for example, are primarily oscillatory and 
    continuous; impact wrenches and rivet guns 
    have large physical displacements and are 
    highly impulsive; tools such as nutrunners 
    have major non-vibratory biomechanical 
    components. Thus, simple generic measurements 
    (weighted acceleration, for example) may not 
    capture the extent of a potential tool-
    specific hazard.
        Vibration can be quite well 
    characterized as an extrinsic exposure, but 
    health effects are the direct result of 
    altered physiology that occurs entirely on 
    the other side of the hand-tool interface.
       Appreciation of these properties is 
    essential for hazard identification and 
    medical management, because significant 
    patterns of disease have occurred in 
    exceptional settings or tool applications 
    that are not necessarily predictable from 
    published standards and advisory documents. 
    Frequency, direction of vibration, and arm 
    and hand position all have an effect on 
    impedance to and absorption of vibration 
    energy (Burstrom, 1997, Ex. 26-609; Kihlberg 
    et al., 1995, Ex. 26-755). Push and pull, as 
    well as grip force, affect transmission, and 
    are in turn altered by the characteristics of 
    vibration, including its impulsiveness and 
    frequencies (Keith and Brammer, 1994, Ex. 26-
    1324; Griffin, 1997, Ex. 26-373).
       Perhaps the most problematic area involves 
    high-impulse acceleration. The ISO-and ANSI-
    weighted curves treat all vibration as 
    harmonic, ignoring impact forces and 
    instantaneous peak accelerations that can 
    exceed 105 m/sec\2\. Starck (1984, Ex. 26-
    677) noted that the dramatic reduction in 
    vascular symptoms occurring with the 
    introduction of anti-vibration chainsaws in 
    the 1970s was better explained by the 
    flattening of high transient accelerations 
    than by a reduction in root mean square 
    (RMS). In addition, the consistent 
    underestimation of vascular symptoms by ISO 
    5349 for pedestal grinding and stone cutting 
    was better accounted for when high-peak 
    impulsivity was factored into the exposure 
    model (Starck and Pyykko, 1986, Ex. 26-678). 
    This is consistent with, but does not fully 
    explain, the high prevalence of Raynaud's in 
    platers and riveters, who use high-impulse 
    tools only a few minutes per day (Dandanell 
    and Engstrom, 1986, Ex. 26-614; Engstrom and 
    Dandanell, 1986, Ex. 26-620; Burdorf and 
    Monster, 1991, Ex. 26-454).
       A similar problem arises in the setting of 
    tools that oscillate at very high 
    frequencies, such as small precision drills 
    and saws. Most measurement protocols exclude 
    frequencies that exceed 1500 Hz. 
    Nevertheless, neurologic (Hjortsberg et al., 
    1989, Ex. 26-1131) and vascular symptoms 
    (Cherniack and Mohr, 1994, Ex. 26-1341) have 
    been highly concentrated in select 
    populations that use these types of tools.
       Another area of importance is the 
    occurrence of neck and shoulder pathology in 
    workers using highly impulsive tools 
    (Viikari-Juntura et al., 1994, Ex. 26-873; 
    Kihlberg et al., 1995, Ex. 26-755). This is a 
    complex area, particularly since the most 
    common shoulder diagnoses--impingement and 
    rotator cuff tendinitis--are clinically 
    useful but without very specific 
    pathophysiologic meaning. In the following 
    epidemiologic review (Appendix I, Ex. 27-1), 
    the neck, but not the shoulder, is shown to 
    be associated with a vibration-
    
    [[Page 65916]]
    
    related pathology. The separation of 
    biomechanical, physiologically adaptive, and 
    vibration-specific factors is especially 
    difficult for the neck and shoulder. Scapular 
    stability and posture are the heart of large-
    muscle activation sequences involving 
    efficient distal muscle group movement 
    (Mackinnon and Novak, 1997, Ex. 26-1309). 
    Moreover, static shoulder posture, important 
    for tool stabilization, is an important 
    contributor to early arm fatigue (Sjogaard et 
    al., 1996, Ex. 26-213). Finally, the quality 
    of a vibratory stimulus (continuous or 
    discrete) has significant impacts on efferent 
    recruitment and firing (Maeda et al., 1996, 
    Ex. 26-562). The combined effects of this 
    complexity are not easily modeled. This is 
    all the more reason why neck/shoulder 
    symptoms should be carefully scrutinized when 
    a power tool is part of the exposure 
    background. It may prove difficult in 
    practice to distinguish neck/shoulder 
    symptoms that have their origins in strictly 
    biomechanical processes from vibration-
    induced injuries. However, there is 
    sufficient evidence in support of an etiology 
    to merit intervention.
       The consequent injuries to blood vessels 
    and nerve fibers from vibration are well 
    known. When biomechanical and other ergonomic 
    factors complicate exposures, particular 
    attention should be paid to the tools in use, 
    patterns of use, and specific symptom 
    presentations.
    
    
    4. References
    
      1. Aaras, A. (1987). Postural load and the 
    development of musculoskeletal illness. 
    University of Oslo, Oslo Norway.
      2. Aaras, A. (1994a). Relationship between 
    trapezius load and the incidence of 
    musculoskeletal illness in the neck and 
    shoulder. International Journal of Industrial 
    Ergonomics, 14:341-348.
      3. Aaras, A. (1994b.) The impact of 
    ergonomic intervention on individual health 
    and corporate prosperity in a 
    telecommunication environment. Ergonomics, 
    37:1679-1696.
      4. Aaras, A., Fostervold, K.I., Ro, O., et 
    al. (1997). Postural load during VDU work: a 
    comparison between various work postures. 
    Ergonomics, 40(11): 1255-1268.
      5. Akkesen, et al. (1995).
      6. Allan, D.A. (1998). Structure and 
    physiology of joints and their relationship 
    to repetitive strain injuries. Clinical 
    Orthopaedics and Related Research, 351:32-38.
      7. American National Standards Institute 
    (1986). ANSI Standard S3.34: Guide for the 
    Measurement and Evaluation of Human Exposure 
    to Vibration Transmitted to the Hand. New 
    York: ANSI.
      8. Andersson, G.B.J., Chaffin, D.B. (1986). 
    A biomechanical evaluation of five lifting 
    techniques. Applied Biomechanics, 17(1):2-8.
      9. Andersson, G.B.J., McNeill, T.W. (1989). 
    Lumbar Spine Syndromes: Evaluation and 
    Treatment. New York: Springer-Verlag, pp. 29-
    64.
      10. Armstrong, R.B. (1990). Initial events 
    in exercise induced muscular injury. Medicine 
    and Science in Sports and Exercise, 22:429-
    435.
      11. Armstrong, R.B., Warren, G.L., Lowe, 
    D.A. (1994). Mechanisms in the Initiation of 
    Contraction-Induced Skeletal Muscle Injury. 
    In: Gordon, S.L., Blair, S.J., Fine, L.J., 
    eds. Repetitive Motion Disorders of the Upper 
    Extremity. Rosemont, IL: American Academy of 
    Orthopaedic Surgeons.
      12. Armstrong, T.J. (1983). An Ergonomics 
    Guide to Carpal Tunnel Syndrome. In: 
    Ergonomics Guides, American Industrial 
    Hygiene Association.
      13. Armstrong, T.J. (1986). Ergonomics and 
    cumulative trauma disorders. Hand Clinics, 
    2(3):553-565.
      14. Armstrong, T.J., Buckle, P., Fine, 
    L.J., Hagberg, M., Jonsson, B., Kilbom, A., 
    Kuorinka, I.A.A., Silverstein, B.A., 
    Sjogaard, G., Viikari-Juntura, E.R.A. (1993). 
    A conceptual model for work-related neck and 
    upper-limb musculoskeletal disorders. 
    Scandinavian Journal of Work, Environment and 
    Health, 19:73-84.
      15. Armstrong, T.J., Castelli, W.A., Evans, 
    G., Diaz-Perez, R. (1984). Some histological 
    changes in carpal tunnel contents and their 
    biomechanical implications. Journal of 
    Occupational Medicine, 26:197-201.
      16. Armstrong, T.J., Fine, L.J., Goldstein, 
    S.A., Lifshitz, Y.R., Silverstein, B.A. 
    (1987). Ergonomic considerations in hand and 
    wrist tendonitis. Journal of Hand Surgery, 
    12A(5):830-837.
      17. Ashton-Miller, J.A. (1999). Response of 
    Muscle and Tendon to Injury and Overuse. In: 
    Work Related Musculoskeletal Disorders: The 
    Research Base. Workshop Summary and Papers. 
    Washington, DC: National Academy Press.
      18. Association of Schools of Public 
    Health/National Institute of Occupational 
    Safety and Health (1986). Proposed National 
    Strategies for the Prevention of Leading Work 
    Related Diseases and Injuries: Part 1. 
    Washington DC: Association of Schools of 
    Public Health.
      19. Azar, C., Fleeger, E.J., Culver, J.E. 
    (1984). Dynamic Anatomy of the Flexor Pulley 
    System of the Fingers and Thumb. In: 
    Proceedings of the 39th Meeting of the 
    American Society for Surgery of the Hand. 
    Held in Atlanta, GA.
      20. Backman, C., Friden, J., Widmark, A. 
    (1991). Blood flow in chronic Achilles 
    tendinosis: radioactive microsphere study in 
    rabbits. Acta Orthopaedica Scandinavica, 
    62:386-387.
      21. Backman, C., Boquist, L., Friden, J., 
    Lorentzon, R., Toolanen G. (1990). Chronic 
    achilles paratenonitis with tendinosis: an 
    experimental model in the rabbit. Journal of 
    Orthopaedic Research, 8(4):541-7.
      22. Benedict, K.T., Chang, W., McCready, 
    F.J. (1974). The hypothenarr hammer syndrome. 
    Radiology, 111:57-60.
      23. Bergquist-Ullman, M., Larsson, U. 
    (1977). Acute low back pain in industry: a 
    controlled prospective study with special 
    reference to therapy and cofounding factors. 
    Acta Orthopaedica Scandinavica, 
    170(Supplementum):1-117.
      24. Bernard, B., Fine, L., eds. (1997). 
    Musculoskeletal Disorders and Workplace 
    Factors. Cincinnati, OH: U.S. Department of 
    Health and Human Services, Public Health 
    Service, Centers for Disease Control, 
    National Institute for Occupational Safety 
    and Health. DHHS (NIOSH) Publication #97-141.
      25. Bigland-Ritchie, B., Johansson, R., 
    Lippold, O.C., et al. (1983). Changes in 
    motorneurone firing rates during sustained 
    maximal voluntary contraction. Journal of 
    Physiology, 340:335-346.
      26. Bobechko, W.P., Hirsch, C. (1965). 
    Autoimmune response to nucleus pulposus in 
    the rabbit. Journal of Bone and Joint 
    Surgery, 47B:574-580.
      27. Bovenzi, M. (1993). Digital arterial 
    responsiveness to cold in healthy men, 
    vibration white finger and primary Raynaud's 
    phenomenon. Scandinavian Journal of Work, 
    Environment and Health, 19(4):271-276.
      28. Bovenzi, M., Fiorito, A., Volpe, C. 
    (1987). Bone and joint disorders in the upper 
    extremities of chipping and grinding 
    operators. International Archive of 
    Occupational Environmental Health, 59(2):189-
    198.
      29. Bozentka, D.J. Cubital tunnel syndrome 
    pathophysiology. Clinical Orthpaedics and 
    Related Research, 351:90-94.
      30. Brammer, A.J., Piercy, J.E., Auger, 
    P.L., Nohara, S. (1987). Tactile perception 
    in hands occupationally exposed to vibration. 
    Journal of Hand Surgery, 12A:80-875.
      31. Brammer, A.J. , Piercy, J.E., Nohara, 
    S., Nakamura, H., Auger, P., Haines, A., 
    Lawrence, M., Brubaker, R., van Netten, C. 
    (1990). Vibrotactile Thresholds in Operators 
    of Vibrating Hand-Held Tools. In: Okada, A., 
    Taylor, W., Dupuis, H., eds. Hand-Arm 
    Vibration. Kanazawa, Japan: Kyoei Press, pp. 
    221-223.
      32. Bray, R.C., Rangayyan, R.N., Frank, 
    C.B. (1996). Normal and healing ligament 
    vascularity: a quantitative histological 
    assessment in the adult rabbit medical 
    collateral ligament. Journal of Anatomy, 188 
    (Part 1):87-95.
    
    [[Page 65917]]
    
      33. Bridges, A.J., Smith, E., Reid, J. 
    (1992). Joint hypermobility in adults 
    referred to rheumatology clinics. Annals of 
    the Rheumatic Diseases, 52:793-796.
      34. Brinckmann, P., Johannleweling, N., 
    Hilweg, D., et al. (1987). Fatigue fracture 
    of the human lumbar vertebrae. Clinical 
    Biomechanics, 2:94-96.
      35. Brinckmann, P., Biggemann, M., Hilweg, 
    D. (1988). Fatigue fracture of the human 
    lumbar certebrae. Clinical Biomechanics, 
    3(Supplement 1):51-523.
      36. Brinckmann, P. (1986). Injury of the 
    annulus fibrosus and disc protrusions. An in 
    vitro investigation on human lumbar discs. 
    Spine, 11(2):149-153.
      37. Brinckmann, P., Wilder, D.G., Pope, 
    M.H. (1996). Effects of Repeated Loads and 
    Vibration. In: Wiesel, S.W., Weinstein, J.N., 
    Herkowitz, H., et al., eds. The Lumbar Spine. 
    Second edition. The International Society for 
    the Study of The Lumbar Spine. Philadelphia: 
    W.B. Saunders Co.
      38. Brooks, S.V., Faulkner, J.A. (1990). 
    Contraction induced injury: recovery of 
    skeletal muscles in young and old mice. 
    American Journal of Physiology, 258:436-442.
      39. Brooks, S.V., Faulkner, J.A. (1996). 
    The magnitude of the initial injury induced 
    by stretches of maximally activated muscle 
    fibres of mice and rate increases in old age. 
    Journal of Physiology, 497: 573-580.
      40. Burdorf A., Monster A. (1991). Exposure 
    to vibration and self-reported health 
    complaints of riveters in the aircraft 
    industry. Annals of Occupational Hygiene, 
    35(3):287-98.
      41. Burstrom L. (1997). The influence of 
    biodynamic factors on the mechanical 
    impedance of the hand and arm. International 
    Archives of Occupational and Environmental 
    Health, 69(6):437-46.
      42. Butsch, Janes (1963).
      43. Carlson, B.M. (1994). The Satellite 
    Cell and Skeletal Muscle Regeneration: The 
    Degeneration and Regeneration Cycle. In: 
    Gordon, S.L., Blair, S.J., Fine, L.J., eds. 
    Repetitive Motion Disorders of the Upper 
    Extremity. Rosemont, IL: American Academy of 
    Orthopaedic Surgeons.
      44. Chaard, M.D., Cawston, T.E., Riley, 
    G.P., Gresham, G.A., Hazleman, B.L. (1994). 
    Rorator cuff degeneration and lateral 
    epicondylitis: a comparative histological 
    study. Annals of the Rheumatic Diseases, 
    53:30-34.
      45. Chaffin, D.B. (1973). Localized muscle 
    fatigue: definition and measurement. Journal 
    of Occupational Medicine, 15(4):346-354.
      46. Chaffin, D.B., Andersson, G.B. (1991). 
    Occupational Biomechanics. Second edition. 
    New York: John Wiley and Sons.
      47. Chaffin, D.B., Moulis, E.J. (1969). An 
    empirical investigation of low back strains 
    and vertebral geometry. Journal of 
    Biomechanics 2:89+.
      48. Chaffin, D.B., Park, K.S. (1973). A 
    longitudinal study of low back pain as 
    associated with occupational lifting factors. 
    American Industrial Hygiene Association 
    Journal, 32:513-525.
      49. Charness, M.E., Ross, M.H., Shefner, 
    J.M. (1996). Ulnar neuropathy and dystonic 
    flexion of the fourth and fifth digits: 
    clinical correlation in musicians. Muscle and 
    Nerve, 19:431-437.
      50. Chatterjee, D.S. (1992). Workplace 
    upper limb disorders: a prospective study 
    with intervention. Occupational Medicine, 
    42:129-136.
      51. Cherniack, M. (1996). The epidemiology 
    of occupational disorders of the upper 
    extremity. Occupational Medicine: State of 
    the Art Review, 11(3):487-512.
      52. Cherniack (1999).
      53. Cherniack, M., Mohr, S. (1994). 
    Raynaud's phenomenon associated with the use 
    of pneumatically powered surgical 
    instruments. Journal of Hand Surgery, 
    19A:1008-1015.
      54. Cherniack, M.G., Letz, R., Gerr, F., 
    Brammer, A., Pace, P. (1990). Detailed 
    clinical assessment of neurological function 
    in symptomatic shipyard workers. British 
    Journal of Industrial Medicine, 47:566-572.
      55. Cherniack, M., Moalli, D., Viscoli, K. 
    (1996). A comparison of traditional 
    electrodiagnostic studies, electroneurometry 
    and vibrometry in the diagnosis of carpal 
    tunnel syndrome. Journal of Hand Surgery, 
    21A:122-131.
      56. Child, A.H. (1986). Joint hypermobility 
    syndrome: inherited disorder of collagen 
    synthesis. Journal of Rheumatology, 12:239-
    243.
      57. Chris, T.M., Adams, M.A. (1999). 
    Dynamic forces acting on the lumbar spine 
    during manual handling: can they be estimated 
    using electromyographic techniques alone? 
    Spine, 24(7):698-703.
      58. Christ, W., Dupuis, H. (1966). Uber die 
    Beanspruchung die Wirbelsaule unter dem 
    Einfluss sinusformiger und stochastischer. 
    Schwingungen Int Zeitschrift angewandte Phys 
    Arbeitsphys, 22:258-278.
      59. Conn, J., Jr., Bergan, J.J., Bell, J.L. 
    (1970). Hypothenar hammer syndrome: post-
    traumatic digital ischemia. Surgery, 
    68(6):1122-1128.
      60. Crisco, J.J., Chelikani, S., Brown, 
    R.K., Wolfe, S.W. (1997). The effects of 
    exercise on ligamentous stiffness in the 
    wrist. Journal of Hand Surgery, 22A:44-48.
      61. Damkot, D.K., Pope, M.H., Lord, J., et 
    al. (1984). The relationship between work 
    history, work environment and low-back pain 
    in males. Spine, 9:395-399.
      62. Dammeskiold-Samsoe (1983).
      63. Dandanell, R., Engstrom, K. (1986). 
    Vibration from riveting tools in the 
    frequency range 6 Hz-10 MHz and Raynaud's 
    phenomenon. Scandinavian Journal of Work, 
    Environment and Health, 12(4 Spec No):338-42.
      64. DeLisa, J.A., Saeed, M.A. (1983). AAEE 
    case report #8: the tarsal tunnel syndrome. 
    Muscle Nerve, 663, Nov/Dec.
      65. Dellon, A.L., Mackinnon, S.E., (1991). 
    Chronic nerve compression model for the 
    double crush syndrome. Annals of Plastic 
    Surgery, 26:259-264.
      66. Deyo, R.A., Loeser, J.D., Bigos, S.J. 
    (1990). Herniated lumbar intervertebral disk. 
    Annals of Internal Medicine, 112:598-603.
      67. Diamant, B., Karlsson, J., Nachemson, 
    A. (1968). Correlation between lactate levels 
    and pH in discs of patients with lumbar 
    rhizopathies. Experientia, 24:1195-1196.
      68. Dickson, R.A., Wright, V., eds. (1984). 
    Musculoskeletal Disease. Chicago, IL: Year 
    Book Medical Publishers, Inc.
      69. Dolan, P., Kingma, I., van Dieen, J., 
    de Looze, M.P., Toussanit, H.M., Baten, 
    C.T.M., Adams, M. (1999).
      70. Duncan, W.C. (1996). Hypothenar hammer 
    syndrome: an uncommon cause of digital 
    ischemia. Journal of the American Academy of 
    Dermatology, 34:880-883.
      71. Dupuis, H. (1994). Medical and 
    occupational preconditions for vibration-
    induced spinal disorders: occupational 
    disease no. 2110 in Germany. International 
    Archives of Occupational and Environmental 
    Health, 66:303-308.
      72. Ekenvall, L., Lindblad, L.E. (1986). Is 
    vibration white finger a primary sympathetic 
    nerve injury? British Journal of Industrial 
    Medicine, 43(10):702-706.
      73. Engstrom, K., Dandanell, R. (1986). 
    Exposure conditions and Raynaud's phenomenon 
    among riveters in the aircraft industry. 
    Scandinavian Journal of Work, Environment & 
    Health. 12(4 Spec No):293-295.
      74. Fam, A.G., Kolin, A. (1986). Unusual 
    metacarpophalangeal osteoarthritis in a 
    jackhammer operator. Arthritis and 
    Rheumatism, 29(10):1284-1288.
      75. Farkas, T.A., Boyd, R.D., Schaffler, 
    M.B., et al. (1987). Early vascular changes 
    in rabbit subchondral bone after repetitive 
    impulsive loading. Clinical Orthopaedics and 
    Related Research, 219:259-267.
      76. Farkkila, M., Pyykko, I., Jantii, V., 
    Aatola, S., Starck, J., Korhonen, O. (1988). 
    Forestry workers exposed to vibration: a 
    neurological study. British Journal of 
    Industrial Medicine, 45:188-192.
    
    [[Page 65918]]
    
      77. Faulkner, J.A., Brooks, S.V. (1995). 
    Muscle fatigue in old animals: Unique aspects 
    of fatigue in elderly humans. Advances in 
    Experimental Medicine and Biology, 384: 471-
    480.
      78. Feldman, R.G., Goldman, R., Keyserling, 
    W.M. (1983). Peripheral nerve entrapment 
    syndromes and ergonomic factors. American 
    Journal of Industrial Medicine, 4:661-681.
      79. Felson, D.T. (1994b). Do occupation-
    related physical factors contribute to 
    arthritis? Bailliere's Clinical Rheumatology, 
    8(1):63-77.
      80. Felson, D.T. (1988). Epidemiology of 
    hip and knee osteoarthritis. Epidemiological 
    Reviews, 10:1-28.
      81. Felson, D.T. (1994). The Epidemiology 
    of Osteoarthritis: Prevalence and Risk 
    Factors. In: Kuettner, K.E., Goldberg, V.M., 
    eds. Osteoarthritic Disorders. Rosemont, IL: 
    American Academy of Orthopaedic Surgeons.
      82. Finkelstein, H. (1930). Stenosing 
    tendovaginitis at the radial styloid process. 
    Journal of Bone and Joint Surgery, 12:509-
    540.
      83. Fishbein, W.I., Salter, L.C. (1950). 
    The relationship between truck and tractor 
    driving and disorders of the spine and 
    supporting structures. Industrial Medicine 
    and Surgery, 19:444-445.
      84. Flint, M.H., Lyons, M.F., Meaney, M.F., 
    et al. (1975). The masson staining of 
    collagen: an explanation of the apparent 
    paradox. Histochemical Journal, 7:529-546.
      85. Flodmark, B.T., Lundborg, G. (1997). 
    Vibrotactile sense and hand symptoms in blue 
    collar workers in a manufacturing industry. 
    Occupational and Environmental Medicine, 
    54:880-887.
      86. Frank, C., Andriacchi, T., Brand, R., 
    Dahners, L., DeHaven, K., Oakes, B., Woo, 
    S.L.-Y. (1998). Ligament: Normal Ligament: 
    Structure, Function, and Composition. In: 
    Woo, S.L.-Y., ed. Injury and Repair of the 
    Musculoskeletal Soft Tissues. Park Ridge, IL: 
    American Academy of Orthopaedic Surgeons, pp. 
    42-101.
      87. Frank, C., McDonald, D., Shrive, N. 
    (1997). Collagen fibril diameters in rabbit 
    medial collateral ligament: a longer term 
    assessment. Connective Tissue Research, 
    36:261-269.
      88. Frankel, V.M., Nordin, M. (1980). Basic 
    Biomechanics of the Skeletal System. 
    Philadelphia, PA: Lea and Febiger.
      89. Freivalds, Eklund (1993).
      90. Friden, J., Lieber, R.L. (1994). 
    Biomechanical Injury to Skeletal Muscle from 
    Repetitive Loading: Eccentric Contractions 
    and Vibration. In: Gordon, S.L., Blair, S.J., 
    Fine, L.J., eds. Repetitive Motion Disorders 
    of the Upper Extremity. Rosemont, IL: 
    American Academy of Orthopaedic Surgeons.
      91. Friden, J., Sjostrom, M., Ekblom, B. 
    (1981). A morphological study on delayed 
    muscle soreness. Experentia, 37:506-507.
      92. Frymoyer, J.W., Pope, M.H., Clements, 
    J.H., et al. (1983). Risk factors in low back 
    pain. Journal of Bone and Joint Surgery, 
    65A:213-218.
      93. Frymoyer, J.W., Pope, M.H., Costanza, 
    M.C., et al. (1980). Epidemiologic studies of 
    low back pain. Spine, 5:419-423.
      94. Futatsuka, M., Inaoka, N., Ueno, T. 
    (1990). Validity of function tests on the 
    upper extremities in establishing a prognosis 
    in vibration syndrome. Industrial Health, 
    28(2):41-52.
      95. Gelberman, R.H., Hergenroeder, P.T., 
    Hargens, A.R., et al. (1981). The carpal 
    tunnel syndrome: a study of carpal tunnel 
    pressures. Journal of Bone and Joint Surgery, 
    63A(3):380-383.
      96. Gelberman, R.H., Szabo, R.M., 
    Williamson, R.V., et al. (1983). Tissue 
    pressure threshold for peripheral nerve 
    viability. Clin Orthop 178:285-291.
      97. Gemne, G. (1994). Pathophysiology of 
    white fingers in workers using hand-held 
    vibrating tools. [Review] [57 refs] Nagoya 
    Journal of Medical Science, 
    57(Supplement):87-97.
      98. Goldstein, S.A., Armstrong, T.J., 
    Chaffin, D.B., Matthews, L.S. (1987). 
    Analysis of cumulative strain in tendons and 
    tendon sheaths. Journal of Biomechanics, 
    20:1-6.
      99. Gordon, S.L., Blair, S.J., Fine, L.J., 
    eds. (1994). Repetitive Motion Disorders of 
    the Upper Extremity. Rosemont, IL: American 
    Academy of Orthopaedic Surgeons.
      100. Griffin, M.J. (1997). Measurement, 
    evaluation, and assessment of occupational 
    exposures to hand-transmitted vibration. 
    Occupational and Environmental Medicine, 
    54(2):73-89.
      101. Haag, G.M. (1991). Static Work Loads 
    and Occupational Myalgia. A New Explanation 
    Model. In: Anderson, P.A., Hobart, D.J., 
    Danoff, J.V., eds. Electromyographical 
    Kinesiology. Amsterdam: Elsevier Science 
    Publishers, pp. 141-144.
      102. Hamilton, A. (1918). A study of 
    spastic anemia in the hands of stone cutters, 
    U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics, Bulletin 
    236:19:53-61.
      103. Hansson, T., Holm, S. (1991). Clinical 
    implications of vibration-induced changes in 
    the lumbar spine. Orthopedic Clinics of North 
    America, 22(2):247-253.
      104. Hansson, T., Kefler, T., Holm, S. 
    (1987). The Load on the Porcine Lumbar Spine 
    During Seated Whole Body Vibrations. 
    Presented to the International Society for 
    the Study of the Lumbar Spine, Rome, Italy, 
    May.
      105. Hargens, A.R., Romine, J.S., Sipe, 
    J.C., et al. (1979). Peripheral nerve 
    conduction block by high muscle compartment 
    pressure. Journal of Bone and Joint Surgery, 
    61A:192+.
      106. Hart, D.A., Frank, C.B., Bray, R.C. 
    (1994). Inflammatory Processes in Repetitive 
    Motion and Overuse Syndrome: Potential Role 
    of Neurogenic Mechanisms in Tendons and 
    Ligaments. In: Gordon, S.L., Blair, S.J., 
    Fine, L.J., eds. Repetitive Motion Disorders 
    of the Upper Extremity. Rosemont, IL: 
    American Academy of Orthopaedic Surgeons, pp. 
    247-262.
      107. Hart, D.A., Roux, L., Frank, C.V., 
    Shrive, N.G. (1996). Sex hormone influences 
    on rabbit ligaments in vivo and in vitro. 
    Transactions of the Orthopaedic Research 
    Society, 21:792.
      108. Harter, B. (1989). Indications for 
    surgery in work related compression 
    neuropathies of the upper extremity. 
    Occupational Medicine: State of the Art 
    Review, 4(3):485-495.
      109. Henneman, E., Olson, C.B. (1965). 
    Relations between structure and function in 
    the design of skeletal muscles. Journal of 
    Neurophysiology, 28:581-598.
      110. Herberts, P., Kadefors, R., Hogfors, 
    C., et al. (1984). Shoulder pain and heavy 
    manual labor. Clinical Orthopaedics and 
    Related Research, Dec.(191):166-178.
      111. Hirano, N., Tsuji, H., Oshima, H., et 
    al. (1988). Analysis of rabbit intervertebral 
    disc physiology based on water metabolism: 
    changes in normal intervertebral discs under 
    axial vibratory load. Spine, 13:1297-1302.
      112. Hjortsberg, U., Rosen, I., Orbaek, P., 
    Lundborg, G., Valogh, I. (1989). Finger 
    receptor dysfunction in dental technicians 
    exposed to high-frequency vibration. 
    Scandinavian Journal of Work, Environment and 
    Health, 15:339-344.
      113. Hoffman, J., Hoffman, P.L. (1985). 
    Staple gun carpal tunnel syndrome. Journal of 
    Occupational Medicine, 27(11):848-9.
      114. Holm, S., Nachemson, A. (1985). 
    Nutrition of the intervertebral disc: effects 
    induced by vibrations. Orthopaedic 
    Transactions, 9:451.
      115. Howell, D.S. (1989). Etiopathogenesis 
    of Osteoarthritis. In: McCarty, D.J., ed. 
    Arthritis and Allied Conditions: A Textbook 
    of Rheumatology. Philadelphia: Lea and 
    Febiger, pp. 1595-1604.
      116. Hurst, L.C., Weissberg, D., Carroll, 
    R.E. (1985). The relationship of the double 
    crush to carpal tunnel syndrome (an analysis 
    of 1000 cases of carpal tunnel syndrome). 
    Journal of Hand Surgery, 10B(2):202-204.
      117. International Standards Organization 
    (1986). ISO Standard 5349: Mechanical 
    Vibration. Guidelines for the Measurement and 
    the Assessment of Human Exposure to Hand-
    Transmitted Vibration. Geneva, Switzerland: 
    International Standards Organization.
      118. Jarvholm, U., Palmerud, G., Herbverts, 
    P., Hogfors, C., Kadefors, R. (1989). 
    Intramuscular pressure and electromyography 
    in the supraspinatus muscle at shoulder 
    abduction. Clinical Orthopaedics, 245:102-
    109.
      119. Johanning, E. (1991). Survey results 
    of back disorders and health problems in 
    subway train operators exposed to whole-body
    
    [[Page 65919]]
    
    vibration. Scandinavian Journal of Work, 
    Environment and Health, 17(6):414-419.
      120. Johanning, E., Wilder, D., Landrigan, 
    P., et al. (1991). Whole-body vibration 
    exposure in subway cars and review of adverse 
    health effects. Journal of Occupational 
    Medicine, 33(5):605-612.
      121. Johansson, H., Sojka, P. (1991). 
    Pathosphysiological mechanisms involved in 
    genesis and spread of muscle tension in 
    occupational muscle pain and in chronic 
    musculoskeletal pain syndromes: a hypothesis. 
    Medical Hypothesis, 35:196-203.
      122. Kaji, H., Honma, H., Usui, M., Yasuno, 
    Y., Saito, K. (1993). Hypothenar hammer 
    syndrome in workers occupationally exposed to 
    vibrating tools. Journal of Hand Surgery, 
    18B:761-766.
      123. Karpilow, C., DiNucci, K. (1996). 
    Repetitive strain injury: Lower extremities. 
    Background paper prepared for the Workers' 
    Compensation Board of Alberta.
      124. Katz, J., Larson, M.G., Fossel, A., 
    Liang, M.H. (1991). Validation of a 
    surveillance case definition of carpal tunnel 
    syndrome. American Journal of Public Health, 
    81:189-193.
      125. Kazarian, L.E. (1975). Creep 
    characteristics of the human spinal column. 
    Orthopedic Clinics of North America, 6:3-18.
      126. Keith, S.E., Brammer, A.J. (1994). 
    Rock-drill handle vibration: Assessing the 
    influence of operating parameters and high 
    frequencies? Journal of Sound and Vibration, 
    174-475-491.
      127. Keller, T., Spengler, D., Hansson, T. 
    (1987). Mechanical behavior of the human 
    lumbar spine: creep analysis during static 
    compressive loading. Journal of Orthopaedic 
    Research, 5:467-478.
      128. Kelsey, J.L. (1975). An epidemiologic 
    study of the relationship between occupations 
    and acute herniated lumbar intervertebral 
    disks. International Journal of Epidemiology, 
    4:197-205.
      129. Kelsey, J.L., Githens, P.B., O'Conner, 
    T., et al. (1984a). Acute prolapsed 
    intervertebral disc: an epidemiologic study 
    with special reference to driving automobiles 
    and cigarette smoking. Spine, 9:608-613.
      130. Kelsey, J.L., Githens, P.B., Walter, 
    S.D., et al. (1984). An epidemiologic study 
    of acute prolapsed cervical intervertebral 
    disc. Journal of Bone and Joint Surgery, 
    66:907-914.
      131. Kelsey, J.L., Hardy, R.J. (1975). 
    Driving of motor vehicles as a risk factor 
    for acute herniated lumbar intervertebral 
    disc. American Journal of Epidemiology, 
    102:63-73.
      132. Kelsey J.L., White, A.A. (1980). 
    Epidemiology and impact of low back pain. 
    Spine, 5(2):133-142.
      133. Kihlberg, S., Attebrant, M., Gemne, 
    G., Kjellberg, A. (1995). Acute effects of 
    vibration from a chipping hammer and a 
    grinder on the hand-arm system. Occupational 
    and Environmental Medicine. 52(11):731-737.
      134. Kilbom, A. (1994). Assessment of 
    physical exposure in relation to work-related 
    musculoskeletal disorders--what information 
    can be obtained from systematic observations? 
    Scandinavian Journal of Work, Environment and 
    Health, 20:30-45.
      135. Kisner, W.H. (1976). Thumb neuroma: a 
    hazard of ten pin bowling. British Journal of 
    Plastic Surgery, 29(3):225-6.
      136. Klein, B.P., Jensen, R.C., Sanderson, 
    L.M. (1984). Assessment of worker's 
    compensation claims for low back strains/
    sprains. Journal of Occupational Medicine, 
    26(6):443-448.
      137. Kleinert, H.E., Volianitis, G.J. 
    (1965). Thrombosis of the palmar arterial 
    arch and its tributaries: etiology and newer 
    concepts in treatment. Journal of Trauma, 
    5(4):447-457.
      138. Koskimies, K., Farkkila, M., Pyykko, 
    I., Inaba, R., Jantii, V., Aatola, S., 
    Starck, J. (1990). Carpal tunnel syndrome in 
    vibration disease. British Journal of 
    Industrial Medicine, 47(6):411-416.
      139. Kozin, F. (1994). Reflex sympathetic 
    dystrophy syndrome. Current Opinion in 
    Rheumatology, 6:210-216.
      140. Kreitner, K.-F., Duber, C., Muller, 
    L.-P., Degreif, J. (1996). Hypothenar hammer 
    syndrome caused by recreational sports 
    activities and muscle anomaly in the wrist. 
    Cardiovascular and Interventional Radiology, 
    1919:356-359.
      141. Larsson, B., Jensen, B.R., Nemeth, B., 
    Sjogaard (1995). EMG-Driven Shoulder Model in 
    Three Dimensions. In: Book of Abstracts: 15th 
    Congress of the International Society of 
    Biomechanics. Jyvaskyla, Finland: University 
    of Jyvaskyla, pp. 532-533.
      142. Larsson, S.-E., Bodegard, L., 
    Henriksson, K.G., et al. (1990). Chronic 
    trapezius myalgia. Morphology and blood flow 
    studied in 17 patients. Acta Orthopaedica 
    Scandinavica 61(5):394-398.
      143. Lau, C.S., O'Dowd, A., Belch, J.J. 
    (1992). White blood cell activation in 
    Raynaud's phenomenon of systemic sclerosis 
    and vibration induced white finger syndrome. 
    Annals of the Rheumatic Diseases, 51(2):249-
    52.
      144. Leadbetter, W.B.C. (1992). Cell-matrix 
    response in tendon injury. Clinics in Sports 
    Medicine, 11:533-578.
      145. Letz, R., Cherniack, M., Gerr, F., 
    Hershman, D., Pace, P. (1992). A cross-
    sectional epidemiological survey of shipyard 
    workers exposed to hand-arm vibration. 
    British Journal of Industrial Medicine, 
    49(1):53-62.
      146. Lieber, R.L. (1992). Skeletal Muscle 
    Physiology. In: Skeletal Muscle Structure and 
    Function: Implications for Rehabilitation and 
    Sports Medicine. Baltimore: Williams and 
    Wilkins.
      147. Lieber, R.L., Friden, J. (1993). 
    Muscle damage is not a function of muscle 
    force but active muscle strain. Journal of 
    Applied Physiology, 74:520-526.
      148. Lieber, R.L., Friden, J. (1994). 
    Skeletal Muscle Metabolism, Fatigue, and 
    Injury. In: Gordon, S.L., Blair, S.J., Fine, 
    L.J., eds. Repetitive Motion Disorders of the 
    Upper Extremity. Rosemont, IL: American 
    Academy of Orthopaedic Surgeons.
      149. Lindman, R., Eriksson, A., Thornell, 
    L.E. (1991). Fiber type composition of the 
    human female trapezius muscle: enzyme-
    histochemical characteristics. American 
    Journal of Anatomy, 190(4):385-392.
      150. Lindman, R., Hagberg, M., Angqvist, 
    K.A., et al. (1991). Changes in muscle 
    morphology in chronic trapezius myalgia. 
    Scandinavian Journal of Work, Environment and 
    Health, 17(5):347-355.
      151. Lovin (1997).
      152. Low, P.A., Dyck, P.J. (1977). 
    Increased endoneurial fluid pressure in 
    experimental lead neuropathy. Nature, 
    269:427-428.
      153. Low, P.A., Dyck, P.J., Schmeizer, J.D. 
    (1982). Chronic elevation of endoneurial 
    fluid pressure is associated with low-grade 
    fiber pathology. Muscle and Nerve, 5:162-165.
      154. Lundborg, G. (1988). Nerve Injury and 
    Repair. Edinburgh, Scotland: Churchill 
    Livingstone, p. 76.
      155. Lundborg, G., Dahlin, L.B. (1994). 
    Pathophysiology of Nerve Compression. In: 
    Gordon, S.L., Blair, S.J., Fine, L.J., eds. 
    Repetitive Motion Disorders of the Upper 
    Extremity, Rosemont, IL: American Academy of 
    Orthopaedic Surgeons.
      156. Lundborg, G., Gelberman, R.H., 
    Minteer-Convery, M., Lee, Y.F., Hargens, A.R. 
    (1982). Median nerve compression in the 
    carpal tunnel: functional response to 
    experimentally induced controlled pressure. 
    Journal of Hand Surgery, 7(3):252-259.
      157. Lundborg, G., Myers, R., Powell, H. 
    (1983). Nerve compression injury and 
    increased endoneurial fluid pressure: a 
    ``miniature compartment syndrome.'' Journal 
    of Neurology, Neurosurgery and Psychiatry, 
    46:1119-1124.
      158. Lundborg, G., Sollerman, C., 
    Stromberg, T., Pyykko, I., Rosen, B. (1987). 
    A new principle for assessing vibrotactile 
    sense in vibration-induced neuropathy. 
    Scandinavian Journal of Work, Environment and 
    Health, 13:375-379.
      159. Mackinnon, S.E. (1992). Double and 
    multiple ``crush'' syndromes. Hand Clinics, 
    8(2):369-390.
      160. Mackinnon, S.E., Dellon, A.L., Hudson, 
    A.R., et al. (1984). Chronic nerve 
    compression: an experimental model in the 
    rat. Annals of Plastic Surgery, 13:112-120.
      161. Mackinnon, S.E., Dellon, A.L., Hudson, 
    A.R., et al. (1985). A primate model for 
    chronic nerve compression. Journal of 
    Reconstructive Microsurgery, 1:185-194.
    
    [[Page 65920]]
    
      162. Mackinnon, S.E., Dellon, A.L., Hudson, 
    A.R., et al. (1986). Chronic human nerve 
    compression-a histological assessment. 
    Neuropathology and Applied Neurobiology, 
    12:547-565.
      163. Mackinnon, S.E., Dellon, A.L. (1986). 
    Experimental study of chronic nerve 
    compression. Clinical implications. Hand 
    Clinics, 2:639-650.
      164. Mackinnon, S.E., Dellon, A.L. (1988). 
    Evaluation of microsurgical internal 
    neurolysis in a primate median nerve model of 
    chronic nerve compression. Journal of Hand 
    Surgery, 13A(3):345-351.
      165. Mackinnon, S.E., Novak, C.B. (1997). 
    Clinical Perspective: Repetitive Strain in 
    the Workplace. Journal of Hand Surgery, 
    22A:3-18.
      166. Mackinnon, et al. (1987).
      167. Macpherson, P.C., Schork, M.A., 
    Faulkner, J.A. (1996). Contraction induced 
    injury to single fiber segments from fast and 
    slow muscles of rats by single stretches. 
    American Journal of Physiology, 271:1438-
    1446.
      168. Maeda, S., Yonekawa, Y., Kanada, K., 
    Takahashi, Y. (1996). Vibrotactile TTS of 
    fingertip vibratory sensation from hand-
    transmitted vibration having the same equal 
    equivalent tool vibration levels according to 
    the JIS B 4900 determination method. 
    Industrial Health, 34(3):257-266.
      169. Magnusson, M., Almqvist, M., Broman, 
    H., et al. (1990). Measurement of spinal 
    creep during whole body vibrations. Submitted 
    to Spinal Disorders.
      170. Magnusson, M., Hult, E., Lindstrom, 
    I., et al. (1990). Measurement of time-
    dependent height loss during sitting. 
    Clinical Biomechanics, 5:137-142.
      171. Marras, W.S., Lavender, S.A., 
    Leurgans, S.E., et al. (1993). The role of 
    dynamic three-dimensional trunk motion in 
    occupationally-related low back disorders: 
    the effects of workplace factors, trunk 
    position, and trunk motion characteristics on 
    risk of injury. Spine, 18(5):617-628.
      172. Marshall, L.L., Trethewie, E.R. 
    (1973). Chemical irritation of nerve root in 
    disc prolapse. Lancet, Aug.
      173. Marshall, L.L., Trethewie, E.R., 
    Curtain, C.C. (1977). Chemical radiculitis. 
    Clinical Orthopaedics, 129:61-67.
      174. Masear, V.R., Hayes, J.M., Hyde, A.G. 
    (1986). An industrial cause of carpal tunnel 
    syndrome. Journal of Hand Surgery--American 
    Volume, 11(2):222-227.
      175. McLain, R.F., Weinstein, J.N. (1994). 
    Effects of whole body vibration on dorsal 
    root ganglion neurons. Changes in neuronal 
    nuclei. Spine, 19(13):1455-1461.
      176. Meisel (1984).
      177. Miller, R.F., Lohman, W.H., Maldonado, 
    G., Mandel, J.S. (1994). An epidemiologic 
    study of carpal tunnel syndrome in relation 
    to vibration exposure. Journal of Hand 
    Surgery, American Volume, 19(1):99-105.
      178. Millesi, H., Zoch, G., Rath. (1990). 
    The gliding apparatus of peripheral nerves 
    and its clinical significance. Annals of Hand 
    Surgery, 9:87.
      179. Mooney, J.F., Poehling, G.G. (1991). 
    Disruption of the ulnolunate ligament as a 
    cause of chronic ulnar wrist pain. Journal of 
    Hand Surgery, 16A(2):347-349.
      180. Moore, J.S. (1992a). Carpal tunnel 
    syndrome. Occupational Medicine: State of the 
    Art Review 7(4):741-763.
      181. Moore, J.S. (1992b). Function, 
    structure, and responses of components of the 
    muscle-tendon unit. Occupational Medicine: 
    State of the Art Review, 7(4):713-740.
      182. Moore, S.J. (1991). Clinical 
    determination of work-relatedness in carpal 
    tunnel syndrome. Journal of Occupational 
    Rehabilitation, 1:145-158.
      183. Mow, V.C., Lai, W.M., Rodler, I. 
    (1974). Some surface characteristics of 
    articular cartilage. A scanning electron 
    microscopy study and a theoretical model for 
    the dynamic interaction of synovial fluid and 
    articular cartilage. Journal of Biomedicine, 
    7:449.
      184. Murthy, G., Kahan, N.J., Hargens, 
    A.R., Rempel, D.M. (1997). Forearm muscle 
    oxygenation decreases with low levels of 
    voluntary contraction. Journal of Orthopaedic 
    Research, 15:507-511.
      185. Myers, R.R., Mizisin, A.P., Powell, 
    H.C., et al. (1982). Reduced nerve blood flow 
    in hexachlorophene neuropathy. Relationship 
    to elevated endoneurial fluid pressure. 
    Journal of Neuropathology and Experimental 
    Neurology, 41:391.
      186. Nachemson, A. (1969). Intradiscal 
    measurements of pH in patients with lumbar 
    rhizopathies. Acta Orthopaedica Scandinavica, 
    40:23-42.
      187. Nakamura, R., Ono,Y., Horii, E., et 
    al. (1993). The aetiological significance of 
    work-load in the development of 
    osteoarthritis of the distal interphalangeal 
    joint. British Journal of Hand Surgery, 
    18(4):540-542.
      188. National Academy of Sciences (1998). 
    Work-Related Musculoskeletal Disorders: A 
    Review of the Evidence. Washington, DC: 
    National Academy Press.
      189. National Institute for Occupational 
    Safety and Health (1989). Criteria for a 
    Recommended Standard Occupational Exposure to 
    Hand-Arm Vibration. Cincinnati, OH: U.S. 
    Department of Health and Human Services, 
    Public Health Service, Centers for Disease 
    Control, National Institute for Occupational 
    Safety and Health. NIOSH Publication #90-
    168048.
      190. National Institute for Occupational 
    Safety and Health (1990). Surface 
    Electromyography Procedures Manual for Use in 
    Industrial Settings. Morgantown, WV: NIOSH.
      191. National Institute of Occupational 
    Safety and Health (1992). Selected Topics in 
    Surface Electromyography for Use in 
    Occupational Setting: Expert Perspectives. 
    NIOSH Publication #91-100.
      192. Newham, D.J., Jones, D.A., Edwards, 
    R.H. (1983a). Large delayed plasma creatine 
    kinase changes after stepping exercise. 
    Muscle and Nerve, 6:380-385.
      193. Newham, D.J., McPhail, G., Mills, 
    K.R., et al. (1983b). Unfortunately changes 
    after concentric and eccentric contractions 
    of human muscle. Journal of the Neurological 
    Sciences, 61:109-122.
      194. Nielsen, S.L., Olsen, N.P. (1980). 
    Evaluation of reported occupational white-
    finger induced by vibration. [Danish] 
    Ugeskrift for Laeger, 142(49):3239-3243.
      195. Nieminen, H., Takala, E., Viikari-
    Juntura, E. (1993). Normalization of 
    electromyogram in the neck-shoulder region. 
    European Journal of Applied Physiology and 
    Occupational Physiology, 67(3):199-207.
      196. Nilsson, T., Burstrom, L., Hagberg, M. 
    (1989). Risk assessment of vibration exposure 
    and white fingers among platers. 
    International Archives of Occupational 
    Environmental Health, 61(7):473-481.
      197. Novak, C.B., Mackinnon, S.E. (1998). 
    Nerve injury in repetitive motion disorders. 
    Clinical Orthopaedics and Related Research, 
    351:10-20.
      198. Ogilvie, R.W., Armstrong, R.B., Baird, 
    K.E., et al. (1988). Lesions in the rat 
    soleus muscle following eccentrically biased 
    exercise. American Journal of Anatomy 
    182:335-346.
      199. Olmarker, K., Holm, S., Rydevik, B. 
    (1990a). Importance of compression onset rate 
    for the degree of impairment of impulse 
    propagation in experimental compression 
    injury of the porcine cauda equina. Spine, 
    15:416-419.
      200. Olmarker, K., Rydevik, B. (1991). 
    Pathophysiology of sciatica. Orthopedic 
    Clinics of North America, 22(2):223-234.
      201. Olmarker, K., Rydevik, B., Hansson, 
    T., et al. (1990). Compression-induced 
    changes of the nutritional supply to the 
    porcine cauda equina. Journal of Spinal 
    Disorders, 3:25-29.
      202. Olmarker, K., Rydevik, B., Holm, S. 
    (1989). Edema formation in spinal nerve roots 
    induced by experimental, graded compression. 
    An experimental study on the pig cauda equina 
    with special reference to differences in 
    effects between rapid and slow onset of 
    compression. Spine, 14:569-573.
    
    [[Page 65921]]
    
      203. Olmarker, K., Rydevik, B., Holm, S., 
    et al. (1989). Effects of experimental graded 
    compression on blood flow in spinal nerve 
    roots. A vital microscopic study on the 
    porcine cauda equina. Journal of Orthopaedic 
    Research, 7:817-823.
      204. Pascarelli, E.F., Kella, J.J. (1993). 
    Soft-tissue injuries related to use of the 
    computer keyboard: a clinical study of 53 
    severely injured persons. Journal of 
    Occupational Medicine, 35:523-532.
      205. Pechan, J., Julis, I. (1975). The 
    pressure measurement in the ulnar nerve. A 
    contribution to the pathophysiology of the 
    cubital tunnel syndrome. Journal of 
    Biomechanics, 8:75-79.
      206. Pelmear, P.L., Taylor, W. (1994). 
    Hand-arm vibration syndrome. Journal of 
    Family Practice, 38(2).
      207. Pette, D. (1980). Plasticity of 
    Muscle. Berlin: Walter Deter and CP.
      208. Pineda, C.J., Weisman, M.H., 
    Bookstein, J.J., Saltzstein, S.L. (1985). 
    Hypothenar hammer syndrome: form of 
    reversible Raynaud's phenomenon. American 
    Journal of Medicine, 79:561-570.
      209. Poole, A.R. (1986). Changes in the 
    collagen and proteoglycan of articular 
    cartilage in arthritis. Rheumatology, 10:316-
    371.
      210. Pope, M.H., Frymoyer, J.W., Anderson, 
    G.B., et al. (1991). Occupational Low Back 
    Pain: Assessment, Treatment and Prevention. 
    St. Louis: Mosby-Year Book.
      211. Pope, M.H., Frymoyer, J.W., Andersson, 
    G.B.J., et al. (1984). Occupational low back 
    pain. New York, NY: Praeger.
      212. Putz-Anderson, V., Doyle, G.T., Hales, 
    T.R. (1992). Ergonomic analysis to 
    characterize task constraint and 
    repetitiveness as risk factors for 
    musculoskeletal disorders in 
    telecommunication office work. Scandinvavian 
    Journal of Work, Environment & Health, 
    18(Supplement 2):123-126.
      213. Putz-Anderson, V., Waters, T. (1991). 
    Revisions in NIOSH Guide to Manual Lifting. 
    Presented at A National Strategy for 
    Occupational Musculoskeletal Injury 
    Prevention, University of Michigan, Ann 
    Arbor.
      214. Pyykko, I. (1986). Clinical aspects of 
    the hand-arm vibration syndrome: a review. 
    Scandinavian Journal of Work, Environment & 
    Health, 12:439-447.
      215. Radin, E.L., Parker, H.G., Pugh, J.W., 
    et al. (1973). Response of joint to impact 
    loading:3. Relationship between trabecular 
    microfractures and cartilidge degeneration. 
    Journal of Biomechanics, 6:51-57.
      216. Radin, E.L., Paul, I.L. (1971). 
    Response of joints to impact loading: in 
    vitro wear. Arthiritis and Rheumatism, 
    14:356-362.
      217. Radin, E.L., Ehrlich, M.M., Weiss, 
    C.A., et al. (1976). Osteoarthrosis as a 
    State of Altered Pathophysiology. In: 
    Buchanan, W.W., Dick, W.C., eds. Recent 
    Advances in Rheumatology. London: Churchill 
    Livingstone.
      218. Radin, E.L., Schaffler, M., Gibson, 
    G., et al. (1994). Osteoarthrosis as the 
    Result of Repetitive Trauma. In: Kuettner, 
    K.E., Goldberg, V.M., eds. Osteoarthritic 
    Disorders. Rosemont, IL: American Academy of 
    Orthopaedic Surgeons.
      219. Radwin, R.G., VanBergeijk, E., 
    Armstrong, T.J. (1989). Muscle responses to 
    pneumatic hand tool torque reaction forces. 
    Ergonomics, 32(6):655-673..
      220. Rais, O. (1961.) Heparin treatment of 
    peritenomyosis crepitans acuta. Acta 
    Chirurgica Scandinavica Supplementum, 268:1-
    88.
      221. Rathburn.
      222. Rathburn, J.B., McNab, I. (1970). The 
    microvascular pattern of the rotator cuff. 
    Journal of Bone and Joint Surgery, 
    52B(3):540-553.
      223. Rempel, D., Dahlin, L., Lundborg, G. 
    (1999). Biological Response of Peripheral 
    Nerves to Loading: Pathophysiology of Nerve 
    Compression Syndromes and Vibration Induced 
    Neuropathy. In: Work-Related Musculoskeletal 
    Disorders: The Research Base. Workshop 
    Summary and Papers. Washington, DC: National 
    Academy Press.
      224. Rempel, D.M., Harrison, R.J., 
    Barnhart, S. (1992). Work related cumulative 
    trauma disorders of the upper extremity. 
    Journal of the American Medical Association, 
    267(6):838-842.
      225. Rempel, D., Jamojilovic, R., 
    Levinsohn, D.G. et al. (1994). The effects of 
    wearing a flexible wrist splint on carpal 
    tunnel syndrome pressure during repetitive 
    hand activity. Journal of Hand Surgery, 
    19A:106-110.
      226. Rempel, D., Keir, P.J, Smutz, W.P., 
    Hargens, A.R. (1997). Effects of static 
    fingertip loading on carpal tunnel pressure. 
    Journal of Orthopaedic Research, 15:422-426.
      227. Roberts, W.J. (1986). A hypothesis on 
    the physiological basis for causalgia and 
    related pains. Pain, 24:297-311.
      228. Rohmert, W., Wos, H., Norlander, S., 
    Helbig, R. (1989). Effects of vibration on 
    arm and shoulder muscles in three body 
    postures. European Journal of Applied 
    Physiology and Occupational Physiology, 
    59(4):243-248.
      229. Rosen, I., Stromberg, T., Lundborg, G. 
    (1993). Neurophysiological investigation of 
    hands damaged by vibration: comparison with 
    idiopathic carpal tunnel syndrome. 
    Scandinavian Journal of Plastic and 
    Reconstructive Surgery and Hand Surgery, 
    27:209-216.
      230. Rydevik, B., Lundborg, G., Bagge, U. 
    (1981). Effects of graded compression on 
    intraneural blood flow. Journal of Hand 
    Surgery, 6:3+.
      231. Rydevik, B., Holm, S., Brown, M.D., 
    Lundborg, C. (1990). Diffusion from the 
    cerebrospinal fluid as a nutritional pathway 
    for spinal nerve roots. Acta Physiologica 
    Scandinavica, 138:247-248.
      232. Rydevik, B., Myers, R.R., Powell, H.C. 
    (1989). Pressure increase in the dorsal root 
    ganglion following mechanical compression. 
    Closed compartment syndrome in nerve roots. 
    Spine, 14:574-576.
      233. Sampson, S.P., Badalamente, M.A., 
    Hurst, L.C., et al. (1991). Pathobiology of 
    the human A1 pulley in trigger finger. 
    Journal of Hand Surgery, 16A:714-721.
      234. Schatz, I.J. (1963). Occlusive 
    arterial disease in the hand due to 
    occupational trauma. New England Journal of 
    Medicine, 268:281-284.
      235. Schmidt, U. (1969). Vergleichende 
    Untersuchungen an Schwerlastwagenfahrern und 
    Broangestellten zur Frage der berufsbedingten 
    Verschleibschaden an der Wirbelsaule und den 
    Getenken der oberen Extremiteten. 
    Dissertation.
      236. Schwane, J.A., Johnson, S.R., 
    Vandennaker, C.B., et al. (1983). Delayed 
    onset muscular soreness and plasma CPK and 
    LDH activities after downhill running. 
    Medical Science and Sports Exercise, 15:51-
    56.
      237. Seidel, B. (1988). Myoelectric 
    reactions to ultra-low frequency and low-
    frequency whole body vibration. European 
    Journal of Applied Physiology, 57:558-562.
      238. Seidel, H., Heide, R. (1986). Long-
    term effects of whole-body vibration: a 
    critical survey of the literature. 
    International Archives of Occupational and 
    Environmental Health, 58:1-26.
      239. Seroussi, R.E., Wilder, D.C., Pope, 
    M.H. (1989). Trunk muscle electromyography 
    and whole body vibration. Journal of 
    Biomechanics, 22:219-229.
      240. Silverstein, B.A. (1985). The 
    Prevalence of Upper Extremity Cumulative 
    Trauma Disorders in Industry. Ph.D. 
    dissertation, University of Michigan, Ann 
    Arbor.
      241. Silverstein, B.A., Fine, L.J., 
    Armstrong, T.J. (1986a). Carpal tunnel 
    syndrome: causes and a prevention strategy. 
    Seminars in Occupational Medicine, 1(3):213-
    221.
      242. Silverstein, B.A., Fine, L.J., 
    Armstrong, T.J. (1986b). Hand-wrist 
    cumulative trauma disorders in industry. 
    British Journal of Industrial Medicine, 
    43:779-784.
      243. Silverstein, B.A., Fine, L.J., 
    Armstrong, T.J. (1987). Occupational factors 
    and carpal tunnel syndrome. American Journal 
    of Industrial Medicine, 11:343-358.
    
    [[Page 65922]]
    
      244. Sjogaard, G. (1988). Muscle energy 
    metabolism and electrolyte shifts during low-
    level prolonged static contraction in man. 
    Acta Physiologica Scandinavica, 134:181-186.
      245. Sjogaard, K., Christensen, H., Jensen, 
    B.R., Finsen, L., Sjogaard, G. (1996). Motor 
    control and kinetics during low level 
    concentric and eccentric contractions in man. 
    Electroencephalography and Clinical 
    Neurophysiology, 101:453-460.
      246. Sjogaard, G., Kiens, B., Jorgensen, 
    K., et al. (1986). Intramuscular pressure, 
    EMG and blood flowing during low-level 
    prolonged static contraction in man. Acta 
    Physiologica Scandinavica, 128:475-484.
      247. Sjogaard, G., Sjogaard, K. (1998). 
    Muscle injury in repetitive motion disorders. 
    Clinical Orthopaedics and Related Research, 
    351:21-31.
      248. Skie, M., Zeiss. J., Ebraheim. N.A. 
    (1990). Carpal tunnel changes and median 
    nerve compression during wrist flexion and 
    extension seen by magnetic resonance imaging. 
    Journal of Hand Surgery, 15A:934-939.
      249. Smith, E., Sonstegard, D., Anderson, 
    W. (1977). Carpal tunnel syndrome: 
    contribution of the flexor tendons. Archives 
    of Physical Medication and Rehabilitation, 
    58(9):379-385.
      250. Snook, S.H., Campanelli, R.A., Hart, 
    J.W. (1978). A study of three preventive 
    approaches to low back injury. Journal of 
    Occupational Medicine, 20:478-481.
      251. Starck, J. (1984). High impulse 
    acceleration levels in hand-held vibratory 
    tools. An additional factor in the hazards 
    associated with the hand-arm vibration 
    syndrome. Scandinavian Journal of Work, 
    Environment & Health, 10(3):171-178.
      252. Starck, J.P., Pyykko, I. (1986). 
    Impulsiveness of vibration as an additional 
    factor in the hazards associated with hand-
    arm vibration. Scandinavian Journal of Work, 
    Environment & Health, 12:323-326.
      253. Stock S. (1991). Workplace ergonomic 
    factors and the development of 
    musculoskeletal disorders of the neck and 
    upper limbs: a meta-analysis. American 
    Journal of Industrial Medicine, 19:87-107.
      254. Szabo, R.M., Chidley, L.K. (1989). 
    Stress carpal tunnel pressures in patients 
    with carpal tunnel syndrome and normal 
    patients. Journal of Hand Surgery, 14A:624-
    627.
      255. Szabo, R.M., Gelberman, R.H. (1987). 
    The pathophysiology of nerve entrapment 
    syndromes. Journal of Hand Surgery, 12A(5): 
    880-884.
      256. Szabo, R.M., Gelberman, R.H., 
    Williamson, R.V., et al. (1983). Effects of 
    increased systemic blood pressure on the 
    tissue fluid pressure threshold of peripheral 
    nerve. Journal of Orthopedic Research, 1:172-
    178.
      257. Takeuchi, T., Futatsuka, M., Imanishi, 
    H., et al. (1986). Pathological changes 
    observed in the finger biopsy of patients 
    with vibration induced white finger. 
    Scandinavian Journal of Work, Environment and 
    Health, 12(4):280-283.
      258. Takeuchi, T., Imanishi, H. (1984). 
    Histological observation in finger biopsies 
    of 30 patients with Raynaud's phenomenon of 
    occupational origin. Journal of Kumamato 
    Medical Society, 58:56-70.
      259. Terzis, J.K., Noah, E.M. (1994). 
    Anatomy and morphology of upper extremity 
    nerves and frequent sites of compression. In: 
    Gordon, S.L., Blair, S.J., Fine, L.J., eds. 
    Repetitive Motion Disorders of the Upper 
    Extremity. Rosemont, IL: American Academy of 
    Orthopaedic Surgeons.
      260. Thelen, D.G., Ashton-Miller, J.A., 
    Schultz, A.B., et al. (1996a). Do neural 
    factors underlie age differences in rapid 
    ankle torque development? Journal of the 
    American Geriatrics Society, 44:804-808.
      261. Thelen, D.G., Schultz, A.B., 
    Alexander, N.B., et al. (1996b). Effects of 
    age on rapid ankle torque development. 
    Journal of Gerontology: Medical Sciences, 
    51A:M226-232.
      262. Thorson, E., Szabo, R.M. (1992). 
    Common tendinitis problems in the hand and 
    forearm. Orthopedic Clinics of North America, 
    23(1):65-74.
      263. Tichauer, E.R. (1978). The 
    Biomechanical Basis of Ergonomics. New York: 
    John Wiley and Sons.
      264. Troup, J.D.G. (1978). Drivers' bp and 
    its prevention. A review of the postural, 
    vibratory and muscular factors, together with 
    the problem of transmitted road shock. 
    Applied Ergonomics, 9:207-214.
      265. Troup, J.D.G. (1988). Clinical effects 
    of shock and vibration on the spine. Clinical 
    Biomechanics, 3:227-231.
      266. Uchiyama, S., Coert, J.H., Berglund, 
    L., Amadio, P.C., An, K.-N. (1995). Method 
    for measurement of friction between a tendon 
    and its pulley. Journal of Orthopaedic 
    Research, 13:83-89.
      267. Upton, A.R.M., McComas, A.J. (1973). 
    The double crush in nerve entrapment 
    syndromes. Lancet, II:259-362.
      268. Vallbo, A.B., Johansson, R.S. (1984). 
    Properties of cutaneous mechanoreceptors in 
    the human hand related to touch sensation. 
    Human Neurobiology, 3:3-14.
      269. Vasan, N. (1983). Effects of physical 
    stress on the synthesis and degradation of 
    cartilage matrix. Connective Tissue Research, 
    12:49-58.
      270. Veiersted, K.G., Westgaard, R.H., 
    Andersen, P. (1990). Pattern of muscle 
    activity during stereotyped work and its 
    relation to muscle pain. Archives of 
    Occupational and Environmental Health, 62:31-
    41.
      271. Veiersted, K.G., Westgaard, R.H., 
    Andersen, P. (1993). Electromyographic 
    evaluation of muscular work pattern as a 
    predictor of trapezius myalgia. Scandinavian 
    Journal of Work, Environment and Health, 
    19(4):284-290.
      272. Verrillo, R.T., Capraro, A.J. (1975). 
    Effect of stimulus frequency on subjective 
    vibrotactile magnitude functions. Perception 
    and Psychophysics, 17:91-96.
      273. Viikari-Juntura, E., Riihimaki, H., 
    Tola, S., et al. (1994). Neck trouble in 
    machine operating, dynamic physical work and 
    sedentary work: a prospective study on 
    occupational and individual risk factors. 
    Journal of Clinical Epidemiology, 
    47(12):1411-1422.
      274. Virokannas, H. (1992). Vibration 
    perception thresholds in workers exposed to 
    vibration. International Archives of 
    Occupational and Environmental Health, 
    63:377-382.
      275. Virokannas, H. (1995). Dose-response 
    relation between exposure to two types of 
    hand-arm vibration and sensorineural 
    perception of vibration. Occup Environ Med 
    52:332-336.
      276. Vogel, K.G. (1994). Fibrocartilage in 
    Tendon: A Response to Compressive Load. In: 
    Gordon, S.L., Blair, S.J., Fine, L.J., eds. 
    Repetitive Disorders of the Upper Extremity. 
    Rosemont, IL: American Academy of Orthopaedic 
    Surgeons.
      277. Waldron, H. (1989). Anyone for teno? 
    (editorial). British Journal of Industrial 
    Medicine, 44:793-794.
      278. Waters, T.R. (1994). Applications 
    Manual for the Revised NIOSH Lifting 
    Equation. Cincinnati, OH: U.S. Department of 
    Health and Human Services. National Institute 
    for Occupational Safety and Health. 
    (Available from the National Technical 
    Information Service, Springfield, VA).
      279. Waters, T.R., Putz-Anderson, V., Garg, 
    A., Fine, L.J. (1993). Revised NIOSH equation 
    for the design and evaluation of manual 
    lifting tasks. Ergonomics, 36(7):749-776.
      280. Werner, C.O., Elmquist, D., Ohlin, T. 
    (1983). Pressure and nerve lesions in the 
    carpal tunnel. Acta Orthopaedica 
    Scandinavica, 54:312-316.
      281. Werner, R.A., Albers, J.W., Franzblau, 
    A., Armstrong, T.J. (1994). The relationship 
    between body mass index and the diagnosis of 
    carpal tunnel syndrome. Muscle and Nerve, 
    17:632-636.
      282. Wheatley, M.J., Marx, V.M. (1996). The 
    use of intra-artrial urokinase in the 
    management of hand ischemia secondary to 
    palmar and digital arterial occlusion. Annals 
    of Plastic Surgery, 37:356-363.
      283. Wieslander, G., Norback, D., Gothe, 
    C.J., Juhlin, L. (1989). Carpal tunnel 
    syndrome (CTS) and exposure to vibration, 
    repetitive
    
    [[Page 65923]]
    
    wrist movements, and heavy manual work: a 
    case-referent study. British Journal of 
    Industrial Medicine, 46(1):43-47.
      284. Wilbourn, A., Lederman, R. (1984). 
    Evidence for conduction delay in thoracic 
    outlet syndrome is challenged. New England 
    Journal of Medicine, 310:1052-1053.
      285. Wilder, D.C., Pope, M.H., Frymoyer, 
    J.W. (1982). Cyclic Loading of the 
    Intervertebral Motion Segment. In: Hansen, 
    E.W., ed. IIEE Proceedings, pp. 9-11. 
    Presented at Northeast Bioengineering 
    Conference, Hanover, NH, March.
      286. Wilder, D.G., Woodworth, B.B., 
    Frymoyer, J.W., et al. (1982). Vibration and 
    the human spine. Spine, 7:243-254.
      287. Wilson, A.M., Goodship, A.E. (1994). 
    Exercise induced hyperthermia as a possible 
    mechanism for tendon degeneration. Journal of 
    Biomechanics, 27:899-905.
      288. Witt, J., Press, G., Gelberman, R.H. 
    (1991). Treatment of de Quervain's 
    tenosynovitis. Journal of Bone and Joint 
    Surgery, 73A:219.
      289. Woo, S.L., Hollis, J.M., Adams, D.J., 
    et al. (1991). Tensile properties in the 
    human femur anterior cruciate ligament tibia 
    complex. American Journal of Sports Medicine, 
    19:217-225.
      290. Woo, S.L., Gomez, M.A., Sites, T.J., 
    et al. (1987). The biomechanical and 
    morphological changes in the medial 
    collateral ligament of the rabbit after 
    immobilization and remobilization. Journal of 
    Bone and Joint Surgery, 69A:1200-1211.
      291. Woo, S.L., Xerogeanes, J. (1994). The 
    Biomechanics of Soft Tissue: Normal, Injured 
    and Healed States. In: Gordon, S.L., Blair, 
    S.J., Fine, L.J., eds. Repetitive Motion 
    Disorders of the Upper Extremity. Rosemont, 
    IL: American Academy of Orthopaedic Surgeons.
      292. World Health Organization (1985). 
    Work-Related Diseases. Technical Report #714. 
    Geneva, Switzerland: WHO.
    
    
    E. Glossary and List of Acronyms
    
    
    1. Glossary
    
       Acceleration--time rate of change in 
    velocity (expressed as m/sec\2\ or as 
    gravity); the second derivative of 
    displacement with respect to time. Intensity 
    of vibration is measured by acceleration.
       Afferent nerves--sensory nerves supplying 
    information, including movement, position, 
    and other sensation, to the central nervous 
    system.
       Articular--referring to the joint or, more 
    specifically, to the particular surfaces at 
    the ends of bones that meet (separated by 
    cartilage) in the joint.
       Atheromatous--producing plaques or 
    atheroma in arteries.
       Autonomic dysfunction--abnormalities of 
    the involuntary or autonomic nervous system. 
    In vibration studies, the term usually refers 
    to abnormal sympathetic nerve response 
    resulting in abnormal vascular musculature 
    response.
       Axonopathies--nerve abnormalities 
    affecting the fibers that carry nerve impulse 
    from the nerve cell body to the next nerve 
    cell or effector muscle.
       Biomechanical stressor--the physical 
    aspects of workstation, work piece, tools, 
    and work process that exert stress on the 
    body. Biomechanical stressors are distinct 
    from psychosocial or work organization risks, 
    which are not addressed in this document. The 
    document uses ``biomechanical stressors'' 
    instead of the commonly employed ``ergonomic 
    stressors.'' The term ``ergonomics'' refers 
    to ``fitting the work to the worker,'' a much 
    broader concepts that includes all aspects of 
    the worker/task/work environment interaction: 
    biomechanical stressors and psychosocial 
    stressors, human factors concepts of 
    information exchange and ease of use, and 
    higher-level constructs of organizational 
    structure and culture.
       Carpal tunnel--an anatomic tunnel in the 
    wrist through which the median nerve and nine 
    digital flexor tendons pass. It is formed by 
    the wrist bones and a dense trans-carpal 
    ligament. Pressure on the median nerve in the 
    carpal tunnel causes carpal tunnel syndrome.
       Cartilage--a thick, white connective 
    tissue that attaches to the articular 
    surfaces of bones, forming a low-friction 
    cushion. It is structurally more rigid than 
    tendon.
       Central and peripheral nervous systems--
    the central nervous system includes the brain 
    and spinal cord; the peripheral nervous 
    system consists of nerves linking the central 
    nervous system to muscles (via efferent motor 
    nerves) and sensory receptors (via afferent 
    sensory nerves).
       Concentric contraction--muscle contraction 
    in which tension is greater than external 
    load, resulting in muscle shortening.
       Demyelination--a loss of the myelin 
    sheath. Myelin is a fatty tissue that 
    surrounds large and medium-size nerves and 
    speeds the rate of electrochemical conduction 
    through the nerve. In the setting of work-
    related injury, demyelination is usually 
    caused by nerve compression and entrapment.
       Dermatome--an area of the body innervated 
    by a specific nerve or nerve branch.
       Dorsal wrist compartments--hand tissue 
    areas divided by fascia that represent 
    hydraulic cushions. The first dorsal 
    compartment contains tendons that extend the 
    thumb.
       Dysesthesias--abnormal nerve sensations.
       Eccentric contraction--muscle contraction 
    in which tension is less than the external 
    load, resulting in muscle elongation against 
    contractile force. Muscles in eccentric 
    contraction can develop the highest tension 
    and are thus the most vulnerable to rupture.
       ECRB--the extensor carpi radialis brevis, 
    a muscle that extends the wrist and inserts 
    at the lateral elbow.
       Efferent nerves--motor nerves effecting 
    and coordinating voluntary and reflexive 
    muscle activity.
       Efferent nerve axons--motor nerves 
    effecting and coordinating voluntary and 
    reflexive muscle activity.
       Endothelial--in vascular studies, 
    referring to the inner lining of blood 
    vessels (more broadly, the term refers to 
    tissues derived from embryonic endothelial 
    cells).
       Epicondylitis--elbow pain at the site 
    where the proximal flexor or extensor tendons 
    insert at the lateral or medial epicondyles 
    (bony prominences on the inside and outside 
    of the elbows).
       Etiology--the cause or origin of disease 
    or study of the causes of disease.
       Exposure--an epidemiological concept used 
    to describe the particular risk factor 
    experienced by the worker, with its 
    particular profile of modifying factors: 
    intensity, time characteristics, and 
    duration.
       Fibroblasts--cells that produce connective 
    tissue such as ligaments and tendons.
       Fibrocartilage--cartilage that contains 
    dense bands of connective tissue, having 
    elements of rigid support and flexibility.
       Fibrosis--the replacement of normal 
    tissues by fibrous scar tissue at the site of 
    injury.
       Frequency--number of oscillations per unit 
    of time; 1 hertz (Hz) = 1 cycle/sec.
       Gamma muscle spindles--specialized nerve 
    afferents that send signals to the central 
    nervous system indicating muscle
    
    [[Page 65924]]
    
    stretch (thus providing information on body 
    segment position).
       Glabrous pads--the fatty pads at the 
    fingertips and toetips.
       Humerus--the long bone of the upper arm.
       Hydrophilic--reactive with water.
       Hypertrophic--referring to a growth or 
    increase in tissue mass.
       Ischemia--the condition of restricted 
    blood flow to an area, resulting in 
    insufficient oxygen and nutrients for tissue 
    function and reduced clearance of 
    CO2 and metabolites.
       Isometric contraction--muscle contraction 
    in which tension equals the external load, 
    resulting in a constant muscle length.
       Isotonic contraction--muscle contraction 
    in which a constant internal force is 
    developed, usually resulting in concentric 
    contraction.
       Mechanoreceptors--specialized nerve 
    endings and sense organs that convey the 
    senses of touch, spatiality, and pressure.
       Median nerve--the nerve suppling most of 
    the sense of sensation to the first through 
    fourth fingers. The median nerve can be 
    entrapped in carpal tunnel syndrome.
       Metaplasia--non-neoplastic change in the 
    form and function of cell, usually due to an 
    external stimulus.
       Mitochondria--the bodies within cells that 
    conduct oxidative metabolism, the oxygen-
    dependent, energy-producing chemical 
    reactions that are essential for muscle 
    contraction.
       Musculoskeletal disorder (MSD)--an injury 
    or illness of soft tissues of the upper 
    extremity (fingers through upper arm), 
    shoulders and neck, low back, and lower 
    extremity (hips through toes) that is 
    primarily caused or exacerbated by workplace 
    risk factors, such as sustained and repeated 
    exertions or awkward postures and 
    manipulations.
       Since the Health Effects Section deals 
    only with work-related disorders, the 
    abbreviation ``MSD'' is equivalent to the 
    term ``work-related musculoskeletal 
    disorder'' (WRMSD or WMSD) found elsewhere in 
    the literature. MSDs, as discussed in this 
    document, are assumed to arise out of regular 
    work processes as acquired disorders and 
    exclude acute traumatic injuries, such as 
    falls or amputations. The term ``MSD,'' 
    however, does not exclude acute injuries that 
    arise out of occasional or atypical work 
    processes, such as handling particularly 
    heavy or poorly balanced materials. MSDs 
    include disorders of the following tissues: 
    muscles; tendons, paratendons, and 
    retinaculum; ligaments; peripheral nervous 
    system (including the sympathetic and 
    parasympathetic nervous system); cartilage 
    and synovium (including joints, 
    intervertebral discs, and fibro-cartilage 
    complexes); bone; and blood vessels. The term 
    ``MSD'' is used to maintain consistency with 
    current practice and nomenclature, and does 
    not imply a hierarchy or emphasis on injuries 
    to muscle and bone in contrast to other soft 
    tissues. In fact, injuries to muscle and 
    tendon are distinctly more common than 
    injuries to bone. Subordinate terms like 
    ``neuromuscular disorders'' and 
    ``musculotendonous disorders'' are used to 
    emphasize a particular, tissue-based 
    etiology.
       ``MSD'' is used in place of ``CTD'' 
    (cumulative trauma disorder) or ``RSI'' 
    (repetitive strain injury) because it does 
    not necessarily presuppose etiology from 
    accumulation or repetition of trauma, and it 
    does not imply a category of medical 
    diagnoses. For establishing a standard and 
    for recognizing hazards, persistent symptoms, 
    clinical signs, or clinical diagnoses are 
    sufficient to establish the existence of 
    MSDs.
       Myelin--the external lining of large and 
    medium size nerves with a fatty sheath, 
    enhancing nerve conduction velocity.
       Nocioceptors--nerve fibers, usually C 
    fibers, responsible for the sensation of 
    pain.
       Odds ratio--relates the odds of being a 
    case to those of not being a case. It is the 
    odds of being a case given the risk factor is 
    present divided by the odds of being a case 
    given the risk factor is not present. If the 
    following table is used the odds ratio is:
    
        OR = (A/B)/(C/D)
    
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
     
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Risk Factor           Cases                     Noncases
     Classification
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Risk Factor Present   A                         B
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Risk Factor Absent    C                         D
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
       Oscillation--rhythmic variation in the 
    position of an object in reference to the 
    starting point, measured over time.
       Paresthesias--abnormal sensations of 
    tingling and numbness.
       Proprioception--the conduction of sensory 
    nerve signals that indicate muscle and joint 
    position to the central nervous system.
       Raynaud's phenomenon--a painful condition 
    affecting the fingers or toes, caused by 
    compromised circulation. It is provoked by 
    the cold. Raynaud's causes the digits to turn 
    white from lack of blood supply.
       Risk factor (stressor)--a characteristic 
    of the work environment that research has 
    shown to be associated with an elevated 
    occurrence or severity of MSDs. Risk factors 
    can involve purely external exposures, such 
    as shock or percussion, that act on the 
    musculoskeletal system. They can also involve 
    intrinsic response to a load or task, such as 
    lifting or rapid and awkward movement. The 
    effect of a risk factor may be modified by 
    personal characteristics, such as 
    anthropometry and physical conditioning, or 
    by concurrent or previous non-work exposure. 
    Risk factors can also involve work 
    organizational or social factors.
       The Heath Effects Section uses the terms 
    ``stressor'' and ``risk factor'' 
    interchangeably.
       Root mean square (RMS)--the square root of 
    the arithmetic mean of the squares of a 
    series of numbers.
       Sarcomere--the basic skeletal muscle cell.
       Skeletal muscle--striated muscle 
    constituting the major muscle groups in the 
    body that are responsible for voluntary and 
    reflex movement of body segments.
       Subchrondral bone--bone located beneath 
    the cartilaginous lining of a joint.
       Synoviocytes--the matrix cells of the 
    synovial membrane.
       Synovium--a lubricating tissue located at 
    the sheaths of joints, in bursae and as the 
    innermost layer of joint capsules. High-usage 
    tendons, such as the finger flexor and 
    extensor tendons, are also surrounded by 
    lubricating synovial tissue.
       TFCC--the triangulate fibro-cartilage 
    complex, a structure of cartilage and tendons 
    that holds the ulna (forearm bone) to the 
    bones of the wrist.
    
    [[Page 65925]]
    
       Transmural pressure--pressures resulting 
    from increased volume or force in an anatomic 
    structure that is no longer expandable (such 
    as a blood vessel, or a muscle encircled by 
    surrounding tissues).
       Transverse--operating across different 
    planes.
       Ulnar nerve--an important bundle of 
    sensory and motor nerve fibers to the arm, 
    particularly to the hand. Its sensory fibers 
    innervate the fifth and part of the fourth 
    fingers.
       Uniaxial--operating in a single plain 
    along a single axis.
       Vaso-occlusion--blocking of an artery by a 
    fixed obstruction, often caused by clot or 
    degenerative disease.
       Vasospastic--referring to reversible 
    arterial occlusion caused by sympathetically 
    mediated constriction of arteries.
       Vibration--oscillation or periodic motion 
    of a rigid or elastic body from equilibrium.
       Vibrotactile threshold--different classes 
    of mechanoreceptors are sensitive to specific 
    frequencies of vibration. The vibration 
    amplitude at which conscious perception 
    occurs is the vibrotactile threshold.
       Vibrotactile thresholds--different classes 
    of mechanoreceptors are sensitive to specific 
    frequencies of vibration. The acceleration 
    amplitude at which the vibration is 
    consciously perceived is the vibrotactile 
    threshold.
       Viscous strain--refers to the biological 
    incapacity of a tissue to retain its fluidity 
    due to extremely rapid deformation. Viscous 
    strain is usually distinguished from elastic 
    strain, the mechanical incapacity of a tissue 
    to regain its resting position.
       Weighted curves--the progressive filtering 
    or downweighting of accelerations, due to 
    presumed reduction in physiological effect, 
    as they exceed 16 Hz.
       Work-related disease--a disease caused by 
    or exacerbated by stressors encountered 
    during work. More precisely, the World Health 
    Organization (1985) defines disease as work-
    related if work procedures, equipment, or 
    environment contribute significantly to its 
    causation.
       Z-lines--microscopically observed 
    divisions in functioning muscle cells.
    
    
    2. List of Acronyms
    
    A
    
    ADP: adenosine diphosphate
    ALL: anterior longitudinal ligament
    ANSI: American National Standards Institute
    APL: abductor pollicis longus
    ATP: adenosine triphosphate
    ASC: total ascorbate
    ASOII: Annual Survey of Occupational Injuries 
      and Illnesses
    
    B
    
    BMI: body mass index
    
    C
    
    CAT: computerized axial tomography
    CCR: cervico-collic reflex
    CL: Chinese line
    CMC: carpal-metacarpal
    CNS: central nervous system
    COS: Clearwater Osteoarthritis Study
    CT: computed tomography
    CTD: cumulative trauma disorder
    CTP: carpal tunnel pressure
    CTS: carpal tunnel syndrome
    
    D
    
    DIP: distal interphalangeal
    DPC: desktop PC
    
    E
    
    ECRB: extensor carpi radialis brevis (see 
      glossary entry)
    ECRL: extensor carpi radialis longis
    ECU: extensor carpi ulnaris
    EDC: extensor digitorum communis
    EGM: electrogram
    EGPT: erythrocyte glutamic pyruvic 
      transaminase
    EMG: electromyography
    EPB: extensor pollicis brevis
    
    F
    
    Fc: compression forces
    FCR: flexor carpi radialis
    FCU: flexor carpi ulnaris
    FDP: flexor digitorum profundus
    FDS: flexor digitorum superficialis
    FPL: flexor pollicis longus
    FTE: full-time equivalent
    
    G
    
    GAG: glycosaminoglycan
    
    H
    
    HANES: Health and Nutrition Examination 
      Survey
    HANES I: First National Health and Nutrition 
      Examination Survey
    HAVS: hand-arm vibration syndrome
    Hz: Hertz
    
    I
    
    IP: interphalangeal
    ISO: International Standards Organization
    
    J
    
    JSI: job severity index
    
    K
    
    kPa: kilopascal
    
    L
    
    LMM: Lumbar Motion Monitor
    
    M
    
    MAF: maximum acceptable frequency or maximum 
      acceptable force
    MAT: maximum acceptable torque
    MAW: maximum acceptable weight
    METS: metabolic equivalents
    MP: metacarpophalangeal
    MPF: mean power frequency
    MR: magnetic resonance
    MRI: magnetic resonance imaging
    MSD: musculoskeletal disorder
    MVC: maximum voluntary contraction
    MVIS: maximum voluntary isometric strength
    MVPS: maximum voluntary pinch strength
    
    N
    
    N: Newtons
    Nm: Newton meters
    Nm/s: Newton meters/second
    NAS: National Academy of Sciences
    NCHS: National Center for Health Statistics
    NHIS-OHS: National Health Interview Survey
    NIOSH: National Institute for Occupational 
      Safety and Health
    NPC: notebook PC
    n.s.: not significant
    
    O
    
    OCD: occupational cervicobrachial disorder
    OR: odds ratio
    
    P
    
    PCID: prolapsed cervical intervertebral disc
    PDTS: predetermined time systems
    PE: physical examination
    PEL: perceived exposure limit
    PHD: peak handle displacement
    
    [[Page 65926]]
    
    PHV: peak handle velocity
    PINS: posterior interosseous nerve syndrome
    PIP: proximal interphalangeal
    PLL: posterior longitudinal ligament
    PLP: pyridoxal 5'-phosphate
    PPT: pressure pain thresholds
    PRR: prevalence rate ratio
    
    Q
    
    QCT: quantitative computed tomography
    
    R
    
    RMS: root mean square (see glossary entry)
    ROM: range of motion
    RPE: range of perceived exertion
    RPM: revolutions per minute
    RR: relative risk
    RSD: reflex sympathetic dystrophy
    RSI: repetitive strain injury
    
    S
    
    SCTL: spinal compression tolerance limits
    SHR: Standardized Hospitalization Ratio
    SL: Swedish line
    SMPS: sympathetically maintained pain 
      syndrome
    
    T
    
    TCL: transverse carpal ligament
    TFCC: triangulate fibro-cartilage complex 
      (see glossary entry)
    TLV: threshold limit value
    TOS: thoracic outlet syndrome
    TTS: tarsal tunnel syndrome
    
    V
    
    VAS: visual analog scale
    VDT: video display terminal
    VWF: vibration-induced white finger
    
    W
    
    WMSD: work-related musculoskeletal disorder
    wpm: words per minute
    WRMSD: work-related musculoskeletal disorder
    
    
    VI. Preliminary Risk Assessment
    
    
    A. Introduction
    
       The United States Supreme Court, in the 
    Benzene decision (Industrial Union 
    Department, AFL-CIO v. American Petroleum 
    Institute, 448 U.S. 607 (1980)), has ruled 
    that the OSH Act requires, prior to the 
    issuance of a new standard, that a 
    determination be made that there exists a 
    significant risk of health impairment and 
    that issuance of a new standard will 
    substantially reduce that risk. The Court 
    stated that ``before he can promulgate any 
    permanent health or safety standard, the 
    Secretary is required to make a threshold 
    finding that a place of employment is unsafe 
    in the sense that significant risks are 
    present and can be eliminated or lessened by 
    a change in practices'' (448 U.S. 642). The 
    Court also stated that ``the Act does limit 
    the Secretary's power to require the 
    elimination of significant risks' (448 U.S. 
    644).
       Although the Court rejected the use of 
    cost-benefit analysis in setting OSHA 
    standards in the Cotton Dust case (American 
    Textile Manufacturers Institute v. Donovan, 
    452 U.S. 490 (1981)), it reaffirmed the 
    position it had previously taken in the 
    Benzene decision that a risk assessment is 
    not only appropriate but required to identify 
    significant health risks in workers and to 
    determine if a new standard will reduce those 
    risks. Although the Court did not require 
    OSHA to perform a quantitative risk 
    assessment in every case, the Court implied, 
    and OSHA as a matter of policy agrees, that 
    assessments should be put into quantitative 
    terms to the extent possible.
       The weight of evidence presented in the 
    Health Effects section of this preamble 
    indicates a causal relationship between 
    exposure to workplace risk factors and work-
    related musculoskeletal disorders. As 
    discussed in that section, the major 
    workplace risk factors include exposure to 
    repetitive motions, forceful exertions, 
    vibration, contact stress, awkward or static 
    postures, and cold temperatures. The Health 
    Effects section also demonstrates that the 
    risk associated with occupational exposure to 
    these risk factors increases with frequent or 
    prolonged exposure.
       OSHA believes there is ample evidence that 
    exposure to physical stresses at work can 
    cause or contribute to the development of 
    MSDs and that reductions in these stresses 
    can reduce the number and severity of these 
    work-related MSDs. The underlying evidence 
    falls into three broad categories:
    
    --Studies of groups of workers showing a 
    relationship between exposure to risk factors 
    in the workplace and an increased incidence 
    or prevalence of MSDs;
    --Biomechanical studies that show that 
    adverse tissue reactions and damage can occur 
    when tissues are subjected to high forces 
    and/or a high number of repetitive movements; 
    and
    --Case studies that demonstrate that 
    workplace interventions designed to reduce 
    exposures to risk factors are effective in 
    reducing the incidence and severity of MSDs.
    
       There are hundreds of studies of the 
    incidence or prevalence of MSDs in groups of 
    workers who are exposed to risk factors in 
    their jobs. In most of these studies, the MSD 
    prevalence of a group of exposed workers is 
    compared to that in another worker group that 
    is not exposed to the risk factors of 
    interest. If the exposed group shows a higher 
    MSD prevalence than does the reference group, 
    the study provides evidence of an association 
    between exposure and an increased risk of 
    developing MSDs, particularly if the study is 
    of good quality and adequately controlled for 
    potentially confounding factors (such as age 
    and gender) and biases.
       These epidemiological studies were 
    recently reviewed by the National Institute 
    for Occupational Safety and Health (NIOSH) to 
    evaluate the strength of the evidence for a 
    causal relationship between several types of 
    MSDs and workplace risk factors. More than 
    600 peer-reviewed studies were critically 
    reviewed, making this one of the largest 
    human data bases ever built to examine work-
    related adverse health outcomes. NIOSH found 
    that for most combinations of MSDs and risk 
    factors, the evidence in humans that a causal 
    relationship existed between workplace 
    exposure to risk factors and the development 
    of MSDs was either ``sufficient'' or 
    ``strong.'' For a few MSD/risk factor 
    combinations, there was insufficient evidence 
    of a causal relationship, but in no case did 
    NIOSH determine that there was evidence for 
    the absence of a relationship between 
    exposure to workplace risk factors and the 
    development of MSDs. NIOSH concluded that ``* 
    * * a substantial body of credible 
    epidemiologic research provides strong 
    evidence of an association between MSDs and 
    certain work-related physical factors when 
    there are high levels of exposure and 
    especially in combination with exposure to 
    more than one physical factor * * *''. (NIOSH 
    1997, ES p. xiv, Ex. 26-1).
       A similar conclusion was reached by the 
    experts participating in a workshop conducted 
    by the National Academy of Sciences/National 
    Research Council (NRC) (Ex. 26-37. For the 
    NRC report, a panel of experts critically 
    reviewed the methods used to select and 
    evaluate the human studies relied on in the 
    1997 NIOSH study (Ex. 26-1). The 1998 NRC 
    report concluded as follows:
    
    
    [[Page 65927]]
    
    
      ``[the association between MSDs and 
    exposure to risk factors at work that have 
    been] identified by the NIOSH review * * * as 
    having strong evidence are well supported by 
    competent research on heavily exposed 
    populations.''
      ``There is a higher incidence of reported 
    pain, injury, loss of work, and disability 
    among individuals who are employed in 
    occupations where there is a high level of 
    exposure to physical loading than for those 
    employed in occupations with lower levels of 
    exposure.'' (Ex. 26-37)
    
       That exposure to workplace risk factors 
    can cause or contribute to MSDs is made more 
    plausible by the growing body of studies of 
    biomechanical effects, which are designed to 
    explore how tissues react to mechanical 
    stress and how those reactions are related to 
    disease processes. Although all soft 
    musculoskeletal tissue can tolerate certain 
    physical loads, these tissues will respond 
    adversely if the load becomes excessive. 
    Muscles, ligaments, tendons, and tendon 
    sheaths can become inflamed with repetitive 
    or prolonged loading, cartilage can 
    deteriorate when subjected to abnormal loads, 
    and nerves can exhibit dysfunction and 
    eventually permanent damage if compressed or 
    subjected to extended tension. Other studies 
    have shown that the kinds of risk factors 
    present in many industrial occupations can 
    impose internal forces on soft 
    musculoskeletal tissue sufficient to cause 
    the kinds of physiologic responses described 
    above. The relationships between external and 
    internal loads have been demonstrated using 
    both biomechanical models and direct 
    measurement and observation in the workplace.
       Finally, evidence of the work-relatedness 
    of MSDs comes from several studies and case 
    reports that document the effectiveness of 
    ergonomic interventions in reducing exposures 
    to risk factors and the successes of 
    individual companies' ergonomics programs in 
    reducing the incidence or prevalence of MSDs 
    and the severity of MSDs among their workers. 
    After reviewing intervention studies, 
    including both field and laboratory studies, 
    the NRC (1998, Ex. 26-37) concluded that ``* 
    * * specific interventions can reduce the 
    reported rate of musculoskeletal disorders 
    for workers who perform high-risk tasks. No 
    known single intervention is universally 
    effective. Successful interventions require 
    attention to individual, organizational, and 
    job characteristics, tailoring the corrective 
    action to those characteristics.''
       In addition to biomechanical risk factors 
    present at work, the risk of developing an 
    MSD is also influenced by individual, 
    organizational, and social factors. Factors 
    that affect individual susceptibility include 
    age, general conditioning, and pre-existing 
    medical conditions. Although some of these 
    individual factors have been identified in 
    human studies as being statistically 
    significant predictors of disease, they are 
    generally much weaker predictors than are 
    biomechanical factors (NRC 1998, Ex. 26-37) 
    of force, repetition, posture, and vibration. 
    Organizational factors that have been linked 
    to MSDs include poor job content (e.g., lack 
    of job variety) and job demands (e.g., 
    excessive or highly variable workload and 
    time pressure). The importance of poor job 
    content is difficult to evaluate since this 
    factor can coexist with biomechanical factors 
    (for example, excessive workload can result 
    in a worker needing to increase repetitive 
    movement and/or force). Social factors refer 
    to a lack of social support from management 
    and supervisors, which can lead to 
    psychological stress and dissatisfaction with 
    work, both associated with an increased 
    prevalence of MSDs. However, according to the 
    NRC review (1998, Ex. 26-37), neither 
    organizational nor social factors have proven 
    to be strong predictors of these disorders. 
    Thus, although individual, organizational, 
    and social factors may have some relationship 
    to the observed increases in the incidence of 
    MSDs among workers exposed to risk factors, 
    their contribution does not compare with the 
    contribution of work-related physical risk 
    factors to increased risk.
       OSHA believes that the human epidemiologic 
    studies, the biomechanical and physiological 
    studies, and the studies of the effectiveness 
    of workplace ergonomic interventions together 
    constitute a compelling body of evidence that 
    demonstrates that exposure to risk factors at 
    work is a major factor in the development of 
    MSDs, and that reducing or eliminating 
    exposures to these risk factors will reduce 
    the number and severity of these MSDs.
       Although the epidemiological data base 
    that describes the associations between 
    exposure to workplace risk factors and 
    increased prevalences or incidences of MSDs 
    is vast, the nature of the available data 
    have not permitted OSHA to construct 
    generalized quantitative exposure-response 
    relationships, as is usually done to assess 
    occupational risks from chemical exposures. 
    There are many reasons for this, in 
    particular the complex interactions among 
    different kinds of exposures that lead to 
    tissue injury and disorders and the 
    difficulty of defining exposure metrics that 
    apply across a wide range of industries and 
    operations. This is not to say that exposure-
    response relationships have not been observed 
    or cannot be defined in specific 
    circumstances; in fact, there are many cases 
    in which the risk of MSDs has been 
    quantitatively related to the degree and 
    intensity of exposure. In the Health Effects 
    section of this preamble, OSHA describes 
    several scientific studies that demonstrate a 
    positive association between the magnitude 
    and/or duration of exposure to workplace risk 
    factors and the prevalence of MSDs, including 
    upper extremity disorders and back injuries. 
    OSHA believes that these studies provide 
    compelling evidence of the work-relatedness 
    of MSDs since a finding of positive exposure-
    response trends is one of the key findings 
    necessary to establish a causal relationship 
    between exposure and disease. The lack of 
    generalized quantitative exposure-response 
    relationships for work-related MSDs, however, 
    does not limit the Agency's ability to 
    quantify risk. Using data on the incidence of 
    work-related MSDs, risk can be quantified 
    using a population-based approach similar to 
    the one used by OSHA to quantify the risk of 
    Hepatitis B among workers with frequent 
    occupational exposure to blood and other 
    potentially infectious material (56 FR 
    64004). For the proposed ergonomics program 
    rule, OSHA uses a similar approach in its 
    preliminary risk assessment. In this 
    assessment, OSHA relies on data from the 
    Bureau of Labor Statistics (BLS) to estimate 
    the annual incidence of work-related MSDs in 
    different industry sectors and occupations, 
    by type of injury and type of exposure. A 
    description of these data and OSHA's 
    analytical approach are described in section 
    B below, and the results of this analysis 
    appear in section C. Information on the 
    effectiveness of ergonomics programs is 
    important to evaluate the extent to which the 
    standard as proposed is likely to reduce 
    significant risk in the covered worker 
    population. This information comes from a 
    variety of published studies and unpublished 
    data that describe the degree to which 
    ergonomics programs have reduced injury rates 
    and decreased the numbers of lost workdays 
    caused by MSDs. OSHA's discussion of these 
    data appears in section D below.
    
    
    B. Data Sources and Analytical Approach
    
       The annual Survey of Occupational Injuries 
    and Illnesses conducted by the Bureau of 
    Labor Statistics (BLS) is the principal data 
    source for evaluating the risks to employees 
    of developing a work-related musculoskeletal 
    disorder. This
    
    [[Page 65928]]
    
    survey is a Federal/State program that 
    collects workplace injury and illness data 
    from about 165,000 private industry 
    establishments. The survey requests 
    information only on non-fatal injuries and 
    illnesses, and excludes the self-employed, 
    farms with fewer than 11 employees, private 
    households, and employees in Federal, State, 
    and local government agencies.
       For this survey, selected employers are 
    required to provide statistics on the total 
    number of injuries and illnesses recorded on 
    the OSHA Form 200, as well as information 
    describing the nature and causes of their 
    lost workday injuries and illnesses. Thus, 
    according to BLS, the data provided by 
    employers ``* * * reflect not only the year's 
    injury and illness experience, but also the 
    employer's understanding of which cases are 
    work-related under current recordkeeping 
    guidelines of the U.S. Department of Labor.'' 
    Information is provided in sufficient detail 
    to permit BLS to systematically code each 
    reported case and develop estimates of the 
    numbers and incidence of each specific type 
    of LWD injury and illness for the United 
    States as a whole, by industry sector and by 
    occupation.
       Although the BLS data are the best 
    available data on the number and kinds of 
    job-related injuries and illnesses occurring 
    among U.S. workers in any given year, they 
    are not easy to use for risk assessment 
    purposes. In other words, there is no single 
    BLS-reported number that represents all 
    employer-reported musculoskeletal injuries 
    and illnesses occurring in that year. 
    Instead, employer-reported injuries and 
    illnesses are coded by BLS according to a 
    classification system that categorizes each 
    incident by type of injury or illness and by 
    nature of the exposure event leading to the 
    injury or illness (BLS 1992, Ex. 26-1372). 
    The types of disorders that are addressed by 
    the proposed standard fall into several of 
    these BLS injury and illness categories.
       To use these data, OSHA identified the 
    kinds of cause-specific injuries and 
    illnesses, as coded by BLS, that are believed 
    to reflect MSDs of the kinds that will be 
    covered by the proposed ergonomics program 
    standard. An OSHA panel, which included an 
    occupational physician and two professional 
    ergonomists, examined the BLS listing of 
    occupational injury and exposure event codes 
    and their definitions from the manual 
    provided to State personnel who code the data 
    from the BLS employer survey. The table 
    contained in Appendix VI-A to this 
    Preliminary Risk Assessment provides the list 
    of injury categories that were initially 
    selected by this panel as being likely to 
    include at least some work-related MSDs. From 
    this initial list, the panel selected a 
    subset of injury categories that 
    predominately included work-related MSDs; 
    these categories appear in Table VI-1. Of the 
    injury categories selected, OSHA chose to 
    base its analysis on only six injury 
    categories that were deemed by these experts 
    to be most relevant and most likely to 
    represent a large proportion of lost workday 
    MSDs. These injury categories include:
    
    --Sprains, Strains, and Tears;
    --Back Pain, Hurt Back;
    --Soreness, Hurt, except back;
    --Carpal tunnel syndrome;
    --Hernia; and
    --Musculoskeletal and connective systems 
    diseases and disorders.
    
       In addition, only those injuries and 
    illnesses attributed to overexertion, 
    repetition, or bodily reaction (which 
    includes only the subcategory of ``bending, 
    climbing, crawling, reaching, twisting'') are 
    included in OSHA's analysis because injuries 
    and illnesses caused by these risk factors 
    represent chronic exposures that have the 
    potential to cause musculoskeletal damage 
    (the BLS definitions for these exposure event 
    categories appear in Table VI-2). Thus, 
    musculoskeletal injuries and illnesses caused 
    by acute events, such as slips, trips, falls, 
    or being struck by objects, are excluded from 
    the data relied on in OSHA's risk analysis.
    
                           Table VI-1.--BLS Injury Categories Consisting Predominately of Employer-Reported Musculoskeletal Disorders
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
               BLS CODE                           NATURE OF INJURY                                               DESCRIPTION
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    021                             Sprains, strains, tears                      This nature group classifies cases of sprains and strains of muscles,
                                                                                  joints tendons, and ligaments. Diseases or disorders affecting the
                                                                                  musculoskeletal system, including tendonitis and bursitis, which generally
                                                                                  occur over time as a result of repetitive activity should be coded in
                                                                                  Musculoskeletal system and connective tissue diseases and disorders, major
                                                                                  group 17. Includes avulsion, hemarthrosis, rupture, strain, sprain, or
                                                                                  tear of joint capsule, ligament, muscle, or tendon. Excludes hernia (153),
                                                                                  lacerations of tendons in open wounds (034), torn cartilage (011).
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    0972                            Back pain, hurt back                         Subcategories under nature group 097, Nonspecified injuries and disorders,
    0973                            Soreness, pain, hurt, except the back         which includes traumatic injuries and disorders where some description of
                                                                                  the manifestation of the trauma is provided and generally where the part
                                                                                  of body has been identified. Subcategory 0972 includes hurt back,
                                                                                  backache, low back pain.
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    1241                            Carpal tunnel syndrome                       Subcategory under nature group 124, Disorders of the peripheral nervous
                                                                                  system, which includes the nerves and ganglia located outside the brain
                                                                                  and spinal cord.
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    [[Page 65929]]
    
     
    153                             Hernia                                       This nature group classifies hernias of the abdominal cavity. Includes:
                                                                                  femoral (1539), esophageal (1539), hiatal (1532), inguinal (1531),
                                                                                  paraesophageal (1539) scrotal (1531), umbilical (1539), and ventral (1533)
                                                                                  hernias. Excludes: herniated disc (011), herniated brain (1231), and
                                                                                  strangulations (091).
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    17                              Musculoskeletal system and connective        This major group classifies disease of the musculoskeletal system and
                                     tissue diseases and disorders                connective tissue.
    170                               Musculoskeletal system and connective
                                       tissue diseases and disorders,
                                       unspecified.
    171                               Arthropathies and related disorders        This nature group classifies joint diseases and related disorders with or
                                       (arthritis)                                without association with infections. Includes: ankylosis of the joint,
                                                                                  arthritis, arthropathy, and polyarthritis. Excludes: disorders of the
                                                                                  spine (172), gouty arthropathy (1919), rheumatic fever with heart
                                                                                  involvement (131).
    172                               Dorsopathies                               This nature group classifies conditions affecting the back and spine.
                                                                                  Includes: spondylitis and spondylosis of the spine (1729); intevertebral
                                                                                  disc disorders, except dislocation (1723); sciatica (1721); lumbago
                                                                                  (1722); and other nontraumatic backaches (1729). Excludes: dislocated disc
                                                                                  (011), curvature of the spine (1741), fractured spine (012), herniated
                                                                                  disc (011), ruptured disc (011), traumatic sprains and strains involving
                                                                                  the back (021), and other traumatic injuries to muscles, tendons,
                                                                                  ligaments, or joints of the back (02), and traumatic back pain or backache
                                                                                  (0972).
    173                               Rheumatism, except the back                This nature group classifies disorders marked by inflammation,
                                                                                  degeneration, or metabolic derangement of the connective tissue structure
                                                                                  of the body, especially the joints and related structures of muscles,
                                                                                  bursae, tendons and fibrous tissue. Generally, these codes should be used
                                                                                  when the condition occurred over time as a result of repetitive activity.
                                                                                  Includes: rotator cuff syndrome (1739), rupture of synovium (1739), and
                                                                                  trigger finger (1739). Excludes: rheumatism affecting the back is included
                                                                                  in code (172), traumatic injuries and disorders affecting the muscles,
                                                                                  tendons, ligaments and joints (02).
    174                               Osteopathies, chondropathies, acquired     This group is comprised of diseases of bones, diseases of cartilage, and
                                       deformities                                acquired musculoskeletal deformities. Includes: osteomyelitis, periostitis
                                                                                  and other infections involving bone; and acquired curvature of the spine.
    179                               Musculoskeletal system and connective      This nature group classifies musculoskeletal system and connective tissue
                                       tissue diseases and disorders, n.e.c.      diseases and disorders that are not classified elsewhere.
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Source: Occupational Injury and Illness Classification Manual, Bureau of Labor Statistics, December 1992 (Ex. 26-1372).
    
       For several reasons, risk estimates based 
    on the BLS data are likely to understate the 
    true risk of incurring a work-related MSD 
    posed to employees who are exposed to 
    workplace risk factors that are associated 
    with the development of MSDs. First, the BLS 
    data include only those lost workday (LWD) 
    cases that resulted in at least one day spent 
    away from work, and thus do not capture 
    either non-lost workday MSD cases nor MSD 
    cases that resulted in the employee being 
    temporarily reassigned to another job. 
    Second, some LWD MSDs reported to the BLS by 
    employers are likely to have been coded in 
    BLS injury categories excluded from OSHA's 
    with overexertion, repetition, and bodily 
    reaction (bending, climbing, crawling, 
    reaching, twisting). Finally, the incidence 
    of MSDs reported by the BLS is the reported 
    incidence of MSDs among all production 
    workers in the industries surveyed; that is, 
    the incidence for each industry sector is 
    calculated by BLS as the number of cases 
    reported in 1996 divided by the total number 
    of production employees in that industry 
    sector in 1996. Expressing the incidence in 
    this way has the effect of diluting the 
    estimated incidence of disorders that are 
    actually occurring predominately among those 
    employees who are routinely exposed to 
    workplace risk factors that have been 
    associated with the development of work-
    related MSDs. The risk to those employees who 
    are exposed to the workplace risk factors 
    considered relevant by OSHA is expected to be 
    higher than the risk reflected by the BLS 
    estimates of MSD incidence, since most of the 
    injuries reported to the BLS will in fact 
    have occurred among the subset of production 
    employees whose jobs expose them to these 
    risk factors (that is, the incidence that 
    would be calculated among exposed employees 
    will reflect a much smaller denominator that 
    reflects the number of exposed employees, 
    resulting in a higher incidence estimate). 
    Evidence that workers exposed to workplace 
    risk factors are at substantially higher risk 
    than other workers in their
    
    [[Page 65930]]
    
    industry comes from the large data base of 
    formal scientific studies of exposed worker 
    populations and a few studies that have 
    demonstrated a positive analysis (e.g., 
    unspecified disorders of the peripheral 
    nerves) even though they were associated e 
    relationship between exposure to workplace 
    risk factors and the relative risk of 
    developing an MSD (see the Health Effects 
    section of this preamble). These studies show 
    that the prevalence of MSDs among exposed 
    employees is often 2- or 3-fold higher, and 
    can be as much as 10 to 20 times higher, than 
    the prevalence among workers who are not so 
    exposed. Thus, OSHA believes that the risk to 
    exposed employees in each industry sector is 
    in fact several-fold higher than is reflected 
    by the BLS estimates of injury incidence.
    
    Table VI-2.--Description of BLS Exposure Event Categories Corresponding to Workplace Risk Factors Associated With Work-Related Musculoskeletal Disorders
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
               BLS CODE                       NATURE OF EXPOSURE EVENT                                           DESCRIPTION
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    21                              Bodily reaction a                            Codes in this major apply to injuries or illnesses resulting from a single
                                                                                  incident of free bodily motion which imposed stress or strain upon some
                                                                                  part of the body. Generally, codes in this major group apply to the
                                                                                  occurrence of strains, sprains, ruptures, nerve damage or other internal
                                                                                  injuries or illnesses resulting from the assumption of an unnatural
                                                                                  position or from voluntary or involuntary motions induced by sudden noise,
                                                                                  fright, or efforts to recover from slips or loss of balance (not resulting
                                                                                  in falls). This major group includes cases involving musculoskeletal or
                                                                                  internal injury or illness resulting from the execution of personal
                                                                                  movements such as walking, climbing, bending, etc. when such movement in
                                                                                  itself was the source of injury or illness. Group does not include falls.
    210                               Bodily reaction, unspecified.
    211                               Bending, climbing, crawling, reaching,
                                       twisting.
    212                               Sudden reaction when surprised,
                                       frightened, startled.
    213                               Running--without other incident.
    214                               Sitting.
    215                               Slip, trip, loss of balance--without
                                       fall.
    216                               Standing.
    217                               Walking--without other incident.
    219                               Bodily reaction, n.e.c.
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    22                              Overexertion                                 Overexertion applies to cases, usually non-impact, in which the injury or
                                                                                  illness resulted from excessive physical effort directed at an outside
                                                                                  source of injury or illness. The physical effort may involve lifting,
                                                                                  pulling, pushing, turning, wielding, holding, carrying, or throwing the
                                                                                  source of injury/illness.
                                                                                 Free bodily motions that do not involve an outside source of injury or
                                                                                  illness are classified either in major group 21, Bodily reaction, or in
                                                                                  major group 23, Repetitive motion.
    220                               Overexertion, unspecified.
    221                               Overexertion in lifting.
    222                               Overexertion in pulling or pushing
                                       objects.
    223                               Overexertion in holding, carrying,
                                       turning, or wielding objects.
    224                               Overexertion in throwing objects.
    229                               Overexertion, n.e.c.
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    23                              Repetitive motion                            Repetitive motion applies when an injury or illness resulted from bodily
                                                                                  motion which imposed stress or strain upon some part of the body due to a
                                                                                  task's repetitive nature.
                                                                                 Instances of carpal tunnel syndrome (CTS) from typing or any type of
                                                                                  keyentry, including the use of calculators or nonscanning cash registers
                                                                                  are coded 231. CTS resulting from cutting with a knife, repeated use of a
                                                                                  power tool should be coded Repetitive use of tool (232).
                                                                                 If an injury or illness resulted from prolonged vibration in long distance
                                                                                  driving, the event should be coded in event group 061, Rubbed, abraded, or
                                                                                  jarred by vehicle or mobile equipment vibration.
    230                               Repetitive motion, unspecified.
    231                               Typing or key entry.
    
    [[Page 65931]]
    
     
    232                               Repetitive use of tools.
    233                               Repetitive placing, grasping, or moving
                                       objects, except tools.
    239                               Repetitive motion, n.e.c.
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    a The subcategory of ``Bending, climbing, crawling, reaching, twisting'' is the only subcategory from the Bodily Reaction category used by OSHA to
      define MSDs.
     
    Source: Occupational Injury and Illness Classification Manual, Bureau of Labor Statistics, December 1992 (Ex. 26-1372).
    
    C. Preliminary Results
    
       OSHA has obtained summary data from the 
    annual BLS surveys for the years 1992 through 
    1996. Table VI-3 provides the BLS estimates 
    of the number of injuries and illnesses 
    reported nationwide by employers for 1996, by 
    nature of injury and type of workplace 
    exposure, for all injury and exposure event 
    categories deemed by OSHA as representing 
    MSDs. Overall, OSHA estimates that there were 
    a total of 647,344 lost workday MSDs that 
    occurred in 1996, as derived from employer 
    reports of those illnesses and injuries. 
    These disorders represent about 34.4 percent 
    of the 1.88 million LWD Table VI-3 injuries 
    and illnesses reported by employers in 1996 
    (BLS press release 97-453, 12/17/97).
    
       Table VI-3.--Estimates of the Number of Lost Workday Musculoskeletal Disorders (MSDs) in 1996, by Nature of
                                          Injury and Type of Workplace Exposure
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                 TYPE OF WORKPLACE EXPOSURE
                                       -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
       NATURE OF INJURY     BLS  CODE    TOTAL FOR
                                            ALL         OVER-        REPE-       SUBTOTAL      BODILY      SUBTOTAL
                                         EXPOSURES     EXERTION      TITION     (O AND R)    REACTION a
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Total for all lost                                   526,594       73,796      600,390       79,475      679,865
     workday injuries
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                Musculoskeletal Disorders
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Sprains, Strains,              021      819,658      424,290       12,872      437,162       66,068      503,230
     Tears
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Back Pain, Hurt Back          0972       52,046       28,046          861       28,907        4,646       33,553
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Soreness, Hurt,               0973       73,542       17,984        5,811       23,795        2,896       26,691
     except back
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Carpal tunnel                 1241       29,937                    29,809       29,809                    29,809
     syndrome
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Hernia                         153       29,624       25,819          322       26,141          670       26,811
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Musculoskeletal and             17       35,238        7,761       18,278       26,039        1,211      27,250,
     connective system
     diseases and
     disorders
    ================================================================================================================
        Total Number of                   1,040,045      503,900       67,953      571,853       75,491      647,344
         MSDs
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    a Data from BLS included only those injuries reported to have been associated with ``Bending, climbing,
      crawling, reaching, twisting.''
     
    Source: BLS-reported estimates for BLS nature-of-injury codes 021, 0972, 0973, 1241, 153, and 17, and for BLS
      exposure events of overexertion, repetition, and bodily reaction (1996).
    
       To determine whether the injury categories 
    selected by OSHA's panel of experts 
    (representing the disciplines of occupational 
    medicine and ergonomics) were in fact 
    predominately comprised of work-related 
    musculoskeletal disorders, OSHA closely 
    examined those injuries coded by BLS as 
    ``sprains, strains, and tears,'' by far the 
    largest single ``nature of injury'' category 
    for the purposes of this study. About 66 
    percent of the estimated number of MSDs 
    reported to the BLS in 1996 were categorized 
    by BLS coders as ``sprains, strains, and 
    tears'' due to overexertion. To evaluate the 
    extent to which the injuries in this category 
    represent MSDs, OSHA obtained from the BLS a 
    breakout of the estimated number of injuries, 
    by body part and by type of overexertion 
    event. This breakout appears in Table VI-4 
    and
    
    [[Page 65932]]
    
    shows that about 89 percent of these sprain, 
    strain, and tear injuries (379,615) are 
    comprised of injuries due to lifting/
    lowering, pushing/pulling, holding/carrying, 
    or throwing, all of which are manual handling 
    activities that can lead to work-related 
    MSDs. For the remaining 11 percent of the 
    BLS-coded sprain, strain, and tear injuries, 
    the exact nature of the overexertion exposure 
    was either not reported by the employer or 
    did not fall into any other exposure 
    classification under the BLS system. Of the 
    379,615 injuries for which the nature of the 
    overexertion exposure was reported, the 
    majority ( 88 percent) affected body parts 
    that are consistent with the kinds of 
    injuries addressed by the proposed standard, 
    such as upper extremities, neck and shoulder, 
    lower extremities, and back. Fifty-two 
    percent of these injuries represent back 
    injuries due to lifting or lowering. Only a 
    small proportion (12 percent) of sprain, 
    strain, and tear injuries reported by the BLS 
    in 1996 affected body parts that are not 
    relevant to MSDs; these represent 6.9 percent 
    of all MSDs estimated for 1996. Therefore, 
    OSHA is confident that the vast majority of 
    BLS-coded sprain, strain, and tear injuries 
    are appropriately included in the estimated 
    number of MSDs for 1996, and that the 
    judgment of the OSHA expert panel in 
    selecting appropriate BLS injury and event 
    categories for the risk analysis is, in fact, 
    borne out.
    
     Table VI-4.--Number and Percentage of All BLS-Reported Sprain, Strain, and Tear Injuries That are Work-Related
           Musculoskeletal Disorders (i.e., Caused by Overexertion), by Body Part and Nature of Exposure, 1996
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                         TYPE OF OVEREXERTION EXPOSURE
                          ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                NOT         TOTAL
     BODY PART  AFFECTED     LIFTING/     PUSHING/     HOLDING/                              ELSEWHERE    EXCLUDING
                             LOWERING     PULLING      CARRYING     THROWING   UNSPECIFIED   CLASSIFIED    NEC AND
                                                                                               (NEC)     UNSPECIFIED
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Shoulder                    20,728        8,639        6,895          395        2,277        2,177       36,657
    Back                       174,107       33,805       35,358          888       15,625        9,811      244,158
    Neck                         4,844        1,984        1,812                       810          720        8,640
    Arm                          7,012        2,717        2,451           66          751          807       12,246
    Wrist                        6,567        2,608        2,787                       712          866       11,962
    Hand                         1,417          443          403                       210           87        2,263
    Finger, fingernails            849          496          319                       133          205        1,664
    Upper extremities,                           59                                                               59
     nec
    Upper extremities,                                                                                             0
     unspecified
    Multiple upper               1,085          308          342                       326          142        1,735
     extremities
    Legs                         6,074        4,195        2,426                       743          969       12,695
    Ankles                         829          717          320                       126          460        1,866
    Foot                           236          382           36                        65           48          654
    Toes                                         16                                                               16
    Lower extremities,                                                                                             0
     unspecified
    Lower extremities,              37                                                                            37
     nec
    Multiple lower                 218           61                                                              279
     extremities
    Total all Work-            224,003       56,430       53,149        1,349       21,778       16,292      334,931
     Related MSDs
    Total for Other Body        29,698        8,030        6,843          113        3,304        2,749       44,684
     Parts
    Total Sprains,             253,701       64,460       59,992        1,462       25,082       19,041      379,615
     Strains, Tears
    Percent of Injuries             88           88           89           92           87           86           88
     Representing Work-
     Related MSDs
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
       The data summarized above have been broken 
    out by the BLS both by industry sector and by 
    occupation code. In addition, the BLS 
    provided OSHA with estimates of the incidence 
    of MSDs, as defined above by injury type and 
    cause, for each 2-digit SIC. As explained 
    above, the BLS-calculated incidence estimates 
    are based on the incidence among all 
    production employees in each industry sector, 
    and therefore understate the true incidence 
    of work-related MSDs occurring among workers 
    who are exposed to workplace risk factors. 
    Nevertheless, OSHA believes that the 
    incidence estimates are useful for 
    characterizing industry-specific MSD risks 
    and for comparing the extent of the problem 
    between industry sectors covered by the 
    ergonomics program standard as proposed. 
    Table VI-5 provides estimates of the number 
    and incidence of LWD MSDs in each general 
    industry 2-digit SIC group for which BLS 
    provided data. Industries having the highest 
    incidence of MSDs include the following:
    
    --Air transportation (36.6 cases/1,000 
    workers);
    --Local and suburban transit (14.7 cases/
    1,000);
    --Motor freight transportation and 
    warehousing (14.4 cases/1,000);
    --Health services (13.8 cases/1,000);
    --Transportation equipment (13.4 cases/
    1,000); and
    
    [[Page 65933]]
    
    --Food and kindred products (12.2 cases/
    1,000).
    
      Table VI-5.--Estimated Number of Lost Workday MSDs IN 1996 and Annual Incidence per 1,000 Workers, by 2-Digit
                                                           SIC
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                         ESTIMATED
            TWO DIGIT SIC                           INDUSTRY SECTOR                    NUMBER OF LWD   INCIDENCE PER
                                                                                           MSDs        1,000 WORKERS
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    45                             Transportation by air                                    34,150.0          36.580
    41                             Local and suburban transit and interurban highway         4,617.3          14.671
                                    passenger transportation
    42                             Motor freight transportation and warehousing             23,800.1          14.438
    80                             Health services                                         103,478.7          13.847
    37                             Transportation equipment                                 24,524.0          13.420
    20                             Food and kindred products                                20,540.1          12.242
    24                             Lumber and wood products, exc. furniture                  9,228.5          12.166
    34                             Fabricated metal, exc. machinery & transportation        17,751.1          12.121
                                    equipment
    33                             Primary metals                                            8,940.0          12.099
    30                             Rubber and misc. plastics                                11,982.7          12.069
    25                             Furniture and fixtures                                    5,892.1          11.741
    32                             Stone, clay, glass, concrete products                     6,316.4          11.444
    53                             General merchandise stores                               22,395.6          11.152
    52                             Building materials, hardware, garden supply,              8,621.9          10.699
                                    mobile home dealers
    54                             Food stores                                              25,268.9          10.191
    44                             Water transportation                                      1,537.1           9.959
    51                             Wholesale trade-nondurable goods                         24,768.4           9.792
    31                             Leather and leather products                                856.4           9.226
    39                             Misc. manufacturing industries                            3,375.8           8.997
    21                             Tobacco products                                            322.9           8.308
    70                             Hotels, rooming houses, camps, other lodging             11,241.0           8.216
    35                             Industrial and commercial machinery & computer           17,124.5           7.946
                                    equipment
    23                             Apparel and other finished products made from             6,379.6           7.869
                                    fabric
    83                             Social services                                          13,755.1           7.483
    50                             Wholesale trade--durable goods                           26,782.1           7.235
    57                             Home Furniture, Furnishings, And Equipment Stores         6,016.1           7.136
    26                             Paper and allied products                                 4,865.2           6.921
    27                             Printing, publishing, and allied industries               9,195.3           6.547
    36                             Electronic and other electrical, exc. computer           10,782.5           6.506
                                    equipment
    76                             Miscellaneous Repair Services                             2,274.4           6.506
    49                             Electric, Gas, And Sanitary Services                      5,712.1           6.478
    79                             Amusement And Recreation Services                         5,805.4           5.857
    22                             Texile mill products                                      3,483.4           5.626
    59                             Miscellaneous Retail                                     10,043.2           4.857
    65                             Real Estate                                               5,882.8           5.113
    55                             Automotive dealers and gasoline service stations         10,347.3           4.847
    38                             Measuring, analyzing, and controlling                     4,036.9           4.785
                                    instruments; photo, medical, optical; watches,
                                    clocks
    75                             Automotive Repair, Services, And Parking                  4,347.9           4.422
    48                             Communications                                            5,708.2           4.398
    72                             Personal Services                                         3,527.2           3.865
    40                             Railroad Transportation                                     932.0           3.702
    73                             Business services                                        16,706.8           3.564
    28                             Chemicals and allied products                             3,641.2           3.507
    47                             Transportation Services                                   1,263.1           3.262
    56                             Apparel And Accessory Stores                              2,439.1           3.132
    29                             Petroleum refining and related industries                   432.1           2.956
    58                             Eating and drinking places                               14,457.5           2.830
    86                             Membership Organizations                                  1,838.5           2.745
    82                             Educational Services                                      2,926.6           2.681
    87                             Engineering, Accounting, Research, Management,            5,653.6           2.114
                                    And Related Services
    63                             Insurance Carriers                                        2,659.1           2.968
    67                             Holding And Other Investment Offices                        297.6           1.579
    81                             Legal Services                                            1,264.4           1.524
    60                             Depository Institutions                                   2,487.7           1.355
    61                             Non-depository Credit Institutions                          399.3           0.810
    64                             Insurance Agents, Brokers, And Service                      472.2           0.733
    62                             Security And Commodity Brokers, Dealers,                    276.7           0.533
                                    Exchanges, And Services
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Source: Estimates provided by BLS for disorders classified by injury types and exposure events shown in Table
      VII-3.
     
    Note: Estimates include sprain, strain, and tear injuries that are not likely to represent MSDs since data on
      the estimated number of these injuries were not available by SIC; these injuries represent 6.9 percent of the
      total number of MSDs.
    
    
    [[Page 65934]]
    
       Table VI-6 provides estimates of the 
    number and incidence of LWD MSDs by 
    occupation code for the 75 occupations having 
    the highest estimated annual incidence of 
    employer-reported MSDs. Because BLS does not 
    provide incidence estimates by occupation, 
    OSHA calculated the incidence using 
    employment estimates from Bureau of the 
    Census Employment and Earnings (1996). 
    Manufacturing occupations having the highest 
    incidence include:
    
     Punching and stamping machine 
    operators (30.4 cases/1,000 workers);
     Sawing machine operators (18.9 
    cases/1,000);
     Furnace, kiln, and oven operators, 
    except food (18.0 cases/1,000);
     Grinding, abrading, polishing 
    machine operators (17.9 cases/1,000); and
     Assemblers (16.2 cases/1,000).
    
       Among manual handling occupations, those 
    with the highest incidence of MSDs include:
    
     Driver--sales workers (42.4 cases/
    1,000 workers);
     Machine feeders and offbearers (34.6 
    cases/1,000);
     Nursing aides, orderlies, and 
    attendants (31.6 cases/1,000);
     Laborers, except construction (29.1 
    cases/1,000);
     Health aides, except nurses (16.9 
    cases/1,000);
     Licensed practical nurses (16.5 
    cases/1,000); and
     Hand packers and packagers (13.7 
    cases/1,000).
    
    Table VI-6.--Estimated Number of Lost Workday MSDs in 1996 and Annual Incidence per 1,000 Workers, by Occupation
                                                Code, Ranked by Incidence
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                         ESTIMATED     MEDIAN NUMBER     NUMBER OF
                                 OCCUPATION            NUMBER OF LWD   OF DAYS AWAY    EMPLOYEES IN    INCIDENCE PER
                                                           MSDs          FROM WORK      1996 (000)     1,000 WORKERS
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    806                 Driver-sales workers (8218)          6,614.0               7             156            42.4
    878                 Machine feeders and                  2,420.3              10              70            34.6
                         offbearers (8725)
    463                 Public transportation                3,050.0               9              95            32.1
                         attendants (5257)
    447                 Nursing aides, orderlies,           58,421.6               5           1,850            31.6
                         and attendants (5236)
    706                 Punching and stamping press          2,702.8               6              89            30.4
                         machine operators (7314,
                         7317, 7514, 7517)
    889                 Laborers, except                    38,873.3               6           1,334            29.1
                         construction (8769)
    866                 Helpers, construction trades         2,465.7               9             106            23.3
                         (8641-8645, 8648)
    727                 Sawing machine operators             1,470.4               5              78            18.9
                         (7433, 7633)
    766                 Furnace, kiln, and oven              1,171.1               7              65            18.0
                         operators, except food
                         (7675)
    709                 Grinding, abrading, buffing,         2,241.8               7             125            17.9
                         and polishing machine
                         operators (7322, 7324,
                         7522)
    446                 Health aides, except nursing         5,683.3               4             336            16.9
                         (5233)
    207                 Licensed practical nurses            6,514.1               5             395            16.5
                         (366)
    785                 Assemblers (772, 774)               20,578.8               9           1,271            16.2
    804                 Truck drivers (8212-8214)           48,334.2               8           3,019            16.0
    719                 Molding and casting machine          1,757.8               7             110            16.0
                         operators (7315, 7342,
                         7515, 7542)
    364                 Traffic, shipping, and               9,244.0               6             616            15.0
                         receiving clerks (4753)
    368                 Weighers, measurers,                   820.4               8              55            14.9
                         checkers, and samplers
                         (4756, 4757)
    756                 Mixing and blending machine          1,585.7               5             108            14.7
                         operators (7664)
    449                 Maids and housemen (5242,            9,754.8               6             683            14.3
                         5249)
    888                 Hand packers and packagers           3,824.0              10             279            13.7
                         (8761)
    783                 Welders and cutters (7332,           7,997.2               6             605            13.2
                         7532, 7714)
    754                 Packaging and filling                5,145.1               8             393            13.1
                         machine operators (7462,
                         7662)
    686                 Butchers and meat cutters            3,120.0               8             242            12.9
                         (6871)
    206                 Radiologic technicians (365)         1,732.4               3             135            12.8
    757                 Separating, filtering, and             725.7               8              57            12.7
                         clarifying machine
                         operators (7476, 7666,
                         7676)
    877                 Stock handlers and baggers          13,447.8               5           1,106            12.2
                         (8724)
    544                 Millwrights (6178)                   1,005.9              15              89            11.3
    799                 Graders and sorters, except          1,883.8               8             169            11.1
                         agricultural (785)
    529                 Telephone installers and             1,952.5               9             176            11.1
                         repairers (6158)
    769                 Slicing and cutting machine          1,972.6               5             179            11.0
                         operators (7478, 7678)
    365                 Stock and inventory clerks           5,443.4               8             497            11.0
                         (4754)
    748                 Laundering and dry cleaning          2,207.2               5             202            10.9
                         machine operators (6855,
                         7658)
    507                 Bus, truck, and stationary           3,618.0               5             336            10.8
                         engine mechanics (6112)
    593                 Insulation workers (6465)              567.1              12              54            10.5
    683                 Electrical and electronic            3,368.2               7             325            10.4
                         equipment assemblers (6867)
    
    [[Page 65935]]
    
     
    444                 Miscellaneous food                   6,815.0              11             664            10.3
                         preparation occupations
                         (5219)
    523                 Electronic repairers,                1,600.1               8             166             9.6
                         communications and
                         industrial equipment (6151,
                         6153, 6155)
    759                 Painting and paint spraying          1,901.2               5             200             9.5
                         machine operators (7669)
    318                 Transportation ticket and            2,869.8               7             304             9.4
                         reservation agents (4644)
    516                 Heavy equipment mechanics            1,433.5              14             156             9.2
                         (6117)
    566                 Carpet installers (part                923.9              12             103             9.0
                         6462)
    885                 Garage and service station           1,510.0               9             169             8.9
                         related occupations (873)
    577                 Electrical power installers          1,102.3               9             126             8.7
                         and repairers (6433)
    668                 Upholsterers (6853)                    511.8               7              59             8.7
    585                 Plumbers, pipefitters, and           4,742.4              11             555             8.5
                         steamfitters (part 645)
    439                 Kitchen workers, food                2,063.2               6             257             8.0
                         preparation (5217)
    573                 Drywall installers (6424)            1,317.0               6             168             7.8
    268                 Sales workers, hardware and          1,814.6               6             254             7.1
                         building supplies (4353)
    689                 Inspectors, testers, and               925.2               7             131             7.1
                         graders (6881, 828)
    856                 Industrial truck and tractor         3,580.6               7             512             7.0
                         equipment operators (8318)
    865                 Helpers, mechanics, and                801.2               5             115             7.0
                         repairers (863)
    453                 Janitors and cleaners (5244)        15,278.0               6           2,205             6.9
    95                  Registered nurses (29)              13,595.2               4           1,986             6.8
    344                 Billing, posting, and                  710.1              10             104             6.8
                         calculating machine
                         operators (4718)
    588                 Concrete and terrazzo                  543.1              10              80             6.8
                         finishers (6463)
    653                 Sheet metal workers (part              844.0               5             126             6.7
                         6824)
    797                 Production testers (783)               380.9              25              57             6.7
    744                 Textile sewing machine               3,971.1               9             595             6.7
                         operators (7655)
    637                 Machinists (part 6813)               3,193.3              10             491             6.5
    103                 Physical therapists (3033)             766.4               5             118             6.5
    356                 Mail clerks, except postal           1,198.4               6             188             6.4
                         service (4744)
    796                 Production inspectors,               3,404.2               6             538             6.3
                         checkers, and examiners
                         (782, 787)
    518                 Industrial machinery                 3,407.5               8             540             6.3
                         repairers (613)
    738                 Winding and twisting machine           351.3               9              56             6.3
                         operators (7451, 7651)
    508                 Aircraft engine mechanics              835.4               8             137             6.1
                         (6113)
    734                 Printing press operators             1,908.2               9             315             6.1
                         (7443, 7643)
    488                 Graders and sorters,                   379.1               6              63             6.0
                         agricultural products
                         (5625)
    448                 Supervisors, cleaning and              992.9               5             166             6.0
                         building service workers
                         (5241)
    657                 Cabinet makers and bench               460.8               9              79             5.8
                         carpenters (6832)
    274                 Sales workers, other                 8,616.0               7           1,499             5.7
                         commodities (4345, 4347,
                         4354, 4356, 4359, 4362,
                         4369)
    486                 Groundskeepers and                   4,981.4               5             875             5.7
                         gardeners, except farm
                         (5622)
    505                 Automobile mechanics (part           5,042.1               8             889             5.7
                         6111)
    98                  Respiratory therapists                 543.7               6              96             5.7
                         (3031)
    634                 Tool and die makers (part              733.7              17             132             5.6
                         6811)
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Source: Estimates of number of work-related disorders provided by BLS for disorders classified by injury types
      and exposure events shown in Table VII-3. Annual Incidence calculated by OSHA based on 1996 employment data
      from Employment and Earnings (U.S. Bureau of Census, 1996).
     
    Note: Estimates include sprain, strain, and tear injuries that are not likely to represent MSDs since data on
      the estimated number of these injuries were not available by occupation; these injuries represent 6.9 percent
      of the total number of MSDs.
    
    
    [[Page 65936]]
    
    Of the 225 occupations for which BLS provided 
    estimates of the numbers of employer-reported 
    MSDs and total employment, the annual 
    incidence of MSDs was 1 LWD case or more per 
    1,000 workers per year for 178 (79 percent) 
    of the occupations.
       Data provided by the BLS for the years 
    1992 through 1996 indicate that the annual 
    incidence of employer-reported MSDs has been 
    steadily declining over this period for the 
    majority of 2-digit SIC group industry 
    sectors. These data appear in Figure VI-1. 
    There are a few exceptions to this downward 
    trend where the BLS data indicate that the 
    incidence of employer-reported MSDs is on the 
    rise. These industries include Tobacco (SIC 
    21) and Air Transportation (SIC 45).
       The data described above reflect the 
    annual incidence of MSDs estimated to have 
    occurred in 1996 within general industry 
    sectors and within occupations within this 
    sector. Past risk assessments conducted by 
    OSHA in other health standards rulemakings 
    have typically estimated the lifetime risk to 
    workers based on the assumption that they are 
    exposed to the hazard in question for a full 
    45-year working lifetime. These past risk 
    assessments dealt primarily with chronic, 
    fatal diseases such as cancer. Unlike the 
    impairments of health caused by many other 
    OSHA-regulated hazards, however, MSDs are not 
    fatal, although they are often debilitating. 
    Moreover, a worker can experience more than 
    one work-related MSD over a working lifetime. 
    As a result, the lifetime risk associated 
    with exposure to risk factors on the job can 
    be expressed in a number of ways. One way of 
    doing this is to define lifetime risk as the 
    probability that a worker will experience at 
    least one work-related musculoskeletal 
    disorder during his or her working lifetime 
    (45 years). This probability is calculated as 
    1-(p) \45\, where p is the probability that a 
    worker will not experience a work-related MSD 
    in any given year (i.e., p is one minus the 
    estimated MSD incidence for 1996 in the 
    industry sector of interest).2 For 
    example, the estimated incidence of MSDs in 
    1996 for SIC 80, Health Services, is 13.847 
    lost workday cases per 1,000 workers. The 
    probability that a worker in SIC 80 will not 
    experience an MSD in any given year is 
    calculated as 1-.013847, or 0.9862 (almost 99 
    percent). Over 45 years, the probability that 
    a worker will never experience a work-related 
    MSD is (.9862) \45\, or 0.534 (i.e., 53 
    percent). Therefore, the probability that a 
    worker in SIC 80 will experience at least one 
    work-related MSD is 1-0.534, or 0.466 (i.e., 
    466 per 1,000 workers).
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
      \2\ OSHA used two simplifying assumptions 
    when calculating the probability of 
    experiencing no work-related MSDs in a 
    working lifetime: (1) Employment in an 
    industry was used as a surrogate for exposure 
    to ergonomic hazards in that industry. (2) 
    The probability of experiencing a work-
    related MSD in any given industry was treated 
    as if it were identical for workers in that 
    industry who had never previously experienced 
    a work-related MSD and those who had 
    previously experienced a work-related MSD.
    
    BILLING CODE 4510-26-P
    
    [[Page 65937]]
    
    [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP23NO99.006
    
    
    
    [[Page 65938]]
    
    [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP23NO99.007
    
    
    
    [[Page 65939]]
    
    [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP23NO99.008
    
    
    
    [[Page 65940]]
    
    [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP23NO99.009
    
    
    
    [[Page 65941]]
    
    [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP23NO99.010
    
    
    
    [[Page 65942]]
    
    [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP23NO99.011
    
    
    
    BILLING CODE 4510-26-C
    
    [[Page 65943]]
    
       Alternatively, lifetime risk could be 
    defined as the expected number of work-
    related MSDs an employee entering an industry 
    will experience over a working lifetime in 
    that industry. Unlike a probability, the 
    expected value in such cases can exceed 1. 
    (That is why, in the table below, one 
    industry is identified in which an individual 
    who works for 45 years can expect to 
    experience, on average, more than one work-
    related MSD during that time.) The expected 
    value represents the experience of the 
    ``average'' individual, a measure that 
    reflects the aggregate experience of many 
    individuals.
       Both approaches taken by OSHA to estimate 
    lifetime risk assume that the risk to a 
    worker is independent from one year to the 
    next, i.e., that a worker's injury experience 
    in any one year does not modify his or her 
    risk in any subsequent year. Although this is 
    a reasonable assumption for the purpose of 
    estimating an average lifetime risk, it is 
    likely to be the case that the risk will be 
    higher for workers who have had an MSD and 
    continue to be exposed since musculoskeletal 
    tissue has already been damaged. Among 
    workers who have not experienced symptoms of 
    an MSD, the risk to any individual worker in 
    subsequent years depends on the amount of 
    tissue damage sustained from exposure to risk 
    factors and that worker's individual ability 
    to repair or resist continued injury to the 
    point of experiencing an MSD. In addition, 
    OSHA's approach also assumes that each worker 
    within a given industry sector (defined by 2-
    digit SIC) has the same risk. For the same 
    reasons as discussed above, a relatively 
    small number of workers will, in fact, 
    experience injury rates far in excess of the 
    average, while a comparatively large number 
    will experience injury rates below the 
    average. At this time, data are not available 
    that would allow OSHA to determine the 
    lifetime MSD risks for subpopulations of 
    workers within each industry sector, i.e., 
    those subpopulations with higher than average 
    or lower than average risks, respectively.
       Another meaning or interpretation of 
    expected value may be more intuitive: The 
    expected value is the total number of MSDs 
    that may be expected to occur in a cohort of 
    1000 workers all of whom enter an industry 
    sector at the same time and all of whom work 
    for 45 years in the industry. The expected 
    value of the number of MSDs occurring among 
    these 1,000 workers over 45 years of 
    employment is calculated as the annual MSD 
    incidence multiplied by 45. For example, the 
    estimated incidence of work-related MSDs in 
    1996 for SIC 80 (Health Services) is 13.847 
    cases per 1,000 workers, or a frequency of 
    0.01387. The expected value of the number of 
    work-related MSDs predicted to occur among 
    those 1,000 workers over 45 years is 
    estimated to be (0.01387*45), or 0.623 (623 
    per 1,000 workers).
       Table VI-7 presents OSHA's estimates of 
    the lifetime risk of experiencing work-
    related MSDs, by industry sector. Based on 
    the probability approach, the estimated 
    probability of experiencing at least one 
    work-related MSD during a working lifetime 
    ranges from 24 per 1,000 to 813 per 1,000, 
    depending on the industry sector. Based on 
    the expected value approach, the expected 
    number of work-related MSDs that will occur 
    in a cohort of workers all entering an 
    industry at the same time ranges from 24 per 
    1,000 to 1646 per 1,000, since this approach 
    recognizes that it is possible for a worker 
    to experience more than one work-related MSD 
    in a working lifetime.
    
    
    D. Analysis of Ergonomic Program 
    Effectiveness
    
       OSHA's evaluation of the effectiveness of 
    ergonomic programs and interventions in 
    reducing MSD risk to employees is derived 
    from three types of data. First, OSHA 
    searched for and evaluated studies that 
    investigated the effect of ergonomic 
    interventions Table VI-7 on reducing 
    exposures to workplace risk factors. These 
    include both field and laboratory studies. 
    Second, OSHA compiled a large database of 
    published and unpublished data from case 
    studies that describe the effect of 
    implementing ergonomic programs on workplace 
    MSD injury rates. Finally, OSHA uses the 
    findings from the epidemiological studies 
    contained in the NIOSH (1997, Ex. 26-1) 
    review to estimate the potential 
    effectiveness of ergonomics programs.
    
      Table VI-7.--Estimated Risk of Developing a Work-Related MSDs Over a 45-Year Working Lifetime, by 2-Digit SIC
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                         NUMBER OF
                                                                                         EXPECTED       WORKERS PER
                                                                                      NUMBER OF MSDs       1,000
                                                                         ESTIMATED       PER 1,000     ESTIMATED TO
             TWO DIGIT SIC                  INDUSTRY  SECTOR           INCIDENCE PER  WORKERS DURING   HAVE AT LEAST
                                                                       1,000 WORKERS     A WORKING    ONE MSD DURING
                                                                                         LIFETIME        A WORKING
                                                                                                         LIFETIME
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    45                              Transportation by air                     36.580           1,646             813
    41                              Local and suburban transit and            14.671             660             486
                                     interurban highway passenger
                                     transportation
    42                              Motor freight transportation and          14.438             650             480
                                     warehousing
    80                              Health services                           13.847             623             466
    37                              Transportation equipment                  13.420             604             456
    20                              Food and kindred products                 12.242             551             426
    24                              Lumber and wood products, exc.            12.166             547             424
                                     furniture
    34                              Fabricated metal, exc. machinery          12.121             545             422
                                     & transportation equipment
    33                              Primary metals                            12.099             544             422
    30                              Rubber and misc. plastics                 12.069             543             421
    25                              Furniture and fixtures                    11.741             528             412
    32                              Stone, clay, glass, concrete              11.444             515             404
                                     products
    53                              General merchandise stores                11.152             502             396
    52                              Building materials, hardware,             10.699             481             384
                                     garden supply, mobile home
                                     dealers
    54                              Food stores                               10.191             459             369
    
    [[Page 65944]]
    
     
    44                              Water transportation                       9.959             448             363
    51                              Wholesale trade--nondurable                9.792             441             358
                                     goods
    31                              Leather and leather products               9.226             415             341
    39                              Misc. manufacturing industries             8.997             405             334
    21                              Tobacco products                           8.308             374             313
    70                              Hotels, rooming houses, camps,             8.216             370             310
                                     other lodging
    35                              Industrial and commercial                  7.946             358             302
                                     machinery & computer equipment
    23                              Apparel and other finished                 7.869             354             299
                                     products made from fabric
    83                              Social services                            7.483             337             287
    50                              Wholesale trade--durable goods             7.235             326             279
    57                              Home Furniture, Furnishings, and           7.136             321             275
                                     Equipment Stores
    26                              Paper and allied products                  6.921             311             268
    27                              Printing, publishing, and allied           6.547             295             256
                                     industries
    36                              Electronic and other electrical,           6.506             293             255
                                     exc. computer equipment
    76                              Miscellaneous Repair Services              6.506             293             255
    49                              Electric, Gas, and Sanitary                6.478             292             254
                                     Services
    79                              Amusement and Recreation                   5.857             264             232
                                     Services
    22                              Textile mill products                      5.626             253             224
    59                              Miscellaneous Retail                       4.857             219             197
    65                              Real Estate                                5.113             230             206
    55                              Automotive dealers and gasoline            4.847             218             196
                                     service stations
    38                              Measuring, analyzing, and                  4.785             215             194
                                     controlling instruments; photo,
                                     medical, optical; watches,
                                     clocks
    75                              Automotive Repair, Services, and           4.422             199             181
                                     Parking
    48                              Communications                             4.398             198             180
    72                              Personal Services                          3.865             174             160
    40                              Railroad Transportation                    3.702             167             154
    73                              Business services                          3.564             160             148
    28                              Chemicals and allied products              3.507             158             146
    47                              Transportation Services                    3.262             147             137
    56                              Apparel And Accessory Stores               3.132             141             132
    29                              Petroleum refining and related             2.956             133             125
                                     industries
    58                              Eating and drinking places                 2.830             127             120
    86                              Membership Organizations                   2.745             124             116
    82                              Educational Services                       2.681             121             114
    87                              Engineering, Accounting,                   2.114              95              91
                                     Research, Management, And
                                     Related Services
    63                              Insurance Carriers                         2.068              93              89
    67                              Holding and Other Investment               1.579              71              69
                                     Offices
    81                              Legal Services                             1.524              69              66
    60                              Depository Institutions                    1.355              61              59
    61                              Non-depository Credit                      0.810              36              36
                                     Institutions
    64                              Insurance Agents, Brokers, and             0.733              33              32
                                     Service
    62                              Security And Commodity Brokers,            0.533              24              24
                                     Dealers, Exchanges, And
                                     Services
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     ASource: Estimated Incidence of MSDs provided by BLS for disorders classified by injury and exposure events
      shown in Table VII-3. Lifetime risk estimates calculated by OSHA using methods described in the text.
    
       Many studies were identified that provided 
    quantitative evidence that ergonomic 
    interventions reduce exposures to workplace 
    risk factors. Some of these are summarized in 
    Table VI-8 and include information on the 
    type of study (field vs. laboratory), the 
    nature of the job and exposure being 
    addressed, the kind of intervention(s) 
    examined, and the effect of those 
    interventions on worker exposures to risk 
    factors that could lead, if uncontrolled, to 
    the development of work-related MSDs. These 
    studies show that ergonomic interventions are 
    effective in reducing exposures to workplace 
    risk factors in a wide variety of workplace 
    settings. Interventions represented by these 
    studies include redesigning machines and 
    tools, altering workstation layout or 
    configuration, using lifting devices, and 
    modifying
    
    [[Page 65945]]
    
    materials to aid in manual handling. These 
    interventions were found to reduce the 
    duration and/or intensity of worker exposures 
    to the risk factors related to MSDs, 
    sometimes by as much as 50 percent. After 
    reviewing some of these same studies, a 
    National Academy of Sciences Panel (NRC 1998, 
    Ex. 26-37) concluded that ``[r]esearch 
    clearly demonstrates that specific 
    interventions can reduce the reported rate of 
    musculoskeletal disorders for workers who 
    perform high-risk tasks. No known single 
    intervention is universally effective. 
    Successful interventions require attention to 
    individual, organizational, and job 
    characteristics, tailoring the corrective 
    action to those characteristics.''
    
       Table VI-8.--Summary of Studies Reporting the Effectiveness of Workplace Interventions on Exposures to Risk
                    Factors Associated With the Development of Work-Related Musculoskeletal Disorders
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                   NATURE OF
           STUDY         INDUSTRY  SECTOR       OPERATION         INTERVENTION                  RESULTS
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Steele et al.       Firearms            Use of a           Modification of    Reduced the number of damaging
     (1990, Ex. 26-      manufacturing       mechanical test    test fixture by    wrist motions by 3 to 6 fold.
     1254)                                   fixture to gauge   using add-on       Reduced the number of pinch grips
                                             parts. Work        features (i.e.,    required per cycle. Total cycle
                                             involved           fixture itself     time reduced from 5.5 to 3.75
                                             intensive hand     was not            seconds.
                                             and wrist          modified)--chang
                                             motions            e position and
                                                                angle of parts
                                                                rack, anchor
                                                                gauge to bench,
                                                                use adjustable
                                                                chair and
                                                                footrest,
                                                                install power-
                                                                grip handle
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Hakkanen et al.     Trailer assembly    Furniture          Interventions      Driving screws and drilling
     (1997, Ex. 26-                          assembly and       suggested by      After intervention, workers
     898)                                    fixture (female    ergonomics team    selected proper tool for job more
                                             workforce). Work   and workers.       frequently (i.e., pistol grip
                                             involved driving   Changes included   tool for vertical surfaces and an
                                             screws, drilling   using modified     inline tool for horizontal
                                             holes, and         hand tools,        surfaces).
                                             lifting            height-           Cumulative exposures with deviated
                                                                adjustable         wrists (measured in Ns) were
                                                                tables, work       reduced for furniture fixers and
                                                                space redesign,    assemblers. Cumulative exposures
                                                                use of hoists,     were more evenly distributed
                                                                and work           among workers after intervention
                                                                enlargement.       due to job enlargement.
                                                                Workers           Low back loading (measured as dose
                                                                returning from     in Nm*s per work cycle) reduced
                                                                sick leave were    for 3 tasks (reduction ranged
                                                                temporarily        from 19-54%), eliminated for 1
                                                                placed on easier   task.
                                                                jobs
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Knowlton and        (Laboratory study)  Driving nails      Use of a curve-    Use of the curve-handled ripping
     Gilbert (1983,                          manually           handled ripping    hammer resulted in a 42-percent
     Ex. 26-1248)                                               hammer vs. a       lower strength decrement. Ulnar
                                                                conventional       deviation was 2 to 6 times
                                                                claw hammer        greater when using the
                                                                                   conventional hammer.
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    [[Page 65946]]
    
     
    Keyserling et al.   Automotive          Various jobs       Administration of  Trunk posture--Decrease in percent
     (1993, Ex. 26-                          resulting in       checklist by       of cycle time spent with severe
     1247)                                   prolonged          plant personnel    flexion while standing; increase
                                             exposure to        after one week     in percent of cycle spent in
                                             awkward postures   of training.       neutral sitting position.
                                                                Interventions     Shoulder posture--Decrease in
                                                                included           percent of cycle spent with mild
                                                                installing         or severe shoulder elevation;
                                                                elevated racks     increase in percent of cycle time
                                                                and lift tables,   spent in neutral posture.
                                                                and eliminating   Neck posture--Increase in percent
                                                                or reducing        of time spent with mild or severe
                                                                horizontal         neck flexion; decrease in time
                                                                obstructions and   spent with neutral neck posture.
                                                                overhead reaches
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Drury and Wick      Shoe manufacturing  Various assembly   Install armrests   Reduced number of damaging wrist
     (1984, Ex. 26-                          jobs, clerical,    and footrests,     motions in assembly jobs by at
     1244) and Wick                          and leather        elevate and tilt   least one-third, and frequently
     (1987, Ex. 26-                          sorting (manual    equipment, use     by more than half. Reduced disc
     1058)                                   handling)          better-designed    compressive forces in clerical
                                                                chairs, use        jobs by about 17 percent. Reduced
                                                                pallet leveler     disc compressive forces during
                                                                to minimize        lifting jobs by more than 50
                                                                bending while      percent.
                                                                lifting
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Garg and Owen       Health care         Patient transfer   Use of walking     Reduced mean disc compressive
     (Undated, Ex. 26-                                          belts and          forces by 59 percent, reduced
     1093)                                                      mechanical         mean hand forces by 61 percent,
                                                                hoists,            and reduced strength requirements
                                                                modifying          for lifting tasks.
                                                                toilets and
                                                                shower rooms,
                                                                modifying
                                                                patient care
                                                                techniques
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Miller et al.       Health care         Surgery            Redesign of        Reduced mean time from grasp to
     (1971, Ex. 26-                                             bayonet forceps    stable hold, reduced workload on
     1250)                                                                         thumb and finger flexors (as
                                                                                   measured by electromyography).
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Hansen et al.       (Laboratory study)  Prolonged          Use of soft shoes  Standing work for a 2-hour period
     (1998, Ex. 26-                          standing or        and/or mats on     caused muscle fatigue (measured
     1245)                                   standing/walking   hard floors        by electromyography), lower back
                                                                                   discomfort, and foot edema. Foot
                                                                                   edema was significantly reduced
                                                                                   by the use of soft shoes on hard
                                                                                   floors. Use of a soft mat had
                                                                                   negligible effects. Heel impact
                                                                                   forces while walking were reduced
                                                                                   by almost half by the use of soft
                                                                                   shoes compared to hard shoes.
                                                                                   Again, the use of soft mats had
                                                                                   little additional effect.
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    [[Page 65947]]
    
     
    Johansson et al.    Retail food stores  Checkout cashier   Location of        There was no effect of the two
     (1998, Ex. 26-      (laboratory                            scales to the      configurations on work rate.
     1246)               study)                                 left of the        Placing the scales under the
                                                                cashier and        conveyor resulted in less
                                                                conveyor vs. in    external rotation of the left
                                                                front of the       arm, a decrease in the time spent
                                                                cashier and        handling articles, an increase in
                                                                under the          opportunities for resting the
                                                                conveyor. Also     left arm, and a reduction in head
                                                                evaluated          twisting. A standing position was
                                                                standing vs.       found to be a more favorable
                                                                sitting            posture for the taller cashier.
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Davis et al.        Various             Palletize/         Use of handles on  Use of handles reduced anterior-
     (1998, Ex. 26-                          depalletize        items being        posterior shear and compressive
     1243)                                   (manual            manually lifted    forces on the spine and reduced
                                             handling)                             muscle activity for several
                                                                                   groups of back muscles.
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Peng (1994, Ex. 26- Heavy vehicle       Use of pneumatic   Design             Mean vibration levels of
     1251)               manufacture         percussive rivet   modifications of   recoilless rivet hammers and
                         (laboratory         hammers and        rivet hammers      bucking bars were about half that
                         study)              bucking bars       and bucking bars   of conventional tools.
                                                                to impart
                                                                recoilless and
                                                                vibration
                                                                dampening
                                                                properties
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Radwin and Oh       Various             Use of pneumatic   Varying handle     Use of a handle span between 5 and
     (1991, Ex. 26-      (laboratory         hand-held power    span between 4     6 cm minimized palm and finger
     1253)               study)              tools              and 7 cm. Use of   exertion levels. A small but
                                                                extended trigger   statistically significant
                                                                (permitting two-   reduction in palm and finger
                                                                finger             forces resulted from use of the
                                                                operation)         extended trigger.
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Powers et al.       Various (office     Keyboarding        Use of full-       Wrist extension was significantly
     (1992, Ex. 26-      work)                                  motion forearm     less for subjects using the
     1252)                                                      supports or        negative-slope keyboard support
                                                                negative-slope     compared to a traditional
                                                                keyboard support   keyboard (-1.2 deg. vs. 13.0
                                                                                   deg.). Use of forearm supports
                                                                                   did not affect wrist extension
                                                                                   compared to use of a traditional
                                                                                   keyboard.
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    [[Page 65948]]
    
     
    Luttman and Jager   Weaving mill        Handling and       Passageways        Prior to interventions,
     (1992, Ex. 26-                          mounting 10-kg     between arrays     electromyography showed
     1249)                                   bobbins onto the   in the beamer      significantly increased
                                             beamer.            were widened to    electrical activity reflecting
                                             Transferring       accommodate the    muscle fatigue for the finger
                                             bobbins from       transfer boxes     flexors of both hands.
                                             transfer boxes     and eliminate      Intervention eliminated muscle
                                             to push carts      the need to        fatigue in both hands. The
                                             prior to           first unload       intervention did not affect work
                                             mounting           bobbins onto the   rate.
                                                                push cart.
                                                                Bobbins could
                                                                then be mounted
                                                                directly from
                                                                the transport
                                                                boxes
                                                               Bobbins were
                                                                packed
                                                                horizontally in
                                                                boxes rather
                                                                than vertically
                                                                to permit them
                                                                to be unloaded
                                                                with both hands
                                                               Used transport
                                                                boxes with
                                                                detachable sides
                                                                along with a
                                                                hydraulic lift
                                                                truck to
                                                                eliminate the
                                                                need to bend
                                                                over while
                                                                unpacking
                                                                bobbins
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
       Furthermore, a large body of literature 
    provides strong evidence that implementation 
    of ergonomic programs and interventions can 
    substantially reduce the prevalence or 
    incidence of work-related MSDs. Appendix VI-B 
    of this section summarizes the published 
    literature and other information that OSHA 
    has identified that include measures of the 
    effectiveness of ergonomics programs in 
    reducing the incidence and severity of MSDs. 
    Generally, the studies that are listed 
    involve case studies of individual companies 
    that instituted programs including some or 
    all of the elements in OSHA's proposed 
    ergonomics program studies were conducted in 
    manufacturing establishments as well as in 
    workplaces where jobs routinely involve 
    manual handling. Overall, OSHA identified 92 
    case studies that quantified the reduction in 
    MSD incidence following implementation of 
    ergonomic programs and interventions; of 
    these, 21 provided data on the reduction in 
    lost-work-day MSDs and 80 provided data on 
    the reduction in total MSDs, which include 
    both lost-work-day and non-lost-work-day 
    cases. From each of these case studies, OSHA 
    calculated the effectiveness of the standard 
    (e.g., employee involvement and training, 
    implementation of engineering or work 
    practice controls). These case ergonomic 
    interventions as the percent reduction in 
    either lost workday or total number of MSDs 
    prior to and after implementation of the 
    program. That is, effectiveness was 
    calculated as the ratio
    
    (NB-NA)/NB
    
    where NB represents the number or 
    incidence of MSD cases prior to 
    implementation of the ergonomic intervention, 
    and NA represents the number or 
    incidence after the intervention.3
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
      \3\ Note that, by this definition, the 
    presence of background MSD cases (non-work-
    related cases) will decrease the apparent 
    effectiveness of ergonomic interventions 
    since the interventions would presumably not 
    have any effect on the background rate of 
    MSDs in the working population (i.e., both 
    NB and NA might contain 
    background MSD cases).
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
       OSHA's estimate of the overall 
    effectiveness of ergonomics programs is 
    expressed as the median and mean reduction in 
    MSD injury rates contained in this data set. 
    For all MSDs (i.e., lost workday and non-lost 
    workday MSDs), these case studies reported a 
    median 76 percent reduction in injury rates 
    (mean effectiveness was 73 percent). The 
    median and mean reductions for lost workday 
    MSDs only were somewhat higher, at 82 percent 
    and 79 percent, respectively. Although the 
    effectiveness of individual ergonomics 
    programs varied widely among the 
    establishments described in these case 
    studies, most interventions (about 90 percent 
    of the case studies) achieved at least a 30-
    percent reduction in MSD injury rates, 70 
    percent of the case studies reduced MSD rates 
    by half or more, and several achieved the 
    total elimination of lost workday MSDs (see 
    Appendix VI-B).
       The effectiveness of ergonomics programs 
    in reducing MSD injury rates is also 
    demonstrated by a group of case studies 
    reported by ergonomists from several 
    countries (including the United States). 
    These studies were compiled
    
    [[Page 65949]]
    
    into a volume entitled ``Increasing 
    Productivity and Profit through Health and 
    Safety'' (Commerce Clearing House 
    International, Inc., Book #4703, Chicago, IL) 
    and edited by Oxenburgh (1994, Ex. 26-1041). 
    From these case studies, Oxenburgh concluded 
    that engineering controls can, in general, 
    reduce work-related musculoskeletal disorders 
    by 70 to 90 percent (Oxenburgh 1994, Ex. 26-
    1041). The large number of case studies 
    summarized by this author in his book support 
    this effectiveness rate.
       The companies reflected in the case 
    studies may have policies protecting the 
    reporting of or paying for all lost-time 
    caused by job-related injuries. Companies do 
    not consider their benefits policies 
    noteworthy and do not discuss them in any 
    detail when reporting on successful 
    ergonomics interventions. There is no 
    information on their benefits policies in 
    these materials.
       OSHA also reviewed the epidemiological 
    literature to identify evidence of the 
    effectiveness of ergonomic approaches. 
    Although many articles recommend the use of 
    engineering and administrative controls to 
    control workplace risk factors, few articles 
    present quantitative evidence of their 
    effectiveness. However, several articles 
    provide assessments of the extent to which 
    particular types of jobs or particular types 
    of risk factors contribute to work-related 
    musculoskeletal disorders. Because the 
    proposed standard will reduce or eliminate 
    risk factors in problem jobs, these articles 
    are relevant to an assessment of the 
    potential effectiveness of the standard. In a 
    recent meta-analysis, Hagberg and Wegman 
    (1987, Ex. 26-32) reviewed the 
    epidemiological literature and selected 21 
    studies in which diagnoses of neck and 
    shoulder disorders were made from physical or 
    laboratory examinations. Odds ratio measures 
    from studies describing similar disorders 
    were pooled across studies for common 
    occupations that involved exposures to 
    workplace risk factors, and the authors 
    computed the overall odds ratio for each type 
    of occupation and disorder. In addition, the 
    authors assessed the effect of the exposure 
    to workplace risk factors on MSD risk by 
    computing the etiological fraction in the 
    exposed population; this statistic describes 
    the proportion of MSD cases among the exposed 
    workers that is, in fact, attributable to 
    their exposures (and thus is the fraction of 
    MSDs that is potentially avoidable by 
    reducing or eliminating the exposure to 
    workplace risk factors). The etiologic 
    fraction was computed only from those odds 
    ratios that were statistically significantly 
    higher than 1. Hagberg and Wegman (1987, Ex. 
    26-32) found the etiological fraction to 
    range from 40 to 99 percent, depending on the 
    specific type of upper extremity disorder. 
    Thus, this study provides evidence that most 
    work-related MSDs could be eliminated by 
    implementing ergonomic interventions that 
    serve to reduce worker exposures to risk 
    factors.
       Several other epidemiological studies 
    described in the Health Effects section of 
    this preamble (Liles et al., 1994, Ex. 26-33; 
    Snook et al., 1978, Ex. 26-35; Silverstein et 
    al., 1987, Ex. 26-34; Holmstrom et al., 1992, 
    Ex. 26-36; Punnett et al., 1991, Ex. 26-39; 
    Punnett, 1998, Ex. 26-38) demonstrated that 
    the magnitude of the risk of work-related 
    MSDs is related to the intensity of exposure 
    to workplace risk factors (e.g., amount of 
    force applied, number of repetitive motions 
    per unit of time) and to the duration of 
    exposure.
       OSHA believes that these studies also 
    demonstrate that reductions in intensity and/
    or duration of exposure to workplace risk 
    factors will reduce the risk of work-related 
    MSDs among employees who are so exposed. For 
    example, Liles et al. (1994, Ex. 26-33) 
    examined the relationship between a numerical 
    measure of work-related exposure to back 
    stress (called the Job Severity Index) and 
    the number of OSHA-recordable back injuries 
    reported to have occurred among workers in 
    jobs that were rated on this numerical scale. 
    The data from this study show that reducing 
    the stress scores of manual handling jobs 
    rated above 1.5 (the job severity threshold 
    identified in this study for back injuries 
    caused by manual handling) to an average 
    score below 1.5 would reduce the number of 
    back injuries by 79 percent. Another well-
    known quantitative study conducted by Snook, 
    Campanelli, and Hart (1978, Ex. 26-35) found 
    a statistically significantly higher number 
    of back injuries than would be expected in 
    manual handling jobs that required a level of 
    exertion beyond the physical capabilities of 
    more than 25 percent of the working 
    population. Their findings suggest that back 
    injuries could be reduced by 66.6 percent in 
    jobs where the level of physical exertion 
    associated with the job could be reduced 
    sufficiently by ergonomic controls to enable 
    75 percent or more of the working population 
    to perform it without overexertion.
       In another example, the National Institute 
    for Occupational Safety and Health (NIOSH) 
    analyzed a survey of 27,804 currently 
    employed workers and developed estimates of 
    the relationship between the number of 
    workers reporting one week or more of severe 
    back pain during the previous year and the 
    number of hours these employees were exposed 
    to strenuous physical activity (lifting, 
    pushing or pulling heavy objects) (Wild, 
    1995, Exs. 26-1104, 26-1105, 26-1106, 26-
    1107). The workers surveyed were between 18 
    and 64 years of age. Using these data, NIOSH 
    found statistically significant positive 
    exposure-response relationships between 
    prevalence of back pain and number of hours 
    per week spent performing strenuous physical 
    activity or repeated bending, twisting, and 
    reaching. Thus, these data show that 
    decreasing the duration of exposure to 
    physical exertion can decrease the risk of 
    back pain (for a complete presentation of 
    these results, see the Health Effects section 
    of this preamble). For example, workers 
    exposed to strenuous activity for fewer than 
    2 hours per day have a prevalence of back 
    pain that is 65 percent less than the 
    prevalence among workers exposed to these 
    stresses for more than 2 hours per day.
       For jobs that involve exposure to multiple 
    risk factors, other epidemiological studies 
    provide evidence that the risk of work-
    related MSDs can be reduced either by 
    reducing or eliminating exposure to one of 
    those risk factors, or by reducing duration 
    of exposure to the risk factors. Silverstein 
    et al. (1987, Ex. 26-34) and Armstrong et al. 
    (1987, Ex. 26-48) examined the prevalence of 
    carpal tunnel syndrome and tendinitis, 
    respectively, among populations exposed to 
    various combinations of risk factors, 
    including those involving low-force-and-low-
    repetition, high-force-and-low-repetition, 
    low-force-and-high-repetition, and high-
    force-and-high-repetition. The high-force-
    and-high-repetition population in this study 
    is exposed to two or more risk factors (i.e., 
    repetition and force). Silverstein et al. 
    (1987, Ex. 26-34) found that the prevalence 
    of carpal tunnel syndrome was statistically 
    significantly elevated among workers exposed 
    to high repetition alone or to both risk 
    factors together; the prevalence of carpal 
    tunnel syndrome was elevated, but not 
    statistically significant, among workers 
    exposed to high force alone. Odds ratios for 
    hand/wrist tendinitis were elevated for all 
    three groups of exposed workers, but was 
    statistically significant only among workers 
    exposed to both high force and high 
    repetition (Armstrong et al. 1987, Ex. 26-
    48). Based on these data, implementing 
    ergonomic interventions that reduce employee 
    exposures from two risk factors to one could 
    be
    
    [[Page 65950]]
    
    expected to lead to a reduction in injuries 
    of 83 percent for carpal tunnel syndrome and 
    a between 79 and 89 percent for tendinitis. 
    Punnett et al. (1998, Ex. 26-38) conducted a 
    cross-sectional study in an automobile 
    stamping plant and in an engine plant, and 
    assessed exposures to workplace risk factors 
    by using an exposure scoring procedure that 
    reflected the intensity and duration of 
    exposure to any of several risk factors and 
    found a positive, statistically significant 
    relationship between risk factor exposure 
    score and prevalence of upper-extremity 
    disorders. Data from her study indicate that 
    the prevalence of employee-reported symptoms 
    of upper extremity disorders, and the 
    prevalence of physician-confirmed MSD cases, 
    could be reduced by more than 50 percent if 
    the exposure score was reduced by at least 
    half, which could be accomplished by 
    eliminating exposures to some risk factors or 
    by reducing exposure durations. These data 
    also show that about one-fourth to one-third 
    of MSD cases could be eliminated from more 
    modest reductions in the exposure score. 
    Thus, the Silverstein et al. (1987, Ex. 26-
    34), Armstrong et al. (1987, Ex. 26-48), and 
    Punnett et al. (1998, Ex. 26-38) studies show 
    that exposures to workplace risk factors do 
    not need to be entirely eliminated to achieve 
    substantial reductions in MSD injury rates.
       Finally, OSHA turned to the large body of 
    scientific epidemiology studies reviewed by 
    NIOSH (1997, Ex. 26-1), which compiled the 
    measured excess MSD risk reported in these 
    studies, to make an overall estimate of the 
    effectiveness of ergonomic programs and 
    interventions from data sources independent 
    of the case studies described earlier in this 
    section. The risk measures contained in the 
    epidemiological studies include odds ratios, 
    prevalence rate ratios, and (for a few 
    studies) incidence ratios, and approximate 
    the relative risk of musculoskeletal 
    disorders in an exposed worker population 
    compared to a referent group. These studies 
    reported a total of 83 risk ratios for neck 
    and/or shoulder disorders, 91 risk ratios for 
    upper extremity disorders, and 56 risk ratios 
    for musculoskeletal disorders of the lower 
    back. (The NIOSH study did not review studies 
    of lower extremity disorders.) To determine 
    the extent to which risk could be reduced, as 
    predicted by the risk ratios reported in 
    these studies, OSHA calculated the median and 
    mean values of the risk ratios from each of 
    the studies included in the NIOSH report, by 
    body part affected. From these values, OSHA 
    estimated the mean and median etiological 
    fraction for each type of disorder; this 
    measure describes the proportion of MSD 
    injuries among exposed workers that is 
    attributable to their exposure and thus 
    potentially avoidable by reducing those 
    exposures. OSHA then estimated the 
    effectiveness of ergonomics programs (defined 
    the same as for the case studies described 
    above, which recognizes that some MSDs 
    represent background and are not work-
    related), assuming either that half of the 
    work-related MSD injuries would be avoided or 
    that all of the work-related risk would be 
    eliminated. OSHA does not believe that the 
    latter assumption is unreasonable since, as 
    discussed above, epidemiological evidence 
    indicates that it is not necessary to 
    eliminate all exposures to workplace risk 
    factors to achieve substantial reductions in 
    MSD incidence. The results of OSHA's analysis 
    appear in Table VI-9. Under the assumption 
    that the risk attributed to exposure at work 
    is reduced by half, the median estimated 
    effectiveness of ergonomic programs and 
    interventions ranges from about 28 to 43 
    percent (the mean effectiveness estimate 
    ranges from about 38 to 47 percent). If all 
    of the work-related risk were to be 
    eliminated, the median effectiveness estimate 
    would range from 56 to 86 percent, with a 
    mean estimate of from 75 to 95 
    percent.4 The estimates of 
    effectiveness based on the latter assumption 
    are similar to the estimates drawn from the 
    intervention case studies described above, 
    which OSHA believes corroborates the general 
    finding from the case studies that ergonomic 
    interventions will result in substantial 
    declines in MSD case rates.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
      \4\ Note that even if all of the work-
    related risk is eliminated, the effectiveness 
    of the ergonomic interventions is still less 
    than 100 percent because of the presence of 
    background illnesses.
    
       Table VI-9.--Estimated Effectiveness of Ergonomic Interventions Based on Risk Ratios Contained in the NIOSH
                                (1997) Review of the Epidemiological Literature for MSDs
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                               BODY PART AFFECTED/DISORDER                                RANGE IN
                  ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------   MEDIAN OR
                     NECK OR                             CARPAL    HAND/WRIST                               MEAN
                      NECK/       ONLY        ELBOW      TUNNEL       TEN-      HAND/ARM      BACK     EFFECTIVENESS
                    SHOULDER    SHOULDER                SYNDROME     DINITIS    VIBRATION                (PERCENT) a
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Number of              57          26          19          38          21          13          56
     Studies
     Included
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                              Risk Ratios b
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Median               3.30        3.30        2.70        2.75        3.70        7.10        2.25
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Average             17.78        4.76        5.03        4.15        6.96       18.71        4.01
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                       Estimated Etiologic Factor c
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Median              0.697       0.697       0.630       0.636       0.730       0.859       0.556
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Average             0.944       0.790       0.801       0.759       0.856       0.947       0.751
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    [[Page 65951]]
    
     
           Estimated Percent Effectiveness Assuming Exposure-Related Risk Is Reduced by Half d
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Median               34.9        34.9        31.5        31.8        36.5        43.0        27.8     27.8-43.0
    Average              47.2        39.5        40.5        37.9        42.8        47.4        37.6     37.6-47.4
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
              Estimated Percent Effectiveness Assuming Exposure-Related Risk Is Eliminated e
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Median               69.7        69.7        63.0        63.6        73.0        85.9        55.6     55.6-85.9
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Average              94.4        79.0        80.1        75.9        85.6        94.7        75.1     75.1-94.7
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    a Effectiveness is the estimated percent reduction in MSD incidence after implementation of ergonomic
      interventions.
    b Risk ratios include odds ratios, prevalence rate ratios, and incidence ratios.
    c Etiologic factor is the proportion of disorders among exposed workers that is attributable to their exposure
      at work, and is calculated as (RR-1)/RR, where RR is the median or average risk ratio derived from each group
      of epidemiological studies.
    d Calculated as half of the etiologic factor, expressed as a percentage. Alternatively, using the formula to
      calculate effectiveness, (NB-NA)/NB, where NB is the fraction of cases existing before ergonomic
      intervention=1, and NA is the fraction of cases remaining after intervention=[1-(0.5*etiologic fraction)].
    e Equals the etiologic factor expressed as a percentage. Alternatively, using the formula to calculate
      effectiveness, (NB-NA)/NB, where NB is the fraction of cases existing before ergonomic intervention=1, and NA
      is the fraction of cases remaining after intervention=[1-etiologic fraction)].
     
    Source: Derived from NIOSH (1997).
    
       Based on this review of an extensive body 
    of case studies, epidemiological studies, and 
    other articles from the trade and scientific 
    literature, OSHA believes that it is 
    reasonable to assume that the proposed 
    standard will reduce work-related 
    musculoskeletal disorders in the high risk 
    population by at least 30 percent and by as 
    much as 100 percent, as has been documented 
    in a number of case studies of ergonomics 
    programs. Overall, OSHA believes that MSD 
    incidence will be reduced by about half or 
    two-thirds as a result of implementing 
    ergonomics programs.
    
    
    E. Preliminary Conclusions
    
       In this section, OSHA estimated the risk 
    of experiencing a lost workday MSD to workers 
    exposed to workplace conditions such as 
    forceful lifting, pushing, or pulling; 
    repeated bending and twisting; repetitive 
    hand or arm motions; static and awkward 
    postures; contact stress; and whole-body and 
    localized vibration. The basis for these 
    estimates is drawn from BLS data that 
    describe the incidence of employer-reported 
    MSDs from 1992 through 1996. For the latest 
    year for which data are available, the 
    estimated industry-specific annual incidence 
    of MSDs ranges from 0.5 to 36.6 lost workday 
    cases per 1,000 workers (by 2-digit SIC); 
    OSHA believes that, because these figures 
    represent the incidence across the entire 
    production workforce in each industry sector, 
    the true incidence among the subset of 
    workers exposed to workplace risk factors is 
    much higher. This is supported by the vast 
    array of epidemiological evidence showing 
    that the risk among exposed workers is up to 
    10 or 20 times higher than the risk to 
    workers that are not so exposed. The BLS data 
    also demonstrate a significant risk of 
    experiencing MSDs among workers in specific 
    occupations, with the annual incidence 
    estimated to range between 5.6 and 42.4 lost 
    workday cases per 1,000 workers for the 75 
    occupations having the highest incidence. 
    From these data, OSHA estimated the lifetime 
    risk to workers exposed to risk factors in 
    the workplace, assuming exposure over a 45-
    year period. The estimated probability of a 
    worker experiencing at least one lost workday 
    MSD over 45 years ranges from 24 to 813 per 
    1,000 workers, depending on the industry 
    sector.
       OSHA also provided evidence that 
    implementation of ergonomic programs and 
    interventions are effective in reducing the 
    risk of MSDs to exposed workers. This 
    evidence consists of 92 case studies that 
    document reductions in MSD injury rates that 
    have resulted after ergonomic programs and 
    interventions have been implemented by 
    employers; field and laboratory studies that 
    show ergonomic interventions are successful 
    in reducing the magnitude of the forces 
    imposed on the body that can damage 
    musculoskeletal tissues; and several 
    epidemiological studies that have shown 
    quantitative relationships between the 
    intensity and duration of exposure to 
    workplace risk factors and the risk of MSDs, 
    which provides direct evidence that reducing 
    exposures will reduce MSD incidence. From the 
    case studies, OSHA estimates that ergonomic 
    programs and interventions will reduce the 
    incidence of total MSDs (i.e., both lost 
    workday and non-lost workday) by a median 
    value of 76 percent (mean value of 73 
    percent). Case studies suggest that the 
    effectiveness of ergonomic programs and 
    interventions will be somewhat higher in 
    reducing lost workday MSDs, with median and 
    mean estimates of 82 and 79 percent, 
    respectively. These estimates are consistent 
    with those inferred from the body of 
    epidemiological data, which show that more 
    than one-half of the MSDs that occur among 
    exposed employees is attributable to 
    exposure, and therefore potentially 
    preventable under an ergonomics program. OSHA 
    requests additional information and data 
    describing the effectiveness, or lack 
    thereof, of ergonomics programs on reducing 
    MSD rates
    
    [[Page 65952]]
    
    
    
                               Appendix VI-A.--BLS Injury Categories Likely To Include Employer-Reported Musculoskeletal Disorders
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
               BLS CODE                           NATURE OF INJURY                                               DESCRIPTION
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    00                              Traumatic injuries and disorders,            This major group classifies traumatic injuries and disorders when the only
                                     unspecified                                  information available describes the incident as traumatic. For example,
                                                                                  employee was hurt in car accident.
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    01                              Traumatic injuries to bones, nerves, spinal  This major group classifies traumatic injuries to the bones, nerves, or
                                     cord                                         spinal cord which include breaking and dislocating bones and cartilage and
                                                                                  traumatic injury to the brain, spinal cord, and nerves.
    011                               Dislocations                               Subluxations; slipped, ruptured, or herniated disc; partial displacement;
                                                                                  and fractured or broken cartilage.
    012                               Fractures                                  Closed fractures for which no open wound exists; open fractures for which
                                                                                  there is an accompanying open wound; comminuted, compound, depressed,
                                                                                  elevated, fissured, greenstick, impacted, linear, march, simple, and
                                                                                  spiral fracture; and slipped epiphysis.
    013                               Traumatic injuries to spinal cord          Severed spinal cord, nonfatal severed spinal cord resulting from a gunshot
                                                                                  wound, traumatic transient paralysis, anterior cord syndrome, lesion of
                                                                                  spinal cord, and central cord syndrome.
    014                               Traumatic injuries to nerves, except the   This nature group classifies traumatic injuries to nerves other than the
                                       spinal cord                                spinal cord. Cranial nerves, peripheral nerve of the shoulder or pelvic
                                                                                  girdle, and nerves of the limb are possible locations for injuries in this
                                                                                  nature group. Diseases or disorders of the nervous system that occur over
                                                                                  time as a result of repetitive activity, such as carpal tunnel syndrome,
                                                                                  are classified in major group 12. Includes division of nerve, lesion in
                                                                                  continuity, traumatic neuroma.
    018                               Multiple traumatic injuries to bones,      This nature group classifies multiple injuries and disorders of equal
                                       nerves, spinal cord                        severity within Traumatic injuries to bones, nerves, spinal cord, major
                                                                                  group 01.
    019                               Traumatic injuries to bones, nerves,
                                       spinal cord, n.e.c.
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    020                             Traumatic injuries to muscles, tendons,      Traumatic injuries that affect the muscles, tendons, ligaments or joints;
                                     ligaments, joints, etc., unspecified         exact nature of disorder not specified in employer's report.
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    021**                           Sprains, strains, tears                      This nature group classifies cases of sprains and strains of muscles,
                                                                                  joints tendons, and ligaments. Diseases or disorders affecting the
                                                                                  musculoskeletal system, including tendonitis and bursitis, which generally
                                                                                  occur over time as a result of repetitive activity should be coded in
                                                                                  Musculoskeletal system and connective tissue diseases and disorders, major
                                                                                  group 17. Includes avulsion, hemarthrosis, rupture, strain, sprain, or
                                                                                  tear of joint capsule, ligament, muscle, or tendon. Excludes hernia (153),
                                                                                  lacerations of tendons in open wounds (034), torn cartilage (011).
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    029                             Injuries to muscles, tendons, ligaments,     This nature group classifies injuries to muscles, tendons, ligaments, etc.
                                     joints, etc., n.e.c                          that are not classified elsewhere in this major group.
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    0972**                          Back pain, hurt back                         Subcategories under nature group 097, Nonspecified injuries and disorders,
                                    Soreness, pain, hurt, except the back         which includes traumatic injuries and disorders where some description of
    0973**                          Multiple nonspecified injuries and            the manifestation of the trauma is provided and generally where the part
                                     disorders                                    of body has been identified. Subcategory 0972 includes hurt back,
                                    Nonspecified injuries and disorders, n.e.c    backache, low back pain.
    0978
     
     
    0979
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    099                             Other traumatic injuries and disorders,
                                     n.e.c.
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    [[Page 65953]]
    
     
    1240                            Disorders of the peripheral nervous system,  Subcategories under nature group 124, Disorders of the peripheral nervous
                                     unspecified                                  system, which includes the nerves and ganglia located outside the brain
    1241**                          Carpal tunnel syndrome                        and spinal cord. Subcategory 1249 includes Bell's palsy, tarsal tunnel
    1249                            Other disorders of the peripheral nervous     syndrome, other mononeuritis of the extremities, nontraumatic lesion of
                                     system, n.e.c.                               the median, ulnar and radial nerves, muscular dystrophies.
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    1371                            Raynaud's syndrome or phenomenon             Subcategory under nature group 137, Diseases of arteries, arterioles,
                                                                                  capillaries.
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    153**                           Hernia                                       This nature group classifies hernias of the abdominal cavity. Includes:
                                                                                  femoral (1539), esophageal (1539), hiatal (1532), inguinal (1531),
                                                                                  paraesophageal (1539) scrotal (1531), umbilical (1539), and ventral (1533)
                                                                                  hernias. Excludes: herniated disc (011), herniated brain (1231), and
                                                                                  strangulations (091).
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    17**                            Musculoskeletal system and connective        This major group classifies diseases of the musculoskeletal system and
                                     tissue diseases and disorders                connective tissue.
    170                               Musculoskeletal system and connective
                                       tissue diseases and disorders,
                                       unspecified.
    171                               Arthropathies and related disorders        This nature group classifies joint diseases and related disorders with or
                                       (arthritis)                                without association with infections. Includes: ankylosis of the joint,
                                                                                  arthritis, arthropathy, and polyarthritis. Excludes: disorders of the
                                                                                  spine (172), gouty arthropathy (1919), rheumatic fever with heart
                                                                                  involvement (131).
    172                               Dorsopathies                               This nature group classifies conditions affecting the back and spine.
                                                                                  Includes: spondylitis and spondylosis of the spine (1729); intevertebral
                                                                                  disc disorders, except dislocation (1723); sciatica (1721); lumbago
                                                                                  (1722); and other nontraumatic backaches (1729). Excludes: dislocated disc
                                                                                  (011), curvature of the spine (1741), fractured spine (012), herniated
                                                                                  disc (011), ruptured disc (011), traumatic sprains and strains involving
                                                                                  the back (021), and other traumatic injuries to muscles, tendons,
                                                                                  ligaments, or joints of the back (02), and traumatic back pain or backache
                                                                                  (0972).
    173                               Rheumatism, except the back                This nature group classifies disorders marked by inflammation,
                                                                                  degeneration, or metabolic derangement of the connective tissue structure
                                                                                  of the body, especially the joints and related structures of muscles,
                                                                                  bursae, tendons and fibrous tissue. Generally, these codes should be used
                                                                                  when the condition occurred over time as a result of repetitive activity.
                                                                                  Includes: rotator cuff syndrome (1739), rupture of synovium (1739), and
                                                                                  trigger finger (1739). Excludes: rheumatism affecting the back is included
                                                                                  in code (172), traumatic injuries and disorders affecting the muscles,
                                                                                  tendons, ligaments and joints (02).
    174                               Osteopathies, chondropathies, acquired     This group is comprised of diseases of bones, diseases of cartilage, and
                                       deformities                                acquired musculoskeletal deformities. Includes: osteomyelitis, periostitis
                                                                                  and other infections involving bone; and acquired curvature of the spine.
    179                               Musculoskeletal system and connective      This nature group classifies musculoskeletal system and connective tissue
                                       tissue diseases and disorders, n.e.c.      diseases and disorders that are not classified elsewhere.
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    4120                            Symptoms involving nervous and               Subcategories under nature group 412, Symptoms involving nervous and
                                     musculoskeletal systems, unspecified         musculoskeletal systems, which includes symptoms specific to either the
                                                                                  nervous or musculoskeletal systems. Subcategory 4129 includes abnormality
                                                                                  of gait, lack of coordination, tetany, and meningismus.
    4128                            Multiple symptoms involving nervous and
                                     musculoskeletal systems.
    4129                            Symptoms involving nervous and
                                     musculoskeletal systems, n.e.c.
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    [[Page 65954]]
    
     
    414                             Symptoms involving head and neck             This nature group classifies symptoms which are specific to either the head
                                                                                  or neck. Includes: throat pain (4149), aphasia (4149), and epistaxis/
                                                                                  nosebleed (4149).
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    ** Categories included in OSHA's preliminary risk assessment.
     
    Source: Occupational Injury and Illness Classification Manual, Bureau of Labor Statistics, December 1992 (Ex. 26-1272).
    
    
                             Appendix VI-B.--Summary of Case Studies Demonstrating Effectiveness of Ergonomic Programs/Interventions
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                           REPORTED REDUCTION IN  INJURY RATES
     JOB TITLE OR ACTIVITY    SIC  CODE              ERGONOMIC SOLUTIONS           --------------------------------------------------         SOURCES
                                                                                       LOST WORKDAY MSDs           TOTAL  MSDs
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Food Packing                      20  Implemented full program on packing       .......................  In 1976, prior to        Luopajarvi et al.
                                           line, including job task analysis,                                 implementing the         (1982) (Ex. 26-1042);
                                           employee involvement in identifying                                program, there were 51   Luopajarvi et al.
                                           problems and solutions, worker                                     hand MSDs identified     (Undated) (Ex. 26-
                                           training, and medical management. Job                              among 200 packing        1090).
                                           analysis resulted in 56 proposals for                              workers. Hand MSDs
                                           changes in equipment and work                                      were eliminated by
                                           environment, half of which were                                    1980, four years after
                                           implemented in six months.                                         program
                                                                                                              implementation. Other
                                                                                                              upper extremity
                                                                                                              illnesses declined by
                                                                                                              about 47% in this same
                                                                                                              time period.
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Meatpacker                      2011  Training efforts included awareness       Not Reported.            Cumulative trauma        McCasland (1992) (Ex.
                                           training of corporate and plant                                    injuries reduced from    26-1043).
                                           managers and technical training of                                 four in one month to
                                           safety and medical personnel. Ergonomic                            none reported during a
                                           task forces were established at                                    6-month period.
                                           individual plants to identify problem
                                           jobs and implement exposure controls.
                                           Controls included use of anti-fatigue
                                           mats and manual handling assists such
                                           as conveyors and trucks. Job rotation
                                           and cross-training of rotated workers
                                           was also employed.
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Meatpacker-pork                 2011  Introduction of automated system for      Lost time due to injury  CTDs have declined from  Murphy (1992) (Ex. 26-
     deboning                              deboning/skinning and a pneumatic         dropped from 30% of      84 cases to 9 cases      1103).
                                           lifter to automate hanging of large       total work hours to      over a 6-year period.
                                           sausage casings onto processing racks.    less than 2%.
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    [[Page 65955]]
    
     
    Meatpacker                      2011  Implementation of an ergonomics program,  Not Reported.            CTDs decreased from      OSHA Site Visit, Case
                                           including engineering controls, work                               47.8 per 100 workers     Study No. 2 (26-
                                           hardening program, training, and                                   (1987) to 17.2/100       1175).
                                           medical management.                                                workers (1990) and
                                                                                                              17.7/100 workers
                                                                                                              (1991).
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Meat preparation                2011  Introduction of engineering controls:     Not Reported.            80% reduction in         Oxenburgh (1994) (Ex.
                                           redesigned workstation by sloping the                              musculoskeletal          26-1041), Case 45.
                                           work surface toward the meatcutter;                                injuries in the first
                                           introduced rotary cutter and single                                year.
                                           hooks.
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Poultry processing              2015  Implementation of an ergonomics program,  Not Reported.            Decline in upper-        Farr (1991) (Ex. 26-
                                           including redesign of processing lines,                            extremity and neck/      1044).
                                           use of rubber-matted stools and                                    shoulder injuries from
                                           platforms of varying heights to                                    about 32 per month to
                                           eliminate awkward reaches, worker                                  0.
                                           training, and job reassignment for
                                           injured workers.
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Poultry processing              2015  Introduction of workstation analysis and  Not Reported.            Carpal tunnel incidence  Stuart-Buttle (1994)
                                           redesign, including altering heights of                            rates decreased from     (Ex. 26-1045).
                                           products, providing workstands, and                                7.8 per 200,000 hours
                                           installing tank tilters to reduce                                  to between 2.4 and 3.7
                                           manual handling. Program also included                             per 200,000 hours.
                                           worker training and development of an                              Back injury rates
                                           integrated medical management/                                     declined from 4.4 per
                                           surveillance-analysis system.                                      200,000 hours to 3.0
                                                                                                              per 200,000 hours.
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Poultry processing              2015  Introduction of engineering controls:     Not Reported.            Recordable injuries and  OSHA Site Visit, Case
                                           tool/handle redesign; work practice                                illnesses decreased      Study No. 1 (Ex. 26-
                                           controls; administrative controls.                                 from 10-14/100 workers   1174).
                                                                                                              (1988-89) to 7/100
                                                                                                              workers (1991).
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    [[Page 65956]]
    
     
    Ice cream manufacture,          2024  Performed job hazard analysis,            In 1985, before          .......................  Elie (OH&S Canada,
     various jobs                          implemented several controls including    implementing the                                  Vol. 4, No. 7) (Ex.
                                           use of non-skid elevating platforms for   program, there were 4                             26-1100).
                                           shorter workers; modified workspace       compensation claims
                                           layout to permit workers to move          and absenteeism
                                           without being hindered; replaced sharp    equalled 10% of the
                                           edges of equipment with sloping angles    number of shifts
                                           or padding; replace hygienic thin-        worked. In 1897, there
                                           filmed gloves with warm, flexible         were no compensation
                                           gloves; modified way employees            claims and absenteeism
                                           performed lifting and carrying tasks.     was reduced to 4% of
                                                                                     shifts worked.
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Cattle feed processing          2048  Provided a forklift and a bobcat to       Not Reported.            The company eliminated   Teleki (1995) (Ex. 26-
     operation                             eliminate manual lifting and relocated                             manual handling          1046).
                                           the feed mixer in order to install                                 injuries.
                                           chutes and augers to permit mechanical
                                           loading of feed. Installed bulk storage
                                           containers so that additives could be
                                           gravity-fed to the mixer. Constructed a
                                           platform under the auger equal in
                                           height to the truck platform, which
                                           allowed feed bags to be filled without
                                           manual lifting. Program also included
                                           providing lifting and handling training
                                           to workers.
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Bakery                           205  Engineering controls: workstation         Absenteeism related to   Carpal tunnel cases      Robinson (1993) (Ex.
                                           redesign, tool modifications; improved    carpal tunnel syndrome   decreased from 34        26-1102).
                                           work practices; formation of labor-       decreased from 731       (1987) to 13 (1990).
                                           management CTD committee.                 lost work days (1987)
                                                                                     to 8 lost work days
                                                                                     (Jan.-Aug., 1991).
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Packaging sugar cubes            206  Cubes were packed tightly using a hand    Considerable reduction   Serious strain injuries  Oxenburgh (1994) (Ex.
                                           tool that required worker to exert        in sickness absence      to hands was             26-1041), Case 41.
                                           considerable pressure on a sharp corner   and workers              ``virtually''
                                           edge. Company changes marketing           compensation claims.     eliminated.
                                           strategy that permitted cubes to be
                                           packed loosely, avoiding use of
                                           excessive hand force.
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    [[Page 65957]]
    
     
    Mattress manufacturer,          2515  Introduction of hand trucks and lift      53.5% reduction in       Not Reported.            Bedtimes (1992) (Ex.
     material handling                     systems to aid in manual handling. Job    workers compensation                              26-1047).
                                           hazard analysis involving the employees   reports in one year
                                           in identification of problem areas and    (1991).
                                           solutions to problems.
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Mattress manufacturer,          2515  Job hazard analysis of all job functions  Lost time reduced \1/4\  Not Reported.            Bedtimes (1992) (Ex.
     material handling                     to resolve ergonomic problems. Modified   to \1/3\ in 3 years.                              26-1047).
                                           workstations, tools, and manufacturing
                                           procedures. Modified equipment to
                                           reduce need to lift items above
                                           shoulder height or below knee level.
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Mattress manufacturer,          2515  Added conveyor, increased fork truck      Not Reported.            Decreased injuries from  Marcotte (undated)
     ware-                                 use, reduced stacking heights, and                                 9 to 1 in one year.      (Ex. 26-1048).
      housing                              revised handling procedures. Production
                                           process changed to eliminate material
                                           handling and loading onto truck.
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Office furniture                 252  Introduction of a plant ergonomics        Restricted workdays      Decreased rate of MSDs   Robinson (1993) (Ex.
     manufacturing, various                program employing engineering controls,   decreased from 301/100   from 21/100 employees    26-1102).
     jobs                                  work practice controls, administrative    employees to 221/100     (1989) to 19/100
                                           controls, medical management, and         employees.               employees (1991-1992).
                                           education and training.
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Office furniture                 252  Installed scissor lifts to aid in         Not Reported.            Back injuries have been  LaBar (1991) (Ex. 26-
     manufacturing, various                packaging file cabinets of different                               cut by 50 percent.       1078).
     jobs                                  sizes. Small-assembly workstations were
                                           altered to eliminate twisting and
                                           bending during lifting.
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Pulp and paper mill             2611  Conducted training sessions covering CTD  Not Reported.            In a six-month follow-   ``Avenor's fitness a
     workers                          &    issues and hazardous postures at the                               up to the                warm-up to
                                    2621   workplace. Job analysis included                                   interventions, the CTD   ergonomics.'' CTD
                                           interviews of employees. Program                                   rate had been            News (1996) (Ex. 26-
                                           included strengthening exercises and                               diminished to zero and   1050).
                                           fitness initiatives.                                               there were no wrist
                                          The following engineering controls were                             and elbow problems.
                                           implemented:
                                             Reduced the number of wires
                                             per bale to reduce weight,
                                             Use of padded bolt cutter
                                             handles,
                                             Provided better lifting
                                             devices.
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    [[Page 65958]]
    
     
    Printing, glue machine            27  Installed partial mechanical aid for off  Not Reported.            No injuries reported in  Shinnick (1985) (Ex.
     operators                             loading of cartons.                                                2 yrs since changes.     26-1049).
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Book binding operator            278  Introduced industrial load leveler (a     Lost workdays fell from  Not Reported.            Ferris (1992) (Ex. 26-
                                           spring loaded table) for loading/         413 to 112.                                       1051).
                                           unloading pockets, binders, stitchers,
                                           and off-line mailers.
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Organic chemical                 283  Analysis of injury data, observation of   Severe back injuries     62% reduction in the     Ridyard (1990) (Ex. 26-
     manufacture, manual                   material handling tasks. Installed        resulting in lost        incidence of total       1052).
     handling                              materials handling equipment, automated   workdays were            overexertion back
                                           container-packaging and inspection        eliminated (1979-        injuries.
                                           equipment. Reduced weight of bags and     1989).
                                           drums. Worker training program.
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Paint manufacturing,            2851  Installation of material handling         From 1990-1993, lost     Total OSHA recordables   Akzo Coatings, Inc.,
     manual handling                       equipment. Medical management of          time injury rate         reduced by 40% from      Louisville, KY.
                                           injuries.                                 decreased by             1990-1993.               correspondence with
                                                                                     approximately 63%.                                OSHA (1994) (Ex. 26-
                                                                                                                                       1054).
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Oil refinery, handling          2911  Added platforms that make valve access    Not Reported.            Injury rates dropped by  Bone (1993) (Ex. 26-
     hoses and valves,                     easier, added extensions to valve stems                            90%.                     1055).
     manual handling                       to eliminate bending to turn valves,
                                           installed hoists over work tables to
                                           eliminate lifting and bending,
                                           purchased adjustable height carts,
                                           upgraded lighting, and conducted back
                                           injury training.
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Rubber hose                     3052  A new hand tool was designed (an air      No lost time incidents   Not Reported.            Oxenburgh (1994) (Ex.
     manufacturing                         gun) that is counterbalanced to reduce    from repetitive trauma                            26-1041), Case 7.
                                           the amount of weight supported. This      since the new tool was
                                           tool also has better handles.             introduced.
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    [[Page 65959]]
    
     
    Shoe/luggage                      31  Instituted a comprehensive ergonomics     Reduced lost time upper  .......................  Rooney and Morency
     manufacturing, various                program as part of a total quality        extremity and back                                (1992) (Ex. 26-1056).
     jobs                                  management initiative. Program included   disorders by 79%.
                                           elements of worker participation,
                                           medical management, job analysis and
                                           control of exposures to risk factors,
                                           and employee education and training.
                                           Exposure controls included installation
                                           of adjustable workstations; new jig
                                           fixtures to hold work pieces at proper
                                           angles; partial automation of
                                           processes; and use of anti-skid
                                           surfaces on tools, fixtures, and
                                           handles.
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Shoe manufacturer,               314  Several programs implemented that         Not Reported.            Repetitive motion        ``Red Wing Shoes'
     various jobs                          included exercise and conditioning,                                injuries in two          early warning
                                           stretching, and ergonomics awareness                               problem areas were       system.'' CTD News
                                           training.                                                          reduced from 70          (1995) (Ex. 26-1057).
                                          Conducted special training on ergonomics                            percent to between 25
                                           for industrial engineers and                                       and 30 percent of the
                                           maintenance workers.                                               total OSHA recordable
                                          Continuous flow manufacturing including                             incidents in three
                                           group working, cross training, and job                             years.
                                           rotation was instituted.
                                          Engineering controls implemented
                                           included:
                                             Purchase of new adjustable
                                             chairs;
                                             Use of anti-fatigue mats for
                                             all employees whose jobs involved
                                             prolonged standing;
                                             The cast iron base on heavy
                                             equipment was cut off and refitted
                                             with an adjustable base;
                                             Electric or pneumatic foot
                                             pedals were used instead of non-
                                             adjustable mechanical ones;
                                             Prepackaged shoe laces were
                                             purchased to eliminate hand-tying
                                             repetition; and
                                             Sewing machines were tilted
                                             toward the worker to eliminate
                                             awkward posture.
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    [[Page 65960]]
    
     
    Shoe manufacture,                314  Workstation design improvements included  .......................  No injuries reported     Wick (1987) (Ex. 26-
     pneumatic press                       use of adjustable chairs and footrests,                            for 2 years since        1058).
     operator                              providing armrests, changing angle of                              changes were
                                           the presses, providing parts bins to                               implemented.
                                           reduce extreme wrist flexion, and
                                           redesigning shoe ornaments so prongs
                                           were angled for easier insertion and
                                           pressing.
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Footwear assembly and           3149  Extensive ergonomic training program.     Lost-time injuries       Total number of CTDs     Holland (1991) (Ex. 26-
     fabrication                                                                     dropped 67% in 2         dropped by 62% in 2      1059).
                                                                                     years.                   years.
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Sewing and cutting              3199  Introduction of ergonomics program,       Not Reported.            CTD incidence fell from  Nickasch (1994) (Ex.
     operations                            including medical program to detect and                            14.6% in 1990 to 11%     26-1060).
                                           treat CTDs early. Workplace                                        in 1992.
                                           modifications included use of
                                           adjustable workstations, footrests, and
                                           anti-fatigue mats; installing larger
                                           handles on hot irons to improve grip;
                                           installing proximity switches on
                                           presses; adjusting glue stations to
                                           prevent awkward upper-extremity
                                           postures; and automating some
                                           processes.
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Encapsulating                   3229  Ergonomics program and control measures,  Incidence of lost-work-  Not Reported.            OSHA Site Visit, Case
     automotive glass                      including installation of adjustable      day injuries declined                             Study No. 12 (Ex. 26-
     windows                               workstations, job rotation, and anti-     from 8.6% to 0.2% in 2                            1182).
                                           fatigue matting; medical management       years. Rate of lost
                                           program and an employee training          workdays declined from
                                           program.                                  1,615/100 workers
                                                                                     (1990) to 0.9/100
                                                                                     workers (1992).
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Packagers                       3231  Workplace improvements included:          Not Reported.            Injury incidence rate    ``PPG learned to
                                            Reduced all material handling to less                             dropped from 14 per      overcome ergo
                                             than 50 pounds;                                                  100 workers in 1987 to   innocence.'' CTD News
                                            Purchased different sizes of gloves,                              3.3 in 1996.             (1996) (Ex. 26-1061).
                                             cuffs, and sleeves to reduce                                    Reduced severity and
                                             additional stress and energy                                     frequency of injuries.
                                             expenditure;
                                            Designed a device that allows
                                             employees to roll the glass onto the
                                             line instead of lifting it;
    
    [[Page 65961]]
    
     
                                            Raised the racks to knuckle height to
                                             avoid bending while lifting the
                                             windshields; and
                                            Altered the racks to allow workers to
                                             step into them and load them from
                                             back to front in order to eliminate
                                             stressful forward reaches.
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Ceramic tile                    3253  Implementation of an ergonomics program   Lost-time injury rate    Not Reported.            Stuart-Buttle (1994)
     manufacturing, various                including engineering controls            for repetitive motion                             (Ex. 26-1045).
     jobs                                  (workstation redesign), job rotation,     injuries decreased
                                           changes in work practices, and an         from 1.6 in 1988/1989
                                           ergonomic training program for            to 0 in 1993.
                                           employees.
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Fiber-cement board              3272  Install on-loader at from of conveyor to  Eliminated lost-time     Not Reported.            Oxenburgh (1994) (Ex.
     manufacture, manual                   permit workers to load boards at their    MSDs in 2 years after                             26-1041), Case 11.
     handling                              own pace. Automate process for            improvements were
                                           separating boards and transferring them   made.
                                           to the on-loader. Automate stacking of
                                           final product.
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Metal castings,                   33  Frequent, excessive reach was required    Not Reported.            Eliminated back          Oxenburgh (1994) (Ex.
     unpacking operation                   to unpack 15- to 18-pound casting from                             injuries associated      26-1041), Case 34.
                                           crates. Crates were modified by adding                             with this operation.
                                           drop gates at each end of the crates
                                           and installing a scissor lift to lift
                                           crates. In addition, changes were made
                                           in the way the castings were stacked in
                                           the crates to permit the workers' arms
                                           to remain close to the body while
                                           unpacking.
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Palletizing operation             33  Scissor lift tables with turntable tops   Not Reported.            Five out of six back     Benson, (1987) (Ex. 26-
                                           were installed alongside each packing                              injuries were            1062).
                                           station.                                                           eliminated.
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Aluminum manufacturer,          3350  Establishment of an ergonomics program,   Not Reported.            Reduced overexertion     Mandelker (1993) (Ex.
     materials handling                    including of introduction lift tables,                             injuries of the back     26-1063).
                                           cranes, and mechanical assists in                                  by 40% to 60%.
                                           overhead lifting, rearrangement of work
                                           to allow use of cranes in lifting.
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    De-burring and                    34  Parts were held still by hand during      Not Reported.            Upper-extremity          Oxenburgh (1994) (Ex.
     finishing cast metal                  finishing operations. Work bench was                               disorders were           26-1041), Case 43.
     parts                                 replaced by a potter's wheel to hold                               eliminated.
                                           the part and rotate it as necessary.
                                           Finishing tools were redesigned.
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    [[Page 65962]]
    
     
    Welding                           34  Manual welding of a 5-meter weld          Not Reported.            All knee, neck, and      Oxenburgh (1994) (Ex.
                                           required welder to work in a prolonged                             shoulder injuries from   26-1041), Case 33.
                                           static posture. This process was                                   this operation have
                                           replaced by a semi-automatic powder                                been eliminated.
                                           welding process, permitting welder to
                                           work from a standing position.
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Materials handling,             3411  Use of adjustable lift tables/            Not Reported.            Back injuries reduced    ``Put ergonomics to
     hardware manufacture                  transporters completely eliminated                                 by 90%.                  practical use.''
                                           manual lifting from the job.                                                                Material Handling
                                                                                                                                       Engineering (1988)
                                                                                                                                       (Ex. 26-1064).
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Packager                        3452  Packaging area was redesigned; raised     Nearly a five-fold       Not Reported.            Oxenburgh (1994) (Ex.
                                           the level at which boxes are lifted,      decrease in                                       26-1041), Case 10.
                                           installed semi-automatic sealing          musculoskeletal
                                           machines and adjustable chairs, and       injuries based on days
                                           eliminated loading of pallets; training   lost. (equivalent to
                                           introduced.                               5% of the department's
                                                                                     total wage costs).
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Manufacturing                   3496  Introduction of ergonomics program        Lost workday cases       Decreased illnesses      OSHA Site Visit, Case
     automotive cables                     utilizing engineering controls, work      decreased from 48        from 47 (1991) to 17     Study No. 11 (Ex. 26-
                                           practice training, and medical            (1991) to 27 (1993).     (1993).                  1181).
                                           management.                               Number of lost
                                                                                     workdays decreased
                                                                                     from 1,287 days (1991)
                                                                                     to 275 days (1993).
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Steel furniture                 3499  Employee involvement in identifying       Lost days from carpal    Not Reported.            ``Charleston Forge
     manufacturing, various                hazards and developing interventions.     tunnel syndrome, back                             welds homemade
     jobs                                  Engineering approaches included the       strain and other CTDs                             approach.'' CTD News
                                           following:                                dropped to zero in                                (1996) (Ex. 26-1065).
                                             An enclosed shotblaster         1996, down from 176
                                             machine has been used to automate       lost workdays in 1991.
                                             polishing of the steel.
                                             An automatic washing system
                                             has been provided.
                                             Lighting placement and
                                             brightness have been improved to
                                             reduce the awkward posture required
                                             to inspect and brush the products.
                                             Many of the jigs were
                                             improved to be adjustable.
    
    [[Page 65963]]
    
     
                                             And other engineering
                                             controls.
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Farm equipment                  3523  Initiated an eight-hour engineer          83 percent reduction of  Not Reported.            ``An ergo process that
     manufacture, assembly                 ergonomics training program.              back injuries that                                runs like a Deere.''
     and materials handling               Appointed ergonomics coordinators in all   resulted in lost time.                            CTD News (1995) (Ex.
                                           U.S. and Canadian factories, foundries                                                      26-1101).
                                           and distribution centers chosen from
                                           the industrial engineering and safety
                                           departments.
                                          Conducted training through attending
                                           professional courses and conferences,
                                           memberships in professional
                                           organizations, subscriptions to
                                           ergonomics publications and tracking
                                           the latest ergonomics research.
                                          Conducted ergonomic review of new office
                                           furniture purchases.
                                          Conducted VDT ergonomics awareness
                                           training for video display operators.
                                          Engineering Controls included:
                                             Limiting manual lifting to 40
                                             pounds or less;
                                             Redesigning the assembling
                                             operations so that assemblers worked
                                             in an upright position;
                                             Altered hand tools for better
                                             fit; and
                                             Installed hoists and lift
                                             tables.
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Welding, vehicle                3531  Ergonomic training program implemented,   Not Reported.            Back injury rate went    ``Caterpilar, Inc.''
     manufacture                           seat height adjustments installed, and                             down by 27%.             Welding Journal
                                           work station height adjusted.                                                               (1992) (Ex. 26-1066).
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Chain saw assembly              3546  Introduction of new tools and modified    The sick-leave rate      Not Reported.            Parenmark et al.
                                           production methods, and employee          decreased from 17.0 to                            (1993) (Ex. 26-1067).
                                           training.                                 13.7 on an average
                                                                                     annual basis.
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    [[Page 65964]]
    
     
    Computer manufacturer           3571  The company engaged in several training   Not Reported.             41 percent      ``Silicon Graphics
                                           and education initiatives, including:                              drop in reportable       melds high- and low-
                                             Mandated ergonomics training                             upper limb disorders     tech.'' CTD News
                                             classes for high risk groups;                                    from 1994 to 1995        (1997) (Ex. 26-1068).
                                             Created and distributed a 16-                            which addressed about
                                             page ergonomics brochure; and                                    70 percent of the
                                             Created an ``ERGO Hotline''                              company's upper-limb
                                             to schedule ergonomics evaluations,                              reportable injuries.
                                             report problems, and seek                                        Further 50
                                             information;                                                     percent decrease in
                                            Exposure control approaches included:                             reportable CTD cases
                                             Limiting manual lifting to 40                            from 1995 to 1996.
                                             pounds or less; educated the                                     Reportable
                                             employees via a brief program on the                             cases of CTDs
                                             basic ergonomics fundamentals;                                   decreased to 25
                                             Purchased new office sit-                                through November of
                                             stand workstations;                                              1996 compared to 70
                                             Adjusted the workstation                                 cases in 1994.
                                             surface height to accommodate each
                                             worker; and
                                             Attached a wider, adjustable
                                             keyboard and mouse platform to the
                                             standard desk.
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Computer mainframe              3571  Training had been provided for proper     There are no lost days   CTD related injuries     ``AT&T uses cost-
     assembly                              lifting techniques, general safety and    due to CTDs in the       were eliminated in       conscious program to
                                           use of special tools. Extensive office    office workplace.        production.              fight CTDs.'' CTD
                                           workstation ergonomics training was                                                         News (1995) (Ex. 26-
                                           provided.                                                                                   1069).
                                          Engineering controls included:
                                             Providing new workbenches to
                                             accommodate workers' shorter reaches;
                                             Adding roller-ball conveyor
                                             belts and lifting devices were added
                                             to raise the units onto the conveyor
                                             belt;
                                             Replacing pneumatic drivers
                                             with lighter electric units which had
                                             much less vibration and weighed about
                                             one pound;
                                             Installing lift platforms
                                             that would raise the cabinets and 3
                                             feet off the floor;
                                             Providing seated and standing
                                             workstations so one employee could
                                             build the entire cabinet instead of
                                             working on an assembly line in order
                                             to reduce the static fatigue; and
    
    [[Page 65965]]
    
     
                                             Modifying scissor lifts to
                                             rise up to 4 feet off the floor.
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Copying machine control         3579  Assembly of the systems was performed on  Not Reported.            MSD rate declined by     Oxenburgh (1994) (Ex.
     system assembly                       a workbench and required frequent                                  50% in the first year.   26-1041), Case 37.
                                           lifting and turning of the part. The                               In the second year,
                                           bench was replaced by an adjustable                                the MSD rate declined
                                           stand designed to take the weight of                               to one-third.
                                           the part being assembled.
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Hand tool operation,              36  Safety and health committee implemented   .......................  Plant-wide incidence of  McKenzie et al. (1985)
     tele-communications                   program that included creation of task                             repetitive trauma        (Ex. 26-1070).
     manufacturing                         force, worker training, improvements in                            disorders was 2.2
                                           workstation design and tooling, and                                cases per 200,000 work
                                           medical management of workers on                                   hours, reduced to 0.53
                                           restricted duty.                                                   cases per 200,000
                                                                                                              workhours in 1 year
                                                                                                              after program
                                                                                                              implementation.
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Electronics manufacture           36  Controls: workstation redesign and job    Not Reported.            CTDs reduced by 46% in   Robinson (1993) (Ex.
                                           rotation.                                                          one year.                26-1102).
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Electrical equipment              36  Automated handling and grinding of        Not Reported.            Eliminated MSDs.         Oxenburgh (1994) (Ex.
     manufacture, press                    resistance elements. Eliminated                                                             26-1041), Case 16.
     operator                              possibility for hazardous exposures.
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Press operator, small             36  Press operation caused excessive wrist    Not Reported.            29% reduction in         Oxenburgh (1994) (Ex.
     electronic parts                      flexion and palm compression. The press                            musculoskeletal injury   26-1041), Case 42.
     manufacture                           was modified by adding switches that                               incidence.
                                           either eliminated hand contact or only
                                           involved contact with parts of the hand
                                           that do not have nerves close to the
                                           skin surface.
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Lamp manufacturing,             3641  Added a vacuum hoist, reduced equipment   Not Reported.            Eliminated back and      Carreau and Bessett
     materials handling                    height, reduced box size and weight,                               upper extremity          (1991) (Ex. 26-1071).
                                           and introduced a back awareness program                            disorders in the last
                                           for employees.                                                     four years.
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    [[Page 65966]]
    
     
    Telephone systems               3661  Implemented an ergonomics program for     Lost-time repetitive     .......................  Darcangelo (1989) (Ex.
     assembly                              the assembly line. Elements included an   strain injuries                                   26-1072).
                                           employee awareness program, disorder      dropped from 20 to 4
                                           treatment protocols, job task analyses,   over 1.5 years.
                                           job redesign, and cost savings
                                           analysis.
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Telecommunications              3661  Introduced a training program, job        .......................  Rate of repetitive       Pope (1987) (Ex. 26-
     equipment assembly                    hazard analysis, and an engineering                                trauma disorders         1073).
                                           program to abate ergonomic hazards.                                dropped from 1.1 per
                                           Medical management of injured employees                            100,000 hours to 0.26
                                           on restricted jobs.                                                per 100,000 hours in 1
                                                                                                              year.
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Telecommunications              3661  Workstation redesign (adjustable tables,  Musculoskeletal injury   Not Reported.            Westgaard and Aaras
     equipment assembly                    illumination), ergonomically designed     sick leave in                                     (1984) (Ex. 26-1026).
                                           chairs, and tool redesign.                1978=5.0, in 1982=2.9.
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Electronics assembly             367  Job rotation, new assembly line           Not Reported.            No new cases of          Townes and Imrhan
                                           procedures, and ergonomic line                                     cumulative trauma were   (1991) (Ex. 26-1074).
                                           balancing.                                                         reported.
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Electronics                     3674  Redesigned workstations; introduced       Not Reported.            Reduced injuries (not    Burri and Helander
     manufacturing, various                powered-screwdrivers; job rotation.                                quantified).             (undated) (Ex. 26-
     jobs                                                                                                                              1075).
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Vehicle seat assembly            371  Ergonomics training was provided.         .......................  Tendinitis cases fell    ``Problem-solving by
                                          Engineering controls included:                                      by 93% and carpal        committee at General
                                             Redesigning seat covers in                               tunnel cases fell by     Seating.'' CTD News
                                             order to decrease the number of                                  96 percent in the year   (1995) (Ex. 26-1076).
                                             fasteners by more than 50 percent;                               following program
                                             Provided a compression tool                              implementation.
                                             to clamp the foam padding to the
                                             seat;
                                             Installed adjustable
                                             workstations;
                                             Provide electric torque guns.
                                             In addition, a program of job
                                             rotation was introduced.
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Unpacking auto parts             371  A plywood sheet end board had to be       Not Reported.            Back and shoulder        Oxenburgh (1994) (Ex.
                                           removed to unpack crates, requiring                                injuries associated      26-1041), Case 38.
                                           excessive force and awkward postures.                              with this operation
                                           Plywood sheets were modified to reduce                             were eliminated.
                                           their weight and permit them to slide
                                           more easily in the grooves.
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    [[Page 65967]]
    
     
    Motor vehicle assembly,          371  Introduction of an ergonomics program,    Lost-time workday rate   Over a 3 year period,    OSHA Site Visit, Case
     various jobs                          including engineering controls, work      decreased 65%, and the   the injury and illness   Study No. 10 (Ex. 26-
                                           practice controls, job rotation/job       lost-time case rate      rate decreased 11% and   1180).
                                           enlargement, medical management,          decreased 48%.           the severity rate
                                           education, and training. Controls                                  decreased 39%.
                                           implemented included counterbalanced
                                           tools, lift tables, and workstation
                                           redesign to prevent awkward postures
                                           and excessive reaches.
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Truck manufacturing,            3711  Introduction of company ergonomics         Lost-time       CTD cases fell from 105  Mandelker (1993) (Ex.
     various jobs                          program in 1990.                          injuries fell from 80    to 54 in 2 years.        26-1063).
                                          Engineering controls: substituted          to 28 in 2 years.
                                           machine riveting for manual riveting,     Lost workdays
                                           introduced raised work heights, and       fell from 1,402 to
                                           installed lifting devices. Introduction   193.
                                           of job rotation for 85% of the
                                           workforce.
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Auto assembly                   3711  Introduced variable height car conveyer   Not Reported.            50% decline in           LaBar (1992) (Ex. 26-
                                           belt, articulating arms to move large                              ergonomic related        1053).
                                           parts, like dashboards, into place.                                injuries in the first
                                           Also redesigned tools.                                             year. 35% decline in
                                                                                                              second and third
                                                                                                              years.
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Auto assembly line              3711  28 projects were redesigned to change     Reduced from 3,134 lost  Not Reported.            Brandon (1992).
     worker                                specific jobs, making them                days per year to 1,355
                                           ergonomically less troublesome.           lost days per year
                                                                                     after project
                                                                                     completion.
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Auto body assembly,             3711  Replaced pneumatic nut runner with a      Not Reported.            Upper-body MSDs were     Oxenburgh (1994) (Ex.
     fixing side mouldings                 lighter model. Used a stepped ramp that                            eliminated.              26-1041), Case 50.
     to body                               allowed workers to select an
                                           appropriate position relative to the
                                           work piece.
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Spot welding onto auto          3711  Fixed a large-diameter circular handle    Not Reported.            Wrist injuries were      Oxenburgh (1994) (Ex.
     frame                                 to the welding frame, which allowed the                            eliminated.              26-1041), Case 51.
                                           frame to be moved into any position
                                           while keeping the wrist in a straight
                                           posture.
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Spray painting auto             3711  Lengthened spray gun trigger to increase  Not Reported.            Cases of hand            Oxenburgh (1994) (Ex.
     bodies                                gun's grip diameter and allow the                                  tendinitis were          26-1041), Case 52.
                                           trigger to be operated with three                                  eliminated.
                                           fingers.
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    [[Page 65968]]
    
     
    Auto instrument panel           3714  Installed a hoist system to remove        Lost-time back injuries  Not Reported.            Oxenburgh (1994) (Ex.
     assembly, manual                      panels from conveyor and transport them   associated with this                              26-1041), Case 40.
     handling                              to shipping containers.                   operation were
                                                                                     eliminated.
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Pneumatic screw feeder          3714  Installed a counter-balanced articulated  Not Reported.            Upper-body MSDs were     Oxenburgh (1994) (Ex.
     operation, auto                       arm to reduce the weight of the tool.                              eliminated.              26-1041), Case 46.
     instrument panel
     assembly
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Computer operator               3714  The company instituted a biannual         Saved 20,000 hours lost  Not Reported.            ``Communication drives
                                           training program to emphasize good        time per year since                               process at Siemens.''
                                           lifting and pushing techniques as well    eliminating CTD-                                  CTD News, (1997) (Ex.
                                           as good posture. Also instituted a        related complaints.                               26-1077).
                                           stretching exercise program and
                                           encouraged the CAD operators to take
                                           frequent short breaks.
                                          Engineering controls included:
                                             Purchased 27 back cushions,
                                             71 lumbar supports in three different
                                             sizes, 24 keyboard/mouse rests, and
                                             12 document holders in the past five
                                             years;
                                             Provided adjustable chairs;
                                             and
                                             Provided foot rests for
                                             shorter workers.
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Manufacturing of                3714  Introduction of an in-plant ergonomics    Decrease of 50% from     The incidence rate of    OSHA Site Visit, Case
     electronic components,                program, engineering controls including   116 lost-time days/100   ergonomic disorders      Study No. 8 (Ex. 26-
     various jobs                          hand tool and workstation redesign, and   workers (1990) to 58/    decreased by 67% from    1178).
                                           lift devices. Job rotation and other      100 workers (1991) for   37/100 workers (1990)
                                           administrative controls, work practice    MSDS. Additional 50%     to 12/100 workers
                                           controls, medical management, and         decrease in 1992 to 29   (1992).
                                           training also implemented.                lost-time days/100
                                                                                     workers.
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Automotive engine               3714  A hoist was replaced by a conveyer belt   70 days lost time and    Not Reported.            Oxenburgh (1994) (Ex.
     assembly                              set at waist height and part of the       over 1,000 days on                                26-1041), Case 2.
                                           assembly process was automated.           restricted duty were
                                                                                     reduced to no lost
                                                                                     days and no personnel
                                                                                     on restricted duties.
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    [[Page 65969]]
    
     
    Small parts assembly            3714  Jammed machine required operator to       Not Reported.            Foot and ankle MSDs      Oxenburgh (1994) (Ex.
     machine operation                     climb a bar ladder while carrying a                                associated with the      26-1041), Case 47.
                                           heavy load. A correctly designed ladder                            operation were
                                           and catwalk were installed along with a                            eliminated.
                                           chute to dispose of damaged parts
                                           without the need for carrying them.
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Automotive air                  3714  Installed overhead conveyor belt that     Prior to program, plant  .......................  LaBar (1991) (Ex. 26-
     conditioner                           moves the condenser cores through the     averaged 50 lost-time                             1078).
     manufacture, material                 various procedures, minimizing manual     injuries per year,
     handling                              handling. Also installed box tilers to    many of those back
                                           assist in packaging and scissor lift      injuries. After
                                           for stacking.                             program
                                                                                     implementation, 2 back
                                                                                     injuries have been
                                                                                     recorded over a 4-year
                                                                                     period.
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Auto instrument panel           3714  Spring clips were pushed into position    Not Reported.            Wrist and hand injuries  Oxenburgh (1994) (Ex.
     subassembly                           using a hand tool that required                                    were eliminated.         26-1041), Case 49.
                                           excessive force to operate. New tool
                                           was designed to reduce force and
                                           awkward positioning of the hand and
                                           wrist.
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Trimming mouldings with         3714  Hand cutters were replaced with           Not Reported.            Hand and wrist injuries  Oxenburgh (1994) (Ex.
     hand cutter                           automated or air-powered cutters.                                  associated with this     26-1041), Case 54.
                                                                                                              operation were
                                                                                                              eliminated.
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Manufacture of jet               372  Implementation of ergonomics program,     Not Reported.            Decrease in carpal       OSHA Site Visit, Case
     aircraft engine parts,                including engineering control measures,                            tunnel syndrome cases    Study No. 9 (Ex. 26-
     various jobs                          work practice controls, medical                                    from 26 in 1988, 11 of   1179).
                                           management, education, and training.                               which required
                                           Controls implemented included                                      surgery, to 1 case in
                                           redesigning workstations to provide                                1992 which did not
                                           employees with more room to perform                                require surgery.
                                           tasks, adding anti-fatigue mats and
                                           adjustable footrests, removed or padded
                                           tables and shelves to reduce contact
                                           stress, and installed vibration-
                                           absorbing pads onto grinding wheels.
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    [[Page 65970]]
    
     
    Shipbuilder                     3731  Initiated training classes covering the   Decreased to only 6      Eliminated wrist injury  ``Training a
                                           nature of CTDs, anthropometry, work       lost-time ergonomics     in the welding           `limbsaver' at
                                           physiology, back and wrist anatomy and    wrist injuries through   department until March   Newport News.'' CTD
                                           proper work techniques, In-depth          November 1996, since     1996.                    News (1997) (Ex. 26-
                                           training course covered tool selection,   training completed in                             1079).
                                           work habits, alternating trigger          June 1995.
                                           fingers and hands.
                                          Workers participated in evaluating and    Eliminated lost time     Reduced ergonomics case
                                           developing interventions for the          back injuries since      rates about 30 percent
                                           welding department, and selecting         July 1995.               during 1996.
                                           pistol grip and in-line based tools so
                                           as to keep the wrists in a neutral
                                           posture.
                                          Installed scaffolding at the right
                                           height and distance from the work, and
                                           used ladders or installed scaffolding
                                           to higher positions for the work above
                                           shoulder height.
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Motorcycle                      3751  Introduction of lighter flywheel          MSDs involving lost or   Not Reported.            McGlothlin and Baron
     manufacturing,                        castings and an overhead lift;            restricted workdays                               (1991) (Ex. 26-1080).
     flywheel milling                      introduction of a customized deburring    dropped from 27.6 per
     operations                            machine eliminating vibration             100 workers in 1989 to
                                           exposures; introduction of a customized   12.5 per 100 workers
                                           40-ton press eliminating the use of the   in 1993. The severity
                                           brass hammer.                             rate of MSDs dropped
                                                                                     from 610 lost or
                                                                                     restricted workdays
                                                                                     per 100 workers in
                                                                                     1989 to 190 days in
                                                                                     1993.
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Assembly of pressure-           3823  Forceful turning actions were required    Not Reported.            Wrist and arm MSDs were  Oxenburgh (1994) (Ex.
     sensing instruments                   to fit an O-ring in place. Cordless                                eliminated.              26-1041), Case 44.
                                           screwdrivers were used with a custom
                                           attachment to bring wrists into
                                           stronger position and allow hand to
                                           employ a power grip.
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Medical needle                   384  Used task forces to identify jobs         .......................  Achieved 75% reduction   Benden (1994) (Ex. 26-
     manufacture,                          involving worker exposures to risk                                 in upper extremity MSD   1081).
     inspection station                    factors. Identified problems on quality                            cases.
                                           control line and implemented design
                                           changes to the workstations.
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    [[Page 65971]]
    
     
    Manufacture of suction          3841  Introduction of an ergonomics program     Not Reported.            Decrease in the          OSHA Site Visit No. 16
     canisters used in                     utilizing a medical management program,                            ergonomic injury rate    (Ex. 26-1183).
     surgical procedures                   employee training program, job                                     from 5.2/100 workers
                                           rotation, and engineering controls.                                (1989) to 2.8/100
                                           Controls implemented include replacing                             workers (1993).
                                           old wooden supply stations with
                                           ergonomically designed stations, and
                                           automating various processes.
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Manual handling of bulk          386  Two operators manually lifted large wads  Not Reported.            There were 18 back       Oxenburgh (1994) (Ex.
     paper                                 of paper from a trolley. Manual lifting                            injuries in one year     26-1041), Case 36.
                                           was eliminated by installing a scissor                             prior to implementing
                                           lift. In addition, the trolley's                                   changes. There have
                                           runners were replaced by roller                                    been no back injuries
                                           bearings that enabled the paper to be                              in the 3 years since
                                           loaded onto the scissor lift without                               modifications were
                                           manual lifting.                                                    made.
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Manufacturing board             3944  Job analysis and problem solving          .......................  Eliminated all           Cook and Marcotte
     games, inspection and                 involving employees to redesign packing                            cumulative trauma        (1990) (Ex. 26-1082).
     packing                               workstations. Design changes included                              injuries associated
                                           raising the height of conveyors,                                   with job.
                                           slowing conveyor speed (no effect on
                                           throughput), placing roller conveyors
                                           on an incline to facilitate carton
                                           removal, and changes in work
                                           procedures.
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Railroad repairmen                40  Introduced storage of tools and           Lost-work days reduced   Low-back injuries        McMahan (1991) (Ex. 26-
                                           materials off the ground between knee     to zero for back         reduced to zero.         1083).
                                           and shoulder height; devised winches to   injuries.
                                           lift and handle heavy equipment; and
                                           redesigned work tables, dollies, and
                                           carts to more easily handle train car
                                           parts.
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    VDT operator, package             42  Introduced sit-stand workstations that    .......................  Reduced MSD cases by     Nerhood and Thompson
     delivery service                      permit workers to adjust workstation to                            half in 12 months.       (1994) (Ex. 26-1084).
                                           meet specific needs.
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    [[Page 65972]]
    
     
    Freight truck terminal          4213  Established ergonomics program in         There were 7 lost-time   Total number of MSD      OSHA Site Visit No. 5
     operations                            esponse to rising number of back          injuries in 1989,        cases decline from 13    (Ex. 26-1177).
                                           injuries. Program elements include        followed by 4 in 1990    in 1989 to 7 in 1990.
                                           analysis of injury records to identify    and 5 in 1991.
                                           hazardous operations, extensive use of
                                           lifting and carrying devices, providing
                                           extra personnel to handle heavy or
                                           awkward freight, employee training, and
                                           medical management of injured workers.
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    VDT operation,                   481  Retrospective study of the impacts of an  .......................  Number of upper          Tadano (1990).
     telecommunications                    ergonomics program on 500 VDT                                      extremity disorders
     establishment                         operators. Program included job task                               over the 6 months
                                           analyses, workstation redesign, and                                prior to
                                           worker education and training.                                     implementation of the
                                                                                                              program was 52; this
                                                                                                              was reduced to 29 for
                                                                                                              the 6 months following
                                                                                                              intervention.
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Materials handling,             4911  Redesigned equipment:                     Lost time injuries       Injuries due to getting  ``Foiling field
     electrical utility                      Weight of the water coolers     reduced to 0.42 per      in and out of trucks     injuries with
                                             reduced from 10 lbs to 5 lbs.           100 employees in 1989.   reduced from 9 to 0 in   ergonomics.''
                                             Rotating platform for                                    year following           Electrical World
                                             transformers. Step and grab handles                              redesign. No injuries    (1990) (Ex. 26-1085).
                                             added to trucks.                                                 from lifting the water
                                             New shovel handle and new pry                            kegs since the
                                             bars.                                                            changes.
                                             Position of the kegs on
                                             trucks was lowered to minimize
                                             twisting of the back.
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Data entry operator,            4932   Engineering controls:            Lost time due to work-   Not Reported.            Couch (1990) (Ex. 26-
     gas and electric                      workstation design.                       related injuries                                  1086).
     utility                               Administrative controls           decreased from 1,008
                                           implemented.                              hours/month to 584
                                                                                     hours one year later.
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Sewing machine operator         5137  Installed padded, swivel chairs with      Not Reported.            Incidence rate of        Hammond-Smith (1990)
                                           adjustable backs and improved materials                            tendinitis decreased     (Ex. 26-1087).
                                           handling methods. Also instituted an                               from 12% to less than
                                           exercise program.                                                  1% in some plants.
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    [[Page 65973]]
    
     
    Material handling,               514  Implemented comprehensive program that    Number of MSD workers    Not Reported.            OSHA Site Visit No. 4
     grocery distribution                  included hazard identification and job    compensation claims                               (Ex. 26-1176).
     center                                hazard analysis, medical management and   decline from 14 in
                                           reassignment of injured employees,        1989 to 8 in 1991.
                                           worker training, and implementation of
                                           engineering and work practice controls.
                                           Controls included making minor
                                           modifications to some forklift
                                           equipment, replacing other equipment,
                                           and providing ergonomically designed
                                           workstations for data entry personnel.
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Restaurant worker               5812  Reduced the amount of food served by the  Not Reported.            Reported injuries        Oxenbrugh (1994) (Ex.
                                           workers, and heavy porcelain crockery                              decreased 40%.           26-1041), Case 17.
                                           was replaced with plastic.
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Pricer--clothing store          5932  Staples were reduced to one per tag and   Not Reported.             In 1994-1995, 23% of    ``ARC takes thrifty
                                           job rotation was introduced so that no                             pricers had CTDs; 2      approach to
                                           one person stapled for more than 45                                had bilateral carpal     ergonomics.'' CTD
                                           minutes at a time.                                                 tunnel releases and      News (1998) (Ex. 26-
                                                                                                              were unable to return    1089).
                                                                                                              to work. In 1996-1997,
                                                                                                              10% of pricers were
                                                                                                              affected, but all have
                                                                                                              returned to their jobs
                                                                                                              without surgery or
                                                                                                              impairment.
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Data entry                      6021  Adjusted workstations and lighting.       Not Reported.            Reduced neck tension     Luopajarvi et al.
                                                                                                              syndrome from 54% to     (Undated) (Ex. 26-
                                                                                                              16%.                     1090).
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Nursing assistants,              805  Implemented program to determine patient  Decrease of 634 lost     Incidence for back       Garg and Owen
     nursing home                          lifting tasks that were the most          workdays/100 FTEs        injuries decreased       (undated) (Ex. 26-
                                           stressful; evaluate alternative devices   before intervention to   from 83 to 47 per        1093).
                                           for acceptability among assistants;       317 lost workdays/100    200,000 work-hours.
                                           train assistants in use of devices; and   FTEs post
                                           modifying shower rooms and patient care   intervention.
                                           techniques to facilitate patient
                                           handling. Used walking belts and
                                           mechanical hoists for lifting aids.
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    [[Page 65974]]
    
     
    Nursing aides, nursing           805  Committee of employees determined the     Decrease in lost work    Not Reported.            Comments to OSHA from
     home                                  types of mechanical devices that were     days 38 in 1991 to 4                              Kennebec, (undated)
                                           needed, installed in 1993. Implemented    in 1994 (as of Nov),                              (Ex. 26-1094).
                                           employee training and modified duty       is largely attributed
                                           programs.                                 to the implementation
                                                                                     of a no lifting
                                                                                     greater than 50 pounds
                                                                                     policy.
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Nurse, hospital                 8062  Professional lifting team of 2 performs   Not Reported.            Back injuries reduced    Charney et al. (1991)
                                           95% of all patient lifts; nurses freed                             94% first year after     (Ex. 26-1091).
                                           to do more nursing activities.                                     teams were
                                                                                                              implemented.
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Nursing and laundry             8062  Worker education and training were        Lost-time hours in       Back injury rates in     ``Giving health-care
     workers, hospital                     provided. Employees were encouraged to    nursing ward fell 83     nursing wards fell 39    workers a helping,
                                           take breaks.                              percent in 4 years.      percent in 4 years.      mechanical hand.''
                                          A regular maintenance program for         Lost-time hours among    Back injury rates among   CTD News (1995) (Ex.
                                           equipment was initiated. New hand tools   laundry workers fell     laundry workers fell     26-1092).
                                           and lifting equipment were provided.      83 percent in 2 years.   71 percent in 2 years.
                                           Handles were installed onto tool carts.
                                           X-Ray cassettes were reorganized to
                                           avoid repetitive bending and back
                                           problems.
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Nursing, hospital               8062  Ergonomic assessment of 14-room surgical  Not Reported.            Back injury rates        Garb and Dockery
                                           suite, implemented changes in                                      reduced by 25% in 18     (1995) (Ex. 26-1095).
                                           procedures for moving patients,                                    months since program
                                           maneuvering carts and equipment, using                             was implemented.
                                           gall bladder boards, walking on wet
                                           floors, and accessing power outlets.
                                           Workers are periodically retrained in
                                           procedures to maintain awareness.
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Prescription filling            8062  A manual assist for syringe actuation     Not Reported.            Upper extremity CTD      ``Case study 60:
     using a syringe,                      was developed to reduce the thumb and                              cases were reduced       Hospital pharmacy
     hospital                              pinch grasp forces required while using                            from six to one.         liquid IV
                                           a standard syringe. The system, about                                                       prescription filling
                                           the size of a hot dog bun, accommodates                                                     using a syringe.''
                                           standard syringe sizes from 10 cc to 60                                                     ErgoWeb Inc., 1998
                                           cc.                                                                                         (Ex. 26-1096).
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Hospital workers                8062  Patient Air Lift Systems introduced.      Not Reported.            Reduced injuries at      Brigham (1994) (Ex. 26-
                                                                                                              second hospital by       1097).
                                                                                                              94%.
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    [[Page 65975]]
    
     
    Nursing, hospital               8062  Redesigned work process: Mechanical       Lost-time injuries       In 1994 total back       Hospital Employee
                                           lifting equipment, slide boards, and      reduced to 49 (down      injuries decreased to    Health (1995) (Ex. 26-
                                           patient transfer belts.                   35%), with 426 lost      85 (a 43% reduction).    1098).
                                                                                     days (a 57% decrease),
                                                                                     and 1,851 restricted
                                                                                     days (a 54% decrease).
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Government employees              91  Introduction of program of ergonomic      Not Reported.            1-year prevalence of     Shi (1993) (Ex. 26-
                                           improvements, education, training, and                             back pain fell from 65   1099).
                                           physical fitness activities.                                       to 53 percent.
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    VII. Significance of Risk
    
       In this section of the preamble, OSHA 
    conducts several analyses and presents data 
    and information to demonstrate, first, that 
    work-related musculoskeletal disorders (MSDs) 
    constitute a material impairment of health or 
    functional capacity under the Occupational 
    Safety and Health Act (OSHAct or Act). This 
    discussion demonstrates that MSDs are 
    painful, often disabling injuries and 
    illnesses that cause lost work time, require 
    medical treatment, involve restricted work, 
    and, all too often, result in surgical 
    interventions.
       The Agency then demonstrates the 
    significance of the risk of incurring these 
    material health impairments confronting 
    workers in the industries and occupations 
    covered by the scope of the proposed 
    ergonomics standard. As OSHA's analysis 
    shows, over a working lifetime, workers in 
    these jobs face risks ranging roughly from 24 
    cases per 1,000 workers to 813 cases per 
    1,000 workers, risks that are clearly 
    significant by any reasonable measure. Even 
    on an annual rather than lifetime basis, many 
    of the workers who would be covered by the 
    proposed standard are at great risk: nursing 
    aides and truck drivers, for example, can 
    expect to suffer between 20 and 40 lost-
    workday musculoskeletal disorders for every 
    1,000 workers in every year that they work. 
    Again, that risks of this magnitude are 
    significant within the meaning of the Act is 
    not disputable.
       Sections A and B below thus demonstrate 
    unequivocally that the first two tests OSHA 
    must meet before it can regulate--that the 
    hazard regulated by the standard constitutes 
    material impairment of health or functional 
    capacity and that the risk posed to workers 
    covered by the standard is significant, as 
    that term has been defined in OSHA case law--
    have been met.
    
    
    A. Material Impairment
    
       As part of OSHA's threshold determination 
    of significant risk for standards issued 
    under section 6(b)(5) of the Act, OSHA must 
    determine whether exposure to the hazard in 
    question results in ``material impairment of 
    health or functional capacity.'' 29 U.S.C. 
    655(b)(5). As discussed above in the Health 
    Effects section, the risks posed by exposure 
    to workplace (ergonomic) risk factors are 
    serious and can result in musculoskeletal 
    disorders (MSDs) that cause substantial 
    impairment and permanent disability.
       Musculoskeletal disorders represent a set 
    of pathological conditions that impair the 
    normal function of the soft tissue of the 
    musculoskeletal system, such as tendons, 
    muscles, cartilage, ligaments, and nerves. 
    MSDs arise when musculoskeletal soft tissue 
    is subjected to repeated physical stress, 
    usually from repetitive movements, static 
    postures, or continuous loading of tissue 
    structures, which in turn causes gradually 
    accumulating tissue damage. The physical 
    stresses that can contribute to or cause MSDs 
    are called ``risk factors.'' The initial 
    symptoms of MSDs may include fatigue, 
    discomfort, and pain; as tissue damage 
    worsens, other symptoms, such as weakness, 
    numbness, or restricted movement, may also 
    appear. Work-related MSDs occur when the risk 
    factors that cause or contribute to 
    musculoskeletal system pathology are 
    associated with a person's job duties. The 
    disorders represented by the term ``MSDs'' 
    have been referred to by various other names, 
    including ``cumulative trauma disorders,'' 
    ``repetitive strain injury,'' and 
    ``occupational overuse syndrome.'' MSDs do 
    not include musculoskeletal injuries that are 
    clearly caused by accidents, such as a torn 
    Achilles tendon that results from stepping in 
    a hole. Instead, MSDs reflect tissue damage 
    and functional loss that occurs over time 
    from prolonged or frequent exposure to risk 
    factors.
       However, some MSDs, particularly those of 
    the back, may appear to be related to acute 
    exposure events although they are actually 
    the result of prolonged exposure to risk 
    factors that has caused gradual tissue 
    deterioration that ultimately led to injury. 
    In other words, although some work-related 
    MSDs may appear to be caused by an acute 
    event (such as a particular lift or 
    movement), the likelihood is high, if such 
    lifts or movements are a routine part of the 
    worker's job, that what appears to be an 
    injury of sudden onset is in fact one of 
    gradual onset. Thus, injuries associated with 
    acute exposure events cannot simply be ruled 
    out as MSDs without determining whether 
    exposure to workplace risk factors may in 
    fact have contributed to the injury. Table 
    VII-1 lists some of the injuries and 
    illnesses that comprise the group of 
    disorders known as MSDs.
    
    [[Page 65976]]
    
       Based on the evidence discussed in this 
    and other sections of the preamble, as well 
    as all other evidence gathered by OSHA and 
    placed in the public docket of this 
    rulemaking, OSHA has preliminarily concluded 
    that the musculoskeletal disorders associated 
    with workplace exposure to workplace risk 
    factors constitute material impairments of 
    both health and functional capacity. OSHA 
    recognizes that these disorders are not life-
    threatening and that some of these disorders 
    may be reversible, particularly if early 
    intervention is provided. Nonetheless, 
    evidence in the record shows that these 
    disorders are debilitating (Brisson et al. 
    1989, Ex. 26-47; Vingard et al. 1991, Ex. 26-
    44; Berg et al. 1988, Ex. 26-46; Liss et al. 
    1992, Ex. 26-55; Webster and Snook 1994, Ex. 
    26-33; Binder and Hazleman 1983, Ex. 26-45; 
    Boshuizen et al. 1990, Ex. 26-40; Blanc et 
    al. 1996, Ex. 26-42; Liberty Mutual Research 
    Center for Safety and Health, 1998, Ex. 26-
    54). These disorders cause persistent and 
    severe pain, lost worktime, reduction or loss 
    of the worker's normal functional capacity 
    both in work tasks and in other of life's 
    major activities, loss of productivity, and 
    significant medical expenses. Where 
    preventive action or early medical 
    intervention is not provided, these disorders 
    can result in permanent damage to 
    musculoskeletal tissues, causing such 
    disabilities as the inability to use one's 
    hands to perform even the minimal tasks of 
    daily life (e.g., lifting a child), permanent 
    scarring, and arthritis.
    
    BILLING CODE 4510-26-P
    
    [[Page 65977]]
    
    [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP23NO99.012
    
    
    
    BILLING CODE 4510-26-C
    
    [[Page 65978]]
    
       The painful and debilitating nature of 
    MSDs is illustrated by several letters from 
    workers who have told the Secretary of Labor 
    and OSHA that they have experienced severe 
    pain, limited work capacity, lost work time, 
    loss of income, and permanent impairment due 
    to overexposure to workplace risk factors 
    (Ex. 26-1263). In addition, these workers 
    have said that the damage and pain have left 
    many of them unable to perform other major 
    life activities, such as walking, cooking, 
    holding children, lifting or grasping 
    objects, or writing (Ex. 26-1263). The pain 
    referred to by these workers is not the 
    normal muscle soreness associated with job 
    break-in or conditioning, or temporary muscle 
    strain due to doing new or unusual tasks. 
    Instead, the pain is severe and persistent. 
    Many employees must be placed on medication 
    to alleviate or at least reduce the intensity 
    of their pain. The pain of MSDs may also 
    continue or may even manifest after the 
    employee is removed from exposure at the end 
    of the workshift (Ex. 26-1263).
    
    
    Table VII-1.--Examples of Some Types of 
    Musculoskeletal Disorders That are Often 
    Work-Related
    
    --Tension-neck syndrome
    --Thoracic outlet syndrome
    --Shoulder tendinitis (rotator cuff, 
    bicipital)
    --Epicondylitis (elbow)
    --Carpal tunnel syndrome (hand-wrist)
    --Wrist tendinitis
    --Hypothenar hammer syndrome (hand)
    --Hand-arm vibration syndrome
    --Tenosynovitis
    --de Quervain's tendinitis
    --Trigger finger
    --White finger
    --Sciatica, low back pain
    --Knee bursitis (carpet layer's knee)
    
    In addition, the pain usually increases if 
    exposure to the ergonomic risk factors 
    continues (Ex. 26-1263). OSHA believes that 
    this type of severe and persistent pain, and 
    the tissue damage underlying this pain, 
    clearly constitutes a material impairment of 
    health under the OSH Act.
       Musculoskeletal disorders of most kinds 
    are recognized as compensable under virtually 
    all State workers' compensation plans, and 
    these disorders imposed nearly $20 billion in 
    medical costs and industry payments on the 
    U.S. economy in 1994 (see the Preliminary 
    Economic Analysis section of this preamble). 
    Under workers' compensation, however, 
    employees are reimbursed only where their 
    work-related injury or disorder requires 
    medical treatment and/or results in lost 
    workdays. Moreover, payments for lost wages 
    are not provided unless the employee's injury 
    or disorder results in a certain number of 
    lost workdays (the number varies across the 
    States and ranges from one to seven days). 
    According to evidence presented in the 
    Preliminary Economic Analysis, a significant 
    number of musculoskeletal disorder workers' 
    compensation claims result in lost workdays. 
    For example, according to a study by Webster 
    and Snook (1994, Ex. 26-33) based on workers' 
    compensation data from Liberty Mutual 
    Insurance Company, the largest underwriter of 
    workers' compensation insurance in the 
    country, more than 45 percent of all low back 
    pain cases involved indemnity payments for 
    lost workdays. This study also indicated 
    that, on average, more than 65 percent of the 
    workers' compensation costs for 
    musculoskeletal disorders represented 
    indemnity payments for lost workdays. 
    Overall, work-related low back pain accounts 
    for 15 percent of all Liberty Mutual workers' 
    compensation claims and 23 percent of their 
    costs (Liberty Mutual Research Center for 
    Safety and Health, 1998, Ex. 26-54).
       Further evidence of the disabling nature 
    of MSDs comes from the Bureau of Labor 
    Statistics (BLS) data for 1996, which show 
    that the median number of lost workdays (LWD) 
    per recordable lost-time MSD is higher than 
    the median across all lost workday injuries 
    (see Figure VII-1). For example, the median 
    number of lost workdays for cases classified 
    by BLS as carpal tunnel syndrome, tendinitis 
    or tenosynovitis, or musculoskeletal and 
    connective tissue disorders, is 25, 9, and 10 
    days, respectively. More than one-half of all 
    carpal tunnel LWD cases and one-third of 
    musculoskeletal and connective tissue 
    disorder LWD cases result in more than 20 
    lost workdays, compared to less than one-
    fourth of all LWD injuries. Among workers who 
    received compensation awards in 1994 for 
    upper-extremity disorders, the average length 
    of disability was 87 days, with 6.8 percent 
    of the claims covering one-year or more of 
    disability (Liberty Mutual Research Center 
    for Safety and Health, 1998, Ex. 26-54).
       Finally, several individual studies 
    provide additional evidence demonstrating the 
    disabling nature of MSDs. A study of female 
    sewing machine operators showed an increased 
    prevalence of disability among both retired 
    and active workers compared to national rates 
    of disability (Brisson et al., 1989, Ex. 26-
    47). Operators who had left their jobs had a 
    greater rate of severe disability when 
    compared to workers who had left other types 
    of employment. Vingard et al. (1991, Ex. 26-
    44) found an increased risk of early 
    retirement among workers exposed to heavy or 
    medium work loads due to disorders of the 
    lower back, neck/shoulder, hip, or knee. An 
    elevated incidence of long-term absenteeism 
    and disability due to intervertebral disc 
    disorders was found among tractor drivers, 
    with the incidence appearing to increase with 
    whole-body vibration dose and duration 
    (Boshuizen et al. 1990, Ex. 26-40). An 
    analysis of data from the National Health 
    Interview Survey showed that repetitive 
    bending of the hand or wrist on the job was 
    significantly associated with the frequency 
    of self-reported carpal tunnel syndrome 
    (CTS), and that work-related disability was 
    common among the 544 subjects reporting CTS. 
    The persistence of symptoms associated with 
    MSDs is illustrated by two other studies. 
    Berg et al. (1988, Ex. 26-46) studied the 
    prevalence of MSD symptoms among 327 retired 
    shipyard workers who had been engaged in 
    heavy physical work and found that the 
    prevalence of symptoms remained unchanged 
    over a three-year period. In another study, 
    Binder and Hazleman (1983, Ex. 26-45) 
    followed the health status of 125 patients 
    with lateral epicondylitis over a 1- to 5-
    year period after initial presentation of the 
    disorder. Over the follow-up period, 40 
    percent of the patients continued to have 
    discomfort that affected some daily 
    activities.
       OSHA has promulgated a wide range of 
    health standards where the adverse health 
    effects associated with exposure to 
    substances or conditions are serious but not 
    necessarily life-threatening, such as health 
    effects that interfere with normal daily life 
    or job performance, or that require 
    substantial medical intervention. See Cotton 
    Dust (29 CFR 1910.1046 ), Occupational Noise 
    Exposure (29 CFR 1910.95), Occupational 
    Exposure to Lead (29 CFR 1910.1025), 
    Occupational Exposure to Formaldehyde (29 CFR 
    1910.1048). For example, in promulgating the 
    Hearing Conservation Amendment, OSHA 
    determined that ``* * * material impairment 
    of hearing is directly related to people's 
    ability to understand speech as it is spoken 
    in everyday social conditions.* * *'' (46 FR 
    46236), including being able to understand 
    speech in noisy environments. In the 
    Formaldehyde standard, OSHA based its 
    permissible exposure limit (PEL) and 
    ancillary provisions, in part, on
    
    [[Page 65979]]
    
    evidence that employees were at significant 
    risk of developing sensory irritation (e.g., 
    burning and tearing of the eyes, severe 
    irritation of the nose and throat) and skin 
    diseases at the existing PEL, and that these 
    effects were sufficiently severe to interfere 
    with the employee's ability to perform job 
    functions (52 FR 46168, 46234-37).
       The proposed ergonomics rule is similar to 
    these other OSHA standards in this respect. 
    Work-related musculoskeletal disorders also 
    result in material impairment of functional 
    capacity by causing temporary or permanent 
    physical damage to the body. Such damage can 
    include severe inflammation of joints and 
    tissues; reduced conduction velocity in 
    peripheral nerves; partial or total loss of 
    strength in an extremity; tearing of muscles 
    and tendons; numbness; decreased range of 
    motion; arthritis; and pain. When this damage 
    occurs, employees are unable to perform their 
    jobs at all or at normal performance levels 
    without experiencing pain or causing further 
    damage. Accordingly, OSHA preliminarily 
    concludes that work-related MSDs constitute a 
    material impairment of health.
    
    
    B. Significant Risk
    
       Section 6(b)(5) of the OSH Act gives the 
    Secretary of Labor authority to issue 
    standards dealing with toxic substances and 
    harmful physical agents. This section 
    provides, in part:
    
      The Secretary, in promulgating standards 
    dealing with toxic materials or harmful 
    physical agents under this subsection, shall 
    set the standard which most adequately 
    assures, to the extent feasible, on the basis 
    of the best available evidence, that no 
    employee will suffer material impairment of 
    health or functional capacity even if such 
    employee has regular exposure to the hazard 
    dealt with by such standard for the period of 
    his working life. 29 U.S.C. 655(b)(5).
    
       The Supreme Court has said that OSHA may 
    promulgate a standard only if it makes a 
    threshold finding that it is at least more 
    likely than not that the risk OSHA seeks to 
    regulate is ``significant'' and that the 
    change in practices required by the standard 
    would reduce or eliminate that risk. Benzene, 
    448 U.S. at 642. This ``significant risk'' 
    determination constitutes a finding that, 
    absent the change in practices mandated by 
    the standard, the workplaces in question 
    would be unsafe in the sense that workers 
    would be threatened with a significant risk 
    of harm. Id. This finding is not unlike the 
    threshold finding that a substance is toxic 
    or that a physical agent is harmful. Id., at 
    643 n. 48.
       In the Benzene decision, the Court 
    provided some guidance as to when a 
    reasonable person might consider a risk 
    significant and take steps to decrease it. 
    The Court said:
    
      Some risks are plainly acceptable and 
    others are plainly unacceptable. If, for 
    example, the odds are one in a billion that a 
    person will die from cancer by taking a drink 
    of chlorinated water, the risk clearly could 
    not be considered significant. On the other 
    hand, if the odds are one in a thousand that 
    regular inhalation of gasoline vapors that 
    are 2 percent benzene will be fatal, a 
    reasonable person might well consider the 
    risk significant and take the appropriate 
    steps to decrease or eliminate it. Id., at 
    655.
    
       In Benzene, the issue before the Court was 
    worker exposure to a cancer-causing agent. 
    OSHA has used the guidelines provided by the 
    Court in setting standards for other 
    carcinogens, such as methylene chloride, 
    butadiene, and ethylene oxide. However, OSHA 
    believes that the Court's guidance is not 
    limited to cancer-causing agents. Material 
    impairment of health refers not only to 
    health outcomes that cause certain death or 
    threaten life, but also to impairment of the 
    employee's ability to engage in the normal 
    activities of life, including work, as a 
    result of workplace events or exposures 
    causing a serious reversible or permanent 
    disorder. Accordingly, OSHA has used the 
    Court's guidelines in setting standards that 
    address such toxic materials and harmful 
    physical agents as cotton dust, occupational 
    noise, and formaldehyde.
       The Court indicated that a significant 
    risk finding does not require mathematical 
    precision or anything approaching scientific 
    certainty if the ``best available evidence'' 
    does not allow that degree of proof. Id., at 
    655-56. The Court also ruled that ``a 
    reviewing court [is] to give OSHA some leeway 
    where its findings must be made on the 
    frontier of scientific knowledge.'' Id., at 
    656. The Agency is free to use conservative 
    assumptions in interpreting the data, 
    ``risking error on the side of overprotection 
    rather than underprotection.'' Id.
    
      [T]he requirement that a ``significant'' 
    risk be identified is not a mathematical 
    straitjacket. It is OSHA's responsibility to 
    determine, in the first instance, what it 
    considers to be a ``significant'' risk. Id.
    
       Thus, the Court said that ``while the 
    Agency must support its findings that a 
    certain level of risk exists with substantial 
    evidence, we recognize that its determination 
    that a particular level of risk is 
    `significant' will be based largely on policy 
    considerations.'' Id., at 656. The court also 
    said OSHA has considerable leeway in the 
    kinds of assumptions it applies in 
    interpreting the data supporting such a 
    determination. Id. 
       There is no need, in the case of 
    musculoskeletal disorders, for OSHA to engage 
    in risk modeling, low-dose extrapolation, or 
    other techniques of projecting theoretical 
    risk to identify the magnitude of the risk 
    confronting workers exposed to ergonomic risk 
    factors. The evidence of significant risk is 
    apparent in the annual toll reported by the 
    Bureau of Labor Statistics, the vast amount 
    of medical and indemnity payments being made 
    to injured workers and others every year 
    (nearly $20 billion in direct costs and as 
    much as $60 billion more in indirect costs), 
    and the lost production to the U.S. economy 
    imposed by these disorders. Similarly, there 
    is no need for OSHA to turn to complex 
    theoretical projections of reductions in risk 
    to demonstrate that the standard as proposed 
    will substantially reduce this significant 
    risk. Again, the evidence is there for all to 
    see, in the form of hundreds of 
    epidemiological analyses, meta-analyses, and 
    case studies reporting the effectiveness of 
    ergonomic programs in reducing risk. The 
    following discussion, and the analyses 
    presented below, demonstrate the significance 
    of the risk confronting workers in the 
    industries and occupations targeted in the 
    proposed standard and make the case for the 
    standard's effectiveness.
       In this rulemaking there are, as mentioned 
    above, extensive data on the adverse effects 
    on the human musculoskeletal system of 
    exposure to workplace risk factors such as 
    repetitive motions; static or awkward 
    postures; and the use of excessive force. As 
    described in the Health Effects and 
    Preliminary Quantitative Risk Assessment 
    sections of this preamble, studies and 
    national statistics are available to 
    demonstrate the high incidence and prevalence 
    of work-related musculoskeletal disorders 
    occurring or existing among workers exposed 
    to ergonomic risk factors. Estimates of the 
    risk of harm confronting exposed workers can 
    be based directly on the rates of work-
    related musculoskeletal disorders currently 
    being reported, and BLS survey data can be 
    used to demonstrate the degree to which work-
    related musculoskeletal disorders have 
    occurred across nearly all major industrial 
    sectors and in numerous occupations.
       The data used by OSHA to support the 
    proposed ergonomics program rule are similar 
    to the data used to
    
    [[Page 65980]]
    
    support OSHA safety standards, in that both 
    base their estimates of risk and their case 
    for the effectiveness of the standard on data 
    on injuries being reported in the current 
    workforce. The availability of such data 
    makes it possible to go directly from current 
    rates of injury among workers to an estimate 
    of the likelihood of future harm which could 
    be prevented if a standard were promulgated. 
    In other words, it is not necessary either in 
    the case of OSHA safety standards or in the 
    case of this ergonomics standard to project 
    or estimate risk based on the use of risk 
    models derived from animal data or 
    epidemiological studies. Thus, in the present 
    case, no modeling is needed to make a 
    quantitative assessment of the risk of harm 
    posed to workers exposed to ergonomic risk 
    factors on the job.
       The data discussed in the Preliminary Risk 
    Assessment and Health Effects sections of the 
    preamble demonstrate that the risk of work-
    related musculoskeletal disorders meets the 
    Court's definition of significant risk. For 
    example, OSHA estimates, based on the 1996 
    BLS data, that more than 647,000 lost-workday 
    (LWD) musculoskeletal disorders were 
    recordable and reported by employers in 1996; 
    these disorders account for more than one-
    third of all employer-reported LWD injuries. 
    The estimated annual incidence of employer-
    reported MSDs, defined as the number of MSDs 
    occurring in a given year per 1,000 workers 
    employed in an industry sector or occupation, 
    exceeded 1 LWD case per 1,000 workers for all 
    but a few of the 2-digit SIC general industry 
    groups in 1996; the incidence exceeded 10 LWD 
    cases per 1,000 workers in 15 of these 
    industry sectors (see Table VI-5 in the 
    Preliminary Quantitative Risk Assessment 
    section of the preamble). Further, OSHA 
    estimates that the annual incidence of 
    employer-reported LWD MSDs reached 1 case or 
    more per 1,000 workers for 79 percent of all 
    of the occupational groups for which BLS 
    estimated the numbers of MSDs and employees. 
    For 37 of these occupations, the estimated 
    annual incidence of LWD MSDs exceeded 10 
    cases per 1,000 workers. For some high risk 
    occupations, such as practical nurses, 
    nursing aides and attendants, laborers, 
    public transportation attendants, and truck 
    drivers, annual incidence rates are on the 
    order of 20 to 40 LWD MSD cases per 1,000 
    workers per year. These shocking incidence 
    rates, however, are underestimates of the 
    true incidence of MSDs, because they are 
    based only on lost workday cases. OSHA 
    estimates that the number of MSDs that do not 
    result in lost workdays is about twice that 
    of LWD MSDs.
       Under section 6(b)(5) of the Act, OSHA has 
    the duty to ensure that no employee suffers 
    material impairment even if that employee has 
    regular exposure to the hazard ``for the 
    period of his working life.'' 29 U.S.C. 
    655(b)(5). The probability that an employee 
    will suffer at least one musculoskeletal 
    disorder due to workplace risk factors over a 
    45-year working lifetime is much higher than 
    the risk reflected in the one-year rates 
    presented above. Therefore, in the 
    Preliminary Quantitative Risk Assessment 
    section of this preamble, OSHA also evaluated 
    the risk to exposed employees of incurring a 
    LWD MSD over a 45-year working lifetime. The 
    results are presented by 2-digit SIC industry 
    group in Table VI-7 of the Preliminary Risk 
    Assessment. The probability of experiencing 
    at least one LWD MSD during a working 
    lifetime ranges from 24 per 1,000 workers (in 
    SIC 62, Security and Commodity Brokers, 
    Dealers, Exchanges, and Services) to 813 per 
    1,000 workers (in SIC 45, Air 
    Transportation). Among the 58 industry groups 
    for which BLS provided estimates of the 
    number of MSDs reported in 1996, the median 
    lifetime risk of experiencing at least one 
    LWD MSD is 255 per 1,000 workers, and for 
    only 8 of these industry groups is the 
    estimated lifetime risk below 100 cases per 
    1,000 workers. The expected number of MSDs 
    that will occur in a cohort of workers all 
    entering an industry at the same time and 
    working for 45 years ranges from 24 per 1,000 
    workers to 1,646 per 1,000, depending on the 
    industry sector, since it possible for a 
    worker to experience more than one MSD in a 
    working lifetime.
       Although these data indicate that the risk 
    of experiencing an MSD is clearly 
    significant, OSHA believes that these data 
    seriously understate the true risk. First, 
    the BLS data capture only those MSD injuries 
    reported by employers as lost workday 
    injuries. MSDs that force an employee to be 
    temporarily assigned to alternate duty, as 
    well as those work-related MSDs not reported 
    to employers by employees or not recorded by 
    employers, are not included in these risk 
    estimates. In addition, OSHA's estimated 
    incidences of MSDs, which are derived from 
    the BLS data, do not reflect the true risk 
    posed to employees who are exposed to risk 
    factors at work because the BLS-based 
    incidence estimates are based on the risk 
    confronting the entire working population, 
    both exposed and non-exposed. Clearly, the 
    risk of experiencing a work-related MSD is 
    considerably higher among that subset of 
    workers exposed to risk factors in their jobs 
    than it is for the rest of the working 
    population (the ``unexposed'' population). In 
    other words, the risk posed to workers in the 
    operations and jobs targeted by OSHA's 
    proposed ergonomics standard is much higher, 
    in general, than the risk posed to workers in 
    non-targeted jobs and occupations. The method 
    used by BLS to calculate the incidence of 
    MSD's (i.e., using the full working 
    population as the denominator) is not unique 
    to these kinds of injuries, but is the 
    standard approach used by BLS to report the 
    incidences of all kinds of injuries and 
    illnesses.
       There is also evidence that the actual 
    risks attributable to occupational exposure 
    to ergonomic risk factors may be much higher 
    than is indicated by the BLS statistics. Many 
    peer-reviewed studies have been published in 
    the scientific literature in the last 18 
    years that document underreporting of MSDs in 
    OSHA logs (McCurdy et al., 1999, Ex.; Cannon 
    et al., 1981; Mazlish et al., 1995; 
    Silverstein et al., 1997; Biddle et al., 
    1998; Fine et al., 1986; Pransky et al., 
    1999; Park et al., 1992; Park et al., 1996; 
    Nelson et al., 1992). Table VII-2 below 
    summarized these studies. These studies 
    document extensive and widespread 
    underreporting on the OSHA log of 
    occupational injuries and illnesses (McCurdy 
    et al., 1999) and of MSDs (Silverstein et 
    al., 1997; Biddle et al., 1998; Fine et al., 
    1986; Pransky et al., 1999; Park et al., 
    1992; Park et al., 1996; Nelson et al., 
    1992). They also demonstrate that a large 
    percentage of workers whose MSDs were 
    identified as work-related by health care 
    providers do not file workers' compensation 
    claims (Biddle et al., 1998; Cannon et al., 
    1981; Fine et al., 1986). In one early study, 
    only 47 percent of workers with medically 
    diagnosed cases of carpal tunnel syndrome 
    (CTS) filed claims (Cannon et al., 1981). 
    Fine and his co-authors (1986) demonstrated 
    that, in two large automobile manufacturing 
    plants, workers' compensation claims were 
    filed in less than 1 percent of medically 
    confirmed cumulative trauma cases in one 
    plant and in only 14 percent of such cases in 
    another. A recent study of 30,000 Michigan 
    workers who were identified by a healthcare 
    provider as having a work-related injury 
    showed that only 9 to 45 percent of workers 
    filed a workers' compensation claim for their 
    injuries (Biddle et al., 1998). The reasons 
    why as many as 50 percent of injured workers 
    are not reporting their musculoskeletal 
    injuries and other injuries and illnesses to 
    their employers or seeking compensation for 
    their work-related conditions are many. 
    According to the authors of these studies, 
    workers feared reprisal for reporting, were 
    discouraged from reporting by
    
    [[Page 65981]]
    
    their supervisors or managers, were 
    discouraged from making a workers' 
    compensation claim by the high rates of 
    claims rejection for MSDs, wanted to avoid 
    the ``hassle'' of filing a workers'' 
    compensation claim, or preferred (or were 
    encouraged by their employers) to use the 
    employer's or their own health insurance 
    rather than the workers' compensation 
    insurance system. Because of this evidence 
    pointing to the substantial underreporting of 
    MSDs, and given that the BLS data derives 
    from employers' reports of lost-time injuries 
    and illnesses, OSHA believes that the risk of 
    lost-time, work-related MSDs as quantified 
    from the BLS data are understated by at least 
    a factor of two.
    
                                                         Table VII-2.--Summary of Underreporting Studies
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                    STUDY                        MEASURE OF UNDERREPORTING          EXTENT OF UNDERREPORTING OBSERVED                 COMMENTS
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     
    McCurdy, Schenker, and Samuels, Am.    Percentge of cases meeting OSHA        40% of all reportable cases not       10 manufacturing facilities in 6
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    NIOSH. Health Hazard Evaluation        Failure to report lost workdays and    Not quantified; ``several''           Winding and taping department of an
     Report, HETA 93-0233-2498, (1995,      restricted work OSHA 200               employees had surgeries for WMSDs     instrument transformer manuacturer;
     Ex. 26-1255)                                                                  in 5-year period and \1/3\ of         27 employees in department.
                                                                                   employee were on restricted work,
                                                                                   but no LWDIs reported on Log over 5-
                                                                                   year period
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    NIOSH. Health Hazard Evaluation        Percent of medically confirmed WMSD    5 employees reported to NIOSH that    News department of large
     Report, HETA 93-0860-2438, (1994,      cases not recorded on OSHA log or      they had been diagnosed with carpal   metropolitan TV-news station; video
     Ex. 26-1256)                           not reported to employer               tunnel syndrome (CTS); of these, 2    tape editing and other employees.
                                                                                   did not report their illness to the
                                                                                   employer. 1 of the 5 reported cases
                                                                                   were not reported on log
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Cannon, Bernacki, and Walter, JOM.     Percent of employees diagnosed with    16/30 diagnosed employees received    Four aircraft manufacturing plants;
     23:255 (1981, Ex. 26-1212)             work-related carpal tunnel syndrome    workers' compensation benefits for    approx. 20,000 employees.
                                            (CTS) over 2 years not filing          CTS. Others did not file
                                            workers' compensation claims
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Mazlish, Randolph, Dervin, and         A new survellance system for work-     For the years 1987-1989, SENSOR       The population at risk for CTS
     Sankaranarayan, Am. J. Ind. Med.       related carpal tunnel syndrome (CTS)   identified 141 cases. Of these,       covered by SENSOR is the entire
     27:715 (1995, Ex. 26-1186)             was implemented in Santa Clara         only 19 cases could be found in       working population of Santa Clara
                                            county, California under the NIOSH     doctors' first reports                county. The working population was
                                            SENSOR program. Its findings were                                            not reported in the article, but
                                            compared to physicians' first                                                the total population in the county
                                            reports filed under a State of                                               was 1.4 million in 1987.
                                            California surveillance system in
                                            place since 1973
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    California Department of Health        Telephone and mail survey of 515       For 1987, respondents estimated that  The working population in Santa
     Services. Surveillance Report SR-88-   health care providers in Santa Clara   they cared for 3,413 cases of work-   Clara county was not reported in
     002 (1990, Ex. 26-1257)                County, California, who estimated      related CTS. Only 71 occupational     the document, but the total
                                            carpal tunnel syndrome (CTS)           CTS cases were reported in the        population in the county was 1.4
                                            caseloads. Estimates were compared     county through doctor's first         million in 1987.
                                            to physicians' first reports filed     reports
                                            under a State of California
                                            surveillance system in place since
                                            1973
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    [[Page 65982]]
    
     
    Silverstein, Stetson, Keyserling, and  Incidence (per 100 worker years) of    Plant/year   OSHA    Self-
     Fine, Am. J. Ind. Med. 31:600 (1997,   work-related MSDs reported on OSHA                200 log      re-
     Ex. 26-28)                             200 logs compared with cases that                           port
                                            received medical treatment, as        Plant 1
                                            identified by self-administered         1986       1.0      30.9
                                            questionnaire                           1987       2.7
                                                                                    1988       6.9
     
                                           .....................................  Plant 3
                                                                                    1986      20.3      47.8
                                                                                    1987      14.6
                                                                                    1988      19.3
                                           .....................................  Plant 4
                                                                                    1986       0.7      24.5
                                                                                    1987       2.1
                                                                                    1988       9.9
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Biddle, Roberts, Rosenman, and Welch,  Percentage of workers identified by a  Percentage of HCP-identified cases    Study of 30,000 Michigan workers
     JOEM. 40:325 (1998, Ex. 26-1258)       health care provider (HCP) as having   for which corresponding workers'      identified as having work-related
                                            a known or suspected occupational      compensation claim was identified     illness by an HCP.
                                            illness who filed for workers'         ranged from 9% (almost certain
                                            compensation                           match between HCP case and claims
                                                                                   case) to 45.6% (possible match
                                                                                   between HCP case and claims case)
                                           Percentage of workers with sprains or  Percentage of HCP-identified cases
                                            strains who filed for worker's         for which corresponding workers'
                                            compensation                           compensation claim was identified
                                                                                   ranged from 11.6% (almost certain
                                                                                   match between HCP case and claims
                                                                                   case) to 46.9% (possible match
                                                                                   between HCP case and claims case)
                                           Percentage of workers with carpal      Percentage of HCP-identified cases
                                            tunnel syndrome (CTS) who filed for    for which corresponding workers'
                                            workers' compensation                  compensation claim was identified
                                                                                   ranged from 22.6% (almost certain
                                                                                   match between HCP case and claims
                                                                                   case) to 62.5% (possible match
                                                                                   between HCP case and claims case)
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    [[Page 65983]]
    
     
    Fine, Silverstein, Armstrong,          Incidence (per 100 worker-years) of    Plant  OSHA  WC  MAR  MRC             Data from two large automobile
     Anderson, and Sugano, JOM, 28:674      upper-extremity MSDs reported in              200                            manufacturing plants (total
     (1986, Ex. 26-920)                     OSHA 200 logs compared with workers'                                         employment not reported).
                                            compensation (WC), medical absence    B     0.03 0.29 3.04  2.03
                                            records (MAR) and medical case        C     0.15 0.45 1.85 13.98
                                            records (MCR)
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Pransky, Snyder, Dembe, and            Percent of workers reporting              Work-        %       %             Questionnaire administered to 110
     Himmelstein, Ergonomics, 42:171        musculoskeletal symptoms caused or     related      reporting  in            packers, of whom 98 reponded. Plant
     (1999, Ex. 26-922)                     aggrevated by work, compared to OSHA  Symptom             log                produces variety of children's
                                            log entries                                                                  products.
                                                                                  Hand/Wrist    86%    6%
                                                                                  Arm          33%    1%
                                                                                  Neck         21%    0
                                                                                  Back/legs     28%    2%
                                                                                  9% of workers reported that symptoms
                                                                                   resulted in lost work days over the
                                                                                   past year. 6% reported they were
                                                                                   formally assigned light-duty work
                                                                                   by plant nurse. 15% reported
                                                                                   sumptoms resulted in informal light-
                                                                                   duty work arranged by co-workers
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Park, Krebs, and Mirer, JOEM, 38:1111  Number of claims made in a sickness    Only 7 of an estimated 47 (15%) S&A   Study of an automotive assembly and
     (1996, Ex. 26-1261)                    and accident (S&A) disability (sick    upper extremity LWD cases in 1992     stamping complex employing 10,000
                                            leave) system compared to lost-work-   were recorded on the OSHA log. For    workers.
                                            day (LWD) injuries and illnesses       LWD back injuries, 27 of an
                                            recorded in OSHA log                   estimated 36 (75%) S&A cases were
                                                                                   recorded
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Park, Nelson, Silverstein, and Mirer,  Medical insurance claims linked to     From 1984 to 1987, OSHA logs failed   Conclusion based on authors' own
     JOM. 34:731. (1992, Ex. 26-1259)       work histories compared to OSHA logs   to record between 20 and 80 percent   unpublished data from insurance
                                                                                   of occupational MSDs                  records of five automotive
                                                                                                                         manufacturing plants. These records
                                                                                                                         identified 11,577 MSD health claims
                                                                                                                         made by 3,204 workers.
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Nelson, Park, Silverstein, and Mirer,  Medical insurance claims linked to     From 1985 through 1986, OSHA logs
     Am. J. Public Health. 82:1550 (1992,   work histories compared to OSHA logs   identified 59 hand/wrist MSD cases
     Ex. 26-1260)                                                                  compared to 150 cases identified in
                                                                                   health insurance records. For all
                                                                                   MSDs from 1984 through 1987, only
                                                                                   9% of cases identified through
                                                                                   insurance claims were recorded on
                                                                                   OSHA logs (the authors cite data
                                                                                   from Parks et al. (1992) indicating
                                                                                   that about half of upper extremity
                                                                                   MSD cases from insurance claims are
                                                                                   attributable to work)
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    
    [[Page 65984]]
    
       In addition to the BLS data, epidemiologic 
    studies comparing the prevalence or incidence 
    of MSDs in exposed populations with the 
    prevalence or incidence in referent groups 
    with lesser or no such exposure also document 
    the elevated risk confronting employees 
    exposed to workplace risk factors. These 
    studies also identify the types of workplace 
    risk factors associated with the development 
    of work-related musculoskeletal disorders, as 
    well as the duration of exposures found to be 
    associated with the disorders. This 
    information further supports the occupational 
    origin of the reported disorders.
       For example, the odds of having an upper 
    extremity disorder like carpal tunnel 
    syndrome or tendinitis/peritendinitis of the 
    shoulder or wrist are 5-30 times greater 
    among workers exposed to combinations of risk 
    factors such as high force, repetition and 
    awkward postures (e.g., overhead work) 
    compared either to unexposed workers or 
    workers who are exposed to a single risk 
    factor (e.g., Luopajarvi et al., 1979, Ex. 
    26-56; Armstrong et al.,1987, Ex. 26-48; 
    Silverstein et al., 1987, Ex. 26-34; deKrom 
    et al., 1990, Ex. 26-41; Herberts et al., 
    1984, Ex. 26-51). The odds of experiencing a 
    low back disorder increased 3-8 fold among 
    those workers exposed to frequent or forceful 
    manual handling, awkward trunk postures (such 
    as severe forward flexion), or to whole body 
    vibration (Liles et al., 1984, Ex. 26-33; 
    Kelsey et al., 1990, Ex. 26-52; Punnett et 
    al., 1991, Ex. 26-39; Wikstrom et al., 1994, 
    Ex. 26-61; Tanaka et al., 1995, Ex. 26-59). 
    Hip and knee disorders are associated with 
    heavy physical work and awkward postures, 
    such as kneeling and squatting, or using the 
    knee as a kicker. Thun et al. (1987, Ex. 26-
    60) reported an increased risk of bursitis in 
    carpet-layers that was 5 times higher than 
    that of the unexposed workers. In a review of 
    4 studies, Hagberg and Wegman (1987, Ex. 26-
    32) estimated the work-attributable fraction 
    of shoulder tendinitis in the exposed 
    population to be 90%. In a review of 15 
    cross-sectional and 6 case control studies of 
    carpal tunnel syndrome, Hagberg et al. (1992, 
    Ex. 26-50) estimated the work-attributable 
    fraction in the population exposed to high 
    force, high repetition, vibration or awkward 
    wrist/hand postures to be 50-90%. Olsen et 
    al. (1994, Ex. 26-57) estimated that 40% of 
    the cases of coxarthrosis (osteoarthrosis of 
    the hip) seen in the exposed working 
    population was due to heavy physical 
    workload. Thus, in general, strong and 
    consistent associations have been identified 
    in the epidemiologic literature, primarily in 
    cross-sectional and case control studies, but 
    also in prospective studies (e.g., Kurppa et 
    al., 1991, Ex. 26-53; Riihimaki et al., 1994 
    Ex. 26-58; Felson et al., 1991, Ex. 26-49). 
    Exposure-response relationships have been 
    identified in a number of studies, although 
    precise quantitative modeling is not yet 
    available.
       Based on the various data and studies 
    discussed in the Preliminary Risk Assessment 
    and Health Effects sections of the preamble, 
    OSHA preliminarily finds that workers exposed 
    to workplace risk factors are at significant 
    risk of developing work-related 
    musculoskeletal disorders, which are harmful 
    and often disabling conditions. This is 
    particularly true for workers who are exposed 
    to a combination of risk factors over most of 
    the workshift.
       The data indicate that this proposed rule 
    would, if promulgated, cause employers to 
    implement, for their problem jobs, 
    interventions that would reduce the exposure 
    of at-risk workers to workplace risk factors, 
    and thus would substantially reduce 
    significant risk. Specifically, the proposed 
    requirements to conduct job analyses and 
    implement controls where exposure to risk 
    factors is high (i.e., for manufacturing 
    jobs, manual handling operations, and other 
    jobs where a work-related MSD has occurred) 
    would help to ensure that employees are 
    exposed to fewer risk factors over time, or 
    to a combination of risk factors for a lesser 
    amount of time, than is now the case. A large 
    body of data demonstrates that workplace 
    interventions, such as job analysis to 
    identify risk factors and implementation of 
    controls to reduce exposures to these risk 
    factors, can be very effective in reducing 
    those forces responsible for musculoskeletal 
    disease and injury; this has been shown in 
    studies that have quantitatively examined the 
    impact of ergonomic interventions on 
    exposures to risk factors, as well as studies 
    and reports that have documented actual 
    reductions in injury prevalence following the 
    implementation of ergonomics programs. 
    Several of the proposed standard's ancillary 
    provisions, such as MSD management and 
    training, will provide additional protection 
    against the significant risk that will remain 
    after controls are implemented in problem 
    jobs.
    
    
    C. Preliminary Conclusions
    
       OSHA preliminarily concludes, based on the 
    evidence discussed above and elsewhere in the 
    record, that the scientific data are 
    sufficient to demonstrate that exposure to 
    work-related risk factors is associated with 
    the development of musculoskeletal disorders 
    of the upper extremities, back, and lower 
    extremities. Risk factors identified from 
    this body of literature include repetitive 
    motions; use of excessive force; segmental 
    and whole-body vibration; maintaining awkward 
    postures of the neck, wrists, arms, trunk, 
    and lower-extremities; lifting, lowering, 
    pushing, carrying, and pulling loads of 
    excessive weight; and exposing extremities to 
    temperature extremes. Depending on the 
    specific combinations of risk factors 
    encountered in the workplace, musculoskeletal 
    disorders identified as being work-related 
    include nerve entrapments such as carpal 
    tunnel syndrome (hand, wrist), trigger finger 
    (hand), De Quervains' disease (wrist), 
    tendinitis (hand, wrist, shoulder, ankle), 
    epicondylitis (elbow), rotator cuff 
    tendinitis (shoulder and neck), sciatica 
    (lower back), osteoarthritis (hip, knee), 
    bursitis (knee), and tarsal tunnel syndrome 
    (foot).
       The evidentiary base on which OSHA relies 
    in making these preliminary conclusions is 
    described fully in the Health Effects section 
    of the preamble. This evidence is comprised 
    of several hundred cross-sectional, case-
    control, prospective and case series reports 
    of working populations in a variety of 
    industrial settings. Supplementing these 
    reports is a large body of scientific 
    literature that provides data on the 
    mechanisms by which exposure to these risk 
    factors causes musculoskeletal disorders; 
    these data demonstrate the biological 
    plausibility of the relationship between 
    exposure to workplace risk factors and an 
    elevated risk of MSD injury and illness.
       MSDs have been recognized as compensable 
    under virtually all State workers' 
    compensation plans, although some states 
    limit the kinds of MSDs considered 
    compensable. Workers' compensation system 
    recognition of the work-relatedness of many 
    MSDs further demonstrates the link between 
    these disorders and risk factors on the job. 
    Taken together, OSHA believes that the 
    scientific and other evidence described in 
    the preamble to this proposed rule constitute 
    an evidentiary base of unusually depth and 
    quality.
       Accordingly, OSHA preliminarily concludes 
    that musculoskeletal disorders associated 
    with workplace exposure to workplace risk 
    factors constitute material impairments of 
    health under the OSH Act. Further, as 
    demonstrated by the evidence discussed in 
    Section B above, the data available to the 
    Agency demonstrate clearly that
    
    [[Page 65985]]
    
    workers in the occupations and industries 
    covered by the proposed ergonomics program 
    standard are at significant risk of 
    experiencing a work-related MSD over their 
    working lifetime; for many occupations and 
    industries, they are at significant risk of 
    experiencing a work-related MSD even in a 
    single year of work in their job.
    
    
    VIII. Summary of the Preliminary Economic 
    Analysis and Regulatory Flexibility Analysis
    
    
    A. Introduction
    
       OSHA's Preliminary Economic and Regulatory 
    Flexibility Analysis addresses issues related 
    to the costs, benefits, technological and 
    economic feasibility, and the economic 
    impacts (including small business impacts) of 
    the Agency's proposed ergonomics program 
    rule. The analysis also evaluates regulatory 
    and non-regulatory alternatives to the 
    proposed rule. This rule is a significant 
    rule under Executive Order 12866 and has been 
    reviewed by the Office of Information and 
    Regulatory Affairs in the Office of 
    Management and Budget, as required by the 
    executive order. In addition, this economic 
    analysis meets the requirements of both 
    Executive Order 12866 and the Regulatory 
    Flexibility Act (as amended in 1996). The 
    complete Preliminary Economic and Regulatory 
    Flexibility Analysis has been entered into 
    the rulemaking docket as Exhibit 28-1. The 
    remainder of this section of the Preamble 
    summarizes the results of that analysis.
       The purpose of this Preliminary Economic 
    and Regulatory Flexibility Analysis is to:
        Identify the establishments and 
    industries potentially affected by the 
    proposed rule;
        Estimate the benefits of the rule 
    in terms of the reduction in musculoskeletal 
    disorders (MSDs) employers will achieve by 
    coming into compliance with the ergonomics 
    program standard and some of the direct cost 
    savings associated with those reductions;
        Evaluate the costs, economic 
    impacts and small business impacts 
    establishments in the regulated community 
    will incur to establish ergonomics programs 
    to achieve compliance with the proposed 
    standard;
        Assess the economic feasibility 
    of the rule for affected industries;
        Evaluate the principal regulatory 
    and non-regulatory alternatives to the 
    proposed rule that OSHA has considered;
        Present the Initial Regulatory 
    Flexibility analysis for the proposed rule; 
    and
        Respond to the findings and 
    recommendations made to OSHA by the Small 
    Business Regulatory Enforcement Fairness Act 
    (SBREFA) Panel convened for this proposed 
    standard.
       The Preliminary Economic Analysis contains 
    the following chapters:
    
    Chapter I, Introduction
    Chapter II, Industrial Profile
    Chapter III, Technological Feasibility
    Chapter IV, Benefits
    Chapter V, Costs of Compliance
    Chapter VI, Economic Feasibility
    Chapter VII, Economic Impacts and Initial 
    Regulatory Flexibility Analysis
    Chapter VIII, Assessment of Non-Regulatory 
    Alternatives.
    
    B. Introduction and Industrial Profile 
    (Chapters I and II)
    
       The proposed ergonomics program standard 
    was developed by OSHA in response to the 
    large number of work-related musculoskeletal 
    disorders of the upper extremities, back, and 
    lower extremities that are threatening the 
    health and well-being of many U.S. workers. 
    Musculoskeletal disorders affect workers in 
    almost every occupation and industry, 
    regardless of establishment size, nature of 
    work (clerical, professional, skilled, or 
    unskilled), or industry sector. This is the 
    case because work-related musculoskeletal 
    disorders are caused or aggravated by risk 
    factors--such as repetitive motion, forceful 
    exertion, vibration, and awkward postures--
    that are present, either alone or in 
    combination, in many jobs. The large number 
    of musculoskeletal disorders--647,000 MSDs 
    resulting in at least one day away from work 
    in 1996, according to Bureau of Labor 
    Statistics (BLS) data 5--is 
    largely explained by the continued reliance 
    on unassisted lifting, carrying, and pushing/
    pulling of loads; the increasing 
    specialization of work; and the faster pace 
    of work (Ex. 26-1413).
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
      \5\ BLS reports that, in 1997, this number 
    has fallen by about 3% since 1996, to 626,000 
    lost workday cases. However, in this 
    analysis, OSHA relies on the BLS data for 
    1996, because the detailed breakdowns of the 
    1997 data needed for this economic analysis 
    are not yet available.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
       Because these characteristics of work are 
    not unique to the United States, countries of 
    every size and on every continent are also 
    experiencing significant numbers of 
    musculoskeletal disorders among their 
    workforces. Many of these countries--ranging 
    from the United Kingdom and Sweden to 
    Pakistan, Ecuador, and South Africa--have 
    already established regulatory requirements 
    designed to address some or all of the 
    workplace risk factors giving rise to these 
    disorders. A table summarizing the ergonomics 
    rules and guidelines issued by other 
    countries and organizations can be found in 
    Chapter I of the Preliminary Economic 
    Analysis.
       To reflect the ubiquitous nature of MSD 
    hazards in the workplace, the scope of the 
    proposed standard potentially encompasses all 
    workplaces within general industry. However, 
    the scope of the proposed standard is tiered 
    in a way that matches the extent of the 
    ergonomics program required to the extent of 
    the risk in different establishments.
       The proposed ergonomics program standard 
    allows employers whose employees are engaged 
    in manual handling or manufacturing 
    operations but have not experienced an MSD 
    that is covered by the standard to implement 
    only a basic program, while employers whose 
    employees work in jobs where there has been 
    at least one covered MSD must implement the 
    full program. The full program requirements 
    apply to any employer in general industry 
    whose employees experience a covered MSD, not 
    just to those whose establishments engage in 
    manual handling or manufacturing operations. 
    Many employers have found that ergonomics 
    programs that have certain elements and 
    provide a framework to systematically 
    consider and address work-related MSDs can 
    substantially reduce the number and severity 
    of these MSDs, as well as the costs 
    associated with them. There is widespread 
    agreement that successful ergonomics programs 
    include the following elements in some form:
        Management leadership and 
    employee participation
        Hazard information and employee 
    reporting
        Medical management (called ``MSD 
    management'' in the proposed rule)
        Job hazard analysis and control
        Training
        Program evaluation.
       The proposed standard adopts a tiered 
    approach to program implementation and is 
    job-based. This means that
    
    [[Page 65986]]
    
    general industry establishments whose 
    employees work in jobs that have a lower 
    probability of incurring an MSD would not be 
    required to take any action until an MSD has 
    occurred. Moreover, further action would only 
    be triggered if the MSD is determined to be 
    one that is recordable under the OSHA 
    recordkeeping standard and, in addition, is 
    determined by the employer to be the kind of 
    MSD associated with risk factors that are a 
    core element or significant part of the 
    employee's regular job duties. Establishments 
    whose employees have a higher probability of 
    incurring a covered MSD, i.e., those with 
    employees engaged in manufacturing production 
    operations or manual handling jobs, would be 
    required to implement a basic ergonomics 
    program for those jobs. The basic program 
    essentially sets up an ergonomics 
    surveillance system by establishing a way for 
    employees to report MSDs as early as 
    possible, providing them with the information 
    they need to recognize MSDs and MSD hazards, 
    and putting in place the management structure 
    and employee participation mechanisms of an 
    effective ergonomics program.
       The full program requires the employer to 
    analyze and control the ``problem'' job 
    (i.e., the job held by the injured employee 
    and other jobs in the workplace that involve 
    the same physical work activities), to 
    provide affected employers and their 
    supervisors with training, and to evaluate 
    their programs periodically. The full program 
    is only required for those jobs where a 
    covered MSD has occurred and those jobs that 
    are essentially the same, with respect to 
    physical work activities, as the job held by 
    the injured employee. In addition, if no 
    covered MSD occurs in a previously controlled 
    job for three years, the establishment is 
    permitted by the standard to drop back to the 
    basic program (if the establishment has 
    employees who are engaged in manufacturing or 
    manual handling operations) or to a program 
    involving only maintenance of the controls in 
    the problem job and any associated employer 
    training (if the establishment does not have 
    employees engaged in manufacturing operations 
    or manual handling).
       The basic program includes those elements 
    that are appropriate to workplaces where 
    problem jobs have not yet been identified:
        Management leadership, including 
    allocation of resources, information and 
    training for responsible managers or 
    supervisors, and assignment of program 
    responsibilities;
        Establishment of an employee 
    reporting system and protection against 
    discrimination for employees participating in 
    the program or reporting MSD hazards;
        Providing employees with the 
    information they need to recognize the signs 
    and symptoms of MSDs and MSD hazards; and
        Employer determination of the 
    recordability of the MSD and the relatedness 
    of the MSD to the particular employee's job 
    (to determine whether the MSD is one covered 
    by the standard at all).
       Once a covered MSD has been identified, a 
    full program is required. However, even the 
    full program may not be necessary in some 
    circumstances when such an MSD is identified. 
    For example, if the means of controlling the 
    job giving rise to the MSD are obvious and 
    the MSD hazard can be eliminated entirely, 
    the employer may choose the standard's Quick 
    Fix option and is not required to implement 
    the full program for that job.
       To determine the number of establishments 
    within the scope of the standard, OSHA needed 
    to obtain data on the number of 
    establishments with employees engaged in 
    manufacturing operations or manual handling, 
    and the number of establishments without 
    employees engaged in these activities who 
    would be brought under the standard as a 
    result of having an MSD. OSHA assumed that 
    all establishments in the manufacturing 
    sector would have employees engaged in 
    manufacturing operations. OSHA estimated the 
    number of establishments engaged in manual 
    handling on the basis of responses to a 
    question on a 1993 ergonomics survey 
    conducted by OSHA. The question asked general 
    industry employers whether any of their 
    employees engaged in lifting more than 25 
    pounds. Because lifts of 25 pounds or more 
    would not necessarily qualify as a manual 
    handling job under the proposed standard, 
    reliance on the survey responses to estimate 
    the number of establishments with manual 
    handling jobs may mean that OSHA's estimates 
    of the number of such establishments may be 
    high. To determine the likelihood that an 
    establishment would have an employee who 
    would incur an MSD, OSHA needed to determine 
    the rate of MSDs by industry. BLS provided 
    OSHA with data on the rates of lost workday 
    MSDs by industry but does not have data on 
    the rates of all MSDs, including MSDs 
    involving restricted work only and those 
    involving no lost worktime (Ex. 26-1413). In 
    this analysis, OSHA estimates the rate of all 
    MSDs on an industry-by-industry basis. To 
    obtain the total MSD rate for each industry 
    (including lost workday MSDs, restricted work 
    MSDs, and non-lost workday MSDs), OSHA 
    multiplied the reported rate of MSDs 
    involving days away from work by the 
    industry-specific ratio of the rate of all 
    injuries and illnesses involving days away 
    from work to the rate of all injuries and 
    illnesses. The number of reported lost 
    workday MSDs in each industry was then 
    multiplied by this ratio to obtain the total 
    MSD rate for each industry.
       Table VIII-1, based on data from County 
    Business Patterns for 1996, shows the three-
    digit industries covered by the standard and 
    the number of employees and establishments in 
    each covered industry within the general 
    industry sector (Ex. 28-2). Table VIII-1 also 
    shows the estimated annual incidence rates 
    for all MSDs (lost workday, restricted work, 
    and non-lost workday) for each industry. 
    (These rates differ from those shown in the 
    risk assessment section of the Preamble 
    because they include an estimate of all MSDs, 
    rather than lost workday MSDs only, and 
    because they use County Business Patterns 
    estimates of industry employment in computing 
    MSD rates.) Table VIII-1 shows that the total 
    MSD incidence rates in general industry range 
    as high as 3,434 per 10,000 workers (in Truck 
    Terminal and Joint Terminal Maintenance 
    Facilities for trucks (SIC 423)). A total of 
    about 6 million establishments and 93 million 
    employees are present in general industry.
    
    BILLING CODE 4510-26-P
    
    [[Page 65987]]
    
    [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP23NO99.013
    
    
    
    [[Page 65988]]
    
    [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP23NO99.014
    
    
    
    [[Page 65989]]
    
    [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP23NO99.015
    
    
    
    [[Page 65990]]
    
    [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP23NO99.016
    
    
    
    [[Page 65991]]
    
    [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP23NO99.017
    
    
    
    [[Page 65992]]
    
    [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP23NO99.018
    
    
    
    [[Page 65993]]
    
    [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP23NO99.019
    
    
    
    BILLING CODE 4510-C
    
    [[Page 65994]]
    
       Table VIII-2 shows that about 2 million of 
    the establishments in general industry (or 
    about one-third of all establishments) will 
    be covered by the standard (either by a basic 
    or a full program) in the first year after 
    the standard goes into effect (Table VIII-2). 
    This table breaks these establishments out by 
    those within the scope of the proposed 
    standard because they have employees engaged 
    in manufacturing operations, because they 
    have employees engaged in manual handling, or 
    have employees engaged in other activities 
    that have caused a covered MSD. About 373,000 
    establishments are estimated to need a basic 
    program as a result of having employees 
    engaged in manufacturing operations, and a 
    total of about 976,000 establishments will 
    need a basic program because they have 
    employees engaged in manual handling. In the 
    first year of the standard's implementation, 
    about 600,000 establishments whose employees 
    engage in other general industry jobs (i.e., 
    have jobs that do not involve either manual 
    handling or manufacturing operations) will 
    need to fix jobs because they have an 
    employee who has incurred a covered MSD. In 
    the first year, approximately 7.7 million 
    jobs will be fixed as a result of the 
    ergonomics program standard. At the end of 
    ten years, approximately 30 million problem 
    jobs will have been fixed (see Chapter IV of 
    the Preliminary Economic Analysis).
    
    BILLING CODE 4510-26-P
    
    [[Page 65995]]
    
    [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP23NO99.020
    
    
    
    [[Page 65996]]
    
    [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP23NO99.021
    
    
    
    [[Page 65997]]
    
    [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP23NO99.022
    
    
    
    [[Page 65998]]
    
    [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP23NO99.023
    
    
    
    [[Page 65999]]
    
    [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP23NO99.024
    
    
    
    [[Page 66000]]
    
    [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP23NO99.025
    
    
    
    BILLING CODE 4510-26-C
    
    [[Page 66001]]
    
    C. Technological Feasibility (Chapter III)
    
       Only a few of the proposed rule's 
    provisions are related to technological 
    feasibility; these are the job hazard 
    analysis and control provisions in sections 
    1910.917 through 1910.922. These provisions 
    require employers to analyze those jobs that 
    have been linked to a covered MSD, as well as 
    other jobs in the workplace that involve the 
    same work activities and conditions as the 
    job in which the covered MSD was reported. 
    Once the job has been analyzed, employers 
    must evaluate the risk factors identified by 
    the job hazard analysis and implement 
    controls to eliminate or materially reduce 
    the MSD hazards in the job.
       Employers are permitted by the proposed 
    standard to use any combination of 
    engineering, administrative, or work practice 
    controls to achieve the required level of 
    control. Engineering controls are always the 
    control method of choice, because they 
    eliminate the hazard at its source. However, 
    the standard permits employers to use work 
    practice and administrative controls to 
    address MSD hazards as well. Personal 
    protective equipment (PPE) may be used to 
    supplement engineering, work practice, and/or 
    administrative controls, but it may not be 
    used as the only method of control unless 
    other controls are not feasible. In addition, 
    the proposed standard notes that back belts 
    and wrist braces are not considered PPE under 
    this standard because these devices do not 
    provide an effective barrier between the MSD 
    hazard and the employee. The standard also 
    permits employers to implement an incremental 
    abatement process, i.e., to try a control 
    that is reasonably anticipated to materially 
    reduce the MSD hazard adequately and to try 
    another such control if the first control 
    fails.
       The proposed rule also clearly states that 
    the controls that must be applied to the 
    problem job are limited to those that are 
    feasible. The Technological Feasibility 
    chapter of the analysis provides an extensive 
    list exemplifying the control measures that 
    employers have found effective in addressing 
    the risk factors of concern: forceful 
    exertion, repetitive motions, awkward 
    postures, vibration, contact stress, static 
    postures, and cold temperatures. These are 
    discussed in connection with manual handling, 
    manufacturing production, and other general 
    industry jobs.
       Chapter III includes lists of controls to 
    address each of the relevant risk factors 
    associated with these jobs. Numerous 
    intervention studies have also shown that 
    controls of these kinds work to reduce risk 
    factors and MSDs among workers in the jobs 
    targeted by this standard. In addition, 
    thousands of employers have implemented 
    successful ergonomics programs and have 
    identified many feasible engineering, 
    administrative, and work practice controls to 
    reduce the number and severity of the MSDs 
    occurring in their workplaces. In addition, 
    OSHA's 1993 ergonomics survey showed that 50% 
    of general industry employees worked in 
    establishments that have ergonomics programs, 
    and OSHA expects that this percentage has 
    grown since that time. Based on this 
    evidence, OSHA preliminarily concludes that 
    the proposed standard is technologically 
    feasible for general industry employers with 
    problem jobs. Ergonomic controls, including 
    engineering, work practice, and 
    administrative controls, as demonstrated by 
    the many published case studies (such as 
    those captured by the scenarios in Appendix 
    III-A to Chapter III), are widely available, 
    well understood, and demonstrably effective 
    in reducing MSD hazards in the workplace.
    
    
    D. Benefits Analysis (Chapter IV)
    
       In its analysis of both the benefits and 
    costs of the proposed standard, OSHA has 
    estimated MSD rates based on BLS data. As 
    discussed in the Preliminary Risk Assessment 
    section of the Preamble, there is extensive 
    evidence that MSDs are underreported to the 
    BLS, perhaps by as much as 50 percent. To the 
    extent that those provisions of the standard 
    that are designed to encourage reporting 
    increase the number of MSDs reported, both 
    the costs and benefits of the proposed 
    standard would be affected. (See the Initial 
    Regulatory Flexibility Analysis, Section 
    VIII. H., for a discussion of possible 
    impacts of increased reporting on both the 
    benefits and costs of the proposed standard.) 
    However, the proposed standard also creates 
    incentives for employers to discourage 
    employee reporting of MSDs, because the 
    reporting of a covered MSD is the event under 
    the standard that triggers the need to 
    implement job controls and/or a full program. 
    In this Preliminary Economic Analysis, OSHA 
    has chosen to assume that these two effects 
    will leave the current MSD reporting rate 
    unaffected. However, OSHA welcomes data and 
    comments on the extent of MSD underreporting, 
    possible increases in the reporting of MSDs 
    that may occur after employers implement an 
    ergonomics program, and on the incentive 
    effects of the proposed standard on employee 
    reporting of MSDs.
       Most of the benefits of the proposed 
    standard will be generated when employers fix 
    their problem jobs and thus reduce the number 
    of covered MSDs these jobs cause. Hazard 
    information, MSD management and work 
    restriction protection will also generate 
    benefits because they will ensure that MSDs 
    are identified and treated early in their 
    development, thus preventing progression of 
    the MSD to a serious long-term disability. 
    However, OSHA has not yet found ways to 
    separately calculate the benefits of fixing 
    problem jobs and the benefits of early 
    detection, although the Agency is aware that 
    early reporting and medical management have 
    substantial benefits that are similar to 
    those associated with preventive medicine in 
    general. For example, Oxenburgh et al. (1985) 
    compared two groups of VDU operators (Ex. 26-
    1041). In Group A, which did not report early 
    or receive medical management early, 22% of 
    cases were at the second or third stage by 
    the time they sought medical attention, 
    compared with 8% at these stages in Group B, 
    which had been made aware of the need to 
    report early and the value of prompt medical 
    management. The mean period of absence for 
    Group A workers was 33.9 days; only 25% of 
    this group continued to work (i.e., at 
    alternate duty) throughout the period of 
    recuperation. In Group B, however, the mean 
    period of absence from work was only 3.4 
    days, and fully 80% of this group remained in 
    alternate duty throughout. The mean number of 
    alternate duty days was 91 days for Group A 
    workers and 31.5 days for those in Group B. 
    The total amount of time the average worker 
    in Group A lost, either to days away or 
    alternate duty, was 124.9 days; in Group B, 
    this figure decreased by 72%, to 34.9 days. 
    Thus the elements of the basic program plus 
    medical management can have substantial 
    benefits even in the absence of a full 
    program. Most employers who have implemented 
    ergonomics programs agree, and have included 
    both hazard identification, early reporting, 
    and medical management elements in their 
    programs.
       Most of the preventive, as against 
    remedial, benefits of the proposed ergonomics 
    program standard will stem, however, from the 
    implementation of the full program, because 
    the standard's most important preventive 
    elements are job hazard analysis and control. 
    The proposed standard (and therefore this 
    economic analysis) is structured in such a 
    way that the number of jobs fixed in any 
    given year depends on the number of covered 
    MSDs projected to occur and the number of 
    workers OSHA estimates hold jobs that involve 
    the same physical work activities as the job 
    giving rise to
    
    [[Page 66002]]
    
    the covered MSD. The number of workers 
    holding the same job, as defined by the 
    standard, varies by industry and job.
       A review of 88 studies of ergonomics 
    program interventions showed that they 
    reduced MSDs by an average of 67 percent (the 
    median effectiveness rate for these studies 
    was 64 percent). (These case studies are 
    largely pre- and post-intervention studies of 
    control effectiveness, expressed in terms of 
    reductions in the MSD rate.) Those studies 
    from this group that provide information on 
    reductions in lost workday case rates and 
    reductions in the value of workers' 
    compensation claims demonstrate that these 
    programs are even more effective in reducing 
    more serious MSDs than they are in reducing 
    all types of MSDs. These intervention studies 
    are, in turn, supported by the results of a 
    large group of epidemiological studies of the 
    work-related risk factors leading to MSDs 
    (see the Preliminary Risk Assessment section 
    of this preamble). That section describes the 
    results of a large number of risk ratio 
    studies reviewed by NIOSH (NIOSH 1997), which 
    found that reducing the risk factors present 
    in the jobs of the exposed populations (those 
    who had experienced MSDs) to the risk factor 
    levels found in the jobs of the control (non-
    exposed) populations in these studies would 
    result in a 69% reduction in the number of 
    MSDs of the neck or shoulder in the exposed 
    population, a 57% to 86% reduction in the 
    number of upper extremity disorders in this 
    population, and a 56% reduction in the number 
    of MSDs of the back. OSHA assumes, for the 
    purpose of this benefits analysis, that the 
    levels of risk factors present in the jobs of 
    the workers in the control populations (i.e., 
    the exposures of the control group workers to 
    forceful exertions, awkward or static 
    posture, repetitive motions, etc.) are 
    equivalent to the levels of these risk 
    factors that would be present in jobs that 
    have been controlled or ``fixed,'' as would 
    be required by the proposed standard. Based 
    on the data from these two sources (the 
    intervention studies and the risk ratio 
    studies), which report effectiveness rates 
    that are strikingly consistent, OSHA 
    estimates that the ergonomics program 
    required by the proposed standard will 
    prevent 50 percent of the covered MSDs that 
    would otherwise have occurred in problem 
    jobs. OSHA believes that this estimate of the 
    effectiveness of the proposed standard is 
    conservative, because many programs achieve 
    substantially higher reductions and some 
    eliminate MSD hazards entirely.
       Determining the number of employees whose 
    jobs will be fixed by the full ergonomics 
    program required by the standard is unusually 
    complicated because of the structure of the 
    proposed standard itself. For example, the 
    full program is applicable only to employees 
    in a job in which a covered MSD has occurred 
    and to other employees in the establishment 
    in the same job, as defined by the standard.
       Any analysis of the number of employees 
    affected by the program envisioned by the 
    proposed rule must consider: (1) That some 
    MSDs initially reported to employers will 
    turn out, on closer examination, not to be 
    covered MSDs, and (2) that some MSDs will 
    continue to occur in jobs that have already 
    been fixed. To OSHA's knowledge, there are no 
    data on either of these points.
       Lacking such data, OSHA assumes, for 
    analytical purposes, that all OSHA-recordable 
    MSDs, rather than a portion of all OSHA-
    recordable MSDs, that occur in jobs that have 
    not been fixed will require employers to 
    implement a full program, and that all MSDs, 
    rather than some MSDs, subsequently occurring 
    in jobs that have already been fixed will not 
    be covered MSDs and will thus not require 
    employers to implement a full program. In 
    other words, in terms of this analysis, OSHA 
    treats these two factors as offsets of each 
    other, i.e., that the number of MSDs screened 
    out will be equal to the number of MSDs 
    subsequently occurring in controlled jobs. In 
    actuality, some problem jobs that have been 
    fixed will need further hazard control, and 
    some covered MSDs will continue to occur in 
    jobs that have not been fixed but will 
    nevertheless not trigger implementation of 
    the full program. The result of these 
    simplifying assumptions is to overestimate 
    the frequency with which a full program will 
    be needed in the first years after the 
    standard is implemented and to underestimate 
    the frequency with which a full program will 
    be needed in the out-years. Because this 
    analysis only covers the first 10 years 
    following the proposed standard's effective 
    date, OSHA believes that these simplifying 
    assumptions are likely to lead to an 
    overestimate of both the benefits and costs. 
    (In its cost analysis, OSHA assumes that 
    employers will incur costs to investigate all 
    MSDs that occur; thus, the simplifying 
    assumptions used here are not carried forward 
    into the cost analysis, which instead assumes 
    that employers will assess the OSHA 
    recordability and then the covered status of 
    all MSDs occurring among their employees.)
       OSHA estimates that employers will be 
    required to fix approximately 7.7 million 
    jobs in the first year the standard is in 
    place, and a diminishing number every year 
    thereafter. Over ten years, approximately 30 
    million jobs will be fixed. OSHA estimates 
    that fixing these jobs will reduce the number 
    of covered MSDs caused by these jobs by 50 
    percent per year (based on the effectiveness 
    rate derived above) for the next ten years 
    (the time horizon of this analysis). In the 
    first 10 years, the proposed standard is 
    therefore projected to avert approximately 3 
    million MSDs. By the tenth year the proposed 
    standard is in place, it will have reduced 
    the number of general industry MSDs by 26 
    percent, compared with the number of MSDs 
    reported by the BLS for general industry in 
    1996.
       OSHA estimates that the direct cost 
    savings associated with each MSD, including 
    the savings in lost productivity, lost tax 
    payments, and administrative costs for 
    workers' compensation claims, are $22,500 per 
    MSD (1996 dollars). These direct cost savings 
    do not attribute a value or assign a monetary 
    cost to the pain and suffering of injured or 
    ill workers, losses to their families, or 
    losses of the worker's ability to contribute 
    at home, and are thus conservative estimates 
    of these savings. Based on this estimate of 
    the direct cost savings associated with each 
    covered MSD avoided, the annualized benefits 
    (using a discount rate of 7%) accruing in the 
    first ten years the standard is in effect are 
    estimated to be $9.1 billion per year.
    
    
    E. Costs of Compliance (Chapter V)
    
       This chapter presents OSHA's estimates of 
    the costs employers would incur to comply 
    with the proposed ergonomics program rule. 
    The costs reported are annualized costs 
    measured in 1996 real dollars for the first 
    10 years the rule is in effect. To calculate 
    annualized costs, non-recurring costs have 
    been annualized using a discount rate of 7 
    percent for an estimated life of 10 years. 
    The cost analysis does not account for any 
    changes in the economy over time, or for 
    possible adjustments in the demand and supply 
    of goods, changes in production methods, 
    investment effects, or macroeconomic effects 
    of the standard. Taking account of all of 
    these effects could increase or decrease the 
    cost or benefit estimates presented here, 
    although the macroeconomic effects of any 
    rule whose costs are less than 0.05 percent 
    of GNP are likely to be minimal. OSHA 
    believes that its approach, i.e., of 
    determining the benefits and costs of the 
    standard for industry as it is today, is the 
    least
    
    [[Page 66003]]
    
    speculative and least controversial way of 
    presenting the benefits and costs of the 
    proposed standard.
       OSHA relied on responses to a 1993 
    ergonomics survey (see Appendix II-A to 
    Chapter II of the Preliminary Economic 
    Analysis) of thousands of general industry 
    employers to estimate the extent to which 
    establishments within the scope of the 
    standard already have implemented ergonomics 
    programs involving the control of jobs. This 
    current industry baseline was taken into 
    account in calculating industry-by-industry 
    and size-of-establishment cost estimates, 
    i.e., any costs employers have already 
    incurred, and any benefits they have already 
    accrued, to voluntarily implement such 
    programs have not been attributed to the 
    proposed rule.
       Costs were calculated separately at the 
    three-digit SIC code level for all 
    industries. These industry-by-industry cost 
    estimates account for differences among 
    industries in terms of wage rates, turnover, 
    baseline rates of compliance, and the MSD 
    rate for the industry. To facilitate analysis 
    of the impacts of the proposed rule on small 
    businesses, costs were calculated separately 
    for each of three size classes of 
    establishments. The Initial Regulatory 
    Flexibility Analysis (Section VIII. H. of 
    this Preamble) provides a detailed summary of 
    OSHA's unit cost estimates for each element 
    of the standard.
       Table VIII-3 presents the annualized costs 
    of the proposed ergonomics program standard. 
    As this table shows, the total annualized 
    costs to society are $3.4 billion, and the 
    costs to employers are $4.2 billion. (The 
    difference in these cost estimates is 
    accounted for by the fact that an annualized 
    cost of $875 million represents a shift in 
    the costs employees are currently paying in 
    the form of lost wages to costs that 
    employers would be required to incur in the 
    form of work restriction protection costs, 
    i.e., a shift in costs from employees to 
    employers.) The job control provisions of the 
    standard account for $2.3 billion, or 54 
    percent of the standard's total costs, and 
    the work restriction protection provision 
    accounts for $875 million, or 21 percent of 
    this total.
    
    BILLING CODE 4510-26-P
    
    [[Page 66004]]
    
    [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP23NO99.026
    
    
    
    [[Page 66005]]
    
    [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP23NO99.027
    
    
    
    [[Page 66006]]
    
    [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP23NO99.028
    
    
    
    [[Page 66007]]
    
    [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP23NO99.029
    
    
    
    [[Page 66008]]
    
    [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP23NO99.030
    
    
    
    [[Page 66009]]
    
    [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP23NO99.031
    
    
    
    BILLING CODE 4510-26-C
    
    [[Page 66010]]
    
       Estimates of the costs of job control are 
    presented as net costs, because OSHA has 
    taken the benefits employers often accrue 
    from productivity improvements associated 
    with job controls as offsets to the costs of 
    job control. OSHA estimates that the labor 
    savings (productivity improvements) provided 
    by the job controls the standard will require 
    will amount to approximately $1.3 billion per 
    year in annualized savings.6 OSHA 
    believes that many ergonomic interventions 
    improve productivity, either because they 
    reduce employee fatigue and relieve muscle 
    pain (which means that the employee will do 
    more work in less time), or because they 
    involve automating portions of jobs in ways 
    that can be expected to improve productivity. 
    In addition to such direct effects on 
    productivity, ergonomic interventions 
    frequently offset the employers' cost for 
    controls by:
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
      \6\ OSHA estimated productivity impacts by 
    determining the average percentage reduction 
    from gross costs caused by productivity in a 
    set of examples of ergonomic interventions. 
    Please see the Preliminary Economic Analysis, 
    particularly Tables V-17 through V-19, for 
    details.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
        Reducing absenteeism because a 
    worker is less likely to take time off to 
    recover from muscle soreness, fatigue, etc.;
        Reducing turnover, particularly 
    since new hires are more likely to find an 
    ergonomically designed job within their 
    physical capacity;
        Improving product quality because 
    fewer errors are made when processes are more 
    automated and demand less physical effort.
       These positive productivity impacts are 
    attested to by the experience of many 
    employers (see the productivity tables in 
    Chapter V of the Preliminary Economic 
    Analysis). OSHA's 1993 ergonomics survey of 
    general industry employers found that 30 
    percent of those employers who had 
    implemented ergonomics controls reported that 
    their ergonomics programs had had measurable 
    positive impacts on productivity. On average, 
    these employers (including the few employers 
    who reported that their controls had negative 
    impacts on productivity) reported a weighted 
    average productivity improvement of 7 percent 
    per intervention. A review of the case 
    studies of ergonomics programs discussed in 
    Chapter IV found that one program in four 
    reported having produced an increase in 
    productivity.
    
    
    F. Economic Feasibility (Chapter VI)
    
       The OSH Act requires the Agency to set 
    standards for toxic materials and harmful 
    physical agents (such as musculoskeletal risk 
    factors) that are feasible, both 
    technologically and economically. To 
    demonstrate that a standard is feasible, the 
    courts have held that OSHA must ``construct a 
    reasonable estimate of compliance costs and 
    demonstrate a reasonable likelihood that 
    these costs will not threaten the existence 
    or competitive structure of an industry, even 
    if it does portend disaster for some marginal 
    firms'' [United Steelworkers of America, AFL-
    CIO-CLC v. Marshall (the ``Lead'' decision)].
       OSHA's analysis of economic feasibility is 
    conducted on an establishment basis. For each 
    affected industry, estimates of per-
    establishment annualized compliance costs are 
    compared with per-establishment estimates of 
    revenues and per-establishment estimates of 
    profits, using two worst-case assumptions 
    about the ability of employers to pass the 
    costs of compliance through to their 
    customers: the no cost passthrough assumption 
    and the full cost passthrough assumption. 
    Based on the results of these comparisons, 
    which bound the universe of potential impacts 
    of the proposed standard, OSHA then assesses 
    the proposed standard's economic feasibility 
    for establishments in all covered industries.
       OSHA assumed that the establishments 
    falling within the scope of the proposed 
    standard had the same average sales and 
    profits as other establishments in their 
    industries. This assumption is reasonable 
    because there is no evidence suggesting that 
    the financial characteristics of those firms 
    whose employees experience covered MSDs are 
    different from firms that do not have covered 
    MSDs among their workforce. Absent such 
    evidence, OSHA relied on the best available 
    financial data (those from the Bureau of the 
    Census (Ex. 28-6) and Robert Morris 
    Associates), used commonly accepted 
    methodology to calculate industry averages, 
    and based its analysis of the significance of 
    the projected economic impacts and the 
    feasibility of compliance on these data.
       The analysis of the potential impacts of 
    the proposed standard on before-tax profits 
    and sales shown in Table VIII-4 is a 
    screening analysis because it simply measures 
    costs as a percentage of pre-tax profits and 
    sales under the worst-case assumptions 
    discussed above, but does not predict impacts 
    on these before-tax profits or sales. The 
    screening analysis is used to determine 
    whether the compliance costs potentially 
    associated with the proposed standard could 
    lead to significant impacts on affected 
    establishments. The actual impact of the 
    proposed standard on the profit and sales of 
    establishments in a given industry will 
    depend on the price elasticity of demand for 
    the products or services of establishments in 
    that industry.
       Table VIII-4 shows that the potential 
    impacts of the proposed standard on average 
    industry profits are small, even under the 
    worst-case scenario of no cost passthrough. 
    For all industries as a whole, annualized 
    compliance costs are 0.6 percent of profits. 
    Compliance costs potentially exceed 5 percent 
    of profits only for 10 industry groups, and 
    they exceed 10 percent of profits only in one 
    industry (SIC 561, Men's and boy's clothing 
    stores). This potential impact is accounted 
    for in this industry by the fact that, as 
    reported by Robert Morris Associates (RMA), 
    this industry's profits are extremely small--
    0.1 percent of sales (compared with an 
    average profit of 4.89 percent for all 
    industries).
       Based on the data for establishments in 
    all industries shown in Table VIII-4, OSHA 
    preliminarily concludes that the proposed 
    ergonomics program standard is economically 
    feasible for the industries covered by the 
    standard. OSHA reaches this conclusion based 
    on the fact that, even under the worst case 
    scenarios of full cost passthrough and no 
    cost passthrough, respectively, impacts on 
    average industry revenues are only 0.03 
    percent, and impacts on average profits are 
    only 0.6 percent. In only one industry, SIC 
    561, do worst-case profit impacts exceed 10 
    percent and, as discussed above, this 
    industry's profits are abnormally low (only 
    0.1 percent of sales). The average annual 
    profit per establishment for the 
    establishments in SIC 561 is $721, by far the 
    lowest profit for any of the approximately 
    300 industries shown in Table VIII-4.
    
    BILLING CODE 4510-26-P
    
    [[Page 66011]]
    
    [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP23NO99.032
    
    
    
    [[Page 66012]]
    
    [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP23NO99.033
    
    
    
    [[Page 66013]]
    
    [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP23NO99.034
    
    
    
    [[Page 66014]]
    
    [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP23NO99.035
    
    
    
    [[Page 66015]]
    
    [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP23NO99.036
    
    
    
    [[Page 66016]]
    
    [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP23NO99.037
    
    
    
    [[Page 66017]]
    
    [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP23NO99.038
    
    
    
    [[Page 66018]]
    
    [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP23NO99.039
    
    
    
    BILLING CODE 4510-26-C
    
    [[Page 66019]]
    
       However, because Table VIII-4 also shows 
    that the proposed standard's worst-case 
    impacts are potentially concentrated in a few 
    industries, OSHA analyzed potential impacts 
    on establishments in these industries, termed 
    ``affected industry establishments'' in this 
    analysis. Affected establishments are defined 
    for this analysis as those without an 
    ergonomics program and whose employees are 
    projected to incur a covered MSD in the next 
    10 years. OSHA's analysis of affected 
    establishments thus looks at the potential 
    for adverse impacts on those firms likely to 
    experience the greatest impacts under the two 
    worst-case scenarios described above.
        The results of this analysis are 
    presented in Table VIII-4, which shows:
        Data on the number of affected 
    establishments potentially affected over 10 
    years;
        Annualized costs of compliance 
    per affected establishment; and
        Annualized costs of compliance as 
    a percentage of establishment revenues and 
    establishment profits.
       Although Table VIII-4 projects, as would 
    be expected, potentially greater impacts on 
    the profits and revenues of affected 
    establishments than was the case for all 
    establishments, the proposed standard's 
    worst-case impacts overall are only 0.1 
    percent of revenues and 2.1 percent of 
    profits even for these affected 
    establishments. Table VIII-4 shows that 
    impacts do not exceed 1 percent of revenues 
    for affected establishments in any affected 
    industry, even using these worst-case 
    assumptions.
       However, under the worst-case no cost 
    passthrough scenario, Table VIII-4 projects 
    profit impacts exceeding 20 percent on 
    affected establishments in three industry 
    groups: SIC 138 (Oil and gas field services), 
    SIC 561 (Men's and boy's clothing stores), 
    and SIC 833 (Job training and related 
    services). As discussed above, SIC 561's 
    annual profit of $721 is lower by a factor of 
    5 than the profit for affected establishments 
    in any other industry shown on Table VIII-4, 
    and establishments in SICs 138 and 833 have 
    average profits of only 2.0 percent and 2.5 
    percent, respectively, approximately one-half 
    the average profit rate for firms in all 
    industries.
       Nevertheless, OSHA analyzed the impacts of 
    the proposed standard on these four 
    industries more extensively to determine what 
    factors might account for these potential 
    worst-case effects on profits. As discussed 
    above, establishments in SIC 561, Men's and 
    boy's clothing, have profits that are lower, 
    by a factor of 5, than those for any other 
    industry shown on Table VIII-4. In an 
    industry such as this, even the very small 
    per-establishment cost of the ergonomics 
    standard--$404--represents a large share of 
    annual profits. Establishments in this 
    industry are already experiencing serious 
    problems, but the compliance costs of the 
    standard are not the source of these 
    problems.
       In the oil and gas field services (SIC 
    138) and job training and related services 
    (SIC 833) industries, establishments are 
    likely to be able to raise their prices 
    without losing business, because both of 
    these services serve local markets and/or 
    occupy a specialized niche. For job training 
    establishments, a price increase of only 0.5 
    percent would totally restore profits, even 
    under this worst-case scenario. For oil and 
    gas field services establishments, the story 
    is the same: a price increase of 0.45 percent 
    would restore profits. Even if establishments 
    in these industries were completely unable to 
    pass any costs through, a highly unlikely 
    event, as the Court pointed out in ADA v. 
    Secretary of Labor, the profits of these 
    industries would only decline to 2.25 
    percent, compared with the current 2.5 
    percent rate for SIC 833, and to 1.8 percent, 
    compared with the current 2.0 percent profit 
    rate for SIC 138. These kinds of changes in 
    profit rates are within the range of normal 
    fluctuations in profits in most industries.
       Thus, OSHA preliminarily finds, even for 
    the potentially most impacted industries, and 
    even assuming absolutely no cost passthrough, 
    that the viability of affected firms will not 
    be adversely impacted by the compliance costs 
    associated with the proposed standard. OSHA 
    has therefore preliminarily concluded that 
    the proposed standard is economically 
    feasible for all affected industries. OSHA 
    has shown that, in the words of the Lead 
    decision, the costs of compliance associated 
    with the standard ``will not threaten the 
    existence or competitive structure'' of any 
    affected industry.
    
    
    G. Economic Impacts
    
       To identify possible economic impacts, 
    OSHA compared annualized costs to revenues 
    and profits for all covered establishments, 
    for all establishments defined as small using 
    Small Business Administration (SBA) size 
    criteria, and for all establishments with 1-
    19 employees (Ex. 28-3). The comparison was 
    made for establishments in each of these 
    three size classes, for all establishments, 
    and for affected establishments alone 
    (affected establishments are defined as those 
    without programs in place and whose employees 
    will experience at least one covered MSD in 
    the 10 years after the standard is 
    promulgated). Costs were annualized over ten 
    years, including the costs of controlling all 
    of the MSDs projected to occur in the 
    facility over that time period.
       OSHA analyzed the impacts of the proposed 
    standard's annualized compliance costs on 
    establishments in each 3-digit SIC industry. 
    The results of this analysis are shown in 
    Tables VIII-5 and VIII-6. OSHA's procedures 
    call for the agency to conduct an Initial 
    Regulatory Flexibility Analysis if, in any 
    affected sector, the impact of the annualized 
    compliance costs exceed 1 percent of revenues 
    or 5 percent of profits for a substantial 
    number of small entities. As Table VIII-5 
    shows, in no 3-digit industry do the expected 
    costs of compliance exceed 1 percent of 
    revenues. However, the impact of the 
    compliance costs exceeds 5 percent of profits 
    for 27 industries.
       Table VIII-5 shows that, across all small 
    business firms in all 3-digit industries, 
    costs as a percentage of revenues average 
    0.04 percent. Focusing more narrowly on 
    affected establishments (i.e., those whose 
    employees will experience a covered MSD), 
    Table VIII-5 shows that, even in this extreme 
    case, costs are not estimated to exceed 1.5 
    percent of revenues in any 3-digit industry. 
    Table VIII-5 does show that costs in 27 
    industries exceed 5 percent of profits, and 
    do so in approximately one-third of all 3-
    digit SICs, when impacts are considered only 
    for affected establishments.
       Table VIII-6 shows a similar pattern of 
    impacts for employers with fewer than 20 
    employees: costs do not exceed one percent of 
    revenues for very small establishments in any 
    industry. Focusing only on affected 
    establishments, Table VIII-6 shows that no 3-
    digit industry has estimated costs that 
    exceed one percent of average revenues. The 
    costs of compliance do, however, have higher 
    impacts on the estimated profits of very 
    small affected establishments. In almost half 
    of all industry sectors, costs exceed 5 
    percent of profits for very small affected 
    establishments.
    
    BILLING 4510-26-P
    
    [[Page 66020]]
    
    [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP23NO99.040
    
    
    
    [[Page 66021]]
    
    [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP23NO99.041
    
    
    
    [[Page 66022]]
    
    [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP23NO99.042
    
    
    
    [[Page 66023]]
    
    [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP23NO99.043
    
    
    
    [[Page 66024]]
    
    [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP23NO99.044
    
    
    
    [[Page 66025]]
    
    [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP23NO99.045
    
    
    
    [[Page 66026]]
    
    [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP23NO99.046
    
    
    
    [[Page 66027]]
    
    [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP23NO99.047
    
    
    
    [[Page 66028]]
    
    [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP23NO99.048
    
    
    
    [[Page 66029]]
    
    [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP23NO99.049
    
    
    
    [[Page 66030]]
    
    [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP23NO99.050
    
    
    
    [[Page 66031]]
    
    [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP23NO99.051
    
    
    
    [[Page 66032]]
    
    [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP23NO99.052
    
    
    
    [[Page 66033]]
    
    [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP23NO99.053
    
    
    
    [[Page 66034]]
    
    [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP23NO99.054
    
    
    
    BILLING CODE 4510-26-C
    
    [[Page 66035]]
    
       Based on these findings, OSHA convened a 
    Small Business Regulatory Enforcement 
    Fairness Act (SBREFA) Panel (the report of 
    the Panel is in the docket of this rulemaking 
    as Ex. 23) and an Initial Regulatory 
    Flexibility Analysis, which is presented in 
    the next section.
    
    
    H. Initial Regulatory Flexibility Analysis
    
       The Regulatory Flexibility Act, as amended 
    in 1996, requires that an Initial Regulatory 
    Flexibility Analysis (IRFA) contain the 
    following elements:
       (1) A description of the reasons why 
    action by the Agency is being considered;
       (2) A succinct statement of the objectives 
    of, and legal basis for, the proposed rule;
       (3) A description of and, where feasible, 
    an estimate of the number of small entities 
    to which the proposed rule will apply;
       (4) A description of the projected 
    reporting, recordkeeping and other compliance 
    requirements of the proposed rule, including 
    an estimate of the classes of small entities 
    that will be subject to the requirements and 
    the type of professional skills necessary for 
    preparation of the report or record; and
       (5) An identification, to the extent 
    practicable, of all relevant Federal rules 
    that may duplicate, overlap or conflict with 
    the proposed rule.
    
    In addition, a Regulatory Flexibility 
    Analysis must contain a description of any 
    significant alternatives to the proposed rule 
    that accomplish the stated objectives of the 
    applicable statute (in this case the OSH Act) 
    and that minimize any significant economic 
    impact of the proposed rule on small 
    entities.5
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
      \5\ The Regulatory Flexibility Act states 
    that a Regulatory Flexibility Analysis need 
    not contain all of the above elements in toto 
    if these elements are presented elsewhere in 
    the documentation and analysis of the rule. 
    The Regulatory Flexibility Analysis should, 
    however, summarize where these elements can 
    be found elsewhere in the rulemaking record.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    
    1. Description of the Reasons for Agency 
    Action
    
       As discussed in detail in section H.2, 
    below, OSHA has determined that it is 
    appropriate to propose an ergonomics program 
    standard to ensure that general industry 
    employers whose employees have experienced an 
    MSD covered by the standard are afforded the 
    protection provided by the quick fix option 
    or the full ergonomics program. Employers are 
    required by the full program to perform a job 
    hazard analysis of the job and to implement 
    controls that are reasonably anticipated to 
    eliminate or materially reduce the risk 
    factors giving rise to the ergonomics injury 
    or illness.
       Musculoskeletal disorders have continued 
    to occur in the workplace in large numbers: 
    in 1996, 647,000 lost workday MSDs were 
    reported by employers to the Bureau of Labor 
    Statistics, and OSHA estimates that the 
    number of non-lost workday MSDs (i.e., 
    restricted work MSDs and non-lost workday 
    MSDs) occurring in the same year brings this 
    total to about 1.8 million MSDs in that year.
       OSHA establishes that workplace risk 
    factors pose a significant risk of material 
    impairment of health or functional capacity 
    to workers in general industries in Sections 
    VI and VII of this preamble, the Preliminary 
    Risk Assessment and Significance of Risk 
    sections, respectively. The OSH Act, as 
    explained below, requires OSHA to act when 
    the risk of harm posed to workers is 
    significant and feasible means of reducing 
    that risk exist. As demonstrated in Chapter 
    III (Technological Feasibility) of the 
    economic analysis, employers have many 
    choices of controls available to address 
    these risks. Further, because the standard 
    allows employers to choose among several 
    control approaches--engineering, work 
    practice, or administrative controls--
    employers will have an even larger range of 
    control choices. Thus, OSHA is considering 
    regulatory action because workers in the 
    industries covered by the rule are at 
    significant risk of material health 
    impairment and feasible methods of reducing 
    this risk substantially are available.
    
    
    2. Legal Basis and Objectives of the Proposed 
    Rule
    
       OSHA's authority to issue an ergonomics 
    program standard derives from sections 2(b), 
    6(b)(5), 8(c)(1), and 8(g)(2) of the OSH Act. 
    The objective of the proposed rule is to 
    reduce the risk of occupational 
    musculoskeletal disorders in exposed working 
    populations through the use of an ergonomics 
    program that includes management leadership 
    and employee participation, hazard 
    identification and reporting, job hazard 
    control and analysis, training, MSD 
    management, and program evaluation. 
    Implementation of ergonomics programs 
    incorporating these elements has been shown 
    to substantially reduce the risk of MSDs 
    among workers.
       In developing the proposed standard, OSHA 
    will be guided by eight principles: (1) The 
    proposed standard should focus on operations 
    where the risk of MSDs is the greatest and 
    solutions are known; (2) it should maximize 
    worker protection and cost-effectiveness; (3) 
    it should include those program elements that 
    best practices have shown to be effective; 
    (4) it should be written in plain language; 
    (5) it should recognize the unique needs of 
    small businesses; (6) it should be 
    performance-oriented and flexible; (7) it 
    should recognize employers who already have 
    effective ergonomics programs; and (8) it 
    should include a tiered approach that does 
    not require employers whose establishments do 
    not have problem jobs to implement a full 
    program.
       OSHA standards must also be supported by 
    substantial evidence in the record as a 
    whole. OSHA has collected and analyzed 
    thousands of scientific studies and articles 
    on MSDs, successful interventions to control 
    them, and ergonomic programs. Other 
    government agencies have also found such 
    programs to be effective. In August of 1997, 
    for example, the Government Accounting Office 
    (GAO) issued a report of its investigation of 
    ergonomics programs. The GAO report, 
    ``Private Sector Ergonomics Programs Yield 
    Results,'' is a detailed review of the 
    ergonomics programs of five major 
    corporations that shows that these companies 
    have implemented programs that successfully 
    address serious ergonomic problems (Ex. 26-
    5). A NIOSH publication entitled ``Elements 
    of Ergonomics Program'' (1998) also 
    identified the elements included in the 
    program envisioned by the proposed standard 
    as essential to program success (Ex. 26-2).
       NIOSH (1997) also recently published a 
    critical review of the large body of 
    epidemiologic evidence on work-related MSDs 
    and exposure to workplace risk factors. NIOSH 
    identified more than 2,000 studies for this 
    project and conducted a detailed review of 
    over 600 of those studies (Ex. 26-1). NIOSH 
    found that, for most combinations of MSDs and 
    risk factors, the human evidence for 
    causality was either sufficient or strong. 
    NIOSH found the evidence convincing based on 
    the strength of the associations, the lack of 
    ambiguity in temporal relationships from 
    projected studies, the consistency of the 
    results of these studies, and these studies' 
    use of adequate controls or adjustment for 
    likely confounders. Similarly, a recent 
    (1998) National Research Council (NRC) panel 
    of 66 scientists considered the evidence for 
    the work-relatedness of musculoskeletal
    
    [[Page 66036]]
    
    disorders. The most significant finding of 
    the NRC report concerned the work-relatedness 
    of MSDs: ``there is a higher incidence of 
    reported pain, injury, loss of work, and 
    disability among individuals who are employed 
    in occupations where there is a high level of 
    exposure to physical loading than for those 
    employed in occupations with lower levels of 
    exposure.'' (Ex. 26-37)
    
    
    3. Description of the Number of Small 
    Entities
    
       Determining the number of small entities 
    falling within the scope of various 
    provisions of the proposed standard at any 
    given time is complicated, because all small 
    entities in general industry are potentially 
    affected by the rule in the sense that if a 
    covered MSD occurs, the establishment will 
    have at least to determine if the MSD is 
    covered by the standard. (For the purpose of 
    this economic analysis, a covered MSD is one 
    that meets the criteria for an OSHA 
    recordable injury or illness and additionally 
    meets the screening criteria in section 
    1910.902.) The first step in the description 
    of affected small entities for this IRFA is 
    therefore to determine the number of small 
    entities in general industry. However, in a 
    typical year, most small entities will not in 
    fact be within the scope of the standard, 
    because only those small entities that have 
    employees engaged in manual handling or 
    manufacturing operations, or whose 
    employee(s) experience a covered MSD, will be 
    covered by the standard. Further, only 
    establishments whose employee(s) experience a 
    covered MSD will need to have a full program. 
    Thus, to be within the scope of the standard, 
    a small entity must have employees: (1) 
    Engaged in manufacturing operations; (2) 
    engaged in manual handling operations, or (3) 
    who have experienced a covered MSD.
       This analysis has been carried out in 
    terms of small establishments rather than 
    small entities. This was necessary because of 
    the complexity of the probability calculation 
    involving small entities owning multiple 
    establishments. As a result, this economic 
    analysis tends to overestimate the number of 
    affected small entities, because some small 
    establishments are owned by large entities. 
    OSHA estimates that there are 5.8 million 
    small establishments in general industry 
    potentially affected by the rule. Of these, 
    an estimated 1.45 million small establishment 
    would be required by the proposed standard to 
    maintain a basic ergonomics program at all 
    times because they have employees engaged in 
    manual handling or manufacturing operations. 
    Over the course of 10 years, 1.5 million 
    small establishments would need to initiate a 
    full program at least once because an 
    employee in the establishment had a covered 
    MSD.
       The proposed standard potentially covers 
    an estimated 5.1 million very small entities 
    (i.e., those employing fewer than 20 
    employees). Of these, OSHA estimates that 
    1.27 million very small entities would be 
    required to maintain a basic ergonomics 
    program at all times. Over the course of 10 
    years, 1.1 million very small establishments 
    would need to initiate a full program at 
    least once because an employee in the 
    establishment had a covered MSD.
    
    
    4. Description of Proposed Reporting, 
    Recordkeeping and Other Compliance 
    Requirements
    
    
    Compliance Requirements
    
       There is widespread agreement that 
    successful ergonomics programs include the 
    following elements in some form:
        Management leadership and 
    employee participation
        Hazard information and reporting
        MSD management
        Job hazard analysis and control
        Training
        Program evaluation.
       OSHA is proposing a tiered approach to 
    program implementation in this standard. This 
    would mean that general industry 
    establishments with a somewhat lower 
    probability of incurring a covered MSD (i.e., 
    general industry establishments that do not 
    engage in manual handling or manufacturing 
    operations) would not be required to take 
    action until an MSD has occurred. Moreover, 
    further action would only be triggered if the 
    MSD is determined by the employer to be one 
    that is recordable under the OSHA 
    recordkeeping standard, and, in addition, is 
    determined by the employer to be a covered 
    MSD. Establishments with a higher probability 
    of incurring a covered MSD, i.e., those whose 
    employees engage in manufacturing operations 
    or manual handling, would be required to 
    implement a basic ergonomics program that 
    emphasizes employer leadership and employee 
    participation and hazard information and 
    reporting, even in the absence of a covered 
    MSD.
       If no covered MSD occurs for three years 
    in a job that has been controlled under the 
    program required by the standard, the 
    establishment is permitted by the proposed 
    standard to drop back to the lesser program 
    for that job (if the establishment had 
    employees who were engaged in manufacturing 
    or manual handling operations) or to a 
    program consisting essentially only of 
    maintaining the controls in the problem job 
    and any associated employee training (if the 
    establishment did not have employees engaged 
    in manufacturing operations or manual 
    handling).
       The basic program includes those elements 
    listed above that are appropriate to 
    workplaces where covered MSDs and problem 
    jobs have not yet been identified. The 
    proposed standard includes the following 
    elements in the basic program:
        Management leadership, including 
    allocation of resources, information and 
    training for responsible managers or 
    supervisors, and assignment of program 
    responsibilities;
        Establishment of an employee 
    reporting system and protection against 
    discrimination for employees participating in 
    the program or reporting hazards;
        Providing employees with the 
    information they need to recognize the signs 
    and symptoms of MSDs and MSD hazards;
        Review of safety and health 
    records the employer already keeps;
        Employee participation in the 
    basic program; and
        Determination of the 
    recordability and then covered status of 
    reported MSDs.
       Once a covered MSD has been identified, a 
    full ergonomics program is required. However, 
    even the full program may not be necessary in 
    some circumstances when an MSD is identified. 
    For example, if the means of controlling a 
    job are obvious and completely effective, 
    such as eliminating the need for lifting by 
    installing automated equipment, then a 
    detailed job hazard analysis is unnecessary 
    because the employer will be able to use the 
    proposed standard's quick fix option.
       Table VIII-7 shows the requirements of the 
    rule, the circumstances that trigger these 
    requirements, the hours or costs involved, 
    and the level of expertise required. These 
    are estimates made by OSHA and its ergonomics 
    consultants, and they are based on experience 
    in implementing such
    
    [[Page 66037]]
    
    programs in a variety of workplaces. To 
    further ensure that OSHA's estimates reflect 
    real experience in actual workplaces, OSHA 
    reviewed its estimates of the costs of 
    controlling jobs with an Expert Ergonomics 
    Panel made up of ergonomists with experience 
    in controlling jobs in general industry 
    settings. These estimates have been 
    significantly modified from the estimates 
    provided to the SBREFA Panel in February 
    1999. The most significant modifications to 
    the economic analysis in response to the 
    recommendations of the SBREFA panel are:
        OSHA has added 
    ``familiarization'' costs for all general 
    industry employers to read and understand the 
    proposed rule to determine whether it:
    
        (1) Applies to their establishment, and
        (2) Would allow their program to be 
    grandfathered in.
    
        OSHA has significantly increased 
    its estimates of the costs of the analysis 
    necessary to identify appropriate controls 
    for problem jobs;
        OSHA has added costs for 
    employers to assess whether a given MSD is in 
    fact a covered MSD;
        OSHA has increased its estimates 
    both of the amount of time consultants would 
    be needed and the cost of consultant 
    services.
       The following table (Table VIII-7) shows 
    the assumption OSHA used to develop the costs 
    estimates used in this Preliminary Economic 
    Analysis.
    
                  Table VIII-7.--Assumptions Used To Develop Costs for Provisions of the Proposed Rule
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                               LEVEL OF STAFF OR
             PROVISION                  WHEN REQUIRED          HOURS OR COSTS  INVOLVED       EXPERTISE REQUIRED
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Familiarization Costs to     Initially for all            1 Hour                      Manager
     Review Standard to           establishments in general
     Determine Applicability to   industry
     Establishment and Ability
     to Grandfather In (Cost to
     All General Industry
     Firms)
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Cost to Investigate whether  All establishments with      0.25 hour of managerial     Manager who has received
     an MSD or Persistent         manufacturing or manual      time and 0.25 hour of       initial training
     Symptoms are Covered by      handling jobs; for other     employee time per
     the Standard (Cost to All    general industry             recordable MSD
     General Industry Firms)      establishments, only when
                                  an MSD occurs
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Cost to Implement Initial    Establishments with basic    1 hour                      Manager with initial
     Program (designating         programs: all with manual                                training
     responsible persons,         handling or manufacturing
     providing resources, etc.)   jobs; otherwise, only if
     (Basic Program)              MSD occurs
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Cost to Provide Managerial   Establishments with basic    2 Hours                     Manager
     Training as Part of          programs: all with manual
     Management Leadership        handling or manufacturing
     (Basic Program)              jobs; otherwise, only if
                                  MSD occurs
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Cost to Set up Reporting     Establishments with basic    1 hour                      Manager with initial
     System (Basic Program)       programs: all with manual                                training
                                  handling or manufacturing
                                  jobs; otherwise, only if
                                  MSD occurs
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Cost to Provide Employee     Establishments with basic    0.5 hour per employee plus  Manager with initial
     Information (Basic           programs: all with manual    0.5 hour managerial time    training
     Program)                     handling or manufacturing
                                  jobs; otherwise, only if
                                  MSD occurs
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Cost to Provide Managerial   If persistent symptoms or    16 hours of managerial      Manager with initial
     Training in Establishments   an MSD occurs in             time                        training
     with Full Program            manufacturing or manual
                                  handling establishments;
                                  otherwise, only where an
                                  MSD occurs
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    [[Page 66038]]
    
     
    Cost to Train Employees in   All establishments having    1 hour of employee time     Manager with training
     Establishments with Full     problem jobs                 per affected employee, 2    required for the full
     Programs                                                  hours of managerial time    program
                                                               per problem job to
                                                               provide training; 25% of
                                                               employers able to use
                                                               quick fix option and do
                                                               not need to conduct
                                                               employee training
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Cost of Job Hazard Analysis  All establishments with      1 hour of managerial time   Manager with full program
     (Full Program)               problem jobs                 plus 1 hour employee time   training
                                                               per problem job
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Cost to Evaluate Job         All establishments with      2-16 hours of employee and  In 85% of cases, manager
     Controls (Full Program)      problem jobs                 2-32 hours managerial       with full program
                                                               time, depending on          training; in 15% of
                                                               problem job; in 15% of      cases, consultant
                                                               cases, $2,000 for           ergonomist
                                                               consulting ergonomist's
                                                               time is assumed to be
                                                               required
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Cost to Administer MSD       All establishments with      1 hour of managerial time   Manager with full program
     Management (Full Program)    problem jobs                 per MSD                     training, health care
                                                                                           professional, or
                                                                                           ergonomist
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Cost to Do Record-keeping    All establishments with an   0.25 hours of supervisory   Supervisor
     (Full Program)               MSD or persistent symptoms   time per MSD
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Cost to Conduct Program      All establishments with      4 hours of managerial time  Manager with full program
     Evaluation (Full Program)    full programs                in the three years          training
                                                               following occurrence of
                                                               covered MSD. For 25% of
                                                               problem jobs able to use
                                                               quick fix option, no
                                                               program evaluation is
                                                               conducted
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Cost To Implement Job        Job control costs: all       Costs per job intervention  Covered under costs
     Controls-- Engineering,      establishments with          per affected employee       calculated for evaluating
     work practice, or            problem jobs                 vary by industry and        and implementing controls
     administrative controls                                   occupational groups and     (above)
                                                               are presented in detail
                                                               in Chapter V of the
                                                               Preliminary Economic
                                                               Impact Analysis (affected
                                                               employees include the
                                                               employee incurring the
                                                               covered MSD and all other
                                                               employees in the
                                                               establishment with the
                                                               same job)
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Cost to Provide Work         All establishments with      $946 per MSD                Covered in costs for
     Restriction Protection       problem jobs                                             administering MSD
                                                                                           management, above
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    Benefits of the Proposed Standard
    
       OSHA estimates that the proposed standard 
    would, within 10 years, lower the current 
    (1996) general industry rate of MSDs by 26 
    percent and produce direct cost savings of 
    $9.1 billion per year; direct cost savings 
    are defined as the value of lost production, 
    medical costs, administrative costs of 
    insurance, and indirect costs to employers. 
    Direct cost savings do not include any 
    quantitative benefits for the pain and 
    suffering of workers and their families, and 
    thus do not represent a full measure of the 
    economic benefits of the proposed standard.
       OSHA's benefits estimates are based on the 
    following key assumptions, data, and 
    estimates:
        Estimates of MSD rates are based 
    on the BLS data on MSD rates for lost workday 
    MSDs, multiplied by the ratio of lost workday 
    injuries to all injuries and illnesses in an
    
    [[Page 66039]]
    
    industry to arrive at the total number of 
    MSDs for an industry (see Industrial Profile, 
    Chapter II, for a table showing MSD rates by 
    industry);
        When a job is fixed, the MSD rate 
    in that job is assumed to be reduced by 50% 
    (the basis for this estimate is discussed in 
    the Benefits chapter of this Preliminary 
    Economic Analysis and in the Preliminary Risk 
    Assessment section of the Preamble); and
        Establishments already having 
    ergonomics programs are assumed already to 
    have achieved a 50% reduction in their rates 
    of MSDs.
    
    
    Key Assumptions of the Preliminary Economic 
    Analysis
    
       OSHA's analysis of the benefits, costs and 
    economic impacts of the proposed standard 
    uses a variety of data and estimates from a 
    number of sources. These data and estimates 
    have been outlined in detail in the 
    Industrial Profile, Costs of Compliance, and 
    Benefit chapters of the Preliminary Economic 
    Analysis (Chapters II, V, and IV, 
    respectively). There are, however, certain 
    issues for which data are lacking, and OSHA 
    has had to make reasonable assumptions to 
    bridge the data gaps in these cases. This 
    section outlines certain key assumptions that 
    OSHA has made, and solicits information and 
    data that could be used to refine these 
    assumptions.
       1. BLS maintains data distinguishing MSDs 
    from other types of occupational injuries and 
    illnesses only for MSDs involving days away 
    from work. This means that MSDs that involve 
    restricted work (assignment of the injured 
    worker to ``light duty'' work) or that 
    involve time off only on the day of the 
    injury are not counted by the BLS. Lacking 
    any other information, OSHA has assumed that 
    the ratio of all MSDs to MSDs with days away 
    from work is the same for each industry as 
    the ratio in that industry of total injuries 
    and illnesses to all injuries and illnesses 
    involving days away from work. The average 
    value of this ratio is three, but the value 
    varies greatly by industry. OSHA solicits 
    information concerning the actual experience 
    of employers with respect to the number of 
    MSDs involving days away from work and the 
    number of OSHA recordable MSDs that do not 
    involve lost time.
       2. OSHA does not have information 
    concerning how many MSDs meet the proposed 
    standard's test for covered MSDs (i.e., the 
    number of MSDs that would ``pass'' the 
    screening criteria in section 1910.902) and 
    thus would require the implementation of a 
    full program. In the absence of such 
    information, OSHA has assumed that all jobs 
    that have already been controlled will not 
    subsequently give rise to a covered MSD, 
    while all jobs that have not been controlled 
    will have covered MSDs that require the 
    implementation of a full program. This 
    assumption is discussed in detail in the 
    Benefits chapter (Chapter IV), but it affects 
    both the benefits and costs estimates for 
    this proposed standard. OSHA welcomes any 
    information concerning the frequency with 
    which covered MSDs and non-covered MSDs 
    occur, both in previously controlled and in 
    uncontrolled jobs.
       3. Lacking more detailed information, OSHA 
    has assumed that MSD rates within an industry 
    are determined by whether or not 
    establishments have ergonomics programs. Many 
    SERs were concerned that the proposed 
    standard would result in significantly 
    increased reporting of MSDs. OSHA examined 
    this possibility by conducting a sensitivity 
    analysis of the direct cost savings 
    (benefits) and costs that would occur if the 
    number of MSDs reported increased by 50 
    percent. OSHA found that, if the new MSDs 
    reported had the same severity as those 
    currently being covered by workers' 
    compensation, the new reporting would 
    increase the costs of the proposed standard 
    to employers only by 24 percent but would 
    increase the direct cost savings (benefits) 
    associated with the proposed standard by 66 
    percent. This disproportion between the costs 
    and benefits would be the case unless the new 
    MSDs being reported were only 20% as severe 
    as those being reported today. Further, based 
    on the NCCI's estimate that employee-
    perpetrated fraud accounts for less than 2 
    percent of all workers' compensation fraud, 
    and on the fact that the work restriction 
    protection provision of the standard is 
    triggered only when the employer--not the 
    employee--makes the determination that WRP is 
    necessary, OSHA does not believe that the 
    proposed standard will encourage an increase 
    in employee perpetrated fraud or that such 
    fraud will affect the standard's costs or 
    benefits.
    
    
    Recordkeeping Requirements
    
       Firms with fewer than 10 employees do not 
    have to keep any records under this proposed 
    standard. Firms that do not meet this 
    condition must keep the following records:
        Employee reports and responses to 
    those reports;
        Results of job hazard analyses;
        Hazard control records;
        Quick fix control records
        Evaluations of the program; and
        MSD management records.
    
    
    5. Federal and State Rules That May 
    Duplicate, Overlap or Conflict With the 
    Proposed Rule
    
       There are no existing Federal regulations 
    requiring ergonomics programs of employers in 
    general industry. OSHA published voluntary 
    guidelines for ergonomics program management 
    in meatpacking plants in 1990 to assist 
    employers in that industry voluntarily to 
    establish and maintain ergonomics programs. 
    Only one state, California, currently has an 
    ergonomics program standard in effect. The 
    California program requirement is triggered 
    by two or more MSDs of any type occurring in 
    the same job. If OSHA were to adopt a similar 
    approach, fewer full programs would be 
    required than is the case with the proposed 
    rule; however, the California rule requires a 
    program if there are two MSDs of any kind, 
    even if they do not meet OSHA's criteria for 
    a covered MSD. (For a more detailed 
    discussion of alternative triggers, see the 
    last section of this chapter.) Several other 
    States--Washington, Rhode Island, Minnesota, 
    North Carolina--are currently developing 
    enforceable ergonomics standards.
       Currently, employers are required to 
    correct some ergonomic hazards (i.e., those 
    posing a risk of death or serious physical 
    harm) under the General Duty Clause of the 
    OSH Act. OSHA's draft safety and health 
    program rule (once in effect) would provide a 
    framework requiring employers to address 
    those ergonomic hazards citable under the 
    General Duty Clause. OSHA has reviewed the 
    current drafts of both the safety and health 
    program rule and the ergonomics program 
    standard and found that the ergonomics 
    program required by the ergonomics program 
    rule is consistent with and could easily be 
    made a part of a safety and health program 
    set up to comply with the draft safety and 
    health program rule (once in effect). Indeed, 
    the ergonomics program standard could be 
    viewed as augmenting the safety and health 
    program rule in three ways: (1) By expanding 
    the coverage of the safety and health program 
    rule to cover ergonomic hazards not covered 
    by the General Duty Clause, (2) by providing 
    additional detail concerning how MSD hazards 
    should be addressed, and (3)
    
    [[Page 66040]]
    
    by requiring MSD management, including work 
    restriction protection, for workers 
    experiencing job-related musculoskeletal 
    disorders.
       Small entity representatives (SERs) who 
    participated in the SBREFA process expressed 
    concern that the proposed ergonomics standard 
    might present conflicts with the National 
    Labor Relations Act (NLRA) and with the 
    Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) and 
    other equal opportunity legislation. These 
    possible conflicts are discussed in detail in 
    the Preamble to the proposed rule, along with 
    a discussion of the perception among some 
    SERs that the proposed standard may provide 
    incentives to violate these statutes, e.g., 
    by encouraging selective hiring.
       6. Alternatives to the Proposed Standard
    
    
    Regulatory Flexibility Elements Already 
    Incorporated Into the Proposed Rule
    
       OSHA's proposed rule already incorporates 
    a variety of regulatory flexibility features. 
    First, the proposed rule has many 
    performance-oriented aspects and is designed 
    to provide all firms with flexibility in 
    meeting the rule's core requirements. For 
    example, the core requirement for employee 
    participation states only that employees must 
    have ways to report problems, get responses, 
    and be involved in developing, implementing, 
    and evaluating the ergonomics program. 
    Employers have great flexibility in how to 
    establish such systems and ensure such 
    participation. Some employers may use formal 
    mechanisms, such as employee surveys and 
    joint employee-management committees. Others 
    may find it more effective simply to 
    designate a person who can receive employee 
    reports and discuss problems with affected 
    employees. The choice is up to the employer.
       In addition to these general flexibility 
    features, OSHA's proposed rule has been 
    tailored to recognize the special problems 
    potentially faced by employers with fewer 
    than 10 employees in complying with the new 
    rule. Although these employers cannot be 
    exempted from the rule under the mandate of 
    the OSH Act, the requirements for these 
    employers have been reduced in some 
    instances. For example, OSHA has tailored the 
    proposed rule to very small employers by 
    exempting them from all documentation 
    requirements.
       However, the most important regulatory 
    flexibility features incorporated into the 
    proposed standard are those related to 
    tiering and the use of triggers. Tiering 
    refers to the two levels of ergonomics 
    program embedded in the standard: a ``basic'' 
    program with few requirements for 
    establishments without covered MSDs, and a 
    ``full'' program with additional requirements 
    for establishments with such MSDs. Triggers, 
    on the other hand, are events occurring in 
    the workplace that require certain employer 
    actions under the standard. These mechanisms 
    are designed to address the range in risk 
    encountered by employees potentially within 
    the scope of the standard.
       Figures 1 and 2 show the distribution and 
    cumulative distributions of the general 
    industry population by level of risk of 
    incurring a lost-workday MSD. The average 
    risk of incurring such an MSD for all general 
    industry employees covered by the BLS 
    statistics is 7.1 per thousand employees per 
    year (using 1996 data). As the table shows, 
    less than 20 percent of the population is 
    subject to levels of risk more than twice 
    this average. Almost all employees experience 
    a risk that is greater than 1 per 1,000 per 
    year. Thus, employees in general industry are 
    almost universally subject to a significant 
    annual risk of incurring a lost workday MSD; 
    however, portions of the employee population 
    are subject to unusually high risks. OSHA has 
    preliminarily rejected the alternative of 
    exempting some employers in general industry 
    from the scope of the standard because 
    significant risk exists for all employees in 
    general industry and the Act does not 
    envision the exemption of employers whose 
    employees face such risks.
       Recognizing the need to provide protection 
    for employees subject to significant risk but 
    wishing to minimize the burden associated 
    with a full ergonomics program, OSHA has 
    tried in the proposed rule to provide 
    flexibility through a system of tiering and 
    triggers, as discussed above. The proposed 
    standard uses two types of triggers: (1) 
    Whether a general industry employer has 
    employees engaged in manufacturing operations 
    or manual handling, and (2) whether or not an 
    employee in a general industry facility has 
    had a job-related MSD.
    
    BILLING CODE 4510-26-P
    
    [[Page 66041]]
    
    [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP23NO99.055
    
    
    
    [[Page 66042]]
    
    [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP23NO99.056
    
    
    
    BILLING CODE 4510-26-C
    
    [[Page 66043]]
    
       Employers with employees engaged in 
    manufacturing operations or manual handling 
    are treated differently from other general 
    industry employers because employees engaged 
    in these activities account for 60 percent of 
    all lost workday MSDs while accounting for 
    only 28% of all employees in general 
    industry. Firms with employees engaged in 
    these two activities are required to set up a 
    basic ergonomics program with management 
    leadership, employee participation, and 
    hazard identification and information even if 
    no MSD has occurred at the facility. 
    Approximately 25 percent of all general 
    industry employers will need to set up a 
    basic program for their employees engaged in 
    manufacturing operations or manual handling 
    as a result of this requirement. (The basic 
    program need not be applied to other 
    employees in the facility.) Other employers 
    do not need to set up a basic program unless 
    an MSD occurs. However, firms with employees 
    engaged in manufacturing operations or manual 
    handling are not required to have the full 
    program elements of job hazard analysis and 
    hazard control; training; MSD management; and 
    program evaluation unless a covered MSD 
    occurs. In other words, general industry 
    employers who do not have any employees 
    engaged in manufacturing operations or manual 
    handling do not need to have any ergonomics 
    program until a covered MSD occurs. Thus most 
    program elements are only required in firms 
    clearly demonstrated to have an MSD hazard, 
    as evidenced by the fact that a covered MSD 
    has occurred.
       Approximately 75% percent of all employers 
    will not need to respond to this standard in 
    any way unless an MSD occurs in their 
    facility. Even when an MSD occurs, the full 
    program applies only to the injured employee 
    (at his or her job) and to employees with the 
    same job (with respect to physical work 
    activities) as that of the employee who 
    incurred the MSD. There is no need for the 
    employer to set up a program for other 
    employees (i.e., those who are not in the 
    problem job or a job judged to be the same as 
    that job) in the facility.
       The triggers used for additional program 
    elements in the proposed standard are the 
    presence of employees engaged in 
    manufacturing or manual handling, and the 
    presence of a covered MSD. A covered MSD is 
    defined as one that meets the following 
    criteria:
    
       It is, or would be, recordable on 
    an OSHA 200 log;
       It occurred in a job where 
    workplace conditions and physical work 
    activities are reasonably likely to cause or 
    contribute to the type of MSD reported; and
       The workplace conditions and 
    physical work activities are a core element 
    and/or make up a significant amount of the 
    employee's worktime.
    
       This multi-level trigger serves to 
    eliminate many MSDs that may occur as a 
    result of unusual activities on the job or 
    that are not the result of routine exposure 
    to risk factors of a kind known to cause or 
    contribute to MSDs.
       OSHA will respond to the need expressed by 
    many small business stakeholders for guidance 
    and outreach by providing extensive outreach 
    materials when the rule is published in final 
    form. For example, OSHA may develop one or 
    more checklists that can be used to aid in 
    determining if an MSD is covered and to aid 
    in job analysis. OSHA solicits comments on 
    the best ways to focus its outreach efforts 
    and the best means for providing compliance 
    assistance to small entities.
       Presented below are a number of 
    alternatives that OSHA has considered in 
    developing the proposed standard. OSHA 
    solicits comment on all of the alternatives 
    discussed below.
       Alternative 1: No Rule: Continue To Rely 
    Only on Existing OSHA Programs and Policies. 
    Some small entity stakeholders urged OSHA to 
    continue to rely on outreach efforts to 
    encourage employers to adopt ergonomics 
    programs voluntarily, i.e., to continue to 
    urge employers to voluntarily adopt the 
    Agency's meatpacking guidelines, or a variant 
    on these guidelines designed for all firms, 
    rather than issuing a rule. OSHA has made the 
    voluntary adoption of ergonomics programs a 
    cornerstone of many of its injury prevention 
    efforts for years. The Agency also has had 
    regional ergonomics coordinators to provide 
    technical assistance to OSHA area offices, 
    consultation programs and state programs 
    since 1987. OSHA issued the ergonomics 
    program management guidelines for meatpacking 
    plants in 1990 (Ex. 26-3). Since 1991, OSHA 
    has also published a series of booklets 
    designed to raise awareness and provide 
    solutions to ergonomics problems. Since 1996, 
    OSHA has had a formal four-pronged strategy 
    for ergonomics, including outreach and 
    education; research; and enforcement under 
    the General Duty Clause, in addition to 
    development of this proposed rule. As part of 
    this strategy, starting in 1997, OSHA has 
    held a series of national and regional ``Best 
    Practices'' conferences on ergonomics. Such 
    conferences have made a special effort to 
    assure participation by small businesses. 
    Starting in 1997, OSHA also has maintained an 
    ergonomics page on its web site. This page 
    provides access to OSHA publications on 
    ergonomics, news about opportunities to 
    participate in ergonomics conferences, and 
    links to websites with ergonomics 
    information.
       Despite these efforts and the fact that 
    many firms have found ergonomics programs 
    cost-effective, only one-third of 
    establishments surveyed by OSHA (OSHA survey, 
    1993) reported having done any risk analysis 
    of ergonomic hazards in their workplaces. 
    Even fewer have actually attempted to fix 
    jobs that have ergonomic hazards. Firms that 
    have begun to implement ergonomics programs 
    cannot be distinguished by industry, SIC 
    code, or other obvious factor from those that 
    have not done so, i.e., some firms have 
    implemented such programs, while other firms 
    that face similar musculoskeletal problems 
    and belong to the same industry have not.
       Although the Agency's efforts to encourage 
    the voluntary adoption of ergonomics 
    programs, backed by enforcement efforts 
    involving the General Duty Clause (which have 
    often led to corporate settlements), have 
    resulted in thousands of employers and 
    employees receiving the benefits of 
    ergonomics programs, the majority of 
    employers still have not adopted such 
    programs. OSHA's experience also shows that 
    outreach without enforcement is unlikely to 
    be successful. The industries that have been 
    most successful in adopting ergonomics 
    programs and reducing MSDs--the automobile 
    and meatpacking industries--both did so as a 
    result of an OSHA strategy combining strong 
    enforcement and outreach. At this stage, the 
    additional incentive provided by a rule, in 
    addition to targeted enforcement of the 
    General Duty Clause and continued outreach, 
    is needed if a majority of employers are to 
    adopt ergonomics programs. OSHA will 
    continue, and indeed plans to intensify, its 
    outreach efforts in this area. Publication of 
    a rule does not mean that OSHA is abandoning 
    outreach, or choosing only to rely on this 
    rule; instead, the Agency is adding a rule to 
    all of its other efforts to encourage 
    employers to adopt ergonomics programs. The 
    ergonomics program rule thus supplements the 
    Agency's other efforts and brings to bear the 
    only major tool at the Agency's command that 
    has not to date been employed in the effort 
    to encourage employers to adopt these 
    programs.
    
    [[Page 66044]]
    
       Some small entity stakeholders argued that 
    because ergonomics programs are cost 
    effective, there should be no need for 
    regulation. Although OSHA agrees that 
    ergonomics programs are cost effective for 
    most small businesses, OSHA does not agree 
    that cost effectiveness represents a 
    sufficient motive for many small businesses 
    to implement ergonomics programs. There are 
    two major reasons for this.
       First, many of the benefits of ergonomics 
    programs do not accrue directly to smaller 
    employers. Research has shown that workers' 
    compensation costs do not, on the average, 
    cover all income losses to injured workers, 
    and do not attempt to account for their pain 
    and suffering. Further, MSDs are 
    significantly underreported to the workers' 
    compensation system. One study found that the 
    percent of medically diagnosed MSDs reported 
    to the workers' compensation system ranged 
    only from less than 1 percent to about 14 
    percent (Fine, Silverstein, Armstrong, 
    Anderson and Sugano 1986 (Ex. 26-920)). An 
    occupational safety and health professional 
    participating in an ergonomics workshop 
    sponsored by the Canadian Centre for 
    Occupational Health and Safety (CCOHS) (1988) 
    reported the same finding, stating that, 
    ``Many workers are afraid to report RSIs 
    [repetitive strain injuries] * * *. Many seek 
    private benefits and try to avoid any contact 
    with workers' compensation because of the 
    [bad] experience of other workers trying to 
    get claims accepted.'' Another workshop 
    participant was of the same opinion: ``the 
    vast majority of RSIs never reach the * * * 
    workers' compensation system at all. The 
    costs [of these injuries] are in the medical 
    system * * *.'' Other studies (Cannon, 
    Bernacki, and Walter 1981 (Ex. 26-1212); 
    Silverstein, Stetson, Keyserling, and Fine 
    (1994) provide plant-specific evidence of 
    this tendency (Ex. 26-28). For an analysis of 
    the underreporting and underfiling issue as 
    it relates to occupational injuries and 
    illnesses generally and to MSDs in 
    particular, see Section VII of the preamble, 
    Significance of Risk.
       The social burden of adverse health 
    effects is also shared by taxpayer-supported 
    programs such as welfare, social security 
    disability payments, and Medicare. Employers 
    therefore have less incentive to avoid such 
    losses than they would if they were directly 
    liable for, or even aware of, all such 
    claims. This combination of problems not 
    reported to employers and the transfer of 
    risk to others is another reason why the 
    market fails to internalize the social costs 
    of occupationally related injuries and 
    illnesses such as musculoskeletal disorders. 
    If workers do not recognize a risk as work-
    related or do not report the problem to 
    employers, it will not be adequately 
    addressed by employers.
       In addition, smaller employers typically 
    are not experience-rated, so that they do not 
    directly pay a significant share of the costs 
    of workers' compensation claims. This is 
    particularly true of smaller firms with fewer 
    hazards. Economic analysis principles suggest 
    that regulations should consider costs and 
    benefits to all parties, not just to 
    employers. When a substantial portion of all 
    benefits go to parties other than employers, 
    employers cannot be counted on to implement 
    ergonomics programs to the extent that such 
    programs are cost beneficial.
       Second, small businesses typically take 
    the very understandable approach of not 
    fixing what isn't perceived to be broken. 
    Because ergonomic injuries and illnesses are 
    relatively rare events in small firms, and 
    are paid for in part by workers' compensation 
    insurance, many small employers, especially 
    in lower hazard industries, often neglect 
    ergonomic problems. This does not mean that 
    ergonomics programs are not cost effective. 
    Aggregate statistics show that small firms 
    have a significant number of MSDs, and 
    studies show that these MSDs can be reduced 
    by ergonomics programs. However, because MSDs 
    are rare events for an individual small 
    employer, the need for ergonomics programs 
    may not come to the attention of busy small 
    business employers as often as is the case 
    for larger employers. As a result, ergonomics 
    programs are less likely to be adopted by 
    employers with few employees. (See discussion 
    below.) This is unfortunate, because 
    ergonomics programs are one of the best ways 
    to lower workers' compensation costs for 
    small businesses over the long run.
       The threat of higher workers' compensation 
    premiums and the presence of a substantial 
    number of ergonomics injuries and illnesses 
    do provide economic incentives for larger 
    firms, because these firms are aware of and 
    internalize a larger proportion of the true 
    costs of the job-related injuries incurred by 
    their workers. Thus larger firms can be 
    expected to have done more about 
    musculoskeletal hazards than smaller firms. 
    Results from OSHA's ergonomics survey (OSHA 
    survey, 1993) bear out this theoretical 
    proposition: they show that only 28 percent 
    of firms with fewer than 20 employees have 
    analyzed their jobs for risk factors, while 
    fully 80 percent of establishments with 250 
    or more employees, i.e., the largest firms 
    and those most likely to self-insure, have 
    done so. The same pattern holds for following 
    through on these job analyses: 76 percent of 
    the largest establishments have implemented 
    at least some engineering controls to reduce 
    risk factors, while only 23 percent of firms 
    with fewer than 20 employees have done so. 
    These data suggest that, where adequate 
    awareness and economic incentives are 
    present, firms find it in their interest to 
    address the risk factors responsible for 
    musculoskeletal disorders.
    
    
    Alternatives 2 and 3: Tiering Approaches
    
       Alternative 2: Eliminate the Basic Program 
    Requirement for Employers in Manufacturing or 
    Manual Handling. The advantages of a basic 
    program are that it assures that MSDs will be 
    reported as soon as they occur and that a 
    system is in place to address problems as 
    they occur. Many stakeholders who have 
    initiated a basic program have found that 
    having a reporting system, conducting some 
    basic hazard identification, and providing 
    information on MSDs to employees increases 
    the number of reported MSDs and thus the 
    number of cases where early intervention is 
    possible. OSHA has been unable to demonstrate 
    that a ``reporting blip'' in fact follows 
    increased awareness of MSDs. OSHA's survey of 
    employers with ergonomics programs (1993) 
    would suggest that this is not the case. Even 
    in the absence of a full ergonomics program, 
    the early and complete reporting of MSDs can 
    actually serve to lower the costs of MSDs 
    because early reporting means that simple 
    corrective action may take care of the 
    problem and avoid extensive lost work time. 
    Many employers and insurers feel that 
    awareness and MSD management alone can 
    significantly reduce the costs of MSDs. The 
    proposed standard's requirements for a basic 
    program for employers with employees in 
    manufacturing or manual handling operations 
    result in costs of $36 million per year for 
    all businesses. Eliminating the basic program 
    in manufacturing and manual handling, as this 
    alternative would require, would lead to 
    fewer reported MSDs and to a greater 
    likelihood that MSDs will not receive 
    attention until they become very expensive in 
    terms of lost time and the costs of medical 
    care. On the other hand, dropping the basic 
    program requirement would eliminate the need 
    for any program in facilities that have no 
    covered MSDs.
       Alternative 3: Extend the Basic Program 
    Requirement to All of General Industry. 
    Because OSHA believes that having
    
    [[Page 66045]]
    
    a basic program is of value to all employers 
    whose employees are at risk of experiencing 
    MSDs, OSHA considered extending the basic 
    program to all employers in general industry. 
    Because many general industry employers whose 
    employees do not engage in manual handling or 
    manufacturing operations generally have lower 
    rates of injuries and illnesses, in addition 
    to lower rates of MSDs, many of these general 
    industry employers are not required even to 
    maintain an injury and illness log under 
    OSHA's recordkeeping requirements. However, 
    employers who are not required to maintain an 
    OSHA 200 Log or to have a basic program would 
    be forced to rely primarily on workers' 
    compensation claims for information about 
    ergonomics hazards in their workplaces, and 
    such claims have been shown to be an 
    inadequate source of such information. Based 
    on one study in the state of Wisconsin (NAS 
    1987), workers' compensation claims 
    represented only 70% of all OSHA reportable 
    injuries (Ex. 28-4). In the absence of a 
    basic program with a formal reporting system, 
    this means that 30 percent of MSDs might go 
    unreported and uninvestigated. Extending the 
    basic program to employers in all of general 
    industry would result in additional initial 
    costs of $318 million and in significant 
    additions to the number of MSDs reported and 
    corrected, as well as providing employees 
    additional protection by encouraging 
    reporting before MSDs become workers' 
    compensation claims. The proposed standard 
    does not extend the basic program requirement 
    to general industry because the Agency is 
    committed to targeting the standard to those 
    facilities that have been shown to have the 
    greatest MSD hazards.
    
    
    Alternatives 4 through 8: Use Different 
    Triggers
    
       General Discussion. One of the key 
    features of the proposed standard is that a 
    full program is only triggered by a covered 
    MSD, and then only for employees with the 
    same job as the employee who incurred the 
    MSD. OSHA found that the average job had 
    three persons per job and that the average 
    uncontrolled job has an MSD rate of 5 percent 
    per year. Under the proposed trigger, it 
    would be 5 years before 50% of all of the 
    uncontrolled jobs covered by the scope of the 
    standard are controlled, and 15 years before 
    90% of such jobs are controlled. Some 
    stakeholders were concerned that this trigger 
    was insufficiently proactive, and, as a 
    result, OSHA examined alternatives that would 
    result in more rapid efforts to control 
    currently uncontrolled jobs. Alternative 4 
    reflects a more proactive trigger, i.e., that 
    the signs and symptoms of MSDs be used as a 
    trigger, and Alternative 5 is similarly 
    proactive, because it would require a job 
    hazard analysis of all jobs, without regard 
    to whether MSDs have occurred to employees in 
    them.
       Other stakeholders were concerned that 
    reliance on a trigger of one covered MSD 
    would impose major expenses on employers to 
    investigate and even control jobs that do not 
    need controls, either because the job has 
    already been controlled or because the MSD is 
    one that has little or nothing to do with the 
    kinds of risk factors a full ergonomics 
    program can address. The OSHA proposal 
    recognizes this potential problem by 
    allowing, in section 1910.902, employers to 
    rule out OSHA-recordable MSDs that are not 
    related to the physical work activities and 
    conditions in the job or do not constitute a 
    core element or significant portion of the 
    job. In the typical controlled job, where the 
    average MSD rate is 2.5 percent per year, 50% 
    of firms will incur an MSD within 9 years, 
    and thus will have to determine if the MSD is 
    one that will trigger a full program. 
    Nevertheless, OSHA investigated the 
    consequences of the use of alterative 
    triggers involving more than one covered MSD. 
    Alternative 6 is such an alternative: it 
    would require a full program only when an 
    establishment has had two covered MSDs; 
    Alternative 7 also reflects a more stringent 
    trigger and would require a full program only 
    when two MSDs have occurred in the same job 
    within one year; Alternative 8 would require 
    a full program only when two MSDs have 
    occurred within two years in the same job; 
    Alternative 9 would require a full program 
    only when two MSDs have occurred within three 
    years in the same job; and Alternative 10 
    would require a full program only when an MSD 
    involving days away from work occurs. The 
    analysis of alternatives 6 through 10 assumes 
    that work restriction protection would 
    continue to be triggered by a single MSD of 
    any kind.
       Alternative 4: Use Signs and Symptoms to 
    Trigger the Program. OSHA's proposed standard 
    uses the occurrence of a covered MSD to 
    trigger the full ergonomics program. The use 
    of this trigger is particularly advantageous 
    to smaller firms, because the smaller the 
    firm, the less likely it is to incur an MSD 
    and thus to need a full program. The typical 
    firm with 1 to 20 employees, for example, 
    will need to initiate a full program only 
    once every ten years. The majority of very 
    small firms, those, for example, with only 
    two or three employees, will go 10 years 
    without ever having to initiate a full 
    program. However, because use of this trigger 
    also means that corrective measures will not 
    be implemented for years even in some high 
    risk jobs, OSHA considered other, more 
    proactive triggers. If a more proactive 
    trigger such as the signs or symptoms of MSDs 
    were used to trigger the full program, the 
    number of MSDs reported would increase by 2 
    to 7 times, and a substantially larger number 
    of employers would be required to implement a 
    formal reporting system.
       Alternative 5: Use the Results of Job 
    Hazard Analysis to Trigger the Program. OSHA 
    also considered requiring employers to 
    implement job hazard analyses for all jobs in 
    their establishments and to implement a full 
    program if the analysis identified any high 
    risk jobs. OSHA has not proposed this 
    approach because it would require substantial 
    effort by all employers, even those whose 
    employees do not have a high probability of 
    incurring an MSD or have not yet incurred an 
    MSD. In addition, such an approach would 
    increase the first-year costs of the 
    ergonomics program standard by a factor of at 
    least 10.
       Alternative 6: Use a Trigger of Two MSDs 
    per Establishment. The SBREFA Panel 
    recommended that OSHA consider as an 
    alternative trigger the occurrence of two 
    MSDs at an establishment in a one year 
    period, rather than the proposed trigger of 
    one MSD in a job. To analyze this alternative 
    trigger, OSHA assumed that the two MSDs would 
    be covered MSDs, as they are under the 
    proposed standard. The chief advantage of the 
    alternative two-MSD trigger is that it would 
    eliminate the need for the employer to 
    investigate the first MSD to occur in an 
    establishment. This alternative trigger would 
    therefore have little effect on larger firms. 
    Indeed, the typical establishment with more 
    than 100 employees and typical rates of MSDs 
    for either controlled or uncontrolled jobs 
    can expect to have two MSDs every year and 
    would thus, under the two-MSD trigger, need a 
    full program. Indeed, if two MSDs in an 
    establishment trigger a full program for the 
    entire establishment, larger establishments 
    would permanently need to have a full program 
    for all employees. For smaller 
    establishments, however, this alternative 
    would greatly extend the time necessary to 
    ensure that uncontrolled jobs are controlled. 
    For a five-employee establishment, the 
    requirement of a two MSD per establishment 
    trigger would mean that it would be 30 years 
    before 50% of such establishments would have 
    controlled any jobs. During this
    
    [[Page 66046]]
    
    time period, over 3.5 potentially 
    controllable MSDs would have occurred in each 
    such establishment.
       Alternative 7: Use a Trigger of Two 
    Covered MSDs in the Same Job Within One Year. 
    To limit the number of situations in which 
    employers would have to establish a full 
    program when a full program might not be 
    needed, many stakeholders expressed interest 
    in alternatives involving more than one MSD. 
    The SBREFA Panel also recommended that OSHA 
    examine such alternatives. This section 
    examines the alternative of using a trigger 
    of two covered MSDs in the same job within 
    one year.
       If this trigger were adopted, it would be 
    95 years before 50% of all typical 
    uncontrolled jobs (where ``typical'' is 
    defined as a job with a 5% MSD rate and three 
    persons in the job) were controlled, and 325 
    years before 90% of such jobs were 
    controlled. In this typical situation, use of 
    this trigger would mean that more than 14 
    preventable MSDs would occur in an 
    uncontrolled job before a full program to 
    control that job would be required. For 
    situations in which there is only one 
    employee holding a job, a full program would 
    almost never be triggered under this 
    alternative. On the other hand, in the 
    typical controlled job (MSD rate of 2.5%, 3 
    persons per job), 50% of firms would incur 2 
    MSDs in a year only once every 400 years, at 
    which time they would have to determine if 
    the two MSDs were covered. Thus use of this 
    alternative trigger would ensure that 
    employers would only rarely have to address 
    MSD problems occurring in controlled jobs; 
    however, this alternative achieves this by 
    allowing many preventable MSDs to occur in 
    uncontrolled jobs.
       Under this alternative, economic costs 
    would decline to $0.85 billion per year, 
    while costs to employers would decline to 
    $1.85 billion per year. Significantly fewer 
    employers would need to control jobs or 
    initiate full programs; however, the costs of 
    WRP (the proposed rule's Work Restriction 
    Protection provision) would be higher because 
    the standard would prevent significantly 
    fewer MSDs but many workers would continue to 
    need time off to recuperate. This alternative 
    would reduce the number of establishments 
    subject to full programs, but would do 
    nothing to mitigate the effect of a full 
    program on those employers required to have a 
    full program. Thus the economic impact on 
    affected facilities would be virtually 
    unchanged. Direct cost savings (benefits) 
    would decline to $2.18 billion per year under 
    this alternative.
       This alternative also would not 
    significantly decrease employers' costs for 
    determining the covered status of MSDs or for 
    recordkeeping because, for this alternative 
    to work, employers would need to keep records 
    of all MSDs, and the records would need to 
    contain sufficient investigative information 
    for employers to determine, when a second MSD 
    occurred, what control approach to adopt to 
    address the risk factors present in the jobs 
    giving rise to both MSDs.
       Alternative 8: Use a Trigger of Two MSDs 
    within Two Years in the Same Job. Both the 
    SBREFA Panel and OSHA stakeholders 
    recommended that OSHA evaluate an alternative 
    trigger of two covered MSDs in the same job 
    occurring within a two year period. If this 
    trigger were adopted, it would be 35 years 
    before 50% of typical (where ``typical'' is 
    defined as a 5% MSD rate and three persons in 
    the job) uncontrolled jobs were controlled, 
    and 100 years before 90% of such jobs were 
    controlled. In this typical situation, use of 
    this trigger would mean that more than four 
    MSDs would occur in an uncontrolled job 
    before the employer would be required to 
    implement a full program. On the other hand, 
    in the typical controlled job (MSD rate of 
    2.5%, 3 persons per job), 50% of firms would 
    incur 2 MSDs within two years only once in 
    130 years (and thus would have to determine 
    whether the second MSD triggers a full 
    program only once in the same period). Thus 
    this alternative would mean that employers 
    would only rarely have to investigate 
    problems in controlled jobs, but it would do 
    so by allowing many preventable MSDs to occur 
    in uncontrolled jobs.
       Under this alternative, economic costs 
    would decline to $1.40 billion per year, 
    while costs to employers would decline to 
    $2.33 billion per year. Very few employers 
    would need to control jobs or initiate full 
    programs; however, the costs of WRP would be 
    higher because the standard would prevent 
    very few MSDs but many workers would still 
    need time off to recuperate. This alternative 
    would reduce the number of establishments 
    subject to full programs, but would do 
    nothing to mitigate the effect of a full 
    program on those employers required to have 
    such a program. Direct cost savings 
    (benefits) would decline to $4.24 billion per 
    year under this alternative.
       In OSHA's view, this alternative would 
    also not significantly decrease an employer's 
    costs for investigating MSDs or for 
    recordkeeping. For this alternative to work, 
    employers would need to keep records of all 
    MSDs, and the records would need to contain 
    sufficient investigative information for the 
    employer to determine, if a second MSD 
    occurred, what kinds of controls would be 
    appropriate to address the risk factors 
    associated with the two MSDs.
       Alternative 9: Use a Trigger of Two MSDs 
    within Three Years in the Same Job. OSHA also 
    analyzed a trigger alternative of 2 MSDs in 
    three years in the same job. If this trigger 
    were adopted, it would be 10 years before 50% 
    of typical uncontrolled jobs (where 
    ``typical'' is defined as a 5% MSD rate and 
    three persons in the job) were controlled, 
    and 30 years before 90% of such jobs were 
    controlled. Use of this trigger would thus 
    mean that more than four MSDs would occur in 
    an uncontrolled job before a full program to 
    control that job would be required. On the 
    other hand, in the typical controlled job 
    (MSD rate of 2.5%, 3 persons per job), 50% of 
    firms would incur 2 MSDs within two years 
    only once in 80 years (and would then have to 
    determine if the MSD is covered.) Thus this 
    alternative would also ensure that employers 
    would rarely have to investigate problems in 
    controlled jobs, but the alternative achieves 
    this by allowing many preventable MSDs to 
    occur in uncontrolled jobs.
       Under this alternative, economic costs 
    would decline to $1.70 billion per year, 
    while costs to employers would decline to 
    $2.61 billion per year. Significantly fewer 
    employers would need to control jobs or 
    initiate full programs under this 
    alternative; however, the costs of WRP would 
    be higher because the standard would prevent 
    significantly fewer MSDs but many workers 
    would still need time off to recuperate. This 
    alternative would thus reduce the number of 
    establishments subject to full programs, but 
    would do nothing to mitigate the effect of a 
    full program on those employers required to 
    have a full program. Direct cost savings 
    (benefits) would decline to $5.05 billion per 
    year under this alternative.
       Alternative 10: Use a Trigger of One Lost 
    Workday MSD. The SBREFA Panel urged OSHA to 
    consider an alternative trigger of one lost 
    workday MSD, i.e., one MSD involving days 
    away from work. This alternative would have 
    the effect of reducing the probability of 
    triggering a full program by approximately 66 
    percent. If this trigger were adopted, it 
    would be 14 years before 50% of typical 
    uncontrolled jobs (where ``typical'' is 
    defined as a 5% MSD rate and three persons in 
    the job) were controlled, and 50 years before 
    90%
    
    [[Page 66047]]
    
    of such jobs were controlled. On the other 
    hand, in the typical controlled job (MSD rate 
    of 2.5%, 3 persons per job), 50% of firms 
    would incur 2 MSDs within two years only once 
    in 30 years (and thus have to determine if 
    the MSD would trigger a full program). Thus 
    this alternative would also ensure that 
    employers would rarely have to investigate 
    problems in controlled jobs, but the 
    alternative would achieve this by allowing 
    many preventable MSDs to occur in 
    uncontrolled jobs.
       Under this alternative, economic costs 
    would decline to $1.64 billion per year, 
    while costs to employers would decline to 
    $2.49 billion per year. This alternative 
    would reduce the number of establishments 
    subject to full programs, but would do 
    nothing to mitigate the effect of a full 
    program on those employers required to have a 
    full program. Direct cost savings (benefits) 
    would decline to $5.24 billion per year under 
    this alternative.
       Alternative 11: Use a Trigger of One Lost 
    Workday MSD or 2 MSDs. This alternative would 
    provide two triggers. An employer would have 
    to fix a job and/or implement a full program 
    if either of two conditions occurred: (1) 
    There was a lost workday MSD; or (2) There 
    were two MSDs in that job. This alternative 
    would remove an incentive that employers 
    might have with the single lost workday MSD 
    trigger, i.e., to urge employee to be on 
    restricted duty rather than away from the 
    workplace to avoid the lost workday that 
    would trigger the standard's job hazard 
    analysis and control requirements. This 
    approach would somewhat increase both the 
    costs and direct cost savings as compared to 
    alternative 10.
    
    
    OSHA's Preliminary Conclusions With Respect 
    to Alternative Triggers
    
       OSHA has examined a number of alternative 
    triggers, including triggers that are more 
    and less proactive than the trigger included 
    in the proposed standard. OSHA believes that 
    the choice of trigger it has made in the 
    proposal--reliance on the occurrence of a 
    single covered MSD in a job to trigger the 
    full program for that job and all jobs in the 
    establishments that are the same with respect 
    to physical work activities--represents a 
    reasonable compromise between the need to 
    protect workers from MSDs, on the one hand, 
    and the need, on the other, to target the 
    standard to situations where the risk is 
    greatest. OSHA believes that use of a trigger 
    involving more than one MSD or a single lost 
    workday MSD would inevitably mean that many 
    workers will be injured, i.e., that many 
    preventable MSDs will occur before action is 
    taken. OSHA also believes that the provisions 
    of the proposed standard that are designed to 
    ensure that only covered (and thus job-
    related) MSDs trigger the full program are 
    sufficient to ensure that full programs will 
    not be required except where they are needed. 
    OSHA solicits comment both on triggers and 
    the use of more than one MSD as a trigger.
    
    
    Alternatives 12,13, 14, and 15: Alternatives 
    Related to Work Restriction Protection
    
       General Discussion. Many stakeholders 
    objected to the work restriction protection 
    (WRP) provisions (called medical removal 
    protection, or MRP in the draft standard 
    reviewed by the SBREFA Panel) of the proposed 
    standard. The SBREFA Panel recommended that 
    OSHA re-examine the need for WRP and explore 
    possible alternatives to WRP. In order to do 
    this, it is first necessary to understand 
    that OSHA believes WRP is necessary because, 
    absent WRP, the proposed standard provides 
    employers and employees with significant 
    incentives to avoid recognizing and reporting 
    workplace MSDs. First, employees may be 
    reluctant to report MSDs if reporting them 
    could cause the employee to suffer financial 
    loss. In the hearing on OSHA's arsenic 
    standard, for example, OSHA heard testimony 
    to the effect that fully 42% of employees had 
    chosen not to participate in a medical 
    surveillance program that would potentially 
    cause them to lose money or risk their jobs, 
    and the rulemaking records in several other 
    OSHA health standards (e.g., lead, cadmium) 
    also support the need for MRP on the ground 
    that it is needed if employees are to 
    participate fully in medical programs. Two 
    aspects of the proposed standard are 
    especially relevant in this connection: 
    first, the prompt reporting of MSDs is 
    important because MSDs reported early are 
    less likely to lead to long-term disability. 
    One study (see Section VIII. D.) found that 
    the severity of MSDs could be reduced by 75 
    percent or more through early reporting 
    alone. Second, the proposed standard is 
    designed specifically so that, if no covered 
    MSD is reported, the employer need not 
    implement the full program. Thus, employers 
    covered by the standard have significant new 
    incentives to discourage the reporting of 
    MSDs and, absent WRP, employees have a 
    significant incentive not to report them. 
    Three examples, which are discussed 
    separately below, highlight the range of 
    employee disincentives to reporting and 
    employer policies that could be invoked in 
    the absence of WRP: (1) MSDs involving lost 
    worktime and not covered by workers' 
    compensation; (2) MSDs involving lost 
    worktime that are covered by workers' 
    compensation; (3) and assignment to light 
    duty (``restricted work'') involving no lost 
    worktime.
       MSD Not Covered by Workers' Compensation. 
    There are two common reasons why a particular 
    work-related MSDs may not be covered by 
    workers' compensation: first, the length of 
    the worker's absence from work may be shorter 
    than the workers' compensation waiting period 
    for that state. States have waiting periods 
    of from one to seven days before the 
    indemnity portion of workers' compensation 
    comes into effect. This means that an 
    employee who reports an MSD could be out of 
    work for one to seven days without receiving 
    pay for this period. The likelihood of 
    receiving no pay during this interval is 
    particularly important for employees in the 
    50% of small firms that provide their 
    employees with no sick leave (BLS 1995). Thus 
    employees in this situation clearly have an 
    incentive to avoid reporting an MSD, 
    particularly when, under the proposed 
    standard, the employer or health care 
    professional could recommend that the 
    employee stay home for a few days to 
    recuperate. In addition, in the absence of 
    WRP, employers could greatly increase the 
    disincentive for employees to report MSDs by 
    instituting a policy requiring any employee 
    who reports an MSD to take from one to 5 days 
    off from work. Such a policy would, in many 
    cases, cost the employer nothing, and might 
    even seem like a good way of avoiding the 
    worsening of the MSD. However, such a policy 
    would also ensure that employees would be 
    extremely reluctant to report MSDs. There are 
    also situations where many types of work-
    related MSDs, e.g., rotator cuff tendinitis 
    in Virginia, are not covered by workers' 
    compensation no matter how long the absence 
    from work. In this case, the employee could 
    lose his or her job and all pay and benefits 
    for an unlimited duration as a result of the 
    MSD. Since an employee can never be certain 
    that an MSD will be covered by workers' 
    compensation (some employers routinely 
    question all workers' compensation claims 
    related to MSDs), this possibility is likely 
    to be in the employee's mind whenever he or 
    she reports an MSD.
       MSD Covered by Workers' Compensation. When 
    an MSD is covered by workers' compensation, 
    the potential disincentives to underreporting 
    are smaller. For example,
    
    [[Page 66048]]
    
    many States retrospectively pay indemnity for 
    the waiting period once the claim is accepted 
    and the waiting period is exceeded. However, 
    workers' compensation does not address either 
    tangible or intangible benefits other than 
    salary. As a result, a worker out on workers' 
    compensation could lose both tangible 
    benefits (such as health insurance for 
    himself/herself and his/her family) and 
    intangible benefits, such as seniority and 
    even the right to return to the job when 
    able. These potential losses represent a 
    serious threat to the income and job security 
    of an employee and are therefore likely to 
    lead to a reluctance to report.
       Worker with MSD Placed on Restricted Work. 
    When a worker is placed on restricted work 
    within the employer's establishment, workers' 
    compensation temporary disability payments do 
    not come into play. In this situation, the 
    chief disincentive to reporting is the 
    possibility that the employer will cut pay 
    because the available restricted work job 
    involves lower pay, or that the employer will 
    cut tangible or intangible benefits, such as 
    seniority rights.
       Nevertheless, to respond to the 
    recommendation of the SBREFA Panel, OSHA 
    examined a number of alternatives to the 
    proposed work restriction protection 
    provisions, which are discussed in detail 
    below. For comparison, it should be noted 
    that OSHA's proposed WRP provision has 
    annualized costs of $875 million per year. 
    Twenty-four percent of these costs are 
    associated with lost worktime that does not 
    exceed the waiting limit for workers' 
    compensation; 18 percent is associated with 
    supplementing workers' compensation payments 
    with additional pay and benefits; and 58 
    percent is associated with covered MSDs that 
    would not be covered as workers' compensation 
    claims at all. Alternatives 12 through 14 
    assume that a worker would receive 90 percent 
    of take-home pay and full benefits when away 
    from work.
       Alternative 12: Do Not Require Work 
    Restriction Protection. Work restriction 
    protection accounts for approximately 22% of 
    the costs of the rule to employers, or about 
    $875 million per year. All of these costs to 
    employers could be saved by eliminating the 
    WRP provision from the proposed rule. This 
    approach would, however, provide employees 
    with disincentives to report in any situation 
    where either the employee's medical situation 
    or the employer's policies would require the 
    injured employee to spend time away from 
    work. This approach would essentially enable 
    the least conscientious employers to avoid 
    the intent of the standard almost completely 
    by adopting policies designed to discourage 
    reporting; even employees of employers who do 
    not intend to be punitive toward employees 
    reporting MSDs would be somewhat discouraged 
    from reporting because they would fear the 
    economic loss potentially associated with 
    reporting.
       Relatively few of the SERs favored 
    removing the WRP provision completely; many, 
    if not most, of the objections to WRP focused 
    on those situations where an employee would 
    be paid for being absent from work, rather 
    than on workers on restricted work or the 
    loss of intangible benefits after the 
    employee returns to work. In response, OSHA 
    has revised the WRP provision in the proposal 
    to differentiate somewhat between those 
    injured workers who are out of work entirely 
    and those who are on restricted work.
       Alternative 13: Require Worker Restriction 
    Protection for Only Three or Seven Days. 
    Limiting WRP to 3 days with full pay and 
    benefits would address the problem that the 
    workers' compensation system in many States 
    does not cover short term absences. This 
    approach would reduce the costs of WRP by 76 
    percent, to $210 million per year. However, 
    this approach would still leave workers in 
    some States subject to losses even for cases 
    otherwise eligible for workers' compensation 
    because some States have waiting periods that 
    are longer than three days. More importantly, 
    this alternative would provide injured 
    employees with no pay beyond three days if 
    the MSD turned out not to be covered by 
    workers' compensation. Since whether an MSD 
    is covered by workers' compensation cannot be 
    known in advance, adoption of this 
    alternative would, OSHA believes, have a 
    chilling effect on MSD reporting.
       Increasing the coverage to seven days 
    would assure that workers eligible for 
    workers' compensation would be covered in all 
    states. This approach would have costs of 
    $320 million per year.
       Alternative 14: Do Not Start WRP Until the 
    Worker Has Been Absent Three Days. This 
    alternative would be designed to avoid 
    requiring the employer to cover the expenses 
    of an injured employee who would not be 
    eligible for workers' compensation (because 
    of the waiting period) by providing that the 
    first three days of absence with an MSD would 
    not be covered by WRP. This alternative would 
    reduce the costs of WRP by 24 percent, to 
    $667 million per year. However, this 
    alternative would do nothing to deter 
    employers from setting up policies requiring, 
    for example, that any employee reporting an 
    MSD take three days off without pay; such 
    policies would, needless to say, have a 
    chilling effect on reporting. This 
    alternative would also mean that minor MSDs, 
    i.e., those requiring a day or two away from 
    work, could result in loss of pay for the 
    worker. As a result, this alternative would 
    have the perverse effect of encouraging 
    employees to wait until an MSD is serious 
    enough to warrant more than three days away 
    from work before reporting the MSD.
       Alternative 15: Limit WRP to 3 Months. 
    This alternative would be designed to limit 
    the employer's costs of WRP by limiting the 
    length of time that WRP is in effect. It 
    would lower the costs to employers of WRP by 
    24 percent, to $668 million per year. OSHA is 
    concerned that this alternative will have a 
    chilling effect on the reporting of MSDs that 
    could be serious enough to lead to longer 
    term disabilities.
       Alternative 16: Provide WRP at the Level 
    of 100% of Take Home Pay. This alternative 
    would ensure that the worker suffers no 
    economic loss as a result of reporting an 
    MSD. This alternative would increase the 
    costs to employers of WRP by 36%, to $1.2 
    billion per year. This 36% increase in costs 
    to employers represents a transfer in costs 
    to employers from employees, who now bear 
    these economic losses themselves.
    
    
    Alternatives 17, 18, 19, and 20: Different 
    Scope Provisions
    
       OSHA has considered, and asked 
    stakeholders to consider, four alternative 
    scopes for the proposed standard:
       (1) Apply it to manufacturing operations 
    only;
       (2) Apply it to manufacturing operations 
    and manual handling;
       (3) Take the approach reflected by the 
    proposed standard, i.e., provide coverage of 
    all general industry jobs in which a covered 
    MSD occurs; and
       (4) Exempt low hazard firms.
       The first two approaches listed above--
    applying the standard only to manufacturing 
    operations, or only to these operations and 
    manual handling--would have the effect of 
    exempting most industries with somewhat 
    lower, but still significantly high, rates of 
    MSDs from coverage by the proposed standard. 
    OSHA welcomes suggestions about other 
    approaches to the scope of the standard that 
    would reduce the burden on industries with 
    somewhat lower rates of
    
    [[Page 66049]]
    
    MSDs while still protecting employees from 
    the significant risk of incurring an MSD. 
    Each of these alternative scope provisions is 
    discussed below.
       Alternative 17: Cover Manufacturing 
    Operations Only. A proposed standard covering 
    manufacturing operations only would apply to 
    377,000 establishments and capture 30 percent 
    of all lost workday MSDs. Such an approach 
    would address one of the most concentrated 
    areas of MSD risk. Manufacturing operations 
    involve less than 10% of all establishments 
    in general industry and fewer than 15% of all 
    employees, but they account for almost one-
    third of all reported MSDs. This approach was 
    strongly opposed by many stakeholders, who 
    pointed out that many very high risk jobs and 
    industries would not be covered by the 
    proposed standard if this alternative were 
    adopted.
       Alternative 18: Cover Manufacturing and 
    Manual Handling Operations Only. A standard 
    covering manufacturing operations and manual 
    handling only would cover 1.59 million 
    establishments and capture 60 percent of all 
    MSDs. This approach would expand coverage 
    beyond manufacturing, particularly to the 
    high risk transportation and health care 
    sectors, while still maintaining a sharp 
    focus on a limited number of establishments 
    and employees within general industry. 
    However, this approach would leave a large 
    number of employees at significant risk of 
    incurring debilitating injuries. For example, 
    this approach would not cover carpal tunnel 
    syndrome and tendinitis in airline ticket 
    agents, telephone sales personnel or video 
    display terminal personnel. Many stakeholders 
    objected to this approach, and some 
    stakeholders pointed out that it would not be 
    appropriate to require a program when certain 
    employees in an establishment incurred an MSD 
    while other employees in the same facility 
    would not receive the benefits of a program 
    no matter how many MSDs they incurred.
       Alternative 19: Exempt Small Businesses in 
    General Industry. This option is not one that 
    the OSH Act permits OSHA to consider; the Act 
    requires the Agency to protect employees 
    exposed to significant risk to the extent 
    feasible. OSHA's data indicate that there is 
    a significant risk of job-related MSDs even 
    in very small general industry firms. As a 
    result, although OSHA can and is seeking ways 
    to mitigate the standard's impact on small 
    firms, exempting small firms from the 
    standard would leave their employees at 
    significant risk when there are feasible ways 
    of mitigating that risk. OSHA may, however, 
    consider delaying the compliance date or 
    otherwise modifying certain provisions for 
    very small firms. OSHA requests comment on 
    this alternative and on other ways of 
    reducing the costs and impacts of the 
    standard that would protect employees at 
    these firms from the significant risk they 
    face of incurring work-related MSDs.
       Alternative 20: Exempt Low Hazard Firms. 
    OSHA believes that the approach taken in the 
    proposed standard of requiring a full program 
    only when MSDs occur or persistent symptoms 
    and supporting information are present will 
    have the effect in practice of exempting most 
    low hazard small firms from the coverage of 
    the standard. However, it is possible under 
    the proposed standard for a large firm with 
    very low rates of MSDs still to be required 
    to have a program. OSHA believes that 
    coverage of such firms is appropriate, 
    because even low hazard firms may have a few 
    high hazard jobs that merit attention. OSHA 
    welcomes comments on approaches that would 
    exempt some operations from the standard's 
    coverage based on a well-supported 
    demonstration that employees in those firms 
    are not at significant risk of incurring a 
    MSD.
       Alterative 21: Phased Implementation. The 
    SBREFA Panel recommended that OSHA consider 
    the possibility of phasing in implementation 
    of the proposed standard. OSHA has adopted a 
    phased implementation approach in the 
    proposed rule that allows periods of from one 
    to three years after the effective date of 
    the rule for the implementation of various 
    program elements. For example, establishments 
    are permitted three years to implement 
    permanent engineering controls. In addition, 
    reliance on the one MSD trigger ensures that 
    problem jobs are addressed gradually over 
    time; a more proactive approach would be 
    likely to require all problem jobs to be 
    addressed immediately. These features of the 
    proposed rule combine to ensure that small 
    establishments will only be required to 
    address problem jobs gradually. OSHA 
    therefore believes that the proposed rule is 
    fully responsive to this Panel 
    recommendation.
       Alternative 22: Adopt a Safety and Health 
    Program Rule to Cover Ergonomics. OSHA is 
    currently considering proposing a safety and 
    health program rule that would require all 
    establishments in general industry to set up 
    safety and health programs to address hazards 
    covered by existing OSHA standards and the 
    General Duty Clause of the Act. Because there 
    is currently no OSHA ergonomics standard or 
    any other standard addressing work-related 
    MSDs, the safety and health program rule 
    would only address those MSDs that are 
    presently covered by the General Duty Clause. 
    In addition, because the safety and health 
    program rule covers safety and health hazards 
    of all kinds, the provisions it contains are 
    necessarily general. Given that MSDs 
    constitute one-third of all lost workday 
    injuries and illnesses, OSHA feels that 
    employers need more specific direction on how 
    to address MSDs than would be provided 
    through the general safety and health program 
    rule.
       In addition, OSHA's experience with the 
    Maine 200 program, which encouraged firms 
    with high numbers of injuries and illnesses 
    to establish safety and health programs, has 
    shown that the establishment of such programs 
    does not necessarily ensure that MSDs will be 
    adequately addressed. Although some firms 
    incorporated ergonomics into their safety and 
    health programs, many firms in the Maine 200 
    program established programs designed to 
    address traditional safety concerns, but 
    failed to address ergonomics problems at all. 
    OSHA believes that an ergonomics program 
    standard is essential if all general industry 
    firms are to begin to address their 
    ergonomics problems.
    
    
    6. Responses to the SBREFA Panel Report
    
       Because OSHA anticipated that this 
    proposed standard would cause significant 
    impacts on a substantial number of small 
    entities, the Agency convened a SBREFA Panel 
    as required by that Act. Table VIII-8 lists 
    the recommendations of the SBREFA Panel and 
    indicates how OSHA has responded to these 
    recommendations.
    
    [[Page 66050]]
    
    
    
                        Table VIII-8.--Summary of SBREFA Panel Recommendations and OSHA Responses
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                          SBREFA PANEL RECOMMENDS THAT:                                   OSHA's RESPONSE
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    OSHA review its cost estimates in light of these comments, with specific  OSHA has commented on the SERs' cost
     attention to those comments that offered alternative cost and hour        estimates in detail in the Cost
     estimates or explanations of why the commenters believed the costs to     Chapter (Chapter V) of this economic
     be underestimated and to those areas of the program highlighted by the    analysis. OSHA has since reviewed its
     SERs and the Panel as major cost issues (training, consulting costs,      costs and has obtained expert review
     medical removal protection, job hazard analysis, job control). This       of the Agency's estimated costs. In
     review, with a presentation of the estimates provided by the SERs,        several cases, the costs now shown in
     should be included as part of a revised IRFA.                             the analysis, such as those for job
                                                                               control and consultants, have been
                                                                               revised upward.
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    A similar presentation [to that for costs] of the assumptions underlying  OSHA has added a discussion to the
     benefits estimates be included.                                           IRFA providing a schematic outline of
                                                                               the assumptions underlying the
                                                                               benefits analysis.
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    OSHA discuss the sources and bases of these assumptions, significant      OSHA has added this discussion to the
     alternative assumptions, and the reasons OSHA selected the proposed       IRFA.
     assumptions.
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    OSHA reexamine its estimates of the average number of persons in similar  OSHA has revised both the proposed
     jobs (see below for specific recommendation to modify the term            standard and its approach to
     ``similar job''), and how this estimate may impact overall costs.         measuring the number of jobs affected
                                                                               when an MSD occurs. OSHA has also
                                                                               changed the term to ``same jobs'' for
                                                                               clarity.
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    OSHA examine its cost estimates to be sure that it has adequately         OSHA has added costs to its estimated
     accounted for the burden on firms who do not have an MSD and are not      costs of compliance to reflect that
     required to have a basic program. This examination should include an      even establishments that do not fall
     examination of the costs of determining whether an MSD is work-related.   within the scope of the standard will
                                                                               incur costs to familiarize themselves
                                                                               with the standard and determine that
                                                                               they are not covered.
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    OSHA consider whether the Agency's analysis may have underestimated the   OSHA has reviewed its estimates of the
     need for help from outside consultants and that OSHA examine the          need for consultants and special
     necessity for, and cost and availability of, the services of ergonomic    expertise, and has revised upward
     consultants.                                                              both its estimate of the time
                                                                               required for employers to select
                                                                               necessary job controls, the
                                                                               percentage of time consultants will
                                                                               be needed, and the costs associated
                                                                               with consultant services.
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    OSHA consider the extent to which small firms can pass along any price    This issue is addressed in the
     increases to consumers or might experience feasibility problems if such   economic impact section of the
     costs could not be passed along.                                          Preliminary Economic Analysis
                                                                               (Chapter VII).
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    OSHA assess the SERs' statements [concerning selective hiring] as part    This issue is addressed in the
     of its analysis, consider how to mitigate any potential that may exist    Preamble to the proposed standard (in
     for expanding such selective hiring incentives or creating new ones,      Section XI) and has been raised as an
     and solicit comment on these issues.                                      issue for comment.
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    [[Page 66051]]
    
     
    OSHA assess these data [on increases in the number of injuries and        OSHA has reviewed the responses
     illnesses as a result of programs] as part of its analysis. In            employers made to the Agency's
     addition, OSHA provide additional data to support its arguments about     ergonomics survey, and found that
     the costs and cost-savings implications of these programs and             even in the first year of a program,
     specifically address any potential effects of medical removal             firms typically have fewer rather
     protection in encouraging workers to remain off work.                     than more MSDs. As discussed in the
                                                                               benefits section of the economic
                                                                               analysis (Chapter IV), OSHA estimates
                                                                               that the work restriction protection
                                                                               provision (formerly the medical
                                                                               removal protection provision) will
                                                                               help to counter the disincentives to
                                                                               employees to report MSDs early.
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    OSHA conduct the analysis at a level of detail that does not mask the     OSHA has revised its analysis to
     relevant economic differences among industries through aggregation.       conduct the analysis at the three
                                                                               rather than the two digit SIC Code
                                                                               level of detail.
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    OSHA review whether small businesses would need consultants for other     As discussed in the cost analysis,
     elements of the program, whether they may be necessary in a greater       OSHA has reviewed whether consultants
     percentage of cases, and to what degree these factors would alter cost    would be needed for other elements of
     estimates.                                                                the program and found that
                                                                               consultants will not be needed, given
                                                                               the materials available on how to set
                                                                               up a program.
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    OSHA evaluate the usefulness of checklists for these purposes. In the     This issue is discussed in the
     event OSHA develops checklists for its own enforcement personnel, it      Preamble and is raised as an issue
     should make these checklists available to the public.                     for comment.
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    OSHA should either consider alternative approaches to this issue [the     Both the Preamble to the proposed
     trigger criteria for a full program] or clarify these criteria.           standard and the IRFA provide
                                                                               discussions of alternative trigger
                                                                               provisions.
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    OSHA clarify that employers may, if they wish, rely on a physician's      This issue is discussed in the
     opinion in making a work-relatedness determination, and that OSHA would   Preamble.
     bear the burden of proof if it disagreed with such an opinion.
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    OSHA clarify and consider alternatives to this trigger [known hazards]    OSHA has deleted the ``known hazards''
     (these are discussed in the Alternatives Section at the end of this       provision and is instead relying on a
     report), and that OSHA assure that any provision it adopts would not      persistent-symptoms-plus-supporting
     create disincentives to the proactive identification of ergonomic         information trigger in manufacturing
     hazards.                                                                  and manual handling jobs.
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    OSHA seek ways to clarify, explain, and provide examples of these terms   The Preamble to the proposed standard
     [key terms used in the reg text].                                         provides additional definitions and
                                                                               examples of the key terms used in the
                                                                               regulatory text.
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    OSHA clarify the idea of similar jobs and use a more precise term, such   The concept of ``similar'' jobs has
     as ``similar work activities,'' in light of SER comments that all or a    been deleted from the proposed rule
     portion of employees sometimes engage in all or a portion of the work     and been replaced with ``same'' jobs,
     activities in the establishment. In addition, OSHA provide in the         which are defined in terms of the
     regulatory document examples of which similar work activities would or    same work activities.
     would not be covered by the standard.
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    OSHA clarify that the draft proposed rule only requires the employer to   The technological feasibility chapter
     control hazards to the extent feasible for that firm, using the normal    of the economic analysis discusses
     OSH Act definition of feasibility (i.e., ``Is it capable of being         this issue, as does the Job Hazard
     done''), discuss in the preamble the factors that go into that            Analysis and Control section of the
     determination, and seek ways to include such explanatory information in   preamble.
     the preamble, outreach, and compliance assistance materials.
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    [[Page 66052]]
    
     
    Definitions of personal protective equipment and engineering controls be  Definitions of these terms, with
     added to the proposed standard, with ergonomic examples that help to      examples, have been added to the
     explain how they differ.                                                  regulatory text.
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    OSHA discuss the issue of adequate control and provide examples. In       Examples of adequate control have been
     addition, OSHA clarify the meaning of the proposed rule so that           provided in the technological
     employers will have a better idea of when they have done enough to        feasibility section of the economic
     comply with the standard. Examples should be added to the preamble to     analysis and are discussed in the
     further clarify this point.                                               Preamble as well. In addition, the
                                                                               regulatory text now includes a step-
                                                                               by-step incremental abatement
                                                                               process.
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    The proposed standard be modified to clarify the requirement for program  This issue has been clarified in the
     evaluations. Such modifications should reflect the flexibility of         regulatory text and the Preamble.
     employers to use non-quantitative measures, quantitative measures, or a
     combination of these to evaluate their ergonomics programs.
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    If MRP is included in the proposed rule, OSHA explain in the preamble     OSHA has an extensive discussion of
     how the proposed provision interacts with state workers' compensation     Work Restriction Protection in the
     laws and why OSHA believes the rule's MRP provision is not in conflict    Preamble, including a discussion of
     with Section 4(b)(4) of the OSH Act, and solicit comment on this issue.   the relationship between WRP and
                                                                               workers' compensation.
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    OSHA draft the proposed rule to achieve these objectives [of EEO laws,    These issues are discussed in the
     the ADA and ADEA].                                                        Preamble to the proposed standard.
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    OSHA address how the ergonomics program accommodates the requirements of  This issue is addressed in the
     the ADA. Also, OSHA seek to minimize any unintended consequences of the   Preamble to the proposed standard.
     rule that might undermine the protections afforded under the ADA, as
     well as the ADEA.
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    OSHA draft the proposed rule to achieve these objectives [of the NLRA]    OSHA has added this material to the
     and discuss and give examples of employee participation mechanisms that   Preamble.
     would allow employers to be in full compliance with both the NLRA and
     the proposed rule.
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    OSHA ensure that the two rules [the ergonomics proposal and the safety    OSHA is developing the two rules so
     and health program proposal] are developed in a way that allows an        they will be compatible. Because this
     employer's ergonomics program to be an integral part of that employer's   rule precedes the safety and health
     general safety and health program and to avoid duplicative requirements   program rule, the benefits and costs
     or recordkeeping (for example, by making clear that an ergonomics         for this rule have not considered
     program can be part of an effective safety and health program). In        possible overlaps with the safety and
     addition, the economic analyses supporting the two rules be compatible    health program rule. OSHA has ensured
     and not double count either costs or benefits. In addition, that OSHA     consistency between the definitions
     ensure consistency between relevant definitions in their upcoming         of ``MSD'' and ``recordable'' in this
     revision of the recordkeeping rule and the proposed ergonomics            proposed ergonomics rule and the
     standard.                                                                 recordkeeping rule.
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    OSHA further explain its non-regulatory guidance efforts to date, the     Discussions of these topics are
     basis for its belief that a significant risk remains, and why it          included in the Preamble and in the
     believes a proposed rule is now appropriate to reduce that risk. The      IRFA.
     Panel recommends that OSHA solicit comments on the need for a rule and
     on the effectiveness of non-regulatory approaches.
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    OSHA discuss whether a safety and health program rule would adequately    A discussion of this topic has been
     address MSDs, thereby eliminating the need for a separate ergonomics      included in the IRFA.
     rule.
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    OSHA explain why it does not wish to delay this proposed regulatory       This topic is discussed in the
     action until that time [when the second NAS study is completed], and      Preamble to the proposed standard.
     consider any available results of the NAS study that are in the record
     of the final rule.
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    OSHA consider phased implementation, allowing additional time for small   A discussion of phased implementation
     employers and/or employers in particular industries where feasibility     has been included in the Preamble to
     may be a concern.                                                         the proposed rule and in the
                                                                               discussion of alternatives in the
                                                                               IRFA.
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    [[Page 66053]]
    
     
    In addition to OSHA's proposed trigger of one work-related MSD, where     A discussion of trigger alternatives
     regular work activities expose the employee to hazards likely to cause    has been added to the IRFA.
     or contribute to that MSD, OSHA analyze and consider a variety of
     alternative triggers, paying special attention to:
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
       A trigger using multiple work-related MSDs over a time frame
       that might exceed one year; and
       Staged implementation of program elements based on multiple
       work-related MSDs.
    In addition, the Panel recommends that OSHA look at other types of
     triggers, including lost workday MSDs, MSD rates, numbers of MSDs or
     MSD rates for different sizes of firms and different periods of time,
     as well as the use of a checklist to determine the presence of a
     hazard.
    OSHA consider this issue [the known hazard provision] and ensure that     OSHA had deleted the provision about
     any provision it adopts would avoid disincentives to identify hazards.    known hazards.
     In addition, OSHA consider not including this provision in the proposed
     rule.
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    The proposed rule clearly indicate which manual handling and other        The regulatory text and definitions
     operations are included in the proposed rule and which are excluded       section clearly delineate which
     from it.                                                                  operations are included and which are
                                                                               excluded, and the Preamble also
                                                                               clarifies this issue.
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    OSHA continue to analyze and solicit comments on the alternatives of      The preamble and the IRFA continue to
     limiting the proposed standard to manufacturing only, and to              solicit comment on these issues, and
     manufacturing and manual handling only.                                   the IRFA considers these
                                                                               alternatives.
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    OSHA pay particular attention to the following issues related to MRP
     (now called WRP):
       Determine whether the evidence indicates that MRP or other     OSHA has modified the provision to
       provisions are necessary to achieve the goal of prompt and complete     require a lower percentage of take-
       reporting of MSDs. The Panel realizes that, as with any other           home pay for workers absent from
       decision, OSHA's final determination of whether MRP is necessary must   work. These issues are discussed in
       be based on substantial evidence in the standard's record considered    detail both in the Preamble and in
       as a whole. In addition, recommend that OSHA solicit comment on the     the IRFA.
       alternative of excluding MRP from the rule;
       If MRP or another provision is necessary, examine whether the
       purposes of MRP could be met with a more limited form of MRP, such as
       a shorter time limit for MRP coverage, a smaller percentage of income
       replacement, or recognition of a feasibility limitation on MRP at the
       firm level, such as that used in OSHA's Methylene Chloride standard;
       Assess whether alternatives other than MRP would be as
       effective in achieving the goals of prompt and complete reporting,
       such as alternatives that may not involve payments to employees; and
       Examine whether MRP should be phased in over a period of
       time.
    Some SERs also expressed concern that, as currently drafted, OSHA's
     regulatory language could be interpreted as providing injured employees
     on MRP with more take-home pay than they would have had before the
     injury. The Panel recommends that, if a form of MRP is included in the
     proposed rule, OSHA make it clear that MRP will not result in higher
     take-home income for removed employees than they would otherwise have
     received.
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    References
    
      Bernard, B., Fine, L., eds. [Bernard et al, 
    1997]. Musculoskeletal Disorders and 
    Workplace Factors. Cincinnati, OH: U.S. 
    Department of Health and Human Services, 
    Public Health Service, Centers for Disease 
    Control, National Institute for Occupational 
    Safety and Health. DHHS (NIOSH) Publication 
    #97-141. Ex. 26-1
      Bureau of Labor Statistics. [BLS, 1996]. 
    Unpublished data from the 1996 BLS Survey of 
    Occupational Injuries and Illnesses. Bureau 
    of Labor Statistics. Ex. 26-1413
      Bureau of the Census [DOC, 1996]. U.S. 
    Department of Commerce, CD-ROM issued 
    November 1996. Ex. 28-6
      Bureau of the Census [DOC, 1998]. U.S. 
    Department of Commerce, County Business 
    Patterns, 1996. Ex. 28-2
      Cannon LJ, Bernacki EJ, Walter SD [1981]. 
    Personal and occupational factors associated 
    with carpal tunnel syndrome. J Occup Med 
    23(4):255-258. Ex. 26-1212
      Cohen, A.L., Gjessing, C.C., Fine, L.J., 
    Bernard, B.P., McGlothlin, J.D. [Cohen, et 
    al,1997]. Elements of Ergonomics Programs A 
    Primer Based on Workplace Evaluations of 
    Musculoskeletal Disorders. Cincinnati, OH: 
    U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, 
    Public Health Service, Centers for Disease 
    Control and Prevention, National Institute 
    for Occupational Safety and Health. 
    DHHS(NIOSH) Publication No. 97-117. Ex. 26-2
    
    [[Page 66054]]
    
      Eastern Research Group. [ERG, 1999]. 
    Description of Cost Estimates of Ergonomic 
    Controls Under Draft OSHA Ergonomics Standard 
    Lexington, MA. 1999. Ex. 28-7
      Fine, L.J., Silverstein, B.A., Armstrong, 
    T.J., Anderson, C.A., Sugano, D.S. [Fine, et 
    al, 1986]. Detection of cumulative trauma 
    disorders of upper extremities in the 
    workplace. Journal of Occupational Medicine, 
    28(8): 674-678. Ex. 26-920
      General Accounting Office [GAO, 1997]. 
    Worker Protection: Private Sector Ergonomics 
    Programs Yield Positive Results. GAO/HEHS-97-
    163. Ex. 26-5
      Hanrahan, Lawrence P. [Hanrahan, 1987]. 
    ``Apppendix E: A Comparison of the BLS Annual 
    Survey to Workers'' Compensation for 
    Wisconsin in 1984 and 1985'', Counting 
    Injuries and Illnesses in the Workplace: 
    Proposals for a Better System, National 
    Academy Press, 1987. Ex. 28-4
      Mendeloff, J. [Mendeloff, 1996]. A 
    Preliminary Evaluation of the ``Top 200'' 
    Program in Maine. Pittsburgh, PA.: U.S. 
    Department of Labor, Occupational Safety and 
    Health Administration, Office of Statistics. 
    Ex. 28-8
      National Research Council [NRC,1999]. Work-
    Related Musculoskeletal Disorders: Report, 
    Workshop Summary, and Workshop Papers. 
    Washington, DC: National Academy Press. Ex. 
    26-37
      Occupational Safety and Health 
    Administration [OSHA, 1990]. Ergonomics 
    Program Management Guidelines for Meatpacking 
    Plants. U.S. Department of Labor, 
    Occupational Safety and Health 
    Administration. OSHA Publication #3123. Ex. 
    26-3
      Occupational Safety and Health 
    Administration. [OSHA, 1999]. Preliminary 
    Economic Analysis and Regulatory Flexibility 
    Analysis. Occupational Safety and Health 
    Administration. Ex. 28-1
      Oxenburgh, M. [Oxenburgh, 1991]. Increasing 
    Productivity and Profit through Health & 
    Safety. CCH International. Ex. 26-1041
      Robert Morris Associates [RMA, 1996]. 
    Annual Statement Studies 1996. Robert Morris 
    Associates. Philadelphia, PA 1996
      Silverstein, B.A., Stetson, D.A., 
    Keyserling, W.M., Fine, L.J. [Silverstein, et 
    al, 1997]. Work-related musculoskeletal 
    disorders: comparison of data sources for 
    surveillance. American Journal of Industrial 
    Medicine, 31:600-608. Ex. 26-28
      Small Business Regulatory Enforcement 
    Fairness Act (SBREFA) Panel Report [April 
    1999]. Small Business Advocacy Review Panel 
    on the Occupational Safety and Health 
    Administration's Draft Proposed Ergonomics 
    Program Rule. Ex. 23
      U.S. Small Business Administration [SBA, 
    1996]. Table of Size Standards. Ex. 28-3
    
    
    IX. Unfunded Mandates
    
       OSHA reviewed the proposed ergonomics 
    program standard in accordance with the 
    Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995 (UMRA) 
    (2 U.S.C. 1501 et seq.) and Executive Order 
    12875. As discussed above in the Summary of 
    the Preliminary Economic Analysis (Section 
    VIII of the preamble), OSHA estimates that 
    compliance with the proposed ergonomics 
    program standard will require the expenditure 
    of approximately $4.2 billion dollars each 
    year by employers in the private sector. 
    Therefore, the proposed ergonomics program 
    standard establishes a federal private sector 
    mandate and is a significant regulatory 
    action, within the meaning of Section 202 of 
    UMRA (2 U.S.C. 1532). OSHA has included this 
    statement to address the anticipated effects 
    of the proposed ergonomics program standard 
    pursuant to Section 202.
       OSHA standards do not apply to state and 
    local governments, except in states that have 
    voluntarily elected to adopt an OSHA State 
    Plan. Consequently, the proposed ergonomics 
    program standard does not meet the definition 
    of a ``Federal intergovernmental mandate'' 
    (Section 421(5) of UMRA (2 U.S.C. 658(5)). In 
    addition, the Agency has preliminarily 
    concluded, based on review of the rulemaking 
    record to date, that few, if any, of the 
    affected employers are state, local and 
    tribal governments. In sum, the proposed 
    ergonomics program standard does not impose 
    unfunded mandates on state, local and tribal 
    governments.
       The anticipated benefits and costs of this 
    proposed standard are addressed in the 
    Summary of the Preliminary Economic Analysis 
    (Section VIII of this preamble), above, and 
    in the Preliminary Economic Analysis (Ex. 28-
    1). In addition, pursuant to Section 205 of 
    the UMRA (2 U.S.C. 1535), having considered a 
    reasonable number of alternatives as outlined 
    in this Preamble and in the economic analysis 
    (Ex. 28-1), the Agency has preliminarily 
    concluded that the proposed standard is the 
    most cost-effective alternative for 
    implementation of OSHA's statutory objective 
    of reducing significant risk to the extent 
    feasible. This is discussed at length in the 
    economic analysis (Ex. 28-1) and in the 
    Summary and Explanation (Section IV of this 
    preamble) for the various provisions of the 
    proposed ergonomics program standard.
    
    
    X. Environmental Impact
    
       OSHA has reviewed its proposed ergonomics 
    standard in accordance with the National 
    Environmental Policy Act (NEPA) (42 USC 4321 
    et seq.), the regulations of the Council on 
    Environmental Quality (40 CFR Part 1500), and 
    DOL's procedures (29 Part 11).
       The proposed ergonomics standard will 
    require businesses to correct those jobs that 
    contribute to musculoskeletal disorders 
    (MSDs) by modifying the conditions in which 
    the work is performed. In investigating the 
    regulatory impacts of the proposal, OSHA has 
    identified a large number of possible forms 
    of job modifications. The types of job 
    modifications include work station 
    modification, redesign of tools, job 
    rotation, full or partial automation of 
    tasks, and other changes.
       Ergonomics is the science of fitting jobs 
    to people. Job modifications typically result 
    in greater productive efficiencies without 
    the ongoing need for additional resources or 
    increased discharge of pollutants. 
    Frequently, process redesign results in 
    improved quality control, resulting in fewer 
    wasted materials. More broadly, reducing MSDs 
    will reduce the need for medical care 
    resources. For these reasons, OSHA has 
    determined that these job modifications will 
    not generate a significant impact on the 
    external environment.
       The proposed ergonomics standard would 
    also require employers to develop ergonomic 
    programs that train workers to recognize and 
    avoid unhealthy work positions, provide for 
    the management of MSDs, and perform analyses 
    of the ergonomic characteristics of jobs. 
    None of these programmatic activities would 
    generate a significant environmental impact.
       As a result of this review, OSHA has 
    preliminarily concluded that no significant 
    environmental impacts would result from this 
    proposed rulemaking.
    
    
    XI. Additional Statutory Issues
    
       This chapter addresses additional issues 
    OSHA has considered in developing this 
    proposed rule. OSHA sets forth preliminary 
    conclusions on each issue. The agency invites 
    public comment on these issues.
    
    
    A. Occupational hazard--Does OSHA have the 
    authority to regulate MSD hazards, as 
    occupational hazards that cause or contribute 
    to occupational injuries?
    
       OSHA's authority to set standards is 
    limited to ameliorating ``conditions that 
    exist in the workplace.''
    
    [[Page 66055]]
    
    Industrial Union Dep't, AFL-CIO v. American 
    Petroleum Inst. et al. (Benzene), 448 U.S. 
    607, 642 (1980). Before OSHA can promulgate a 
    standard, the Agency must make a ``threshold 
    finding that a place of employment is 
    unsafe.'' Id. (emphasis added). See also 
    Atlas Roofing Co. v. OSHRC, 430 U.S. 442, 445 
    (1977) (``The [OSH] Act created a new 
    statutory duty to avoid maintaining unsafe or 
    unhealthy working conditions.'' (emphasis 
    added)).
       Some stakeholders have suggested that 
    because MSDs can result from outside 
    activities as well as from work conditions, 
    OSHA lacks authority to protect workers from 
    occupational exposures that can contribute to 
    MSDs. This suggestion is contrary to 
    precedent and common sense and is 
    antithetical to the purpose of the Act to 
    provide safe and healthy working conditions 
    for every man and woman in the nation.
       Many, if not most, of the adverse health 
    conditions OSHA seeks to prevent can be 
    caused by non-work as well as work 
    activities. For example, many health 
    standards, such as the asbestos standard, are 
    designed to protect employees from lung and 
    other cancers.
       The courts have made clear that OSHA has 
    authority to regulate workplace conditions 
    that create a significant risk of an 
    impairment, even if such impairments can also 
    be caused by non-work activities. This 
    authority was upheld by the en banc Court of 
    Appeals for the Fourth Circuit in Forging 
    Industry Assn. v. Secretary of Labor, 773 
    F.2d 1436,1442 (4th Cir. 1985) (Noise).
       That case dealt with a challenge to the 
    Hearing Conservation Amendment to OSHA's 
    Occupational Noise standard. That amendment 
    establishes certain requirements that must be 
    met to reduce the incidence of and/or prevent 
    hearing impairment due to occupational noise 
    exposure. Before issuing the amendment, OSHA 
    found that 10-15% of workers exposed to noise 
    levels below the previous permissible 
    exposure limit (PEL) would suffer material 
    hearing impairment. Id. at 1443. OSHA based 
    this finding on a ``panoply of scientific 
    reports and studies,'' including studies done 
    by the National Institute for Occupational 
    Safety and Health (NIOSH) and the 
    Environmental Protection Agency (EPA). Id. 
    OSHA also found that those employees who had 
    suffered a hearing decrement of 10 decibels 
    in either ear faced a greater risk from 
    continued exposure to high levels of 
    workplace noise than workers whose hearing 
    was unimpaired. Id. OSHA's Hearing 
    Conservation Amendment provided hearing-
    endangered workers with protection in the 
    workplace in order to decrease the risk of 
    hearing impairment. Id.
       The Forging Industry Association (FIA) 
    argued that ``because hearing loss may be 
    sustained as a result of activities which 
    take place outside the workplace--such as 
    listening to loud music, age, or engaging in 
    certain recreational activities--OSHA acted 
    beyond its statutory authority by regulating 
    non-occupational conditions or causes.'' 
    Noise, 773 F.2d at 1442. The court found ``no 
    merit'' in FIA's argument. Id. The court 
    ruled that OSHA properly relied on ``the 
    extensive and thorough research of several 
    scientific institutions in defining the 
    problems related to industrially-caused 
    hearing loss and designing its proposal.'' 
    Id. at 1443. The court also stressed that 
    OSHA excluded non-occupational hearing loss 
    from the proposed rule. Id. at 1444 (``To be 
    sure, some hearing loss occurs as a part of 
    the aging process and can vary according to 
    non-occupational noise to which employees are 
    exposed. The amendment, however, is concerned 
    with occupational noise--a hazard of the 
    workplace.''). The court ruled that the fact 
    that non-occupational hazards may contribute 
    to hearing loss does not mean that OSHA 
    should reform from regulating workplace 
    conditions that are shown to cause such loss:
    
      The amendment provides that non-
    occupationally caused hearing loss be 
    excluded from its regulation. See 29 CFR 
    Secs. 1910.95(g)(8)(ii), 1910.95(g)(10)(ii) 
    (1984). Assuming, however, that some loss 
    caused by aging of smaller amounts of noise 
    sustained for shorter periods also aggravates 
    the hearing loss incurred by an individual 
    employed in a high noise-producing industry, 
    that is scant reason to characterize the 
    primary risk factor as non-occupational. 
    Breathing automobile exhaust and general air 
    pollution, for example, is damaging to lungs, 
    whether healthy or not. The presence of 
    unhealthy lungs in the workplace, however, 
    hardly justifies failure to regulate noxious 
    workplace fumes. Nor would there be logic to 
    characterizing regulation of the fumes as 
    non-occupational because the condition 
    inflicted is aggravated by outside irritants. 
    Noise, 773 F.2d at 1444.
    
       As with the Hearing Conservation Amendment 
    to the Noise standard, the proposed 
    ergonomics rule is limited to regulating 
    work-related MSDs and occupational MSD 
    hazards. The proposed standard requires 
    employers to set up an ergonomics program to 
    eliminate or control workplace MSD hazards. 
    In addition, the proposed rule contains 
    language that ensures that the OSHA 
    recordable MSDs that trigger action under the 
    proposed rule are work-related (e.g., the MSD 
    occurred in a job where the employee is 
    exposed to MSD hazards and the workplace 
    conditions and physical work activities are 
    reasonably likely to cause or contribute to 
    the type of MSD reported).
       The Occupational Safety and Health Review 
    Commission has reached the same conclusion in 
    an ergonomics case brought under the Act's 
    general duty clause. In Secretary of Labor v. 
    Pepperidge Farm, Inc., 17 O.S.H. Cas. (BNA) 
    1993 (April 26, 1997) (Pepperidge Farm), the 
    Commission held that where work was shown to 
    be a substantial contributing factor to MSDs, 
    the fact that non-work factors may also play 
    a role did not preclude OSHA from requiring 
    the employer to abate the workplace hazards. 
    In that case, Pepperidge Farm contested a 
    number of citations for recordkeeping and 
    repetitive motion violations that OSHA had 
    issued under section 5(a)(1) of the OSH Act. 
    In order to prove a section 5(a)(1) 
    violation, OSHA had the burden of showing 
    that ``a condition or activity in the 
    employer's workplace presents a hazard to 
    employees.'' Id. at 2009 (emphasis added). 
    Pepperidge Farm argued that section 5(a)(1) 
    should not apply to MSD workplace hazards 
    because, among other things, ``non-workplace 
    factors may cause or contribute to the 
    illnesses at issue and that individuals 
    differ in their susceptibility to potential 
    causal factors.'' Id. at 2013. The Commission 
    held that such factors should not ``ipso 
    facto'' preclude the possibility of 
    enforcement under section 5(a)(1). Id. at 
    2013. The Commission also analyzed a 
    significant amount of evidence that showed a 
    causal relationship between MSDs and 
    workplace hazards, including testimony from 
    medical personnel who examined injured 
    workers, epidemiological data, and injury 
    incidence at a Pepperidge Farm plant. Id. at 
    2020-26. The Commission ultimately found that 
    there was a causal connection:
    
      We therefore conclude that the Secretary 
    has established on this record a causal 
    connection between [MSDs] affecting the 
    employees at Downingtown [a Pepperidge Farm 
    plant] and their work on the biscuit lines. 
    In doing so, we are mindful that many of 
    these injuries may have had more than one 
    causal factor and of the experts who contend 
    that the specific cause of such injuries is, 
    essentially, unknowable or presently unknown. 
    As is the case with many occupational ills 
    with multiple possible causes, employees are 
    more or less susceptible to injury on the job 
    because of the individual attributes and 
    backgrounds they bring to the workplace. As 
    with
    
    [[Page 66056]]
    
    these other ills, the Secretary is not thus 
    foreclosed from attempting to eliminate or 
    significantly reduce the hazard by regulating 
    what is shown to be a substantial 
    contributing factor to the worker injuries. 
    Id. at 2029.
    
       The fact that certain physical 
    characteristics of employees may make them 
    more susceptible to developing MSDs also does 
    not divest OSHA of authority to issue the 
    proposed rule. In setting standards under 
    section 6(b)(5) of the OSH Act, OSHA must set 
    the standard ``which most adequately assures 
    * * * that no employee will suffer material 
    impairment of health or functional capacity 
    even if such employee has regular exposure to 
    the hazard dealt with by such standard for 
    the period of his working life.'' 29 U.S.C. 
    655(b)(5) (emphasis added). OSHA may not 
    decline to regulate a hazard because certain 
    people are more susceptible or less 
    susceptible than others to disease or injury 
    if exposed to that hazard.
       This principle was upheld by the Court of 
    Appeals for the D.C. Circuit in a challenge 
    to OSHA's Asbestos standard. In the Asbestos 
    rulemaking, OSHA based its significant risk 
    determination, in part, on epidemiologic 
    studies that included workers who smoked. 
    Asbestos, 838 F.2d at 1264-65. The Asbestos 
    Information Association (AIA) claimed that 
    because smoking and asbestos worked 
    synergistically (i.e., the cancer risks of 
    smoking workers exposed to asbestos were 
    greater than the sum of the risks of smoking 
    and asbestos), OSHA overestimated the risks 
    posed by asbestos. Id. at 1265. AIA did not 
    claim that OSHA failed to control for 
    smoking. Rather, AIA claimed that OSHA 
    improperly considered smokers' incremental 
    risks from asbestos. Id. In rejecting AIA's 
    claim, the court stated:
    
      [Section] 6(b)(5) calls on OSHA to set 
    standards such that ``no employee'' will 
    experience the forbidden level of risk. We 
    understand the employers' aggravation that 
    they are being forced to bear part of the 
    burden imposed by employees' decision to 
    smoke, but we do not think that at this stage 
    of American history smokers can be regarded 
    as so far beyond the pale as to require OSHA 
    to disregard them in computing the risks of 
    asbestos. Id.
    
       See also Reich v. Arcadian Corp.110 F3rd 
    1192 (5th Cir. 1987) (Act's general duty 
    clause protects especially susceptible 
    employees). OSHA is properly regulating 
    workplace MSD hazards and work-related MSDs.
    
    
    B. Health standards--Is this proposed rule a 
    section 6(b)(5) standard?
    
       To determine whether the proposed rule is 
    a section 6(b)(5) ``health'' standard first 
    requires determining whether MSD hazards are 
    the type of ``health hazards'' section 
    6(b)(5) is intended to cover.
    
    
    1. Section 6(b)(5) ``health'' standards
    
       ``The [OSH] Act delegates broad authority 
    to the Secretary to promulgate different 
    kinds of standards.'' Industrial Union Dept., 
    AFL-CIO v. American Petroleum Institute, 448 
    U.S. 607, 611 (1980) (Benzene). Where toxic 
    substances or harmful physical agents are 
    concerned, not only must a standard meet the 
    requirements of section 3(8), it must also 
    comply with section 6(b)(5) of the OSH Act. 
    Section 6(b)(5) provides that in promulgating 
    standards dealing with ``toxic materials or 
    harmful physical agents,'' OSHA shall:
        Set the standard which most 
    adequately assures,
        To the extent feasible,
        On the basis of the best 
    available evidence,
        That no employee will suffer 
    material impairment of health or functional 
    capacity,
        Even if such employee has regular 
    exposure to the hazard dealt with by such 
    standard for the period of his working life. 
    29 U.S.C. 655(b)(5).
       While all standards must be highly 
    protective, the ``feasibility mandate'' of 
    section 6(b)(5) also requires OSHA to select 
    ``the most protective standard consistent 
    with feasibility'' that is needed to reduce 
    significant risk of harm due to exposure to a 
    health hazard. American Textile Mfrs. 
    Institute v. Donovan (Cotton Dust), 452 U.S. 
    490, 509 (1981). To help ensure that health 
    standards provide such protection, Congress 
    authorized OSHA to include the following 
    among a health standard's requirements:
        Appropriate information or forms 
    of warning about exposure to hazards, 
    relevant symptoms, proper conditions and 
    precautions, and appropriate emergency 
    treatment;
        Monitoring or measuring of 
    employee exposure;
        Medical examinations or tests;
        Suitable protective equipment and 
    control or technological procedures;
        Other information gathering and 
    transmittal provisions. 29 U.S.C. 655(b)(7).
    
    
    2. Harmful physical agents
    
       Section 6(b)(5) applies only to ``toxic 
    substances or harmful physical agents.'' 29 
    U.S.C. 655(b)(5). While the OSH Act does not 
    define these terms, the courts have looked to 
    the Act's legislative history and have 
    concluded that Congress intended section 
    6(b)(5) to address ``latent'' risks of harm; 
    that is, hazard exposures that take their 
    toll over time or whose deleterious effect is 
    not readily apparent. International Union, 
    UAW v. OSHA (LOTO I), 938 F2d. 1310, 1314-15 
    (D.C. Cir. 1991); S. Rep. 91-1282, 91st 
    Cong., 2d Sess. 2-39 (1970); H.R. Rep. 91-
    1291, 91st Cong., 2d Sess. 15 (1970), 
    reprinted in Senate Committee on Labor and 
    Public Welfare, Legislative History of the 
    Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970 
    (Legislative History).
       In Senate debates, Senator Williams, 
    sponsor of the OSH Act, and Senator Dominick 
    referred to toxic materials and harmful 
    physical agents as ``hidden hazards'' because 
    of the latency period that exists between 
    exposure to these hazards and the occurrence 
    of harm:
    
      A particularly urgent concern repeatedly 
    brought out during our hearings is the 
    frequent exposure of many workers to a great 
    variety of toxic materials or harmful 
    physical agents. [Workers] are often unaware 
    of the nature of such exposure or of its 
    extent. In some cases, the consequences of 
    overexposure may be severe and immediate; in 
    other cases, effects may be delayed or 
    latent. Senator Williams, Legislative History 
    at 415 (emphasis added).8
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
      \8\ Congress codified in the OSH Act this 
    distinction between ``health'' and ``safety'' 
    standards. See 29 U.S.C. 651(6) 
    (``[E]xplor[e] way to discover latent 
    diseases * * * relating to health problems, 
    in recognition of the fact that occupational 
    health standards present problems often 
    different from those involved in occupational 
    safety''); 29 U.S.C. 655(c)(1) (OSHA's 
    authority to issue emergency temporary 
    standard limited to new hazards or to 
    ``health'' hazards whose hazardous character 
    is newly-discovered).
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
      [A]nyone working in toxic agents and 
    physical agents which might be harmful may be 
    subjected to such conditions for the rest of 
    his working life, so that we can get at 
    something which might not be toxic now, if he 
    works in it a short time, but if he works in 
    it the rest of his life might be very 
    dangerous * * *.'' Senator Dominick, 
    Legislative History at 503 (emphasis added).
    
       The courts have looked to the legislative 
    history for determining whether a particular 
    rule is a ``health'' or ``safety'' standard. 
    In the Benzene decision, the Supreme Court 
    also said:
    
    
    [[Page 66057]]
    
    
       The reason that Congress drafted a special 
    section for [toxic substances and harmful 
    physical agents] was not * * * because it 
    thought that there was a need for special 
    protection in these areas. Rather, it was 
    because Congress recognized that there were 
    special problems in regulating health risks 
    as opposed to safety risks. In the latter 
    case, the risks are generally immediate and 
    obvious, while in the former, the risks may 
    not be evident until a worker has been 
    exposed for long periods of time to 
    particular substances. It was to assure that 
    the secretary took account of these long-term 
    risks that Congress enacted Sec. 6(b)(5). 
    Benzene, 448 U.S. at 649 n. 54 (emphasis 
    added).
    
       In the challenge to the Lockout/Tagout 
    standard, 29 CFR 1910.147, the court applied 
    this test in upholding OSHA's determination 
    that unexpected energization of equipment was 
    not a harmful physical agent because it was 
    not the type of ``gradually accumulating 
    hazard'' and ``latent-hazard[]'' contemplated 
    by section 6(b)(5). International Union, UAW 
    v. OSHA (LOTO I), 938 F.2d 1310, 1314-15 
    (D.C. Cir. 1991). The court accepted OSHA's 
    position of viewing health standards as 
    coextensive with standards governing latent 
    hazards, ``which are frequently undetectable 
    to the casual observer because they are 
    subtle or develop slowly or after latency 
    periods;'' contrasting them from ``safety'' 
    standards, which address hazards that cause 
    immediately visible physical harm. LOTO I, 
    938 F.2d at 1313. See also National Grain and 
    Feed Assn. v. OSHA (Grain-Handling), 866 F.2d 
    717 (5th Cir. 1989) (holding that ``the 
    immediate and obvious danger posed by grain 
    dust in grain-handling facilities [i.e., 
    explosion] does not constitute a ``harmful 
    physical agent'' within the contemplation of 
    section 6(b)(5)'').
       The legislative history, case law, past 
    OSHA practice and evidence in the record all 
    indicate that MSD hazards are the type of 
    latent and insidious hazards which Congress 
    intended section 6(b)(5) to address. The 
    legislative history indicates that Congress, 
    in discussing the hazards covered by section 
    6(b)(5), repeatedly referred to vibration 
    (one of the MSD hazards this proposed 
    standard covers) as an example of a harmful 
    physical agent. Legislative History at 142-43 
    (discussing 1967 Surgeon General study 
    finding that 65% of employees in industrial 
    plants were ``potentially exposed to harmful 
    physical agents, such as severe noise or 
    vibration, or to toxic materials''), 412, 
    415, 446, 516, 845 (Committee Print 1971).
       Past OSHA practice also shows that OSHA 
    has consistently regarded MSD hazards as 
    latent hazards. In the OSHA rule on Access to 
    Employee Exposure and Medical Records, for 
    example, MSD hazards are included in the 
    definition of harmful physical agents, which 
    are among the hazards section 6(b)(5) covers:
    
      Toxic substances or harmful physical agent 
    means * * * physical stress (noise, heat, 
    cold, vibration, repetitive motion, ionizing 
    and non-ionizing radiation, hypo- or 
    hyperbaric pressure, etc.) which * * * [h]as 
    yielded positive evidence of an acute or 
    chronic health hazard in human, animal, or 
    other biological testing conducted by, or 
    known to, the employer * * * 29 CFR 1910.1020 
    (emphasis added).
    
       OSHA's Ergonomics Program Management 
    Guidelines for Meatpacking Plants also treat 
    MSD hazards as latent hazards. This document, 
    which provides guidance on preventing and 
    reducing MSDs and which OSHA has drawn upon 
    heavily in developing the proposed standard, 
    includes elements that typically (if not 
    exclusively) are found in OSHA standards 
    dealing with latent hazards, such as:
        Medical surveillance and 
    evaluation,
        Employee exposure monitoring and 
    measuring,
        Information gathering (system for 
    reporting signs and/or symptoms of MSDs), and
        Analysis of trends in injury/
    illness rates (records review).
    
    See 29 U.S.C. 657(c)(3) (OSHA may issue 
    regulations requiring employers to monitor or 
    measure and record employee exposure to toxic 
    materials and harmful physical agents).
       Evidence in the record, which is discussed 
    in greater detail in the Health Effects 
    section above, also shows that MSD hazards 
    are latent hazards. Exposure to these hazards 
    at low levels, infrequently or for short 
    periods of time are not generally associated 
    with the occurrence of MSDs. Rather, it is 
    the cumulative effects of exposure over time 
    to workplace risk factors that result in 
    injury. It ordinarily takes a period of 
    weeks, months or years, depending on the 
    level of the employee's exposure to the 
    hazards, for employees to feel the cumulative 
    effects. Therefore, at the early stages of 
    the latency period employees can easily 
    overlook or ignore MSD hazards because they 
    are not yet experiencing the effects of the 
    exposure to the various risk factors. 
    Employees usually only recognize the effects 
    of exposure as they begin to experience mild 
    symptoms, and they may not recognize the 
    cumulative effect until after symptoms become 
    severe. At this later stage the effects may 
    be permanent damage or disability.
       In addition, MSD hazards are also 
    considered latent hazards because they are 
    not obvious or readily observable. This is in 
    part because MSD hazards are multifactoral 
    (Bernard, 1997). They result from exposure to 
    a combination of workplace risk factors and 
    conditions. Moreover, the level of risk also 
    depends on intensity, frequency and duration 
    of exposure to these workplace factors. For 
    example, stakeholders have repeatedly told 
    OSHA that employees often are unaware of 
    either their exposure to or the potential 
    harmful effect of these physical stresses 
    until signs and/or symptoms of MSDs appear.
    
    
    C. Is the proposed rule cost-effective?
    
       All OSHA standards must be cost-effective. 
    Cotton Dust, 452 U.S. 514 n.32. A standard is 
    cost effective if the protective measures it 
    requires are the least costly of the 
    available alternatives that achieve the same 
    level of protection. Id.; see also LOTO II, 
    37 F.2d at 668.
       OSHA has worked to ensure that the 
    proposed rule is cost-effective. Below are 
    key provisions OSHA has included in the 
    proposed to contribute to cost-effectiveness. 
    OSHA requests comment on whether these 
    provisions are consistent with the cost-
    effectiveness criterion--maintaining the same 
    level of protection at reduced cost--and 
    whether there are additional provisions OSHA 
    could include in the rule that would 
    contribute to its cost-effectiveness. First, 
    OSHA is proposing a ``performance-based'' 
    program rule. OSHA is not proposing to 
    require employers to comply with a specific 
    set of work requirements, work limits or 
    equipment requirements. The proposed rule 
    allows employers to select the most cost-
    effective controls they reasonably anticipate 
    would control the MSD hazard.
       Second, OSHA is proposing to allow 
    employers to select from a broad range of 
    types of control to correct problems. OSHA is 
    proposing to allow employers to use any 
    combination of engineering, work practice and 
    administrative measures to control MSD 
    hazards. This would allow employers to 
    implement inexpensive administrative controls 
    (e.g., rest breaks) where they are
    
    [[Page 66058]]
    
    effective rather than redesigning workplaces 
    or investing in new equipment. The only 
    exception to the flexibility in the controls 
    permitted is that the proposed rule does not 
    permit employers to use personal protective 
    equipment (PPE) alone to protect employees 
    from MSD hazards if feasible engineering, 
    work practice, or administrative controls are 
    available. PPE may be used to supplement 
    other controls, however.
       Third, OSHA is proposing to delay up-front 
    costs to employers by the inclusion of the 
    incident trigger. Employers who have no 
    manufacturing or manual handling jobs do not 
    have to take any action under the proposed 
    rule until an MSD is reported. The initial 
    responsibilities of employers with 
    manufacturing and manual handling jobs have 
    been limited to the minimum necessary to 
    assure that employees in these high risks 
    jobs are able to recognize and report MSDs. 
    Employers with these jobs must establish a 
    hazard reporting system and provide 
    information about MSDs to employees. It is 
    only when a covered MSD is reported that 
    employers who have manufacturing and manual 
    handling jobs must implement other elements 
    of the ergonomics program standard such as 
    job hazard analysis.
       Fourth, OSHA is proposing a Quick Fix 
    mechanism to allow employers to fix problem 
    jobs without incurring the additional costs 
    of setting up the entire ergonomics program. 
    The Quick Fix provides a process for fixing a 
    problem job quickly and completely. Employers 
    may use a Quick Fix the first time a job is 
    identified as a problem job, provided that 
    the employer (1) puts in Quick Fix controls 
    within 90 days after the job is identified as 
    a problem job; (2) checks the Quick Fix 
    controls within 30 days of implementation to 
    ensure that they have eliminated the hazards, 
    and keeps records of the Quick Fix process; 
    and (3) provides the hazard information the 
    proposed rule requires to employees in the 
    job within 90 days after the job is 
    identified as a problem job. It is only if 
    the Quick Fix controls do not eliminate MSD 
    hazards within the Quick Fix deadline or an 
    MSD is reported in the job within 36 months, 
    that an employer must set up a full 
    ergonomics program. The rule contains an 
    exception that allows employers to use a 
    Quick Fix the second time a covered MSD 
    occurs in a job if the second MSD is related 
    to work activities or job conditions other 
    than those that gave rise to the first MSD.
       Fifth, OSHA is proposing to permit 
    employers to discontinue certain aspects of 
    their programs if no MSDs are reported for 3 
    years. If no MSDs are reported for 3 years, 
    employers who have manufacturing and manual 
    handling jobs must only maintain the 
    following three elements of their ergonomics 
    program: (1) Management leadership and 
    employee participation; (2) hazard 
    information and reporting; and (3) 
    maintenance of implemented controls and 
    training related to those controls. For other 
    jobs where MSDs had been previously reported, 
    if no MSDs are reported for three years, an 
    employer need only maintain existing controls 
    and training for those jobs.
       Sixth, OSHA is proposing to allow 
    employers to use an incremental abatement 
    process to control hazards. Rather than 
    requiring all controls to be implemented at 
    once, employers would be free to first try a 
    control, presumably a less costly control, 
    that is reasonably anticipated to eliminate 
    or substantially reduce the hazard. If that 
    control proves ineffective, the employer 
    would be required to proceed to other 
    feasible controls until the hazard was 
    controlled.
       Seventh, OSHA is proposing to allow 
    employers to have up to three years to 
    implement permanent controls. This would give 
    employers additional time to find the 
    cheapest controls and/or allow them to 
    purchase off-the-shelf technology rather than 
    hiring outside experts to develop specific 
    interventions.
       Finally, OSHA is permitting employers to 
    continue with their existing ergonomics 
    programs, rather than incurring costs to set 
    up an entire new program, if they can show 
    that: (1) Their program satisfies the basic 
    obligation paragraph of each program element 
    and they are in compliance with the 
    recordkeeping requirements of this standard; 
    (2) they implemented and evaluated the 
    program before the effective date of the 
    standard; (3) their evaluation of the program 
    indicates that it is functioning properly; 
    and (4) if MSDs are still occurring, they are 
    complying with section 1910.922 of the 
    proposed rule.
    
    
    D. Is the proposed rule consistent with the 
    Americans with Disabilities Act?
    
       During the SBREFA process, some small 
    employer representatives (SERs) expressed 
    concerns about the interaction between the 
    proposed rule and the Americans with 
    Disabilities Act (ADA), 42 U.S.C. 12101 et 
    seq. (1990). Specifically, they were 
    concerned that the proposed rule might 
    conflict with the ADA and/or create selective 
    hiring incentives that could potentially 
    result in discrimination against qualified 
    individuals with disabilities.
    
    
    1. Does the proposed ergonomics rule conflict 
    with the ADA?
    
       The ADA prohibits employers with 15 or 
    more employees from discriminating against 
    qualified individuals with disabilities with 
    regard to terms, conditions, and privileges 
    of employment. 42 U.S.C. 12112(a) and (b); 29 
    CFR 1630.4; EEOC Technical Assistance on the 
    Employment Provisions (Title I) of the ADA 
    (January 1992) (``ADATAM''). The prohibition 
    against discrimination applies to all aspects 
    of employment, including:
        Job application
        Testing
        Evaluations
        Promotion
        Layoff/recall
        Compensation
        Benefits
        Hiring
        Placement/assignment
        Training
        Medical examinations
        Termination
        Leave
       When requested, employers must provide 
    reasonable accommodation to qualified 
    individuals with disabilities for any of 
    those aspects. 42 U.S.C. 12112 (b)(5)(A); 29 
    CFR 1630.9. Employers are not required, 
    however, to provide accommodation that would 
    pose undue hardship. 42 U.S.C. 12102(10); 29 
    CFR 1630.9.
       The proposed ergonomics rule does not 
    conflict with the ADA. The ADA prohibits 
    discrimination against qualified persons with 
    disabilities, and nothing in the proposed 
    ergonomics rule authorizes or requires such 
    discrimination. The goals of the ADA and the 
    proposed ergonomics rule are fully 
    compatible, and in many ways similar. The 
    goal of the ADA is to protect qualified 
    persons with substantially
    
    [[Page 66059]]
    
    limiting impairments from discrimination on 
    the basis of the impairment so they may fully 
    participate in work:
    
      [I]ndividuals with disabilities * * * have 
    been faced with restrictions and limitations, 
    subjected to a history of purposeful unequal 
    treatment, and relegated to a position of 
    political powerlessness in our society, based 
    on characteristics that are beyond the 
    control of such individuals and resulting 
    from stereotypic assumptions not truly 
    indicative of the individual ability of such 
    individuals to participate in, and contribute 
    to, society. * * * 42 U.S.C. 12101(a)(7).
    
       The ADA achieves this goal by prohibiting 
    an employer from denying employment 
    opportunities or taking actions that 
    adversely affect a person with a disability 
    who is currently able to perform the 
    essential functions of the job without posing 
    a direct threat to the safety or health of 
    the disabled person or others. 42 U.S.C. 
    12112(b)(5)(A); 29 CFR 1630.9; ADATAM I-3. 
    The ADA also achieves this goal by requiring 
    employers to provide reasonable accommodation 
    (e.g., modifications or adjustments to the 
    job or removal of barriers) where necessary 
    to enable the disabled person to perform the 
    job (ADATAM I-3.5).
       The proposed ergonomics rule seeks to 
    prevent material impairment, which includes 
    less severe impairments than disabilities 
    covered under the ADA, from occurring in the 
    first place. In general terms, the proposed 
    rule proposes to achieve this by requiring 
    employers to fit the job to the worker, not 
    the worker to the job:
    
      Ergonomics is the science of fitting 
    workplace conditions and job demands to the 
    capabilities of the working populations. 
    Effective and successful ``fits'' assure high 
    productivity, avoidance of illness and injury 
    risks, and increased satisfaction among the 
    workforce. NIOSH, Elements of Ergonomics 
    Programs, p. 2 (1998).
    
       More specifically, the ergonomics rule 
    would achieve this by requiring employers to 
    implement measures in problem jobs that 
    eliminate or control the physical work 
    activities and job conditions that are 
    reasonably likely to cause, contribute to or 
    aggravate an MSD. Not only will these control 
    measures prevent the likelihood of OSHA 
    recordable MSDs from occurring, but also they 
    should make it easier for persons with more 
    severe impairments to work in those jobs. 
    This is because the proposed rule would 
    require employers to eliminate or control 
    hazards that aggravate pre-existing MSDs.
       In many instances the ergonomic solutions 
    to control problem jobs will be similar or 
    related to the type of action an employer 
    might take to provide reasonable 
    accommodation. The following table shows some 
    of the similarities between types of 
    ergonomic controls and reasonable 
    accommodation:
    
        Examples of Reasonable Accommodations Under the ADA and Ergonomic
                                    Controls
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
     TYPES OF REASONABLE ACCOMMODATION       TYPES OF ERGONOMIC CONTROLS
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
     Restructuring jobs by        Rotating employees
     redistributing certain non-          Enlarging job (more task
     essential job functions              variation)
                                          Adding more employees to
                                          job (assembly line)
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
     Altering how and when        Redesigning job
     essential job functions are          Providing rest breaks
     performed
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
     Using modified, flexible     Limiting total workday
     or part-time work schedules          exposure
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
     Acquiring or modifying       Designing and/or
     tools, equipment, workstations       purchasing new tools and equipment
                                          Rearranging workstation
                                          layout
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
     Reassigning to vacant        Using alternative duty
     position                             jobs during the recovery period
                                          for employees with MSDs
                                          Transferring employee to
                                          job with a better fit
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
     ASource: ADATAM I-3.10.
    
    2. Would the proposed ergonomics rule 
    increase existing selective hiring 
    incentives?
    
       The SERs' other concern is about whether 
    there would be increased incentives for 
    employers to use selective hiring practices 
    against qualified persons with disabilities 
    because of the proposed ergonomics rule. For 
    the reasons discussed below, OSHA believes 
    the rule would not create such incentives. 
    Hiring practices that discriminate against 
    qualified persons with disabilities are 
    illegal under the ADA, and the ADA has strong 
    remedies to deter such discrimination. In 
    addition, to the extent that selective hiring 
    incentives exist, their existence is not 
    because of the proposed ergonomics standard. 
    In fact, an effective ergonomics program and 
    implementation of measures that control MSD 
    hazards in problem jobs should help to remove 
    job barriers that may have made it difficult 
    for employers to hire qualified persons with 
    disabilities, thus reducing selective hiring 
    incentives.
       Under the ADA, it is unlawful for an 
    employer to limit, segregate or classify a 
    job applicant ``in a way that adversely 
    impacts his or her employment opportunities 
    or status on the basis of disability.'' 29 
    CFR 630.5. During the pre-offer stage of the 
    hiring process, employers are not allowed to 
    ask applicants questions that are likely to 
    elicit information about a disability or 
    conduct medical examinations. 42 U.S.C. 
    12112(d)(2)(A); 29 CFR 1630.13; ADATAM I-5.1. 
    For example, during the pre-offer stage 
    employers may not ask applicants about 
    existing disabilities, prior job-related 
    injuries, hospitalizations, prescription 
    medications, absenteeism record or workers' 
    compensation history. ADATAM I-5.5; Pre-
    employment Disability-Related Questions and 
    Medical Examinations, EEOC Notice 915.002 
    (Oct. 10, 1995). Thus, employers are unlikely 
    even to know that an applicant has a 
    disability (unless the condition is 
    apparent). The purpose of this prohibition is 
    to ensure that persons with disabilities, 
    like other job applicants, are evaluated on 
    their ability to perform the essential 
    functions of the job:
    
      This prohibition is necessary to assure 
    that qualified candidates are not screened 
    out because of their disability before their 
    actual ability to do a job is evaluated. 
    ADATAM I-5.5
    
       At the pre-offer stage, employers may ask 
    applicants about their ability to perform 
    specific functions of the job. 42
    
    [[Page 66060]]
    
    U.S.C. 12112(d)(2)(B). They may also may 
    establish job qualifications or hiring 
    criteria (e.g., education, skills, work 
    experience, physical abilities necessary for 
    job performance and health or safety), 
    provided they are uniformly applied to all 
    applicants. ADATAM I-4.1. The ADA does not 
    require employers to hire persons with 
    disabilities who are not capable of 
    performing the essential functions of the job 
    (even with reasonable accommodation). In 
    addition, the ADA does not require employers 
    to lower existing production standards 
    applicable to quality or quantity of work for 
    a given job, provided that these standards 
    are uniformly applied to all applicants and 
    employees in the job. ADATAM I-4.2.
       Where hiring criteria tend to screen out 
    individuals based on their disability, the 
    ADA requires that the criteria be both job-
    related and consistent with business 
    necessity. 42 U.S.C. 12112(b)(6), 42 U.S.C. 
    12113(a); 29 CFR 1630.10. A job qualification 
    or hiring test meets these criteria only 
    where it is a legitimate measurement of the 
    qualifications or requirements of a specific 
    job, not range or general class of jobs 
    (ADATAM I-4.1-4.1), and only where it relates 
    to the essential functions of the job. 29 CFR 
    1630.2; ADATAM I-4.3. For example, a hiring 
    test that requires applicants for any manual 
    handling job to safely lift objects weighing 
    50 pounds would be prohibited if the specific 
    manual handling job only involved lifting 
    objects weighing half that amount or if 
    manual handling was only an incidental or 
    minor part of the job.
       Employers who violate these requirements 
    are subject to hefty remedies under the ADA, 
    including compensatory and punitive damages. 
    Damages may include compensation for actual 
    monetary loss, future monetary loss, mental 
    aguish, and inconvenience. Compensatory and 
    punitive damages may be awarded for future 
    monetary loss and emotional injury; with 
    total damages ranging as high as $50,000 to 
    $300,000 based on size of the establishment. 
    These remedies, among others, appear to 
    provide adequate and appropriate deterrence 
    regarding discriminatory selective hiring 
    practices. See also, Goodman v. Boeing (Under 
    a State law prohibiting discrimination 
    against disabled workers, employee was 
    awarded $1.6 million for the employer's 
    failure to provide reasonable accommodation).
       The ADA recognizes employers' obligations 
    to comply with other Federal laws or 
    regulations, such as safety and health laws, 
    as a defense to a claim of discrimination. 
    However, this defense is available only where 
    the discriminatory action is specifically 
    required by the other Federal law. OSHA 
    stresses that there is nothing in the 
    proposed ergonomics standard that would 
    ``require'' employers to act in violation of 
    any of the hiring process requirements of the 
    ADA, or would authorize employers to 
    establish discriminatory selective hiring 
    practices. The proposed ergonomics standard 
    does not contain hiring requirements. It does 
    not require employers to establish job 
    selection standards (e.g., safety and health 
    qualifications). Conversely, it does not 
    prohibit employers from continuing to comply 
    with the hiring process requirements of the 
    ADA.
       If selective hiring incentives exist, they 
    are not because of an ergonomics standard. 
    Such incentives are largely the result of 
    other concerns, such as perceptions that 
    disabled persons may not be able to perform 
    the job, may be more likely to suffer 
    workplace injuries, or may request or require 
    expensive accommodations. Under the ADA, 
    discriminatory action on the basis of such 
    perceptions is illegal. The proposed 
    ergonomics rule should not increase these 
    concerns and may help reduce them. The 
    purpose and focus of the proposed standard is 
    to require employers to fix jobs that are 
    posing a significant risk of material harm to 
    workers. OSHA is proposing that employers may 
    use any combination of engineering, work 
    practice or administrative controls to fix 
    the job. Adopting selective hiring practices 
    that exclude disabled workers, however, is 
    not a permissible control measure since it 
    does nothing to reduce the MSD hazards in the 
    job. Therefore, employers could not 
    demonstrate they are in compliance with the 
    ergonomics standard because they have 
    implemented selective hiring practices to 
    control the problem.
       Nevertheless, several SERs were convinced 
    that the standard would increase incentives 
    for employers to hire employees selectively. 
    According to these commenters, the standard 
    would do this because it would put employers 
    who hire workers with less than optimal 
    physical capabilities at a disadvantage 
    because such workers are more likely than 
    stronger workers to experience a covered MSD. 
    Employers who believe that they will be able 
    to identify especially ``strong'' persons do 
    not understand that MSDs are cumulative 
    hazards that cause tissue damage over time, 
    and that this tissue damage is generally not 
    apparent until the damage has progressed to 
    the point of clinical injury. These employers 
    are thus unaware that selective hiring 
    practices are generally illegal and are also 
    unlikely to be effective. OSHA believes that 
    the increased awareness of these facts 
    engendered by the standard will over time 
    change these perceptions.
       The proposed rule should reduce selective 
    hiring incentives because once MSD hazards 
    are controlled the job should not pose a risk 
    of harm to any qualified person, including 
    those with disabilities. The successful 
    control of problem jobs, therefore, should 
    make it easier for employers to hire disabled 
    workers. Moreover, it should reduce the risk 
    that employers will screen out disabled 
    persons based safety and health concerns. 
    Under the ADA, the employer may require, in a 
    job qualification standard that is uniformly 
    applied to all applicants, that an applicant 
    not pose a direct threat to the health or 
    safety to himself or others. 42 U.S.C. 
    12113(b). Employer action based on this 
    justification is a recognized defense to a 
    claim of discrimination. 29 CFR 1630.15. 
    However, the employer's action is only 
    justified if this type of qualification 
    standard meets very specific and stringent 
    requirements under the ADA. (29 CFR 
    1630.2(r); ADATAM I-4.5). The employer must 
    show, based on objective medical or other 
    objective factual evidence, that employment 
    of the particular applicant poses a current 
    and specific significant risk of substantial 
    harm to the health or safety of himself or 
    others which cannot be eliminated or reduced 
    through reasonable accommodation. (29 CFR 
    1630.2(r). ADATAM I-4.5).
       Requiring employers to control problem 
    jobs so that it is no longer reasonably 
    likely that an MSD will occur should reduce 
    employers' concerns about disabled persons 
    presenting a direct threat to safety or 
    health. As such, it should reduce the 
    possibility that employers will rely on the 
    direct threat justification and make it less 
    likely for employers to be able to meet the 
    stringent requirements of that provision.
    
    
    XII. Federalism
    
       OSHA has reviewed the proposed program 
    rule in accordance with the Executive Order 
    on Federalism (Executive Order 12612, 52 FR 
    41685, October 30, 1987). This Order requires 
    that agencies, to the extent possible, 
    refrain from limiting state policy options, 
    consult with States prior to taking any 
    actions that would restrict state policy 
    options, and take such actions only when 
    there is clear constitutional authority and 
    the presence of a problem
    
    [[Page 66061]]
    
    of national scope. The Order provides for 
    preemption of State law only if there is a 
    clear Congressional intent for the agency to 
    do so. Any such preemption is to be limited 
    to the extent possible.
       Section 18 of the Occupational Safety and 
    Health Act (OSH Act) expresses Congress' 
    clear intent to preempt State laws with 
    respect to which Federal OSHA has promulgated 
    occupational safety or health standards. 
    Under the OSH Act a State can avoid 
    preemption only if it submits, and obtains 
    Federal approval of, a plan for the 
    development of such standards and their 
    enforcement. Occupational safety and health 
    standards developed by such State Plan States 
    must, among other things, be at least as 
    effective as the Federal standards in 
    providing safe and healthful employment and 
    places of employment.
       Since many work-related MSDs are reported 
    every year in every State and since MSD 
    hazards are present in workplaces in every 
    state of the Union, the risk of work-related 
    MSD disorders is a national problem.
       The Federally proposed ergonomics program 
    standard is drafted so that employees in 
    every State would be protected by the 
    standard. To the extent that there are any 
    State or regional peculiarities, States with 
    occupational safety and health plans approved 
    under section 18 of the OSH Act would be able 
    to develop their own comparable State 
    standards to deal with any special problems.
       In short, there is a clear national 
    problem related to occupational safety and 
    health for employees exposed to MSD hazards 
    in the workplace. Any rule pertaining to 
    ergonomics developed by States that have 
    elected to participate under Section 18 of 
    the OSH Act would not be preempted by this 
    proposed regulation if the State rule is 
    determined by Federal OSHA to be ``at least 
    as effective'' as the Federal rule.
       State comments are invited on this 
    proposal and will be fully considered prior 
    to promulgation of a final rule. OSHA has 
    involved representatives of State and local 
    governments in the development of this 
    proposed rule. Several representatives of 
    State and local governments participated in 
    the extensive stakeholders meetings that were 
    held to assist OSHA in developing this 
    proposal.
    
    
    XIII. State Plans States
    
       The 23 states and 2 territories which 
    operate their own Federally-approved 
    occupational safety and health plans must 
    adopt a comparable standard within six months 
    of the publication date of a final standard. 
    These States include: Alaska, Arizona, 
    California, Connecticut (for State and local 
    government employees only), Hawaii, Indiana, 
    Iowa, Kentucky, Maryland, Michigan, 
    Minnesota, Nevada, New Mexico, New York (for 
    State and local government employees only), 
    North Carolina, Oregon, Puerto Rico, South 
    Carolina, Tennessee, Utah, Vermont, Virginia, 
    Virgin Islands, Washington, Wyoming. Until 
    such time as a state or territorial standard 
    is promulgated, Federal OSHA will provide 
    interim enforcement assistance, as 
    appropriate.
    
    
    XIV. Issues on Which OSHA Seeks Comment
    
       OSHA seeks comment and information from 
    interested parties on all issues raised by 
    the proposed ergonomics program rule. 
    Comments that provide data and information to 
    support the position taken by the commenter 
    are particularly valuable to the Agency, 
    because they permit OSHA to evaluate the 
    point of view of the commenter. Comments in 
    response to these issues, and any other that 
    commenters care to raise, should be submitted 
    to the Agency in accordance with the 
    informations in the DATES and ADDRESSES 
    sections of this preamble. The issues below 
    are grouped according to the major topics 
    identified in the headings.
    
    
    A. Scope
    
       1. OSHA requests information and comment 
    on the jobs (manual handling and 
    manufacturing jobs) that the Agency has 
    decided to cover in the first phase of its 
    ergonomics rulemaking. Are these jobs the 
    right ones on which to focus coverage of the 
    standard ? Are there other equally or more 
    hazardous jobs that OSHA should include in 
    the Scope? If so, what are these jobs and why 
    should they be included? Conversely, are 
    there jobs that OSHA should exclude from the 
    Scope? If so, why? Please provide as much 
    data and information as you have to support 
    your answer.
       2. OSHA requests information and comment 
    on the definitions of manufacturing and 
    manual handling jobs used in the proposed 
    standard. Are these definitions clear? Could 
    they be improved upon? If so, how? Are the 
    examples OSHA provides of jobs that typically 
    would be classified as manual handling or 
    manufacturing jobs appropriate? Should others 
    be added? Are there jobs that OSHA has 
    identified as not typically constituting 
    manual handling or manufacturing jobs that 
    should be classified as manual handling or 
    manufacturing jobs? If so, why? Should OSHA's 
    definitions include more specification? For 
    example, should the manual handling 
    definition specify the total amount of weight 
    an employee can lift in a day without having 
    the job identified as a manual handling job? 
    Should OSHA attempt to specify how many hours 
    an employee must work at a manufacturing job 
    in a day before the job is identified as a 
    manufacturing job? Should the definition of 
    manual handling be based on quantitative 
    methods such as the NIOSH Lifting Equation?
       3. OSHA requests information and comment 
    on defining the term ``covered MSD'' as an 
    ``OSHA recordable MSD'' that additionally 
    meets the standard's screening criteria. Are 
    there alternative definitions of the term 
    covered MSD that would be as protective as 
    the proposed definition? Do the screening 
    criteria in the standard serve the purpose 
    for which they were intended, i.e., do they 
    permit employers to rule out some MSDs that 
    are OSHA-recordable MSDs but that are not a 
    type of MSD that could reasonably be related 
    to the physical work activities and 
    conditions of the employee's job? What other 
    screening criteria might be useful? Please 
    provide examples of MSDs, based on your 
    experience, that are OSHA-recordable MSDs 
    that you believe would be screened out by the 
    standard's screening criteria. In your 
    experience, what proportion of all recordable 
    MSDs might be screened out by these criteria? 
    Please provide any data you have to support 
    the benefits of including the screening 
    criteria in the rule.
       4. OSHA requests information and comment 
    on whether the terms, ``core element'' and 
    ``significant amount,'' which are used in the 
    definitions of manual handling and 
    manufacturing jobs, are clear? If not, are 
    there other terms OSHA could use that would 
    capture OSHA's meaning? If so, what are they, 
    and how should they be defined?
       5. OSHA requests comments and information 
    about whether agriculture, construction and 
    maritime operations should be included in 
    this first phase of ergonomics rulemaking. 
    Should all of these operations be covered in 
    a second phase, or should OSHA propose the 
    next phase of an ergonomics standard only for 
    one of these industries? If so, which one or 
    ones should be included, and what evidence is 
    there they should be either included or 
    excluded? In addition, should the first phase 
    of this rulemaking cover some operations, 
    such as manual
    
    [[Page 66062]]
    
    handling, wherever they occur, including in 
    construction and marine operations?
    
    
    B. Use of Covered MSD as a Trigger to 
    Implement the Full Program
    
       1. All of OSHA's health standards require 
    employers to conduct exposure assessments to 
    identify the most highly exposed employees 
    and to determine where engineering and work 
    practice controls must be implemented to 
    control exposures. In contrast, the proposed 
    ergonomics program standard uses an MSD 
    incident trigger to initiate job hazard 
    analysis and implementation of exposure 
    controls. OSHA is aware that many employers 
    who have ergonomics programs take a more 
    proactive approach to identify and fix 
    hazardous jobs before injuries occur. What 
    approaches are used to identify hazardous 
    jobs under a proactive program? What criteria 
    are used to identify hazardous jobs? What 
    tools or guidelines are available to 
    employers who wish to identify hazardous jobs 
    before any injuries take place, and what 
    level of expertise is required to use these 
    tools? Are there methods and guidelines 
    available that would enable employers 
    (particularly those in small businesses) to 
    identify hazardous jobs without the need for 
    specialized equipment or expertise? If so, 
    how has it been proven that such methods are 
    reliable and cost-effective?
       2. OSHA solicits comment on the use of one 
    MSD as a trigger for fixing jobs and/or 
    implementing a full program. Many commenters 
    expressed interest in alternative triggers 
    such as two MSDs in the same job over various 
    time periods, one lost workday MSD, or 
    persistent signs of MSDs. Others expressed 
    interest in a proactive approach that did not 
    wait until an MSD occurred. OSHA welcomes 
    comment on these and other alternatives. The 
    Initial Regulatory Flexibility Analysis, in 
    section VIII. H., provides a discussion of 
    the pros and cons and the costs and projected 
    benefits of several possible trigger 
    alternatives.
    
    
    C. Grandfather Clause
    
       1. The Agency seeks comment on whether 
    allowing employers with effective programs 
    that have the core elements of the proposed 
    program to ``grandfather'' their programs in 
    is protective of workers and useful to 
    employers. Is this provision necessary, or is 
    the proposed standard so performance based 
    and flexible that employers would not have to 
    revamp their existing programs to accommodate 
    the ergonomics program standard? Please 
    provide data and examples to support your 
    responses. If the grandfather clause is 
    useful, are there changes that should be made 
    to it to make it more useful? Does it need to 
    be strengthened in any way to ensure employee 
    protection? Are there ways of measuring the 
    effectiveness of ergonomics programs that are 
    reliable and easily implemented for the 
    purpose of determining whether an employer's 
    existing program is effective? If so, could 
    such a measure be the principal means of 
    determining whether a program is eligible for 
    being grandfathered?
    
    
    D. Quick Fix Option
    
       1. OSHA would like comments on the 
    usefulness of the Quick Fix option. Is it 
    adequately protective of employee health? If 
    so, why? If not, why not? Is it useful for 
    employers? Will it permit them to eliminate 
    MSD hazards and save time and money while 
    still protecting their employees? How often 
    do you think employers should be permitted to 
    avail themselves of this option in a 
    particular job? Are there particular types of 
    jobs to which Quick Fixes are readily 
    applicable and others to which they would not 
    be applicable? If so, what are they? In 
    addition, OSHA would like comments on the 
    time frames provided in the proposed rule's 
    Quick Fix provision.
    
    
    E. Hazard Information and Reporting
    
       1. OSHA welcomes comments on the adequacy 
    and appropriateness of the proposed 
    standard's requirements for reporting 
    systems. Will the approach used in the 
    standard encourage the early reporting of 
    MSDs? Are there ways that these provisions 
    should be strengthened? For example, should 
    the standard require employers to survey 
    their employees to identify the early signs 
    and symptoms of MSDs? Please provide any data 
    you have on the effectiveness of various 
    employee reporting systems.
    
    
    F. Job Hazard Analysis and Control
    
       1. OSHA is requesting information on the 
    usefulness of checklists to help small 
    businesses conduct job hazard analyses. 
    Specifically, should OSHA require that 
    employers, or small employers, use these 
    checklists? Should OSHA merely provide 
    checklists as compliance assistance materials 
    at the time of the final rule?
       2. OSHA is seeking comments and 
    information on the appropriateness of the 
    risk factors, physical work activities, and 
    job conditions it has identified in this 
    section of the standard. Are there other risk 
    factors that should be included? What 
    assistance could OSHA provide employers to 
    assist them in identifying the risk factors 
    in problem jobs that need to be controlled to 
    prevent recurrences of MSDs? Is the table 
    found in Sec. 1910.918 useful in assisting 
    employers conducting a job hazard analysis?
       3. How can OSHA best assist employers to 
    select the appropriate controls to address 
    various kinds or combinations of risk 
    factors? Would including a list of the most 
    commonly used controls to address various 
    ergonomic problems (unassisted manual 
    handling, use of excessive force, repetitive 
    keying) be useful? If so, what are good 
    sources of such lists? Please be as specific 
    as possible in your answers.
       4. Are the definitions used in the 
    proposed standard for ``engineering 
    controls,'' ``administrative controls,'' and 
    ``personal protective equipment'' sufficient? 
    Is it clear from these definitions what kinds 
    of equipment and procedures fall into each 
    category of control? Are there any data on 
    the effectiveness of back braces or back 
    belts that would support defining these 
    devices as personal protective equipment? Is 
    the hierarchy of controls clear? Are there 
    any controls that would be defined as 
    personal protective equipment that would be 
    as effective as engineering, administrative, 
    or work practice controls? If so, please 
    submit data supporting the effectiveness of 
    this personal protective equipment.
       5. Are the compliance endpoints described 
    in the proposed standard clear and 
    understandable? Are there other ways to 
    define when an employer should be considered 
    to have eliminated or substantially reduced 
    MSD hazards? OSHA believes that many 
    employers use an incremental approach to 
    implementing ergonomic fixes, such as that 
    laid out in the proposed standard. Is the 
    approach taken in the standard reasonable and 
    effective? Are there other approaches that 
    could be taken by employers?
       6. Computer vision syndrome (CVS), defined 
    as a complex of eye and vision problems that 
    are experienced during and related to 
    computer use, is a repetitive strain disorder 
    that appears to be growing rapidly, with some 
    studies estimating that 90 percent of the 70 
    million U.S. workers using computers for more 
    than 3 hours per day experience it in some 
    form. What work practices or controls can 
    employers
    
    [[Page 66063]]
    
    use to prevent or reduce the occurrence of 
    CVS? Are studies of the effectiveness of 
    these approaches available?
       7. What OSHA compliance assistance 
    materials would be helpful to employers? To 
    employees?
    
    
    G. MSD Management
    
       1. OSHA would like comments and 
    information on the essential components of an 
    effective MSD management process that OSHA 
    should include as part of the standard. 
    Specifically, should OSHA specify when and 
    under what conditions employers should be 
    required to send employees with MSDs to a 
    health care professional?
       2. What studies are available on the 
    percentage of work-related MSDs that recur 
    among employees whose jobs have been 
    controlled? Do the percentages of recurrence 
    differ for different kinds of MSDs?
       3. OSHA solicits data on the frequency 
    with which persistent symptoms (i.e., those 
    lasting for 7 days or longer) progress to 
    recordable MSD if (1) the symptoms are 
    treated early; or (2) they are not treated 
    early.
       4. OSHA solicits comment on employers' 
    experiences in encouraging the early 
    reporting of signs and symptoms. Which 
    approaches have worked and which have not 
    proven useful?
       5. The medical management section of the 
    proposed standard requires an employer to 
    make available medical care whenever an 
    employee has a covered MSD. The employer is 
    required to provide prompt access to a health 
    care professional for effective evaluation, 
    management, and follow up. The standard 
    defines a health care professional as a 
    physician or other licensed health care 
    provider whose legally permitted scope of 
    practice (e.g., license, registration, or 
    certification) allows them to provide some or 
    all of the activities described in the MSD 
    management requirements of the standard. This 
    language permits states to determine the 
    appropriate scope of practice for health care 
    professionals providing the medical 
    management services. Similar language has 
    been incorporaated in all of OSHA's health 
    standards promulgated since 1990 and reflects 
    a growing societal trend to reduce medical 
    costs and improve access to health care. Is 
    it appropriate for OSHA to recognize or 
    promote the role of the non-physician 
    provider with respect to the ergonomics 
    standard? What are the advantages and 
    disadvantages to both employers and employees 
    in using any health care professional with 
    respect to MSDs? Are state scope of practice 
    laws sufficient to ensure that medical 
    management is of sufficient quality to 
    protect the health of employees, and to what 
    extent do these laws create a potential for 
    disparity in treatment between states? Should 
    OSHA more clearly define the competencies 
    necessary for a health care professional with 
    respect to the medical management of MSDs?
       6. OSHA welcomes comments on the 
    standard's work restriction provision (WRP). 
    For example, should WRP be provided for a 
    longer period than the 6 months proposed? Is 
    the 6 month period too long? Should WRP cover 
    a much shorter time period such as 3 days or 
    7 days? What percentage of earnings should 
    WRP cover? Should WRP be expressed as a 
    percentage of earnings or of take-home pay? 
    Are there other methods that might achieve 
    the goals of WRP, i.e., the complete and 
    early reporting of MSDs by employees?
    
    
    H. When must my program be in place? 
    (Compliance deadlines)
    
       1. MSD management is to be provided as 
    soon as possible or within 5 days, whichever 
    comes first. OSHA would like comments and 
    information on the adequacy and 
    appropriateness of this time period. For 
    example, is it short enough to ensure that 
    employee MSDs are addressed so that they will 
    not progress further?
       2. OSHA requests comment on the 
    appropriateness of the proposed start up 
    times contained in Sec. 1910.942 for 
    implementing the various elements of the 
    ergonomics standard.
    
    
    I. Program Approach
    
       1. OSHA has used a program approach to 
    develop the proposed ergonomics standard. 
    Should this standard be program-based? Should 
    the program elements be spelled out in more 
    detail? Are other elements necessary to 
    ensure that the ergonomics program protects 
    workers? How should the program address 
    management leadership and employee 
    participation?
       2. OSHA requests data and additional case 
    studies describing the effect of ergonomics 
    programs on MSD rates, lost-work time, 
    productivity, and medical and worker's 
    compensation costs.
    
    
    J. Economic Impact Analysis
    
       OSHA solicits comment on the following 
    aspects of the economic analysis and requests 
    any additional relevant information, 
    suggestions, or data:
       1. The methodologies for estimating costs 
    and benefits. These methodologies are 
    described in detail in the Preliminary 
    Economic Analysis. The basic unit cost 
    estimates are provided in a summary table in 
    the Initial Regulatory Flexibility Analysis 
    (Section VIII. H.)
       2. Data or information on the indirect 
    costs and benefits of the proposed standard. 
    OSHA estimated costs and benefits assuming 
    that industry remains as it is today. OSHA 
    welcomes comment on ways the proposed 
    standard may alter the economy that could 
    lead either to changes in the costs or 
    benefits or to the standard's indirect 
    benefits and costs.
       3. Data on the economic impacts of the 
    proposed standard. OSHA summarizes the 
    economic impacts of the Standard in Section 
    VIII of this preamble, and describes them in 
    greater detail in Chapter VIII of the 
    Preliminary Economic Impact Analysis. OSHA 
    welcomes comment on all aspects of its 
    estimates of the economic impacts of the 
    standard.
       4. Data on the control costs associated 
    with the job hazard analysis and control 
    provisions of the standard. The control costs 
    associated with these activities and the 
    methodologies for deriving them are 
    documented in detail in the Preliminary 
    Economic Analysis. These cost estimates rely 
    primarily on the judgments of ergonomists 
    with experience in implementing ergonomics 
    programs in a variety of settings. For the 
    purposes of establishing technological 
    feasibility and capturing the productivity 
    effects of ergonomic job interventions, OSHA 
    developed or took from the literature a set 
    of 170 scenarios representing actual 
    workplace jobs and appropriate controls under 
    the proposed standard. Although the scenarios 
    were not used to develop the costs of the job 
    controls for the cost analysis, the scenario 
    costs are consistent with the cost estimates 
    for higher-tech interventions reflected in 
    the cost analysis. If these costs are 
    demonstrated to be under- or overestimated, 
    OSHA will review the basis of its estimates 
    of the costs of job controls. OSHA welcomes 
    comment on these scenarios, and seeks 
    additional scenarios representing specific 
    examples of problem jobs, with or without 
    actual job controls or cost and effectiveness 
    information.
    
    [[Page 66064]]
    
       5. Data on the use and effectiveness of 
    specific ergonomic controls. OSHA estimates, 
    based on epidemiological data and examples of 
    program interventions, that ergonomic 
    controls can reduce MSD rates by 50%. OSHA 
    welcomes comment on this estimate (described 
    in greater detail in the Preliminary Risk 
    Assessment of the Preamble and Chapter IV of 
    the Preliminary Economic Analysis) . OSHA 
    also welcomes examples of the effectiveness 
    of particular programs and particular types 
    of controls.
       6. Data on the productivity impacts of 
    specific ergonomic controls. OSHA's economic 
    analysis attempts to capture these 
    productivity gains by applying reported 
    improvements occurring in a particular job to 
    other jobs involving the same work 
    activities. OSHA estimated that productivity 
    impacts reduce the gross costs of ergonomic 
    job controls by approximately one third. OSHA 
    welcomes comment on this estimate, the job 
    intervention scenarios on which it is based 
    (presented in the Appendix to Chapter III of 
    the Preliminary Economic Analysis), and data 
    on the experience concerning productivity 
    effects of ergonomic job interventions. Are 
    there better ways of reflecting ergonomically 
    generated productivity gains? For example, 
    would applying a generic productivity factor 
    across the board be a reasonable approach? If 
    so, what should that factor be and what data 
    are available to support it?
       7. Data on the effectiveness of ergonomics 
    programs. Please describe the program and the 
    types and percentages of MSDs it has 
    prevented. Are there any particular types of 
    MSDs that ergonomics programs have been more 
    or less effective at preventing, such as 
    particularly severe MSDs or MSDs of certain 
    types, such as low back pain?
       8. Data on changes in the reporting of 
    MSDs resulting from implementing ergonomics 
    programs. (There are anecdotal data 
    suggesting that MSD reporting may increase as 
    a result of implementing the employee 
    participation and hazard information aspects 
    of ergonomics programs.) OSHA is particularly 
    interested in quantitative data on the actual 
    experience of employers concerning any 
    increases in MSD reporting, the severity of 
    the MSDs reported, and the length of time any 
    change in the rate of reporting lasted.
       9. Data on the annual incidence of lost 
    workday MSDs and non-lost workday MSDs. OSHA 
    particularly welcomes data on the ratio of 
    the total number of MSDs to the total number 
    of MSDs involving days away from work. (These 
    data are not collected by BLS.) OSHA has 
    preliminarily estimated the total number of 
    MSDs using BLS data for all injuries and 
    illnesses (not for MSDs specifically) on the 
    total number of injuries and illnesses 
    involving days away from work and the total 
    number of injuries and illnesses.
       10. Data on what percentage of all MSDs 
    would pass the screening criteria of the 
    standard and be considered by the standard to 
    be covered MSDs, thus requiring the jobs in 
    which the covered MSD occurred to be fixed 
    and/or the implementation of a full program. 
    OSHA has preliminarily assumed that all MSDs 
    occurring in jobs that have not yet been 
    fixed will be covered MSDs. Is this a 
    reasonable assumption? If so, why? If not, 
    why not?
       11. Data on the nature and costs 
    associated with MSDs that are recorded in the 
    OSHA log but are not workers' compensation 
    claims. OSHA has preliminarily estimated that 
    30% of all lost workday injuries and 
    illnesses recorded on OSHA logs (OSHA 
    recordables) do not result in accepted 
    workers' compensation claims and that the 
    recordables that do not become accepted 
    workers' compensation claims have the same 
    severity and durations as those injuries and 
    illnesses that are accepted as workers' 
    compensation claims. Is this a reasonable 
    assumption? If so, why? If not, why not?
       12. Data or studies on the overreporting 
    or underreporting of MSDs. Many employers 
    fear that the proposed standard could 
    increase the reporting of MSDs, and even 
    perhaps increase the fraudulent reporting of 
    MSDs. Many studies (see the Preliminary Risk 
    Assessment of the Preamble) have shown that 
    many work-related MSDs are not reported 
    either on the OSHA 200 log or filed as 
    workers' compensation claims. OSHA welcomes 
    comment on all aspects of both the current 
    rate of reporting of work-related MSDs to 
    employers and the possible impacts of the 
    proposed standard in increasing or reducing 
    the reporting of work-related MSDs.
       13. Comments or data on the time it will 
    take employers to implement the various 
    provisions of the standard. OSHA's estimates 
    are in the Initial Regulatory Flexibility 
    Analysis, Section VIII. H).
       14. Comments on the proportion of all 
    covered MSDs that will lead to job analyses 
    requiring an outside consultant. OSHA has 
    estimated that 15 percent of all covered MSDs 
    will lead to job analyses requiring an 
    outside consultant.
       15. Comments on the estimates of 
    manufacturing and manual handling jobs and on 
    the estimates of the number of workers in 
    each job. Industry by industry estimates are 
    present in Chapter II of the Preliminary 
    Economic Impact Analysis.
       16. Comments on OSHA's methodology for 
    estimating the effect of using multiple MSD 
    triggers to determine coverage by the full 
    ergonomics program. OSHA's methodology 
    assumed that all establishments in an 
    industry without ergonomics programs would 
    have the same risks.
       17. In Chapter I of the Preliminary 
    Economic Impact Analysis, OSHA lists 
    ergonomics regulations issued by many 
    countries around the world, as well as 
    several guidelines on ergonomics practices 
    issued by national and international 
    organizations. Are there other standards or 
    guidelines that should be added to this list?
       18. Comments on the cost-effectiveness of 
    the proposed standard. Is the standard cost 
    effective or are there changes that could be 
    made that would accomplish the goals of the 
    standard at a lower cost?
    
    
    XV. Public Participation--Notice of Hearing
    
    
    A. Written Comments
    
       Interested persons are invited to submit 
    written data, views and arguments concerning 
    the proposed standard. Responses to the 
    questions and issues raised by OSHA at 
    various places in the proposal are 
    particularly encouraged. These comments, 
    including materials such as studies or 
    journal articles, must be postmarked by 
    February 1, 2000. Written submissions must 
    clearly identify:
        The provisions of the proposal 
    that are being addressed,
        The position taken with respect 
    to each issue, and
        The basis for that position.
       Mail: Comments must be submitted in 
    duplicate to: OSHA Docket Office, Docket No. 
    S-777, U.S. Department of Labor, 200 
    Constitution Avenue, N.W., Room N-2625, 
    Washington, DC 20210, (202) 693-2350.
       Facsimile: Comments limited to 10 pages or 
    less may be transmitted by facsimile to 
    (202)-693-1648 by February 1, 2000.
       Electronic: Written comments may also be 
    submitted electronically through the OSHA 
    Homepage at
    
    [[Page 66065]]
    
    www.osha.gov. Electronic comments must be 
    transmitted by February 1, 2000. Please note 
    that you may not attach materials such as 
    studies or journal articles. If you wish to 
    include such materials, you must submit them 
    separately in duplicate to the OSHA Docket 
    Office at the address above. When submitting 
    such materials to the OSHA Docket Office, you 
    must clearly identify your electronic 
    comments by name, date, and subject, so that 
    we can attach them to your electronic 
    comments.
       All written comments, along with 
    supporting data and references, received 
    within the specified comment period will be 
    made a part of the record and will be 
    available for public inspection and copying 
    at the above Docket Office address. All 
    timely written submissions will be made a 
    part of the record of the proceeding.
    
    
    B. Notice of Hearings
    
       Pursuant to section 6(b)(3) of the Act, an 
    opportunity to submit oral testimony 
    concerning the issues raised by the proposed 
    standard, including economic and 
    environmental impacts, will be provided at 
    informal public hearings scheduled to begin 
    at 9:30 a.m., February 22, 2000, in the 
    auditorium of the Frances Perkins Building, 
    U.S. Department of Labor, 200 Constitution 
    Avenue, N.W., Washington, DC 20210.
       Regional hearings will also be held in 
    March 21-31, 2000, in Portland, OR, and April 
    11-21, 2000, in Chicago, IL. Actual times and 
    addresses for the location of the regional 
    hearings will be announced in a later Federal 
    Register notice.
    
    
    C. Notice of Intention To Appear at the 
    Hearings
    
       Persons desiring to participate at the 
    informal public hearing must file a notice of 
    intention to appear by January 18, 2000. The 
    notices of intention to appear must contain 
    the following information:
       1. The name, address, and telephone number 
    of each person to appear;
       2. The capacity in which each person will 
    appear;
       3. The approximate amount of time required 
    for the presentation;
       4. The specific issues that will be 
    addressed;
       5. A brief statement of the position that 
    will be taken with respect to each issue;
       6. Whether the party intends to submit 
    documentary evidence and, if so, a brief 
    summary of that evidence; and
       7. The hearing at which the party wishes 
    to testify.
       Mail: The notice of intention to appear 
    may be sent to: Ms. Veneta Chatmon, OSHA 
    Office of Public Affairs, Docket No. S-777, 
    U.S. Department of Labor, 200 Constitution 
    Avenue, N.W., Room N-3649, Washington, DC 
    20210, (202) 693-2119.
       Facsimile: A notice of intention to appear 
    also may be transmitted by facsimile to (202) 
    693-1634, by January 24, 2000.
       Electronic: A notice of intention to 
    appear may be submitted electronically 
    through the OSHA Homepage at www.osha.gov by 
    January 24, 2000. Notices of intention to 
    appear will be available for inspection and 
    copying at the OSHA Docket Office at the 
    address above.
    
    
    D. Filing of Hearing Testimony and 
    Documentary Evidence Before the Hearing
    
       Any party requesting more than 10 minutes 
    for presentation at the informal public 
    hearing, or who intends to submit documentary 
    evidence at the hearing, must provide the 
    complete text of the testimony, and 
    documentary evidence to Ms. Veneta Chatmon, 
    at the address above. These materials must be 
    postmarked by February 1, 2000. Testimony and 
    documentary evidence must be submitted either 
    in quadruplicate, or 1 original (hardcopy) 
    and 1 disk (3\1/2\) in WP 5.1, 6.1, 8.0 or 
    ASCII. Any information not contained on disk, 
    e.g., studies, articles, etc., must be 
    submitted in quadruplicate to Ms. Veneta 
    Chatmon. One copy of the testimony and 
    supporting documentary evidence must be 
    suitable for copying and must not be stapled. 
    Notices of intention to appear, hearing 
    testimony and documentary evidence will be 
    available for inspection and copying at the 
    OSHA Docket Office.
       Each submission will be reviewed in light 
    of the amount of time requested in the notice 
    of intention to appear. In instances where 
    the information contained in the submission 
    does not justify the amount of time 
    requested, a more appropriate amount of time 
    will be allocated and the participant will be 
    notified of that fact prior to the informal 
    hearing.
       Any party who has not substantially 
    complied with this requirement may be limited 
    to a 10-minute presentation, and be requested 
    to return for questioning at a later time. 
    Any party who has not filed a Notice of 
    Intention to Appear may be allowed to 
    testify, as time permits, at the discretion 
    of the Administrative Law Judge.
       OSHA emphasizes that the hearing is open 
    to the public, and that interested persons 
    are welcome to attend. However, only persons 
    who have filed proper Notices of Intention to 
    Appear at the hearing will be entitled to ask 
    questions and otherwise participate fully in 
    the proceedings.
    
    
    E. Conduct and Nature of the Informal Public 
    Hearing
    
       The hearings will commence at 9:30 a.m. on 
    the first day. At that time, any procedural 
    matters relating to the proceeding will be 
    resolved. The hearings will reconvene on 
    subsequent days at 8:30 a.m.
       The nature of an informal rulemaking 
    hearing is established in the legislative 
    history of section 6 of the OSH Act and is 
    reflected by OSHA's rules of procedure for 
    hearings (29 CFR 1911.15(a)). Although the 
    presiding officer is an Administrative Law 
    Judge and questioning by interested persons 
    is allowed on crucial issues, the proceeding 
    is informal and legislative in type. The 
    Agency's intent, in essence, is to provide 
    interested persons with an opportunity to 
    make effective oral presentations that can be 
    carried out expeditiously in the absence of 
    procedural restraints or rigid procedures 
    that might unduly impede or protract the 
    rulemaking process.
       Additionally, since the hearing is 
    primarily for information gathering and 
    clarification, it is an informal 
    administrative proceeding rather than 
    adjudicative one; the technical rules of 
    evidence, for example, do not apply. The 
    regulations that govern hearings and the pre-
    hearing guidelines to be issued for this 
    hearing will ensure fairness and due process 
    and also facilitate the development of a 
    clear, accurate and complete record. Those 
    rules and guidelines will be interpreted in a 
    manner that furthers that development. Thus, 
    questions of relevance, procedure and 
    participation generally will be decided so as 
    to favor development of the record.
       The hearing will be conducted in 
    accordance with 29 CFR part 1911. It should 
    be noted that Sec. 1911.4 specifies that the 
    Assistant Secretary may upon reasonable 
    notice issue alternative procedures to 
    expedite proceedings or for other
    
    [[Page 66066]]
    
    good cause. The hearing will be presided over 
    by an Administrative Law Judge who makes no 
    decision or recommendation on the merits of 
    OSHA's proposal. The responsibility of the 
    Administrative Law Judge is to ensure that 
    the hearing proceeds at a reasonable pace and 
    in an orderly manner. The Administrative Law 
    Judge, therefore, will have all the powers 
    necessary and appropriate to conduct a full 
    and fair informal hearing as provided in 29 
    CFR part 1911, including the powers:
       1. To regulate the course of the 
    proceedings;
       2. To dispose of procedural requests, 
    objections and comparable matters;
       3. To confine the presentations to the 
    matters pertinent to the issues raised;
       4. To regulate the conduct of those 
    present at the hearing by appropriate means;
       5. In the Judge's discretion, to question 
    and permit the questioning of any witnesses 
    and to limit the time for questioning; and
       6. In the Judge's discretion, to keep the 
    record open for a reasonable, stated time 
    (known as the post-hearing comment period) to 
    receive written information and additional 
    data, views and arguments from any person who 
    has participated in the oral proceedings.
       OSHA recognizes that there may be 
    interested persons or organizations who, 
    through their knowledge of the subject matter 
    or their experience in the field, would wish 
    to endorse or support the whole proposal or 
    certain provisions of the proposal. OSHA 
    welcomes such supportive comments, including 
    any pertinent data and cost information which 
    may be available, in order that the record of 
    this rulemaking will present a balanced 
    picture of public response on the issues 
    involved.
       At the close of the hearing, the 
    Administrative Law Judge will set a post-
    hearing comment period for those persons 
    participating in the hearing. The first part 
    of that period will be for the submission of 
    additional data and information to OSHA. The 
    second part will be for the submission of 
    briefs, arguments and summations. Only those 
    persons who have submitted a proper Notice of 
    Intention to Appear at the hearing will be 
    entitled to participate in the posthearing 
    comment period.
    
    
    F. Certification of Record and Final 
    Determination After the Informal Public 
    Hearing
    
       Following the close of the hearing and 
    post-hearing comment period, the presiding 
    Administrative Law Judge will certify the 
    record to the Assistant Secretary of Labor 
    for Occupational Safety and Health. The 
    Administrative Law Judge does not make or 
    recommend any decisions as to the content of 
    the final standard.
       The proposed standard will be reviewed in 
    light of all oral and written submissions 
    received as part of the record, and a 
    permanent Ergonomics Program Standard will be 
    issued, based upon the entire record in the 
    proceeding, including the written comments 
    and data received from the public.
    
    
    XVI. OMB Review under the Paperwork Reduction 
    Act of 1995
    
       This proposed ergonomics program standard 
    contains collections of information that are 
    subject to review by the Office of Management 
    and Budget (OMB) under the Paperwork 
    Reduction Act of 1995 (PRA'95), 44 U.S.C. 
    3501 et seq. and its regulation at 5 CFR part 
    1320. PRA'95 defines collection of 
    information to mean, ``the obtaining, causing 
    to be obtained, soliciting, or requiring the 
    disclosure to third parties or the public of 
    facts or opinions by or for an agency 
    regardless of form or format.'' [44 U.S.C. 
    3502(3) (A)].
       The title, description of the need for and 
    proposed use of the information, summary of 
    the collections of information, description 
    of the respondents, and frequency of response 
    of the information collection are described 
    below with an estimate of the annual cost and 
    reporting burden as required by 
    Sec. 1320.5(a)(1)(iv) and Sec. 1320.8(d)(2). 
    Reporting burden includes the time for 
    reviewing instructions, gathering and 
    maintaining the data needed, and completing 
    and reviewing the collection of information.
       OSHA invites comments on whether the 
    proposed collection of information:
       (1) Ensures that the collection of 
    information is necessary for the proper 
    performance of the functions of the agency, 
    including whether the information will have 
    practical utility;
       (2) Estimates the projected burden 
    accurately, including the validity of 
    methodology and assumptions used;
       (3) Enhances the quality, utility, and 
    clarity of the information to be collected; 
    and
       (4) Minimizes the burden of the collection 
    of information on those who are to respond, 
    including through the use of appropriate 
    automated, electronic, mechanical, or other 
    technological collection techniques or other 
    forms of information technology, e.g., 
    permitting electronic submissions of 
    responses.
       Title: The ergonomics program standard 
    Subpart Y, 29 CFR 1910.900 through 1910.945.
       Description: The proposed ergonomics 
    program standard is an occupational safety 
    and health standard that will address the 
    significant risk of work-related 
    musculoskeletal disorders (MSDs) confronting 
    employees in various jobs in general industry 
    workplaces. The standard's information 
    collection requirements are essential 
    components that will assist both employers 
    and their employees in identifying MSDs as 
    well as identifying means to take to reduce 
    or eliminate MSDs. OSHA compliance officers 
    will use some of the information in their 
    enforcement of the standard.
       Summary of the Collections of Information: 
    The collections of information contained in 
    the standard are for establishing and 
    evaluating an ergonomics program, and for 
    developing and maintaining records associated 
    with the ergonomic program standard. The 
    following ergonomics program elements contain 
    collections of information:
       1. Management Leadership and Employee 
    Participation (sections 1910.911 through 
    1910.913);
       2. Hazard Information and Reporting 
    (sections 1910.914 through 1910.916);
       3. Job Hazard Analysis and Control 
    (sections 1910.917 through 1910.922);
       4. MSD Management (sections 1910.929 
    through 1910.935); and
       5. Program Evaluation (sections 1910.936 
    through 1910.938).
       Records, as identified in sections 
    1910.939 through 1910.940, include employee 
    reports of MSDs and the employer's response, 
    job hazard analysis results, hazard control, 
    quick fix process, ergonomics program 
    evaluation and MSD management records.
       Respondents: Employers in general industry 
    whose employees work in manufacturing jobs or 
    manual handling
    
    [[Page 66067]]
    
    jobs, or general industry employers whose 
    employees report an MSD as defined in the 
    proposal.
       Frequency of Response: Frequency of 
    response will be determined by whether the 
    employer has manufacturing and/or manual 
    handling jobs, the number of MSDs reported, 
    and actions the employer will take in 
    response to the MSD; that is, whether the 
    employer chooses to use a quick fix option, 
    or must establish an ergonomics program.
       Average Time per Response: Time per 
    response varies, from minimal recordkeeping 
    for a quick fix MSD situation, to 
    establishing and implementing a complete 
    ergonomics program.
       Total Burden Hours: Approximately 
    21,402,291 hours.
       Estimated Costs (Operating and 
    Maintenance): $513,332,000 (purchasing 
    services).
       The Agency has submitted a copy of the 
    information collection request to OMB for its 
    review and approval. Interested parties are 
    requested to send comments regarding this 
    information collection to the Office of 
    Information and Regulatory Affairs, Attn. 
    OSHA Desk Officer, OMB, New Executive Office 
    Building, 725 17th Street NW, Room 10235, 
    Washington, DC 20503.
       Comments submitted in response to this 
    notice will be summarized and/or included in 
    the request for Office of Management and 
    Budget approval of the final information 
    collection request: they will also become a 
    matter of public record.
       Copies of the referenced information 
    collection request are available for 
    inspection and copying in the OSHA Docket 
    Office and will be mailed immediately to 
    persons who request copies by telephoning 
    Todd Owen or Barbara Bielaski at (202) 693-
    2444. For electronic copies of the ergonomics 
    information collection request, contact the 
    OSHA webpage on the Internet at http://
    www.osha.gov/. Copies of the information 
    collection request are also available at the 
    OMB docket office.
    
    
    XVII. Authority and Signature
    
       This document was prepared under the 
    direction of Charles N. Jeffress, Assistant 
    Secretary of Labor for Occupational Safety 
    and Health, U.S. Department of Labor, 200 
    Constitution Avenue, NW, Washington, DC 
    20210.
       Pursuant to sections 4, 6 and 8, 
    Occupational Safety and Health Act, 29 U.S.C. 
    653, 655, 657, Secretary of Labor's Orders 
    Nos. 12-71 (36 FR 8754, 8-76 (41 FR 25059), 
    9-83 (48 FR 35736), 1-90 (55 FR 9033), or 6-
    96 (62 FR 111), as applicable, and 29 CFR 
    Part 1911; 29 CFR part 1910 is amended as set 
    forth below.
    
    
    List of Subjects in 29 CFR Part 1910
    
       Ergonomics program, Health, 
    Musculoskeletal disorders, Health, 
    Occupational safety and health, Reporting and 
    recordkeeping requirements.
    
      Signed, at Washington, DC, this 1st day of 
    November, 1999.
    Charles N. Jeffress,
    Assistant Secretary of Labor for Occupational 
    Safety and Health.
    
    
    XVIII. The Proposed Standard
    
    
     General Industry
    
       The Occupational Safety and Health 
    Administration proposes to amend Part 1910 of 
    title 29 of the Code of Federal Regulations 
    as follows:
    
    
    
    PART 1910--[AMENDED]
    
    
    
       1. New Subpart Y of 29 CFR Part 1910 is 
    added to read as follows:
    
    Subpart Y--Ergonomics Program Standard
    
    Sec.
    1910.900 Table of contents
    
    Does This Standard Apply to Me?
    
    1910.901 Does this standard apply to me?
    1910.902 Does this standard allow me to rule 
        out some MSDs?
    1910.903 Does this standard apply to the 
        entire workplace or to other workplaces 
        in the company?
    1910.904 Are there areas this standard does 
        not cover?
    
    How Does This Standard Apply to Me?
    
    1910.905 What are the elements of a complete 
        ergonomics program?
    1910.906 How does this standard apply to 
        manufacturing and manual handling jobs?
    1910.907 How does this standard apply to 
        other jobs in general industry?
    1910.908 How does this standard apply if I 
        already have an ergonomics program?
    1910.909 May I use a Quick Fix instead of 
        setting up a full ergonomics program?
    1910.910 What must I do if the Quick Fix does 
        not work?
    
    Management Leadership and Employee 
    Participation
    
    1910.911 What is my basic obligation?
    1910.912 What must I do to provide management 
        leadership?
    1910.913 What ways must employees have to 
        participate in the ergonomics program?
    
    Hazard Information and Reporting
    
    1910.914 What is my basic obligation?
    1910.915 What information must I provide to 
        employees?
    1910.916 What must I do to set up a reporting 
        system?
    
    Job Hazard Analysis and Control
    
    1910.917 What is my basic obligation?
    1910.918 What must I do to analyze a problem 
        job?
    1910.919 What hazard control steps must I 
        follow?
    1910.920 What kinds of controls must I use?
    1910.921 How far must I go in eliminating or 
        materially reducing MSD hazards when a 
        covered MSD occurs?
    1910.922 What is the ``incremental abatement 
        process'' for materially reducing MSD 
        hazards?
    
    Training
    
    1910.923 What is my basic obligation?
    1910.924 Who must I train?
    1910.925 What subjects must training cover?
    1910.926 What must I do to ensure that 
        employees understand the training?
    1910.927 When must I train employees?
    1910.928 Must I retrain employees who have 
        received training already?
    
    MSD Management
    
    1910.929 What is my basic obligation?
    1910.930 How must I make MSD management 
        available?
    1910.931 What information must I provide to 
        the health care professional (HCP)?
    1910.932 What must the HCP's written opinion 
        contain?
    1910.933 What must I do if temporary work 
        restrictions are needed?
    1910.934 How long must I maintain the 
        employee's work restriction protection 
        when an employee is on temporary work 
        restrictions?
    1910.935 May I offset an employee's WRP if 
        the employee receives workers' 
        compensation or other income?
    
    Program Evaluation
    
    1910.936 What is my basic obligation?
    1910.937 What must I do to evaluate my 
        ergonomics program?
    1910.938 What must I do if the evaluation 
        indicates that my program has 
        deficiencies?
    
    [[Page 66068]]
    
    What Records Must I Keep?
    
    1910.939 Do I have to keep records of the 
        ergonomics program?
    1910.940 What records must I keep and for how 
        long?
    
    When Must My Program be in Place?
    
    1910.941 When does this standard become 
        effective?
    1910.942 When do I have to be in compliance 
        with this standard?
    1910.943 What must I do if some or all of the 
        compliance deadlines have passed before a 
        covered MSD is reported?
    1910.944 May I discontinue certain aspects of 
        my program if covered MSDs no longer are 
        occurring?
    
    Definitions
    
    1910.945 What are the key terms in this 
        standard?
    
    
    
    Subpart Y--Ergonomics Program Standard
    
    
    
      Authority: Secs. 4, 6 and 8, Occupational 
    Safety and Health Act, 29 U.S.C. 653, 655, 
    657, Secretary of Labor's Orders Nos. 12-71 
    (36 FR 8754), 8-76 (41 FR 25059), 9-83 (48 FR 
    35736), 1-90 (55 FR 9033), or 6-96 (62 FR 
    111), as applicable; and 29 CFR Part 1911.
    
    
    Sec. 1910.900  Table of contents.
    
       This section is the table of contents for 
    the sections in Subpart Y:
    
    Does This Standard Apply to Me?
    
      Sec.
    1910.901 Does this standard apply to me?
    1910.902 Does this standard allow me to rule 
        out some MSDs?
    1910.903 Does this standard apply to the 
        entire workplace or to other workplaces 
        in the company?
    1910.904 Are there areas this standard does 
        not cover?
    
    How Does This Standard Apply to Me?
    
    1910.905 What are the elements of a complete 
        ergonomics program?
    1910.906 How does this standard apply to 
        manufacturing and manual handling jobs?
    1910.907 How does this standard apply to 
        other jobs in general industry?
    1910.908 How does this standard apply if I 
        already have an ergonomics program?
    1910.909 May I use a Quick Fix instead of 
        setting up a full ergonomics program?
    1910.910 What must I do if the Quick Fix does 
        not work?
    
    Management Leadership and Employee 
    Participation
    
    1910.911 What is my basic obligation?
    1910.912 What must I do to provide management 
        leadership?
    1910.913 What ways must employees have to 
        participate in the ergonomics program?
    
    Hazard Information and Reporting
    
    1910.914 What is my basic obligation?
    1910.915 What information must I provide to 
        employees?
    1910.916 What must I do to set up a reporting 
        system?
    
    Job Hazard Analysis and Control
    
    1910.917 What is my basic obligation?
    1910.918 What must I do to analyze a problem 
        job?
    1910.919 What hazard control steps must I 
        follow?
    1910.920 What kinds of controls must I use?
    1910.921 How far must I go in eliminating or 
        materially reducing MSD hazards when a 
        covered MSD occurs?
    1910.922 What is the ``incremental abatement 
        process'' for materially reducing MSD 
        hazards?
    
    Training
    
    1910.923 What is my basic obligation?
    1910.924 Who must I train?
    1910.925 What subjects must training cover?
    1910.926 What must I do to ensure that 
        employees understand the training?
    1910.927 When must I train employees?
    1910.928 Must I retrain employees who have 
        received training already?
    
    MSD Management
    
    1910.929 What is my basic obligation?
    1910.930 How must I make MSD management 
        available?
    1910.931 What information must I provide to 
        the health care professional (HCP)?
    1910.932 What must the HCP's written opinion 
        contain?
    1910.933 What must I do if temporary work 
        restrictions are needed?
    1910.934 How long must I maintain the 
        employee's work restriction protection 
        when an employee is on temporary work 
        restrictions?
    1910.935 May I offset an employee's WRP if 
        the employee receives workers' 
        compensation or other income?
    
    Program Evaluation
    
    1910.936 What is my basic obligation?
    1910.937 What must I do to evaluate my 
        ergonomics program?
    1910.938 What must I do if the evaluation 
        indicates that my program has 
        deficiencies?
    
    What Records Must I Keep?
    
    1910.939 Do I have to keep records of the 
        ergonomics program?
    1910.940 What records must I keep and for how 
        long?
    
    When Must My Program be in Place?
    
    1910.941 When does this standard become 
        effective?
    1910.942 When do I have to be in compliance 
        with this standard?
    1910.943 What must I do if some or all of the 
        compliance deadlines have passed before a 
        covered MSD is reported?
    1910.944 May I discontinue certain aspects of 
        my program if covered MSDs no longer are 
        occurring?
    
    Definitions
    
    1910.945 What are the key terms in this 
        standard?
      Note to Sec. 1910.900: In this standard, 
    the terms that are defined in Sec. 1910.945 
    are put in ``quotations'' the first time they 
    appear.
    
    
    Does This Standard Apply to Me?
    
    
    Sec. 1910.901  Does this standard apply to 
    me?
    
       This standard applies to employers in 
    general industry whose employees work in 
    ``manufacturing jobs'' or ``manual handling 
    jobs,'' or report ``musculoskeletal disorders 
    (MSDs)'' that meet the criteria of this 
    standard. This standard applies to the 
    following ``jobs'':
       (a) Manufacturing jobs. Manufacturing jobs 
    are production jobs in which employees 
    perform the ``physical work activities'' of 
    producing a product and in which these 
    activities make up a significant amount of 
    their worktime;
       (b) Manual handling jobs. Manual handling 
    jobs are jobs in which employees perform 
    forceful lifting/lowering, pushing/pulling, 
    or carrying. Manual handling jobs include 
    only those jobs in which forceful manual 
    handling is a core element of the employee's 
    job; and
      Note to paragraphs (a) and (b): Although 
    each manufacturing and manual handling job 
    must be considered on the basis of its actual 
    physical work activities and conditions, the 
    definitions section of this standard 
    (Sec. 1910.945) includes a list of jobs that 
    are typically included in and excluded from 
    these definitions.
       (c) Jobs with a musculoskeletal disorder. 
    Jobs with an MSD are those jobs in which an 
    employee reports an MSD that meets all of 
    these criteria:
       (1) The MSD is reported after [the 
    effective date of the final rule];
       (2) The MSD is an ``OSHA recordable MSD,'' 
    or one that would be recordable if ``you'' 
    were required to keep OSHA injury and illness 
    records; and
       (3) The MSD also meets the screening 
    criteria in Sec. 1910.902.
    
    [[Page 66069]]
    
      Note to paragraph (c): In this standard, 
    the term ``covered MSD'' refers to a 
    musculoskeletal disorder that meets the 
    requirements of this section.
    
    
    Sec. 1910.902  Does this standard allow me to 
    rule out some MSDs?
    
       Yes. The standard only covers those OSHA 
    recordable MSDs that also meet these 
    screening criteria:
       (a) The physical work activities and 
    conditions in the job are reasonably likely 
    to cause or contribute to the type of MSD 
    reported; and
       (b) These activities and conditions are a 
    core element of the job and/or make up a 
    significant amount of the employee's 
    worktime.
    
    
    Sec. 1910.903  Does this standard apply to 
    the entire workplace or to other workplaces 
    in the company?
    
       No. This standard is job-based. It only 
    applies to the jobs specified in 
    Sec. 1910.901, not to your entire workplace 
    or to other workplaces in your company.
    
    
    Sec. 1910.904  Are there areas this standard 
    does not cover?
    
       Yes. This standard does not apply to 
    agriculture, construction or maritime 
    operations.
    
    
    How Does This Standard Apply to Me?
    
    
    Sec. 1910.905  What are the elements of a 
    complete ergonomics program?
    
       In this standard, a full ``ergonomics'' 
    program consists of these six program 
    elements:
       (a) Management Leadership and Employee 
    Participation;
       (b) Hazard Information and Reporting;
       (c) Job Hazard Analysis and Control;
       (d) Training;
       (e) ``MSD Management,'' and
       (f) Program Evaluation.
    
    
    Sec. 1910.906  How does this standard apply 
    to manufacturing and manual handling jobs?
    
       You must:
       (a) Implement the first two elements of 
    the ergonomics program (Management Leadership 
    and Employee Participation, and Hazard 
    Information and Reporting) even if no MSD has 
    occurred in those jobs.
       (b) Implement the other program elements 
    when either of the following occurs in those 
    jobs (unless you ``eliminate MSD hazards'' 
    using the Quick Fix option in Sec. 1910.909):
       (1) A covered MSD is reported; or
       (2) ``Persistent MSD symptoms'' are 
    reported plus:
       (i) You ``have knowledge'' that an MSD 
    hazard exists in the job;
       (ii) Physical work activities and 
    conditions in the job are reasonably likely 
    to cause or contribute to the type of ``MSD 
    symptoms'' reported; and
       (iii) These activities and conditions are 
    a core element of the job and/or make up a 
    significant amount of the employee's 
    worktime.
      Note to Sec. 1910.906: ``Covered MSD'' 
    refers to MSDs that meet the criteria in 
    Sec. 1910.901(c). As it applies to 
    manufacturing and manual handling jobs, 
    ``covered MSD'' also refers to persistent MSD 
    symptoms that meet the criteria of this 
    section.
    
    
    Sec. 1910.907  How does this standard apply 
    to other jobs in general industry?
    
       In other jobs in general industry, you 
    must comply with all of the program elements 
    in the standard when a covered MSD is 
    reported (unless you eliminate the MSD 
    hazards using the Quick Fix option).
    
    
    Sec. 1910.908  How does this standard apply 
    if I already have an ergonomics program?
    
       If you already have an ergonomics program 
    for the jobs this standard covers, you may 
    continue that program, even if it differs 
    from the one this standard requires, provided 
    you show that:
       (a) Your program satisfies the basic 
    obligation section of each program element in 
    this standard, and you are in compliance with 
    the recordkeeping requirements of this 
    standard (Secs. 1910.939 and 1910.940);
       (b) You have implemented and evaluated 
    your program and controls before [the 
    effective date of the final rule]; and
       (c) The evaluation indicates that the 
    program elements are functioning properly and 
    that you are in compliance with the control 
    requirements in Sec. 1910.921.
    
    
    Sec. 1910.909  May I use a Quick Fix instead 
    of setting up a full ergonomics program?
    
       Yes. A Quick Fix is a way to fix a 
    ``problem job'' quickly and completely. If 
    you ``eliminate MSD hazards'' using a Quick 
    Fix, you do not have to set up the full 
    ergonomics program this standard requires. 
    You must do the following when you Quick Fix 
    a problem job:
       (a) Promptly make available the MSD 
    management this standard requires;
       (b) Consult with employee(s) in the 
    problem job about the physical work 
    activities or conditions of the job they 
    associate with the difficulties, observe the 
    employee(s) performing the job to identify 
    whether any risk factors are present, and ask 
    employee(s) for recommendations for 
    eliminating the MSD hazard;
       (c) Put in Quick Fix controls within 90 
    days after the covered MSD is identified, and 
    check the job within the next 30 days to 
    determine whether the controls have 
    eliminated the hazard;
       (d) Keep a record of the Quick Fix 
    controls; and
       (e) Provide the hazard information this 
    standard requires to employee(s) in the 
    problem job within the 90-day period.
      Note to Sec. 1910.909: If you show that the 
    MSD hazards only pose a risk to the employee 
    with the covered MSD, you may limit the Quick 
    Fix to that individual employee's job.
    
    
    Sec. 1910.910  What must I do if the Quick 
    Fix does not work?
    
       You must set up the complete ergonomics 
    program if either of these occurs:
       (a) The Quick Fix controls do not 
    eliminate the MSD hazards within the Quick 
    Fix deadline (within 120 days after the 
    covered MSD is identified); or
       (b) Another covered MSD is reported in 
    that job within 36 months.
      Note to Sec. 1910.910: Exception: If a 
    second covered MSD occurs in that job 
    resulting from different physical work 
    activities and conditions, you may use the 
    Quick Fix a second time.
    
    
    Management Leadership and Employee 
    Participation
    
    
    Sec. 1910.911  What is my basic obligation?
    
       You must demonstrate management leadership 
    of your ergonomics program. Employees (and 
    their designated
    
    [[Page 66070]]
    
    representatives) must have ways to report 
    ``MSD signs'' and ``MSD symptoms;'' get 
    responses to reports; and be involved in 
    developing, implementing and evaluating each 
    element of your program. You must not have 
    policies or practices that discourage 
    employees from participating in the program 
    or from reporting MSDs signs or symptoms.
    
    
    Sec. 1910.912  What must I do to provide 
    management leadership?
    
       You must:
       (a) Assign and communicate 
    responsibilities for setting up and managing 
    the ergonomics program so managers, 
    supervisors and employees know what you 
    expect of them and how you will hold them 
    accountable for meeting those 
    responsibilities;
       (b) Provide those persons with the 
    authority, ``resources,'' information and 
    training necessary to meet their 
    responsibilities;
       (c) Examine your existing policies and 
    practices to ensure that they encourage and 
    do not discourage reporting and participation 
    in the ergonomics program; and
       (d) Communicate ``periodically'' with 
    employees about the program and their 
    concerns about MSDs.
    
    
    Sec. 1910.913  What ways must employees have 
    to participate in the ergonomics program?
    
       Employees (and their designated 
    representatives) must have:
       (a) A way to report MSD signs and 
    symptoms;
       (b) Prompt responses to their reports;
       (c) Access to this standard and to 
    information about the ergonomics program; and
       (d) Ways to be involved in developing, 
    implementing and evaluating each element of 
    the ergonomics program.
    
    
    Hazard Information and Reporting
    
    
    Sec. 1910.914  What is my basic obligation?
    
       You must set up a way for employees to 
    report MSD signs and symptoms and to get 
    prompt responses. You must evaluate employee 
    reports of MSD signs and symptoms to 
    determine whether a covered MSD has occurred. 
    You must periodically provide information to 
    employees that explains how to identify and 
    report MSD signs and symptoms.
    
    
    Sec. 1910.915  What information must I 
    provide to employees?
    
       You must provide this information to 
    current and new employees:
       (a) Common MSD hazards;
       (b) The signs and symptoms of MSDs, and 
    the importance of reporting them early;
       (c) How to report MSD signs and symptoms; 
    and
       (d) A summary of the requirements of this 
    standard.
    
    
    Sec. 1910.916  What must I do to set up a 
    reporting system?
    
       You must:
       (a) Identify at least one person to 
    receive and respond to employee reports, and 
    to take the action this standard requires.
       (b) Promptly respond to employee reports 
    of MSD signs or symptoms in accordance with 
    this standard.
    
    
    Job Hazard Analysis and Control
    
    
    Sec. 1910.917  What is my basic obligation?
    
       You must analyze the problem job to 
    identify the ``ergonomic risk factors'' that 
    result in MSD hazards. You must eliminate the 
    MSD hazards, reduce them to the extent 
    feasible, or materially reduce them using the 
    incremental abatement process in this 
    standard. If you show that the MSD hazards 
    only pose a risk to the employee with the 
    covered MSD, you may limit the job hazard 
    analysis and control to that individual 
    employee's job.
    
    
    Sec. 1910.918  What must I do to analyze a 
    problem job?
    
       You must:
       (a) Include in the job hazard analysis all 
    of the employees in the problem job or those 
    who represent the range of physical 
    capabilities of employees in the job;
       (b) Ask the employees whether performing 
    the job poses physical difficulties and, if 
    so, which physical work activities or 
    conditions of the job they associate with the 
    difficulties;
       (c) Observe the employees performing the 
    job to identify which of the following 
    physical work activities, workplace 
    conditions and ergonomic risk factors are 
    present:
    
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
        PHYSICAL WORK ACTIVITIES AND      ERGONOMIC RISK FACTORS THAT MAY BE
                 CONDITIONS                             PRESENT
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    (1) Exerting considerable physical    (i) Force
     effort to complete a motion          (ii) Awkward postures
                                          (iii) Contact stress
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    (2) Doing same motion over and over   (i) Repetition
     again                                (ii) Force
                                          (iii) Awkward postures
                                          (iv) Cold temperatures
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    (3) Performing motions constantly     (i) Repetition
     without short pauses or breaks in    (ii) Force
     between                              (iii) Awkward postures
                                          (iv) Static postures
                                          (v) Contact stress
                                          (vi) Vibration
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    (4) Performing taks that involve      (i) Awkward postures
     long reaches                         (ii) Static postures
                                          (iii) Force
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    (5) Working surfaces are too high or  (i) Awkward postures
     too low                              (ii) Static postures
                                          (iii) Force
                                          (iv) Contact stress
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    (6) Maintaining same position or      (i) Awkward posture
     posture while performing tasks       (ii) Static postures
                                          (iii) Force
                                          (iv) Cold temperatures
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    (7) Sitting for a long time           (i) Awkward posture
                                          (ii) Static postures
                                          (iii) Contact stress
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    [[Page 66071]]
    
     
    (8) Using hand and power tools        (i) Force
                                          (ii) Awkward postures
                                          (iii) Static postures
                                          (iv) Contact stress
                                          (v) Vibration
                                          (vi) Cold temperatures
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    (9) Vibrating working surfaces,       (i) Vibration
     machinery or vehicles                (ii) Force
                                          (iii) Cold temperatures
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    (10) Workstation edges or objects     (i) Contact stress
     press hard into muscles or tendons
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    (11) Using hand as a hammer           (i) Contact stress
                                          (ii) Force
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    (12) Using hands or body as clamp to  (i) Force
     hold object while performing tasks   (ii) Static postures
                                          (iii) Akward postures
                                          (iv) Contact stress
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    (13) Gloves are bulky, too large or   (i) Force
     too small                            (ii) Contact stress
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                 MANUAL HANDLING
                (lifting/lowering, pushing/pulling and carrying)
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    (14) Objects or people moved are      (i) Force
     heavy                                (ii) Repetition
                                          (iii) Awkward postures
                                          (iv) Static postures
                                          (v) Contact stress
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    (15) Horizontal reach is long         (i) Force
     (Distance of hands from body to      (ii) Repetition
     grasp object to be handled)          (iii) Awkward postures
                                          (iv) Static postures
                                          (v) Contact stress
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    (16) Vertical reach is below knees    (i) Force
     or above the shoulders (Distance of  (ii) Repetition
     hands above the ground when the      (iii) Awkward postures
     object is grasped or released)       (iv) Static postures
                                          (v) Contact stress
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    (17) Objects or people are moved      (i) Force
     significant distance                 (ii) Repetition
                                          (iii) Awkward postures
                                          (iv) Static postures
                                          (v) Contact stress
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    (18) Bending or twisting during       (i) Force
     manual handling                      (ii) Repetition
                                          (iii) Awkward postures
                                          (iv) Static postures
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    (19) Object is slippery or has no     (i) Force
     handles                              (ii) Repetition
                                          (iii) Awkward postures
                                          (iv) Static postures
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    (20) Floor surfaces are uneven,       (i) Force
     slippery or sloped                   (ii) Repetition
                                          (iii) Awkward postures
                                          (iv) Static postures
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
       (d) Evaluate the ergonomic risk factors in 
    the job to determine the MSD hazards 
    associated with the covered MSD. As 
    necessary, evaluate the duration, frequency 
    and magnitude of employee exposure to the 
    risk factors.
    
    
    Sec. 1910.919  What hazard control steps must 
    I follow? You must:
    
       (a) Ask employees in the problem job for 
    recommendations about eliminating or 
    materially reducing the MSD hazards;
       (b) Identify, assess and implement 
    feasible controls (interim and/or permanent) 
    to eliminate or materially reduce the MSD 
    hazards. This includes prioritizing the 
    control of hazards, where necessary;
       (c) Track your progress in eliminating or 
    materially reducing the MSD hazards. This 
    includes consulting with employees in problem 
    jobs about whether the implemented controls 
    have eliminated or materially reduced the 
    hazards; and
       (d) Identify and evaluate MSD hazards when 
    you change, design or purchase equipment or 
    processes in problem jobs.
    
    
    Sec.  1910.920  What kinds of controls must I 
    use?
    
       (a) In this standard, you must use any 
    combination of ``engineering,'' 
    ``administrative'' and/or ``work practice 
    controls'' to eliminate or materially reduce 
    MSD hazards. Engineering controls, where 
    feasible, are the preferred method for 
    eliminating or materially reducing MSD 
    hazards. However, administrative and work 
    practice controls also may be important in 
    addressing MSD hazards.
       (b) ``Personal protective equipment'' 
    (PPE) may be used to supplement engineering, 
    work practice and administrative controls, 
    but may only be used alone where other 
    controls are not feasible. Where PPE is used, 
    you must provide it at ``no cost to 
    employees.''
      Note to Sec. 1910.920: Back belts/braces 
    and wrist braces/splints are not considered 
    PPE for the purposes of this standard.
    
    
    Sec. 1910.921  How far must I go in 
    eliminating or materially reducing MSD 
    hazards when a covered MSD occurs?
    
       The occurrence of a covered MSD in a 
    problem job is not itself a violation of this 
    standard. You must comply with one of the 
    following:
       (a) You implement controls that materially 
    reduce the MSD hazards using the incremental 
    abatement process in Sec. 1910.922; or
      Note to paragraph (a): ``Materially reduce 
    MSD hazards'' means to reduce the duration, 
    frequency and/or magnitude of exposure to one 
    or more ergonomic risk factors in a way that 
    is reasonably anticipated to significantly 
    reduce the likelihood that covered MSDs will 
    occur.
       (b) You implement controls that reduce the 
    MSD hazards to the extent feasible. Then, you 
    periodically look to see whether additional 
    controls are now feasible and, if so, you 
    implement them promptly; or
       (c) You implement controls that eliminate 
    the MSD hazards in the problem job.
    
    [[Page 66072]]
    
      Note to paragraph (c): ``Eliminate MSD 
    hazards'' means that you eliminate employee 
    exposure to ergonomic risk factors associated 
    with the covered MSD, or you reduce employee 
    exposure to the risk factors to such a degree 
    that a covered MSD is no longer reasonably 
    likely to occur.
    
    
    Sec. 1910.922  What is the ``incremental 
    abatement process'' for materially reducing 
    MSD hazards?
    
       You may materially reduce MSD hazards 
    using the following incremental abatement 
    process:
       (a) When a covered MSD occurs, you 
    implement one or more controls that 
    materially reduce the MSD hazards; and
       (b) If continued exposure to MSD hazards 
    in the job prevents the injured employee's 
    condition from improving or another covered 
    MSD occurs in that job, you implement 
    additional feasible controls to materially 
    reduce the hazard further; and
       (c) You do not have to put in further 
    controls if the injured employee's condition 
    improves and no additional covered MSD occurs 
    in the job. However, if the employee's 
    condition does not improve or another covered 
    MSD occurs, you must continue this 
    incremental abatement process if other 
    feasible controls are available.
    
    
    Training
    
    
    Sec. 1910.923  What is my basic obligation?
    
       You must provide training to employees so 
    they know about MSD hazards and your 
    ergonomics program and measures for 
    eliminating or materially reducing the 
    hazards. You must provide training initially, 
    periodically, and at least every 3 years at 
    no cost to employees.
    
    
    Sec. 1910.924  Who must I train?
    
       You must train:
       (a) Employees in problem jobs;
       (b) Supervisors of employees in problem 
    jobs; and
       (c) Persons involved in setting up and 
    managing the ergonomics program, except for 
    any outside consultant you may use.
    
    
    Sec. 1910.925  What subjects must training 
    cover?
    
       This table specifies the subjects training 
    must cover:
    
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
      YOU MUST PROVIDE TRAINING FOR...           SO THAT THEY KNOW...
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    (a) Employees in problem jobs and     (1) How to recognize MSD signs and
     their supervisiors                    symptoms;
                                          (2) How to report MSD signs and
                                           symptoms, and the importance of
                                           early reporting;
                                          (3) MSD hazards in their jobs and
                                           the measures they must follow to
                                           protect themselves from exposure
                                           to MSD hazards;
                                          (4) Job-specific controls
                                           implemented in their jobs;
                                          (5) The ergonomics program and
                                           their role in it; and
                                          (6) The requirements of this
                                           standard.
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    (b) Persons involved in setting up    (1) The subjects above;
     and managing the ergonomics program  (2) How to set up and manage an
                                           ergonomics program;
                                          (3) How to identify and analyze
                                           MSD hazards and measures to
                                           eliminate or materially reduce
                                           the hazards; and
                                          (4) How to evaluate the
                                           effectiveness of ergonomics
                                           programs and controls.
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    Sec. 1910.926  What must I do to ensure that 
    employees understand the training?
    
       You must provide training and information 
    in language that employees understand. You 
    also must give employees an opportunity to 
    ask questions and receive answers.
    
    
    Sec. 1910.927  When must I train employees?
    
       This table specifies when you must train 
    employees:
    
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                           THEN YOU MUST PROVIDE TRAINING AT
               IF YOU HAVE...                       THESE TIMES...
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    (a) Employees in problem jobs and     (1) When a problem job is
     their supervisors                     identifed;
                                          (2) When initially assigned to a
                                           problem job;
                                          (3) Periodically as needed (e.g.,
                                           when new hazards are identified
                                           in a problem job or changes are
                                           made to a problem job that may
                                           increase exposure to MSD
                                           hazards); and
                                          (4) At least every 3 years.
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    (b) Persons involved in setting up    (1) When they are initially
     and managing the ergonomics program   assigned to setting up and
                                           managing the ergonomics program;
                                          (2) Periodically as needed (e.g.,
                                           when evaluation reveals
                                           significant deficiencies in the
                                           program, when significant changes
                                           are made in the ergonomics
                                           program); and
                                          (3) At least every 3 years.
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    Sec. 1910.928  Must I retrain employees who 
    have received training already?
    
       No. You do not have to provide initial 
    training to current employees, new employees 
    and persons involved in setting up and 
    managing the ergonomics programs if they have 
    received training in the subjects this 
    standard requires within the last 3 years. 
    However, you must provide initial training in 
    the subjects in which they have not been 
    trained.
    
    [[Page 66073]]
    
    MSD Management
    
    
    Sec. 1910.929  What is my basic obligation?
    
       You must make MSD management available 
    promptly whenever a covered MSD occurs. You 
    must provide MSD management at no cost to 
    employees. You must provide employees with 
    the temporary ``work restrictions'' and 
    ``work restriction protection (WRP)'' this 
    standard requires.
    
    
    Sec. 1910.930  How must I make MSD management 
    available?
    
       You must:
       (a) Respond promptly to employees with 
    covered MSDs to prevent their condition from 
    getting worse;
       (b) Promptly determine whether temorary 
    work restrictions or other measures are 
    necessary;
       (c) When necessary, provide employees with 
    prompt access to a ``health care 
    professional'' (HCP) for evaluation, 
    management and ``follow-up,''
       (d) Provide the HCP with the information 
    necessary for conducting MSD management; and
       (e) Obtain a written opinion from the HCP 
    and ensure that the employee is also promptly 
    provided with it.
    
    
    Sec. 1910.931  What information must I 
    provide to the health care professional 
    (HCP)?
    
       You must provide:
       (a) A description of the employee's job 
    and information about the MSD hazards in it;
       (b) A description of available work 
    restrictions that are reasonably likely to 
    fit the employee's capabilities during the 
    recovery period;
       (c) A copy of this MSD management section 
    and a summary of the requirements of this 
    standard;
       (d) Opportunities to conduct workplace 
    walkthroughs.
    
    
    Sec. 1910.932  What must the HCP's written 
    opinion contain?
    
       The written opinion must contain:
       (a) The HCP's opinion about the employee's 
    medical conditions related to the MSD hazard 
    in the employee's job.
       (1) You must instruct the HCP that any 
    findings, diagnoses or information not 
    related to workplace exposure to MSD hazards 
    must remain confidential and must not be put 
    in the written opinion or communicated to 
    you.
       (2) To the extent permitted and required 
    by law, you must ensure employee privacy and 
    confidentiality regarding medical conditions 
    related to workplace exposure to MSD hazards 
    that are identified during the MSD management 
    process;
       (b) Any recommended temporary work 
    restrictions and follow-up;
       (c) A statement that the HCP informed the 
    employee about the results of the evaluation 
    and any medical conditions resulting from 
    exposure to MSD hazards that require further 
    evaluation or treatment;
       (d) A statement that the HCP informed the 
    employee about other physical activities that 
    could aggravate the covered MSD during the 
    recovery period.
    
    
    Sec. 1910.933  What must I do if temporary 
    work restrictions are needed?
    
       You must:
       (a) Work restrictions. Provide temporary 
    work restrictions, where necessary, to 
    employees with covered MSDs. Where you have 
    referred the employee to a HCP, you must 
    follow the temporary work restriction 
    recommendations in the HCP's written opinion;
       (b) Follow-up. Ensure that appropriate 
    follow-up is provided during the recovery 
    period; and
       (c) Work restriction protection (WRP). 
    Maintain the employee's WRP while temporary 
    work restrictions are provided. You may 
    condition the provision of WRP on the 
    employee's participation in the MSD 
    management this standard requires.
    
    
    Sec. 1910.934  How long must I maintain the 
    employee's work restriction protection when 
    an employee is on temporary work restriction?
    
       You must maintain the employee's WRP until 
    the FIRST of these occurs:
       (a) The employee is determined to be able 
    to return to the job;
       (b) You implement measures that eliminate 
    the MSD hazards or materially reduce them to 
    the extent that the job does not pose a risk 
    of harm to the injured employee during the 
    recovery period; or
       (c) 6 months have passed.
    
    
    Sec. 1910.935  May I offset an employee's WRP 
    if the employee receives workers' 
    compensation or other income?
    
       Yes. You may reduce the employee's WRP by 
    the amount the employee receives during the 
    work restriction period from:
       (a) Workers' compensation payments for 
    lost earnings;
       (b) Payments for lost earnings from a 
    compensation or insurance program that is 
    publicly funded or funded by you; and
       (c) Income from a job taken with another 
    employer that was made possible because of 
    the work restrictions.
    
    
    Program evauation
    
    
    Sec. 1910.936  What is my basic obligation?
    
       You must evaluate your ergonomics program 
    periodically, and at least every 3 years, to 
    ensure that it is in compliance with this 
    standard.
    
    
    Sec. 1910.937  What must I do to evaluate my 
    ergonomics program?
    
       You must:
       (a) Consult with employees in problem jobs 
    to assess their views on the effectiveness of 
    the program and to identify any significant 
    deficiencies in the program;
       (b) Evaluate the elements of your program 
    to ensure they are functioning properly; and
       (c) Evaluate the program to ensure it is 
    eliminating or materially reducing MSD 
    hazards.
    
    
    Sec. 1910.938  What must I do if the 
    evaluation indicates my program has 
    deficiencies?
    
       If your evaluation indicates that your 
    program has deficiencies, you must promptly 
    take action to correct those deficiencies so 
    that your program is in compliance with this 
    standard.
    
    
    What Records Must I Keep?
    
    
    Sec. 1910.939  Do I have to keep records of 
    the ergonomics program?
    
       You only have to keep records if you had 
    10 or more employees (including part-time 
    employees and employees
    
    [[Page 66074]]
    
    provided through personnel services) on any 
    one day during the preceding calendar year.
    
    
    Sec. 1910.940  What records must I keep and 
    for how long?
    
       This table specifies the records you must 
    keep and how long you must keep them:
    
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
       YOU MUST KEEP THESE RECORDS...               FOR AT LEAST...
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    (a) Employee reports and your         3 years
     responses
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    (b) Job hazard analysis               3 years or until replaced by
                                           updated records, whichever comes
                                           first
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    (c) Hazard control records            3 years or until replaced by
                                           updated records, whichever comes
                                           first
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    (d) Quick Fix control records         3 years or until replaced by
                                           updated records, whichever comes
                                           first
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    (e) Ergonomics program evaluation     3 years or until replaced by
                                           updated records, whichever comes
                                           first
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    (f) MSD management records            The duration of the injured
                                           employee's employment plus 3
                                           years
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
      Note to Sec. 1910.940: The record retention 
    period in this standard is shorter than that 
    required by OSHA's rule on Access to Employee 
    Exposure and Medical Records (29 CFR 
    1910.1020). However, you must comply with the 
    other requirements of that rule.
    
    
    When Must My Program Be In Place?
    
    
    Sec. 1910.941  When does this standard become 
    effective?
    
       This standard becomes effective 60 days 
    after [publication date of final rule].
    
    
    Sec. 1910.942  When do I have to be in 
    compliance with this standard?
    
       This standard provides start-up time for 
    setting up the ergonomics program and putting 
    in controls in problem jobs. You must comply 
    with the requirements of this standard, 
    including recordkeeping, by the deadlines in 
    this table:
    
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
         YOU MUST COMPLY WITH THESE
          REQUIREMENTS AND RELATED                 NO LATER THAN...
              RECORDKEEPING...
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    (a) MSD management                    Promptly when an MSD is reported
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    (b) Management leadership and         [1 year after the effective date
     employee participation                of the final rule]
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    (c) Hazard information and reporting  [1 year after the effective date
                                           of the final rule]
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    (d) Job hazard analysis               [2 years after the effective date
                                           of the final rule]
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    (e) Interim controls                  [2 years after the effective date
                                           of the final rule]
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    (f) Training                          [2 years after the effective date
                                           of the final rule]
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    (g) Permanent controls                [3 years after the effective date
                                           of the final rule]
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    (h) Program evaluation                [3 years after the effective date
                                           of the final rule]
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
      Note to Sec. 1910.942: The compliance 
    deadlines in this section do not apply if you 
    are using a Quick Fix.
    
    
    Sec. 1910.943  What must I do if some or all 
    of the compliance deadlines have passed 
    before a covered MSD is reported?
    
       If the compliance start-up deadline has 
    passed before you must comply with a 
    particular element of this standard, you may 
    take the following additional time to comply 
    with that element and the related 
    recordkeeping:
    
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
         YOU MUST COMPLY WITH THESE
          REQUIREMENTS AND RELATED                     WITHIN...
              RECORDKEEPING...
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    (a) MSD management                    5 days
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    (b) Management leadership and         30 days (In manufacturing and
     employee participation                manual handling jobs, these
                                           requirements must be implemented
                                           by [1 year after the effective
                                           date of the final rule])
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    (c) Hazard information and reporting  30 days (In manufacturing and
                                           manual handling jobs, these
                                           requirements must be implemented
                                           by [1 year after the effective
                                           date of the final rule])
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    (d) Job hazard analysis               60 days
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    (e) Interim controls                  90 days
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    (f) Training                          90 days
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    (g) Permanent controls                1 year
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    (h) Program evaluation                1 year
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
      Note to Sec. 1910.943: The compliance 
    deadlines in this section do not apply if you 
    are using a Quick Fix.
    
    
    Sec. 1910.944  May I discontinue certain 
    aspects of my program if covered MSDs no 
    longer are occurring?
    
       Yes. However, as long as covered MSDs are 
    reported in a job, you must maintain all the 
    elements of the ergonomics program for that 
    job. If you eliminate or materially reduce 
    the MSD hazards and no covered MSD is 
    reported for 3 years, you only have to 
    continue the elements in this table:
    
    [[Page 66075]]
    
    
    
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
       IF YOU ELIMINATE OR MATERIALLY      THEN YOU MAY STOP ALL EXCEPT THE
      REDUCE THE HAZARDS AND NO COVERED   FOLLOWING PARTS OF YOUR PROGRAM IN
      MSD IS REPORTED FOR 3 YEARS IN...               THAT JOB...
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    (a) A manufacturing or manual         (1) Management leadership and
     handling job                          employee participation
                                          (2) Hazard information and
                                           reporting
                                          (3) Maintenance of implemented
                                           controls and training related to
                                           the controls.
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    (b) Other jobs in general industry    Maintenance of controls and
     where a covered MSD had been          training related to the controls.
     reported
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    Definitions
    
    
    Sec. 910.945  What are the key terms in this 
    standard?
    
       Administrative controls are changes in the 
    way that work in a job is assigned or 
    scheduled that reduce the magnitude, 
    frequency or duration of exposure to 
    ergonomic risk factors. Examples of 
    administrative controls for MSD hazards 
    include:
       (1) Employee rotation;
       (2) Job task enlargement;
       (3) Alternative tasks;
       (4) Employer-authorized changes in work 
    pace.
       Covered MSD is:
       (1) An MSD, reported in any job in general 
    industry, that meets these criteria:
       (i) It is reported after [the effective 
    date of the final rule];
       (ii) It is an OSHA recordable MSD;
       (iii) It occurred in a job in which the 
    physical work activities and conditions are 
    reasonably likely to cause or contribute to 
    the type of MSD reported;
       (iv) These activities and conditions are a 
    core element and/or make up a significant 
    amount of the employee's worktime.
       (2) In a manufacturing or manual handling 
    job, persistent MSD symptoms are also 
    considered a covered MSD if they meet these 
    criteria:
       (i) They last for at least 7 consecutive 
    days after they are reported;
       (ii) The employer has knowledge that an 
    MSD hazard exists in the job;
       (iii) They occurred in a job in which the 
    physical work activities and conditions are 
    reasonably likely to cause or contribute to 
    the type of MSD signs or symptoms reported; 
    and
       (iv) These activities and conditions are a 
    core element and/or make up a significant 
    amount of the employee's worktime.
       Eliminate MSD hazards means to eliminate 
    employee exposure to the ergonomic risk 
    factors associated with the covered MSD, or 
    to reduce employee exposure to the risk 
    factors to such a degree that a covered MSD 
    is no longer reasonably likely to occur.
       Engineering controls are physical changes 
    to a job that eliminate or materially reduce 
    the presence of MSD hazards. Examples of 
    engineering controls for MSD hazards include 
    changing, modifying or redesigning the 
    following:
       (1) Workstations;
       (2) Tools;
       (3) Facilities;
       (4) Equipment;
       (5) Materials;
       (6) Processes.
       Ergonomics is the science of fitting jobs 
    to people. Ergonomics encompasses the body of 
    knowledge about physical abilities and 
    limitations as well as other human 
    characteristics that are relevant to job 
    design.
       Ergonomic design is the application of 
    this body of knowledge to the design of the 
    workplace (i.e., work tasks, equipment, 
    environment) for safe and efficient use by 
    workers.
       Ergonomic risk factors. (1) Ergonomic risk 
    factors are the following aspects of a job 
    that pose a biomechanical stress to the 
    worker:
       (i) Force (i.e., forceful exertions, 
    including dynamic motions);
       (ii) Repetition;
       (iii) Awkward postures;
       (iv) Static postures;
       (v) Contact stress;
       (vi) Vibration; and
       (vii) Cold temperatures.
       (2) Ergonomic risk factors are elements of 
    MSD hazards that must be considered in light 
    of their combined effect in causing or 
    contributing to an MSD. Jobs that have 
    multiple risk factors have a greater 
    likelihood of causing or contributing to 
    MSDs, depending on the duration, frequency 
    and magnitude of employee exposure to each 
    risk factor or to a combination of them. 
    Ergonomic risk factors are also call 
    ergonomic stressors and ergonomic factors.
       Follow-up is the process or protocol an 
    employer and/or HCP uses to check up on the 
    condition of employees with covered MSDs when 
    they are given temporary work restrictions 
    during the recovery period. Prompt follow-up 
    helps to ensure that the MSD is resolving 
    and, if it is not, that other measures are 
    promptly taken.
       Have knowledge means that you have been 
    provided information that MSD hazards exist 
    in a manufacturing or manual handling job by 
    any of the following:
       (1) An insurance company;
       (2) A consultant;
       (3) A health care professional;
       (4) A person or persons working for you 
    who have the requisite training to identify 
    and analyze MSD hazards.
       Health care professional (HCPs) are 
    physicians or other licensed health care 
    professionals whose legally permitted scope 
    of practice (e.g., license, registration or 
    certification) allows them to independently 
    provide or be delegated the responsibility to 
    provide some or all of the MSD management 
    requirements of this standard.
       Job means the physical work activities or 
    tasks that employees perform. In this 
    standard, the term ``job'' also
    
    [[Page 66076]]
    
    includes those jobs involving the same 
    physical work activities and conditions even 
    if the jobs have different titles or 
    classification.
       Manual handling jobs are jobs in which 
    employees perform forceful lifting/lowering, 
    pushing/pulling, or carrying. Manual handling 
    jobs include only those jobs in which 
    forceful manual handling is a core element of 
    an employee's job. Although each job must be 
    considered on the basis of its actual 
    physical work conditions and work activities, 
    this table lists jobs that typically are 
    included in and excluded from this 
    definition:
    
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                            (2) EXAMPLES OF JOB/TASKS THAT
     (1) EXAMPLES OF JOBS THAT TYPICALLY   TYPICALLY ARE NOT MANUAL HANDLING
          ARE MANUAL HANDLING JOBS                       JOBS
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    (i) Patient handling jobs (e.g.,      (i) Administrative jobs
     nurses aides, orderlies, nurse       (ii) Clerical jobs
     assistants)                          (iii) Supervisory/managerial jobs
    (ii) Package sorting, handling and     that do not involve manual
     delivering                            handling work
    (iii) Hand packing and packaging      (iv) Technical and professional
    (iv) Baggage handling (e.g.,           jobs
     porters, airline baggage handlers,   (v) Jobs involving unexpected
     airline check-in)                     manual handling
    (v) Warehouse manual picking and      (vi) Lifting object or person in
     placing                               emergency situation (e.g.,
    (vi) Beverage delivering and           lifting or carrying injured co-
     handling                              worker)
    (vii) Stock handling and bagging      (vii) Jobs involving manual
    (viii) Grocery store bagging           handling that is so infrequent it
    (ix) Grocery store stocking            does not occur on any predictable
    (x) Garbage collecting'                basis (e.g., filling in on a job
                                           due to unexpected circumstances,
                                           replacing empty water bottle,
                                           lifting of box of copier paper)
                                          (viii) Jobs involving manual
                                           handling that is done only on an
                                           infrequent ``as needed'' basis
                                           (e.g., assisting with delivery of
                                           large or heavy package, filling
                                           in once for an absent employee)
                                          (ix) Jobs involving minor manual
                                           handling that is incidental to
                                           the job (e.g., carrying briefcase
                                           to meeting, carrying baggage on
                                           work travel)
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
       Manufacturing jobs are production jobs in 
    which employees perform the physical work 
    activities of producing a product and in 
    which these activities make up a significant 
    amount of their worktime. Although each job 
    must be considered on the basis of its actual 
    physical work conditions and work activities, 
    this table lists jobs that typically are 
    included in and excluded from this 
    definition:
    
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                               (2) EXAMPLES OF JOBS THAT
     (1) EXAMPLES OF JOBS THAT TYPICALLY    TYPICALLY ARE NOT MANUFACTURING
           ARE MANUFACTURING JOBS                        JOBS
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    (i) Assembly line jobs producing      (i) Administrative jobs
    (A) Products (durable and non-        (ii) Clerical jobs
     durable)                             (iii) Supervisory/managerial jobs
    (B) Subassemblies                      that do not involve production
    (C) Components and parts               work
    (ii) Paced assembly jobs (assembling  (iv) Warehouse jobs in
     and disassembling)                    manufacturing facilities
    (iii) Piecework assembly jobs         (v) Technical and professional
     (assembling and disassembling) and    jobs
     other time-critical assembly jobs    (vi) Analysts and programmers
    (iv) Product inspection jobs (e.g.,   (vii) Sales and marketing
     testers, weighers)                   (viii) Procurement/purchasing jobs
    (v) Meat, poultry, and fish cutting   (ix) Customer service jobs
     and packing                          (x) Mail room jobs
    (vi) Machine operation                (xi) Security guards
    (vii) Machine loading/unloading       (xii) Cafeteria jobs
    (viii) Apparel manufacturing jobs     (xiii) Grounds keeping jobs (e.g.,
    (ix) Food preparation assembly line    gardeners)
     jobs                                 (xiv) Jobs in power plant in
    (x) Commercial baking jobs             manufacturing facility
    (xi) Cabinetmaking                    (xv) Janitorial
    (xii) Tire building                   (xvi) Maintenance
                                          (xvii) Logging jobs
                                          (xviii) Production of food
                                           products (e.g., bakery, candy and
                                           other confectionary products)
                                           primarily for direct sale on the
                                           premises to household customers.
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
       Materially reduce MSD hazards means to 
    reduce the duration, frequency and/or 
    magnitude of exposure to one or more 
    ergonomic risk factors in a way that is 
    reasonably anticipated to significantly 
    reduce the likelihood that covered MSDs will 
    occur.
       Musculoskeletal disorders (MSDs) are 
    injuries and disorders of the muscles, 
    nerves, tendons, ligaments, joints, cartilage 
    and spinal discs. Exposure to physical work 
    activities and conditions that involve risk 
    factors may cause or contribute to MSDs. MSDs 
    do not include injuries caused by slips, 
    trips, falls, or other similar accidents. 
    Examples of MSDs include:
       (1) Carpal tunnel syndrome;
       (2) Rotator cuff syndrome;
       (3) De Quervain's disease;
       (4) Trigger finger;
       (5) Tarsal tunnel syndrome;
       (6) Sciatica;
       (7) Epicondylitis;
       (8) Tendinitis;
       (9) Raynaud's phenomenon;
       (10) Carpet layers knee;
       (11) Herniated spinal disc;
       (12) Low back pain.
    
    [[Page 66077]]
    
       MSD hazards are physical work activities 
    and/or physical work conditions, in which 
    ergonomic risk factors are present, that are 
    reasonably likely to cause or contribute to a 
    covered MSD.
       MSD management is your process for 
    ensuring that employees with covered MSDs 
    receive prompt and effective evaluation, 
    management and follow-up, at no cost to them, 
    in order to prevent permanent damage or 
    disability from occurring.
       (1) In this standard, the MSD management 
    process includes:
       (i) Evaluation, management and follow-up 
    of injured employees by persons in the 
    workplace and/or by HCPs; and
       (ii) A method for identifying available 
    work restrictions and promptly providing them 
    when needed.
       (2) MSD management does not include 
    establishing specific medical treatment for 
    MSDs. Medical treatment protocols and 
    procedures are established by the health care 
    professions.
       MSD signs are objective physical findings 
    that an employee may be developing an MSD. 
    Examples of MSD signs include:
       (1) Decreased range of motion;
       (2) Deformity;
       (3) Decreased grip strength;
       (4) Loss of function.
       MSD symptoms are physical indications that 
    an employee may be developing an MSD. 
    Symptoms can vary in severity, depending on 
    the amount of exposure to MSD hazards. 
    Symptoms often appear gradually as muscle 
    fatigue or pain at work that disappears 
    during rest. Symptoms usually become more 
    severe as exposure continues (e.g., tingling 
    continues after work ends, numbness makes it 
    difficult to perform the job, and finally 
    pain is so severe the employee cannot perform 
    the job). Examples of MSD symptoms include:
       (1) Numbness;
       (2) Burning;
       (3) Pain;
       (4) Tingling;
       (5) Cramping;
       (6) Stiffness.
       No cost to employees means that PPE, 
    training, MSD management and other 
    requirements of this standard are provided to 
    employees free of charge and while they are 
    ``on the clock'' (e.g., paying for time 
    employees spend receiving training outside 
    the work day).
       OSHA recordable MSD is an MSD that meets 
    the occupational injury and illness recording 
    requirements of 29 CFR Part 1904. Under Part 
    1904, an MSD is recordable when:
       (1) Exposure at work caused or contributed 
    to the MSD or aggravated a pre- existing MSD.
       (2) The MSD results in at least one of the 
    following:
       (i) A diagnosis of an MSD by an HCP.
       (ii) A positive physical finding (e.g., an 
    MSD sign or a positive Finkelstein's, 
    Phalen's, or Tinel's test result).
       (iii) An MSD symptom plus at least one of 
    these:
       (A) Medical treatment;
       (B) One or more lost work days;
       (C) Restricted work activity;
       (D) Transfer or rotation to another job.
       Periodically means that a process or 
    activity, such as records review or training, 
    is performed on a regular basis that is 
    appropriate for the conditions in the 
    workplace. Periodically also means that the 
    process or activity is conducted as often as 
    needed, such as when significant changes are 
    made in the workplace that may result in 
    increased exposure to MSD hazards.
       Persistent MSD symptoms are ``MSD 
    symptoms'' that persist for at least 7 
    consecutive days after they are reported.
       Personal protective equipment (PPE) is 
    equipment employees wear that provides an 
    effective protective barrier between the 
    employee and MSD hazards. Examples of PPE are 
    vibration-reduction gloves and carpet layer's 
    knee pads.
       Physical work activities are the physical 
    demands, exertions and functions of the task 
    or job.
       Problem job is a job in which a covered 
    MSD is reported. A problem job also includes 
    any job in the workplace that involves the 
    same physical work activities and conditions 
    as the one in which the covered MSD is 
    reported, even if the jobs have different 
    titles or classifications.
       Resources are the provisions necessary to 
    develop, implement and maintain an effective 
    ergonomics program. Resources include money 
    (e.g., to purchase items such as job hazard 
    analysis equipment, training materials, and 
    controls), personnel, and work time to 
    conduct program responsibilities (e.g., job 
    hazard analysis, program evaluation).
       Work practice controls are changes in the 
    way an employee performs the physical work 
    activities of a job that reduce exposure to 
    MSD hazards. Work practice controls involve 
    procedures and methods for safe work. 
    Examples of work practice controls for MSD 
    hazards include:
       (1) Training in proper work postures;
       (2) Training in use of the appropriate 
    tool;
       (3) Employer-authorized micro breaks.
    
    [[Page 66078]]
    
       Work restriction protection (WRP) means 
    the maintenance of the earnings and other 
    employment rights and benefits of employees 
    who are on temporary work restrictions as 
    though they had not been placed on temporary 
    work restriction. For employees who are on 
    restricted work activity, WRP includes 
    maintaining 100% of the after-tax earnings 
    employees with covered MSDs were receiving at 
    the time they were placed on restricted work 
    activity. For employees who have been removed 
    from the workplace, WRP includes maintaining 
    90% of the after-tax earnings. Benefits mean 
    100% of the non-wage-and- salary value 
    employees were receiving at the time they 
    were placed on restricted work activity or 
    were removed from the workplace. Benefits 
    include seniority, insurance programs, 
    retirement benefits and savings plans.
       Work restrictions are limitations on an 
    injured employee's exposure to MSD hazards 
    during the recovery period. Work restrictions 
    may involve limitations on the work 
    activities of the employee's current job, 
    transfer to temporary alternative duty jobs, 
    or complete removal from the workplace. To be 
    effective, work restrictions must not expose 
    the injured employee to the same MSD hazards 
    as were present in the job giving rise to the 
    covered MSD.
       You means the employer as defined by the 
    Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970 
    (29 U.S.C. 651 et seq.).
    [FR Doc. 99-28981 Filed 11-22-99; 8:45 am]
    BILLING CODE 4510-26-P
    
    
    

Document Information

Published:
11/23/1999
Department:
Occupational Safety and Health Administration
Entry Type:
Proposed Rule
Action:
Proposed rule; request for comments; scheduling of informal public hearing.
Document Number:
99-28981
Dates:
Written comments. Written comments, including materials such as studies and journal articles, must be postmarked by February 1, 2000. If you submit comments by facsimile or electronically through OSHA's internet site, you must transmit those comments by February 1, 2000.
Pages:
65767-66078 (312 pages)
Docket Numbers:
Docket No. S-777
PDF File:
99-28981.pdf
CFR: (66)
29 CFR 1910.909)
29 CFR 1910.945)
29 CFR 1910.902)
29 CFR 1910.1020)
29 CFR 1910.924(a)
More ...